|
|
| Line 1: |
Line 1: |
| {{Adams | | {{Adams |
| | number = ML010610289 | | | number = ML13350A353 |
| | issue date = 09/30/1975 | | | issue date = 02/28/1972 |
| | title = Standard Format & Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants | | | title = Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants |
| | author name = | | | author name = |
| | author affiliation = NRC/RES | | | author affiliation = US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) |
| | addressee name = | | | addressee name = |
| | addressee affiliation = | | | addressee affiliation = |
| Line 10: |
Line 10: |
| | license number = | | | license number = |
| | contact person = | | | contact person = |
| | case reference number = -nr
| |
| | document report number = RG-1.070, Rev. 2
| |
| | document type = Regulatory Guide | | | document type = Regulatory Guide |
| | page count = 351 | | | page count = 166 |
| }} | | }} |
| {{#Wiki_filter:U.S. NUCLEAR RE:AULAuu nv September | | {{#Wiki_filter:-, STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS Prepared by the Regulatory Staff U.S. Atomic Energy Conmission Issued February, 1972 |
| 197 5 REGULATORY
| | 16 o., FOREWORD Section 50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50 of the regulations of the Atomic Energy Commission requires that each application for a construction permit for a nuclear reactor facillty shall include a preliminary safety analysis report (PSAR), and that each application for a license to operate such a facility shall include a final safety analysis report (FSAR). Section 50.34 specifies in general terms the information to be supplied in these safety analysis reports (SARs). Further information was provided in a "Guide to the Organization and Contents of Safety Analysis Reports" issued by the AEC on June 30, 1966.In the course of reviewing applications for construction permits and operating licenses in the past several years, the AEC regulatory staff has found that most SARs as initially submitted do not provide sufficient information to permit the staff to conclude its review and it has been necessary for the staff to make specific requests for additional information. |
| GUIDE ' OFFICE OF STANDARDS
| |
| DEVELOPMENT
| |
| REGULATORY
| |
| GUIDE 1.70 STANDARD FORMAT AND 2 OF SAFETY ANI SPORTS PLANTS iITION USNRC REGULATORY
| |
| GUIDES Comments should be sent to the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
| |
|
| |
|
| Washington, D.C. 20555, Attention:
| | These requests, which are available in the AEC Public Document Room in the Dockets for individual cases, are a source of additional guidance to applicants. |
| Docketing and Regulatory Guides are issued to describe and make available to the public Reguatr Section.
| |
|
| |
|
| methods acceptable to the NRC staff of implementing specific parts of the Commission's regulations, to delineate techniques used by the staff in evalu- The guides are issued in the following ten broad divisions:
| | In 1970, the Commission began issuance of a series of Safety Guides t-n ? = r _-n. ..- t,: specifiz ::-fZty ....... ..... ....acceptale to the regulatory staff and the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguarcl. |
| sting specific problems or postulated accidents.
| |
|
| |
|
| orto provide guidance to appli cants. Regulatory Guides are not substitutes for regulations.
| | In 1971, a new series of Information Guides was initiated to list nieded information that is frequently omitted fiom applications. |
|
| |
|
| and compliance
| | On November 18, 1971, the AEC Director of Regulation announced* |
| 1. Power Reactors S Products with them is not required.
| | that effective immediately the regulatory staff would make a preliminary review of each application for a construction permit or an operating license to determine whether sufficient information is included. |
|
| |
|
| Methods and solutions different from those set out in 2. Research and Test Reactors 7 Transportation the guides will be acceptable if they provide s basis for the findings requisite to 3. Fuels and Materials Facilities
| | If it is clear that a responsible effort has not been made to provide the information needed by the staff for its review, the licensing review would not be started until the application is reasonably complete. |
| 8. Occupational Health the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.
| |
|
| |
|
| 4. Environmental and Siting 9. Antitrust Review Comments and suggestions for improvements in these guides are encouraged
| | The Director of Regulation also indicated that additional guidance would be issued shortly. This document provides a standard format for safety analysis reports and identifies the principal information needed. It supersedes the guide issued in 1966.Safety Analysis Reports will be expected to conform to this Standard Format unless there is good reason for not doing so. This Standard Format incorporates two Information Guides previously issued, and other informa-tion that was being developed for issuance as Information Guides. In the future, the Information Guide Series will be used to publish any revisions or additions to the contents of this Standard Format.*AEC Press Release No. S-25-71-i- I TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO.FOREWORD ................... |
| 5. Materials and Plant Protection
| | eta .*...................... |
| 10 General at all times, and guides will be revised, as appropriate, to accommodate com ments and to reflect new information or experience.
| | ........INTRODUCTION |
| | | .................................... |
| However, comments on Copies of published guides may be obtained by written request indicating the this guide, if received within about two months after its issuance, will be par divisions desired to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
| | ................... |
| | | 1 Purpose and Applicability |
| Washington.
| | ...................................... |
| | | 1 Use of Standard Format ......................................... |
| D.C ticularly useful in evaluating the need for an early revision.
| | 2 Style and Composition |
| | | ........................................ |
| 20555. Attention:
| | 3 STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS ................................................... |
| Director, Office of Standards Development.
| | 1-1 CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION |
| | |
| Revision 2 S. ......AA1111110
| |
| 0 111 m lJ
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION
| |
| ............................. .i Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION | |
| AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION | | AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION |
| OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction | | OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction |
| ............................................ | | ............ |
| i 1.2 General Plant Description
| | ft...... a- ............................. |
| .............................. | | 1-1 1.2 General Plant Description |
| i-1 1.3 Comparison Tables .......................................
| | * i-..I............... |
| 1-2 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs ..... 1-2 1.3.2 Comparison of Final and Preliminary Information | | 11 1.3 Comparison Tables .......... |
| | ..f ....... ....... 1-2 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs .............. |
| | 1-2 1.3.2 Comparison of Final and Preliminary Designs ............ |
| 1-2 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors | | 1-2 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors |
| ............... | | ..... ...... t .......... |
| 1-2 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information | | 1-2 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information |
| ........ 1-2 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference
| | .. ............... |
| .....................
| | tA-2 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference |
| 1-3 1.7 Electrical, Instrumentation, and Control Drawings ..... 1-3 Chapter 2 SITE CHARACTERISTICS
| | ' -CHAPTER 2.0 SITE CHARACTERISTICS |
| 2.1 Geography and Demography | | 2.1 Geography and Demography |
| ............................... | | 2-.......................................2- |
| 2-1 2.1.1 Site Location and Description | | 2.1. ', Location ..2-1 II I TABLE OF CONTENTS,(cont'd) |
| .................. | | PAGE NO.2.1.2 Site Description |
| 2-1 2.1.2 Exclusion Area Authority and Control .......... | | ............................... |
| 2-2 2.1.3 Population Distribution | | *.... 2-1 2.1.3 Population and Population Pistribution |
| ........................
| | ................. |
| 2-3 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities | | 2-2 2.1.4 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ...................... |
| ............................................ | | 2-3 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation and Military Facilities |
| 2-4 2.2.1 Location and Routes ............................ | | ..... 2-3 2.2.1 Locations and Routes ................................... |
| 2-5 2.2.2 Descriptions | | 2-3 2.2.2 Descriptions |
| .................................... | | .... ...... .................... |
| 2-5 2.2.3 Evaluation of Potential Accidents
| | 2-4 2.2.3 Evaluations |
| .............. | | ............................................. |
| 2-6 2.3 Meteorology | | 2-4 2. 3 Meteorology |
| ...........................................
| | ................................ |
| ..2-8 2.3.1 Regional Climatology
| | 2-5 2.3.1 Regional Meteorology |
| ........................... | | ................. |
| 2-8 2.3.2 Local Meteorology | | .......... |
| .............................. | | 2-5 2.3.2 Local Meteorology |
| 2-9 2.3.3 Onsite Meteorological Measurements Program 2-10 2.3.4 Short-Term (Accident) | | .. ............ |
| | 2-5 2.3.3 Onsite Meteorological Measurements Programs ............ |
| | 2-6 2.3.4 Short Term (Accident) |
| Diffusion Estimates | | Diffusion Estimates |
| 2-11 2.3.5 Long-Term (Routine) | | ............ |
| | 2-6 2.3.5 Long Term (Routine) |
| Diffusion Estimates | | Diffusion Estimates |
| ....... 2-11 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering | | ................ |
| ................................
| | 2-6 2.4 Hydroloay |
| 2-12 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description........................ | | .............................. |
| 2-13 2.4.2 Floods.. ......................................... | | 2-6 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description................... |
| 2-13 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers ..................................... | | 2-6 2.4.2 Floods ................. |
| 2-15 2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures, Seismically Induced 2-16 2.4.5 Probable Maximum Surge and Seiche Flooding 2-17 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) | | 2-7 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers ..... 2-7 2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures (Seismically Induced) ........... |
| Page 2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding .............
| | 2-9 2.4.5. Probable Maximum Surge Flooding ........................ |
| 2-18 2.4.7 Ice Effects ................................... | | 2-11 |
| 2-19 2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs | | &,' A TABJ.E OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding ......... |
| ........... | | ........ 2-12 2.4.7 Ice Flooding ........................................... |
| 2-19 2.4.9 Channel Diversions | | 2-14 2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs |
| | .................... |
| | 2-14 2.4.9 Channel Diversions |
| | ....................................... |
| | 2-14 2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements |
| | ....................... |
| | 2-14 2.4.11 Low Water Considerations |
| | ............................... |
| | 2-14 2.4.12 Environmental Acceptance of Effluents |
| | ................... |
| | 2-15 2.4.13 Groundwater |
| | ................. |
| | .. .......................... |
| | .2-16 2.4.14 Technical Specifications and Emergency Operation Requirements |
| | ........................ |
| | ................... |
| | 2-16 2.5 Geology and Seismology |
| | ........................... |
| | ............. |
| | 2-16 2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Data ........................ |
| | 2-17 2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion ............................... |
| | 2-18 2.5.3 Surface Faulting ........... |
| ............................ | | ............................ |
| 2-19 2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements | | 2-20 2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials |
| ..............
| |
| 2-20 2.4.11 Low Water Considerations
| |
| ...................... | | ...................... |
| 2-20 2.4.12 Dispersion, Dilution, and Travel Times of Accidental Releases of Liquid Effluents in Surface Waters ................................ | | 2-21 2.5.5 Slope Stability |
| 2-21 2.4.13 Groundwater | | .............................................. |
| ................................... | | 2-22 a CHAPTER 3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA -STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT. |
| 2-22 2.4.14 Technical Specification and Emergency Operation Requirements | | |
| | AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance With AEC General Design Criteria .... .......3.2 Classification of Structures, Components and Systems .......... |
| | 3.2.1 Seismic Classification |
| | ........................ |
| | .3.2.2 System Quality Group Classification |
| | ..................... |
| | 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-2 a TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.3.3 Wind and Tornado Design Criteria ............................. |
| | 3-2 3.3.1 Wind Criteria .......................................... |
| | 3-2 3.3.2 Tornado Criteria ........................................ |
| | 3-4 3.4 Water-Level (Flood) Design Criteria .......................... |
| | 3-4 3.5 Missile Protection Criteria .................................... |
| | 3-4 3.6 Criteria for Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated With a Loss-of-Coolant Accident ............................... |
| | 3-5 3.7 Seismic Design ................................................ |
| | 3-6 3.7.1 Liput Criteria ......................................... |
| | 3-6 3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis ................................ |
| | 3-7 3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis ............................. |
| | 3-10 3.7.4 Criteria for Seismic Instrumentation Program ........... |
| | 3-11 3.7.5 Seismic Design Control Measures ........................ |
| | 3-12 3.8 Design of Category I and Category II Structures |
| | ............... |
| | 3-12 3.8.1 Structures Other Than Containment |
| ........................ | | ........................ |
| 2-23 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering
| | 3-12 3.8.2 Containment Structure |
| ..... 2-23 2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Information
| |
| ........ 2-24 2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion .......................
| |
| 2-26 2.5.3 Surface Faulting ..............................
| |
| 2-29 2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials and Foundations | |
| ................................... | | ................................... |
| 2-30 2.5.5 Stability of Slopes ...........................
| | 3-13 3.9 Mechanical Systems and Components |
| 2-34 2.5.6 Embankments and Dams ...........................
| | ............................. |
| 2-35 Chapter 3 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria ..........
| | 3-15 3.9.1 Dynamic System Analysis and Testing ..................... |
| 3-1 3.2 Classification of Structures, Components, and Systems .3-1 3.2.1 Seismic Classification | | 3-15 3.9.2 ASME Code Class 2 and 3 Components |
| ......................... | | ..................... |
| 3-1 3.2.2 System Quality Group Classifications
| | 3-16 3.9.3 Components Not Covered by ASME Code .................... |
| | 3-18*0 |
| | II TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.3.10 Seismic Design of Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment |
| | .,................ |
| | .......... |
| | ....*....................... |
| | 3-19 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment |
| | ................ |
| | ...... ......... |
| | .................. |
| | 3-19 CHAPTER 4.0 -REACTOR 4.1 Summary Description |
| | ........ ..... ....... ...... .............. |
| | 4-1 4.2 Mechanical Design ....... ................. |
| | .. ....... 4-1 4.2.1 Fuel ............................................. |
| | .... 4-1 4.2.2 Reactor Vessel Internals |
| | ............... |
| | 4-2 4.2.3 Reactivity Control Systems ............................. |
| | 4-3 4.3 Nuclear Design ...................................... |
| .......... | | .......... |
| 3-2 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loadings .............................
| | 4-4 4.3.1 Design Bases ......................... |
| 3-2 3o3.1 Wind Loadings ................................. | | o ............... |
| 3-2 3.3.2 Tornado Loadings ..............................
| | .4-4 4.3.2 Description |
| 3-3 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design ............................ | | ............................................ |
| 3-3 3.4.1 Flood Protection | | 4-4 4.3.3 Evaluation |
| | .. ............ |
| | ................. |
| | o ........... |
| | 4-6 4.3.4 Tests and Inspections |
| | ... ........... |
| | ........... |
| | o ....... 4-6 4.3.5 Instrumentation Application |
| | ............ |
| | I................ |
| | 4-6 4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design .............................. |
| | 4-6 4.4.1 Design Bases ............................................ |
| | 4-6 4.4.2 Des cription ........... |
| | o............o.................*.-. |
| | 4a-7 4.4.3 Evaluation |
| | ............................ |
| | ...... ........... |
| | 4-8 4.4.4 Testing and Verification |
| .............................. | | .............................. |
| 3-4 3.4.2 Analysis Procedures
| | 4-9 4.4.5 Instrumentation Application |
| ...........................
| | ................... |
| 3-4 3.5 Missile Protection
| | 0........ |
| .................................
| | 4-9 I.TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd), PACE NO.CHAPTER 5.0 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 5.1 Summary Description |
| ...3-5 3.5.1 Missile Selection and Description
| | ........................................... |
| .............
| | 5-2 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary ................ |
| 3-5 3.5.2 Systems to Be Protected
| | 5-2 5.2.1 Design Criteria, Methods, and Procedures |
| ........................
| | ............... |
| 3-8 3.5.3 Barrier Design Procedures
| | 5-2 5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection |
| .......................
| |
| 3-9 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 3.6 Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping ......................
| |
| 3-9 3.6.1 Postulated Piping Failures in Fluid Systems Outside of Containment
| |
| ........................ | |
| 3-9 3.6.2 Determination of Break Locations and Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping .............................
| |
| 3-10 3.7 Seismic Design .......................................
| |
| 3-12 3.7.1 Seismic Input .................................
| |
| 3-12 3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis .......................
| |
| 3-13 3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis ....................
| |
| 3-15 3.7.4 Seismic Instrumentation
| |
| ..................
| |
| 3-17 3.8 Design of Category I Structures
| |
| .......................
| |
| 3-18 3.8.1 Concrete Containment
| |
| ..........................
| |
| 3-18 3.8.2 Steel Containment
| |
| ........................
| |
| 3-22 3.8.3 Concrete and Steel Internal Structures of Steel or Concrete Containments
| |
| ......3-26 3.8.4 Other Seismic Category I Structures
| |
| ...........
| |
| 3-31 3.8.5 Foundations
| |
| .............
| |
| .....................
| |
| 3-33 3.9 Mechanical Systems and Components
| |
| .....................
| |
| 3-34 3.9.1 Special Topics for Mechanical Components
| |
| ...... 3-34 3.9.2 Dynamic Testing and Analysis ..................
| |
| 3-35 3.9.3 ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 Components, Component Supports, and Core Support Structures
| |
| 3-38 3.9.4 Control Rod Drive Systems .....................
| |
| 3-40 3.9.5 Reactor Pressure Vessel Internals
| |
| .............
| |
| 3-41 3.9.6 Inservice Testing of Pumps and Valves .........
| |
| 3-43 3.10 Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment
| |
| ..............
| |
| 3-43 3.10.1 Seismic Qualification Criteria ................
| |
| 3-43 3.10.2 Methods and Procedures for Qualifying Electrical Equipment and Instrumentation
| |
| ......3-43 3.10.3 Methods and Procedures of Analysis or Testing of Supports of Electrical Equipment and Instrumentation
| |
| ...............................
| |
| 3-44 3.10.4 Operating License Review ................
| |
| 3-44 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
| |
| ..............................
| |
| ..... ........ 3-44 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 3.11.1 Equipment Identification and Environmental Conditions
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 3-44 3.11.2 Qualification Tests and Analyses ..............
| |
| 3-45 3.11.3 Qualification Test Results ....................
| |
| 3-45 3.11.4 Loss of Ventilation
| |
| ........................... | | ........................... |
| 3-45 3.11.5 Estimated Chemical and Radiation Environment
| | 5-5 5.2.3 Material Considerations |
| .. 3-46 Chapter 4 REACTOR 4.1 Summary Description | | ................................ |
| .....................................
| | 5-6 5.2.4 RCPB Leakage Detection Systems ......................... |
| 4-1 4.2 Fuel System Design ......................................
| | 5-8 5.2.5 Inservice Inspection Program ........................... |
| 4-1 4.2.1 Design Bases .................................... | | 5-9 5.3 Thermal Hydraulic System Design .................... |
| 4-1 4.2.2 Description and Design Drawings ................
| | 5-10 5.4 Reactor Ves ei o .... ............ |
| 4-3 4.2.3 Design Evaluation
| | .-5.5 Component and Subsystem Design ................................ |
| ...............................
| | 5-12 5.6 Instrumentation Application |
| 4-3 4.2.4 Testing and Inspection Plan ....................
| |
| 4-6 4.3 Nuclear Design ..........................................
| |
| 4-6 4.3.1 Design Bases .................................
| |
| 4-6 4.3.2 Description
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 4-6 4.3.3 Analytical Methods .............................
| |
| 4-10 4.3.4 Changes ........................................
| |
| 4-10 4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design ..........................
| |
| 4-10 4.4.1 Design Bases ...................................
| |
| 4-10 4.4.2 Description of Thermal and Hydraulic Design of the Reactor Core ...........................
| |
| 4-10 4.4.3 Description of the Thermal and Hydraulic Design of the Reactor Coolant System ..........
| |
| 4-11 4.4.4 Evaluation
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 4-12 4.4.5 Testing and Verification
| |
| ......................
| |
| 4-13 4.4.6 Instrumentation Requirements
| |
| .....................
| |
| 4-14 4.5 Reactor Materials
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 4-14 4.5.1 Control Rod System Structural Materials
| |
| ....... o4-14 4.5.2 Reactor Internals Materials
| |
| .....................
| |
| 4-15 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems ........4-16 4.6.1 Information for CRDS ...o.........................
| |
| 4-16 4.6.2 Evaluations of the CRDS ........................
| |
| 4-16 4.6.3 Testing and Verification of the CRDS ..........
| |
| 4-16 4.6.4 Information for Combined Performance of Reactivity Systems ........................
| |
| .4-17 4.6.5 Evaluations of Combined Performance
| |
| ..........
| |
| 4-17 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page Chapter 5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED
| |
| SYSTEMS 5.1 Summary Description
| |
| ................................... | | ................................... |
| 5-1 5.1.1 Schematic Flow Diagram ........................ | | 5-14 CHAPTER 6.0 -EGINEERED |
| 5-1 5.1.2 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram ............
| | SAFETY FE.ATURES 6.1 General ....................................................... |
| 5-1 5.1.3 Elevation Drawing .......................
| | 6-1 6.2 Containment Systems ........................................... |
| .......... | | 6-1 6.2.1 Containment Functional Design ........................... |
| 5-2 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary ........ 5-2 5.2.1 Compliance with Codes and Code Cases ..........
| | 6-2 6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems ....................... |
| 5-2 5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection
| | 6-6 6.2.3 Containment Air Purification and Cleanup Systems ....... 6-7 6.2.4 Containment Isolation Systems ................ |
| | 6-9 6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment |
| ................. | | ................. |
| 5-2 5.2.3 Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Materials
| | 6-11 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System ................................... |
| ... 5-4 5.2.4 Inservice Inspection and Testing of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary .....................
| | 6-12 6.3.1 Design Bases ........................................... |
| 5-7 5.2.5 Detection of Leakage Through Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary .............................
| | 6-14 6.3.2 System Design .......................................... |
| 5-8 5.3 Reactor Vessel ........................................
| | 6-14 6.3.3 Performance Evaluation |
| 5-9 5.3.1 Reactor Vessel Materials
| | ............ |
| ...................... | | ......................... |
| 5-9 5.3.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits ...................
| | 6-17 6.3.4 Tests and Inspections |
| 5-11 5.3.3 Reactor Vessel Integrity
| | .................................. |
| ......................
| | 6-19 6.3.5 Instrumentation Application |
| 5-11 5.4 Component and Subsystem Desig ........................
| |
| 5-12 5.4.1 Reactor Coolant Pumps .........................
| |
| 5-13 5.4.2 Steam Generators
| |
| .............................. | |
| 5-13 5.4.3 Reactor Coolant Piping ........................
| |
| 5-15 5.4.4 Main Steam Line Flow Restrictions
| |
| .............
| |
| 5-15 5.4.5 Main Steam Line Isolation System ..............
| |
| 5-15 5.4.6 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System .........
| |
| 5-15 5.4.7 Residual Heat Removal System ..................
| |
| 5-16 5.4.8 Reactor Water Cleanup System ..................
| |
| 5-18 5.4.9 Main Steam Line and Feedwater Piping ..........
| |
| 5-19 5.4.10 Pressurizer
| |
| ...................................
| |
| 5-19 5.4.11 Pressurizer Relief Discharge System ...........
| |
| 5-20 5.4.12 Valves ........................................
| |
| 5-20 5.4.13 Safety and Relief Valves ......................
| |
| 5-20 5.4.14 Component Supports ............................
| |
| 5-20 Chapter 6 ENGINEERED
| |
| SAFETY FEATURES 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials
| |
| ........... | |
| 6-1 6.1.1 Metallic Materials | |
| ............................ | | ............................ |
| 6-2 6.1.2 Organic Materials | | 6-20 6.X Other Engineered Safety Features .............................. |
| ............................. | | 6-20 6.X.1 Design Bases ........................................... |
| 6-3 6.1.3 Postaccident Chemistry | | 6-21 6 .X. 2 Deign ...................................... |
| ........................
| | 6-21 6.X.3 Design Evaluation |
| 6-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| | .................................. |
| 6.2 Containment Systems ...........................
| | 6-21 6.X.4 Tests and Inspections |
| 6-3 6.2.1 Containment Functional Design ..................
| |
| 6-3 6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems ..............
| |
| 6-23 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design ....... 6-27 6.2.4 Containment Isolation System ..................
| |
| 6-29 6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment | |
| ........ 6-33 6.2.6 Containment Leakage Testing ...................
| |
| 6-37 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System .........................
| |
| 6-39 6.3.1 Design Bases ................................... | |
| 6-39 6.3.2 System Design ..................................
| |
| 6-40 6.3.3 Performance Evaluation
| |
| ........................ | |
| 6-42 6.3.4 Tests and Inspections | |
| .......................... | | .......................... |
| 6-43 6.3.5 Instrumentation Requirements | | 6-21 6oX.5 Instrumentation Applications |
| | ....................... |
| | 6-21 CHAPTER 7.0 INSTRUMENTATION |
| | AND CONTROLS 7.1 Introduction |
| | .. .... ............, ....7-1 7.1.1 Identification of Safety Related Systems ............... |
| | 7-1 7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria ...................... |
| | 7-1 7.2 Reactor Trip System ... ............ |
| | 7-3 7.2.1 Description |
| | ............. |
| | o... ,......................o..... |
| | 7-3 7.2.2 Analysis .. ...... ........o. ....... 7-4 a I TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems ............................. |
| | 7-4 7.3.1 Description |
| | ............................................ |
| | 7-4 7.3.2 Analysis ................................... |
| | ............ |
| | 7-5 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown ............................ |
| | 7-5 7.4.1 Description |
| | ... ...................................... |
| | 7-5 7.4.2 Analysis ................................................ |
| | 7-5 7.5 Safety Related Display Instrumentation |
| | ......................... |
| | 7-6 7.5.1 Description |
| | ............................................. |
| | 7-6 7.5.2 Analysis ............................................... |
| | 7-6 7.6 All Other Systems Required for Safety .......................... |
| | 7-6 7 .6 .1 Description |
| | ...................... |
| | 7-7 7. 6 .2 Analysis ............... |
| | 7 6..............7-7 |
| | 7.7 Control Systems ........ *... ....................... |
| | 7-7 7.7.1 Description |
| | ... .7............ |
| | 6........... |
| | 7-7 7.7.2 Analysis ........................... |
| | ........ 7-8 CHAPTER 8.0 -ELECTRIC |
| | POWER 8 .I In trod u ct ion .......... ........ .......................... |
| | 6.......... |
| | .......................... |
| | 8-1 8.2 Offsite Power System .................................................. |
| | 8-1 8.2.1 Description |
| .................. | | .................. |
| 6-44 6.4 Habitability Systems ...................................
| | ........................... |
| 6-44 6.4.1 Design Basis .........
| | 8-1 e. A TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.8.3 Onsite Power Systems ............................. |
| | .8-2 863.1 A-C Power System ................................ |
| | ...8-2 8.3.2 D-C Power Systems ................................ |
| | *.... 8-4 CHAPTER 9.0 -AUXILIARY |
| | SYSTEMS 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling ...................................... |
| | 9-1 9.1.1 New Fuel Storage ..................................................... |
| | ..... 9-1 9.1.2 Spent Fuel Storage ............. |
| | ...................................... |
| | 9-2 9.1.3 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System ............ |
| | 9-2 9.1.4 Fuel Handling System ....... .................. |
| | 9-3 9.2 Water Systems ................................................. |
| | 9-3 9.3 Process Auxiliaries |
| | .... .............. |
| ......................... | | ......................... |
| 6-45 6.4.2 System Design .................................
| | 9-4 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, ng, and Ventilation Systems ... 9-6 9.4.2 Auxiliary Building ................... |
| 6-45 6.4.3 System Operational Procedures | | s ...-.... : ....... 6 9.4.3 Radwaste Area ..... 6"............... |
| ................. | | 9-6 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems .................... |
| 6-48 6.4.4 Design Evaluations
| | ................... |
| | 9-7 9.5.1 Fire Protection System ................................. |
| | 9-7 9.5.2 Comuinication Systems ...................... |
| | ..... 9-8 9.563 Lighting Systems ......... |
| | & ..... ........................ |
| | 9-8 9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System ......................... |
| | 9-8 |
| | 'II .5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.CHAPTER 10.0 -STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION |
| | SYSTEM 10.1 Summary Description |
| | ....................................... |
| | ... 10-1 10.2 Turbine-Generator |
| ............................ | | ............................ |
| 6-48 6.4.5 Testing and Inspection
| | .... ..... 10-2 10.3 Main Steam Supply System ..................................... |
| ........................ | | 10-2 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System .......... |
| 6-48 6.4.6 Instrumentation Requirement
| | 10-3 CHAPTER 11.0 -RADIOACTIVE |
| ................... | | WASTE MANAGEMENT |
| 6-49 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems ...........
| | .1.1 Source Terms ................................................. |
| 6-49 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems 6-49 6.5.2 Containment Spray Systems .....................
| | 11-1 11.2 Liquid Waste Systems ................ |
| 6-50 6.5.3 Fission Product Control Systems .................
| | .... ................... |
| 6-52 6.5.4 Ice Condenser as a Fission Product Cleanup System .........................................
| | 11-2 11.2.1 Design Objectives |
| 6-53 6.6 Inservice Inspection of Class 2 and 3 Components
| | ................................... |
| ...... 6-54 6.6.1 Components Subject to Examination | | 11-2 11.2.2 .fl p ,e ..................... |
| ............. | | -11.2.3 Operating Procedures |
| 6-54 6.6.2 Accessibility
| |
| ................................. | | ................................. |
| 6-55 6.6.3 Examination Techniques and Procedures | | 11-2 11.2.4 Performance Tests .................................... |
| | 11-3 11.2.5 EsLimated Releases ................................... |
| | 11-3 11.2.6 Release Points .................. |
| | ............ |
| | 11-3 11.2.7 Dilution Factors ..................................... |
| | 11-3 11.2. 3 Estimated Doses ............... |
| | o ................ |
| | ...... 11-3 11.3 Gaseous Waste Systems ....................................... |
| | 11-4 11.3.1 Design Objectives |
| ......... | | ......... |
| 6-55 6.6.4 Inspection Intervals............................
| | .......... |
| 6-55 6.6.5 Examination Categories and Requirements
| | ..... ........ 11-4 11.3.2 Systems Descriptions |
| ........6-55 6.6.6 Evaluation of Examination Results ............. | | .............................. |
| 6-55 6.6.7 System Pressure Tests .........................
| | .. 11-4 11.3.3 Operating Procedures |
| 6-55 6.6.8 Augmented Inservice Inspection to Protect Against Postulated Piping Failures ............
| | ........... |
| 6-56 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve Leakage Control System ..... 6-56 Page TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| | * ... ... ............. |
| 6.7.1 Design Bases .................................
| | 11-4 p.TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.11.3.4 Performance Tests .................................... |
| 6.7.2 System Description
| | 11-4 11.3.5 Estimated Releases ................................... |
| ..........................
| | 11-4 11.3.6 Release Points ....................................... |
| 6.7.3 System Evaluation
| | 11-5 11.3.7 Dilution Factors ................................... |
| .. ......................
| | 11-5 11.3.8 Estimated Doses ...................................... |
| 6 6.7.4 Instrumentation Requirements
| | 11-5 11.4 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring Systems ......... |
| .................
| | 11-5 11.4.1 Design Objectives |
| 6.7.5 Inspection and Testing .........................
| |
| 6.X Other Engineered Safety Features .......................
| |
| 6.X.l Design Bases ..............................
| |
| 6.X. 2 System Design ................................
| |
| 6.X.3 Design Evaluation
| |
| ............................ | |
| 6.X.4 Tests and Inspections
| |
| ........................
| |
| 6.X.5 Instrumentation Requirements
| |
| ................
| |
| :er 7 INSTRUMENTATION
| |
| AND CONTROLS 7.1 Introduction
| |
| ................................
| |
| 7.1.1 Identification of Safety-Related Systems......
| |
| 7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria .............
| |
| 7.2 Reactor Trip System ..................................
| |
| 7.2.1 Description
| |
| ..............................
| |
| 7.2.2 Analysis .....................................
| |
| 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems .....................
| |
| 7.3.1 Description
| |
| ...................................
| |
| 7.3.2 Analysis ..........................
| |
| .... ........ | |
| 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown ....................
| |
| 7.4.1 Description
| |
| ................
| |
| .........
| |
| 7.4.2 Analysis .....................................
| |
| 7.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation
| |
| ................
| |
| 7.5.1 Description
| |
| ................................
| |
| 7.5.2 Analysis ...................................
| |
| 7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety 7.6.1 Description
| |
| ..................................
| |
| 7.6.2 Analysis ....................................
| |
| 7.7 Control Systems Not Required for Safety ...............
| |
| 'age -56 -57 -57 S-58 S-58 -58 5-58 5-58 5-58 6-58 6-58 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-6 7-6 7-6 7-7 Chapt TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 7.7.1 Description
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 7-7 7.7.2 Analysis .. ......................................
| |
| 7-7 Chapter 8 ELECTRIC POWER 8.1 Introduction
| |
| ..........................................
| |
| 8-1 8.2 Offsite Power System ..................................
| |
| 8-3 8.2.1 Description
| |
| ..................................... | |
| 8-3 8.2.2 Analysis ........................................
| |
| 8-3 8.3 Onsite Power Systems ....................................
| |
| 8-3 8.3.1 A.C. Power Systems ..............................
| |
| 8-3 8.3.2 D.C. Power Systems ..............................
| |
| 8-7 8.3.3 Fire Protection for Cable Systems ..............
| |
| 8-7 Chapter 9 AUXILIARY
| |
| SYSTEMS 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling ..............................
| |
| 9-1 9.1.1 New Fuel Storage ................................
| |
| 9-1 9.1.2 Spent Fuel Storage .............................
| |
| 9-2 9.1.3 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System .... 9-2 9.1.4 Fuel Handling System ...........................
| |
| 9-3 9.2 Water Systems ...........................................
| |
| 9-4 9.2.1 Station Service Water System ..................
| |
| 9-4 9.2.2 Cooling System for Reactor Auxiliaries.........
| |
| 9-5 9.2.3 Demineralized Water Makeup System .............
| |
| 9-5 9.2.4 Potable and Sanitary Water Systems ............
| |
| 9-5 9.2.5 Ultimate Heat Sink .............................
| |
| 9-5 9.2.6 Condensate Storage Facilities
| |
| ..................
| |
| 9-5 9.3 Process Auxiliaries
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 9-6 9.3.1 Compressed Air Systems .........................
| |
| 9-6 9.3.2 Process Sampling System ........................
| |
| 9-6 9.3.3 Equipment and Floor Drainage System ...........
| |
| 9-7 9.3.4 Chemical and Volume Control System ............
| |
| 9-7 9.3.5 Standby Liquid Control System ..................
| |
| 9-8 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems ..................................................
| |
| 9-9 9.4.1 Control Room Area Ventilation System ..........
| |
| 9-9 9.4.2 Spent Fuel Pool Area Ventilation System ....... 9-10 9.4.3 Auxiliary and Radwaste Area Ventilation System 9-11 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 9.4.4 Turbine Building Area Ventilation System ...... 9-11 9.4.5 Engineered Safety Features Ventilation System .9-12 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems ................................
| |
| 9-12 9.5.1 Fire Protection System ........................
| |
| 9-12 9.5.2 Communications Systems ........................
| |
| 9-15 9.5.3 Lighting Systems ...............................
| |
| 9-15 9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Transfer System .........................................
| |
| 9-15 9.5.5 Diesel Generator Cooling Water System ..........
| |
| 9-16 9.5.6 Diesel Generator Starting System ..............
| |
| 9-16 9.5.7 Diesel Generator Lubrication System ..........
| |
| .9-16 9.5.8 Diesel Generator Combustion Air Intake and Exhaust System ..................................
| |
| 9-16 Chapter 10 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION
| |
| SYSTEM 10.1 Summary Description
| |
| ......................................
| |
| 10-1 10.2 Turbine-Generator
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 0-1 10.2.1 Design Bases ...............................
| |
| 10-1 10.2.2 Description
| |
| ...................................
| |
| 10-2 10.2.3 Turbine Disk Integrity
| |
| ........................
| |
| 10-2 10.2.4 Evaluation
| |
| .................................... | | .................................... |
| 10-3 10.3 Main Steam Supply System ...............................
| | 11-5 11.4.2 Continuous Monitoring |
| 10-3 10.3.1 Design Bases .......................
| | ............................ |
| o.............
| | .... 11-6 11.4.3 S hiIi........... |
| 10-3 10.3.2 Description.......................
| | ................ |
| ........... | | * ........ 11-6 11.4.4 Calibration and Maintenance |
| 10-3 10.3.3 Evaluation
| | ......................... |
| | ,. 11-6 11.5 Solid Waste System ................... |
| | ....... ................ |
| | 11-6 11.5.1 Design Objectives |
| .................................... | | .................................... |
| 10-3 10.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
| | 11-6 11.5.2 System Inputs .............. |
| ...........
| | ... ............ |
| 10-3 10.3.5 Water Chemistry
| |
| .................................
| |
| 10-4 10.3.6 Steam and Feedwater System Materials
| |
| .......... | | .......... |
| 10-4 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System ... 10-5 10.4.1 Main Condensers
| | 11-7 11.5.3 Equipment Description |
| ................
| | ................................ |
| .10-5 10.4.2 Main Condenser Evacuation System ..............
| | 11-7 11.5.4 Expected Volumes ..................................... |
| 10-5 10.4.3 Turbine Gland Sealing System ..................
| | 11-7 11.5.5 Packaging |
| 10-6 10.4.4 Turbine Bypass System .........................
| | .............. |
| 10-6 10.4.5 Circulating Water System ......................
| | ......... |
| 10-6 10.4.6 Condensate Cleanup System .....................
| | ................. |
| 10-6 10.4.7 Condensate and Feedwater Systems .........
| | 11-7 11.5.6 Storage Facilities |
| 10-6 10.4.8 Steam Generator Blowdown System ...............
| |
| 10-7 10.4.9 Auxiliary Feedwater System ....................
| |
| 10-8 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page Chapter 11 RADIOACTIVE
| |
| WASTE MANAGEMENT
| |
| 11.1 Source Terms ...........................................
| |
| 11-1 11.2 Liquid Waste Management Systems .......................
| |
| 11-2 11.2.1 Design Bases ...................................
| |
| 11-2 11.2.2 System Descriptions
| |
| ...........................
| |
| 11-4 11.2.3 Radioactive Releases ..........................
| |
| 11-4 11.3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems ......................
| |
| 11-5 11.3.1 Design Bases ...................................
| |
| 11-5 11.3.2 System Descriptions
| |
| ...........................
| |
| 11-7 11.3.3 Radioactive Releases ..........................
| |
| 11-8 11.4 Solid Waste Management System .........................
| |
| 11-8 11.4.1 Design Bases ...................................
| |
| 11-9 11.4.2 System Description
| |
| ........................
| |
| 11-9 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems ......................................
| |
| 11-10 11.5.1 Design Bases .................................. | |
| 11-10 11.5.2 System Description
| |
| ........................... | |
| 11-11 11.5.3 Effluent Monitoring and Sampling ............. | |
| 11-12 11.5.4 Process Monitoring and Sampling ..............
| |
| 11-12 Chapter 12 RADIATION
| |
| PROTECTION
| |
| 12.1 Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures Are As Low As Reasonably Achievable
| |
| ...................
| |
| 12-1 12.1.1 Policy Considerations
| |
| .........................
| |
| 12-1 12.1.2 Design Considerations
| |
| ............................
| |
| 12-1 12.1.3 Operational Considerations
| |
| ....................
| |
| 12-2 12.2 Radiation Sources ....................................
| |
| ..12-2 12.2.1 Contained Sources ............................
| |
| 12-2 12.2.2 Airborne Radioactive Material Sources ........ 12-3 12.3 Radiation Protection Design Features ...................
| |
| 12-3 12.3.1 Facility Design Features ......................
| |
| 12-3 12.3.2 Shielding
| |
| ...............
| |
| ..................
| |
| ..12-4 12.3.3 Ventilation
| |
| ..................................
| |
| 12-4 12.3.4 Area Radiation and Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation
| |
| ...................
| |
| 12-5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 12.4 Dose Assessment
| |
| ......................................
| |
| 12-5 12.5 Health Physics Program ...............................
| |
| 12-6 12.5.1 Organization
| |
| ...............
| |
| n..... ..........
| |
| 12-6 12.5.2 Equipment, Instrumentation, and Facilities
| |
| ... 12-6 12.5 .3 Procedures
| |
| ................................... | | ................................... |
| 12-7 Chapter 13 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
| | 11-7 11.5.7 Shipment ............................................. |
| 13.1 Organizational Structure of Applicant
| | 11-7 11.6 Offsite Radiological Monitoring Program ...................... |
| ................ | | 11-8 11.6.1 Expected Background |
| 13-1 13.1.1 Management and Technical Support Organization
| | ... ....... ......... |
| 13-1 13.1.2 Operating Organization
| | ............... |
| | 11-8 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.11.6.2 Critical Pathways .................................... |
| | 11-8 11.6.3 Sampling Media, Locations and Frequency |
| | .............. |
| | 11-8 11.6.4 Analytical Sensitivity |
| | ............................... |
| | 11-8 11.6.5 Data Analysis and Presentation |
| ....................... | | ....................... |
| 13-3 13.1.3 Qualifications of Nuclear Plant Personnel
| | 11-8 11.6.6 Program Statistical Sensitivity |
| .... 13-4 13.2 Training ............................................. | | ...................... |
| 13-5 13.2.1 Plant Staff Training Program .................
| | 11-9 CHAPTER 12.0 -RADLATION |
| 13-5 13.2.2 Replacement and Retraining
| | PROTECTION |
| | 12.1 Shielding |
| | .................................................... |
| | 12-1 12.1.1 Design Objectives |
| | .................................... |
| | 12-1 12.1.2 Design Description |
| | ............. |
| | ............. |
| | 12-1 12.1.3 Source TPr-< .......................................... |
| | 12-1 12.1.4 Area Monitoring |
| | ........ .............. |
| | ............. |
| | 12-2 12.1.5 Operating Procedures |
| | .............. |
| ................... | | ................... |
| 13-7 13.2.3 Applicable NRC Documents
| | 12-2 12.1.6 Estimates of Exposure ........................... |
| .....................
| | 12-2 12.2 Ventilation |
| 13-8 13.3 Emergency Planning ............
| | .................... |
| .. ........ 13-8 13.4 Review and Audit .....................
| | .................... |
| ...............
| | 0..'......... |
| 13-11 13.4.1 Onsite Review .............................
| | 12-2 12.2.1 Design Objectives |
| 13-11 13.4.2 Independent Review ............................
| |
| 13-12 13.4. 3 Audit Program .. .... ...........
| |
| 13-12 13.5 Plant Procedures
| |
| .....................................
| |
| 13-12 13.5.1 Administrative Procedures
| |
| .................... | | .................... |
| 13-12 13.5.2 Operating and Maintenance Procedures
| | I .... .......... |
| .........
| | .12-2 12.2.2 Design Description |
| 13-13 13.6 Industrial Security ..................................
| |
| 13-14 13.6.1 Preliminary Planning .........................
| |
| 13-14 13.6 .2 Security Plan ................................
| |
| 13-15 Chapter 14 INITIAL TEST PROGRAM 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included in Preliminary Safety Analysis Reports ..............................
| |
| 14-1 14.1.1 Scope of Test Program ........................
| |
| 14-1 14.1.2 Plant Design Features that are Special, Unique, or First of a Kind ...................
| |
| 14-2 14.1.3 Regulatory Guides ............................
| |
| 14-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 14.1.4 Utilization of Plant Operating and Testing Experiences at Other Reactor Facilities
| |
| ..... 14-2 14.1.5 Test Program Schedule ........................
| |
| 14-2 14.1.6 Trial Use of Plant Operating and Emergency Procedures
| |
| .. ..................................
| |
| 14-3 14.1.7 Augmenting Applicant's Staff During Test Program .......................................
| |
| 14-3 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Reports .......................................
| |
| 14-3 14.2.1 Summary of Test Program and Objectives
| |
| ...... 14-3 14.2.2 Organization and Staffing ....................
| |
| 14-3 14.2.3 Test Procedures
| |
| ...............................
| |
| 14-3 14.2.4 Conduct of Test Program .....................
| |
| .14-4 14.2.5 Review, Evaluation, and Approval of Test Results .........
| |
| .............................
| |
| 14-4 14.2.6 Test Records ..................................
| |
| 14-4 14.2.7 Conformance of Test Programs with Regulatory Guides ..... ...................................
| |
| 14-4 14.2.8 Utilization of Reactor Operating and Testing Experiences in Development of Test Program .. 14-5 14.2.9 Trial Use of Plant Operating and Emergency Procedures
| |
| .... ................................ | | .... ................................ |
| 14-5 14.2.10 Initial Fuel Loading and Initial Criticality
| | 12-3 12.2.3 Source Terms ..... ............... |
| 14-5 14.2.11 Test Program Schedule ........................
| | ....... 12-3 12.2.4 Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring |
| 14-5 14.2.12 Individual Test Descriptions
| | .................... |
| ................. | | 12-3 12.2.5 Operating Procedures |
| 14-5 Chapter 15 ACCIDENT ANALYSES 15.X Evaluation of Individual Initiating Events ............
| | ...................... |
| 15-3 15.X.X Event Evaluation
| | ........... |
| | 12-3 12.2.6 Estimates of Inhalation Doses ......... |
| | 12-4 0 |
| | TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.12.3 Health Physics Program ........... |
| | 6... ... ..12-4 12.3.1 Program Objectives |
| | ................... |
| | .............. |
| | 12-4 12.3.2 Facilities and Equipment |
| ............................. | | ............................. |
| 15-5 Chapter 16 TECHNICAL
| | 12-4 12.3.3 Personnel Dosimetry |
| SPECIFICATIONS
| | .................................. |
| 16.1 Preliminary Technical Specifications
| | 12-4 CHAPTER 13.0 -CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS |
| .................. | | 13.1 Organizational Structure of Applicant |
| 16-1 16.2 Proposed Final Technical Specifications
| | ........................ |
| | 13-1 13.1.1 Corporate Organization |
| | ...... .......... |
| | 13-1 13.1.2 Operating Organization................ |
| | 13-2 13.1.3 Qualification Requirements for Nuclear Facility'ersoii,,el |
| ............... | | ............... |
| 16-1 Chapter 17 QUALITY ASSURANCE
| |
| 17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction
| |
| ......17-2 17.1.1 Organization
| |
| ..................................
| |
| 17-2 17.1.2 Quality Assurance Program ....................
| |
| 17-3 17.1.3 Design Control ................................
| |
| 17-5 17.1.4 Procurement Document Control ................
| |
| 17-6 17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings .......17-7 17.1.6 Document Control .............................
| |
| .17-7 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
| |
| Page 17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services ................................
| |
| 17-8 17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components
| |
| ....................... | | ....................... |
| 17-9 17.1.9 Control of Special Processes
| | 13-2 13. 2 Training Program .............. |
| | ......... |
| | * ..... 13-3 13.2.1 Program Description |
| | ................................. |
| | 13-3 13.2.2 Retraining Program .............. |
| | 0 ..... .. 13-4 13.2.3 Replacement Training ............. |
| | ....... ........ 13-4 13.2.4 Records ....... .................1 -13.3 Emergency Planning ................. |
| | ............. |
| | ....13-4 13.4 Review and Audit....................... |
| | 13-5 13.4.1 Review and Audit -Construction |
| | ........ ..... 13-5 13.4.2 Review and Audit -Test and Operation |
| ................ | | ................ |
| 17-9 17.1.10 Inspection | | 13-5 13.5 Plant Procedures |
| .................................. | | ............................................ |
| 17-9 17.1.11 Test Control ................................ | | 13-6 13.6 Plant Records ................................. |
| 17-10 17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment | | .. ...... f ....... 13-6 I |
| .. 17-10 17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping ............. | | hi TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)13.7 Industrial Security ..................................... |
| 17-11 17.1.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status ...... 17-11 17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components | | 13.7.1 Personnel and Plant Design ...................... |
| 17-11 17.1.16 Corrective Action ........................... | | 13.7.2 Security Plan .................................... |
| 17-12 17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records ................... | | CHAPTER 14.0 -INITIAL TESTS AND OPERATION 14.1 Test Program ............................................ |
| 17-12 17.1.18 Audits ...................................... | | 14.2 Augmentation of Applicant's Staff for Initial Tests and Operation |
| 17-12 17.2 Quality Assurance During the Operations Phase ........ 17-13 INTRODUCTION | | ............................... |
| Section 50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50 requires that each application for a construction permit for a nuclear reactor facility include a Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) and that each application for a license to operate such a facility include a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). Section 50.34 specifies in general terms the information to be supplied in these Safety Analysis Reports (SARs). Further information was provided in a "Guide to the Organization and Contents of Safety Analysis Reports" issued by the Atomic Energy Commission*
| | ........... |
| on June 30, 1966. In the course of reviewing applications for construction permits and operating licenses, the AEC Regulatory staff found that most SARs as initially submitted did not provide sufficient information to permit the staff to conclude its review, and it was necessary for the staff to make specific requests for additional information.
| | CHAPTER 15.0 -ACCIDENT ANALYSES PAGE NO..13-7..... 13-7..... 13-7..... 14-1..... 14-2 15.1 General ...................................................... |
| | 15-1 1.5.2_ C1' 1 -Fvp-r, Te1- ' N R-dio-tivir'. |
| | R-1!easc at"wl don-eiua v.",................ |
| | 0 ............. |
| | ... 15-5 15.3 Class 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactivity Release at Exclusion Radius ................. |
| | 15.4 Class 3 -Design Basis Events ............................... |
| | CHAPTER 16.0 TECHNICAL |
| | SPECIFICATIONS |
| | CHAPTER 17.0 -QUALITY ASSURANCE 17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction |
| | .......... |
| | 17.1.1 Organization |
| | ......................................... |
| | 17.1.2 Quality Assurance Program ............................ |
| | 17.1.3 Design Control ...................................... |
| | 17.1.4 Procurement Document Control ..................... |
| | 17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings ........15-6 15-6 17-1 17-1 17-2 17-2 17-2 17-3 |
| | 1 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS (contd)PAGE NO.17.1.6 Document Control ...................................... |
| | 17-3 \17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services .......................................... |
| | 17-3 17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts and Components |
| | ............ |
| | ...................... |
| | ... .17-3 17.1.9 Control of Special Processes |
| | .......................... |
| | 17-3 17.1.10 Inspection |
| | ......................... |
| | ............. |
| | 17-4 17.1.11 Test Control .......................................... |
| | 17-4 17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment |
| | .............. |
| | 17-4 17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping ...................... |
| | 17-4 17.1.14 Inspection, Test and Operating Status ................ |
| | 17-4 17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts or Components |
| | ......... |
| | 17-5 17.1.16 Corrective Action ..................................... |
| | 17-5 17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records ............................ |
| | 17-5 17.1.18 Audits ............................................... |
| | 17-5 17.2 Quality Assurance Program for Station Operation |
| | .............. |
| | 17-5 INTRODUCTION |
| | Purpose and Applicability This docunent has been prepared by the AEC regulatory staff to provide a standard format for Safety Analysis Reports submitted as part of-pplications for construction permits and operating licenses for nuclear i3wer plants, and to indicate the information to be provided in the reports. The principal purpose for the preparation and submittal of a Safety Analysis Report (SAR) is to inform the Co,=ission of the nature of the facility and plans for its use. The information provided in the SAR must be sufficient to permit a review of whether the facility can be built and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public. An applicant will have evaluated the facility in sufficient detail to conclude that it can be built and operated safely. The Safety Analysis Report is the principal document whereby the applicant provides the infor-mation needed to understand the basis upon which this conclusion has been reached.The required content of a Safety Analysis Report is described in general terms in Section 50.34 of the Co=ission's reeulations |
| | (10 CFR Part 50).The Standard Format identifies the principal detailed information that.L-quiLýd by 1 nhe starr in its evaluation of the application. |
|
| |
|
| These requests, which are available in the NRC Public Document Room in the Dockets for individual cases, are a source of additional guidance to applicants.
| | This format will help assure the completeness of the. information provided, will assist the regulatory staff and others in locating the information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. The Standard Format and Content applies to both a Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) and a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), but where specific items of information apply to only one of these reports, it is so indicated in the text.Although the specific information identified in the Standard Format and Content has been prepared with reference to water-cooled power reactors, the general content and format for the presentation of information is also applicable to power reactors of other types.The information indicated in the Standard Format and Contents is a minimum for Safety Analysis Reports. It is recognized that all the information that may be required to complete the staff review (or all the information that has been presented in previous SARs) is not identified explicitly, and the applicant should include additional information in the SAR, as appropriate. |
|
| |
|
| In 1970, the Commission instituted a series of Safety Guides to inform applicants of solutions to specific safety issues that were determined to be acceptable to the Regulatory staff and the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.
| | -1- Upon receipt of an application, the regulatory staff will perform a preliminary review to determine whether the SAR provides a reasonably complete presentation of the information identified in the Standard Format and Content. If not, further review of the application will not be initiated until a reasonably complete report is provided.The information provided in thc SAR should be up-to-date with respect to the state of technology for nuclear power plants and should take into account recent changes in AEC regulations and guides, the results of recent research and development in nuclear reactor safety, and experience in the construction and operation of nuclear power plants.The design information provided in the SAR should reflect the most ad-vanced state of design at the time of submission. |
|
| |
|
| In 1971, a new series of Information Guides was initiated to list needed information that is frequently omitted from applications.
| | If certain information identified in the Standard Format is not yet available at the time of submission of a Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, because the design has not progressed sufficiently at the time of writing, it is not sufficient to note merely thaL the information is "to be supplied later." The report should state the bases or criteria being used to develop the required information, the concepts and/or alternatives under consideration, and the schedule for completion of the design and submission of the missing information. |
|
| |
|
| In November 1971, the AEC Director of Regulation announced that the Regulatory staff would make a preliminary review of each application for a construction permit or an operating license to determine whether sufficient information is included. | | In general, the Final Safety Analysis Report should describe the final design of the plant.Use of Standard Format In the Standard Format, the SAR is divided into seventeen chapters (e.g., Chapter 2.0 Site Characteristics). |
| | Within the chapterz the material is arranged in sections (e.g., 2.4 Hydrology), subsections (e.g., 2.4.2 Floods), and further subdivisions. |
|
| |
|
| If it is clear that a responsible effort has not been made to provide the information needed by the staff for its review, the licensing review would not be started until the application is reasonably complete.
| | The SAR should follow the numbering system of the Standard Format at least down to the level of subsections. |
|
| |
|
| The Director of Regulation also indicated that additional guidance would be issued shortly. Accordingly, in February 1972, the Commission distributed for information and comment a proposed "Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants." It provided a standard format for these reports and identified the principal information needed by the staff for its review. Numerous comments were received, and a revised document reflecting those comments and superseding both the February 1972 issue and the 1966 guide was issued in October 1972. In December 1972, the Commission combined the Safety Guide and Information Guide Series to form a new series with an expanded scope. This new series, designated the Regulatory Guide Series, is intended to provide guidance to applicants for and holders of all specific licenses
| | For example, subsection |
| * The Atomic Energy Commission was abolished by the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, which also created the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and gave it the licensing and related regulatory functionsof the AEC. i or permits issued by the Commission.
| | 2.4.2 of the SAR should provide all the information requested within subsection |
| | 2.4.2 of the Standard Format.It is recognized that in many cases th'e applicint ro" -appendices to the SAR to provide supplemental information not explicitly identified in the Standard Format. Some examples of such information are: (1) su~mmaries of the manner in which the applicant has treated matters addressed in AEC Safety Guides, or proposed regulations; |
| | and (2) supplementary information regarding calculational methods or design approaches used by the applicant or his agents.-2- |
| | * lStyle and Composition The applicant should strive for clear, concise presentations of the infer-mation provided in the SAR. Confusing or ambiguous statements and un-necessarily verbose descriptions do not contribute to expeditious technical review. Claims of adequacy of designs or design methods should be supported by technical bases.When numerical values are stated, the number of significant figures given should reflect the accuracy or precision to which the number is known. When-ever possible estimated limits of error or uncertainty should be given quantitatively. |
|
| |
|
| The "Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants" (Revision
| | Abbreviations should be used discriminately, should be consistent through-out the SAR, and should be consistent with gene:rllv accepted usage.Any abbreviations, symbols or special terms not in general usage or unique to the proposed facility should be defined in each chapter of the report where they are used.Drawings, maps, diagrams, sketches, and charts should be employed whenever the information can be presented more adequately or conve-niently by such means. Due concern should be taken to assure that all information presented in drawings is legible, symbols are defined, and drawings are not reduced to the extent that visual aids are nec-essary to interpret pertinent items of information presented in the drawings.Reports or other documents that are referenced in the text of the SAR should be listed at the end of the chapter in which they are referenced. |
| 1) issued in October 1972 was later made a part of the Regulatory Guide Series and designated Regulatory Guide 1.70. As developments in the nuclear industry occurred and changes became necessary in the Commission's requirements for information on which to base its findings requisite to the issuance of a permit or license, interim revisions to specific sections of the Standard Format have been issued. These interim revisions were issued in a subseries of regulatory guides bearing the designation
| |
| 1.70.X. Regulatory Guides 1.70.1 through 1.70.38 were issued as the need arose to update portions of Revision I of the Standard Format. All of the changes included in these guides have been incorporated in this Revision 2 to the Standard Format. Accordingly, Regulatory Guides 1.70.1 through 1.70.38 have been withdrawn.
| |
|
| |
|
| The need for many of the changes that appear in Revision 2 became evident during the development of a series of standard review plans for the guidance of staff reviewers who perform the detailed safety review of applications to construct or operate nuclear power plants. A primary purpose of these standard review plans is to improve the quality and uniformity of staff reviews and to present a well-defined base from which to evaluate proposed changes in the scope and requirements of reviews.
| | In cases where proprietary documents are referenced, a non-proprietary summary description of the document should also be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| Changes were made in the numbering of some Standard Format sections in Revision 2 to provide consistency with the corresponding standard review plans and to increase the efficiency of the staff review. The principal purpose of the SAR is to inform the Commission of the nature of the plant, the plans for its use, and the safety evaluations that have been performed to evaluate whether the plant can be constructed and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public. The SAR is the principal document for the applicant to provide the infor mation needed to understand the basis on which this conclusion has been reached; it is the principal document referenced in the Construction Permit or Operating License that describes the basis on which the permit or license is issued; and it is the basic document used by NRC inspectors to determine whether the facility is being constructed and operated within the licensed conditions.
| | Material incorporated into the application by reference should be listed in Chapter 1 (See Section 1.6 of the Standard Format).The assembly of pages of the SAR should be accomplished in a manner permitting the easy insertion of additional pages. For example, pages should be numbered by Chapters rather than sequentially throughout the report, as is done in Standard Format. When the SAR consists of more than one volume, the complete table of contents (for all volumes) should be included in the front of each volume.-3- STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTr:T OF SAFETY A.:ALYSIS |
| | REPORTS FOR !aUCLEAR ?C:,:ER ?:ELCTORS 1.0 INTRODUCTION |
| | AND GENEPRAL. |
|
| |
|
| Therefore, the information contained in the SAR should be timely, accurate, complete, and organized in a format that provides easy access. Purpose of Standard Format The purpose of the Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants (hereinafter "Standard Format") is to indicate the information to be provided in the SAR and to establish a uniform format for presenting the information.
| | DESCRIPTTIIN* |
| | OF PLANT The first chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should present an introduction and general plant description. |
|
| |
|
| Use of this format will help ensure the completeness of the information provided, will assist the Commission's staff and others in locating the information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process.ii Applicability of Standard Format This Standard Format applies specifically to SARs for light-water cooled nuclear power reactors.
| | This chapter Thould enable the reader to obtain an overall understainding of the facility without having to delve into the subsequent chapters. |
|
| |
|
| Two additional editions of the Standard Format have been prepared, one for high-temperature gas-cooled reactors (HTGR Edition) and one for liquid metal fast breeder reactors (LMFBR Edition).
| | Revicd of the detailed chapters which follow can then be accor-n'ished with better perspective and with reconition of ti-e relative safety izlportance of each individual item to the overall facil1tv design.1.1 Introduction This section should present briefly the piincipal asnects of the overall application. |
| Copies may be obtained on written request to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C. 20555, Attention:
| |
| Director, Office of Standards Development.
| |
|
| |
|
| Use of Standard Format The Standard Format represents a format for SARs that is acceptable to the NRC staff. Conformance with the Standard Format, however, is not required.
| | For exanplc, the specific inforra..i n that should be included is as follows: the type of license requested, the number of plant units, a brief description of the proncscd location of the plant, the type of the nucLear steam simply syster. and its designer, the type of containnment structure and its designer, the core thermal power Levels, both rated and design*, and the correspondinp net electrical output for each thermal power level, the scheduled ccnpletion date and the anticipated co-ercial operation date for each unit.1.2 General Plant Description This section should include a summary description of the principal characteristics of the site, and a concise d! zcrirtion of the facility.The facility description should include a brief discussion of the principal design criteria, operating characteristics and safety considerations for the nuclear steam supply system, the engineered safety features and emergency systems, instrumentation, control and electrical systems, power conversion system, fuel handling and storage system.s, cooling water and other auxiliary systems, and the radioactive waste management system.The general arrangement of major structures and equipment should be indicated by the use of plan and elevation drawings in sufficient number and detail to provide a reasonable understanding of the general layout of the facility. |
|
| |
|
| Safety Analysis Reports with different formats will be acceptable to the staff if they provide an adequate basis for the findings requisite to the issuance of a license or permit. However, because it may be more difficult to locate needed information, the staff review time for such reports may be longer, and there is a greater likehood that the staff may regard the report as incomplete.
| | Those features of the plant likely to be of special interest because of their relationship to safety should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Upon receipt of an application, the NRC staff will perform a pre liminary review to determine if the SAR provides a reasonably complete presentation of the information that is needed to form a basis for the findings required before issuance of a permit or license in accordance with 10 CFR § 2.101. The Standard Format will be used by the staff as a guideline to identify the type of information needed unless there is good reason for not doing so. If the SAR does not provide a reasonably complete presentation of the necessary information, further review of the application will not be initiated until a reasonably complete pre sentation is provided.
| | Such items as unusual site characteristics, solutions to particularly difficult engineering problems, and significant extrapolations in the technology as represented by the design should be hithlighted. |
|
| |
|
| The information provided in the SAR should be up to date with respect to the state of technology for nuclear power plants and should take into account recent changes in the NRC regulations and guides and in industry codes and standards, results of recent developments in nuclear reactor safety, and experience in the construction and operation of nuclear power plants. The Standard Format should be used for both Preliminary Safety Analysis Reports and Final Safety Analysis Reports; however, any specific item that applies only to the FSAR will be indicated in the text by adding (FSAR) at the end of the guidance for that item. An entire section that is applicable only to the FSAR will be indicated by including (FSAR) following the heading.
| | * Rated power is defined as the power level at which the plant would be operated if licensed. |
|
| |
|
| Style and Composition The applicant should strive for clear, concise presentations of the information provided in the SAR. Confusing or ambiguous statements and unnecessarily verbose descriptions do not contribute to expeditious technical review. Claims of adequacy of designs or design methods should be supported by technical bases.iii The SAR should follow the numbering system and headings of the Standard Format at least to the headings with three digits, e.g., 2.4.2 Floods. Appendices to the SAR should be used to provide supplemental infor mation not explicitly identified in the Standard Format. Examples of such information are (1) summaries of the manner in which the applicant has treated matters addressed in NRC Regulatory Guides or proposed regulations and (2) supplementary information regarding calculational methods or design approaches used by the applicant or its agents. Duplication of information should be avoided. Similar or identical information may be requested in various sections of the Standard Format because it is relevant to more than one portion of the plant; however, this information should be presented in the principal section and appro priately referenced in the other applicable sections of the SAR. For example, where piping and instrumentation diagrams for the same system are requested in more than one section of the Standard Format, duplicate diagrams need not be submitted provided all the information requested in all sections is included on the diagrams and is appropriately identified and referenced.
| | Design power is defined as the highest power level that would be permitted by plant design, and which is used in some safety evaluations. |
|
| |
|
| The design information provided in the SAR should reflect the most advanced state of design at the time of submission.
| | 1-1 |
| | 1.3 Comparison Tables 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs This subsection should provide a comprehensive indication of the principal similarities to othier power reactor facilities (preferably previously designed or built power reactor facilities or designs) and principal differences from such power reactor facilities. |
|
| |
|
| If certain information identified in the Standard Format is not yet available at the time of submission of a PSAR because the design has not progressed sufficiently at the time of writing, the PSAR should provide the criteria and bases being used to develop the required information, the concepts and alterna tives under consideration, and the schedule for completion of the design and submission of the missing information.
| | This information should be provided in tabular form, cross-referencing the appropriate sections of the SAR that fully describe the similarities and differences. |
|
| |
|
| In general, the PSAR should describe the preliminary design of the plant in sufficient detail to enable a definitive evaluation by the staff as to whether the plant can be constructed and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public. Changes from the criteria, design, and bases set forth in the PSAR, as well as any new criteria, designs, and bases, should be identified in the FSAR. The reasons for and safety significance of each change should be discussed.
| | This comparison should not be restricted to a comparison of the reactor design parameters, but should include all principal features of the facility such as the engineered safety features, the containment concept, instrumentation and electrical systems, the radioactive waste management system, and other principal systems.1.3.2 Comoarison of Final and Preliminary Designs In a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) tables should be provided to identify clearly all the significant changes that have been made in the facility design since submittal of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Re-port (PSAR). Each item should be cross-referenced to the appropriate section in the FSAR that describes the,changes an, the reasons for them.1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors This section should identify the prime agents or contractors for the design, construction and operation of the reactor facility. |
|
| |
|
| The FSAR should describe in detail the final design of the plant as constructed. | | The principal consultants and outside service organizations (such as those providing audits of the quality assurance program) should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Where numerical values are stated, the number of significant figures given should reflect the accuracy or precision to which the number is known. Where possible, estimated limits of error or uncertainty should be given.iv Abbreviations should be consistent throughout the SAR and should be consistent with generally accepted usage. Any abbreviations, symbols, or special terms unique to the proposed plant or not in general usage should be defined in each chapter of the SAR where they are used. Drawings, maps, diagrams, sketches, and charts should be employed where the information can be presented more adequately or conveniently by such means. Due concern should be taken to ensure that all informa tion presented in drawings is legible, symbols are defined, and drawings are not reduced to the extent that visual aids are necessary to interpret pertinent items of information presented in the drawings.
| | The division of responsibility between the designer, architect-engineer, constructor and plant operator should be delineated. |
|
| |
|
| Reports or other documents that are referenced in the text of the SAR should be listed at the end of the section in which they are refer enced. In cases where proprietary documents are referenced, a nonpropri etary summary of the document should also be referenced.
| | 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information In accordance with Section 50.35 of 10 CFR Part 50, this section of the PSAR should identify, describe and discuss those safety features or components for which further technical information is required in support of the issuance of a construction permit, but which has not been supplied in the PSAR. This section of the PSAR should (1) identify and distinguish between those research and development programs that will be required to determine the adequacy of the design, and those that will be used to demonstrate the margin of conservatism of a proven design, (2) describe the specific technical information that must be obtained to demonstrate |
| | 1-2 acceptable resolution of the problems, (3) describe the program in sufficient detail to show how the information will be obtained, (4) pro-vide a schedule of completion of the program as related to the projected startup date of the proposed facility, and (5) discuss the design alter-natives or operational restrictions available in the event that the result.&, of the program do not demonstrate acceptable resolution of the problems.Reference may be made to topical program summary reports filed with the AEC; however, if such references are made, the applicability of each research and development item to the applicant's facility should be dis cuss ed.In the Final Safety Analysis Report this section should include a resu-e of special research and developnent programs undertaken to establish the final design and/or to demonstrate the added conservatism of the design, and a discussion of any programs that will be conducted during operation in order to demonstrate the acceptability of contemplated future changes in design or modes of operation. |
|
| |
|
| Material incor porated into the application by reference should be listed in Chapter 1 (see Section 1.6 of the Standard Format).
| | 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference This section should provide a tabulation of all "topical reports" which are incorporated by reference as part of the application. |
| Revisions Data and text should be updated or revised by replacing pages. "Pen and ink" or "cut and paste" changes should not be used. The changed or revised portion on each page should be highlighted by a "change indicator" mark consisting of a bold vertical line drawn in the margin opposite the binding margin. The line should be the same length as the portion actually changed.
| |
|
| |
|
| All pages submitted to update, revise, or add pages to the report should show the date of change and a change or amendment number. A guide page listing the pages to be inserted and the pages to be removed should accompany the revised pages. All statements on a revised page should be accurate as of the date of the submittals.
| | In this context, "topical reports" are defined as reports that have been prepared by reactor manufacturers or architect-engineers and filed separately w-th the AEC in support of this application or of other applications or produuc lines. This tabulation should include for each report the title, the report number, the date submitted to the AEC and the applicable sections of the SAR in which this report is referenced. |
|
| |
|
| Special care should be made to ensure that the main sections of the report are revised to reflect any design changes reported in supplemental information, i.e., responses to NRC staff requests for information or responses to regulatory positions.
| | For any reports that have been withheld from public disclosure, pursuant to Section 2.790(b) of 10 CFR Part 2, as proprietary documents, non-proprietary surmary descriptions of the general content of such reports should also be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| Physical Specifications All material submitted as part of the Safety Analysis Report should conform to specific standards as to the physical dimensions of page size, quality of paper and inks, and number of pages, exhibits, and attachments.
| | This section should also include a tabulation of any documents submitted to the AEC in other applications that are incorporated in whole or in part in this application by reference. |
|
| |
|
| More specifically:
| | 1-3 |
| v
| | 2.0 SITE CL-ARACTERISTICS |
| 1. Paper Size (not to exceed) Text pages: 8 1/2 x 11 inches. Drawings and graphics:
| | This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information on the geological, seismological, hydrological, and meteorological characteristics of the site and vicinity, in conjunction with population distribution, land use, and site activities and controls. |
| 8 1/2 x 11 inches preferred;
| |
| however, a larger size is acceptable provided:
| |
| a. the bound side does not exceed 11 inches except where required for legibility, and b. the finished copy when folded does not exceed 8 1/2 x 11 inches. 2. Paper Stock Weight or substance:
| |
| 20 pound for printing on both sides. 16 to 20 pound for printing on one side only. Composition:
| |
| wood chemical sulphite (no groundwood)
| |
| and a pH of 5.5. Color: white is preferred, but pastel colors are acceptable provided the combination of paper stock and ink is suitable for microfilming. | |
|
| |
|
| 3. Ink Color sufficiently dense to record on microfilm or image-copying equipment.
| | The purnose is to indicate how these site characteristics have influenced plant design and operating criteria and to show the adequacy of the site character- istics from a safety vieupoint. |
|
| |
|
| 4. Page Margins A margin of no less than one inch should be maintained on the top, bottom, and binding side of all pages. 5. Printing Composition:
| | 2.1 Geography and Demogranhv |
| text pages should be single spaced. Type font and style: must be suitable for microfilming.
| | 2.1.1 Site Location The site location should be described by specifying the latitude and longitude of the reactor to the nearest second, and the Universal Transverse Mercator coordinates* |
| | to the nearest 100 meters. The state and count. in which the site is located should be identified, as well as the location of the site relative to prominent natural and mnn-made features such as rivers and lakes.2.1.2 Site Description A map of the site should be included in the application and should be of suitable scale to clearly define the boundary.of the site and the distance from significant facility features to the site boundary.The area to be considered as the exclusion area must be delineated clearly, if its boundaries are not the same as the boundaries of the plant site. The application should include a description of the applicant's legal rights with respect to the properties described (ownership, lease, easements, etc.).2.1.2.1 Exclusion Area Control -For any activity unrelated to facility operation conducted within the e,:clusion area, the applicant should identify the nature of his authority to determine all activities, including authority for the exclusion of personnel and property. |
|
| |
|
| Reproduction:
| | U.here the exclusion area is traversed by a highway, waterway, or railroad, the applicant should describe the arrangements made to control traffic in the event of an emergency. |
| may be mechanically or photographically reproduced.
| |
|
| |
|
| Text pages should preferably be printed on two sides with the image printed head to head. 6. Binding Pages should be punched for standard 3-hole loose-leaf binder.vi
| | 2.1.2.2 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits -The site description should clearly define the boundary line on which tech-nical specification limits on the release of gaseous effluents will be* As found on U.S. Geological Survey topographical maps.2-1 based. This boundary line (which may or may not be the same as the plant property lines or the exclusion area boundary line) demarcates the area, access to which will be actively controlled for purnoses of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation and radioactive materials. |
| 7. Page Numbering Pages should be numbered with the two digits corresponding to the chapter and first-level section numbers followed by a hyphen and a sequential number within the section, i.e., the third page in Section 4.1 of Chapter 4 should be numbered 4.1-3. Do not number the entire report sequentially. (Note that because of the small number of pages in many sections, this Standard Format is numbered sequentially within each chapter.)vii
| |
|
| |
|
| ===1. INTRODUCTION ===
| | The degree of access control required is such that the licensee is able to fulfill his various obligations with respect to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation." The site map discussed above may be used to identify this area, or a separate map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the boundary line with respect to nearby rivers and lakes. Distances from plant effluent release points to the boundary line should be defined clearly.2.1.3 Population and Population Distribution Population data presented in the application should be based en the 1970 census data and, where available, the most recent census data.following information should be presented cn the population and its distribution. |
| AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION
| |
| OF PLANT The first chapter of the SAR should present an introduction to the report and a general description of the plant. This chapter should enable the reader to obtain a basic understanding of the overall facility without having to refer to the subsequent chapters.
| |
|
| |
|
| Review of the detailed chapters that follow can then be accomplished with better perspective and with recognition of the relative safety impor tance of each individual item to the overall plant design. 1.1 Introduction This section should present briefly the principal aspects of the overall application, including the type of license-requested, the number of plant units, a brief description of the proposed location of the plant, the type of the nuclear steam supply system and its designer, the type of containment structure and its designer, the core thermal power levels, both rated and design,* and the corresponding net electrical output for each thermal power level, the scheduled completion date, and the anticipated commercial operation date for each unit. 1.2 General Plant Description This section should include a summary description of the principal characteristics of the site and a concise description of the plant. The plant description should include a brief discussion of the principal design criteria, operating characteristics, and safety considerations for the nuclear steam supply system; the engineered safety features and emergency systems; the instrumentation, control, and electrical systems; the power conversion system; the fuel handling and storage systems; the cooling water and other auxiliary systems; and the radioactive waste management system. The general arrangement of major structures and equipment should be indicated by the use of plan and elevation drawings in sufficient number and detail to provide a reasonable understanding of the general layout of the plant. Those features of the plant likely to be of special interest because of their relationship to safety should be identified.
| | The 2.1.3.1 Population Within Ten Miles -On a map of suitable scale which identifies places of significant population grouping, such as cities and towns within the 10 mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn. w-irh rhe reptrrnr .r rk r-- .... -e¢ 1 -'4, 3 and 10 miles. The circles snouic oe dIVI-ed into Z2-1/2 degree segments with each segment centered on one of the 16 cardinal compass points (e.g., north, north-northeast, northeast, etc.). Within each area thus formed by the concentric circles and radial lines the current resident population should be specified, as well as the projected population by decade for at least four decades. Describe the basis for the projection. |
|
| |
|
| Such items as unusual site characteristics, solutions to particularly difficult engineering problems, and significant extrapolations in technology represented by the design should be highlighted.
| | 2.1.3.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles -- A map of suitable scale for these distances should be used in the same manner as described in 2.1.3.1 above to describe the population and its distribution at 10 mile intervals between the 10 and 50 mile radii, from the reactor.2.1.3.3 Low Population Zone -The low population zone (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100) and the basis for its selection should be specified. |
|
| |
|
| * Rated power is defined as the power level at which the plant would be operated if licensed.
| | The population within the zone should be described in a manner similar to that described in 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.2, or presented in tabular form.2.1.3.4 Transient Population |
| | -Variations in population on a seasonal basis should be described and, where appropriate, variations in population distribution during the working day should be discussed, particularly where cignificant shifts in population or population distribution may occu:r within the low population zone.0 2-2 |
| | 2.1.3.5 Population Center -The nea.est population center (as de-fined in 10 CFR Part 100) should be specified and its population, direction, and distance from the reactor provided.2.1.3.6 Public Facilities and Institutions |
| | -Any public facilities such as schools, hospitals, prisons, and parks within ten miles of the site should be identified and located with respect to the reactor, and their transient or permanent populations discussed. |
|
| |
|
| Design power is defined as the highest power -level that would be permitted by plant design and that is used in some safety evaluations.
| | 2.1.4 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waturs Land uses and uses of nearby bodies of water should be described in the application. |
|
| |
|
| 1-1
| | Lands devoted to agricultural uses should be described in the context of principal food products, and acreage and yields. The nearest location suitable for dairying should be identified. |
| 1.3 Comparison Tables 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs This section should provide a summary of sufficient detail to identify the principal similarities to other nuclear power plants (preferably plants already designed, constructed, or operated)
| |
| and principal differences from such plants. Such comparisons may be limited to those plants or portions of plants designed or built by the nuclear steam system supplier, the architect-engineer, or the applicant. | |
|
| |
|
| This information should be provided in tabular form with cross-references to the sections of the SAR that fully describe the similarities and differences.
| | The description of water uses should include extent of comnercial and sport fishing, species and yields of fish taken and relative abundance, and conn-ercial and recreational uses.Sufficient data should be provided in this subsection regarding food crops and edible aquatic biota, in conjunction with estimated releases of radioactivity in gaseous and liquid effluents, to permit estimates to be made in Chapter 11 of the range of maximum potential annual radiation doses to individuals and to the population resulting from the principal radionuclides in discharged effluents. |
|
| |
|
| This comparison should not be restricted to a comparison of the reactor design parameters, but should include all principal features of the plant such as the engineered safety features, the containment concept, the instrumentation and electrical systems, the radioactive waste management system, and other principal systems.
| | 2.2 Nearbv Industrial, Transportation and Military Facilities The purpose of this section is to establish whether the nuclear facility is designed to withstand safely the effects of potential accidents at, or as a result of the presence of,.other industrial, transportation and military installations or operations in the vicin:Lty* |
| | of the site which may have a potentially significant effect on the safe operation of the nuclear facility. |
|
| |
|
| 1.3.2 Comparison of Final and Preliminary Information (FSAR) The FSAR should be complete without reliance on the PSAR. In an FSAR, tables should be provided to identify clearly all the significant changes that have been made in the plant since submittal of the PSAR. Each item should be cross-referenced to the section in the FSAR that describes the changes and the reasons for them. 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors This section should identify the prime agents or contractors for the design, construction, and operation of the nuclear power plant. The principal consultants and outside service organizations (such as those providing audits of the quality assurance program) should be identified.
| | These items should be re-evaluated at the time of the operating license review (FSAR), if any significant changes have occurred.2.2.1 Locations and Routes Provide a map showing all military bases, missile sites, manufacturing plants, chemical plants and storage facilities, airports, transportation routes (land and water), and oil and gas pipelines and tank farms. In-clude a description of military firing ranges and nearby airplane low level flight and landing patterns.* All activities within five miles of the site should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| The division of responsibility between the reactor designer, architect engineer, constructor, and plant operator should be delineated.
| | Activities at greater distances should be descr:ibed and evaluated as appropriate to their significance. |
|
| |
|
| 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information This section of the PSAR should identify, describe, and discuss those safety features or components for which further technical information is required in support of the issuance of a construction permit, but which has not been supplied in the PSAR. This section of the PSAR should: 1. Identify and distinguish between those technical information development programs that will be required to determine the adequacy of a new design and those that will be used to demonstrate the margin of conservatism of a proven design, 2. Describe the specific technical information that must be obtained to demonstrate acceptable resolution of the problems, 3. Describe the program in sufficient detail to show how the information will be obtained, 1-2
| | 2-3 M |
| 4. Provide a schedule of completion of the program as related to the projected startup date of the proposed plant, and 5. Discuss the design alternatives or operational restrictions available in the event that the results of the program do not demonstrate acceptable resolution of the problems.
| | 2.2.2 Descriptions A description of products manufactured, stored, or transported should be provided, as should the maximum quantities of hazardous material " kely to be processed, stored, or transported. |
|
| |
|
| Reference may be made to topical program summary reports filed with the NRC; however, if such references are made, the applicability of each technical information development item to the applicant's plant should be discussed.
| | 2.2.3 Evaluations Based on the information provided in subsections |
| | 2.2.1 and 2.2.2, a safety evaluation should be made for each of the activities including consideratior of the following aspects as applicable. |
|
| |
|
| In the FSAR, this section should include a resume of special technical information development programs undertaken to establish the final design and/or demonstrate the conservatism of the design and a discussion of any programs that will be conducted during operation in order to demonstrate the acceptability of contemplated future changes in design or modes of operation.
| | For nuclear plants located on navigable waterways, the evaluation should consider the potential effects of impacts on the plant cooling water intake structures by the maximum size and weight of barges or 3hips that normally pass the site. (If the plant is located in a region in which low temperatures are experienced, discuss the protection provided to the intake structures against ice blockage and/or damage.) The effects of accidental upstream releases of corrosive liquids or oil on the intake structures should be evaluated. |
|
| |
|
| 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference This section should provide a tabulation of all topical reports that are incorporated by reference as part of the application.
| | The effects of explosion of chemicals, flammable gases, or ranitipns should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| In this con text, "topical reports" are defined as reports that have been prepared by reactor manufacturers, architect-engineers, or other organizations and _ filed separately with the NRC in support of this application or of other applications or product lines. This tabulation should include, for each topical report, the title, the report number, the date submitted to the NRC (or AEC), and the sections of the SAR in which this report is referenced.
| | If large natural aas piDelines cross, or pass evaluated. |
|
| |
|
| For any topical reports that have been withheld from public disclosure pursuant to Section 2.790(b) of 10 CFR Part 2 as proprietary documents, nonproprietary summary descriptions of the general content of such reports should also be referenced.
| | In situations where stone quarries are located near the site, consider the effect of detonation of the maximum, amount of ex-plosives that is permitted to be stored.The potential effects of fires in adjacent oil and gasolinc plants or storage facilities, adjacent industries, brush and forest fires and from transportation incidents should be evaluated. |
|
| |
|
| This section should also include a tabulation of any documents submitted to the Commission in other applications that are incorporated in whole or in part in this application by reference.
| | Evaluate the potential effects of accidental releases of toxic gases (e.g. chlorine)from onsite storage facilities, nearby industries and transportation accidents. |
|
| |
|
| If any information submitted in connection with other applications is incorporated by reference in this SAR, summaries of such information should be included in appropriate sections of this SAR. 1.7 Electrical, Instrumentation, and Control Drawings FSAR) The FSAR should include a list of proprietary and nonproprietary electrical, instrumentation, and control (EI&C) drawings, including drawing number, title, revision number, and date. The list should be revised as necessary to conform to drawing revisions.
| | The effect of expected airborne pollutants on critical reactor facility components should be evaluated to show the adequ.acy of the design, materials, construction, and operating procedures. |
|
| |
|
| Three copies of all proprietary EI&C drawings and seven copies of all nonproprietary EI&C drawings, including revisions as they are issued, should be provided separate from the FSAR, but incorporated by reference in this section.1-3
| | For sites in the-vicinity of airports, evaluate the potential effects of aircraft impacts on the reactor facility, taking into account aircraft size, weight, and fuel loading.In the event high natural-draft cooling towers or other tall structures such as discharge stacks are used on site, evaluate the potential for damage to equipment or structures important to reactor safety in the event of collapse.2-4 |
| 2. SITE CHARACTERISTICS | | 2.3 Meteorology This section should provide a meteorological description of the site and its surrounding areas, and sufficient data to describe the meteorolo- gical characteristics of the site. The information should be sufficient to permit an independent evaluation by the staff of the meteorological effects.2.3.1 Regional Meteoroloi,%, 2.3.1.1 Data Sources -Provide references to the climatic atlases and regional climatic summaries tsed.2.3.1.2 General Climate -Describe the general climate of the region includinz che interplay between synoptic scale processes and terrain characteristics of the region.2.3.1.3 Severe .,eather -Provide the intensity and frequency of occurrence of heavy precipitation (rain and snow), hail, ice storms, thu:nderstorrs, tornadoes, strong winds and high air pollutio potential. |
| This chapter of the SAR should provide information on the geological, seismological, hydrological, and meteorological characteristics of the site and vicinity, in conjunction with present and projected population distribution and land use and site activities and controls. | |
|
| |
|
| The purpose is to indicate how these site characteristics have influenced plant design and operating criteria and to show the adequacy of the site characteristics from a safety viewpoint.
| | 2.3.2 Local Meteorology |
| | 2.3.2.1 Data Sources -Provide National "either Service (N'OAA)station surmaries and other meteorological data which are indicative of site characteristics. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1 Geography and Demography | | 2.3.2.2 Normal and Ex:treme Values of Meteorological Parameters |
| 2.1.1 Site Location and Description | | -Provide monthly su-.rmaries of wind (direction and speed combined), tem-perature, atmospheric water vapor (absolute and relative), precipitation (rain and snow), fog and atmospheric stability (if available). |
| 2.1.1.1 Specification of Location. | | 2.3.2.3 Potential Influence of the Plant and Its Facilities on Local Meteorolopv |
| | -Discuss and provide an evaluation of the potential modification of the normal and extreme values of meteorological parameters described in 2.3.2.2 above as a result of the presence and operation of the plant (e.g., the influence of cooling towers or water impoundment features on meteorological conditions). |
| | 2.3.2.4 Topographical Description |
| | -Provide a map showing the topographic features (as modified by the plant) within at least a five mile radius of the plant, and topographic cross sections in the 16 compass point sectors radiating from the plant. Include discussion of the effect of topography on short-term and long-term diffusion estimates from elevated release points, where appropriate. |
|
| |
|
| The location of each reactor at the site should be specified by latitude and longitude to the nearest second and by Universal Transverse Mercator Coordinates (Zone Number, Northing, and Easting, as found on USGS topographical maps) to the nearest 100 meters. The State and county or other political subdivision in which the site is located should be identified, as well as the location of the site with respect to prominent natural and man-made features such as rivers and lakes. 2.1.1.2 Site Area Map. A map of the site area of suitable scale (with explanatory text as necessary)
| | 2-5 S 2.3.3 Onsite Me'eorological Measurements Programs Provide a description of the preoperational. |
| should be included.
| |
|
| |
|
| It should clearly show the following:
| | and operational programs for meteorological measurements at the nuclear plant site, including measure-ments made, locations and elevations of measurements, description of instruments used, calibration and maintenance of instruments, data output and recording systems and data analysis procedures. (Additional guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measurements programs is being developed in an AEC Safety Guide now in preparation.) |
| 1. The plant property lines. The area of plant property in acres should be stated. 2. Location of the site boundary.
| | 2.3.4 Short Term (Accident) |
| | Diffusion Estimates 2.3.4.1 Basis -Provide conservative estimates of atmospheric dilution factors at the site boundary and the outer boundar- of the low population zone for appropriate time periods to 30 days after an accident, based on meteorological data.2.3.4.2 Calculations |
| | -Describe the diffusion equations and the parameters used in the diffusion estimates. |
|
| |
|
| If the site boundary lines are the same as the plant property lines, this should be stated. 3. The location and orientation of principal plant structures within the site area. Principal structures should be identified as to function (e.g., reactor building, auxiliary building, turbine building).
| | 2.3.5 Long Term (Routine) |
| 4. The location of any industrial, commercial, institutional, recreational, or residential structures within the site area. 5. The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100). If these boundary lines are the same as the plant property lines, this should be stated. The minimum distance from each reactor to the exclusion area boundary should be shown and specified. | | Diffusion Estimates 2.3.4.1 Basis -Provide realistic estimates of atmospheric dilution 2.3.4.2 Calculations |
| | -Describe the diffusion equations and para-meters used in the diffusion estimates. |
|
| |
|
| "*Site"l means the contiguous real estate on which nuclear facilities are located and for which one or more licensees has the legal right to control access by individuals and to restrict land use for purposes of limiting the potential doses from radiation or radioactive material during normal operation of the facilities.
| | 2.4 Hydrology The following subsections should contain sufficient information to allow an independent hydrologic engineering review to be made of all hydro-logically related design bases, performance reauirements, bases for design and operating procedures for structures, systems and components important to safety as a result of the following phenomena: (a) runoff type floods up to and including the probable maximum flood; (b) surges and wave action;(c) tsunamis; (d) artificial floods due to dam failures or landslides; (e)low water and/or drought effects on capability of cooling water supplies;(f) ice blockage of cooling water sources and ice jam flooding; (g) channel diversions of cooling water sources; (h) dilution and dispersion character- istics of the normal and accidental release hydrosphere relating existing and potential future users of surface and ground water resources. |
|
| |
|
| 2-1 | | 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description |
| 6. A scale that will permit the measurement of distances with reasonable accuracy.
| | 2.4.1.1 Site and Facilities |
| | -Describe the site and all safety-related elevations, structures, exterior accesses thereto and safety related equipment and systems from the standpoint of hydrologic considerations. |
|
| |
|
| 7. True north. 8. Highways, railways, and waterways that traverse or are adjacent to the site. 2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits. The site description should define the boundary lines of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR Part 20) and should describe how access to this area is controlled for radiation protection purposes, including how the applicant will be made aware of individuals entering the area and will control such access. If it is proposed that limits higher than those established by § 2 0.106(a) (and related as low as is reasonably achievable provisions)
| | 2-6 S Provide a topographic nap of the site and indfcate thereon any proposed changes to natural drainape features.2.4.1.2 Hydrosphere |
| be set, the information required by § 20.106 should be submitted.
| | -Describe the location, size, shape and other hydrologic characteristics of streams, rivers, lakes, shore regions and groundwater environments influencing plant siting. Include a description of upstream and dc'-nstream river control structures, and provide a regional topographic map showing the major hydrologic features. |
|
| |
|
| The site map discussed above may be used to identify this area, or a separate map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the boundary line with respect to the water's edge of nearby rivers and lakes. Distances from plant effluent release points to the boundary line should be clearly defined.
| | List the owner, location, and rate of use of surface water users whose intakes could be adversely affected by accidental or normal releases of contaminants. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.2 Exclusion Area Authority and Control 2.1.2.1 Authority. | | Refer to subsection |
| | 2.4.13.2 for zhe tabulation of ground water users.2.4.2 Floods 2.4.2.1 Flood .istorv -Provide a synopsis of the flood history (date, level, peak dischiarfe, etc.) in the site repion. A "flood" is defined as any abnormally high water stage or overflow from a stream, fiood.,av, lake or coastal area that results in significant detrimental effects. Include river or stream floods, surges, tsunamis, dam failures, ice jams, etc.2.4.2.2 Flood Desi |
|
| |
|
| The application should include a specific description of the applicant's legal rights with respect to all areas that lie within the designated exclusion area. The description should establish, as required by paragraph
| | ====e. n Ccnsideraticns ==== |
| 100.3(a), that the applicant has the authority to determine all activities, including exclusion and removal of personnel and property from the area. The status of mineral rights and easements within this area should be addressed.
| | -Discuss the general capability cE s=afe'y f.. --iliti_, sZ.-.. , _:- zuiipmnt to withstand floods and flood waves, Trhe design flood protection for safety related components and structures of nuclear power plants should be based on the highest calculated flood water level elevations and flood wave effects resulting from analysis of several different hypothetical floods. All possible flood conditions up to and including the highest and most critical flood level resulting from any of several different probable maximum events are to be considered as the basis for the design protection level for safety related components and structures of nuclear power plants. The probable maximum water level from a straam flood, surge, combination of surge and stream flood in estuarial areas, wave action or tsunami (whichever is applicable and/or greatest) |
| | may cause the highest water level. Other possibilities are the flood level resulting from the most severe flood wave at the plant site caused by an upstream landslide, dam failure or dam breaching resulting frcm a seismic or foundation disturbance, or inadequate design capability. |
|
| |
|
| If ownership of all land within the exclusion area has not been obtained by the applicant, those parcels of land not owned within the area should be clearly described by means of a scaled map of the exclusion area, and the status of proceedings to obtain ownership or control over the land for the life of the plant should be specifically described.
| | The effects of coincident wind generated wave action should be superimposed on the applicable flood level. The assumed hypothetical conditions are to be evaluated both statically and dynamically to determ.ine the design flood protection level. The topical information required is generally outlined in subsections |
| | 2.4.3 through 2.4.6, but the type of events considered and the controlling event should be summarized in this subsection. |
|
| |
|
| Minimum distance to and direction of exclusion area boundaries should be given for both present ownership and proposed ownership.
| | 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers Describe the PMF defined by the Corps of Engineers as the "hypothetical flood characteristics (peak discharge, volume, and hydrograph shape) that 2-7 are considered to be the most severe "reasonably possible" at a particular |
| | 0 location, based on relative comprehensive hydrometeorological analyses of critical runoff-producing precipitation (and snowmelt, if pertinent) |
| | and hydrologic factors favorable for maximum flood runoff." PM!F determinations are usually prepared by estimating "probable maximum" precipitation (PMP)amounts over the subject drainage basin, in critical periods of time, and computing the residual runoff hydrograph likely to result with critical conditions of ground wetness and related factors. Estimates of the PMF are usually based on the observed and deduced characteristics of flood-producing storms and associated hydrologic factors, modified on the basis of hydrometeoro- logical analyses to represent the most severe runoff conditions considered to be "reasonably possible" in the particular drainage basin under study.In addition to determining the PMF for adjacent large rivers or streams, a local PMF should be estimated for each local drainape course which can influence safety related facilities. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.2.2 Control of Activities Unrelated to Plant Operation. | | Summarize the locations and associated water levels for which PMF determinations have been made.2.4.3.1 Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) -- The PH? is the theoreti-cally greatest precipitation over the applicable drainage area that would produce flood flows that have virtually no risk of being exceeded. |
|
| |
|
| Any activities unrelated to plant operation which are to be permitted within the exclusion area (aside from transit through the area) should be described with respect to the nature of such activities, the number of persons engaged in them, and the specific locations within the exclu sion area where such activities will be permitted.
| | These estimates usually involve detailed analyses of actual flood-producing storms iii the general region of the drainage basin under study, and certain modifications ard extrapolations of historical data to reflect more severe rainfall-runoff relations than actually recorded, insofar as these are deemed "reason__ |
| | * p +/-c .: -.I L ...-. ..: " .p... ". ..reasoning. |
|
| |
|
| The application should describe the limitations to be imposed on such activities and the procedure to be followed to ensure that the plant staff has general knowledge of the number and location of persons within the exclusion area engaged in such activities.
| | Discuss considerations of storm configuration (orientation of areal distribution', maximized precipitation amounts (include a description of maximization procedures and/or studies available in the area such as reference to National Weather Service and Corps of Engineers determinations), time distributions, orographic effecLs, storm centering, seasonal effects, antecedent snowpack (depth, moisture content, areal distribution), and any snow-melt model. Present the selected maximized storm precipitation distribution (time and space).2.4.3.2 Precinitation Losses -Describe the absorption canability of the basin including consideration of initial losses, infiltration rates, and antecedent precipitation. |
|
| |
|
| An estimate should be provided of the time required 2-2 to evacuate all such persons from the area in order that calculations can be made of radiation doses resulting from the accidents postulated in Chapter 15. 2.1.2.3 Arrangements for Traffic Control. Where the exclusion area is traversed by a highway, railway, or waterway, the application should describe the arrangements made or to be made to control traffic in the event of an emergency.
| | Provide verification of these assumptions by reference to studies in the region, or by presenting detailed storm-runolt studies.2.4.3.3 Runoff Model -Describe the hydrologic response characteristics of the watershed to precipitation (such as unit hydrographs), verification from historic floods or synthetic procedures, the nonlinearity of the model due to high rainfall rates, and provide a description of sub-basin drainage areas (including a map), their sizes and topographic features of watersheds. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.2.4 Abandonment or Relocation of Roads. If there are any public roads traversing the proposed exclusion area which, because of their location, will have to be abandoned or relocated, specific information should be provided regarding authority possessed under state laws to effect abandonment;
| | Include a tabulation of all drainage areas, and runoff, reservoir and channel routing coefficients. |
| the procedures that must be followed to achieve abandonment;
| |
| the identity of the public authorities who will make the final determination;
| |
| and the status of the proceedings completed to date to obtain abandonment. | |
|
| |
|
| If a public hearing is required prior to abandonment, the type of hearing should be specified (e.g., legislative or adjudicatory).
| | 2-8 |
| If the public road will be relocated rather than abandoned, specific information as described above should be provided with regard to the relocation and the status of obtaining any lands required for relocation. | | 2.4.3.4 Probable Maximum Flood Flow -Present the PMF runoff hydrograph as defined as resulting from the probable maximurn precipitation (and.snow- melt, if pertinent) |
| | which considers the hydrologic characteristic-, of the potential influence of existing and proposed upstream dpms and river structures for regulating or increasing the water level. If such dar..s are designed to a PMF, their influence on the regulation of Water flow and levels shall be considered; |
| | however, if a dam is not designed or constructed to with'stand the PMF (or inflow from an upstream dam failure) the maximum water flows and resulting static and dynamic effects from the failure of the dam by breaching should be included in the PMF estimate. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3 Population Distribution Population data presented should be based on the 1970 census data and, where available, more recent census data. The following information should be presented on population distribution.
| | Discuss the PMF stream-course response model and its ability to compute floods of various magnitudes up to the s,-verity of a PMF. Present any reservoir and channel routing assumptions with appropriate discussions of initial conditions, outlet works (both uncontrolled and controlled), spillwav (both uncontrolled and controlled), t;ie ability of any dams to withstand coincident reservoir wind wave action (including discussions of set-up, the significant wave height, the maximum wave height, and runup), the wave protection afforded, and the reservoir design capacity (i.e., the capacity for P.F and coincident wind wave action). Finally, provide the estim.ated PMF discharge hydrograph at the site and, when available, provide a similar hydrograph without upstream reservoir effects.4.4.3.5 Water Level Determinations |
| | -Describe the translation of the estimated peak P..!F discharge to elevation using cross section and profile data, reconstitution of historical floods (with consideration of high water marks and discharge estimates), standard step methods, roughness coeffi-cients, bridge and other losses, verification, extrapolation of coefficients for the PMF, estimates of P.F water surface profiles, and flood outlines.2.4.3.6 Coincident Wind Wave Activity -Discuss the runup, wave heights, and resultant static and dynamic effects of wave action on each safety related facility from wind generated activity coincident with the peak PMF water level.2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures (Seismically Induced)Discuss and evaluate the effects of potential seismically induced dam failures on the upper limit of flood capability in streams and rivers.Consider the potential influence of upstream dams and river structures for regulating or increasing the water level. The maximum water flow and level resulting from failure of a dam by seismically induced breaching under the most severe probable modes of failure should be taken into account, including the potential for subsequent downstream domino-type failures due to flood waves. The simultaneous occurrence of the I*F and an earthquake capable of failing the upstream dams is not considered, since each of these 2-9 events considered singly has a low probability of occurrence. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.1 Population Within 10 Miles. On a map of suitable scale that identifies places of significant population grouping such as cities and towns within a 10-mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn, with the reactor at the center point, at distances of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 10 miles. The circles should be divided into 22-1/2-degree segments with each segment centered on one of the 16 compass points (e.g., true north, north-northeast, northeast).
| | The suggested worst conditions at the dam site are to be evaluated by considering |
| A table appropriately keyed to the map should provide the current residential population within each area of the map formed by the concentric circles and radial lines. The same table, or separate tables, should be used to provide the projected population within each area for (1) the expected first year of plant operation and (2) by census decade (e.g., 1990) through the projected plant life. The tables should provide population totals for each segment and annular ring, and a total for the 0 to 10 miles enclosed population.
| | (1) a 25-year flood with full reservoirs coincident with an earthquake determined by a procedure similar to that used to determine the characteristics of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake* |
| | and (2) a standard-project flood or one-half the probable maximur, flood (as defined by the Corps of Engineers) |
| | with full reservoirs coincident with the maximum earthquake determined on the basis of historic seismicity. |
|
| |
|
| The basis for population projections should be described.
| | Mhere downstream dams also regulate cooling water supplies, their potential failures also should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles. A map of suitable scale and appropriately keyed tables should be used in the same manner as described above to describe the population and its distribution at 10 mile intervals between the 10- and 50-mile radii from the reactor. | | 2.4.4.1 Reservoir Description |
| | -Include the locations of existing or proposed dars (both upstream and downstream) |
| | that influence conditions at the site, drainage areas above reservoirs, descriptions of types of structures, all appurtenances, ownership, seismic design criteria, and spillway design criteria.2.4.4.2 Dam Failure Permutations |
| | -Discuss the locations of dams (both upstream and downstream), potential modes of failure and results of seismically induced and other types of dam failures that could cause the most critical conditions (floods or low water) with respect to the site for such an event.Consideration should be given to possible landslides, antecedent reservoir levels and river flows at the coincident flood peak (base flow). Present tLhe determinahio n ,f rho,, 1- n. 1 rw rare ;2r r-i cl-, -'."h.9.9 .possi e AI dam failure, and sumnarize an analysis to show that the presented |
| | 4 condition is the worst permutation. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.3 Transient Population. | | Include the description of all coefficients and methods used.2.4.4.3 Unsteady Flow Analysis of Potential Dam Failures -In determining the effect of dam failures at the site, the analvtical methods presented should be applicable to artificial large floods with appropriately acceptable coefficients, and should also consider floodwaves through reservoirs downstream of failures. |
|
| |
|
| Seasonal and daily variations in population and population distribution resulting from land uses such as 2-3 recreational or industrial should be generally described and appropriately keyed to the areas and population numbers contained on the maps and tables of paragraphs
| | Domino-type failures due to flood waves should be considered where applicable. |
| 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.2. If the plant is located in an area where significant population variations due to transient land use are expected, additional tables of population distribution should be provided to indicate peak seasonal and daily populations.
| |
|
| |
|
| The additional tables should cover projected as well as current populations.
| | Discuss estimates of base flow and flood wave effects which are included to attenuate the dam failure flood wave downstream. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.4 Low Population Zone. The low population zone (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100) should be specified and the basis for its selection dis cussed. A scaled map of the zone should be provided to illustrate topo graphic features; | | 2.4.4.4 Water Level at Plant Site -Present the backwater or unsteady flow computation leading to the water elevation estimate for the most critical upstream dam failure, and discuss its reliability. |
| highways, railways, waterways, and any other transportation routes that may be used for evacuation purposes;
| |
| and the location of all facilities and institutions such as schools, hospitals, prisons, beaches, and parks. Facilities and institutions beyond the low population zone which, because of their nature, may require special consideration when evaluating emergency plans, should be identified out to a distance of five miles. A table of population distribution within the low population zone should provide estimates of peak daily, as well as seasonal transient, population within the zone, including estimates of transient population in the facilities and institutions identified.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.5 Population Center. The nearest population center (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100) should be identified and its population and its direction and distance from the reactor specified. | | Superimpose wind wave conditions that may occur simultaneously in a manner similar to that described in subsection |
| | 2.4.3.6.* Refer to 10 CFR Part 100, proposed Appendix A.2-10 |
| | 2.4.5 Probable Maximum Surge Flooding 2.4.5.1 Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters |
| | -The mechanism is defined as a hypothetical hurricane or other cyclonic type wind storm that might result from the most severe combinations of meteoro-logical parameters that are considered reasonably possible in the region involved, if the hurricane or other type wind storm should approach the point under study along a critical path and at optimum rnte of movement.The determination of probable maximum meteoroLogical winds involves detailed analyses of actual historical storm events in the general region, and certain modifications and extrapolations of data to reflect a more severe meteoro-logical wind system than actually recorded, insofar as these are deemed"reasonably possiblu" of occurrence on the basis of meteorological reason-ing and should b'e presented in detail. The probable maximum conditions are the most severe combinations of hydremetcorological parameters (such as the meteorological characteristics of the probable maximum hurricane as reported by the U.S. ::ational Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration in their unpublished report HIUR 7-97*) considered reasonably possible that would produce the surge which has virtually no risk of being exceeded.This hypothetical event, as for other storm types, is postulated along a critical path at an optimal rate of movement from correlations of storm parameters of rernrd. Sufficient bases and information should he provided to assure that the parameters presented are the most reasonable severe combination. |
|
| |
|
| The distance from the reactor to the nearest boundary of the population center (not necessarily the political boundary) | | 2.4.5.2 Surge History -Discuss the proximity of the site to large bodies of water for which surge-type flooding can reach the site. The probable maximum water level (surges) for shore areas adjacent to large water bodies is the peak of the hypothetical surge stage hydrograph (still water levels), and coincident wave effects based on relative comprehensive hydrometeorological analyses resulting from the probable maximum meteoro-logical criteria (such as hurricanes or other cyclonic wind storms) in conjunction with the critical hydrological characteristics that produce the probable maximum water level at a specific location. |
| should be related to the low population zone radius to demonstrate compliance with Part 100 guidelines.
| |
|
| |
|
| The bases for the boundary selected should be provided. | | The effects of the probable maximum storms are superimposed on the coincidental maximum annual astronomical ambient tide levels, and associated wave action, to determine the effects of water level and wave action on structures. |
|
| |
|
| Indicate the extent to which transient population has been considered in establishing the population center. In addition to specifying the distance to the nearest boundary of a population center, discuss the present and projected population distribution and population density within and adjacent to local population groupings.
| | Provide a description of the surge history in the site region., This report, WUR-7-97, "Interim Report -Meteorological Characteristics of the Probable Maximum Hurricane, Atlantic and Gulf Coasts of the United States," is available upon request from the Hydrometeorological Branch, Office of Hydrology, NOAA, 8060 13th Street, Silver Spring, Md., 20910.2-11 |
| | 12.4.5.3 Surge Sources -Discuss considerations of hurricanes, frontal (cyclonic) |
| | type wind storms, moving squall lines, and surge mechanisms which are possible and applicable to the site. Include the antecedent water level (with reference to the spring tide for coastal locations, the average monthly high water for lakes, and a forerunner where applicable), the determination of the controlling storm surge (include the probable maximum meteorological parameters such as the storm track, wind fields, the fetch or direction of approach, bottom effects, and verification with historic events), the method used and results of the computation of the probabie maximum surge hydrograph (giaphical presentation). |
| | 2.4.5.4 Wave Action -Discuss the wind generated activity which can occur coincidentally with a surge, or independently thereof. Estimates of the wave period, the significant wave height and elevations, the maximum wave height and elevations, with the coincident water surge hydrograph should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| 2.1.3.6 Population Density. The cumulative resident population projected for the year of initial plant operation should be plotted to a distance of at least 30 miles and compared with a cumulative population resulting from a uniform population density of 500 people/sq. | | Specific data should be presented on the largest breaking wave height, setup, and runup that cz.n reach each satety-related facility.2.4.5.5 Resonance |
| | -Discuss the possibility of oscillations of waves at natural periodicity, such as lake reflection and harbor resonance phenomena, and any affects at the site.2.4.5.6 Runup -Provide estimates of wave runup on plant facilities. |
|
| |
|
| mile in all directions from the plant. Similar information should be provided for the end of plant life but compared with a cumulative population resulting from a uniform population density of 1000 people/sq.
| | Include a discussion of the water levels on each affected facility and Lile pruLection to be provided against static errects, oynamic ezlects, and splas |
|
| |
|
| mile. 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation, and Military Facilities The purpose of this section is to establish whether the effects of potential accidents in the vicinity*
| | ====h. Cross reference ==== |
| of the site from present and projected All facilities and activities within five miles of the nuclear plant should be considered. | | 2.4.5.4 above for breaking waves.2.4.5.7 Protective Structures |
| | -Discuss the location and design criteria for any special facilities for the protection of intake, effluent and other safety related facilities against surges, wave reflection and other wave action.2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding For sites adjacent to coastal areas, discuss historical tsunamis, either recorded or translated and inferred-which provide information for use in determining the probable maximum water levels, and the geoseismic generating mechanisms available with appropriate references to section 2.5. The under-water geoseismic activity causes high speed, long period waves (tsunamis) |
| | that may produce catastrophic coastal damage even after being propagated thousands of miles. By far, the areas most susceptible to tsunamis are those bordering the Pacific, although their possible occurrence along the Gulf of Mexico and South Atlantic Coastlines should be recognized. |
|
| |
|
| Facilities and activities at greater distances should be included as appropriate to their significance.
| | 2-12 |
| | 2.4.6.1 Probable Maximum Tsunari -This event is defined as the most severe tsunami at the site which has virtually no risk of being exceeded.Consider3tion should be given to the most reasonably severe geoseismic activity possible (such as fractures, faults, land slide potential, volcanism, etc.) in determining the l-.iting tsunami producing mechanisi.. |
| | The geoseismic investigations required are similar to those necessary for the analysis of surface faulting and vibratory cr'und motions indicated for section 2.5, and are sun-arized herein to define those locations and mechanisms investigated that could produce the controlling maximum tsunami at the site from both local or disti&,t generating mechanisms. |
|
| |
|
| 2-4 industrial, transportation and military installations and operations should be used as design basis events for plant design and to establish the design parameters related to the accidents so selected.
| | Suzh considerations Ls the orientation of the site relative tc the earthquake epicenter or generating meochanism. |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.1 Locations and Routes Provide maps showing the location and distance from the nuclear plant of all significant manufacturing plants; chemical plants; refineries;
| | shape of the coastline, off-shore land areas, hydrograhv, stallilitv of the coastal area (proneness of sliding), etc., should be factored into the analysis.2.4.6.2 Historical Tsunami Record -Provide any local and regional historical information. |
| storage facilities;
| |
| mining and quarrying operations;
| |
| military bases; missile sites; transportation routes (air, land, and water); transportation facili ties (docks, anchorages, airports);
| |
| oil and gas pipelines, drilling opera tions, and wells; and underground gas storage facilities.
| |
|
| |
|
| Show any other facilities that, because of the products manufactured, stored, or trans ported, may require consideration with respect to possible adverse effects on the plant. Also, show any military firing or bombing ranges and any nearby aircraft flight, holding, and landing patterns.
| | 2.4.6.3 Source Tsunami ,ave !iec.ht -Provide estimrates of the maximum tsunami wave heighc poss ible ac ieach major local generating source con-sidered and the maxim-,- offshore deenwater tsunami height from distant..counLruiiing generators for both locally and distantly generated tsunar.is. |
|
| |
|
| The maps should be clearly legible and of suitable scale to enable easy location of the facilities and routes in relation to the nuclear plant. All symbols and notations used to depict the location of the facilities and routes should be identified in legends or tables. Topo graphic features should be included on the maps in sufficient detail to adequately illustrate the information presented.
| | 2.4.6.4 Tsunami Heicht Offshore -Provide estimates of the tsunami height in deep water adjacent to the site, or before bottom effects appreciably alter wave configuration, for each major generator. |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.2 Descriptions The descriptions of the nearby industrial, transportation, and military facilities identified in 2.2.1 should include the information indicated in the following sections. | | 2.4.6.5 Hvdroeraphv and Harbor or Breakniater Influences on Tsunami -Present the routing of the controlling tsunami including breaking wave formation, bore formation, and any resonance effects (natural frequencies and successive wave effects), that result in the estimate of the maximum tsunz.i. runup on each pertinent safety-related facility. |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.2.1 Description of Facilities.
| | This should include a discussion of the analysis used to translate tsunami waves from offshore generator locations, or in deep water, to the site, and antecedent conditions. |
|
| |
|
| A concise description of each facility, including its primary function and major products and the number of persons employed, should be provided in tabular form. 2.2.2.2 Description of Products and Materials.
| | Provide, where possible, verification of the techniques and coefficients used by reconstituting tsunamis of record.2.4.6.6 Effects on Safety-Related Facilities |
| | -Discuss the effects on safety-related facilities of the controlling tsunami, and state the design criteria for the tsunami protection to be provided.2-13/ |
| | _ _ S 2.4.7 Ice Flooding Present design criteia for protection of safety-related facilities from the most severe ice jam flood, wind-driven ice ridges, or ice-produced forces that are reasonably possible and could affect safety-related plant facilities with respect to adjacent rivers, streams, lakes, etc., and the location and proximity of such facilities to ice generating mechanisms. |
|
| |
|
| A description of the products and materials regularly manufactured, stored, used, or transported in the vicinity of the nuclear plant should be provided.
| | Describe the regional ice and ice jam fornation history.2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs |
| | 2.4.8.1 Canals. -Present the design bases for capacity and protection of canals against wind waves with acceptable freeboard, and (where applicable) |
| | the ability to withstand a probable maximnu flood, surge, etc.2.4.8.2 Reservoirs |
| | -Provide the design bases for capacity (reference subsection |
| | 2.4.11), the PKF design capability including wind wave protection, emergency storage evacuation (low level outlet and emergency spillway), with verified runoff rodels (unit hydrographs), flood routing, emergency spillway design, and outlet protection. |
|
| |
|
| Emphasis should be placed on the identification and description of any hazardous materials.
| | 2.4.9 Channel Diversions Discuss the potential for the upstream diversion or rerouting of the source of cooling water, such as river cutoffs, ice jars, or subsidence, with respect to historical and topographical evidence in the region.Present the history of flow diversions in the region. Describe a':ailable alternative cooling water sources in the event diversions are possible.2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements Describe the static and dynamic consequences of all types of flooding on each pertinent safety-related facility. |
|
| |
|
| Statistical data should be provided on the amounts involved, modes of transportation, frequency of shipment, and the maximum quantity of hazardous material likely to be processed, stored, or transported at any given time. The applicable toxicity limits should be provided for each hazardous mate rial. 2.2.2.3 Pipelines.
| | Present the design bases, or reference appropriate discussions in other sections of the SAR, required to assure that safety-related facilities will be capable of surviving all possible flood conditions up to and lncli.lIng the controlllng nevera event at the site.2.4.11 Low Water Considerations |
| | 2.4.11.1 Low Flow in Rivers and Streams -Estimate the probable minimum flow level resulting from the most severe drought considered reasonably possible in the region as such conditions may affect the 2-14 source of cooling water and/or the ability of water related ultimate heat sinks to perform adequately under severe hydrometeorological conditions. |
|
| |
|
| For pipelines, indicate the pipe size, pipe age, operating pressure, depth of burial, location and type of isolation valves, and the type of gas or liquid presently carried. Indicate whether the pipeline is used for gas storage at higher than normal pressure and discuss the possibility of the pipeline being used in the future to carry a differ ent product than the one presently being carried (e.g., propane instead of natural gas).2-5
| | 2.4.11.2 Low 'Jater Resultine from Surges -Determine the surge or tstumai caused low water level that could occur fro- probable mtaximum meteorological or geoseismic conditians. |
| 2.2.2.4 Waterways.
| |
|
| |
|
| If the site is located adjacent to a navigable waterway, provide information on the location of the intake structure(s)
| | Include a description of the probable maximum wind storm,. its track, Lssociated parameters, antecedent conditions (see 2.4.5.4 above), and the computed low water level, or tsunani conditions applicable. |
| in relation to the shipping channel, the depth of channel, the location of locks, the type of ships and barges using the waterway, and any nearby docks and anchorages.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.2.5 Airports. | | Also consider, where .-pplicable, ice formation, or ice ja.-z causing low flow, as such conditions fiay affect the cooling water source.2.4.11.3 Historical Low .ater -Discuss historical low wacer controls, minimum stream flows or minimun. surzes and elevations, and probabilities (unadjusted for historical controls and adjusted for historical and future controls and uses) only when statistical. |
|
| |
|
| For airports, provide information on length and orientation of runways, type of aircraft using the facility, the number of operations per year by aircraft type, and the flying patterns associated with the airport. Plans for future utilization of the airport, including possible construction of new runways, increased traffic, or utilization by larger aircraft, should be provided.
| | methods are used to extrapolate flows and/or levels to probable minimum conditions. |
|
| |
|
| In addition, statistics on aircraft accidents*
| | 2.4.11.4 Future Control -?rovide the estimated flow rate, durations and leveli fo- prnb4:i= .lu .condi~iuns considering future uses.2.4.11.5 Plant Renuirements |
| should be provided for: 1. All airports within five miles of the nuclear plant, 2. Airports with projected operations greater than 500d2 movements per year within 10 miles,** and 3. Airports with projected operations greater than 1000d 2 movements per year outside 10 miles.** Provide equivalent information describing any other aircraft activities in the vicinity of the plant. These should include aviation routes, pilot training areas, and landing and approach paths to airports and military facilities.
| | -Present the required r.inimum cooling water flew, the ;umn invert elevation and conficuration, the minimum design operating level, pump submergence elevations (operating heads), effluent submergence and mixing and dispersion design bases. Discuss the capability of cooling water pumps to supply sufficient water during periods of extreme low water level.2.4.11.6 Deoendabilit: |
| | Reauirements |
| | -Describe the ability to provide warning of impending lnw flow to allow switching to alternative sources where applicable. |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.2.6 Projections of Industrial Growth. For each of the above categories, provide projections of the growth of present activities and new types of activities in the vicinity of the nuclear plant that can be rea sonably expected based on economic growth projections for the area. 2.2.3 Evaluation of Potential Accidents On the basis of the information provided in Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2, the potential accidents to be considered as design basis events should be determined and the potential effects of these accidents on the nuclear plant should be identified in terms of design parameter (e.g., overpressure, missile energies)
| | Compare minimum flow and/or level estimates with plant requirements and describe any available low water safety factor.2.4.12 Environmental Accentance of Effluents Describe the ability of the environment to disperse and dilute normal and inaevertent or accidental releases of radioactive effluents for the full range of anticipated operating conditions. |
| or physical phenomena (e.g., concentration of flammable or toxic cloud outside building structures).
| |
| 2.2.3.1 Determination of Design Basis Events. Design basis events external to the nuclear plant are defined as those accidents that have a An analysis of the probability of an aircraft collision at the nuclear plant and the effects of the collision on the safety-related components of the plant should be provided in Section 3.5. "d" is the distance in miles from the site.2-6 probability of occurrence on the order of about 10-7 per year or greater and have potential consequences serious enough to affect the safety of the plant to the extent that Part 100 guidelines could be exceeded.
| |
|
| |
|
| The deter mination of the probability of occurrence of potential accidents should be based on an analysis of the available statistical data on the frequency of occurrence for the type of accident under consideration and on the trans portation accident rates for the mode of transportation used to carry the hazardous material.
| | Present the applicable design bases for effluent facilities to meet design requirements. |
|
| |
|
| If the probability of such an accident is on the order of 10-7 per year or greater, the accident should be considered a design basis event, and a detailed analysis of the effects of the accident on the plant's safety-related structures and components should be provided.
| | Refer to sub-sections 2.4.1.2 and 2.4.13.2 for the locations and users, respecti-rely, of surface and ground waters.2-15 I 2.4.13 Groundwater |
| | 2.4.13.1 Descrintion and On-site Use -Describe the regronal and local groundwater aquifers, formations, sources, and sinks. Describe the type of ground water use, well, pump and storage facilities, and flow requirements of the plant by type of use.2.4.13.2 Sources -Describu present regional use, and projected future use; tabulaLe existing users (amounts, location and drm,'d&,.,n) |
| | xnd piezoretric levels; indicate flow directions and gradients; |
| | and discu.ss the reversibility of ground water flow and tiie effects of potential future use on the flow rates, gradients and groundwater levels beneath the site. Note any potential grund water recharge area within influence of the plant.2.4.13.3 Accident Effects -Provide an evaluation of the dispersion and dilution capability of the groundwater environment with respect to existing users and future users under operating and accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| The accident categories discussed below should be considered in selecting design basis events. 1. Explosions.
| | 2.4.13.4 Monitoring or Safer..uard rIeouirements- Discuss the need for procedures and safeauards to protect groundwater users if the potential for contamination is high. Present preliminary plans for such safeguards and/or monitoring. |
|
| |
|
| Accidents involving detonations of high explosives, munitions, chemicals, or liquid and gaseous fuels should be considered for facilities and activities in the vicinity of the plant where such materials are processed, stored, used, or transported in quantity.
| | 2.4.14 7ucit:,icai Specitication ana tmergency Operation Requirements Describe any emergency protective measures designed to rinimize the water associated impact of adverse hydrologically related events on safety related facilities. |
|
| |
|
| Attention should be given to potential accidental explosions that could produce a blast overpressure on the order of 1 psi or greater at the nuclear plant, using recognized quantity-distance relationships.*
| | Describe the manner in which these recuirements will be incorporated into appropriate Technical Specifications and!or Erergency Procedures. |
| Missiles generated in the explosion should also be considered, and an analysis should be provided in Section 3.5. 2. Flammable Vapor Clouds (Delayed Ignition).
| |
| Accidental releases of flammable liquids or vapors that result in the formation of unconfined vapor clouds should be considered.
| |
|
| |
|
| Assuming that no immediate explosion occurs, the extent of the cloud and the concentrations of gas that could reach the plant under "worst-case" meteorological conditions should be determined.
| | Discuss the need for any Technical Specifications for plant shutdown to minimize the consequences of an accident due to h vdrologically associated phenomena. |
|
| |
|
| An evaluation of the effects on the plant of detonation and deflagration of the vapor cloud should be provided.
| | In the event emergency procedures are to be utilized to meet safety requirements due to hydrologically relatod events, present appropriate water levels, lead times available and indicate what type of action would be taken.2.5 Geoloev and Seismology This section should provide information regarding the seismic and geologic characteristics of the site. Guidance is provided in proposed Appendix A to M0 CFR Part 100, "Seismic and Geologic Siting Critpria for Nuclear Power Plants" (published for commient in the Federal Register, Vol. 36, 2-16 |
| | 4..No. 228, November 25, 1971), which sets forth the principal seismic and geologic considerations that guide the regulatory staff in it:- evaluation of the acceptability of sites and seismic design bases.2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Data The following basic data should be included concerning the geology and seismology of the site and the region surrounding the site.(1) Description of the physiography of the region and of the site and maps showing the physiographic features of the site and the surround-ing region. T1-he maps should include the site location.(2) Geologic and tectonic maps of the region surrounding the site.(3) Geologic map of the site area which shows surface geology and which includes the locations of major structurez of the nuclear power plants, including all Category £ structures. |
|
| |
|
| An analysis of the missiles generated as a result of the detonation should-be provided in Section 3.5. 3. Toxic Chemicals.
| | (4) Structural geologic map of the site area which shows bedrock contours and which includes the location of major structures of the.nuclear power plant, including all Category 1 structures. |
|
| |
|
| Accidents involving the release of toxic chem icals (e.g., chlorine)
| | (5) Geologic profiles showing the relationship of the major founda-tions of the nuclear power )lant to subsurface materials, including ground water, and the significant engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials. |
| from onsite storage facilities and nearby mobile and stationary sources should be considered.
| |
|
| |
|
| If toxic chemicals are known or projected to be present onsite or in the vicinity of a nuclear plant or to be frequently transported in the vicinity of the plant, releases of these chemicals should be evaluated.
| | (6) History of ground water fluctuations beneath the site and a discussion of ground water conditions during construction of the nuclear power plant and during plant life.(7) A plot plan showing the locations of all Category I structures of the nuclear power plant and the locations of all borings, trenches, and excavations along with a description, logs, and maps of the borings, trenches, and excavations, as necessary to indicate the results.(8) Results of seismic refraction and reflection surveys, and shear wave velocity and uphole velocity surveys.(9) Summary of static and dynamic soil and rock properties at the site including grain-size classification, Atterberg limits, water content, density, shear strength, relative density, shear modulus, Poisson's ratio, bulk modulus, damping.2-17 |
| | (10) Plan and profile drawings showing the extent of excavations and backfill planned at the site and compaction criteria for all engineered backfill.(11) The detailed safety related criteria and the computed factors of safety for the materials underlying the foundations for all Category- I nuclear power plant structures and for all Category I erbankments under dynamic conditions combined with adverse hydrologic concitions. |
|
| |
|
| For each postulated event, a range of concentrations at the site should be determined for a spectrum of meteor ological conditions.
| | 2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion Information should be presented to describe how the design basis for vibratory ground motion (Safe Shutdown Earthquake) |
| | was de.ermined. |
|
| |
|
| These toxic chemical concentrations should be used in evaluating control room habitability in Section 6.4. One acceptable reference is the Department of the Army Technical Manual TM 5-1300, "Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions," for sale by Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.2-7
| | The following specific information should also be included: (1) Describe the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the site and the region surrounding the site, including its geologic history.(2) Idertifv tectonic structures underlying the site and the region surrounding the site.(2) 61ciL tSd c c ..LI ...~u u L. rior earthquakei "of tfe Surficial |
| 4. Fires. Accidents leading to high heat fluxes or to smoke, and nonflammable gas- or chemical-bearing clouds from the release of materials as the consequence of fires in the vicinity of the plant should be consid ered. Fires in adjacent industrial and chemical plants and storage facili ties and in oil and gas pipelines, brush and forest fires, and fires from transportation accidents should be evaluated as events that could lead to high heat fluxes or to the formation of such clouds. A spectrum of meteo rological conditions should be included in the dispersal analysis when determining the concentrations of nonflammable material that could reach the site. These concentrations should be used in Section 6.4 to evaluate control room habitability and in Section 9.5 to evaluate the operability of diesels and other equipment.
| | 'geologic ma't~rials and the substrata under-lying the site from the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic studies.(4) Describe the static and dynamic engineering properties of the materials underlying the site. Included should be properties needed to determine the behavior of the underlying material during earthquakes and the characteristics of the underlying material in transmitting earthquake- induced motions to the foundations of the plant, such as scisrmc wave velocities, density, water content, porosity, and strength.(5) List all historically reported earthquakes which have affected, or which could be rea.lnpihdv r,, b-.. -ffect-d "hAn-the date of occurrence and the tollowing measured or estimated data: magni-tude or highest intensity, and a plot of the epicenter or region of highest intensity. |
|
| |
|
| 5. Collisions with Intake Structure.
| | Where historically reported earthquakes could have caused a maximum ground acceleration of at least one-tenth the acceleration of gravity (0.1g) at the foundations of the proposed nuclear power plant structures, the acceleration or intensity and duration of ground shaking at these foundations should also be estimated. |
|
| |
|
| For nuclear power plant sites located on navigable waterways, the evaluation should consider the proba bility and potential effects of impact on the plant cooling water intake structure and enclosed pumps by the various size, weight, and type of barges or ships that normally pass the site, including any explosions incident to the collision.
| | Since earthquakes have been reported in terms of various parameters, such as magnitude, intensity 2-i1 at a given location, and effect on ground, structures, and people at a specific location, some of these data may have to be estimated by use of appropriate empirical relationships. |
|
| |
|
| This analysis should be used in Section 9.2.5 to determine whether an additional source of cooling water is required.
| | hInere appropriate, the comparative characteristics of the material underlying the cpicentral location or regiLn of highest intensity and of the material underlying the site in transmitting earthquake vibratory motion should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| 6. Liquid Spills. The accidental release of oil or liquids which may be corrosive, cryogenic, or coagulant should be considered to determine if the potential exists for such liquids to be drawn into the plant's intake structure and circulating water system or otherwise to affect the plant's safe operation. | | (6) Provide a correlation of epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historicallv ronorted earthqu'akes, w¢here possible, with tectonic structures, any part of which is located -within 200 miles of the site. Epicenters or regionus of highest intensity which cannot be reasonably correlated with tectonic structures should be identified with tectonic prov-inces, any part of which is located within 200 mdles of the site.(7) For faults, any part of which is within 200 miles of the site and which may be of significance in establishing the Safe Shutdown Earthquake, determine |
| | 'Whether these faults should be considered as active faults.(8) For faults, any' part of which is within 200 miles of the site which may be of siznificance in establishing the Safe Shutdown Earthquake and which are considered as active faults, determine: |
| | tho IPngrh of the fault; the relat.onsnin of the fault to regional tectonic structures; |
| | and the nature, amoun:t, and sveologic history of displacements along the fault, including particularly the estimated amount of the maximum Ouaternary dis-placement related tc any one earthauake along the fault.(9) The historic earthquakes of greatest magnitude or intensity which have been correlated with tectonic structures should be determined. |
|
| |
|
| 2.2.3.2 Effects of Design Basis Events. Provide the analysis of the effects of the design basis accidents identified in Section 2.2.3.1 on the safety-related components of the nuclear plant and discuss the steps taken to mitigate the consequences of these accidents, including such things as the addition of engineered safety feature equipment and reinforcing of plant structures, as well as the provisions made to lessen the likelihood and severity of the accidents themselves.
| | For active faults, the earthquake of greatest magnitude related to the faults should be determrined caking into account geologic evidence. |
|
| |
|
| 2.3 Meteorology This section should provide a meteorological description of the site and its surrounding areas. Sufficient data should be included to permit an independent evaluation by the staff. 2.3.1 Regional Climatology
| | The vibratory ground motion at the site should be determined assuming the epicenter of the earthquakes are situated at the point on the structures closest to the site.(10) Whlere epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes cannot be related to tectonic structures but are iden-tified with tectonic provinces in which the site is located, the accelera-tions at the site should be determined assuming that these earthquakes occur adjacent to the site.(11) Where epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes cannot be related to tectonic structures but are iden-tified with tectonic provinces in which the site is not located, the 2-19 accelerations at the site should be determined assuming that the epicenters or regions of highest intensity of these earthquakes are located at the closest point to the site on the boundary of the tectonic prnvince.(12) The earthquake producing the maximum vibratory, accelerations at the site should be designated the Safe Shutdcwn Earthquake for vibratory ground motion. The Safe Shutdown Earthquake should be defined by response spectra corresponding to the maximum vibratory accelerations. |
| 2.3.1.1 General Climate. The general climate of the region should be described with respect to types of air masses, synoptic features (high- and low-pressure systems and frontal systems), general airflow patterns (wind direction and speed), temperature and humidity, precipitation (rain, snow, 2-8 and sleet), and relationships between synoptic-scale atmospheric processes and local (site) meteorological conditions.
| |
|
| |
|
| Provide references that indicate the climatic atlases and regional climatic summaries used. 2.3.1.2 Regional Meteorological Conditions for Design and Operating Bases. Seasonal and annual frequencies of severe weather phenomena, including hurricanes, tornadoes and waterspouts, thunderstorms, lightning, hail, and high air pollution potential, should be provided.
| | (13) The Operating Basis Earthquake, where one is selected by the applicant, should be defined by response spectra.2.5.3 Surface Faulting Information should be presented which describes whether and to what extent the nuclear power plant need be designed for surface faulting. |
|
| |
|
| Provide the probable maximum annual frequency of occurrence and time duration of freezing rain (ice storms) and dust (sand) storms where applicable.
| | The follow-ing specific information should also be included: (1) Describe the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the site and the area surrounding the site, including its geologic history (or cross-reference subsection |
| | 2.5.2).(2) Determine the geo ln;ic evidence of fault rs'fset at or near the rAu;Jd=t ' OUIc aL ur near Lhe bit.(3) For faults greater than 1,000 feet long, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine whether these faults should be con-sidered as active faults.(4) List all historically reported earthquakes which can be reasonably associated with active faults preater than 1,000 feet lon., any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, includinF |
| | the date of occurrence and the following measured or estimated data: Magnitude or hishest intensity, and a plot of the epicenter or region of highest intensity. |
|
| |
|
| Provide estimates of the weight of the 100-year return period snowpack and the weight of the 48-hour Probable Maximum Winter Precipitation for the site vicinity. | | (5) Provide a correlation of epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes with active faulzs greater than 1,000 feet long, any part of which is located within 5 riles of the site.(6) For active faults greater than 1,000 feet lon., any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine: |
| | the length of the fault; the relationship of the fault to regional tectonic structures; |
| | the nature, amount, and geologic history of displacements along the fault; and the outer limits of the fault established by mapping fault traces for 10 miles along its trend in both directions from the point of its nearest approach to the site.2-20 |
| | vmý.I (7) Determine the zone requiring detailed faulting investigation. |
|
| |
|
| Using the above estimates, provide the weight of snow and ice on the roof of each safety-related structure.
| | (8) Where the site is located within a zone requiring detailed fault-ing investigation, the results of this investigation, to determine the need to take into account surface faulting in the design of the nuclear power plant, should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| Provide the meteorological data used for evaluating the performance of the ultimate heat sink with respect to (1) maximum evaporation and drift loss and (2) minimum water cooling (see Regulatory Guide 1.27, "Ultimate Heat Sink for Nuclear Power Plants").
| | (9) 4here it is determined that surface faulting need not be taken into account, sufficient data should be presented to justify the deter-mination clearly.(10) Where it is determined that surface faulting need be taken into account, the design basis for surface faulting should be presented. |
| The period of record examined should be identified and the bases and procedures used for selection of the critical meteorological data should be provided and justified.
| |
|
| |
|
| Provide design basis tornado parameters, including translational speed, rotational speed, maximum pressure differential with its associated time interval (see guidance in Regulatory Guide 1.76, "Design Basis Tornado for Nuclear Power Plants"), and 100-year return period "fastest mile of wind," including vertical distribution of velocity and appropriate gust factor. Provide all other regional meteorological and air quality conditions used for design and operating basis considerations and their bases. References to SAR sections in which these conditions are used should be included.
| | 2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials Information should be presented concerning the stability of soils and rock underne3th the nuclear power plant foundations during the vibratory motion associated with the Safe Shutdown Earthquake. |
|
| |
|
| 2.3.2 Local Meteorology
| | Evaluation of the following geologic features which could affect the foundations should be presented: |
| 2.3.2.1 Normal and Extreme Values of Meteorological Parameters.
| | (1) Areas of actual or potential surface or subsurface subsidence, uplift, or collapse resulting from: Wi) Natural features such as tectonic depressions and cavernous or karst terrains, particularly those underlain by calcareous or other soluble deposits;(ii) Man's activities, such as withdrawal or addition of sub-surface fluids, or mineral extraction;(iii) Regional warping.(2) Deformational zones, such as shears, joints, fractures and folds, or combinations of these features.(3) Zones of alteration or irregular weathering profiles, and zones of structural weakness composed of crushed or disturbed materials. |
|
| |
|
| Provide monthly and annual summaries (based on both long-term data from nearby reasonably representative locations and shorter-term onsite data) of (1) wind (direction and speed combined), including wind direction persis tence; (2) air temperature, including averages, measured extremes, and diurnal variation;
| | (4) Unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock.2-21 I |
| (3) atmospheric water vapor (absolute and relative), including averages, measured extremes, and diurnal variation; | | (5) Rocks or soils that might be unstable because of their mineralogy, lack of consolidation, water content, or potentially undesirable response to seismic or other events. (Seismic response characteristics to be con-sidered include liquefaction, thixotrophy, differential consolidation, cratering, and fissuring.) |
| (4) precipi tation (rain and snow), including averages and measured extremes, number of hours with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and monthly precipi tation wind roses; (5) fog and smog, including expected and extremes of frequency and duration; | | 2.5.5 Slope Stability Information and appropriate substantiaLion should be presented concerning the stability of all slopes, both natural and artificial, the failure of which could adversely affect the nuclear power plant, during the occurrence of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake. |
| (6) atmospheric stability (AT), including frequency and duration (persistence)
| |
| of inversion conditions;
| |
| and (7) monthly mixing height data. This information should be fully documented and substantiated as to the validity of its representation of conditions at and near the site. References should be provided to the National Weather Service (NOAA)2-9 station summaries from nearby locations and to other meteorological data that were used to describe site characteristics. | |
|
| |
|
| 2.3.2.2 Potential Influence of the Plant and Its Facilities on Local Meteorology. | | 2-22 |
| | 3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA -STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT |
| | AND SYSTEMS This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should identify, describe and discuss the principal architectural and engineering design criteria that represent the broad frame of reference within which the more detailed design effort of those structures, components, equipmrnt, and system, important to safety is to proceed and against which attainment of the design objective will be judged.,lhere the need arises in other chapters of the SAR to refer to design criteria included in this section, only cross referencing is necessary. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss and provide an evaluation of the potential modification of the normal and extreme values of meteorological parameters described in Section 2.3.2.1 above as a result of the presence and operation of the plant (e.g., the influence of cooling towers or water impoundment features on meteorological conditions).
| | 3.1 Conformance with AEC General Dessizn Criteria This section should discuss briefly the extent to which the design criteria for the facility structures, systems and components important to safety meet the AEC "General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants" specified in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. For each criterion, a surmnary should be provided to shuw ho'. the principal design features or bases meet the criterion. |
| Provide a map showing the detailed topographic features (as modified by the plant) within a 5-mile radius of the plant and a plot of maximum elevation versus distance from the center of the plant in each of the sixteen 2 2-1/2-degree compass point sectors (centered on true north, north-northeast, northeast, etc.) radiating from the plant. 2.3.2.3 Local Meteorological Conditions for Design and Operating Bases. Provide all local meteorological and air quality conditions used for design and operating basis considerations and their bases, except for those conditions referred to in Sections 2.3.4 and 2.3.5. References should be included to SAR sections in which these conditions are used. 2.3.3 Onsite Meteorological Measurements Program The preoperational and operational programs for meteorological measure ments at the site should be described, including measurements made, locations and elevations of measurements, description of instruments used, instrument performance specifications, calibration and maintenance procedures, data output and recording systems and locations, and data analysis procedures.
| |
|
| |
|
| Provide joint frequency distributions of wind direction and speed by atmo spheric stability class (derived from currently acceptable parameters), based on appropriate meteorological measurement heights and data reporting periods. Guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measurements programs, duration of onsite measurements, and data format is presented in Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs." If adequate onsite meteorological data are not available at docketing, the PSAR should provide the best available (onsite and offsite) meteorological data to describe the atmospheric diffusion characteristics of the site. The data should be presented in the form of joint frequency distributions of wind direction and wind speed for different atmospheric stability classes. Evidence should be provided to show how well these data represent long-term conditions at the site. Adequate onsite meteorological data (see Regulatory Guide 1.23) should be provided prior to or along with the scheduled response to the first set of staff requests for additional information for the PSAR review. For site suitability review, at least six months of onsite meteorological data should be provided, including evidence to indi cate how well these data represent long-term conditions at the site.2-10
| | In the discussion of each criterion, the sections cf the SAR --hzr:-zr. dctai'c ia at11jI is presented to demonstrate compliance with the criterion should be referenced. |
| Onsite data should be presented for each hour and, if possible, should also be provided on magnetic tape. The FSAR, at docketing, should provide onsite meteorological data that cover at least two consecutive annual cycles (and preferably three or more whole years) and should include the most recent one-year period. The data should be presented in the form of joint frequency distributions of wind direction and wind speed for different atmospheric stability classes.
| |
|
| |
|
| Evidence should be provided to show how well these data represent long-term conditions at the site. 2.3.4 Short-Term (Accident)
| | 3.2 Classification of Structures, Components, and Systems 3.2.1 Seismic Classification Structures, systemts, and components are classified for seismic design purposes as either Category I or Category II. Those structures, systems and components important to safety that are designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (see Section 2.5) are designated as Category I. These structures, systemfs, and components are those necessary to assure: (1) The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, (2) The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, or (3) The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could result in potential off site exposures comparable to the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100.3-1 Those structures, systems, and components that are designed to remain operable in the event of the Operating Basis Earthquake, if it is proposed to continue to generate power, are designated as Category 11.This subsection of the SAP, should provide a list of all Category I structures, components and systemr to permit a determination to be made as to the general suitability of the classification given and the desipm approach being applied in the desi,,n of these structures. |
| Diffusion Estimates
| |
| 2.3.4.1 Objective. | |
|
| |
|
| Provide conservative and realistic estimates of atmospheric diffusion (x/Q) at the site boundary (exclusion area) and at the outer boundary of the low population zone for appropriate time periods up to 30 days after an accident.
| | Structures and systems which are partially Category I and partlally In a lesser category should be listed and where necessary for clarity, the boundaries of the Category I portions should be shown on appropriate drawings.For boiling water reactors, if the list of structures, components, and systems that have been designated as Category I does no* include that portion of the main steaim system extending from the outerrost containment isolation valve up to the turbine casing and connected ipinpn inclusive of the first valve (which is either normally closed or capable of auto-matic closure) , submit justification for the proposed classification. |
|
| |
|
| 2.3.4.2 Calculations. | | 3.2.2 System Ouality Groun Classification Provide a tabulation of and delineate on the Pininp and Instrumentation Diagrams the system quality group classifications (see Table 3.2.2-1) for each pressure-containing component of (a) those applicable fluid systems relied upon to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and malfunctions originating within the reactor coolant pressure :)our.dary, or to permit shutdown of the reactor and naintenance in the safe shut-down condition, and (b) other associated safety related systems.3.3 Wind and Tornado Design Criteria 3.3.1 Wind Criteria Provide the design wind velocity, rccurrcncc intcrvai!, datn -ourcr-. and history, as well as the methods used in applyinp, these wind loads to Category I structures as forces, and the techniques used in designing these structures for the wind loads. If the criteria are not applied to all Category I structures, justify any exclusions. |
|
| |
|
| Diffusion estimates should be based on the most representative meteorological data. Onsite data alone should be used as soon as a one-year period of record is completed.
| | 3-2 TABLE 3.Z7.2-1 Summary of Codes and Standards for Co oents of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Units Code Classifications Component Group A Group B Group C Group D Pressure ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Vessel Code, Section III, Class A 0-15 Psig Storage Tanks Atmros phe ic Storage Tanks ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I11, Class C API-620 the NDT Examination Requi rements in Table NST-I, Class 2 Applicable Storage Tank Codes such as APT-650, AW1AD1O0 or ANSI B 96.1 with the NDT Examination Requirements In Table NST-I, Class 2 ANSI B 31.7, Class 1I Draft ASME Code for Pump:;and Valves Class H!. See Footnote (a)ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 API-620 with the NDT Examination Requirements in Table NST-l, Class 3 Applicable Storage Tank Codes such as API-650 AIAD100 or AXSl B 96.1 with the NDT Examination Requirements in Table N'ST-1, Class 3 ANSI B 31.7, Class III Draft ASME Code for Pumps and Valves Class I!!.ASKEF Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 or Equivalent API-620 or Equivalent API-650, AWWAD100 or ANSI B 96.1 or Equivalent Piping ANSI B 31.7, Class 1 Draft ASME Code for Pumps and Valve Class I. See Footnote (a)Pumps and Valves ANSI B 31.1.0 or Equiva-lent Valves -ANSI B 31.1.0 or Equivalent Pumps -Draft ASME Code for Pumps Valves Class III or Equivalent FOOTNOTE: (a) All pressure-retaining cast parts shall be radiographed (or ultrasonically tested to equivalent standards). |
| | Where size or configuration does not permit effective volumetric examination, magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination may be substituted. |
|
| |
|
| Provide hourly cumulative frequency distributions of relative concen trations (X/Q), using onsite data at appropriate distances from the effluent release point(s), such as the minimum site boundary distance (exclusion area). The x/Q values from each of these distributions that are exceeded 5% and 50% (median value) of the time should be reported. | | Examination procedures, and acceptance standards shall be at least equivalent to those specified in the applicable class in the code.3-3 9 |
| | .3.2 Tornado Criteria Provide the design parameters, applicable to the design tornado, such as rotational and translational velocity, design pressure differential ane associated time interval, and the tornado-generated missile impact load and state whether the imposed loads will be applied simultaneously in establishing the tornado design. If the tornado design parar:eters are different from those that have been accepted for recently licensed nuclear power plants (i.e., 300 mph rotational, 60 rmph translational and a 3 psi pressure differential in 3 seconds, and inclusion of tornado-generated missile impact loads, all applied sinultaneously), justify the tornado design-values used, by showing that the design using these values will provide a level of conservatism equivalent to that considered acceptable for previously licensed nuclear power plants and consistent with the state-of-the-art knowledge of tornadoes. |
|
| |
|
| Provide cumulative frequency distributions of X/Q estimates for time periods of 8 and 16 hours and 3 and 26 days at the outer boundary of the low population zone. Report the worst condition and the 5% and 50% probability level conditions.
| | Also, provide infor-mation to sLow that those structures not designed for tornado loads (including Category I structures, if any) will not as a result of possible failure under such loads, affect the ability of other Category I structures or systems to perform their intended design functions. |
|
| |
|
| Guidance on appropriate diffusion models for estimating x/Q values is presented in Regulatory Guides 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," and 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." Evidence should be provided to show how well these diffusion estimates represent conditions that would be estimated from climatologically represent ative data. The effects of topography on short-term diffusion estimates should be discussed.
| | Describe the methods used to convert the tornado loaditgs into forces on the structures. |
|
| |
|
| 2.3.5 Long-Term (Routine)
| | including rhe --rjbt t -r-r,,rof, o -.-. ouioangs usually a-uniform 300 rph wind is taken over the entire surface, while on small structures such as stacks or pum~p houses a peak 360 mph wind is taken over the structure), Discuss the validity of the methods. If factored loads are used, then the basis for selection of the load factor used for tornado loading should be furnished. |
| Diffusion Estimates
| |
| 2.3.5.1 Objective.
| |
|
| |
|
| Provide realistic estimates of annual average atmospheric transport and diffusion characteristics to a distance of 50 miles (80.5 km) from the plant for annual average release limit calcula tions and man-rem estimates.
| | 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design Criteria This section should discuss the design bases with respect to the structural capability of Category I structures to withstand the static and dynamic forces associated with the design flood level established for the site, discussed in Section 2.4 of the SAR (i.e., for that condition or combina-tion of conditions, such as the mcmimum probaLic: |
| | 14.u L.` ,&%.i suiUAidetr wind wave activity, hurricane, tsunami, seiche or other phenomena, which has been predicted to result in the maximum water level at the site).3.5 Missile Protection Criteria This section should describe the design bases with respect to internal and external missiles for which the plant is analyzed and protected against.The discussion should consider: (a) missiles that might be generated 3-4 |
| | ý low'within the plant as a result of failure of rotating or pressurized compo-nents or equipment, (b) tornado-generated missiles, (c) missiles that might result from activities particular to a given site location (such as airports, nearby industr.', transportation, etc.).For each missile considered, give the design parameters of origin, impact velocity or energy and orientation, density and other pertinent used in the analys is, :ions with the bases for each. State whicl. structures are involved in the analysis of mdssile damage prctection and give the bases for the selections made. The analytical tec-hniques sho'ild be described, and the level of conservatism should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| 2-11
| | 3.6 Criteria for Protection Ara'nst Dynamic Effects Associated -ith a L.ass-o,*-Cocat Accident This sectien should describe the measures that have been used to assure that the containment vessel and all ,ssential equipmunt within the con-tainment, including components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, engineered safety features, and equipment supports, have been adequately protected against the effects of blo¶'dow.rn jet terces, and pipe whip resulting from a loss-cf-coolant accident. |
| 2.3.5.2 Calculations.
| |
|
| |
|
| Provide a detailed description of the model used to calculate realistic annual average x/Q values. Discuss the accuracy and validity of the model, including the suitability of input parameters, source configuration, and topography.
| | The description should include: a (a) Pipe restraint design requirements to prevent pipe whip impact.(b) The features provided to shield vital equipment from pipe whip.(c) The measures taken to physically separate piping and other components of redundant engineered safety features.(d) A description of the analyses performed to determine that the failure of lines, with diameters of 3/4 inch or less, will not cause failure of the containment liner under the most adverse design basis accident conditions.(e) The analytical methods which were used.(f) Provide the design loading combinations, the design condi-tion categories (normal, upset, emergency, and faulted) and design stress limits, applied to the supports and pipe whip restraints of all Category I components and piping of fluid systems. Identify the applicable design codes used. If the proposed design criteria allow plastic deformation of supports indicate whether this design approach includes the inelastic strain comnatibility in the supports and supported components in a com-bined dynamic system analysis for all systems where the proposed stress and strain limits apply.3-5 |
| | 3.7 Seismic Design 3.7.1 Input Criteria This subsection should discuss the input criteria for seismic design of the plant including the following specific information: |
| | (1) Provide design response spectra (OBE and SSE) that account for earthquake duration and the effect of distances and depth bet-'-een the seismic disturbances and the site. The design response spectra should also be' based on amplification factors that are derived from existing earthquake records. Site seismic design response spectra w'hich define the vibratory ground motions of the Safe S!-utdown Earthquake at the ele-o vations of the foundations of the nuclear power plant structures, as required in the Seismic and Geologic Siting Criteria (proposed Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 100) , should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| Provide the meteorological data summaries (onsite and regional)
| | In view of the limited data presently available on vibratory ground motions of strong earthquakes, the design response spectra should be developed from. an envelope of spec-tra which are related to the vibratory motions caused by more than one earthquake, and should take into account the fact that representative response spectra obtained from these earthquake records show that for 2%damping peak amplification factors are in the ranie of 2.5 to 5.0 for the period range of 0.15 to 0.5 seconds, and that a.-:plification fa-ctors are greaser than 1.0 in Lile Ucliuu LIlL'e (,.6 LU 0.15 seconds.(2) The response spectra derived from the actual or synthetic earthquake time motion records used for design should be provided and should envelope the site seismic design response spectra appropriate for the nuclear power plant discussed in item (1) above. Provide a comparison, for all the damping values that are used in the design, of the'response spectra derived from the time history and the site seismic design response spectra. The system period intervals at which the spectra values were calculated should be identified and criteria should be provided to demonstrate that these intervals are small enough to pro-duce sufficiently accurate response spectra.(3) The specific percentaze of critical damping valv'es wtid for all Category I and Category II structures, systens and components should be provided. |
| used as input to the models.* Provide a calculation of the maximum annual average x/Q at or beyond the site boundary utilizing appropriate meteorological data for each routine venting location. | |
|
| |
|
| Estimates of annual average X/Q values for 16 radial sectors to a distance of 50 miles (80.5 km) from the plant, using appropriate meteorological data, should be provided.
| | The information should also include the type of construction or fabrication (e.g.;, prestressed concrete, welded pipe, etc.) and the applicable allawabla design stress levels for these plant features.(4) If a site dependent analysis is used to develop the shape of the site seismic design response spectra from bedrock time history or response spectra input, then the bases for this analytical approach shoulc be provided. |
|
| |
|
| Evidence should be provided to show how well these estimates represent conditions that would be estimated from climatologically representative data. 2.4 Hydrologic Engineering The following sections should contain sufficient information to allow an independent hydrologic engineering review to be made of all hydrologically related design bases, performance requirements, and bases for operation of structures, systems, and components important to safety, considering the following phenomena or conditions:
| | Specifically, the oases for use of in-situ soil measuri'ments, soil layer location and bedrock earthquake records should"0 ,,s--W |
| 1. Runoff floods for streams, reservoirs, adjacent drainage areas, and site drainage, and flood waves resulting from dam failures induced by runoff floods, 2. Surges, seiches, and wave action, 3. Tsunami, 4. Nonrunoff-induced flood waves due to dam failures or landslides, 5. Blockage of cooling water sources by natural events, 6. Ice jam flooding, 7. Combinations of flood types, 8. Low water and/or drought effects (including setdown due to surges, seiches, or tsunami) on safety-related cooling water supplies and their dependability, 9. Channel diversions of safety-related cooling water sources, A regulatory guide on this subject is under development.
| | be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 2-12
| | If the analytical approach used to determine the shape of the site seismic design response spectra neglects vertical amplificacion and possible slanted soil layers, th2 validity of these assumptions should be discussed. |
| 10. Capacity requirements for safety-related cooling water sources, S and 11. Dilution and dispersion of severe accidental releases to the hydrosphere relating to existing and potential future users of surface water and ground water resources.
| |
|
| |
|
| The level of analysis that should be presented may range from very conservative, based on simplifying assumptions, to detailed analytical estimates of each facet of the bases being studied. The former approach is suggested in evaluating phenomena that do not influence the selection of design bases or where the adoption of very conservative design bases does not adversely affect plant design. 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description | | The influence of possible predominate thin soil layers on the analytical results should also be discussed. |
| 2.4.1.1 Site and Facilities.
| |
|
| |
|
| Describe the site and all safety related elevations, structures, exterior accesses, equipment, and systems from the standpoint of hydrologic considerations.
| | (5) Provide a list of all soil-supported Category I and Category I1 structures, and identify the depth of soil over' bedrock for each structure listed.(6) If a simplified lumped mass and soil spring apnroadc is used in the PSAR to characterize soil structure interaction, justification should be submitted for soil sensitive sites. The use of equivalent soil springs for the seismic-system mathematical models may produce a pro-nounced filtering of the grotund motion respon:-e amplltudes and response frequencies due to sensitive soil parameters. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a topographic map of the site that shows any proposed changes to natural drainage features. | | Provide the basis for the use of a lumped parameter mathematical model with equivalent soil springs in lieu of a finite element model (or equivalent method), including the use of parametric studies which evaluate possible variations in the in-situ soil properties (e.g., moduli, density, and stress level).3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis This subsection should discuss the seismic system analyses performed for Category I and Category II structures and systems. The following specific information should be included: (1) For all Category I and Category II structures, systems, and components (listed in Section 3.2.1), identify the methods of seismic analysis (modal analysis response spectra, modal analysis time history, equivalent static load, etc.) used for each of the items including the reactor core support structure. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.1.2 Hydrosphere.
| | Include applicable stress or deformation criteria and descriptions (sketches) |
| | of the mathematical rodels used. If empirical methods (tests) are used in lieu of analysis, also provide the criteria and acceptance basis used to confirm the integrity of the struc-tures, systems, components and equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the location, size, shape, and other hydrologic characteristics of streams, lakes, shore regions, and ground water environments influencing plant siting. Include a description of existing and proposed water control structures, both upstream and downstream, that may influence conditions at the site. For these structures, tabulate _ contributing drainage areas and describe types of structures, all appurte nances, ownership, seismic design criteria, and spillway design criteria and provide elevation-area-storage relationships and short-term and long term storage allocations for pertinent reservoirs. | | Describe all seismic methods of analyses used.(2) Provide the criteria used to lump masses for the seismic system analyses (system mass and compliance to component or bay characteristics and floor mass and compliance to equipment characteristics). |
| | Provide the procedures or criteria used to assure that all the required inputs and/or responses required by different design organizations for all Category I structures, systems, components and equipment are derived from either the seismic-system (multi-mass time history) method or equivalent theoretical or empirical analyses.3-7 |
| | (3) 1The validity of a fixed base assumption in the mathematical models for the dynamic system analyses should be confirmed by providing summary analytical results that indicate that the rocking and translational response are insignificant. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a regional map showing major hydrologic features.
| | Include a brief description of the method, mathematical model and damping values (rocking vertical, translation and torsion) that have been used to consider the soil-structure interaction. |
|
| |
|
| List the owner, location, and rate of use of surface water users whose intakes could be adversely affected by accidental release of contaminants.
| | (4) Provide the methods and procedures used to couple the soil and the seismic-system structures and components in the event a finite element analysis is used in lieu of a lumped mass system model with soil springs.(5) indicate whether the modal response spectra multi-mass method of analysis is used to develop floor response spectra. Since component and floor input response spectra for various locations within the building structures and for major components are not directly obtainable by this method, evidence of its conservatism should be presented, either by demon-strating equivalency to a multi-mass time history method or by submitting o'her theoretical or experimental justification. |
|
| |
|
| Refer to Section 2.4.13.2 for the tabulation of ground water users. 2.4.2 Floods 2.4.2.1 Flood History. Provide the date, level, peak discharge, and related information for major historical flood events in the site region. A "flood" is defined as any abnormally high water stage or overflow from a stream, floodway, lake, or coastal area that results in significantly detrimental effects. Include stream floods, surges, seiches, tsunami, dam failures, ice jams, and similar events. 2.4.2.2 Flood Design Considerations.
| | Provide the stress and.eformation basis for consideration of the differential seismic movement of interconnected components between floors.((I) T~-b.r" '~t' t' r i -Ch. effr'Lebponse SpeCLra (e.g., peak wiarn ana perioo coorcinates) |
| | of expected variations of structural properties, dampings, soil properties, and soil-structure interaztions. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the general capability of safety-related facilities, systems, and equipment to withstand floods 2-13 and flood waves. The design flood protection for safety-related components and structures of the plant should be based on the highest calculated flood water level elevations and flood wave effects (design basis flood) resulting from analyses of several different hypothetical causes. Any possible flood condition up to and including the highest and most critical flood level resulting from any of several different events should be considered as the basis for the design protection level for safety-related components and structures of the plant. The flood potential from streams, reservoirs, adjacent watersheds, and site drainage should be discussed.
| | (7) Justify the uýe of constant vertical load factors as vertical response loads for the seisric design of all Category I structures, systems,-rd components rather than a multi-mass dynamic analysis procedure, taking into account the following considerations: (a) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of the building and floors.(b) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design af equip-c:. |
| | .and co.-zponcn.;S, including the effect of the seismic response of the building and floors.(c) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of piping and instrumentation, including the effect of the seismic response of the building, floors, supports, equipment, component, etc.3-8 |
| | (8) Describe the method employeJ to consider the torsional modes of vibration in the seismic analysis of the Category I building structures. |
|
| |
|
| The probable maximum water level from a stream flood, surge, seiche, combination of surge and stream flood in estuarial areas, wave action, or tsunami (which ever is applicable and/or greatest)
| | If static factors are used to account for torsional accelerations in the seismic design of Category I structures, Justify this procedure in lieu of a corbined vertical, horizontal, and torsional multi-mass system dynamic analysis.(9) The use of both the modal analysis response spectru7,, and time history methods provides a check on the response at selected points in the station structure. |
| may cause the highest water level at safety-related facilities.
| |
|
| |
|
| Other possibilities are the flood level result ing from the most severe flood wave at the plant site caused by an upstream or downstream landslide, dam failure, or dam breaching resulting from a seismic or foundation disturbance.
| | Submit the responses obtained from both of these metho 's at selected points in the Category I structure to provide the basis fir checking the seismic system analysis.(10) Describe the analytical methods and procedures used for the seismic system analysis of da-7:3 that impound bodies of water to serve as heat s inks .(11) Describe the design control measures instituted to assure that adequate seismic input (including any necessary feedback from struc-tural and system .'ynamic analyses) |
| | is specified to vendors of purchased Category I commonents and ecuinment. |
|
| |
|
| The effects of coincident wind-generated wave action should be superimposed on the applicable flood level. The assumed hypothetical conditions should be evaluated both statically and dynamically to determine the design flood protection level. The topical information that should be included is generally outlined in Sections 2.4.3 through 2.4.6 of this guide, but the types of events considered and the controlling event should be summarized in this section.
| | Identify the responsible design groups or organizations who assure the adequacy, and validity of the analyses and tests employed by vendors of Category I components and equip-ment, and describe tile review procedures utilized by each group or organization. |
|
| |
|
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the regulatory positions of Regulatory Guide 1.59, "Design Basis Floods for Nuclear Power Plants," have been followed;
| | (12) Provide the dynamic methods and procedures used to determine Category I structure overturning moments. Include a description of the procedures used to accotmt for soil reactions and vertical earthquake effects.(13) Provide the basis for simplified seismic analysis methods and procedures used for seismic designs, in-luding the criteria used to avoid the predominate input frequencies produced by the response of buildings, supports, and components to the earthquake input.(14) Provide the analysis procedure followed to account for the damping in different elements of the model of a coupled system. Include the criteria used to account for composite damping in a coupled system with different structural elements.(15) Provide the criteria used to account for modal period varia-tion in the mathematical models for Category I structures due to varia-tions in material properties. |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. 2.4.2.3 Effects of Local Intense Precipitation.
| |
|
| |
|
| Describe the effects of local probable maximum precipitation (see Section 2.4.3.1) on adjacent drainage areas and site drainage systems, including drainage from the roofs of structures.
| | Indicate the percentage increase in the resultant seismic loads.3-9 |
| | (16) Provide the damping factors used for the seisraic design of all Category I structures, system, components, and equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Tabulate rainfall intensities for the selected and critically arranged time increments, provide characteristics and descriptions of runoff models, and estimate the resulting water levels. Summarize the design criteria for site drainage facilities and provide analyses that demonstrate the capability of site drainage facilities to prevent flooding of safety-related facilities resulting from local probable maximum precipi tation. Estimates of precipitation based on NOAA publications (formerly U.S. Weather Bureau) with the time distribution based on critical distri butions such as those employed by the Corps of Engineers usually provide acceptable bases. Sufficient details of the site drainage system should be provided (1) to allow an independent review of rainfall and runoff effects on safety-related facilities and (2) to judge the adequacy of design criteria.
| | 3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis The discussion on the seismic subsystem analysis should include the following specific information: (i) Describe the procedures used to account: for the number of earthquake cycles during one seismic event, and specify the number of loading cycles for which Category I systems, components, and equipment are designed, including the expected duration of the seismic r.tions or the number of major motion peaks.(2) Provide the basis for the selection of frequencies to preclude resonance by demonstrating that the earthquakes specified for the site, and building and component response characteristics either filter or pre-clude higher frequencies tharn the frequencies specified. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a discussion of the effects of ice accumulation on site facilities where such accumulation could coincide with local probable 2-14 maximum (winter) precipitation and cause flooding or other damage to safety related facilities.
| | (3) If the term "root-mean-square basis" is used in describing the corbination of modal responses, confirm that the responses are co.-,binrd using the square root of the sun of the squares.(4) Provide the criteria for combining modal resnonses (shears, moments, stresses, deflections, and/or accelerations) |
| | wien modaL frequencies are closely spaced and a response spectrum modal analysis method is used.(5) If static loads equivalent to the peak of the fluor spectrum curve are used for the seismic design of co.ponents and equipmcnt, justify the use of peak spectrum values by demonstrating that the contribution of all significant dynamic modes of response under seismic excitation has been included in the analyses to be performed. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance given in Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.59 has been followed;
| | (6) Provide the design criteria and analytical procedures applicable to piping that take into account the relative displacements bet':ucn piping support points, i.e., fleors and compcnents, at d4ffcrc-t elevatin'.:; |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. Summarize the locations and asso ciated water levels for which PMF determinations have been made. 2.4.3.1 Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP). The PMP is the theo retical precipitation over the applicable drainage area that would produce flood flows that have virtually no risk of being exceeded.
| | a building and between buildings. |
|
| |
|
| These estimates usually involve detailed analyses of actual storms in the general region of the drainage basin under study and certain modifications and extrapolations of historical data to reflect more severe rainfall conditions than have actually been recorded, insofar as these are deemed "reasonably possible" to occur on the basis of hydrometeorological reasoning.
| | (7) Submit the basis for the methods used to determine the possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of piping and instrumentation, including the effect of the seismic response of the supports, equipment, and components. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss considera tions of storm configuration (orientation of areal distribution), maximized precipitation amounts (include a description of maximization procedures and/or studies available for the area such as reference to National Weather Service and Corps of Engineers determinations), time distributions, orographic effects, storm centering, seasonal effects, antecedent storm sequences, antecedent snowpack (depth, moisture content, areal distribution), and any snowmelt model. Present the selected maximized storm precipitation distri bution (time and space). 2.4.3.2 Precipitation Losses. Describe the absorption capability of the basin, including consideration of initial losses, infiltration rates, and antecedent precipitation.
| | (8) If a simplified dynamic analysis is used for Category I piping, indicate the magnitude by which the resonant periods of a selected piping span are removed from the predominate supporting building and component 3-10 |
| | periods. Submit a summary of typical results from the simplified dynamic methods and the dynamic response spectra analytical mpthods.(9) Provide the criteria employed to account for the torsional effects of valves and other eccentric masses (e.g., valve operators) |
| | in the seismic piping analyses.(10) With respect to Category I piping buried or otherwise located outside of the containmernt structure, describe the seismic design criteria employed to assure that allowable piping and structural stresses are not exceeded due to differential rovement at support points, at containment penetrations, and at entry points into other structures. |
|
| |
|
| Provide verification of these assumptions by reference to regional studies or by presenting detailed applicable local storm-runoff studies. | | (11) Describe the evaluation performed to determine seismic induced effects of Categury II piping systems on Category I piping.(12) Provide the criteria employed to determine the field location of seismic supports and restraints for Category I piping, piping system components, and equipment, including placement of snubbers and dampers.Describe the procedures followed to assure that the field location and characteristics of these supports and restraining devices are consistent with the ass 1.rnioong T,-e in thb dynPt1c analyses of the system.(13) Indicate the provisions taken to assure that any cranes located in the reactor buildine will not be dislodged from their rails in the event of seismic exitation. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.3.3 Runoff and Stream Course Models. Describe the hydrologic response characteristics of the watershed to precipitation (such as unit hydrographs), verification from historical floods or synthetic procedures, and the nonlinearity of the model at high rainfall rates. A description of subbasin drainage areas (including a map), their sizes, and topographic features of watersheds should be provided.
| | 3.7.4 Criteria for Seismic Instrumentation Proeram With respect to the criteria for seismic instrumentation, the following should be provided: (1) Discuss the seismic instrumentation provided and compare the proposed seismic instrumentation program with that described in AEC Safety Guide 12, "Instrumentation for Earthquakes." Submit the basis and justification for elements of the proposed program that differ sub-stantially from Safety Guide 12.(2) Provide a description of the seismic instrumentation such as peak recording accelerographs and peak deflection recorders, that will be installed in selected Category I structures and on selected Category I components. |
|
| |
|
| Include a tabulation of all drainage areas. Discuss the stream course model and its ability to compute floods up to the severity of the PMF. Present any reservoir and channel routing assumptions and coefficients and their bases with appropriate discussion of initial conditions, outlet works (controlled and uncontrolled), and spillways (controlled and uncontrolled). | | Include the basis for selection of these structures and components, the basis for location of the instrumentation, and the extent to which this instrumentation will be employed to verify the seismic analyses following a seismic event.3-11 |
| 2.4.3.4 Probable Maximum Flood Flow. Present the controlling PMF runoff hydrograph at the plant site that would result from rainfall (and snowmelt if pertinent).
| | (3) Describe the provisions that will be employed to provile the value of the peak acceleration level experienced in the basement of the reactor containment structure to the control room operator within a few minutes after the earthquake. |
| The analysis should consider all appropriate
| |
| 2-15 positions and distributions of the probable maximum precipitation and the potential influence of existing and proposed upstream and downstream dams and river structures.
| |
|
| |
|
| Present analyses and conclusions concerning the ability of upstream dams lying within a practical sphere of influence to withstand PMF conditions combined with setup, waves, and runup from appro priate coincident winds (see Section 2.4.3.6).
| | Include the basis for establishing the predetermined values for activating the readout of the accelerograph to the control room operator.(4) Provide the criteria and procedures that will be used to compare measured responses of Category I structures in the event of an earthquake with the results of the system dynamic analyses. |
| If failures are likely, show the flood hydrographs at the plant site resulting from the most critical combination of such dam failures, including induced domino-type failures of dams lying upstream of the plant site. When credit is taken for flood lowering at the plant site as a result of failure of any downstream dam during a PMF, support the conclusion that the downstream dam is reasonably certain to fail. Finally, provide the estimated PMF discharge hydrograph at the site and, when available, provide a similar hydrograph without upstream reservoir effects to allow an evaluation of reservoir effects and a regional comparison of the PMF estimate to be made. 2.4.3.5 Water Level Determinations.
| |
|
| |
|
| Describe the translation of the estimated peak PMF discharge to elevation using (when applicable)
| | Include consideration of different underlying soil conditions or unique structural dynamic characteristics that may produce different dynamic responses of Category I structures at the site.3.7.5 Seismic Design Control Measures This section should describe the design control measures instituted to assure that adequate seismic input data (including any necessary feedback from structural and system dynamic analyses) |
| cross section and profile data, reconstitution of historical floods (with con sideration of high water marks and discharge estimates), standard step methods, transient flow methods, roughness coefficients, bridge and other losses, verification, extrapolation of coefficients for the PMF, estimates of PMF water surface profiles, and flood outlines.
| | are sPecified to vendors of purchased Category I components and equipment. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.3.6 Coincident Wind Wave Activity.
| | Identify the responsible design groups or organizations that assure the adequacy and validity of the analyses and tests employed by vendors of Category I comDonents and eqyipment. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss setup, significant
| | Provide a des~rip'-icn of the ruvi-e;. vrocL-juics utilizcJ bv each group or organization. |
| (33 1/3%) and maximum (1%) wave heights, runup, and resultant static and dynamic effects of wave action on each safety-related facility from wind generated activity that may occur coincidently with the peak PMF water level. Provide a map and analysis showing that the most critical fetch has been used to determine wave action. 2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures, Seismically Induced Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance given in Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.59 has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. 2.4.4.1 Dam Failure Permutations.
| |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the locations of dams (both upstream and downstream), potential modes of failure, and results of seismically induced dam failures that could cause the most critical con ditions (floods or low water) with respect to the safety-related facilities for such an event (see Section 2.4.3.4).
| | 3.8 Design of Category I and Category II Structures |
| Consideration should be given to possible landslides, preseismic-event reservoir levels, and antecedent flood flows coincident with the flood peak (base flow). Present the deter mination of the peak flow rate at the site for the worst dam failure, reasonably possible, or combination of dam failures, and summarize all analyses to show that the presented condition is the worst permutation.
| | 3.8.1 Structures Other than Containment This section should discuss the design bases, criteria, and analytical techniques upon which the design of Category I and Category II structures, other than the containment structure, is based. Lengthy, detailed descriptions of specific topics not readily incorporated in the main text, such as detailed program descriptions, may be provided as appendices to the SAR. The following specific information should be provided: (1) A physical description of each structure (listed in Set.tion 3.2.1) should be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| Include 2-16 descriptions of all coefficients and methods used and their bases. Also, consider the effects on plant safe)y of other potential concurrent events such as blockage of a stream, waterborne missiles, etc. 2.4.4.2 Unsteady Flow Analysis of Potential Dam Failures.
| | The influence of any lesser category structure or component on the Category I structure should be described. |
|
| |
|
| In deter mining the effect of dam failures at the site (see Section 2.4.4.1), the analytical methods presented should be applicable to artificially large floods with appropriately acceptable coefficients and should also consider flood waves through reservoirs downstream of failures.
| | The design bases should be stated for each structure. |
|
| |
|
| Domino-type failures resulting from flood waves should be considered, where applicable.
| | (2) Codes, specifications, regulations, safety guides, or other similar documents used in establishing or implementing design bases aid methods, analytical techniques, material properties and quality control provisions should be listed. Any modifications, deletions or additions to these documents should be described, 3-12 |
| | (3) The load combinations used in analysis and design should be listed. If an analytical or design approach using load factors other than 1.0 is utilized, these load factors should be included, and reference should be made to the applicable section of the SAR that describes the approach used.(4) The analytical techniques employed should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss estimates of coincident flow (see Regulatory Guide 1.59) and other assumptions used to attenuate the dam-failure flood wave downstream.
| | The descriptions should cover the general analysis for the loads and load combinations listed in item (3) above. Any techniques utilized which are not fully described by references given in item (2) above should be ex-plained, and bases for use of the techniques furnished. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss static and dynamic effects of the attenuated wave at the site. 2.4.4.3 Water Level at Plant Site. Describe the backwater, unsteady flow, or other computational method leading to the water elevation estimate (Section 2.4.4.1) for the most critical upstream dam failure or failures, and discuss its verification and reliability.
| | The analyses for seismic and tornado loads should be explained in sufficient detail to per-mit understanding of the approaches taken, and the degree of conservatism available in the designs.(5) An explanation of the design methods, calculated stresses and strains, and allowable stresses and strains should be furnished for the principal structural components. |
|
| |
|
| Superimpose wind and wave con ditions that may occur simultaneously in a manner similar to that described in Section 2.4.3.6.
| | If deformations are permitted by design, then limits should be described which assure continued functional capability of the structure or any other Category I structure or component which interacts with the designed structure. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.5 Probable Maximum Surge and Seiche Flooding 2.4.5.1 Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters.
| | (6) All principal construction materials should be identified and described. |
|
| |
|
| This mechanism is defined as a hypothetical hurricane or other windstorm that might result from the most severe combinations of meteorological parameters that are considered reasonably possible in the region involved, with the hurricane or other type of windstorm moving along a critical path and at an optimum rate of movement.
| | Any material not readily identified by standard industry specifications should have its physical and mechanical properties described. |
|
| |
|
| The determination of probable maximum meteorological winds should be presented in detail. This determination involves detailed analyses of actual historical storm events in the general region and certain modifications and extrapolations of data to reflect a more severe meteorological wind system than actually recorded, insofar as these are deemed "reasonably possible" to occur on the basis of meteorological reasoning.
| | Quality control procedures used during fabrication or installation should be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| The probable maximum conditions are the most severe combinations of hydrometeorological parameters considered reasonably possible that would produce a surge or seiche that has virtually no risk of being exceeded.
| | Any construction procedures involving unusual techniques, or quality control standards in excess of normal construction practices should be outlined.(7) Any structural preoperational testing procedures, other than those described in item (6) should be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| This hypothetical event is postulated along a critical path at an optimal rate of movement from correlations of storm parameters of record. Suffi cient bases and information should be provided to ensure that the param eters presented are the most severe combination.
| | Any structural post-operation surveillance programs should also be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.5.2 Surge and Seiche Water Levels. Discuss considerations of hurricanes, frontal (cyclonic)
| | 3.8.? Containment Structure This section should discuss the design bases, criteria, and analytical techniques upon which the design of the containment structure is based, including the following specific information: |
| type windstorms, moving squall lines, and surge mechanisms that are possible and applicable to the site. Include the antecedent water level (the 10% exceedance high tide, including initial rise for coastal locations, or the 100-year recurrence interval high water for lakes), the determination of the controlling storm surge or seiche 2-17 (include the parameters used in the analysis such as storm track, wind fields, fetch or direction of wind approach, bottom effects, and verifi cation of historic events), the method used, and the results of the com putation of the probable maximum surge hydrograph (graphical presentation).
| | (1) Present a physical description of the containment structure. |
| 2.4.5.3 Wave Action. Discuss the wind-generated wave activity that can occur coincidently with a surge or seiche, or independently.
| |
|
| |
|
| Estimates of the wave period and the significant
| | (2) The design bases for the containment structure should be provided, including the functional criteria for operation, accident containment, testing and surveillance. |
| (33 1/3%) and maximum (1%) wave heights and elevations with the coincident water level hydrograph should be presented. | |
|
| |
|
| Specific data should be presented on the largest breaking-wave height, setup, runup, and the effect of overtopping in relation to each safety-related facility.
| | The design requirements with respect to external pressure loading should be described. |
|
| |
|
| A discussion of the effects of the water levels on each affected safety-related facility and the protection to be provided against static and dynamic effects and splash should be included.
| | In this regard discuss the utilization of vacuum breakers, or purge valves.3-13 |
| | (3) -Codes, specifications, regulations, safety guides, or other similar documents used in establishing or implementing design bases an4 methods, analytical techniques, material properties and quality control provisions should be listed. Any modifications, deletions or additions to these documents should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.5.4 Resonance.
| | (4) The load combinations used in analysis and design should be listed. If an analytical or design approach using load factors other than 1.0 is utilized, these load factors should be included, and reference made to the applicable section which describes the approach used.(5) The analytical techniques employed should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the possibility of oscillations of waves at natural periodicity, such as lake reflection and harbor resonance phenomena, and any resulting effects at the site. 2.4.5.5 Protective Structures.
| | The descriptions should cover the general analysis for the loads and load combinations listed in item (4) above. Any techniques utilized which are not fully described by references given in item (3) above should be explained, and bases for use of the techniques furnished. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the location of and design criteria for any special facilities for the protection of intake, effluent, and other safety-related facilities against surges, seiches, and wave action. 2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding For sites adjacent to coastal areas, discuss historical tsunami, either recorded or translated and inferred, that provide information for use in determining the probable maximum water levels and the geoseismic generating mechanisms available, with appropriate references to Section 2.5. 2.4.6.1 Probable Maximum Tsunami. This event is defined as the most severe tsunami at the site, which has virtually no risk of being exceeded.
| | The analyses for seismic and tornado loads should be explained in sufficient detail to permit understanding of the approaches taken, and the degree of conservatism available in the designs.(6) An explanation of the design methods, calculated stresses and strains, and allowable stresses and strains should be furnished for the principal structural comoonents. |
|
| |
|
| Consideration should be given to the most reasonably severe geoseismic activity possible (resulting from, for example, fractures, faults, land slides, volcanism)
| | If deformations are nermitted by cl i- then li-itc shculd bc dczcr.... |
| in determining the limiting tsunami-producing mechanism.
| | ..'-h -......... "h "--. r---capability of the containment structure or any other Category I structure or component which may interact with it. Provide a discussion of the design methods used for containment subcompartments enclosing such com-ponents as the reactor vessel (reactor cavity), the pressurizer, and steam generators. |
|
| |
|
| The geoseismic investigations required to identify potential tsunami sources and mechanisms are similar to those necessary for the analysis of surface faulting and vibratory ground motions indicated for Section 2.5 and are summarized herein to define those locations and mechanisms that could produce the controlling maximum tsunami at the site (from both local and distant generating mechanisms).
| | For those containment systems where vital subcompart- ments cannot be readily pressure tested, assurance should be provided that the structural design analysis of the subcompartments will be per-formed by two independent organizations or two independent and separate groups within the applicant's organization. |
| Such considerations as the orientation of the site relative to the earthquake epicenter or generating mechanism, shape of the coastline, offshore land areas, hydrography, and stability of the coastal area (proneness of sliding) should be considered in the analysis.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.6.2 Historical Tsunami Record. Provide local and regional historical tsunami information.
| | (7) All principal construction materials should be identified and described. |
|
| |
|
| 2-18
| | Any material not readily identified by standard industry specifications .should have its physical and inechanical properties described. |
| 2.4.6.3 Source Tsunami Wave Height. Provide estimates of the maximum tsunami wave height possible at each major local generating source considered and the maximum offshore deepwater tsunami height from distant generators.
| |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the controlling generators for both locally and distantly generated tsunami.
| | Quality control procedures used during fabrication or installation should be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.6.4 Tsunami Height Offshore.
| | Any construction procedures involving unused techniques, or quality control standards in excess of normal construction practices should be outlined.(8) Structural preoperational testing procedures, other than those described in item (7) above, should be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| Provide estimates of the tsunami height in deep water adjacent to the site, before bottom effects appreci ably alter wave configuration, for each major generator.
| | Any structural post-operation surveillance programs should also be furnished. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.6.5 HydrograPhy and Harbor or Breakwater Influences on Tsunami.
| | I 3-14 |
| | 3.9 Mechanical Systers and Components |
| | 3.9.1 Dynamic System Analysis and Testing, This .-section should provide, as a minimum, the following specific info"-ition: |
| | (1) Describe the vibration operational test program required by NB-3622.3, NC-3622, and XD-3611 of ASME Section III used to verify that the piping and piping restraints have been desined to withstand dynamic effects due to valve closures, pumn trins, etc. Provide a list of the transient conditions and the associated actions (pump trips, valve actuations, etc.) that will be used in the vibration operational test program to verify the design of fluid systems.(2) Discuss the testing procedures and analyses used in the design of Category I mechanical equipment such as fans, pumps and heat exchangers, to withstand seismic loading conditions, including the manner in which the methods and procedures to be e-mloyed will consider the frequency spectra and am-Plitudes calculated to exist at the equipment supports. |
|
| |
|
| Present the routing of the controlling tsunami, including breaking wave formation, bore formation, and any resonance effects (natural frequencies and successive wave effects) that result in the estimate of the maximum tsunami runup on each pertinent safety-related facility.
| | Where tests or analyses do not include evaluation of the equipment in the operating mode, Ueszribe Liv iatet for a=zuring Lhat Lhis equipmcnL |
| | will function when subjected to seismic and accident loadings.(3) The basis for the derivation of the forcine functions which will be used in the dynamic system analyses and nornal reactor operation and anticipated operational transients should be specified. |
|
| |
|
| This should include a discussion both of the analysis used to translate tsunami waves from offshore generator locations, or in deep water, to the site and of antecedent conditions.
| | A brief description should be presented of the dynamic system analysis methods and procedures which will be used to determine dynamic responses of reac-tor internals and other Group A structures, systems, components, and equipment (e.g., analyses and tests). Discuss the verification of the dynamic system analysis by the preoperational test program, if applicable. |
|
| |
|
| Provide, where possible, verification of the techniques and coefficients used by reconstituting tsunami of record. 2.4.6.6 Effects on Safety-Related Facilities.
| | The discussion should include the preoperational test program elements described in Safety Guide 20, Vibration Measurements on Reactor Internals. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the effects of the controlling tsunami on safety-related facilities and discuss the design criteria for the tsunami protection to be provided.
| | In the event elements of the program differ substantially from Safety Guide 20, the basis and justification for these differences should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.7 Ice Effects Describe potential icing effects and design criteria for protecting safety-related facilities from the most severe ice jam flood, wind-driven ice ridges, or other ice-produced effects and forces that are reasonably possible and could affect safety-related facilities with respect to adjacent streams, lakes, etc., for both high and low water levels. Include the location and proximity of such facilities to the ice-generating mechanisms.
| | (4) The preoperational testing program offers the only means to verify the reactor internals mathematical models, methods of analysis, and analytical results (e.g., ring and beam response, modes shapes, damping factors, predominate frequencies and response amplitudes). |
| | Many of the reactor internals response characteristics verified by the pre-operational test are the same response characteristics that occur during the LOCA condition (e.g., mode shapes, beam and ring responses) |
| | with different response amplitudes. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the regional ice and ice jam formation history with respect to water bodies. 2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs Present the design bases for the capacity and the operating plan for safety-related cooling water canals and reservoirs (reference Section 2.4.11). Discuss and provide bases for protecting the canals and reservoirs against wind waves, flow velocities (including allowance for freeboard), and blockage and (where applicable)
| | Provide a discussion of the preoperational eanalysis and testing results that will be used to augment the LOCA dynamic 3-15 , |
| describe the ability to withstand a probable maximum flood, surge, etc. Discuss the emergency storage evacuation of reservoirs (low-level outlet and emergency spillway).
| | analysis methods and procedures, i.e., barrel ring and bean modes, guide tube responses, water mass and compliance effects, damping factor selec-Lion, etc.(5) The dynamic system analysis methods and procedures that were used to confirm the structural integrity of the reactor coolant system and the reactor internals under the LOCA loadinps should be provided.Include a brief description of the methods, procedures, ana6lytical and test results and sketches of the mathematical models that were used.(6) Describe the analytical methods used ta evaluate stresses (e.g., elastic or inelastic) |
| Describe verified runoff models (e.g., unit hydrographs), flood routing, spillway design, and outlet protection. | | and provide a discussion of :heir compati-bility with the type of dynamic system analysis. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.9 Channel Diversions Discuss the potential for upstream diversion or rerouting of the source of cooling water (resulting from, for example, river cutoffs, ice 2-19 jams, or subsidence)
| | Justification should be provided for the proposed use of inelastic stress analyses or appli-caticn of inelastic stress limits with an elastic dynamic system analysis.3.9.2 ASME Code Class 2 and 3 Components The following information should be provided for all Code Class 2 and 3 components of fluid systems that are to be constructed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, subsection NC and ND (or other equivalent requirements): (I) 'The design pressure, temperature, and other loading conditions that provide the bases for design of systers or components should be specified. |
| with respect to historical and topographical evidence in the region. Present the history of flow diversions in the region. Describe available alternative safety-related cooling water sources in the event that diversions are possible.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements Describe the static and dynamic consequences of all types of flooding on each pertinent safety-related facility. | | (2) The design loading combinations (e.g., normal service or functional operating loads, seismic loads, etc.) that are considered in the component or system design should be listed.(3) The combination of design loadings should be categorized (if applicable) |
| | with respect to either Normal, Upset, or Emergency Condition (defined in the ASHE Section III Code). The stress limits associated with each of the design loading combinations should also be specified. |
|
| |
|
| Present the design bases required to ensure that safety-related facilities will be capable of surviving all design flood conditions and reference appropriate discussions in other sections of the SAR where the design bases are implemented.
| | (4) In the event that the proposed stress limits result in inelastic deformation (or are comparable to the faulted condition limits defined in ASM[E Section III) provide the detailed bases for such application including a description of the methods by which it will be demonstrated that the component- will maintain its functional or structural integrity under the design loading combination. |
|
| |
|
| Describe various types of flood protection used and the emergency pro cedures to be implemented (where applicable).
| | (5) Provide a list of the ASME and ANSI code case interpretations applied to all components not within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.3-16 |
| 2.4.11 Low Water Considerations
| | (6) Identify all active* pumps and valves which are not a part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
| 2.4.11.1 Low Flow in Streams. Estimate and provide the design basis for the probable minimum flow rate and level resulting from the most severe drought considered reasonably possible in the region, if such conditions could affect the ability of safety-related facilities, particularly the ultimate heat sink, to perform adequately.
| |
|
| |
|
| Include considerations of downstream dam failures (see Section 2.4.4). For non-safety-related water supplies, demonstrate that the supply will be adequate during a 100-year drought.
| | Describe the criteria employed to assure that active components will function as designed, e.g., stress limits belcw yield calculated on an elastic basis (comparable to the Normal and Upset Condition limits specified in ASME Section III). 1here empirical methods are emploved, provide a suzr.iarv description of test procedures, loading techniques and results, including the basis for extrapolations to components larger or smaller than those tested.(7) Present the bases for the proposed design approach and the criteria used to assure the protection of all critical systems and the con-tainment from the effects of pipe '-.hip. For pipe breaks postulated in systems other than Ehe reactor coolant pressure boundary provide the following information: (a) The systems postulated to rupture (b) Any limitations on break locations c) Whether both longitudinal and circumferential breaks are considered. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.11.2 Low Water Resulting from Surges, Seiches, or Tsunami.
| | (8) Describe the design and installation criteria for the mounting of the pressure-relieving devices (safety valves and relief valves) on the main steam lines outside of containment for preqsurized water reactors. |
|
| |
|
| Determine the surge-, seiche-, or tsunami-caused low water level that could occur from probable maximum meteorological or geoseismic events, if such level could affect the ability of safety-related features to function adequately.
| | In particular, specify the design criteria used to take into account full discharge loads (i.e., thrust, bendi-ig, torsion) imposed on valves and on connected piping in the event all the valves are required to discharge. |
|
| |
|
| Include a description of the probable maximum meteorological event (its track, associated parameters, antecedent conditions)
| | Indicate the provisions made to accommodate these loads.(9) List the analytical methods and criteria used to evaluate stresses and deformations in all safety related pumps and valves including safety and relief valves. For design conditions other than those explicitly addressed by the ASME Section III Code (e.g., design condition categories for which code limits have not been developed, geometries not included, etc.) provide a sumruary of each analytical method and the associated acceptance limits. Where empirical relation-ships and methods determine design, provide the bases for extrapolating these methods or experience to all loading conditions specified for each component. |
| and the computed low water level, or a description of tsunami conditions applicable. | |
|
| |
|
| Also consider, where applicable, ice formation or ice jams causing low flow since such conditions may affect the safety-related cooling water source. 2.4.11.3 Historical Low Water. Discuss historical low water flows and levels and their probabilities (unadjusted for historical controls and adjusted for both historical and future controls and uses) only when statistical methods are used to extrapolate flows and/or levels to probable minimum conditions.
| | * Active components are those whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function such as safe shutdown of the reactor or mitigation of the consequences of a postulated pipe break in the reactor coolant pressure boundary.3-17 L |
| | (10) The design conditions should he specified for all components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Subsections NC, ND, and NE. The design conditions provided for each component should contain the design loadings (including the design pressure, temperature, and mechanical loads), the operational cycles and the number of occurrences of each, and the design loading combinations categorized (as appropriate) |
| | with respect to the conditions identified in NA-2110 of Section III. The information submitted should include sufficient detail to provide the complete basis for the design of all classes of components intendcd to conform to the rules of Section III of the Code.(11) For components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Subsections NC, ND, and NE, the analytical calculations or experimental testing performed to demonstrate compliance with Section III of the Code should be provided.A complete description should be submitted of the mathematical or test models, the methods of calculation or test including any simplifying assumptions, and a summary of results which include the stresses obtained by calculation or test, cumulative damage usage factors and design margins.The information provided should be sufficiently detailed to show the validity of the structural design to sustain and meet in every respect the provisions of the Certified Design Sepcifications and the requirements of Scctiun III of the Code.(12) Specify the code, load combinations and stress limits for those storage tanks that are relied upon to (1) prevent or mitigate the conse-quences of accidents, (2) permit safe shutdown of the reactor and its maintenance in a safe shutdown condition, and (3) retain radioactive material.3.9.3 Components Not Covered by ASME Code For safety related mechanical components not covered b- the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, provide a su;n-ary of the -,-,ress and dynamic calculations or experimental testing performed to denor.:9rate that all design loading combinations will be sustained without i r,..of structural integrity or functional capability. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.11.4 Future Controls.
| | Details of the mechanical design and analytical procedures for the design of the fuel should be included (see Chapter 4.0 of the SAR).Provide the stress and dynamic criteria, methods, and procedures which have been used to determine the operability of the control rod drives and control rod insertability under LOCA and seismic loadings. (See also Chapter 4.0 of the SAR.)3-18 |
| | 3.10 Seismic Design of Categorv I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment The seismic design criteria for the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature circuits, and the emergency power system should be provided.The criteria should address: (1) the capability to initiate a protective action during the safe shutdown earthquake, and (2) the capability of the engineered .aFet-: feature circuits and the standbv pow;er system to withstand seismic disturbances durine post-accident opnrtion. |
|
| |
|
| Provide the estimated flow rate, durations, and levels for probable minimum flow conditions considering future uses, if such conditions could affect the ability of safety-related facilities to function adequately.
| | Indicate the extent of comnliance with the seismic qtallification procedures and documentation requirements of IEEE Std. 34L4-1971, "IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating S Latiens ." Describe the analyses, testing procedures, and seismic restraint measures e=pJoyed to establish the seismic design adequac': |
| | of Category I electrical equip-rent supports such as cable trays, bactery racks, instrument racks, and ccntrol consoles. |
|
| |
|
| Substantiate any provisions for flow augmentation for plant use.2-20
| | Provide the criteria used to account for the possible at=-lification of the seismic floor input by the frames and racks that support electrical equipment. |
| 2.4.11.5 Plant Requirements.
| |
|
| |
|
| Present the required minimum safety related cooling water flow, the sump invert elevation and configuration, the minimum design operating level, pump submergence elevations (operating heads), and design bases for effluent submergence, mixing, and dispersion.
| | Include the criteria and verification procedure employed to account for the possible amplif.ed design loads (frequency and anplitude) |
| | for vendor-supplied ccnponents. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the capability of cooling water pumps to supply sufficient water during periods of low water resulting from the 100-year drought. Refer to Sections 9.2.1, 9.2.5, and 10.4.5 where applicable.
| | 3.11 E.'.i ............:. IdLavi a.id £ieccric.i Equipment The purpose of this section is to provide inform.ation on the environmental conditions and design bases for which the mechanical, in'.trumentation and electrical portions of the engineered safety features and reactor protection systems are designed to assure acceptable performance in all environ-ments (both normal and accident). |
| | Information on the design bases related to the capability of the mechanical, instruz.entation, and electrical portions of the engineered safety features, and reaCtor protection system to perform their intended functions in the combined post-accident environment of temperature, pressure, humidity and radiation should include the following specific information: |
| | (1) Identify all safety related equipment and components (e.g., motors, cables, filters, pump seaL3, shielding) |
| | located in the primary contain~ment and elsewhere that are required to function during and subse-quent to any of the design basis accidents. |
|
| |
|
| Identify or refer to institutional restraints on water use. 2.4.11.6 Heat Sink Dependability Requirements.
| | (2) Describe the qualification tests and analyses that have been or will be performed on each of these items to assure that it will perform in the combined high temperature, pressure, humidity and radiation environ-ment. Include the specific values of temperature, pressure, humidity, and radiation, noting that the accident conditions should be superimposed on the long term environment to which the equipment in question is normally 3-19 exposed. Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE Std. 334-J971, "IEEE Trial-Use Guide for TWpe Tests of Continuous-Duty Class I Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Generating Stations." (3) Provide the results of the successful completien of qualifica- tion tests for each type of equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Identify all sources of normal and emergency shutdown water supply and related retaining and conveyance systems.
| | in assessing che potential effects of radiation on all safety related equipment and components, use should be made of the following assumptions wi.th respect to ti.e fission product source term: (a) For the purpose of calculating dcses on equipment and materials, fission producis assumed to be in the recirculated water should be 50% of the core halogen inventory and 1% of the cire solid fission product inventory.(b) For purposes of calculating heat loads on filters, range of radiation monitors, and radiation dose to equipment in the containment atmosphere, fission products assumed to be in the p--imary containment atmosphere should be 25:" of the core halogen invent..ry, and 1% of the core solid fission product inventory. |
|
| |
|
| Identify design bases used to compare minimum flow and level estimates with plant requirements and describe any available low water safety factors (see Sections 2.4.4 and 2.4.11). Describe (or refer to Section 9.2.5) the design bases for operation and normal or accidental shutdown and cooldown during (a) the most severe natural and site-related accident phenomena, (b) reasonable combinations of less severe phenomena, and (c) single failures of man-made structural components.
| | (4) The criteria should be prov'ded that have bo-ca rtle-hc:q t.: zuzr =hat a f 2 c r&IIL dit1iiuiig |
| | 1d/uor system wil1 not adversely affect the operability of safety relat.d ccn~rol and electrical equipment located in the control room and other area_. Th1ne analyses per-formed to identify the worst case environment (e.g., temperature, humidity)should be described, including identification of the ".:miting condition with regard to temperature that would require reactor shutdar,, and how this was determined. |
|
| |
|
| In the PSAR, describe or refer to the criteria for protecting all structures related to the ultimate heat sink during the above events. In the FSAR, describe the design to implement the criteria.
| | Any testing (factory and/or onslte) that has been or will be performed to confirm satisfactory operabilitv of control and electrical equipment under extreme environmental conditions should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Identify the sources of water and related retaining and con veyance systems that will be designed for each of the above bases or situations.
| | The documentation of the successful completion of qualification tests for each type of equipment should be specified in the PSAR and supplied in the FSAR.3-20 |
| | 4.0 REACTOR In this chapter of the SAR, the applicant should provide an evaluation and supporting information to establish the capability of the reactor to per-form throughout its design lifetime under all normal operational modes, including both transient and steady state, without releasing other than acceptably small amounts of fission products to the cc.olant. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the ability to provide sufficient warning of impending low flow or low water levels to allow switching to alternative sources where necessary.
| | This chapter should also include information to support the analyses presented in Chapter 15.0, Accident Analyses.4.1 Summarv Descrintion A sumnary description of the mechanical, nuclear, and thermal and hydraulic designs of the various reactor components including the fuel, reactor vessel internals, and reactivity control systems. should be given. The description should indicate the independent and interrelated performance and safety functiuns of each component. |
|
| |
|
| Heat dissipation capacity and water losses (such as drift, seepage, and evaporation)
| | A summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be included.4.2 Mechanical Design 4.2.1 Fuel The design bases for tie mechanical design of the fuel components should be presented including mechanical limits such as maximum allowable stresses, deflection, cycling and fatigue limits, capacity for fuel fission gas inventory, maximum internal gas pressure, material selection, radiation damage, and shock and seismic loadings. |
| should be identified and conservatively estimated.
| |
|
| |
|
| Indicate whether, and if so how, guidance given in Regulatory Guide 1.27, "Ultimate Heat Sink for Nuclear Power Plants," has been followed;
| | Details of the dynamic analysis, input forcing functions, vibration, and seismic response loadings should be presented in Sections 3.7 and 3.9 of the SAR.The applicant should explain and substantiate the selection of design bases from the viewpoint of safety considerations. |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. Identify or refer to descriptions of any other uses of water drawn from the ultimate heat sink, such as fire water or system charging require ments. If interdependent water supply systems are used, such as an excavated reservoir within a cooling lake or tandem reservoirs, describe the ability of the principal portion of the system to survive the failure of the secondary portion. Provide the bases for and describe the measures to be taken (dredging or other maintenance)
| |
| to prevent loss of reservoir capacity as a result of sedimentation.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.12 Dispersion, Dilution, and Travel Times of Accidental Releases of Liquid Effluents in Surface 4aters Describe the ability of the surface water environment to disperse, dilute, or concentrate accidental liquid releases of radioactive effluents 2-21 as related to existing or potential future water users. Discuss the bases used to determine dilution factors, dispersion coefficients, flow velocities, travel times, sorption and pathways of liquid contaminants.
| | Where the limits selected are consistent with proven practice, a referenced statement to that effect will suffice; where the limits extend beyond present practice, an evaluation and an explanation based upon developmental work and/or analysis should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The locations and users of surface waters should be included in Section 2.4.1.2, and the release points should be identified in Section 11.2.3. 2.4.13 Groundwater All groundwater data should be presented in this section, in Section 2.5.4, or in both and should be appropriately cross-referenced.
| | These bases may be expressed as explicit numbers or as general conditions. |
|
| |
|
| If the information is placed in both sections, the information in the two sections should be consistent.
| | The discussion of design bases should include consideration of: (a) the physical properties of the cladding 4-1 and the effects of design temperature and irradiation on the properties;(b) stress-strain limits; (c) the effects of fuel s-aelling; (d) variations of melting point and fuel conductivity with burnup; nnd (e) the require-ments for surveillance and testing of irradiated fuel rods.A description and design drawings of the fuel assemblies and. fuel elements showing arrangement, dimensions, critical tolerances, sealing and handling features, methods of support, fission gas spaces, burnable poison content, and internal components should be provided.An evaluation of the fuel design should be provided including considerations such as materials adequacy throughout lifetime, a summary of results of a vibration analysis, fuel element internal pressure and cladding stresses during normal and accident conditions with particular emphasis upon temper-ature transients or depressurization accidents; |
| | potential for a waterlogging rupture; potential for a chemical reaction, including hydriding effects;fretting corrosion; |
| | cycling and fatigue; and dimensional stability of the fuel and critical components during design lifetime. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.13.1 Description and Onsite Use. Describe the regional and local groundwater aquifers, formations, sources, and sinks. Describe the type of groundwater use, wells, pumps, storage facilities, and flow requirements of the plant. If groundwater is to be used as a safety-related source of water, the design basis protection from natural and accident phenomena should be compared with Regulatory Guide 1.27 guidelines and an indication should be given as to whether, and if so how, the guidelines have been followed;
| | The evaluation should include discussions of failure and burnup experience, and the thermal conditions for which the experience was, obtained for the type of fuel to be used, and the results of long term irradiation testing of production fuel and test specimens. |
| if not followed, the specific alternative approaches used should be described.
| |
|
| |
|
| Bases and sources of data should be adequately described.
| | The testing and inspections to be performed to verify the mechanical characteristics of the fuel components should be described including clad integrity, fuel pellet characteristics, radiographic inspections, destruc-tive tests, fuel assembly dimensional checks, and the program for inspection of new fuel assemblies, new control rods, and new reactor internals to assure mechanical integrity after shipment. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.13.2 Sources. Describe present regional use and projected future use. Tabulate existing users (amounts, water levels and elevations, locations, and drawdown).
| | Wnere testing and inspection programs are essentially the same as for previously accepted facilities, a referenced statement to that effect with an identification of the fabricator and a summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be provided.4.2.2 Reactor Vessel Internals The design bases for the mechanical design of the reactor vessel internal components should be presented including mechanical limits such as maximum allowable stresses, deflection, cycling and fatigue limits, fuel assebi~ly restraints (positioning and holddoun), material selection, radiation damage, and shock loadings. |
| Tabulate or illustrate the history of ground water or piezometric level fluctuations beneath and in the vicinity of the site. Provide groundwater or piezometric contour maps of aquifers beneath and in the vicinity of the site to indicate flow directions and gradients;
| |
| discuss the seasonal and long-term variations of these aquifers.
| |
|
| |
|
| Indicate the range of values and the method of determination for vertical and horizon tal permeability and total and effective porosity (specific yield) for each relevant geologic formation beneath the site. Discuss the potential for reversibility of groundwater flow resulting from local areas of pumping for both plant and nonplant use. Describe the effects of present and projected groundwater use (wells) on gradients and groundwater or piezometric levels beneath the site. Note any potential groundwater recharge area such as lakes or outcrops within the influence of the plant. 2.4.13.3 Accident Effects. Provide a conservative analysis of a postulated accidental release of liquid radioactive material at the site. Evaluate (where applicable)
| | Details of the dynamic analyses, input forcing func-tions, and response loadings should be presented in Section 3.9 of the SAR.I 4-2 The reactor vessel internals should be described and general assembly drawings provided showing the arrangement of the important components, positioning and support of the fuel assemblies,, control rod and shim arrangement and support, and location of in-core.instrumentation and reactor vessel surveillance specimen capsules.The design loading conditions that provide the basis for the design of the reactor internals to sustain normal operation, anticipated opera-tional occurrences, postulated accidents, and seismic events should be specified. |
| the dispersion, ion-exchange, and dilution capability of the groundwater environment with respect to present and projected users. Identify potential pathways of contamination to nearby groundwater users and to springs, lakes, streams, etc. Determine groundwater and radionuclide (if necessary)
| |
| travel time to the nearest downgradient groundwater user or surface body of water. Include all methods of calcu lation, data sources, models, and parameters or coefficients used such as dispersion coefficients, dispersivity, distribution (sorption)
| |
| coefficients, hydraulic gradients, and values of permeability, total and effective porosity, and bulk density along contaminant pathways.2-22
| |
| 2.4.13.4 Monitoring or Safeguard Requirements.
| |
|
| |
|
| Present and discuss plans, procedures, safeguards, and monitoring programs to be used to protect present and projected groundwater users. 2.4.13.5 Design Bases for Subsurface Hydrostatic Loading. Describe the design bases for groundwater-induced hydrostatic loadings on subsurface portions of safety-related structures, systems, and components.
| | All combinations of design loadings should be listed (e.g., operating pressure differences and thermal effects, seismic and transient pressure loads associated with postulated loss-of-coolant accidents) |
| | Lihat are accounted for in design of the core support structure. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the development of these design bases. Where dewatering during construction is critical to the integrity of safety-related structures, describe the bases for subsurface hydrostatic loadings assumed during construction and the dewatering methods to be employed in achieving these loadings.
| | In addition, each combination of design loadings should be categorized with respect to either the Normal, Upset, imergency or Faulted Condition (iefined in the ASHE Section 11 Code) and the associated design stress intensity or deformation limits should be stipulated. |
|
| |
|
| If permanent dewatering is to occur over the plant life, provide design bases for safety-related dewatering systems; include an identification and analysis of the design basis accident for the system (e.g., flooding resulting from a circulating water line failure).
| | The bases for the proposed design stress and deformation criteria should be identified (e.... the Jan'tarv 1971 draft of the ASME Code for Core Suppoirt Structures |
| Describe emergency plans for coping with failure of a component of a safety-related permanent dewatering system or a failure of another plant water system that may overload the dewatering system. Include estimates of the time required for implementation.
| | -Subsection NG).4.2.3 Reactivity Control Systems The design bases for the mechanical design of each of the reactivity control systems should be presented including control rod clearances, mechanical insertion requirements, material selection, radiation damage, and positioning requirements. |
|
| |
|
| Describe monitoring programs to be used to detect such failures.
| | Details of the dynamic analysis and testing, stress and deformation, and fatigue limits should be discussed in Section 3.9 of the SAR.A description of each of the reactivity control systdms should be provided including design drawings of the control rods and followers, rod drives, latching mechanisms, and assembly within the reactor; design drawings and flow diagrams for chemical injection systems; and design drawings for temporary reactivity control devices for the initial core.An evaluation of the reactivity control systems should be provided which includes considerations such as materials adequacy throughout design life-time; results of a dimensional and tolerance analysis of the systems as a 4-3 whole, including points of support in the vessel, core structure and chan-nels, control rods and followers, extension shafts and drive shafts;thermal analysis to determine tendencies to warp; analysis of pressure forces which could eject rods or temporary devices from the core; potential for and consequences of a functional failure of criLical components; |
| | analy-sis of the ability to preclude excessive rates of reactivity addition;possible effect of violent fuel rod failures on control rod channel clearances; |
| | assessment of the sensitivity of the systems to r1chanical damage as regards the capability to continuously provide reactivity control;and previous experience and/or developmental work with similar systems and materials. |
|
| |
|
| Where wells are proposed for safety-related purposes, discuss the hydrodynamic design bases for protection against seismically induced pressure waves. The above design bases should be consistent with the groundwater conditions described in Sections 2.4.13.2 and 2.5.4.6.
| | The testing and inspections to be performed to verify the mechanical characteristics of the reactivity control systems should be described including test and surveillance programs to demonstrate proper functioning during initial start-up and throughout design lifetime.The instrumentation to be employed in connection with mechanical and chemical reactivity control systems and reactivity monitoring should be discussed in terms of functional requirements. |
|
| |
|
| 2.4.14 Technical Specification and Emergency Operation Requirements Describe any emergency protective measures designed to minimize the impact of adverse hydrology-related events on safety-related facilities.
| | Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4.3.1 Design Bases The design bases for the nuclear design of the fuel and reactivity control systems should be provided including nuclear and reactivity control limits such as excess reactivity, fuel burnup, negative reactivity feedback, core design lifetime, fuel replacement program, reactivity coefficients, stability criteria, maximum controlled reactivity insertion rates, control of power distribution, shutdown margins, stuck rod criteria, maximum rod speeds, chemical and mechanical shim control, burnable poison requirements, and backup and emergency shutdown provisi-'ns. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the manner in which these requirements will be incorporated into appropriate Technical Specifications and Emergency Procedures.
| | 4.3.2 Description A description of the nuclear characteristics of the design should be provided including the following information: |
| | 4-4 |
| | (1) State the cold and hot excess reactivity and shutdown reactivity margins with and without mechanical and chemical shims and with and with-out equilibri~un xencn and samarium poisoning, including the effects of burnable poisons, for the clean condition a--.d the maximum reactivity condition. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the need for any Technical Specifications for plant shutdown to minimize the consequences of an accident resulting from hydrologic phenomena such as floods or the degradation of the ultimate heat sink. In the event emergency procedures are to be utilized to meet safety requirements associated with hydrologic events, identify the event, present appropriate water levels and lead times available, indicate what type of action would be taken, and discuss the time required to implement each procedure.
| | If different, excess reactivity associated with temperature, moderator voids, and burnup should be indicated. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5 Geology, Seismology, and Geotechnical Engineering This section of the SAR should provide information regarding the seismic and geologic characteristics of the site and the region surrounding the site. Appendix A, "Seismic and Geologic Siting Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 100, "Reactor Site Criterion," gives the principal seismic and geologic considerations that guide the staff in its evaluation of the acceptability of sites and seismic design bases.2-23 This section should include, but not necessarily./limited to, the information discussed below. It should be preceded by a summary that contains a synopsis of Sections 2.5.1 through 2.5.6. Include a brief description of the sites, the investigations performed, results of investi gations, conclusions, and a statement as to who did the work. 2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Information Basic geologic and seismic information is required throughout the following sections to provide a basis for evaluation. | | (2) For hot, cold, and intermediate temperature conditions, provide the coefficients of reactivity associated with (a) moderator temperature and voids (overall and regional), (b) fuel Doppler effect, (c) fuel geometry and composition changes, and (d) fiel therm-l expansion. |
|
| |
|
| In some cases, this information is germane to more than one section. The information may be presented under this section, under the following sections, or as appendices to this section, provided adequate cross-references are made in the appro priate sections.
| | (3) State the hot and cold reactivity worth of individual control rods and groups of rods for planned loading patterns and core operating modes with estimates of reductions in effectiveness during core lifetime.(4) Provide the hot and cold reactivity worth of fuel assemblies and mechanical or chemical shims.(5) Provide the hot and cold reactivity worth of any materials within the core or adjncanr to it thor rould have a sivnificant reactivity effect by a change in position, as for example, flooding of superheat reactors or movement of reflecting elemencs, movement of temporary control devices, or flux suppression materials. |
|
| |
|
| Information obtained from published reports, maps, private communica tions, or other sources should be referenced.
| | (6) Specify the maximum controlled rate of reactivity addition at startup and at operating conditions. |
|
| |
|
| Information from surveys, geophysical investigations, borings, trenches, or other investigations should be adequately documented by descriptions of techniques, graphic logs, photographs, laboratory results, identification of principal inves tigators, and other data necessary to assess the adequacy of the information.
| | (7) Describe the gross and local radial and axial power distribution for different planned rcd patterns with and without equilibrium xenon and samarium.(8) Give the power decay curve for full and partial scram or power cutback, if applicable, from the least effective planned rod arrangement. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.1.1 Regional Geology. Discuss all geologic, seismic, and man made hazards within the site region and relate them to the regional physio graphy, tectonic structures and tectonic provinces, geomorphology, strati graphy, lithology, and geologic and structural history, and geochronology.
| | (9) State the minimum critical mass with and without xenon and samarium poisoning. |
|
| |
|
| The above information should be discussed, documented by appropriate references, and illustrated by a regional physiographic map, surface and subsurface geologic maps, isopach maps, regional gravity and magnetic maps, stratigraphic sections, tectonic and structure maps, fault maps, a site topographic map, a map showing areas of mineral and hydrocarbon extraction, boring logs, aerial photographs, and any maps needed to illustrate such hazards as subsidence, cavernous or karst terrain, irregular weathering conditions, and landslide potential.
| | (10) Provide the neutron flux distribution and spectrum at core boundaries and at the pressure vessel wall.4-5 (il) Indicate the expected core lifetime, and fuel burnup, and describe the fuel replacement program.(12) Discuss the stability of the core against xenon-induced power oscillations. |
|
| |
|
| The relationship between the regional and the site physiography should be discussed.
| | 4.3.3 Evaluation An evaluation of the nuclear design should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| A regional physiographic map showing the site location should be included.
| | The evaluation should include a description of the analytical methods employed in arriv-ing at important nuclear parameters, with an estimate of accuracy by comparison with experiments or with the performance of other reactors.Also included should be a discussion of the potential effects for those cases in which nuclear parameters such as excess reactivity, reactivity coefficients and reactivity insertion rates exceed prior practice. |
|
| |
|
| Identify and describe tectonic structures such as folds, faults, basins, and domes underlying the region surrounding the site, and include a discussion of their geologic history. A regional tectonic map showing the site location should be included and detailed discussions of the regional tectonic structures of significance to the site should be provided.
| | An evaluation of reactor stability should be provided.4.3.4 Tests and Inspections The tests and inspections necessary to verify the nuclear characteristics of the fuel and reactivity control systems should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| The detailed analyses of faults to determine their capacity for generating ground motions at the site and to determine the potential for surface faulting should be included in Sections 2.5.2 and 2.5.3, respectively.
| | These should include the various insoertions narformed durinp fabrication. |
|
| |
|
| The lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the region surrounding the site should be described and related to its 2-24 geologic history. Provide geologic profiles showing the relationship of the regional and local geology to the site location.
| | v c r .i ....ca...ion c-I fiz2 ý- zu Lic pizuiiic siuciear. |
|
| |
|
| The geologic province within which the site is located and the relation to other geologic provinces should be indicated.
| | experiments and tests, both in critical assemblies and zero power and approach-to-power tests at the reactor site.4.3.5 Instrumentation Application This section should discuss the functional requirements for the instrumenta- tion to be employed for monitoring and measuring core power distribution and other relevant parameters. |
|
| |
|
| Regional geologic maps indicating the site location and showing both surface and bedrock geology should also be included.
| | Details of the instrumentation design and logic should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design 4.4.1 Design Bases The design bases for the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor should be provided including such items as maximum fuel and clad temperatures (at rated power, design overpower and during transients), critical heat flux 4-6 ratio (at rated power, design overpower, and during transients), flow velocities and distribution control, coolant and moderator voids, hydraulic stability, transient limits, fuel cladding integrity criteria, and fuel assembly integrity criteria.4.4.2 Description A description of the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactor design should be provided including the following: |
| | (1) Provide a surz.ary comparison of the thermal and hydraulic design parameters of the reactor with previously approved reactors of similar design. Include, for example, primary coolant temperatures, fuel temperatures, critical heat flux ratio, and critical heat flux correlations used.(2) Discuss and provide fuel cladding temperatures, both local and distributed, with an indication of the correlation used for thermal con-ductivity and the method of employing peaking factors.(3) Provide the critical heat flux ratio, both local and distributed. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.1.2 Site Geology. Material on site geology included in this section may be cross-referenced in Section 2.5.4. The site physio graphy and local land forms should be described and the relationship between the regional and site physiography should be discussed.
| | with an indication of :he critical heat flux correlation used, analysis techniques, method of use, method of employing peaking factors, and com-parison with other correlations. |
|
| |
|
| A site topographic map showing the locations of the principal plant facilities should be included.
| | (4) Discuss the margin provided in the peaking factor employed to account for flux tilts, to assure that flux limits are not exceeded during operation. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the configuration of the land forms and relate the history of geologic changes that have occurred.
| | (5) Give the predicted core average and maximum void fraction and distribution. |
|
| |
|
| Areas that are significant to the site of actual or potential landsliding, surface or subsurface subsidence, uplift, or collapse resulting from natural features such as tectonic depression and cavernous or karst terrains should be evaluated.
| | (6) Describe and discuss core coolant flow distribution and orificing. |
|
| |
|
| The detailed lithologic and stratigraphic conditions of the site and the relationship to the regional stratigraphy should be described.
| | (7) Provide core pressure drops and hydraulic loads during normal and accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| The thicknesses, physical characteristics, origin, and degree of consolidation of each lithologic unit should also be described, including a local stratigraphic column. Furnish summary logs or borings and excavations such as trenches used in the geologic evaluation.
| | (8) Discuss the correlations and physical data employed in determining important characteristics such as heat transfer coefficients and pressure drop.(9) Evaluate the capability of the core to withstand the thermal effects resulting from anticipated operational transients. |
|
| |
|
| Boring logs included in Section 2.5.4 may be referenced.
| | 0*4-7 |
| | (10) Discuss the uncertainties associated with estimating the peak or limiting conditions for thermal and hydraulic analysis (e.g., fuel temperature, clad temperature, pressure drops, and orificing effects).(11) Provide a summary table of characteristics including important thermal aud hydraulic parameters such as coolant velocities, surface hear fluxes, power density, specific power, surface areas, and flow areas.4.4.3 Evaluation An evaluation of the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor should be provided including the following specific information: |
| | (1) With respect to core hydraulics the evaluation should include: (a) a discussion of the results of flow model tests (with respect to pressure drop for the various flow paths through the reactor and flow distributions at the core inlet); (b) the empirical correlations selected for use in analyses for both single-phase and two-phase flow conditions and the applicability over the range of anticipated reactor conditions; |
| | and (c) pump characteristics including consideraLion of requirements and conditions where all pumps are not operating. |
|
| |
|
| A detailed discussion of the structural geology in the vicinity of the site should be provided.
| | (4) The influence of axial and radial power distributions on the thermal and hydraulic design should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| Include in the discussion the relationship of site structure to regional tectonics, with particular attention to specific structural units of significance to the site such as folds, faults, synclines, anticlines, domes, and basins. Provide a large-scale structural geology map (1:24,000)
| | (3) The thermal response of the core should be evaluated at rated power, design overpower, and for expected transient conditions. |
| of the site showing bedrock surface contours and including the locations of Seismic Category I structures.
| |
|
| |
|
| A large-scale geologic map (1:24,000)
| | (4) A comprehensive discussion of the analytical techniques used in evaluating the core thermal-hydraulics should be provided, including estimates of uncertainties. |
| of the region within 5 miles of the site that shows surface geology and that includes tte locations of major structures of the nuclear power plant, including all Seismic Category I structures, should also be furnished. | |
|
| |
|
| Areas of bedrock outcrop from which geologic interpretation has been extrapolated should be distinguished from areas in which bedrock is not exposed at the surface. When the interpretation differs substantially from the published geologic literature on the area, the differences should be noted and documentation for the new conclusions presented.
| | (5) Provide the results of an analysis of hydraulic instability. |
|
| |
|
| The geologic history of the site should be discussed and related to the regional geologic history.
| | (6) Provide an analysis of the potential for and effect of sudden temperature transients on waterlogged elements or elements with high internal gas pressure.4-8 |
| | (7) Provide an analysis of temperature effects during anticipated operational transients that may cause bowing or other damage to fuel, coticrol rods or structure. |
|
| |
|
| Include an evaluation from an engineering-geology standpoint of the local geologic features that affect the plant structures.
| | (8) Evaluate the energy release and potential for a chemical reaction should physical burnout of fuel elements occur.(9) Evaluate the energy release and resulting pressure pulse should waterlogged elements rupture and spill fuel into the coolant.(10) Discuss the behavior of fuel rods in the event of ccolant flow blockage.4.4.4 TestinR and Verification The testing and verification techniques to be used to assure that the planned thermal and hydraulic design characteristics of the core have been provided and will remain within required limits throughout core lifetime should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| Geologic con ditions underlying all Seismic Category I structures, dams, dikes, and 2-25 pipelines should be described in detail. The dynamic behavior of the site during prior earthquakes should be described.
| | 4.4.5 instrumentation Apolication This section should discuss the functional requirements for the instru-mentation to be employed in monitoring and measuring those thermal-hydraulic parameters important to safety. Include, for example, the requirements for in-core instrumentation to confirm predicted power density distri-bution and moderator temperature distributions. |
|
| |
|
| Deformational zones such as shears, joints, fractures, and folds, or combinations of these features should be identified and evaluated relative to structural foundations.
| | Details of the instrumen- tation design and logic should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4-9 |
| | 5.0 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTE4 This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information regarding the reactor coolant system and pressure-containing appendages out to and including isolation valving. This grouping of components is defined as the "reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB)", in Section 50.2(v) of 10 CFR Part 50 as follows: "Reactor coolant pressure boundary means all those pressure-containing components of boiling and pressurized water-cooled nuclear power reactors, such as pressure vessels, piping, pumps, and valves, which are: (1) Part of the reactor coolant system, or (2) Connected to the reactor coolant system, up to and including any and all of the following: (i) The outermost containment isolation valve in system piping which penetrates pri-ary reactor containment, (ii) The second of two valves normally closed during normal reactor operation in system piping which does not penetrate primary reactor containment, (iii) The reactor coolant system safety and relief valves.For nuclear power reactors of the direct cycle boiling water type, the reactor coolant system extends to and includes the outermost containment isolation valve in the main steam and feedwater piping." The portions of the system beyond the isolation valves should be treated as part of the steam and power conversion system in Chapter 10.0.Evaluations, together with the necessary supporting material, should be submitted to show that the reactor coolant system is adequate to accomplish its intended objective and to maintain its integrity under conditions imposed by all foreseeable reactor behavior, either normal or abnormal.The information should permit a determination of the adequacy of the evalu-ations; that is, assurance that the evaluations included are correct and complete and all the evaluations needed have been made. Evaluations included in other chapters that have a bearing on the reactor coolant system should be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| Describe and evaluate zones of alteration or irregular weathering profiles, zones of structural weakness, unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock, and all rocks or soils that might be unstable because of their mineralogy or unstable physical or chemical properties.
| | 5-1 |
| | 5.1 Summary Description A summary description of the reactor coolant system and its various compo-nents should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The effects of man's activities in the area such as withdrawal or addition of subsurface fluids or mineral extraction at the site should be evaluated. | | The description should indicate the independent and interrelated performance and safety functions of each component. |
|
| |
|
| Site groundwater conditions should be described.
| | Include a tabulation of important design and performance characteristics. |
|
| |
|
| Information included in Section 2.4.13 may be referenced in this section.
| | Provide the following specific information: |
| | (1) A schematic flow diagram of the reactor coolant system denoting all major components, principal pressures, temperatures, flow rates, and coolant volume under normal steady state full power operating conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion This section is directed toward establishing the seismic design basis for vibratory ground motion. The presentation should be aimed at (1) determining the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) and the Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) for the site and (2) specifying the vibratory ground motion corresponding to each of these events. Determination of tLhe SSE and the OBE should be based on the identification of tectonic provinces or active geologic structures with which earthquake activity in the -region can be associated. | | (2) A piping and instrumentation diagram of the reactor coolant system and the primary sides of the auxiliary or emergency fluid systems and engineered safety feature systems interconnected with the reactor coolant system, delineating on the diagram: (a) The extent of the systems located within the containment, (b) The points of separation between the reactor coolant (heat transport) |
| | system and the secondary (heat utilization) |
| | system, and (c) The extent of isolability of any fluid system as provided by the use of isolation valves between the radioactive and nonradioaitiveof tho (3) An elevation drawing showing principal dimensions of the reactor coolant system in relation to the supporting or surrounding concrete structures from which a measure of the protection afforded by the arrange-ment and the safety considerations incorporated in the layout can be gained.5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary This section should present discussions of the measures to be employed to provide and maintain the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) for the plant design lifetime.5.2.1 Design Criteria, Methods, and Procedures The design criteria to be used for the components of the RCPB should be stated. They should include the following information: (i) State the performance objectives of the system and its components from which the design parameters are derived for both the normal and tran-sient conditions considered. |
|
| |
|
| The design vibratory ground motion for the SSE and OBE should then be determined by assessing the effects at the site of the SSE and OBE associated with the identified provinces or structures.
| | 5-2 M (2) State the design pressure, temperature, seismic loads, and maximum system and component test pressures for the system and individual components. |
|
| |
|
| The presentation in the SAR should proceed from discussions of the regional seismicity, geologic structures, and tectonic activity to a determination of the relation between seismicity and geologic structures.
| | (3) Provide a Table which shows compliance with the rules of 10 CFR Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards." In the event there are cases wherein conformance to the rules of Section 50.55a would result in hardships or unusual difficulties without a compensating increase in the level of safety and quality, provide a complete description of the circum-stances resulting in such cases and the basis for proposed alternative requirements. |
|
| |
|
| Earthquake-generating potential of tectonic provinces and any active struc tures should be identified.
| | Demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety and quality will be provided by the proposed alternatives. |
|
| |
|
| Finally, the ground motion that would result at the site from the maximum potential earthquakes associated with each tectonic province or geologic structure should be assessed considering any site amplification effects. The results should be used to establish the vibratory ground motion design spectrum.
| | (4) Provide a list of the ASME and ANSI code case interpretations that will be applied.to components within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.(5) Provide a complete list of transients to be used in the design and fatigue analysis of all the applicable components within the reactor coolant pressure boundary discussed in Section 5.5. Specify all design transients and their number of cycles such as startup and shutdown operations, power level changes, emergency and recovery conditions, switching operations (i.e., startup or shutdown of one or more coolant loops), control system or other system malfunctions, component malfunctions, transients resultig from singlc cp~ratar errors, inservice hydrostatic tests, seismic events, etc., that are contained in the ASME Code-required"Design Specifications" for the components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| Information should be presented to describe how the design basis for vibratory ground motion (Safe Shutdown Earthquake)
| | Categorize all transients or combinations of transients with respect to the conditions identified as "normal," upset," "emergency" or"faulted" as defined in the ASME Section III Nuclear Component Code. In addition, provide the design loading combinations and the associated stress or deformation limits specified. |
| was determined.
| |
|
| |
|
| The following specific information and determinations should also be included, as needed, to clearly establish the design basis for vibratory ground motion. Information presented in other sections may be cross-referenced and need not be repeated. | | The information should include sufficient detail to provide the bases for the design of all classes of components intended to conform to the rules of Section III of the ASME Code.(6) Provide a list which classifies pumps anrlvalves within the reactor coolant pressure boundary as either activeý- or inactive/- |
| | components. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.2.1 Seismicity.
| | Describe the criteria employed to assure that active components will function as designed in the event of a pipe rupture (faulted condition) |
| | in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, e.g., ailowable stress limits established at or near the yield stress calcu-lated on an elastic basis. Describe the isolation signal, the closure time, and the leak-tight integrity criteria for all active valves.Active components are those whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function (as well as reactor shutdown function) |
| | during the transients or events considered in the respective operating condition categories. |
|
| |
|
| A complete list of all historically reported earthquakes that could have reasonably affected the region surrounding the site should be provided.
| | 2/Inactive components are those whose operability (e.g., valve opening, or closure, pump operation or trip) are not relied upon to perform the system function during the transients or events considered in the respective operating condition categories. |
|
| |
|
| The listing should include all earthquakes of MM Intensity greater than III or magnitude greater than 3.0 that have been reported in all tectonic provinces, any part of which is within 200 miles 2-26 of the site. This account should be augmented by a regional-scale map showing all listed earthquake epicenters and, in areas of high seismicity, by a larger-scale map showing earthquake epicenters within 50 miles of the site. The following information describing each earthquake should be provided whenever it is available:
| | 5-3 Where empirical methods (tests) are employed, provide a summary description of test methods, loading techniques and results including the bases for ex-trapolations to components larger or smaller than those tested.(7) Provide the stress criteria associated with the emergency and faulted operation conditon categories for pumps and valves within the RCPB. If stress and pressure limits other than those specified in Para-graphs NB-3655 and NB-3656 of Section III, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (1971) or ANSI B31.7 Code Case 70 are proposed for inactive components, provide the basis for their application. |
| epicenter coordinates, depth of focus, origin time, highest intensity, magnitude, seismic moment, source mechanism, source dimensions, source rise time, rupture velocity, total dislocation, fractional stress drop, any strong-motion recordings, and identification of references from which the specified information was obtained.
| |
|
| |
|
| In addition, any earthquake-induced geologic hazards (e.g., liquefaction, landsliding, landspreading, or lurching)
| | (8) Specify whether the criteria to be employed in design against the effects of pipe rupture will consider pipe breaks postulated to occur at any location within the reactor coolant pressure boundary, or at limited areas within the system. Indicate whether these criteria include consideration of both longitudinal and circumferential pipe breaks and provide the bases for the design approach.(9) The use of the plastic instability and limit analysis methods of ASME Section III may not be necessarily conservaitive and compatible with the type of dynamic system analysis used. Provide justification for the use of inelastic stress analysis methods in conjunction with elastic system dynamic analysis.(10~ 'r, ULuvided f tht: urinciual LUIiUUI.,o lt, or tite reacto, coolant system against environmental factors (e.g.., fires, flooding, missiles, seismic effects) to which the system may be subjected should be discussed. |
| that have been reported should be described completely, including the level of strong motion that induced failure and the properties of the materials involved.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.2.2 Geologic Structures and Tectonic Activity.
| | (11) For components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Code, Subsection NB, the analytical calculations or experimental testing performed to demonstrate compliance with the Code should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| Identify the regional geologic structures and tectonic activity that are significant in determining regional earthquake potential.
| | A complete description should be submitted in the FSAR of the mathematical or test models, the methods of calculation or test including any simplifying assumptions, and a summary of results which include the stresses obtained by calculation or test, cumulative damage usage factors and design margins. The information provided should be sufficiently detailed to show the validity of the structural design to sustain and meet in every respect the provisions of the Certified Design Specifications and the requirements of Section III of the ASME Code.(12) The design stress criteria for faulted condition loadings should be specified. |
|
| |
|
| All tectonic provinces any part of which occurs within 200 miles of the site should be identified.
| | (13) In the FSAR, a list of Category I systems and the associated stress levels (i.e., seismic, dead weight plus pressure, LOCA, etc.) at 5-4 all points of high changes in flexibility under the faulted condition should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The identification should include a description of those characteristics of geologic structure, tectonic history, present and past stress regimes, and seismicity that distinguish the various tectonic provinces and particular areas within those provinces where historical earthquakes have occurred.
| | Include sketches of each system configuration. |
|
| |
|
| Alternative models of regional tectonic activity from available literature sources should be discussed.
| | (14) List the analytical methods and criteria used to evaluate stresses and deformations in all pumps and valves including safety and relief valves. For design conditions other than those explicitly addressed by the ASME Section III Code (e.g., design condition categories for which code limits have not been developed, geometries not included, etc.), provide a summary of each analytical method and the associated acceptance limits. Where empirical relationships and methods determine the design, the bases for extrapolating these methods or experience to all loading conditions specified for each component. |
|
| |
|
| The discussion in this section should be augmented by a regional-scale map showing the tectonic provinces, earth quake epicenters, the locations of geologic structures and other features that characterize the provinces, and the locations of any capable faults. 2.5.2.3 Correlation of Earthquake Activity with Geologic Structures or Tectonic Provinces.
| | (15) In the PSAR, provide the methods and criteria used to preclude critical speed problems in pumps, and to confirm the integrity of the bearings for the transient conditions encountered during service.(16) Describe the qualification test program that will be used to verify that active valves (whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function or shut down the reactor) will operate under the transient loadings experienced during the service life.5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection Provide the following information regarding the provisions taken to pro-tect the RCPB against overpressurization: |
| | (1) Identify and show the location on P and I diagrams of all pressure-relieving devices for (a) the reactor coolant system, (b)- the primary side of the auxiliary or emergency systems interconnected with the primary system, and (c) any blowdown or heat dissipation system con-nected to the discharge side of the pressure-relieving devices.(2) Describe the design and installation criteria for the mounting of the pressure-relieving devices (safety valves and relief valves)within the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a correlation between epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes and geologic structures or tectonic provinces.
| | In particular, specify the design criteria which will be used to take into account full discharge loads (i.e., thrust, bending, torsion) imposed on valves and on connected piping in the event all the valves are required to discharge. |
|
| |
|
| Whenever an earthquake epicenter or concentration of earthquake epicenters can be reasonably correlated with geologic structures, the rationale for the association should be developed.
| | Indicate the provisions made to accommodate these loads.(3) To facilitate review of the bases for the pressure relieving capacity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, submit (as an appendix to the SAR) the "Report on Overpressure Protection" that has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Section III 5-5 |
| | .1 a Nuclear Power Plant Components Code or, if the report is not available at the time the PSAR is submitted, indicate the approximate date for submission. |
|
| |
|
| This discussion should include identification of the methods used to locate the earthquake epicenters and an estimate of their accuracy and should provide a detailed account that compares and contrasts the geologic structure involved in the earthquake activity with other areas within the tectonic province.
| | In the event the report is not expected to be available until either the Operating License review or late in the construction schedule for the plant, provide in the PSAR the bases and analytical approach (e.g., preliminary analyses) |
| | being utilized to establish the overpressure relieving capacity required for the reactor coolant pressure boundary.(4) In the PSAR, describe the analytical methods used to demonstrate that the postulated occurrence of failure to scram on anticipated transients will not result in exceeding the stress limits for the Upset Co-idition for components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.5.2.3 Material Considerations For the materials to be used in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, provide information regarding material specifications, fracture toughness requirements for ferritic steels, stress corrosion susceptibility of austenitic stainless steels, delta ferrite control in austenitic stain-less steel welds, and requirements for pump flywheels. |
|
| |
|
| When an earthquake epicenter cannot be reasonably correlated with geologic structures, the epicenter should be discussed in relation to tectonic provinces.
| | Specifically, the following information should be provided: ( 1 ) P r u v i u e ;4 1 i 1 : , , , .i s tin, .-, , ' -, % r '. a ...r ; , '; ' p, r retaining ferritic materials and austenitic stainless |
| | 3teels, including weld materials, intended to be used for each component (e.g., vessels, piping, pumps and valves) that is part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| A subdivision of a tectonic province should be corroborated on the basis of evaluations that consider, but should not be limited to, detailed seismicity studies, tectonic flux measurements, contrasting structural fabric, differences in geologic history, and differences in stress regime.2-27
| | With respect to ferritic materials (including welds) of the reactor pressure vessel beltline, the information regarding these specifi-cations should include any additionally imposed limits on residual elements (reportable and nonreportable) |
| 2.5.2.4 Maximum Earthquake Potential.
| | by specification requirements which are intended to reduce sensitivity to irradiation embrittlement in service.Any additional or special requirements by the purchaser should be indicated. |
|
| |
|
| The largest earthquakes associated with each geologic structure or tectonic province should be identified.
| | (2) Discuss the materials of construction exposed to the reactor coolant and their compatibility with the coolant nnd centaminants or radiolytic products to which the system may be exposed.(3) Discuss the materials of construction of reactor coolant systems and their compatibility with external insulation or the environmental atmosphere in the event of coolant leakage.(4) Describe the additives to be used in the reactor coolant system (such as inhibitors) |
| | whose principal function is directed toward corrosion control within the system.5-6 |
| | (5) Describe the fracture toughness criteria specified for ferritic materials of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and indicate the degree of compliance with the AEC proposed "Fracture Toughness Require-ments," 10 CFR Part 50 Appendix G, published in the Federal Reeister on July 3, 1971.(6) For all pressure-retaining ferritic components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary whose lowest pressurization temperature* |
| | will be below 250'F, provide the material toughness properties (Charpy V-notch impact test curves and dropweight test NTT temperature, or others) that have been reported or specified for plates, forgings, piping, and weld material. |
|
| |
|
| Where the earthquakes are associated with a geologic struc ture, the largest earthquake that could occur on that structure should be evaluated based on considerations such as the nature of faulting, fault length, fault displacement, and earthquake history. Where the earthquakes are associated with a tectonic province, the largest historical earthquakes within the province should be identified and, whenever reasonable, the return period for the earthquakes should be determined.
| | Specifically, for each component pzovide the following data for materials (plates, pipes, forgings, castings, welds) used in the con-struction of the co.nponent, or your estimates based on the available data: (a) The highest of the NIT temperatures obtained from DWT tests, (b) The highest of the temperatures corresponding to the 50 ft-lb value of the C fracture energy, and V (C) The lowest of the upper shelf C energy values for the"weak" direcLioLI |
| | (;W direction in plateS) of tJe material.(7) Identify the location and. the type ot the material (plate, forging, weld, etc.) in each component for which the data listed above were obtained. |
|
| |
|
| Isoseismal maps should also be presented for the earthquakes.
| | Where these fracture toughness parameters occur in more than one plate, forging o0 weld, provide the information requested in (3) above for each of them.(8) Fer reactor vessel beltline materials, including weids, .pecify the highest predicted end-of-life transition temperature corresponding to the 50 ft-lb value of the Charpy V-notch fracture energy for the "weak direction" of the material (WR direction in plates), and the minimum upper shelf energy value which will be acceptable for continued reactor operation toward the end-of-service life rf the vessel.-J (9) List all non-stabilized grades of austenitic stainless steels (AISI Type 3XX series) with a carbon content greater than 0.03%, that will be used for components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| Ground motion at the site should be determined assuming seismic energy transmission effects are constant over the region and assuming the largest earthquake associated with each geologic structure or with each tectonic province occurs at the point of closest approach of that structure or province to the site. The set of conditions describing the occurrence of the potential earthquake that would produce the largest vibratory ground motion at the site should be defined. If different potential earthquakes would produce the maximum ground motion in different frequency bands, the conditions describing all such earthquakes should be specified.
| | In light of their susceptibility to preservice and inservi:e intergranular stress*Lowest pressurization temperature of a component is the lowest temperature at which the pressure within the component exceeds 25 percent of the system normal operating pressure. |
|
| |
|
| The descrip tion of the potential earthquake occurrences should include the maximum intensity or magnitude and the distance from the assumed location of the potential earthquake to the site. 2.5.2.5 Seismic Wave Transmission Characteristics of the Site. The following material properties should be determined for each stratum under the site: seismic compressional and shear velocities, bulk densities, soil properties and classification, shear modulus and its variation with strain level, and water table elevation and its variation.
| | or at which the rate cf temperature change in the component material exceeds 50*F/hr., under normal operation, system hydrostatic tests, or transient conditions. |
|
| |
|
| The methods used to determine these properties should be described.
| | 5-7 corrosion attack, describe the plans which will be followed to avoid partial or local severe sensitization of austenitic stainless steel during heat treatments and welding operations for core structural load bearing members and component parts of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.Describe welding methods, heat input, and the quality controls that will be employed in welding austenitic stainless steel components. |
|
| |
|
| For each set of conditions describing the occurrence of the maximum potential earthquakes, determined in Section 2.5.2.4, the types of seismic waves producing the maximum ground motion and the significant frequencies at the site should be determined.
| | (10) To avoid microfissuring in welds, describe the requirements for control of delta ferrite in austenitic stainless steel welds, especially as regards filler materials, welding procedure qualification, and the methods for determining delta ferrite content of the completed welds.(11) AEC General Design Criterion |
| | 4 requires that structures, systems, and components of nuclear power plants important to safety be protected against the effects of missiles that might result from equipment failures.Provide the information which demonstrates compliance with GDC-4 and AEC Safety Guide 14, relating to material properties, design, inservice inspec-tion and testing of the reactor coolant pump flywheels. |
|
| |
|
| For each set of conditions, an analysis should be performed to determine the effects of transmission in the site material for the identified seismic wave types in the significant frequency bands. 2.5.2.6 Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
| | 5.2.4 RCPB Leakage Detection Systems Tn dmnnratp ror-janep wi.rh AEC Daion Crirtrinor |
| | 30, whIbrh requires be provided for detecting and, to the excent praccicai, identifying the location of the source of reactor coolant leakage, provide the following information: |
| | (1) Describe the methods that will be used to determine coolant leak-age from the reactor coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| The acceleration at the ground surface, the effective frequency range, and the duration corresponding to each maximum potential earthquake should be determined.
| | Provide sufficient detail to indicate that redundant systems of diverse modes of operation will be installed in the plant.(2) Describe the methods used to provide positive indications in the control room of leakage of coolant from the reactor coolant system to the containment. |
|
| |
|
| Where the earth quake has been associated with a geologic structure, the acceleration should be determined using a relation between acceleration, magnitude, or fault length, earthquake history and other geologic information, and the distance from the fault. Where the earthquake has been associated with a tectonic province, the acceleration should be determined using appropriate relations between acceleration, intensity, epicentral inten sity, and distance.
| | (3) Discuss the adequacy of the leakage detection system which depends on reactor coolant activity for detection of changes in leakage during the initial period of plant operation when the coolant activity may be low.(4) With reference to the proposed maximum allowable leakage rate from unidentified sources in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, furnish the following information: (a) The length of a through-wall crack that would leak at the rate of the proposed limit as a function of wall thickness. |
|
| |
|
| Available ground motion time histories from earth quakes of comparable magnitude, epicentral distance, and acceleration level 2-28
| | 5-8 (b) The ratio of that length to the length of a critical through-wall crack, based on the application of the principles of fracture mechanics.(c) The mathematical model and data used in such analyses.(5) Specify the proposed maximum allowable total leakage rate for the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and the basis for the proposed limit. Furnish the ratio of the proposed limit to the normal capacity of the reactor coolant makeup system, and to the normal capacity of the containment water removal system.(6) Provide the sensitivity (in gpm) and the response time of each leak detection syntem. For the containment air activity monitors, provide the sensitivity and the response time as a function of the percentage of failed fuel rods or of the corrosion product activity in the reactor coolant, as applicable. |
| " should be presented.
| |
|
| |
|
| The spectral content from each maximum potential earthquake should be described based on consideration of the available ground motion time histories and regional characteristics of seismic wave transmission.
| | (7) Estimate the anticipated normal total leakage rates and major leakage sources on the basis of operational experience from other plants of similar design.(8) Describe the adequacy of the proposed leakage detection systems to differentiate between identified and unidentified leaks from components within the primary' reactor containment and indicate which of these systems provide a means for locating the general area of a leak.(9) Discuss the criteria for shutdown of the reactor in the event that either the total or unidentified leakage rate limit was exceeded.(10) Describe the tests proposed to demonstrate sensitivities and operability of the leakage detection systems.5.2.5 Inservice Inspection Program To demonstrate compliance with Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, "Rules for Inservice |
| | :nspection of Nuclear Reactor Coolant Systems", provide the following information: |
| | (1) Describe the design and arrangement provisions for access to the reactor coolant pressure boundary as required by Section IS-141 and IS-142 of Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Reactor Coolant Systems. IndicaLe the specific provisions made for aczess to the reactor vessel for examination of the welds and other componerts. |
|
| |
|
| The dominant frequency associated with the peak acceleration should be determined either from analysis of ground motion time histories or by inference from descriptions of earthquake phenomenology, damage reports, and regional characteristics of seismic wave transmission.
| | 5-9 |
| | (2) Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressur& Vessel Code re-cognizes the problems of examining radioactive areas where access by personnel will be Impractical, and provisions are incorporated in the rules for the examination of such areas by remote means. In some cases the equipmenc to be used to perform such examination is under development. |
|
| |
|
| Design response spectra corresponding to the SSE should be defined and their conservatism assessed by comparing them to the ground motion expected from the potential earthquakes.
| | Provide the following information with respect to your inspection program: (a) Describe the equipment that will be used, or is under development for use, in performing the reactor vessel and nozzle inservice inspections.(b) Describe the system to be used to record and compare the data from the baseline inspection with the data that: will be obtained from subsequent inservice inspections.(c) Describe the procedures to be followed to coordinate the development of the remote inservice inspection equipment with the access provisions for inservice inspection afforded by the plant design.(3) Describe plans for inservice monitoring of the reactor coolant system for the presence of loose parts and excessive vibration. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.2.7 Operating Basis Earthquake.
| | 5.3 1 I ..=i, The thermal hydraulic design of the reactor coolant system should be described ir this section. The following specific information should be included: (1) State the bases for design of the system (e.g., the linear heat generation rates and the critical heat flux ratio for both transient and steady-state conditions). |
| | (2) State the core peaking factors and explain the basis for their selection as a function of fuel exposure.(3) Describe the analytical methods, thermodynamic data, and hydrodynamics data used to determine the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactcr coolant system.(4) State the operating restrictions that will be imposed on the coolant pumps to meet net positive suction head requirements. |
|
| |
|
| The vibratory ground motion for the Operating Basis Earthquake should be described and the probability of exceeding the OBE during the operating life of the plant should be determined.
| | (5) For boiling water reactors, provide a power-flow operating map indicating the limits of reactor coolant systems operation. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3 Surface Faulting Information should be provided to describe whether or not there exists a potential for surface faulting at the site. The following specific information and determinations should also be included to the extent neces sary to clearly establish zones requiring detailed faulting investigation.
| | This map should indicate the permissible operating range as bounded by minimum flow, design flow, maximum pump speed, and natural circulation. |
|
| |
|
| Information presented in Section 2.5.1 may be cross-referenced and need not be repeated.
| | 1i 0 J.JJ'A |
| | (6) For pressurized water reactors, provide a temperature-power operating map indicating the effects of reduced core flow due to inoperative pumps including system capability during natural circulation conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.1 Geologic Conditions of the Site. The lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the site and the area surrounding the site, including its geologic history, should be described.
| | (7) Describe the load following characteristics of the reactor coolant system and the techniques employed to provide this capability. |
|
| |
|
| Site and regional geologic maps and profiles illustrating the surface and bedrock geology, structure geology, topography, and the relationship of the safety-related foundations of the nuclear power plant to these features should be included.
| | (8) Discuss the transient effects of such events as loss of full or partial coolant flow, coolant pump speed changes, load changes, and start-up of an inactive loop.(9) Provide a table summarizing the thermal and hydraulic character- istics of the reactor coolant system.5.4 Reactor Vessel and Appurtenances The discussion in this section should present the design bases, descrip-tion, evaluation, and necessary tests and inspections for the reactor vessel and its appurtenances. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.2 Evidence of Fault Offset. Determine the geologic evidence of fault offset at or near the ground surface at or near the site. If faulting exists, it should be defined as to its attitudes, orientations, width of shear zone, amount and sense of movement, and age of movements.
| | The following specific information should be provided as a minimum: (1) Specify the maximum normal and emergency heating and cocling rates that will be imposed on the reactor vessel to limit thermal loadings to within design specifications. |
|
| |
|
| Any topo graphic photo linears and Environmental Resources Technology Satellite linears prepared as part of this study should be discussed.
| | (2) Describe the extent to which the design of affected systems and components has been reviewed to determine that annealing of the reactor pressure vessel will be feasible, should it be necessary because of radia-tion embrittlement after several years of operation. |
|
| |
|
| Site surface and subsurface investigations to determine the absence of faulting should be reported, including information on the detail and areal extent of the investigation.
| | State the maximum reactor vessel temperature that can be obtained using an in-place anneal-ing procedure. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.3 Earhtguakes Associated with Capable Faults. List all histor ically reported earthquakes that can be reasonably associated with faults, and part of which is within 5 miles of the site. A plot of earthquake epicenters superimposed on a map showing the local tectonic structures should be provided.2-29
| | (3) Describe the reactor vessel material surveillance program to indicate the degree of compliance with the AEC proposed "Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program Requirements," 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix H, published in the Federal Register on July 3, 1971. State also the degree of conformance with ASTH E-185-70, especially with regard to the re-quirements on retention of representative test stock (archive material)and documentation of chemical composition. |
| 2.5.3.4 Investigation of Capable Faults. Identified faults, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, should be investigated in sufficient detail and using geological and geophysical techniques of sufficient sensitivity to demonstrate the age of most recent movement on each. The type and extent of investigation varies from one geologic pro vince to another and depends on site-specific conditions.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.5 Correlation of Epicenters with Capable Faults. The structure and genetic relationship between site area faulting and regional tectonic framework should be discussed.
| | (4) Identify and discuss any special processes to be used for the fabrication and inspection of the vessel.(5) Describe any special design and fabrication features incorporated in the vessel to further improve its reliability and reduce its potential for failure.5-11 S. S (6) Identify. |
|
| |
|
| In regions of active tectonism, any detailed geologic and geophysical investigations conducted to demonstrate the struc tural relationships of site area faults with regional faults known to be seismically active should be discussed.
| | the reactor vessel fabricator and the extent of quality assurance surveillance to be provided by the applicant or his representative (particularly if the vessel is to be fabricated outside the U.S.).(7) Discuss reactor vessel lifetime design transients in terms of number of cycles anticipated for each type of transient. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.6 Description of Capable Faults. For capable faults more than 1,000 feet long, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine for all offsets within the immediate site vicinity the length of the fault; the relationship to regional tectonic structures;
| | (8) State the vessel materials and inspections to be carried out during fabrication. |
| the nature, amount, and geologic displacement along the fault; and the outer limits of the fault zone established by detailed faulting investigation.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.3.7 Zone Requiring Detailed Faulting Investigation.
| | (9) Provide reactor vessel design data in tabular form.5.5 Component and Subsystem Design This section should present discussions of the performance requirements and design features to assure overall safety of the various components within the reactor coolant system and subsystems closely allied with the reactor coolant system.Because these components and subsystems differ for various types and designs of reactors, the Standard Format does not assign specific sub-section numbers to each of these comnolnents or ,Jhbsystem-. |
| | The applArnnt=.auuld VVuviu'e zparaL SUuseccions mnumoered |
| | $.a.i through 5.5.x) for each principal component or subsystem. |
|
| |
|
| Determine the zone requiring detailed faulting investigation as described in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 100. 2.5.3.8 Results of Faulting Investigation.
| | The discussion in each subsystem should present the design bases, description, evaluation, and necessary tests and inspections for the component or subsystem. |
|
| |
|
| Where the site is located within a zone requiring detailed faulting investigation, details and the results of investigations should be provided to substantiate that there are no geologic hazards that could affect the safety-related facilities of the plant. The information may be in the form of boring logs, detailed geologic maps, geophysical data, maps and logs of trenches, remote sensing data, and seismic refraction and reflection data. 2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials and Foundations Information should be presented that thoroughly defines the conditions and engineering properties of both soil and/or rock supporting nuclear power plant foundations.
| | Appropriate details of the mechanical design should be described in Sections 3.7, 3.9, and 5.2.The following paragraphs provide examples of components and subsystems that should be discussed as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Reactor Coolant Pumps -In addition to the discussions of design bases, description, evaluations, and tests and inspections, discuss the provisions taken to preclude turbining of the reactor coolant pumps in the event of a design basis LOCA.(2) Steam Generators |
| | -The information provided should include estimates of the radioactivity levels anticipated in the secondary side of the steam generators during normal operation, and the bases for the estimate. |
|
| |
|
| The stability of the soils and rock under plant structures should be evaluated both for static and dynamic loading conditions (including an evaluation of the ability of these materials to perform their support function without incurring unexpected or excessive subsidence and settlement due to their long-term consolidation under load or to their response to natural phenomena). | | The potential effects of tube ruptures should be discussed. |
| Both the operating and safe shutdown earth quakes should be used in the dynamic stability evaluation.
| |
|
| |
|
| An evaluation of site conditions and geologic features that may affect nuclear power plant structures or their foundations should be presented.
| | 5-12 Provide the steam generator design criteria employed to assure that flow induced vibraýion and cavitation effects will not result in degradation of the primary or secondary side, due to tube thinning and corrosion and erosion mechanisms, during the service lifetime of the equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Information presented in other sections should be cross-referenced rather than repeated.2-30
| | Include the following specific information: (a) Identify the design conditions and transients which will be specified in the design of the steam generator tubes, and the operating condition category selected (e.g., upset, emergency, or faulted) which defines the allowable stress intensity limits to be used. Justify the basis for the selected operating condition category.(b) Specify the margin of tube-wall thinning which could be tolerated without exceeding the "ilowable stress limits identified in (a) above, under the postulated condition of a design basis pipe break in the reactor coolant pressure boundary during reactor operation.(c) Describe the inservice inspection which will be employed to examine the integrity of steam generator tubes as a means to detect tube-wall thinning beyond acceptable limits and whether excess material will intentionally be provided in the tube wall thickness to accor=modate the estimated degradation of tubes during the service lifetime.(3) Reactor Coolant Pinine -The subsection on reactor coolant piping shoulC present an overall description of this system, making appropriate references to detailed information on criteria, methods and materials provided in Chapter 3. The discussion should include the provisions taken during design, fabrication and operation to control those factors that contribute to stress corrosion cracking. |
| 2.5.4.1 Geologic Features.
| |
|
| |
|
| Describe geologic features, including the following: | | Describe the provisioni made for inservice inspection of the reactor coolant piping and associated components. |
| 1. Areas of actual or potential surface or subsurface subsidence, uplift, or collapse and the causes of these conditions, 2. Previous loading history of the foundation materials, i.e., history of deposition and erosion, groundwater levels, and glacial or other preloading influences on the soil, 3. Rock jointing pattern and distribution, depth of weathering, zones of alteration or irregular weathering, and zones of structural weakness composed of crushed or disturbed materials such as slickensides, shears, joints, fractures, faults, folds, or a combination of these features.
| |
|
| |
|
| Especially note seams and lenses of weak materials such as clays and weathered shales, 4. Unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock, and 5. Rocks or soils that may be hazardous, or may become hazardous, to the plant because of their lack of consolidation or induration, variability, high water content, solubility, or undesirable response to natural or induced site conditions.
| | (4) Main Steam Line Flow Restrictors |
| | (5) Main Steam Line Isolation System -Include discussion of provisions, such as seal systems, taken to reduce the potential leakage of radioactivity to the environment in the event of a main stear line break.(6) Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System (7) Residual Heat Removal System -The radiological considerations of the residual heat removal system from a viewpoint of how radiation affects the operation of the components and from a viewpoint of how radiation levels affect the operators and capabilities of operation 5-13 and maintenance should be summarized here and derived and justified in Chapter 12.(8) Reactor Coolant Cleanup System -The radiological considerations of the reactor coolant cleanup system should be summarized here and de-rived and justified in Chapters 11 and 12.(9) Iain Steam Line and Feed Water Piping (10) Pressurizer |
| | (11) Pressurizer Relief Tank (12) Valves (13) Safety and Relief Valves (14) Comnonent Supports 5.6 Instrumentation Application The instrumentation to be provided in connection with the reactor coolant system anu its aDu |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.2 Properties of Subsurface Materials.
| | ====e. LdaWCN ==== |
| | 5auuud ui uiscu,,eu wicti r esnt-ct to aiiw.tional requirements. |
|
| |
|
| Describe in detail the static and dynamic engineering properties of the materials underlying the site. The classification and engineering properties of soils and rocks should be determined by testing techniques defined by accepted standards such as ASTM and AASHO, or in manuals of practice issued by the Army Corps of Engineers and the Bureau of Reclamation.
| | Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0.5-14 |
| | 6.0 ENGINEERED |
| | SAFETY FEATURES Engineered safety features are provided to mitigate the consequences of postulated serious accidents, in spite of the fact that these accidents are very unlikely. |
|
| |
|
| The determination of dynamic or special engineering properties should be by accepted state-of-the-art methods such as those described in professional geotechnical journals. | | This chapter of the SAR should present information on the engineered safety features provided in the proposed plant. The information provided should be directed primarily toward showing that: (1) the concept upon which the operation of the system is predicated has been, or will be, proven sufficiently by experience, tests under simulated accident 7onditions, or conservative extrapolations from present knowledge; |
| | (2) the system will function during the period required and will actually accomplish its intended purpose;(3) the system will function when required and will continue to function for the period required (e.g., include consideration of component reliability, system interdependency, redundancy and separation of components or portions of system); and (4) provisions have been made for test, inspection, and surveillance and suitable testing and inspection will be performed periodically to assure that thesystem will be dependable and effective upon demand.The engineered safety features included in reactor plant designs vary from facility to facility. |
|
| |
|
| Reported properties of foundation materials should be supported by field and laboratory test records. Furnish data to justify and demonstrate the selection of design parameters.
| | The engineered safety features explicitly discussed in the sections of this chapter are those that are commonly used to limit the consequences of postulated accidents in light water-cooled power reactors.They should be treated as illustrative of the engineered safety features that should be treated in this chapter of the SAR, and of the kind of informative material that is needed. Where additional or different types of engineered safety features are used, they should be covered in a similar manner in separate added sections (see Section 6.X).6.1 General This section should identify and provide a brief summary of the types of engineered safety features provided in the plant., List each system of the plant that is considered to be an engineered safety feature.6.2 Containment Systems This section of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information in sufficient detail to permit the regulatory staff to evaluate the performance capability of the facility containment system. Structural design criteria 6-1 a for the containment system should be provided in Chapter 3. The containment system is considered as composed of the containment structure or structures (e.g., secondary containment or confinement building) |
| | and the directly associated systems upon whi.-h the containment function depends (e.g., the system of isolation valves installed to maintain or re-establish containment system integrity when required, and the filtered ventilation system of a double or secondary containment). |
| | In the design of nuclear power plants, the containment system which encloses the reactor and other portions of the plant constitutes a design feature provided primarily for the protection of public health and safety. Being a standby safety system, it may never be called upon to function, but it must be maintained in a state of readiness. |
|
| |
|
| These data should be sufficient to permit the staff to make an independent interpretation and evaluation of design parameters.
| | The ability to perform its intended role, if called upon, of acting as a barrier to confine potential releases of radioactivity from severe accidents, depends upon maintaining tightness within specified bounds throughout its operating lifetime.The SAR should include information to show that the containment system has been evaluated to provide assurance that the containment will fulfill its intended objectives, and that such objectives are consistent with protection of the public safety.orovidId sý, ' -i! the =dC;uazY Cf :hc evaluations; |
| | that is, assurance that the evaluations included are correct and complete. |
|
| |
|
| Furnish summaries of the physical (static and dynamic), index, and chemical properties of materials.
| | Evaluations in other sections having a bearing on the adequacy of the containment system should be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| Information provided should include grain-size distribution (graphic representation), consolidation data, miner alogy, natural moisture content, Atterberg limits, unit weights, shear strength, relative density, overconsolidation ratio, ion exchange capacity, sensitivity, swelling, shear modulus, damping, Poisson's ratio, bulk modulus, cyclic strength, and seismic wave velocities.
| | 6.2.1 Containment Functional Design 6.2.1.1 Design Bases -This section should provide the bases upon which the functional design of the containment system (or systems) was established, including, for example, the following information: (I) The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simultaneous occurrences that determine the containment design requirements should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.3 Exploration. | | (2) The assumptions regarding the sources and amounts of energy and material that might be released into the containment structure, and the post-accident time-dependency associated with these releases should be presented and discussed. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the type, quantity, extent, and purpose of all explorations.
| | (3) The assumed contribution of other engineered safety features in limiting the maximum valie of the energy released in the containment structure in :he event of an accident should be specified. |
|
| |
|
| Provide plot plans that graphically show the location of all site explorations such as boring, trenches, borrow pits, seismic lines, piezometers, wells, geologic profiles, and the limits of required 2-31 excavations.
| | O 6-2 |
| | (4) Discuss subcompartment differential pressure considerations and capability including the theoretical mass and energy input that might result from design basis accidents, particularly for those vital subcompart- ments that can not be pressure tested. (The structural design of the vital subcompartments with respect to accommodating this mass and energy input should be discussed in Section 3.8.2.)(5) Discuss parameters affecting the assumed capability for post-accident pressure reduction. |
|
| |
|
| The locations of the safety-related facilities should be superimposed on the plot plan. Also, furnish selective geologic sections and profiles that indicate the location of borings and other site exploration features, groundwater elevations, and final foundation grades. The location of safety-related foundations should be superimposed on these sections and profiles.
| | 6.2.1.2 System Design -This section should provide a discussion of the design features of the containment system (6r systems) and the explanation* |
| | for their selections, including, for example: (a) the design internal pressure, temperature, and volume; (b) the design basis accident leakage rate, and other leakage rates as defined in the proposed Appendix J to 10 CFR Part 50; and (c) the design methods that will be used to assure integrity of the containment internal structures and subcompartments from pressure pulses that could occur following a loss-of-coolant accident.6.2.1.3 Design Evaluation |
| | -Provide a comprehensive discussion of the evaluations** |
| | of operational systems associa:ed wiuh the containment which serve to indicate or maintain the state of readiness of the containment within a Spccificd |
| | 1c!kage rite limit during Pperaring periods when contain-ment integrity is required, including, for example the following information: |
| | (1) Discuss the extent to which assurance of containment leak-tightness at any time depends upon the operation of a system, such as a continuous leakage monitoring system, a continuous leakage surveillance system, a continuous leakage surveillance system for containment penetrations and seals or a pumpback compressor system or ventilation system which maintains a negative pressure between dual barriers of a containment system.(2) Provide an analysis of the capability of these operational systems to perform their functions reliably and accurately during operating periods and under conditions of operating interruptions (e.g., the performance margin, if any, in a pumpback compressor system that might allow it to sustain an operational failure and still function adequately). |
| | *Where an explanation is given in other sections, only cross referencing is necessary. |
|
| |
|
| Logs of all borings and test pits should be provided.
| | **Where safety analyses and the discussion of the consequences of accidents under which the containment function becomes essential are included in chapter 15.0, "Accident Analysis," only cross referencing is necessary. |
|
| |
|
| Furnish logs and maps of exploratory trenches in the PSAR and geologic maps and photo graphs of the excavations for the facilities of the nuclear power plant in the FSAR. 2.5.4.4 Geophysical Surveys. Results of compressional and shear wave velocity surveys performed to evaluate the occurrence and character istics of the foundation soils and rocks should be provided in tables and profiles.
| | 6-3 |
| | (3) Provide containment pressure transient analysis to establish the performance capability for a spectrum of reactor coolant break sizes up to and including rupture of the largest pipe in the primary coolant pressure boundary. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss other geophysical methods used to define foundation conditions.
| | Where confirmatory tests have been performed to demonstrate the applicability of the analysis, the types of tests and the results should be discussed. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.5 Excavations and Backfill.
| | (4) Describe the analytical mode, including assumptions and the methods used to verify the correctness of the mathema'ical formulation, and the applicability of the model to the plant design.(5) For pressure reduction containment concepts, the effects of steam bypass on the capability of the containment to perform its design function for a complete spectrum of primary coolant I:reak sizes should be discussed and substantiated through analyses or test:;.(6) Evaluate the long-term performance of the containment upon completion of blowdowm and initial depressurization of the containment. |
|
| |
|
| The following data concernirLg excavation, backfill, and earthwork at the site should be discussed:
| | Describe the capability of the containment systems to maintain low long-term pressure levels. Describe the analytical model, the assumptions used, the validity of the model and the results.0)) 'ror rn- -esgn e ipF -- : a an accidenL chronology to indicate the time of occurrence in seconds (assuming time equals zero is when the design break occurs) of events such as: initiation of the ECCS injection phase, the time containment reaches peak pressure, the end of blowdown, the end of the injection phase, initiation of the ECCS reflooding phase (assuming no offsite power), initiation of the quench con-tainment spray, the time at which the refueling water storage tank (or condensate storage tank) empties, and where applicable, when the containment pressure becomes subatmospheric. |
| 1. The extent (horizontally and vertically)
| |
| of all Seismic Category I excavations, fills, and slopes. The locations and limits of excavations, fills, and backfills should be shown on plot plans and on geologic sections and profiles. | |
|
| |
|
| 2. The dewatering and excavation methods to be used. Evaluate how these will affect the quality and condition of foundation materials.
| | (8) Provide an energy balance table that lists how the energy is stored prior to the design basis loss-of-coolant accident, how much energy is generated and absorbed from time equals zero to. the time of the peak pressure, and how the energy Is distributed at the time of the peak pressure.(9) Assuming a design basis loss-of-coolant accident and minimum engineered safety feature performance, and considering a time scale commencing just prior to and continuing for at least one day into the recirculation phase, provide curves showing the behavior as a function of time of: the sump temperature, the heat generation rate from core decay heat and other sources (e.g., hot metal and structures), the heat removal rate from the containment spray system heat exchanger, from the fan recirculation heat exchanger, and from the residual heat removal heat exchanger, and the containment total pressure, vapor pressure and temperature. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the need and proposed measures for foundation protection and treatment after excavation.
| | 6-4 |
| | (10) Where applicable, with respect to the containment subcompartments enclosing such components as the reactor vessel (reactor cavity), the pressurizer, and steam generators, provide the assumptions and results of analyses to show the theoretical capability of these compartments to with-stand energy releases (expressed in terms of equivalent pipe rupture area-or other applicable unit) that might result from design basis accidents. |
|
| |
|
| Also discuss proposed quality control and quality assurance programs related to foundation excavation, and subsequent protection and treatment.
| | The structural design aspects of the subcompartments should be discussed in Section 3.8.2.6.2.1.4 Testing and Inspection |
| | -This section should provide information about the program of testing and inspection applicable to: (1) preoperational testing of the containment system, and (2) in-service surveillance to assure continued integrity: |
| | Emphasis should be given to those tests and inspections considered essential to a determination that performance objectives have been achieved and a performance capability maintained throughout the plant lifetime above some pre-established limits. Such tests could include for example: integrated leak rate tests of the containment structure, local leak detection tests of penetrations and valves and operability tests of fail-safe features of isolation valves. The information provided in this section should include, for example: (1) the planned tests and their purpose;(2) the considerations that led to periodic testing and the selected test frequency; |
| | (3) the test methods to be used, including a sensitivity analysis;(4) the requirements for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them;(5) the action to be taken in the event acceptability requirements are not met;(6) information to show the extent of conformance to proposed Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50, "Reactor Containment Leakage Testing of Water Cooled Power Reactors", published in the Federal Register on August 27, 1971; and (7) a discussion of the design provisions to assure that the con-tainment structure will have the capability of being pressurized to the calculated peak accident pressure at any time during plant life in order to perform integrated leakage rate tests, as may be required.6-5 |
| | 9 *Particular emphasis should be given to those surveillance type tests that are of such importance to safety that they may become a part of the technical specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss measures to monitor foundation rebound and heave. 3. The sources and quantities of backfill and borrow. Describe exploration and laboratory studies and the static and dynamic engineering properties of these materials in the same fashion as described in Sections 2.5.4.2 and 2.5.4.3. Provide the plans for field test fills and identify the material and placement specification proposed in the PSAR. Include grain size bands, moisture control, and compaction requirements.
| | 6.2.1.5 Instrumentation Application |
| | -This section should discuss the instrumentation to be employed for monitoring the containment system and actuating those components and subsystems of the containment system that initiate the safety function. |
|
| |
|
| Results of test fills should be included in the FSAR. 2.5.4.6 Groundwater Conditions.
| | Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems The components and the systems for heat removal following blowdown from a loss-of-coolant accident under post-accident conditions should be considered in this section. Since the components and systems vary depending on reactor type and plant, the information to be included in this section as outlined below is only illustrative of the type of information that should be provided.for each component or system.6.2.2.1 Desien Bases -Provide the bases upon which the design of the heat removal components and systems were established including, for example: (1) the sources and amounts of energy that must be considered in sizing the removal systems is relied upon to attenuate the post-accident conditions imposed upon the containment system, and (3) the design parameters for the portions of the heat removal systems located outside the containment. |
|
| |
|
| The analysis of ground water at the site should include the following points: 1. A discussion of groundwater conditions relative to the stability of the safety-related nuclear power plant facilities, 2-32 | | 6.2.2.2 System Design -The design features of the heat removal systems (e.g., containment spray system or fan cooler systems) should be provided in this section including, for example: (1) a description of the components and system; (2) the design specifications for the components and systems (e.g., design head of pumps, flow rate, heat removal capacity and other pertinent specifications) |
| 2. A discussion of design criteria for the control of groundwater
| | with adequate backup information to demonstrate that systems designed to these specifications can perform their intended function; |
| '* levels or cullection and control of seepage, 3. Requirements for dewatering during construction and a discussion of how dewatering will be accomplished, 4. Description and interpretation of actual groundwater conditions experienced during construction (FSAR), 5. Records of field and laboratory permeability tests, 6. History of groundwater fluctuations, including those due to flooding, and projected variances in the groundwater levels during the life of the plant, 7. Information related to the periodic monitoring of local wells and piezometers, 8. Direction of groundwater flow, gradients, and velocities.
| | (3) material compatibility, particularly for those systems in contact with borated water or iwter with chemical additives; |
| | (..)the requirements for redundancy and independence of the components and systems; (5) the design of the recirculation piping leading from the containment sump to the recirculation pumps (e.g., the residual or decay heat removal pumps) and the means provided to detect and further reduce the potential for containment and component leakage as a possible result of component deterioration during the post-accident recirculation period (e.g., use of guard pipes surrounding the recirculation piping and the protective chambers enclosing the isolation valves); (6) the net positive suction head requirements for the recirculation pumps with supportive |
| | 6 6-6 I |
| | information to show the margin between the required and available net positive suction head (see AEC Safety Guide No. 1); (7) consideration given to the potential for surface fouling of the containment spray' system heat exchangers in the design, and the manner in which such fouling could affect the performance requirements; |
| | and (8) with respect to the containment spray and/or residual heat removal system heat exchangers, the basis for the selection of the tube side and shell side inlet temperatures and the effect on performance of the heat removal capability of the containment spray system.6.2.2.3 Design Evaluation |
| | -This section should provide evaluations* |
| | of the heat removal systems. A description should be pruvided of the analytical methods and models used to assess the performance capability of the heat removal systems with sufficient information to show the validity of the models (e.g., results of tests). Summarize the results of failure analyses for all components of the heat removal systems to show that the failure of any single component will not prevent fulfilling the design function. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.7 Response of Soil and Rock to Dynamic Loading. Furnish analyses of the responses of the soil and rock to dynamic and seismic loading conditions.
| | Provide curves showing the calculated performance of the following variablcs as functions of time following occurrence of a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, assuming minimum engineered safety feature performance (cover a time range beginning just prior to, and continuing for at least one day into, the recirculation phase): sump temperature, heat generation rate from core decay heat and other sources (e.g., hot metal and structures), heat removal rate irom tne containment spray system heat exchanger, from the fan recirculation system heat exchanger, and from the residual heat removal heat exchanger, and the containment total pressure, vapor pressure and temperature. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the testing performed and test results. Justify selected design values used for dynamic response analyses.
| | 6.2.2.4 Testing and Inspections |
| | -This section should describe the preoperational performance tests and in-place testing after installation of the heat removal systems. The description should make clear the scope and limitation of the tests. This section should also describe the in-spection program for the systems, particularly for those components which will be unable to be tested after installation or perlodically during operation. |
|
| |
|
| Justify the methods of analyses used and indicate the results of analyses.
| | 6.2.2.5 Instrumentation Application |
| | -This section should describe the instrumentation to be employed for the monitoring, and actuation of the containment heat removal systems. Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter: 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.3 Containment Air Purification and CleanuD Systems The systems for ventilation of the containment systems (including secondary or confinement buildings) |
| | and for other air purificat'ion or cleanup systems (e.g., containment spray system and internal and external filters) servicing* Where safety analyses and the discussion of the co equences of accidents under which the containment function becomes essentlial are included in chapter 15. "Accident Analyses," only cross referencing is necessary. |
|
| |
|
| Identify computer programs used and provide abstracts.
| | 6-7 the containment systems should be considered as part of the containment system and discussed in this section of the SAR. (Reference should be made to Chapter 15.0, "Accident Analyses", where these containment functions become essential in describing the consequences of accidents..) |
| | The type of infor-mation outlined below should be provided for each of the cleanup systems.6.2.3.1 Design ;ases -This section should provide the design bases for the ventilation jnd the air purification systems, including, for example: (1) the conditions which establish the need for ventilation or purging of the containment structure, (2) the bases employed for sizing the ventilation, purging, and air cleanup systems and components, and (3)the bases for the fission product removal capability and component sizing of the containment spray system and/or filtration system (where credit is taken for limiting the radiological offsite consequences resulting from the accidents discussed in Chapter 15.0 of the SAR).6.2.3.2 System Desion -This section should discuss the design features and fission product removal capability of the systems, including, for example: (I) piping and instrumentation diagrams of the ventilation and other cleanup systems; (2) performance objectives (e.g., ventilation flow rates, temperature, humidity, the limits of radioactivity levels to be maintained within the containment structure, and at the site boundary and exclusion zone); "ý ,3) i LP I, uI..J&!1LV&, ct,,A A tii r 4 the ventilation and purging air and the provisions for safe disposal of the effluent to the outside atmosphere (e.g., systems discharging the effluent through stacks). The following specific information should be included.(1) The description of external charcoal filter systems should include flow parameters; |
| | charcoal type, weight, distribution, test specifications, and acceptance criteria; |
| | HEPA filter type and specifications; |
| | any additional components; |
| | humidity controls; |
| | system test and surveillance requirements; |
| | and expected efficiencies for iodine removal for each of the expected forms of iodine. Except for humidity control, the same information as above should be included in describing the internal charcoal filter systems, and in addition pressure surge data should be included.(2) Where building recirculation systems are provided the system description should include a discussion of the mode(s) of operation and mixing behavior. |
|
| |
|
| Soil-structure interaction Sanalyses should be described in this section or cross-referenced from Section 3.7.2.4. Buried pipelines and earthworks should also be included in this section.
| | Layout drawings of system equipment and air flow guidance ducts should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.8 Liquefaction Potential.
| | Provide the expected initial and final exhaust flow rates and the rate of change between initial and final flow rates;the recirculation rate; and the mixing volume. If charcoal filters are incluced in the system, information similar to that noted in the preceding paragraph should be provided.6-8 |
| | (3) For redundant emergency ventilation systems containing charcoal filters, describe and evaluate the design provisions for maintaining a flow of cooling air in the isolated filter train or for alternate cooling to preclude substantial fission product desorption or ignition of the charcoal (assuming a filter failure or fire occurs subsequent to a design basis accident). |
| | In the evaluation, assume the filter contains the maximum decay heat load, using as a basis the source terms indicated in Safety Guide No. 4 for Pressurized Water Reactors and Safety Guide No. 3 for Boiling Water Reactors.(4) The important system parameters of the containment spray system that should be described and justified include flow rate through the spray nozzles, fall height (area averaged), effective containment volume and fractional volume spray coverage, the type(s) of nozzles and associated spray drop size spectrum, and also the type of spray additive along with its concentration in storage and during and following delivery.(5) With respect to materials compatibility, an inventory should be provided of all materials which may adversely affect, or be adversely affected by, the spray solution during storage or under post-accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| If the foundation materials at the site adjacent to and under safety-related structures are saturated soils or soils that have a potential for becoming saturated, an appropriate state of-the-art analysis of the potential for liquefaction occurring at the site should be provided.
| | The system description should include a discussion of the operating modes, reliability, reproducibility, and testability of the spra:, system.6.2.3.3 Desicn Evaluation |
| | -This section should provide evaluations of the ventilation and cleanup systems to demonstrate their capability to reduce accident doses and maintain offsite effluent concentrations durin2 normal operation within established guidelines. |
|
| |
|
| The method of analysis should be determined on the basis of actual site conditions, the properties of the plant facilities, and the earthquake and seismic design requirement. | | 6.2.3.4 Tests and Inspections |
| | -This section should provide infor-mation concerning the program of testing and inspection applicable to preoperational testing and in-service surveillance to assure a continued state of readiness to perform for those ventilation and cleanup systems required to reduce the radiological consequences of an accident.6.2.3.5 Instrumentation Aonlication |
| | -This section should describe the instrumentation to be employed for the monitoring and actuation of the ventilation and cleanup systems. Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.4 Containment Isolation Systems The system intended to monitor the development of gross leakages or measure-ment of leakages within allowable limits in the containment system (leakage pumpback systems which monitor containment barrier leakages may be included under this category) |
| | should be considered as part of the containment system.6-9 The following type of information should be included: 6.2.4.1 Design Bases -Discuss the bases established for the design of the isolation valving required for fluid lines, including, for example: (1) the governing conditic.ns under which containment isolation becomeýmandatory; |
| | (2) the criteria applied with respect to the number and location (inside or outside of containment) |
| | of independent isolation valves provided for each fluid system penetrating the containment and the basis therof, and the degree of conformance to criteria 54, 55, 56 and 57 of the AEC General Design Criteria; |
| | and (3) the design bases for isolation of the fluid instrument lines and the degree of conformance to AEC Safety Guide 11 or other criteria that provide an equivalent degree of protection. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.9 Earthquake Design Basis. A summary should be provided of the derivation of the OBE and SSE, including references to Sections 2.5.2.6 and 2.5.2.7. Justify the selection of earthquakes for liquefaction and seismic response analysis of earthworks. | | 6.2.4.2 System Design -Describe and evaluite the design features of the isolation valving system, including, for exatý.le: (1) a piping and instrumentation diagram of t.Ae isolation valving s:?,tem inditrarnc, the with reSoert to the containment bd'rlier of all isolation valves and fluid systems penetrating the containment wall, including instrument lines, or systems communicating directly with the outside atmosphere, (e.g., vacuum relief valves);(2) a summary table of the types of isolation valves provided, inclu-ding: (a) open or closed status under normal operating conditions, shutdown or accident situations; (I the primary and secundary modes of actuation provided for the isolation~valves, (e.g., valve operators, manual remote or automatic); (c) the number of parameters sensed and their values which are required to effect closure of isolation valves; and (d) the closure time and sequence of timing for the principal isolation valves to secure containment isolation; |
| | (3) the protection to be provided for isolation valves, actuators, and controls against damage from missiles;(4) the provisions to assure operability of isolation valve systems under accident environment, (e.g., imposed pressures and temperatures of the steam-laden atmosphere in the event of an accident); |
| | 6-10 |
| | (5) the provisions to assure integrity of the isolation valve system and connecting lines under the dynamic forces resulting from inadvertent closure under operating conditions (e.g., inadvertent closure of steamline isolation valves under full steaming rate); ani (6) the design of isolation valves not discussed in other sections of the SAR.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation |
| | -Provide an evaluation of the containment isolation system to demonstrate its capability to perform its intended function.6.2.4.4 Tests and Inspections |
| | -Provide information concerning the program of testing and inspection that is required to assure a continued state of readiness of the system to perform its safety function.6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment General Design Criterion |
| | 41 requires that systems to control hydrogen, oxygen, and other substances that may be released into the reactor containment be provided as necessary to control their concentrations followine nostulArod crcidpntq tn ;3-sura -nlert -ntii-4!maintained. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.10 Static Stability. | | This subsection of the report should provide information on the design features to be provided for controlling combustible gas concentrations in containment following an accident.6.2.5.1 Design Bases -Discuss the bases for the design of the system and components provided to control combustible gas mixtures in the containment following a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, including, for example: (1) the design criteria as compared to those set forth in AEC Safety Guide No. 7, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident;" (2) the design criteria applicable to the containment purge system as a backup system for the control of combustible gases iin containment following an accident; |
| | and (3) the governing conditions under which containment combustible gas control measures become necessary. |
|
| |
|
| The stability of all safety-related facilities should be analyzed for static loading conditions.
| | 6.2.5.2 System Design -Describe the design features of the combustible gas control system, inclu-ing, for example: 6-11 |
| | (1) a piping and instrumentation diagram of the system delineating the extent of the system located inside or outside containment; |
| | (2) the concept upon which the operation of the system is predicated; |
| | (3) the design features of the systems for mixing, sampling, and monitoring the containment atmosphere to effect control of combustible gases following a loss-of-coolant accident; |
| | and (4) the requirements for redundancy and independence and the inter-dependency between the system and other engineered safety features.6.2.5.3 Desien Evaluation |
| | -Provide evaluations to demonstrate the functional requirements of the system. Provide an analysis of hydrogen generation following a loss-of-coolant accident using the assumptions set forth in AEC Safety Guide No. 7, and an analysis of the predicted thyroid and whole body doses at the site boundary and the low population zone boundary that would result from containment purging in the event of a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, using the assumptions set forth in Safety Guides No. 3 or 4, as applicable to the plant site, and Safety Guide No. 7.6 Lesting ana inspections |
| | -ihe preoperational performance tests and in place testing after installation should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Foundation rebound, settlement, differential settlement, and bearing capacity should be analyzed under the design loads of fills and plant tacilities.
| | The description should make clear the scope and limitation of the tests. Describe the inspection program for the system, particularly if the system or significant components are not testable after installation or periodically during operation. |
|
| |
|
| A dis cussion and evaluation of lateral earth pressures and hydrostatic ground water loads acting on plant facilities should be included in this section.2-33 Field and laboratory test results should be discussed.
| | 6;2.5.5 Instrumentation Application |
| | -Discuss the instrumentation provisions for the methods of actuation (e.g., automatic, manual, different locations). |
| | The conditions requiring system actuation and the bases for the selection should be included. |
|
| |
|
| Design parameters used in stability analyses should be discussed and justified.
| | The design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System The emergency core cooling system (ECCS) is included in a facility to furnish cooling water to the core to compensate for loss of normal cooling capability inherent in postulated loss-of-coolant accidents. |
|
| |
|
| Sufficient data and analyses should be provided so that the staff may make an independent interpretation and evaluation.
| | The ECCS generally consists of subsystems for storing sources of water, delivering and distributing coolant to the core, removal of heat following flow through the core, and the associated instrumentation. |
|
| |
|
| Results of stability analyses should be presented in the PSAR and confirmed with as-built data in the FSAR. 2.5.4.11 Design Criteria.
| | 6-12 The specific design requirements of an emcrgency core cooling system will depend upon the reactor design. Such matters as the time available following coolant loss, cooling capacity required, and the length of time during which cooling must be sustained vary. The functional requirements for the system and an explanation of why these were established should be a fundamental part of this section of the SAR.When discussing the factors of dependability and effectiveness, specific attention should be directcd to such things as system starting, adequate coolant delivery, availability of coolant, period of time the system must operate, the effect of external terces, the state of the art and proposed research and development to assure proper flow distribution to adequately cool the core, the testing program to assure dependable cperation, and the reliance placed on the system for overall plant safety.The ability of the system to start and to deliver the required cooling capacit is fundamental. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a brief discussion of the design criteria and methods of design used in the stability studies of all safety related facilities.
| | Considerations should include the design, operation, and testino that are associated with system dependability from the sensing of an accident, throu~h the avai'lability of emergency power, to the assurance of adequate coolant flow in the core.The potential for damage to the system from external forces, such as missiles and forces causing movement or vibration should be evaluared; |
| | e.g., since parts of tha ECCS are connected to the main coolant system, assurance should be provided that an accidental rupture of the main coolant piping system will not cause movement that would negate or reduce the effectiveness of the emergency core cooling system.Evaluations to show that there will be adequate and proper flow distribution through the core are important. |
|
| |
|
| Identify required and computed factors of safety, assumptions, and conservatisms in each analysis.
| | Such matters as the number of channels, the effect of channel length, the phase change of the cooling water, potential metal-water reactions, and the lag time associated with system operation should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| Provide references.
| | On June 19, 1971, the AEC issued an Interim Policy Statement containing interim acceptance criteria for the performance of emergency core cooling systems in light-water nuclear power plants. The Statement and an Amendment issued December 18, 1971, also included a description of acceptable assump-tions and analytical procedures to be used in evaluating the performance of emergency core cooling systems for pressurized water reactors and boiling water reactors (evaluation models). The performance evaluations included in the Safety Analysis Report should be conducted in accordance with the Interim Policy Statement, and amendments thereto.Since the system does not operate in its entirety except following an accident, a measure of its dependability must be assured through testing.6-13 Information concerning the proposed initial tests and subsequent periodic tests and inspections should be included.The following subsections identify information that should be included in this section.6.3.1 Design-Bases The design of the ECCS is based upon the assumption of an accidental pipe break in the primary coolant system and the manner in which this 'might affect the core, and the environment in which the system will operate.The ability of a system to satisfactorily accommodate a break of a certain size does not necessarily mean it can accommodate all breaks. Therefore, the bases for setting the functional requirements of the ECCS should be identified and explained. |
|
| |
|
| Explain and verify computer analyses used. 2.5.4.12 Techniques to Improve Subsurface Conditions.
| | The design bases should include, for example: (1) the range of reactor coolant system ruptures and coolant leaks (from the smallest, up to and including the double ended rupture of the-largest pipe in the reactor coolant system) that the ECCS (and subsystems) |
| | was designed to accommcdate and the analyses* |
| | supporting the selection; |
| | (2) the fission product decay heat that the ECCS was designed to remove and th -* 0, =4 , (3) the reactivity required for cold shutdown for which the ECCS was designed and the analyses* |
| | supporting this selection; |
| | and (4) the system capability to meet functional requirements over both the short and long term duration of the accident including specific features (e.g., a switch over to different coolant delivery paths) provided to meet such requirements. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss and provide specifications for measures to improve foundations such as grouting, vibroflotation, dental work, rock bolting, and anchors. A verification program designed to permit a thorough evaluation of the effectiveness of foundation improvement measures should also be discussed.
| | 6.3.2 Svstem Design This section should describe how the ECCS has been designed to meet the functional requirements established from the safety analyses. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.4.13 Subsurface Instrumentation.
| | The information on an emergency core cooling system should include the following specific items: (1) Provide schematic piping and instrumentation diagrams of the system showing the location of all components, piping, storage facilities, points where connecting systems and subsystems tie together and into the reactor system, and instrumentation and controls associated with subsystem and component actuation. |
|
| |
|
| Instrumentation for the surveil lance of foundations for safety-related structures should be presented in this section. Indicate the type, location, and purpose of each instrument and provide significant details of installation methods (PSAR). Results and analyses should be presented in the FSAR. 2.5.4.14 Construction Notes. Significant construction problems should be discussed.
| | * Where these analyses have been made in other section, e.g., in Chapter 15.0,"Accident Analyses," only cross referencing is necessary. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss changes in design details or construction procedures that became necessary during construction (FSAR). 2.5.5 Stability of Slopes Information should be presented concerning the static and dynamic stability of all soil or rock slopes, both natural and man-made, tie failure of which could adversely affect the safety of the nuclear -ower plant. This information should include a thorough evaluation of si[te conditions, geologic features, the engineering properties of the materials comprising the slope and its foundation.
| | 6-14 |
| | (2) Equipment and components installed to satisfy the functional requirements should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The stability of slopes should be evaluated using classic and contemporary methods of analyses.
| | Identify the significant design parameters for each component within the system. For the range of pipe-break sizes considered in the design cf the ECCS, specify the components reqyired and demonstrate that adequate coverage of the break spectrum is achieved.(3) Identify the industry codes and classifications used in system design. Cross refcrencing may be used where this is discussed in other sections of the SAR.(4) Identify the matertils used in the ECCS and discuss materials compatibility. |
|
| |
|
| The eval uation should include, whenever possible, comparative field performance of similar slopes. All information related to defining site conditions, geologic features, the engineering properties of materials, and design criteria should be of the same scope as that provided under Section 2.5.4. Cross-references may be used where appropriate.
| | (5) State the design pressure and temperature of components for various portions of the system and rexplain the bases foi their selection. |
|
| |
|
| The stability evaluation of man-made slopes should include summary data and a discussion of con struction procedures, record testing, and instrumentation monitoring to ensure high quality earthwork.
| | (6) State the capacity of each of the coolant storage facilities. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.5.1 Slope Characteristics.
| | (7) Provide pump characteristic curves and pump power requirements.(R) Describe the heat exchancer characteristics including design flow rates, inlet ind outlet temperatures for the cooling fluid and the fluid being cooled, the overall heat transfer coefficient and the heat transfer area.(9) Provide flow diagrams for the ECCS, showting flow rates and pressure for various operating modes (i.e., emergency, test and faulted conditions). |
| | (10) State the relief valve capacity and settings or venting-provisions included in the system.(11) Discuss the reliability considerations incorporated in the design to assure the system will start when needed and will deliver the required quantity of coolant (e.g., redundancy and separation of components, transmission lines, and power sources). |
| | A distinc:cion should be made between true redundancy incorporated in a system and multiple components (e.g., a system that is designed to perform its function with only one of two pumps operating has increased reliability by redundancy; |
| | whereas, a system that has two pumps both of which must operate to perform its function does not have redundancy). |
| | (12) Describe the provisions taken to protect the system (including connections to the reactor coolant system or ocher connecting systems)against damage that might result from movement (between components within the system and connecting systems), from missiles, or from thermal stresses.6-15 |
| | (13) Describe the provisions taken to facilitate performance testing of components (e.g., bypasses around pumps, sampling lines, etc.).(14) Specify the available and required net positive suction head for the ECCS pumps and justify any exceptions to the regulatory position stated in AEC Safety Guide No. 1.(15) For PWRs, describe the provisions with respe':t to the control circuits for the motor-operated isolation valves in the lines connecting the ECCS accumulators (or core flooding tanks) to the reactor coolant system to preclude inadvertent closure prior to or during an accident. |
|
| |
|
| Describe and illustrate slopes and related site features in detail. Provide a plan showing the limits of cuts, fills, or natural undisturbed slopes and show their relation and 2-34 orientation relative to plant facilities.
| | It should be stated whether the design of the controls for these valves will meet the intent of IEEE Std. 279-1971, "IEEE Standard: |
| | Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," an,' whether the following features are incorporated: (a) automatic opening of the valves when the reactor coolant system pressure exceeds a preselected value (specified ii Technical Specifications) |
| | or a safety injection signal has been initiated;(b) valve position visual indication that is actuated by sensors on the, ,:i'e -9 "rl-,!": (c) an audible alarm, independent of item (b) which is actuated by a sensor on the valve when the valve is not in the fully open position;and (d) utilization of a safety injection signal to automatically remove (override) |
| | any bypass feature that may be provided to allow a motor-operated valve to be closed, for short periods of time, when the reactor coolant system is at pressure (in accordance with the provisions of the Technical Specifications). |
| | (16) Describe the provisions taken in the design of the control circuits for the motor-operated isolation valves in the letdown line connectinR |
| | the reactor coolant system to the relatively low pressure ihuLdown heat (decay VL&residual) |
| | removal system to preclude over-pressurization of the shutdown heat removal system as a result of common mode failures or operator errors.State whether the design of the controls for these valves will incorporate the following features: S 6-16 (a) provision of at least two valves, in series, with each valve interlocked te prevent valve opening unless the reactor coolant system pressure is less than the design pressure of the shutdown heat removal s~stem;(b) interlocks of diverse principles, and designed to meet the intent of IEEE-279; |
| | and (c) provision for automatic closure of the two series valves whenever the pressure in the reactor coolant system exceeds a selected fraction of the design pressure of the shutdown heat removal system.Indicate whether these closure devices will be designed to meet the intent of IEEE-279.6.3.3. Performance Evaluation The functional requirements established for the emergency core cooling system generally are based on safety analyses and tests which consider the predicted effects of a spectrum of postulated accidents. |
|
| |
|
| Benches, retaining walls, bulk heads, jetties, and slope protection should be clearly identified.
| | Such analyses should be included in Chapter 15.0. "Accident Analyses". |
| | However, having established certain functional requirements as the porformance objectives of an ECCS design, this section of the SAR should include those system evaluations from which it has been concluded that functional requirements have been ret with an adequate margin for contingencies. |
|
| |
|
| Provide detailed cross sections and profiles of all slopes and their foundations.
| | Such evaluations are expected also to provide the bases for any operational restrictions such as minimum functional capacity or testing requirements that might be appropriate for inclusion in the Technical Specifications of the license.6.3.3.1 Results of Analyses -Analyses should be performed to demonstrate that the performance capability of the ECCS will meet the acceptance criteria of the Commission's Interim Policy Statement, issued on June 19, 1971, and any amendments thereto, using a suitable evaluation model. Describe the assumptions used and the analytical model and discuss the bases for its validity. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss exploration programs and local geologic features.
| | Provide the results of these analyses. |
|
| |
|
| Describe the groundwater and seepage conditions that exist and those assumed for analysis purposes.
| | The specific information required is as follows: For PWRs (1) Discuss the evaluation model including reference to the evaluation model acceptable to the Commission as described in Appendix A, Parts 1, 3, 4 cr 5 of the Interim Policy Statement for the appropriate nuclear steam supply system. Any deviations in the evaluation model used in the analyses from that described in the applicable Part of Appendix A of the Interim Policy Statement should be discussed in detail.(2) For the break size range, location and type mentioned in the applicable part of Appendix A of the Interim Policy Statement, provide 6-17 lj the following information as a function of time: (a) the system pressure;(b) the core flow rate, pressure drop, and inlet and exit quality; (c) the flow rate out of the pipe break; (d) emergency core coolant discharge flow rate into the reactor coolant system; (e) the core reflood rate; (f) the core and downcomer liquid level during reflood; and (g) fluid temperature, heat transfer coefficienr and cladding temperature at the hot spot.(3) In evaluating breaks smaller than those analyzed using an evaluation model described in the Interim Policy Statement, the method of analysis and tOe results should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| The type, quantity, extent, and purpose of exploration should be described and the location of borings, test pits, and trenches should be shown on all drawings. | | (4) The presentation of the evaluation results should include curves showing percent fuel rod perforations versus pipe break size analyzed.For BWRs (1) Discuss the evaluation model including response to the evaluation model acceptable to the Commission, as described in Appendix A, Part 2 of the Interim Policy Statement. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss sampling methods used. Identify material types and the static and dynamic engineering properties of the soil and rock materials comprising the slopes and their foundations.
| | Any deviations in the evaluation model used in the analyses from that described In Appendix A, Part 2 of the policy statement should be discussed in detail.(2) Provide curves ot peak clad temperature and percent clad metal-water reaction as a function of pipe break size for the various combinations of ECC subsystems evaluated by using the single fai.iure criterion indicated in Table 2-i of the topical report: "Loss-of-Coolant Accident and Emergency Core Cooling Models for General Electric Boiling Water Reactors", NEDO-10329. |
|
| |
|
| Identify the presence of any weak zones, such as seams or lenses of clay, mylonites, or potentially liquefiable materials.
| | A discussion should be included showing the justification for the ECC sub-system combinations used in 4he evaluation. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss and present results of the field and laboratory testing programs and justify selected design strengths.
| | (3) For several breaks that typify small, intermediate and large breaks, provide curves of (a) peak fuel clad temperature for various rod groups, (b) core flow, (c) fuel channel inlet and outlet quality, (d) heat transfer coefficients, (e) reactor vessel pressure and water level, and (f), minimum critical heat flux ratio (MCHFR) as functions of time. Tndi Crf the time that effective core cooling is initiated, the time the fuel channel becomes wetted based upon item 4 of Appendix A, Part 2, and the time that the temperature transient is terminated. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.5.2 Design Criteria and Analyses. | | (4) For the analyses performed in (2) and (3) above, discuss tho range of peaking factors studied and the basis for selecting the combination that resulted in the most severe thermal transient. |
|
| |
|
| The design criteria for the stability and design of all safety-related and Seismic Category I slopes should be described. | | Curves showing percent fuel rod perforations versus pipe break size analyzed, should be included.6-18 |
| | (5) The results pertaining to the range of pipe break sizes analyzed should be summarized to permit evaluation of the extent of conformance with the Commission's Interim Acceptance Criteria delineated in the Interim Policy Statement. |
|
| |
|
| Valid static and dynamic analyses should be presented to demonstrate the reliable performance of these slopes throughout the lifetime of the plant. Describe the methods used for static and dynamic analyses and indicate reasons for selecting them. Indicate assumptions and design cases analyzed with computed factors of safety. Present the results of stability analyses in tables identifying design cases analyzed, strength assumptions for materials, and type of failure surface. Assumed failure surfaces should be graphically shown on cross sections and appropri ately identified on both the tables and sections.
| | The system performance and core mechanical responses that may be described in other parts of the SAR should be referenced to demonstrate conformance with all four Interim Acceptance Criteria.In addition to the above, provide the following irfoimation: |
| | (1) Describe the results of analyses and tests performed to determine the nuclear, mechanical and chemical effects of system operation on the core.(2) Discuss the extent to which components or portions of the ECCS are required for operation of other systems and the extent to which com-ponents or portions of other systems are required for operation of the ECCS. An analysis of how these dependent systems would function should include system priority (which system takes preference); |
| | conditions when various components or portions of one system function as part of another system, for example, when the water level in the reactor is below a limiting value, the recirculation pum.ps (i.e., residual or decay heat removal puzs), or feed pumps will supply water to the safety injection system and not the containuerL |
| | bei'ai my>ti,.i; |
| | anll% anllViLdtiuns included to assure minimum capability (e.g., storage facility comon to both core cooling and contain-ment spray systems shall have provisions whereby the quantity available for core cooling will not be less than some specified quantity). |
| | (3) Discuss the range of acceptable lag ti.mes associated with system operation; |
| | that is, the period between the time an accident has occurred requiring the operation of t',e system and the time emergency core coolii.g flow is discharged into the core. Analysis supporting the selection should include valve opening time, pump starting time, and other pertinent parameters. |
|
| |
|
| Explain and justify computer analyses;
| | (4) Discuss thermal shock considerations, both in terms of effect on operability of the ECCS and the effect on connecting systems.(5) State the bounds within which principal system parameters must be maintained i-. the interests of constant standby readiness; |
| provide an abstract of computer programs used. 2.5.5.3 Logs of Borings Present the logs of borings, test pits and trenches that were completed for the evaluation of slopes, foundations, and borrow materials to be used for slopes. Logs should indicate elevations, depths, soil and rock classification information, groundwater levels, exploration and sampling method, recovery, RQD, and blow counts from standard penetration tests. Discuss drilling and sampling procedures and indicate where samples were taken on the logs. 2.5.5.4 Compacted Fill. In this section, provide information related to material, placement, and compaction specifications for fill (soil and/or rock) required to construct slopes such as canal or channel slopes, break waters, and jetties. Planned construction procedures and control of earth works should be thoroughly described.
| | e.g., such things as, the minimum poison concentrations in the coolant, minimum coolant reserve in storage volumes, and minimum inoperable components. |
|
| |
|
| Information necessary is similar to that outlined in Section 2.5.4.5. Quality control techniques and documentation during and following construction should be discussed and referenced to quality assurance sections of the SAR. 2.5.6 Embankments and Dams This section should include information related to the investigation, engineering design, proposed construction, and performance of all earth, 2-35 rock, or earth and rock fill embankments used for plant flood protection or for impounding cooling water required for the operation of the nuclear power plant. The format given below may be used for both Seismic Category I and safety-related embankments the failure of which could threaten the public health and safety. The following information should be included:
| | 6.3.4 Tests and Inspections The emergency core cooling system is a standby system, not normally operating. |
| (1) the purpose and location of the embankment and appurtenant structures (spillways, outlet works, etc.), (2) specific geologic features of the site, (3) engineering properties of the bedrock and foundation and embank ment soils, (4) design assumptions, data, analyses, and discussions on foundation treatment and embankment design, (5) any special construction requirements, and (6) proposed instrumentation and performance monitoring systems and programs.
| |
|
| |
|
| Embankment design studies should include an evaluation of the perfor mance of the embankment on the basis of instrumentation monitored during construction and during the initial reservoir filling. Information related to the evaluation of embankment performance should be provided in the FSAR. Any significant event such as an earthquake or flood that occurs during construction or during the initial reservoir filling should be documented in the FSAR together will all information related to the per formance of the embankment and observed behavior within its foundation and abutments during the event. Photographs showing general views of damsite (before, during, and after construction), foundation stripping and treatment (FSAR), construc tion equipment and activities (FSAR), instrumentation devices and instal lation work (FSAR), and special items should be provided.
| | Consequently, a measure of the readiness cf the system to 6-19 operate in the event of an accident must be achieved via tests and in-spections. |
|
| |
|
| Embankment zone placement quantities, a comparison of embankment zone design placement requirements with a summary of field control test data results (FSAR), and a comparison of embankment shear strength design assumptions with a summary of record control shear strength test results (FSAR) should be tabulated.
| | The periodic tests and inspections planned should be identified and reasons explained as to why the program of testing planned is believe to be appropriate. |
|
| |
|
| The following drawings should be provided: | | The information should include such things as: (1) What tests have been planned and why.(2) Considerations that led to periodic testing and the selected test frequency. |
| 1. General plan with vicinity map, 2. Large-scale embankment plan with boring and instrumentation locations shown, 3. Geologic profile embankment axis, control structure axis, and spillway axis, 4. Embankment cross sections with instrumentation shown, 2-36 | |
| 5. Embankment details, 6. Embankment foundation excavation plan, 7. Embankment and foundation design shear strength test data graphic summaries with selected design values shown, 8. Embankment slope stability cross sections with design assumptions, critical failure planes, and factors of safety shown, 9. Embankment slope stability reevaluation, if necessary (FSAR), 10. Embankment seepage control design with assumptions, section, and selected design shown, 11. Relief well profile with the quantities of flow measured at various depths in the relief wells shown (FSAR), 12. Plot of pool elevation versus total relief well discharge quantities (FSAR), 13. Distribution of field control test locations.
| |
|
| |
|
| For each zone tested, plot a profile parallel to the axis with field control test data plotted at the locations sampled.
| | (3) Test methods to be used.(4) Requirements set for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them.(5) A description of the program for inservice inspection, including items to be inspected, accessibility requirements, and the types and frequency of inspection. |
|
| |
|
| 14. Instrumentation installation details, 15. Interpretations of instrumentation data. a. Settlement profile or contour plan, b. Alignment profiles of measured movements, c. Embankment section with embankment and foundation pore pressure contours.
| | Evaluations made elsewhere in the SAR that explain the bases for tests planned need not be repeated but only cross-referenced.-f- Y suhIp-t6s" r are of such importance to safety that they may be-coe a part of the Technical Specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be developed as a part of the SAR.6.3.5 Instrumentation Application This section should discuss the instrumentation provisions for various methods of actuation (e.g., automatic, manual, different locations). |
| | The conditions requiring system actuation together with the bases for the selection (e.g., during periods when the system is to be available, whenever the reactor coolant system pressure is less than some specified pressure, the core spray system will be actuated automatically) |
| | should be included in the discussion. |
|
| |
|
| May be necessary to plot contour diagrams at various dates. d. Embankment sections showing phreatic surface through foundation, e. Profile in relief well line showing well and piezometer locations and measured and design heads. 2.5.6.1 General. The purpose of the embankment, including natural and severe conditions under which it is to function, should be stated. Identify the reasons for selecting the proposed site. General design features, including planned water control structures, should be discussed.
| | Design dethils and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.X Other Engineered Safety Features The engineered safety features included in reactor plant designs vary from facility to facility. |
|
| |
|
| 2-37
| | Accordingly, for each engineered safety feature, component or system provided in a facility and not already referred to in this chapter of the Standard Format, the SAR should include separate sections (numbered |
| 2.5.6.2 Exploration. | | 6.4 through 6.X) patterned after the above and providing informa-tion on: 6-20 |
| | 6.X.1 Design Bases 6.X.2 System Design 6.X.3 Design Evaluation |
| | 6.X.4 Tests and Inspections |
| | 6.X.5 Instrumentation Application |
| | 6-21 |
| | 7.0 INSTRUMENTATION |
| | AND CONTROLS The reactor instrumentation senses the various reactor parameters and transmits appropriate signals to the regulating systems during normal operation, and to the reactnr trip and engineered safety feature systems during abnormal and accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss exploration and the local geologic features of the proposed embankment site, and relate these features to the plant site in general. The type, quantity, extent, and purpose of the underground exploration program should be provided.
| | The information provided in this chapter should emphasize those instruments and associated equipment which constitute the protection system (as defined in IEEE Std 279-1971"IEEE Standard: |
| | Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Gener-ating Stations"). |
| | The discussion of regulating systems and instrumentation should be limited to considerations of regulacin6 system-induced transients which, if not terminated in a timaly manner, would result in fuel damasv;, radiation release, or other public hazard. Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10.7.1 Introduction |
| | 7.1.1 Identification of Safety Related Systems List all instrumentation and control systems and supporting systems that are required to function to achieve the system responses assumed in the safety evaluations, and those needed to shut duwii the plant safely. Also list all other systems required for the protection of the health and safety of the public.7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria List all design bases, criteria, safety guides, information guides, standards and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the systems listed in 7.1.1.The following specific information should be included: (1) A description should be presented of the quality assurance to be applied to the equipment in the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature circuits, and the emergency power system. This description should include the quslity assurance procedures to be used during equipment fabrication, Shipment, field storage, field installation, system and component checkout, and the records pertaining to each of these. Any exceptions to IEEE Std 336-1971, "IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During tb0. Con-struction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations," should be described and justified. |
|
| |
|
| Exploration and sampling methods used should be discussed.
| | 7-1 |
| | .,J (2) The criteria and their bases should be presented that establish the minimum requirements for preserving the independence of redundant reactor protection systems, engineered safety feature systems and Class IE Electric Systems* through physical arrangement and separation and for assuring the minimum required equipment availability during any design basis event.*A discussion should be included of the administrative responsibility and control to be provided to assure compliance with these criteria during the design and installation of these systems. The criteria and bases for the installation of electrical cable for these systems should, as a minimum, address: (a) Cable derating and cable tray fill.(b) Cable routing in congested areas and areas of hostile environment.(c) Sharing of cable trays with non-safety related cables or with cables of the same system or other systems.(d) Fire detection and protection in the areas where cables are installed.(e) Cau+/-e ana caole tray markings.(f) Spacing of wiring and components in control boards, panels, and relay racks.(3) Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE No. 323 (April 1971),"IEEE Trial-Use Standard: |
| | General Guide for Qualifying Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." (4) A description should be provided of the means proposed to identify physically the reactor protection system and engineered safety feature equipment as safety related equipment in the plant to assure appropriate treatment, particularly during maintenance and testing operations. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.6.3 Foundation and Abutment Treatment. | | The description shoul. include the identification scheme used to distinguish between redundant channels of these systems and a discussion of how it will be evident to the operator or maintenance |
| | *Class IE electric systems and design basis events are defined in IEEE Std. 308-1971, "IEEE Standard Criteria for Class IE Electric Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." 7-2 craftsman without the necessity for consulting any reference material, whether equipment, cabling, etc., is safety related and, if safety related, which channel is involved.(5) Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE No. 317 (April 1971),"IEEE Standard for Electrical Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Fueled Power Generating Stations." 7.2 Reactor Trip System For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.2.1 Description Provide a description of the reactor trip system to include initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the need for, and justify the selection of the types of foundation and abutment treatment such as grouting, cutoff trenches, and dental treatment.
| | Provide the dezign b=sis infcr--atizn r:;uir:d by Secticn 3 of 1EEE Std. 279-3971.Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams, and location layout drav'ings of all reactor trip systems and supporting systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all reactor trip systems and supporting systems.For the protection systems that actuate reactor trip, provide the following specific information: |
| | (1) A list of those systems designed and built by the nuclear steam system supplier that are identical to those of a nuclear power plant of similar design by the same nuclear steam system supplier that has recently received a construction permit or an operating license, and a list of those that are different, with a discussion of the differences; |
| | (2) A list of those systems and their suppliers that are designed and/or built by suppliers other than the nuclear steam system supplier;and 7-3 I..Q~(3) An identification of, and justification for, those features of the design that do not conform to the criteria of IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, "IEEE Trial-Use Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems," and the AEC General Design Criteria.7.2.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides, and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| Evaluate and report the effectiveness of the completed foundation and abutment treatment programs in the FSAR. The areal extent and depth limits of treatment should be shown on plot plans. Discuss the construction procedures to be employed, and estimate the construction quantities involved.
| | These analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent, or mitigate the consequences of, (a) spurious control rod withdrawals, (b) loss of plant instrument air systems, (c) loss of cooling water to vital equipment, (d) plant load rejection, and (e) turbine trip. The analyses should also discuss the need for more restrictive set points during operation with fewer than all reactor coolant loops operating. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.6.4 Embankment.
| | Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems lur system, it Is prof-pred F- rh*1e' f lctc: be s upplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.3.1 Description Provide a description of the instrumentation and controls associated with the Engineered Safety Features (ESF) to include initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, sequencing, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Present the general embankment features, including height, slopes, zoning, material properties (including borrow and foundation), sources of materials, and location and usage of materials in the embankment.
| | Pro-vide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971. |
|
| |
|
| Slope protection design, material properties, and placement methods should be presented.
| | Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams and location layout drawings of all ESF instrumentation and control systems and supporting systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all ESF circuits and supporting systems.7-4 |
| | 7.3.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss consolidation testing results, embankment settlement, and overbuild.
| | The method for periodic testing of engineered safety feature instrumenta- tion and control equipment should be described. |
|
| |
|
| Compaction test results on laboratory test specimens and on test fills in the field should be discussed, as well as field control to be specified for the foundation preparation and protection and also for placement of fill, including material requirements, placement conditions, moisture control, and compaction.
| | IEEE Std. 279-1971 is interpreted to require the same high degree of on-line testability for engineeered safety feature actuation as is required for the reactor trip system.7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.4.1 Description Provide a description of the systems that are needed for safe shutdown of the plant, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified And X " (reference may be made to other sections ot the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identi-fied. Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971. |
|
| |
|
| Also, discuss protection required of fill sur faces and stockpiles during construction, compaction equipment to be used, and any special fill placement activities required.
| | Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams and location layout drawings for these systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams.Describe the provisions taken in accordance with AB5C General Design Criterion |
| | 19 to provide equipment outside the control room (i) with a design capability for prompt hot shutdown of the reactor, including necessary instrumentation and controls to maintain the unit in a safe condition during hot shutdown, and (2) with a potential capability for subsequent cold shutdown of the reactor through the use of suitable procedures. |
|
| |
|
| The FSAR should document compliance with specifications related to foundation preparation and also with material specifications and fill placement requirements.
| | 7.4.2 Analysis Provide analyses which demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| Significant or unusual construction activities and problems should also be documented in the FSAR. 2.5.6.5 Slope Stability.
| | These 7-5 |
| | *tp'analyses should include considerations of instrumentation installed to permit a safe shutdowni in the event of (a) loss of plant instrument air systems, (b) loss of cooling water to vital equipment, (c) plant load rejection, and (d) turbine trip.7.5 Safety Related Display Instrumentation |
| | 7.5.1 Description Include a description of the instrumentation systems (including control rod position indicating systems) that provide information to the operator to enable him to perform required safety functions. |
|
| |
|
| For both the foundation and embankment materials, discuss the shear testing performed, shear test data results, selected design strengths, reasons for selecting the method of slope stability analysis used, and the results of design cases analyzed for the embankment constructed.
| | 7.5.2 Analysis Provide an analysis to demonstrate that the operator has sufficient information to perform required manual safety functions (e.g., assuring safe control rod patterns, manual engineered safety feature operations, possible unanticipated post-accident operations, and monitoring the status of safety equipment). |
| | Identify and demonstrate compliance with appropriate safety criteria.Information should be providei t4, 4 4- .-V indications provided to the operator for monitoring conditions in the reactor, the reactor coolant system, and in the containment and safety-related process systems throughout all operating conditions of the plant, including anticipated operational occurrences and accident and post-accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.6.6 Seepage Control. Exploration and testing performed to determine assumptions used for seepage analyses should be discussed.
| | The information should include the design criteria, the type of readout, number of channels provided, their range, accuracy and location, and a discussion of the adequacy of the design.7.6 All Other Systems Required for Safety This section should contain information on all other systems required for safety that are not included under Reactor Trip, Engineered,.afety Features, Shutdown, Safety Related Display Tnstrumen'tation Systems _or any of their supporting systems, (e.g., cold wa'ter 'slug interlocks, refueling interlocks and interlocks that prevent overpressurization of low pressure systems).7-6 |
| | .7.6.1 Description Provide a description of all systems required for safety not already discussed, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not re 4 uired for safety should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Present design assumptions, results of design analyses, and reasons for the seepage control design selected.
| | Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971. |
|
| |
|
| Special construction require ments as well as activities related to the final construction of seepage control features should be discussed in the FSAR. 2.5.6.7 Diversion and Closure. Programs needed for the care and diversion of water during construction should be discussed, including the need for cofferdams, techniques used to dewater excavations, and 2-38 any expected problems or difficulties.
| | For an FSAR, sufficient schematic diagrams should be provided to permit an independent evaluation of compliance with the safety criteria.7.6.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable Ai.C Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss the proposed diversion and closure construction sequence.
| | These analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent, or mitigate the consequences of, (a) cold water slug injections, (b) refueling accidents, and (c) over-pressurization of low pressure systems. Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.7.7 Control Systems For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.7.1 Description Describe those control and instrumentation systems whose functions are not essential for the safety of the plant. The description should permit an understanding of the way the reactor and important subsystems are controlled. |
|
| |
|
| Relate actual construction experiences in the FSAR. 2.5.6.8 Instrumentation.
| | The following information should be provided with regard to the control systems designed by the nuclear steam system supplier: 7-7 |
| | (1) Identification of the major plant control systems (e.g., pri-mary temperature control, primary water level control, steam generator water level control) that are identical to those in a nuclear power plant of similar design by the same nuclear steam system supplier that has recently received a construction permit or an operating license;and (2) A list and discussion of the design differences in those systems not identical to those used in the reference nuclear power plant. This discussion should include an evaluation of the safety significance of each design difference. |
|
| |
|
| The overall instrumentation plan and the purpose of each set of instruments should be discussed, as well as the different kinds of instruments, special instruments, and significant details for installation of instruments. | | 7.7.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate that these systems are not required for safety. The analyses should demonstrate thac the protection systems are capable of coping with all (including gross) failure modes of the control systems.7-8 I .I CHAPTER 8.0 ELECTRIC POWER The electric power system is the source of power for the reactor coolant pumps and other auxiliaries during normal operation, and for the protec-tion syntem and engineered safety features during abnormal and accident conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.6.9. Construction Notes (FSAR). Significant embankment construction history should be provided.
| | the information in this chapter should be directed toward establishing the functional adequacy of the emergency power sources, and assuring that these sources are redundant, independent, testable and otherwise in conformity with current criteria. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss changes in design details or construction procedures that became necessary during construction.
| | Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10.8.1 Introduction A brief description of the utility grid and its interconnection to other grids should be supplied. |
|
| |
|
| 2.5.6.10 Operational Notes. Embankment performance history since completion of construction should be provided in the FSAR.2-39
| | The onsite electric system should be described briefly in general terms. Identify the safety loads, i.e., the systems and devicos that require electric power to perform their safety functions. |
| 3. DESIGN OF STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS This chapter of the SAR should identify, describe, and discuss the principal architectural and engineering design of those structures, com ponents, equipment, and systems important to safety. 3.1 Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria This section should briefly discuss the extent to which the design criteria for the plant structures, systems, and components important to safety meet the NRC "General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants" specified in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. For each criterion, a summary should be provided to show how the principal design features meet the criterion.
| |
|
| |
|
| Any exceptions to criteria should be identified and the justification for each exception should be discussed.
| | The safety functions (e.g., emergency core cooling, containment cooling, safe shutdown) |
| | and the type of electric power (a-c or d-c) should be identified for each safety load. List all design bases, criteria, safety guides, standards and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the above systems.8.2 Offsite Power System 8.2.1 Description Provide an analysis to demonstrate compliance with the AEC General Design Criteria (GDC), AEC Safety Guides, and other applicable standards and criteria. |
|
| |
|
| In the discussion of each criterion, the sections of the SAR where more detailed informa tion is presented to demonstrate compliance with or exceptions to the criterion should be referenced. | | In particular, the two circuits required by GDC 17 to supply power for safety loads from the transmission network should be identified and shown to meet GDC 17. Describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits that connect the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply. Include transmission lines, switch-yard arrangement, rights-of-way, etc. Provide the results of the analysis that demonstrates that loss of the nuclear unit or the most critical unit on the grid will not result in loss of offsite power to the nuclear unit safety buses.8-1 |
| | '.(2) Cooling System for Reactor Auxiliaries |
| | -Discuss the capability of the reactor system auxiliaries to meet the single failure criterion, the ability to withstand adverse environmental occurrences, requirements for normal operation and for operating during and subsequent to postulated accident conditions including loss of offsite power, and requirements for leakage detection and containment of leakage. Include a failure analysis to demonstrate that a single failure will not result in the loss of all, or a portion of, the cooling function (considering failures of active and passive components, and diverse sources of electric power for pumps, valves and control purposes), the means for precluding the leakage of activity to the outside environment, leakage detection provisions, prevention of long term corrosion which may degrade system performance, and safety implications related to sharing (for multiple unit facilities). |
| | (3) Demineralized Water Make-Up System (4) Potable and Sanitary Water Systems (5) Ultimate Heat Sink -Describe the ulti mate heat sink to be used to dissipate waste heat from the reactor facility during normal and emergency shutdon conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 3.2 Classification of Structures, Components, and Systems 3.2.1 Seismic Classification This section should identify those structures, systems, and compo nents important to safety that are designed to withstand the effects of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (see Section 2.5) and remain functional.
| | Additional guidance regarding acceptable features of ultimate heat sink facilities will be given in an AEC Safety Guide in rrcpar;,!iýr. |
|
| |
|
| These plant features are those necessary to ensure: 1. The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, 2. The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition, or 3. The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents that could result in potential offsite exposures comparable to the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100. Guidance for determining the seismic classification of structures, systems, and components is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification." These plant features, including their founda tions and supports, designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake are designated as Seismic Category I. This section should indicate if the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.29 are being followed and provide a list of all Seismic Category I items. If only portions of structures and systems are Seismic Category I, they should be listed and, where necessary for clarity, the boundaries of the Seismic Category I portions should be shown on piping and instrumentation diagrams.
| | (6) Condensate Storage Facilities |
| | .- Include discussion of the environmental design considerations, requirements for leakage control (including mitigation of environmental effects), limits for radioactivity concentration, code design requirements, and material compatibility and corrosion control.Evaluate provisions for assuring a minimum supply of condensate for emergency purposes, and provide an analysis of storage facility failure and provisions for mitigating environmental effects. The evaluation of radiological considerations should be presented in Chapter 12.9.3 Process Auxiliaries This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the auxiliary systems associated with the reactor process system. Because these auxiliary systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsections (numbered |
| | 9.3.1 through 9.3.x) for each of the systems. These subsections should provide information on (1) design bases, (2) system description, (3) safety evaluation, (4) tests and inspections, and (5) instrumentation applications for each system.9-4 0 |
| | The following paragraphs provide examples of systems that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Compressed Air Systems -Describe the compressed air systems that provide station air for service and maintenance uses and include discussion of provisions for meeting the single failure criterion, air cleanliness requirements, and environmental design requirements. |
|
| |
|
| Where there are differences with Regulatory Guide 1.29, they should be identified and a discussion of the proposed classification should be included.3-1 All structures, systems, and components or portions thereof, which are intended to be designed for an Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE), should be listed or otherwise clearly identified.
| | The evaluation of the compressed air system should include a failure analysis (including diverse sources of electric power), maintenance of air cleanliness to assure system reliability, and safety implications related to sharing (for multiple unit facilities). |
| | (2) Process Sampling System -The design bases for the sampling system for the various plant fluids should include consideration of sample size and handling to assure that a representative sample is obtained, require-ments to preclude hazards to plant personnel, and system pres.sure, temperature and code requirements. |
|
| |
|
| 3.2.2 System Quality Group Classifications This section should identify those fluid systems or portions of fluid systems important to safety and the industry codes and standards applicable to each pressure-retaining component in the systems.
| | The points from which samples will be obtained should be delineated. |
|
| |
|
| Section 50.55a of 10 CFR 50 specifies quality requirements for the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and Regulatory Guide 1.26, "Quality Group Classifications and Standards for Water-, Steam-, and Radioactive Waste-Containing Components of Nuclear Power Plants," describes a quality group classification system and relates it to industry codes for water and steam-containing fluid systems. The section should indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.26 are followed.
| | The evaluation of the sampling system should provide assurance that representative samples will be obtained, and that sharing (for multiple unit facilities) |
| | will not adversely affect plant safety. The radiological evaluation for normal operation should be provided in Chapter 12.(3) Equipment and Floor Drainaze System -Describe the drainage systems for collecting the effluent from radioactive andnon-radioactive drains from various specified equipment items and buildings. |
|
| |
|
| Where there are differences, they should be identified and a discussion included justifying each proposed Quality Group classification in terms of the reliance placed on these systems: 1. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and mal functions originating within the reactor coolant pressure boundary, 2. To permit shutdown of the reactor and maintenance in thE safe shutdown condition, and 3. To contain radioactive material.
| | An evaluation of.radiological considerations for normal operation, including the effects of sharing (for multiple unit facilities), should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.(4) Chemical and Volume Control System -The design bases for tle chemical and volume control system should include consideration of the capability for the control of reactor coolant chemistry for reactivity and corrosion control, capability for maintaining the required reactor coolant system inventory, code design requirements, and environmental design conditions. |
|
| |
|
| In such cases, the proposed design features and measures that would be applied to attain a quality level equivalent to the level of the above classifications should be specified, including the quality assur ance programs that would be implemented.
| | The evaluation of the chemical and volume control system should include a malfunction analysis, an analysis of the capability to control the concentrations of tritium, boron, and other chemicals in the reactor coolant system, the provisions made to detect and control lteakage, an analysis of the availability'and reliability of the system (including heat tracing), and an analysis of the capability to isolate the system in the event of pipe breaks outside containment. |
|
| |
|
| The section should contain group classification boundaries of each safety-related system. The classifications should be noted at valves or other appropriate locations in each fluid system where the respective classification changes in terms of the NRC Group Classification letters, for example, from A to B, B to C, C to D as well as other combinations, or alternately, in terms of corresponding classification notations that can be referenced with those Classification Groups in Regulatory Guide 1.26. 3.3 Wind and Tornado Loadings 3.3.1 Wind Loadings This section should discuss the design wind load on Seismic Category I structures and, in particular, should include the information identified below. 3.3.1.1 Design Wind Velocity. | | The radiological evaluation for normal operation should be presented in Chapter 11 and 12.9-5 |
| | 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 9.4.1 Control Room The design bases for the air treatment system for the control room should be provided and include ability to meet the single failure criterion, ambient temperature requirements, criteria for plant operator comfort and safety, requirements for radiation protection and monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and environmental design requirements. |
|
| |
|
| The design wind velocity and its recurrence interval, the vertical velocity profiles, and the applicable gust factors, as described in Section 2.3, should be presented here for information.
| | A description should be presented of the air treatment systems for the control room, including drawings.An evaluation of the control room air treatment system should be provided and should include discussion of ability to detect air-borne contaminants (smoke, radiation, etc.) and preclude their admission to the control room or expedite their discharge from the control room, capability of filters for iodine and particulate removal, ability to meet the single failure criterion, and capability for assuring required ambient temperature level and anticipated degradation of control room equipment performance if tempera-ture levels are exceeded. |
|
| |
|
| 3-2
| | Analysis of dose levels in the control room under accident conditions should be presented in Chanter 15.The inspection and testing requirements for the control room air treatment system should be.described. |
| 3.3.1.2 Determination of Applied Forces. The procedures used to transform the wind velocity into an effective pressure applied to exposed surfaces of structures should be described.
| |
|
| |
|
| Wind force distribution and shape coefficients being applied should be included.
| | 9.4.2 Auxiliary Building A description of the heating and ventilating system for the various items of equipment in the Auxiliary Building, including drawings, should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 3.3.2 Tornado Loadings This section should discuss the design basis tornado loadings on structures that must be designed for tornadoes.
| | Required and design ambient temperature limits should be listed.Discuss the design bases, system design, design evaluation, test and inspection requirements and instrumentation applications. |
|
| |
|
| It should include the information identified below. 3.3.2.1 Applicable Design Parameters.
| | 9.4.3 Radwaste Area Tlt design bases for the air handling system for the :adwaste area should be presented and should include requirements for meeting the single failure criterion, ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of air flow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radio-activity, differential pressures to be maintained and measured, require-ments for monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for treatment of exhaust air.9-6 A description should be provided of the air handling system for the radwaste area, including drawings.An evaluation of the radwaste area air handling system should be presented including a system failure analysis (including effects of inability to maintain preferred air flow patterns). |
| | Evaluation of radiological considerations for normal operation should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the radwaste area air handling system should be provided.9.4.4 Turbine Building The design bases for the air handling system for the turbine-generator area in the Turbine Building should be presented and should include ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of air flow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radioactivity, requirements for monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for treatment of exhaust air.A description should be provided of the air handling system for the Turbine Building, including drawings.An evaluation of the Turbine Building air handling system should be presented including a system failure analysis (including effects of inability to maintain preferred air flow patterns). |
| | Radiological considerations for normal operation should be evaluated in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the Turbine Building air handling system should be provided.9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 9.5.1 Fire Protection System The design bases for the fire protection system should be provided and should include extent of station coverage, type of fire extinguishing equipment and material to be provided for each area, requirements for fire monitoring, criteria for minimizing the potential for fires, requirements to assure that operation of the fire protection system would not produce an unsafe condition, seismic design criteria for the fire protection system, and requirements to assure that failure of any portions of the fire protection system not designed to Category I requirements would not damage other Category I equipment. |
|
| |
|
| The design parameters applicable to the design basis tornado should be presented here for information.
| | A description of the fire protection and detection system, including drawings, should be provided.9-7 An evaluation of the fire protection and detection system should be presented and should include an analysis of potential adverse e&fects of fire protec-tion system operation (such as flooding of engineered safety feature equip-ment), design features incorporated in the unit design to minimize the potential for fire occurrences, and an analysis of the reliability of fire detection equipment. |
|
| |
|
| The translational velocity, the tangential velocity, the pressure differential and its associated time interval, and the spectrum and pertinent characteristics of tornado-generated missiles should be included. | | The inspection and testing requirements for the fire protection system should be provided.9.5.2 Commuainications Systems The design bases for the communications systems for intra-plant and plant-to-offsite communications should be provided and should include requirements to meet the single failure criterion and use of diverse system types.A description of the communication systems should be provided.An evaluation of the communication systems should be provided and should include a failure analysis to demonstrate that the single failure criterion is met.The inspcJ..L!ULA |
| | ai,%a LUS-Lkig eq'I 1 rpmelItS r -L.L"Jh, SnOUlO be provided. |
|
| |
|
| Material covered in Sections 2.3 and 3.5.1 may be incorporated by reference.
| | :r 9.5.3 Lighting Systems A description of the normal and emergency lighting system for the plant should be provided.9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System The design bases for the fuel oil system for the diesel generator should be provided and should include the requirement for onsite storage capacity, ability to meet the single failure criterion, code design requirements, and cnvironmental design conditiOdls. |
|
| |
|
| 3.3.2.2 Determination of Forces on Structures.
| | A description of the diesel generator fuel oil system, including drawings, should be provided.An evaluation of *the fuel oil system should be provided and should include the potential for material corrosion, a failure analysis to demonstrate capability to meet the single failure criterion, ability to withstand environmental design conditions, and the planning accomplished for the procurement of additional oil, if required.9-8 |
| | 10.0 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION |
| | SYSTEM This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information concerning the facility steam and power conversion system. For purposes of this chapter, the steam and power conversion system (heat utilizption system) should be considered to include: (1) The steam system and turbine generator units of an indirect-cycle reactor plant, as defined by the secondary coolant system, or (2) The steam system and turbine generator units in a direct-cycle plant, as defined by the system extending beyond the reactor coolant system isolation valves.There will undoubtedly be many aspects of the steam portion of the facility that have little or no relationship to protection of the public against exposure to radiation. |
|
| |
|
| The procedures used to transform the tornado loadings into effective loads on structures should be described. | | The Safety Analysis Report is, therefore, not expected to deal with this part of the facility to the same depth or detail as those features playing a more significant safety role.Enough information should be provided to allow understanding in broad terms of what the secondary plant (steam and power conversion system) is, but emphasis should be on those aspects of design and operation that do or might affect the reactor and its safety featuires or contribute to-ard the control of radioactivity. |
|
| |
|
| The following information should be included: | | The capability of the system to function without compromising directly or indirectly the nuclear safety of the plant under both normal operating or transient situations should be shown by the information provided. |
| 1. The procedures used for transforming the tornado wind into an effective pressure on exposed surfaces of structures.
| |
|
| |
|
| Shape coefficients and pressure distribution on flat surfaces and round structures such as containments should also be included.
| | Where appropriate, the evaluation of radiological aspects of normal operation of the steam and power conver-sion system and subsystems should be summarized in this chapter, and presented in detail in Chapters 11 and/or 12.10.1 Summary Description A summary description should be provided of the steam and power conver-sion system, indicating principal design features. |
|
| |
|
| 2. If venting of a structure is used, the procedures employed for transforming the tornado-generated differential pressure into an effec tive reduced pressure.
| | An overall system flow diagram and a summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be included. |
|
| |
|
| 3. The procedures used for transforming the tornado-generated missile loadings, which are considered impactive dynamic loads, into effective loads. Material included in Section 3.5.3 may be referenced in this section.
| | The description should indicate the system design features that are safety related.10-1 |
| | 10.2 Turbine-Generator The design bases for the turbine-generator equipment should be provided and should include the performance requirements under both normal operating and transient conditions, intended mode of operation (base loaded or load following), functional limitations imposed by the design or operational characteristics of the reactor coolant system (rate at which electrical load may be increased or decreased with and without reactor control rod motion or steam bypass), and design codes to be applied.A description of the turbine-generator equipment including moisture separation, use of extraction steam for feedwater heating, and control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, should be provided including drawings.An evaluation of the turbine-generator and related steam handling equipment should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 4. The various combinations of the above individual loadings that will produce the most adverse total tornado effect on structures. | | This evaluation should include a summary discussion of the anticipated operating concenLLations of radioactive contaminants in the system, reduction levels associated with the turbine components and resulting shielding requirements, and the extent of access control necessary based on radiation levels and shielding provided.Det-4-s -f te rdic'llwbl%_a c-aluat.4uii siuuiu oe provicea in Chaptc..rs |
| | 11 and 12.10.3 Main Steam Supply System The design bases for the main steam line piping from the steam generator in the case of an indirect cycle plant, or from the outboard isolation valve in the case of a direct cycle plant, should be provided and should include performance requirements, environmental design criteria, inservice inspection requirements, and design codes to be applied.A description should be provided of the main steam line piping including drawings showing interconnected piping.An evaluation of the design of the main steam line piping should be provided and should include an analysis of the ability to withstand limiting environmental conditions, and ,rovisions for permitting in-service inspections to be performed. |
|
| |
|
| 3.3.2.3 Effect of Failure of Structures or Components Not Designed for Tornado Loads. This section should present information to show that the failure of any structure or component not designed for tornado loads will not affect the ability of other structures to perform their intended safety functions.
| | The inspection and testing requirements of the main steam line piping should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design This section should discuss the flood and/or the highest ground water level design for Seismic Category I structures and components including the following information.
| | Describe the proposed requirements for preopera-tional and inservice inspection of steam-line isolation valves, or cross-reference other sections of the SAR where this is described. |
|
| |
|
| 3-3
| | 10-2 |
| 3.4.1 Flood Protection The flood protection measures for Seismic Category I structures, systems, and components should be described and include the following:
| | 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the principal design features and subsystems of the steam and power conver-sion system. Because these systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsections (numbered lO.A.1 through 10.4.x) for each. These subsections should provide information on (1) design bases, (2) system description, (3) safety evaluation, (4) tests and inspections, and (5) instrumentation applications for each subsystem or feature.The following paragraphs provide examples of subsystems and features that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some soecific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Main Condensers |
| 1. Identify the safety-related systems and components that should be protected against floods (see Regulatory Guide 1.59, "Design *3asis Floods for Nuclear Power Plants"), and show the relationship to design flood levels and conditions defined in Section 2.4 (include station drawings).*
| | -The description of the main condensers should include performance requirements, anticipated inventory of radioactive contaminants during normal operation and during shutdown, anticipated air leakage limits, control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, and norpnrial for hydrnve1n build-up.(2) Main Condensers Evacuation System -The description of the evacuation systems for the main condensers should include performance requirements for start-up and normal cperation, anticipated radioactive contamination discharge rates, evaluation of the capability to limit or control loss of radioactivity to the environment, and control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system. Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter 11.(3) Turbine Gland Sealing System -The discussion of the turbine gland sealing system should include identification of the source of non-contaminated steam, a failure analysis to provide an estimate of potential radioactivity leakage to the environment: |
| 2. Describe the structures that house safety-related equipment, including an identification of exterior or access openings and penetra tions that are below the design flood levels.* 3. If flood protection is required, discuss the means of providing flood protection (e.g., pumping systems, stoplogs, watertight doors, and drainage systems) for equipment that may be vulnerable because of its location and the protection provided to cope with potential inleakage from such phenomena as cracks in structure walls, leaking water stops, and effects of wind wave action (including spray). Identify on plant layout drawings individual compartments or cubicles that house safety related equipment and that act as positive barriers against possible flooding.
| | in the event of a malfunction, and discussion of the means to be used to monitor system performance. |
|
| |
|
| 4. If necessary (see regulatory position 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.59), describe the procedures required and implementation times avail able to bring the reactor to a cold shutdown for the flood conditions identified in Section 2.4.14. These procedures and times should 'e compared with the procedures and times required to implement flood protection requirements identified in Section 2.4.14. 5. Identify those safety-related systems or components, if any, that are capable of normal function while completely or partially flooded.
| | The inspection and testing requirements should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 3.4.2 Analysis Procedures Describe the methods and procedures by which the static and dynamic effects of the design basis flood conditions or design basis ground water conditions identified in Section 2.4 are applied to safety-relatec.
| | Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter Ii.(4) Turbine Bypass System -The design bases for the turbine bypass system should include performance requirements, requirements for meeting the single failure criterion, design codes to be applied, and environmental design criteria. |
|
| |
|
| struc tures, systems, and components.
| | The evaluation of the turbine bypass system should include a failure analysis to determine the effect of equipment malfunc-tions on the reactor coolant system, and an analysis to assess the ability to withstand environmental phenomena. |
|
| |
|
| Summarize for each safety-related struc ture, system, and component that may be so affected, the design basis static and dynamic loadings, including consideration of hydrostatic loadings, equivalent hydrostatic dynamically induced loadings, coincident wind loadings, and the static and dynamic effects on foundation properties (Section 2.5).
| | 10-3 |
| * The details discussed herein should be consistent with Section 2.4.1.1, 2.4.2.2, and 2.4.10.3-4
| | (5) Circulating Water System -The description of the circulating water system should include discussion of performance requirements, dependence upon the system for emergency cooling, control of the circulating water chemistry, and potential physical interaction of cooling towers, if any, with the plant structure. |
| 3.5 Missile Protection
| |
| 3.5.1 Missile Selection and Description
| |
| 3.5.1.1 Internally Generated Missiles (Outside Containment).
| |
| The design bases for the structures, systems (or portions of systems), and components that are to be protected against damage from internally gen erated missiles outside containment should be provided.
| |
|
| |
|
| Missiles asso ciated with overspeed failures of rotating components and with failures of high-pressure system components should be considered.
| | (6) Condensate Clean-up System -The design bases for the condensate clean-up system should include the fraction of condensate flow to be treated, impurity levels to be maintained, and design codes to be applied.The evaluation of the condensate clean-up system should include an analysis of anticipated impurity levels, an analysis of the contribution of impurity levels from the secondary system to reactor coolant system activity levels, and performance monitoring. |
|
| |
|
| The design bases should consider the design features provided for either continued safe operation or shutdown during all operating conditions, operational transients, and postulated accident conditions. | | (7) Condensate and Feedwater Systems -The design bases for the condensate and feedwater systems should include design codes to be applied, criteria for isolation from the steam generator or reactor coolant system, inservice inspection requirements, and environmental design requirements. |
|
| |
|
| A tabulation showing the safety-related structures, systems, and components outside containment required for safe shutdown of the reactor under all conditions of plant operation should be provided and, as a minimum, should include the following:
| | The evaluation of the condensate and feedwater systems should include an analysis of component failure, effects of equipment malfunction on the reactor coolant system, and an analysis of isolation provisions to preclude release of radioactivity to the (8) Steam Generator Blowdown Systems -The design bases for the steam generator blowdown system should include performance requirements, sampling criteria, isolation criteria, design codes to be applied, environmental design criteria, and primary-to-secondary leakage limitations. |
| 1. Locations of the structures, systems, or components.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2. Applicable seismic category and quality group classifications (may be referenced from Section 3.2). 3. Sections in the SAR where descriptions of the items may be found. 4. Reference drawings or piping and instrumentation diagrams where applicable (may be referenced from other sections of the SAR). 5. Identification of missiles to be protected against, their source, and the bases for selection.
| | The evaluation of the steam generator blowdown system should include an analysis of radioactivity discharge rates, a failure analysis of system components, system performance during abnormally high primary-to-secondary leakage, and an analysis of steam generator shell-side radioactivity concentration during system isolation. |
|
| |
|
| 6. Missile protection provided.
| | Details of the radiological evaluation for normal operation should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the steam generator blowdown system should be provided.10-4 a *.11.0 RADIOACTIVE |
| | WASTE MANACEMENT |
| | The purpose of the information to be provided in this chapter is to provide assurance that the nuclear plant has sufficient installed capacity and treatment equipment in the radioactive waste (radwaste) |
| | systems to reduce the radioactivity to levels which will not be in excess of the appropriate limits for the general public or plant personnel and are as low as practicable. |
|
| |
|
| The ability of the structures, systems, and components to withstand the effects of selected internally generated missiles should be evaluated. | | Wherever appropriate, summary tables should be provided.11.1 Source Terms The sources of radioactivity which serve as input into the various radio-active waste systems should be defined explicitly. |
|
| |
|
| 3.5.1.2 Internally Generated Missiles (Inside Containment).
| | The mathematical model used to determine the specific activity of each isotope in the primary coolant should be given and all assumptions justified. |
| All plant structures, systems, and components inside containment whose failure could lead to offsite radiological consequences or which are required for safe plant shutdown to a cold condition assuming an additional single failure should be identified.
| |
|
| |
|
| The separation and independence of those structures, systems, and components protected by redundancy rather than physical barriers against very low probability missile strikes should be clearly demonstrated.
| | In addi-tion to a presentation of the specific isotopic inventory in the coolant, the isotopic inventory in the fuel plenums and gaps for the entire core should also be presented. |
|
| |
|
| Barriers protecting the structures, systems, and components should be identified on plan and elevation drawings.
| | The delineation of all the activities in the coolant and in the plenum and gap of the fuel elements should, at a minimum, take into account the power densities of the core, burnups and fuel failure which are consistent with experience and design. State the fraction of plenum and ,ap acti-,ty nssumcd to bc released to the coolant.The fraction which is chosen should be consistent with past experience, heat loadings on the fuel pins and stresses caused by anticipated operational occurrences. |
|
| |
|
| Missiles associated with overspeed failures of rotating components and with failures of high-pressure system components should be identified.
| | Discuss the fuel experience that has been gained for the type of fuel that will be used, including the failure experience. |
|
| |
|
| A tabulation showing the safety-related structures, systems, and components inside containment required for safe shutdown of the reactor 3-5 under all conditions of the plant operation, including operational transients and postulated accident conditions, should be provided and, as a minimum, should include the following:
| | the burnup experience, and the thermal conditions under which the experi-ence was gained. If this information is presented in other sections of the SAR, only cross-referencing is necessary. |
| 1. Location of the structure, system, or component.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2. Applicable seismic category and quality group classifications (may be referenced from Section 3.2). 3. Sections in the SAR where descriptions of the items may be found. 4. Reference drawings or piping and instrumentation diagrams where applicable (may be referenced from other sections of the SAR). 5. Identification of missiles to be protected against, their source, and the bases for selection.
| | If escape rate coefficients are used, a justification of each number used should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| 6. Missile protection provided.
| | The variation of the escape rate coefficients with power densities and half-life should be presented and justified. |
|
| |
|
| The ability of the structures, systems, and components to withstand the effects of selected internally generated missiles should be evaluated. | | The basis upon which each escape rate coefficient is derived should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| 3.5.1.3 Turbine Missiles.
| | A complete derivation and justification of activated corrosion source terms should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| Information should be provided on the following topics: 1. Turbine Placement and Orientation.
| | All assumptions used in the derivation should be stated. The activation of water and constituents ordinarily found in the makeup to the-reactor coolant system should also be taken into account. Production of isotopes (e.g., N-16) should be listed and justified. |
|
| |
|
| Plant layout drawings should indicate clearly turbine placement and orientation.
| | Previous pertinent experience should be cited.11-1 o / ) ". " In order to evaluate the adequacy of various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the leakage rate from the reactor coolant system and other fluid systems containing radioactivity. |
|
| |
|
| Plan and elevation views should have appropriate indication of the + 25 degrcee missile ejection zone with respect to the low-pressure turbine wheels for each turbine unit "within reach" of the plant structures.
| | Summarize the sources of leakage and estimate their contribution to the total quantity. |
|
| |
|
| Target areas should be indicated clearly on plan and elevation views with respect to all systems identified in Section 3.5.2. 2. Missiles Identification and Characteristics.
| | Provide estimates of the escape of gases from each leakage source and describe their sub-sequent transport and release. State and justify all a 3umptions. |
|
| |
|
| Description of postulated turbine missiles should include missile properties such as mass, shape, cross-sectional areas, ranged turbine exit speeds, and range of turbine exit angles. Mathematical models used in the analysis of such items as missile selection, turbine casing penetration, and missile trajectories should be included.
| | Cite previous pertinent experience. |
|
| |
|
| A description of the analytical models used to determine the characteristics of the selected missiles, including any assumptions, should be included.
| | Discuss leakage measurements and control methods. The principal discussions of coolant leakage in other sections of the SAR should be cross-referenced. |
|
| |
|
| 3. Probability Analysis.
| | 11.2 Liquid Waste Systems 11.2.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the various liquid waste systems should be stated in terms of expected annual activity releases (by nuclide), and exposures to individuals and the population in light of the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50.11.2.2 Systems Descriptions The input waste streams into the various subsystems of the radioactive liquid wa. L , oioult ;l if.c&ItAfitd by ccXu1 IturaLi.,,, hv ,,,s,,i I edai -rnfi flow rate on process[ffow diagrams. |
|
| |
|
| An analysis of strike probabilities for high-trajectory turbine missiles with respect to plant systems identified in Section 3.5.2 should be provided.
| | Concentrations and quantities'f6ir both normal operation and for conditions resulting from anticipated operational occurrences should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| If the analytical methods are described by referencing other documents, a brief summary outline cf the method, including sample calculations, should be provided.
| | The source term of radio-activity for each input stream should be identified and justified. |
|
| |
|
| All assump tions used in the analysis should be identified and the bases supporting them should be discussed.
| | Detailed process flow diagrams should be presented; |
| | the principal flow paths through each system should be indicated clearly (for example, by use of multi-colored process lines). Identify vents, drains, and secondary flow paths for each system. Indicate the effect of each pro-cess on the'streams. |
|
| |
|
| Numerical results of the analysis should be presented in tabular form, listing the individual strike probabilities for each vital area 3-6 S- with respect to design and destructive overspeed turbine missiles.
| | All bypasses through which waste could circumvent process equipment and be released to the environment and all discharge' |
| | points to the environment should be indicated clearly. To provide information for use in the evaluations of Chapter 12, those lines contain-ing significant radioactivity that are to be fieldrun shonuld be on the process flow diagrams. |
|
| |
|
| The data should be resolved into strike probability contributions from each turbine unit (including nonnuclear units) on or in the vicinity of the site. Overall strike probabilities with respect to the total vital system target area for each unit should be included.
| | All systems that are used to reduce levels of radioactivity in liquid effluents should be included. |
|
| |
|
| In the case of destructive overspeed, an analysis should be presented justifying the assumption of only one disc failure. Turbine overspeed acceleration characteristics, statistical distribution of destructive overspeed failure speeds, and related information should be considered in the evaluation of the probability of second wheel failure during the interval of physical disassembly caused by the first failure.
| | State the capacity and expected decontamination factor for each isotope for each piece of equipment. |
|
| |
|
| 4. Turbine Overspeed Protection.
| | Cite pertinent previous experience. |
|
| |
|
| A description of the turbine overspeed protection system in terms of redundancy, diversity, component reliability, and testing procedures should be provided.
| | 11.2.3 Operating Procedures The operating procedures that will be used for all liquid radwaste manage-ment equipment should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 5. Turbine Valve Testing. A discussion of the turbine valve testing environment should cover such items as test frequency, power level, pressure difference across the steam valve(s), and other appropriate parameters.
| | Cite pertinent previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures. |
|
| |
|
| 6. Turbine Characteristics.
| | 11-2 e f Q 11.2.4 Performance Tests Performance tests that will be used on a periodic basis to verify the decontamination factors and other aspects of a given design should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such tests.11.2.5 Estimated Releases The expected release+/-. |
| | from the liquid radwaste system in curies per year per nuclide should be stated separately for each liquid system. The expected releases should cover normal operation, and anticipated opera-tional occirrences. |
|
| |
|
| Turbine data pertinent to the evalua tion of its failure characteristics should include a description of its overall configuration, major components (e.g., steam valves, reheaters, etc.), rotor materials and their properties, steam environment (e.g., pressure, temperature, quality, chemistry), and other appropriate proper ties. Turbine operational and transient characteristics should be described, including turbine startup and trip environments, as well as its overspeed parameters (e.g., time to 180% overspeed from loss of 100% power load). 3.5.1.4 Missiles Generated by Natural Phenomena.
| | Relate the expected releases to the Technical Specifications proposed for gaseous effluents. |
|
| |
|
| Identify all missiles generated as a result of natural phenomena (e.g., tornadoes and floods) in the vicinity of the plant. For selected missiles, specify the origin, dimensions, mass, energy, velocity, and any other parameters required to determine missile penetration.
| | 11.2.6 Release Points All release points from the liquid radwaste systems to the environment should be identified clearly on process flow diagrams, or general arrange-ment drawings and on a site plot plan.11.2.7 Dilution Factors All dilution factors that are used in evaluating the release of radio-active effluents should be stated and justified. |
|
| |
|
| Bases for selection of identified missiles, including coverage of the potential range of all significant penetration parameters, should be presented.
| | Recirculation of effluents from discharge to intakes should be considered. |
|
| |
|
| The methods used to verify the correctness of the mathematical formulations should also be discussed. | | 11.2.8 Estimated Doses Based on the information given in the above, estimate the following doses that would be received by the general public as a result of releasing the radioactive effluents by the paths and with the dilution factors mentioned above: a. The maximum whole body dose to an individual (rem);b. The maximum organ dose to an individual (rem);c. The whole body dose to the population (man-rem). |
| | 11-3 |
| | .11.3 Gaseous Waste Systems 11.3.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the various gaseous waste systems should be stated in terms of expected annual activity releases (by nuclide) and exposures to individuals and the population, in the light of the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. As used in this section, gaseous waste includes noble gases and airborne halogens and particulates. |
|
| |
|
| Present the bases for the applicability of the models. 3.5.1.5 Missiles Generated byEvents Near the Site. Identify all missile sources resulting from accidental explosions in the vicinity of the site. The presence of and operations at nearby industrial, trans portation, and military facilities should be considered.
| | 11.3.2 Systems Descriptions The input waste streams into the various subsystems of the radioactive gaseous waste system should be identified by concentration (by nuclide)and flow rate on process flow diagrams. |
|
| |
|
| The following missile sources should be considered with respect to the site: 1. Train explosions (including rocket effects), 2. Truck explosions, 3. Ships or barge explosions, 3-7 | | The source term of radioactivity for each input should be presented; |
| 4. Industrial facilities, 5. Pipeline explosions, and 6. Military facilities.
| | the principal flow paths through each system should be indicated clearly (for example, by use of multi-colored process lines). Identification of vents and secondary flow paths for each system should be indicated. |
|
| |
|
| Missiles from each type of source should be characterized in terms of dimensions, mass, energy, velocity, trajectory, and energy density. (Aircraft crashes should be analyzed in Section 3.5.1.5.)
| | All bypasses through which waste could circumvent process equipment and be released to the environment and all discharge points to the environment should be indicated clearly. All ducting and piping containing significant radioactivity that is to be field run should be indlcdteL |
| 3.5.1.6 Aircraft Hazards. An aircraft hazard analysis should be provided for each of the following:
| | on the nrncesq fl. In!, t. o reduce levels of radioactivity in gaseous effluents should be included. |
| 1. Federal airways or airport approaches passing within two miles of the nuclear facility.
| |
|
| |
|
| 2. All airports located within 5 miles of the site. 3. Airports with projected operations greater than 500d2 movements per year located within 10 miles of the site and greater than 1000d 2 outside 10 miles, where d is the distance in miles from the site. 4. Military installations or any airspace usage that might present a hazard to the site. For some uses such as practice bombing ranges, it may be necessary to evaluate uses as far as 20 miles from the site. The analyses should provide an estimate of the probability of an aircraft accident with zonsequences worse than those of the design basis accident.
| | State the capacity and decontamination factor for each isotope for each piece of equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Hazards to the plant may be divided into accidents resulting in structural damage and accidents involving fire. These analyses should be based on the projected traffic for the facilities, the aircraft accident statistics provided in Section 2.2, and the critical areas described in Section 3.5.2. All the parameters used in these analyses should be explicitly justified.
| | Cite pertinent previous experience. |
|
| |
|
| Wherever a range of values is obtained for a given parameter, it should be plainly indicated and the most conservative value used. Justification for all assumptions made should also be clearly stated. Conclusions on the aircraft, if any, that are to be selected as design basis impact events should be stated and the rationale for the choice clearly set forth. The whole aircraft or parts thereof should be characterized in terms of dimensions, mass (including variations along the length of the aircraft), energy, velocity, trajectory, and energy density. Resultant loading curves on structures should be presented in Section 3.5.3. 3.5.2 Systems to Be Protected All plant structures and equipment whose failure could lead to offsite radiological consequences or which are required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition assuming an additional single failure should be identified.
| | 11.3.3 Operating Procedures The operating procedures to be used for gaseous waste systems should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The separation and independence of those 3-8 systems protected by redundancy rather than physical barriers against very low probability missile strikes should be clearly demonstrated.
| | Cite pertinent previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures. |
|
| |
|
| Structures protecting the plant systems should be identified on plan and elevation drawings.
| | 11.3.4 Performance Tests Performance tests that will be used on a periodic basis to verify the decontamination factors and other aspects of a given design should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such tests.11.3.5 Estimated Releases The expected releases from the gaseous waste systems in curies per year per nuclide should be stated separately for each system. The expected releases should cover normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences. |
|
| |
|
| 3.5.3 Barrier Design Procedures The procedures by which each structure or barrier will be designed to resist the missile hazards previously described should be presented;
| | Relate the expected releases to the Technical Specifications proposed for liquid effluents. |
| the following should be included:
| |
| 1. Procedures utilized (a) to predict local damage in the impact area, including estimation of the depth of penetration, (b)'to estimate barrier thickness required to prevent perforation, and (c) in the case of concrete barriers to predict the potential for generating secondary missiles by spalling and scabbing effects, and 2. Procedures utilized for the prediction of the overall response of the barrier and portions thereof to missile impact. This includes assumptions on acceptable ductility ratios and estimates of forces, moments, and shears induced in the barrier by the impact force of the missile.
| |
|
| |
|
| 3.6 Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping This section should describe design bases and design measures to ensure that the containment vessel and all essential equipment inside or outside the containment, including components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, have been adequately protected against the effects of blowdown jet and reactive forces and pipe whip resulting from postulated rupture of piping located either inside or outside of containment. | | 11-4 |
| | 11.3.6 Release Points All release points from the gaseous waste systems to the environment should be identified clearly on process flow diagrams, on general arrangement drawings, and on a site plot plan.11.3.7 Dilution Factors All dilution factors which are used in evaluating the release of gaseous radioactive effluents should be stated and justified. |
|
| |
|
| The following specific information should be included.
| | 11.3.8 Estimated Doses Based on the information given above, estimate the following doses that would be received by the general public as a result of releasing the radioactive effluents by the paths and with the dilution factors mentioned above: a. The maximum whole body dose to an individual; |
| | b. The maximum organ dose to an individual from halogens and particulates; |
| | c. The whole body dose to the population. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.1 Postulated Piping Failures in Fluid Systems Outside of Containment
| | 11.4 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring Systems A complete description should be given for liquid and gaseous systems separately. |
| 3.6.1.1 Design Bases. Systems or components important to plant safety or shutdown that are located proximate to high- or moderate-energy piping systems and that are susceptible to the consequences of failures of these piping systems should be identified.
| |
|
| |
|
| The identification should be related to predetermined piping failure locations in accordance with Section 3.6.2. Typical piping runs with failure points indicated on drawings should be provided.
| | Provide summary tables as appropriate. (See AEC Safety Guide No. 21.)11.4.1 Design Objectives State the design objectives of the radiclogical monitoring systems for normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences in relation to the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50 and AEC General Design Criterion |
| | 64. Distinguish the differences between the design objectives for these situations and those for accident situations. |
|
| |
|
| The identification of affected components should also include limiting acceptable conditions, i.e., those conditions for which operation of the component will not be precluded.
| | 11-5 a I 11.4.2 Continuous Monitoring For each location subject to continuous monitoring provide: (a) the basis for selecting the location; (b) the expected concentrations or radiation levels; (c) the quantity to be measured (e.g., external radia-tion level, gross concentration, isotopic concentration); (d) the detector type, sensitivity and range, considering items (a), (b) and (c) above, and, for remote devices, the type and arrangement of the sampler and estimates of sampling line interferences or losses; (e) the type and locations of power sources and recording and indicating devices; (f)setpoints and the bases for their selection; |
| | and (g) the type and locations of annunciators and alarms, and the system or operator actions which they initiate.11.4.3 Sampling For each location subject to periodic sampling, provide: (a) the basis for selecting the location; (b) expected composition and concentrations;(c) the quantity to be measured (e.g., gross or isotopic concentrations;(d) sampling frequency and procedures; (e) analytical procedure and sensitivity; |
| | and (f) influence of results on plant operations. |
|
| |
|
| The design approach taken to protect the systems and components identified above should be indicated.
| | II.4.A CdiibLdLiun and Maintenance For every instrument or logical grouping of instruments, as appropriate, describe the procedures governing calibration and maintenance. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.1.2 Description.
| | Also describe the arrangements for obtaining independent audits and verifica-tions.11.5 Solid Waste System This section should describe in detail the solid radwaste capabilities of the plant.11.5.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the solid radwaste system should be stated in terms of volumes, forms and activities, and the radiation levels that can be accommodated. |
|
| |
|
| Provide a listing of high- and moderate-energy lines. In the case where physical arrangement of the piping systems provides the required protection, a description of the layout of all systems should be submitted.
| | 11-6 QJ , 'q p!11.5.2 System Inputs The assumed system inputs based on volume or weight and isotopic curie inventories should be derivei and justified. |
|
| |
|
| In the case where the high- or moderate energy piping systems have been enclosed in structures or compartments to 3-9 protect nearby essential systems or components, descriptions and pressure rise analyses should be provided to verify the structural adequacy of such enclosures.
| | The inventories should be consistent with source terms presented under Section 11.1. Liquid and solid input streams should be identified on a detailed process flow diagram. A detailed process flow diagram for the total solid radwaste system should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| An analysis of the potential effects of secondary missiles on the components should also be provided.
| | 11.5.3 Equipment DescrJption A description should be presented of all the equipment in the solid radwaste system. Capacities, through-put rates and storage capabilities should be stated. The operating procedures which will be followed in the utilization of the solid radwaste equipment should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such equipment. |
|
| |
|
| If failure of or leakage from high- or moderate-energy lines affect nearby safety features or results in the transport of a steam environment to other rooms or compartments in the facility, an analysis should be provided of the effects of the environment on the operation of the affected equipment or systems. In the case of the control room, analyses should be provided to verify that habitability will be ensured.
| | 11.5.4 Expected Volumes The expected volumes of solid wastes, the associated curie content and the principal nuclides that will be shipped from the site should be derived and , *t-ificd. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.1.3 Safety Evaluation.
| | Experience from simailar plants already operating* should be presented. |
|
| |
|
| The results of failure mode and effects analyses should be provided to verify that the consequences of failures of high- and moderate-energy lines do not affect the ability to safely shut the plant down. The analyses should include consideration of single active component failures occurring in required systems concurrently with the postulated event. 3.6.2 Determination of Break Locations and Dynamic Effects Associated with the Postulated Rupture of Piping This section should describe the design bases for locating postulated breaks and cracks in piping inside and outside of containment, the pro cedures used to define the jet thrust reaction at the break or crack location, and the jet impingement loading on adjacent safety-related structures, equipment, systems, and components. | | 11.5.5 Packaging The packaging containers of the solid radwastes should be defined in detail including the type of container, the manner in which it is to be packed and the permissible levels of activity. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.2.1 Criteria Used to Define Break and Crack Location and Configuration (PSAR). The criteria should be provided for the location and configuration of postulated breaks and cracks in those high- and moderate-energy piping systems for which separation or enclosure cannot be achieved.
| | Indicate conformance with applicable standards. |
|
| |
|
| In the case of containment penetration piping, in addition to the material requested above, the details of the containment penetration identifying all process pipe welds, access for inservice inspection of welds, points of fixity, and points of geometric discontinuity should be provided.
| | 11.5.6 Storage Facilities A detailed description should be presented of the storage facilities available for packaged solid radwastes including capacity,. |
| | exact location on a plot plan and general arrangement and details for removal of the solid radwastes. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.2.2 Analytical Methods to Define Forcing Functions and Response Models (PSAR). The methods used to define the forcing functions to be used for the pipe whip dynamic analyses should be described.
| | State the expected onsite storage period and the decay realized by such storage.11.5.7 Shipment The manner in which the radwastes will be shipped from the site should be stated. The allowed locations on the site where the shipping containers or vehicles may be stored should be identified. |
|
| |
|
| The description should include direction, thrust coefficients, rise time, magnitude, duration, and initial conditions that adequately represent the jet stream dynamics and the system pressure differences.
| | * 11-7 W 11.6 Offsite Radiological |
| | 'nonitoring Program Describe the monitoring program with respect to its capability to determine, in conjunction with effluent monitoring, estimates of individual and population exposure beyond the site boundary, at the design levels of radia-tion and radioactive effluents. |
|
| |
|
| Pipe restraint rebound effects should be included if appropriate.
| | iTherever appropriate, differences between the preoperational. |
|
| |
|
| Diagrams of typical mathematical models used for the dynamic response analysis should be provided.
| | nd operational programs should be delineated. |
|
| |
|
| All dynamic amplification factors to be used should be presented and justified.
| | 11.6.1 Expected Background Enumerate the expected (or measured) |
| | background levels of radiation and radioactivity (and their variation in time and space), both from natural and man-made sources.11.6.2 Critical Pathways Based on the expected liquid and gaseous releases (provided elsewhere in this chapter), describe the pathways of human exposure from plant operation likely to account for most of the exposure. |
|
| |
|
| 3.6.2.3 Dynamic Analysis Methods to Verify Integrity and Operability (PSAR). The method of analysis that will be used to evaluate the jet impingement effects and loading effects applicable to components and 3-10 | | Provide the mathematical models to be used to make exposure estimates, given effluent and environmental monitoring data. List and justify all assumptions made, or relevant information to be developed (e.g., reconcentration factors, food consump-tion rates).11.6.3 Sampling Media, Locations and Frequency Provide the basis for the choice of sampling media, sampling locations, and frequency of sampling in the light of 11.6.1 and 11.6.2. (Thc complete program need not be presented here, but must appear in the appropriate section of the Technical Specifications.) |
| systems resulting from postulated pipe breaks and cracks should be provided.
| | 11.6.4 Analytical Sensitivity Describe the size and physical characteristics of each type of sample, the kinds of radiological analyses to be performed and the measuring equipment to be used, and derive and justify the sample detection sensitivity. |
|
| |
|
| In addition, provide the analytical methods used to verify the integrity of mechanical components under pipe rupture loads. In the case of piping systems where pipe whip restraints are included, the loading combinations and the design criteria for the restraints should be provided along with a description typical of the restraint configuration to be used. 3.6.2.4 Guard Pipe Assembly Design Criteria (PSAR). The details of protective assemblies or guard pipes (a guard pipe is a device to limit pressurization of the space between dual barriers of certain containments to acceptable levels) to be used for piping penetrations of containment areas should be provided.
| | 11.6.5 Data Analysis and Presentation Describe the kinds of mathematical and statistical analyses to be performed on the resultant data, and give an indication of the type of format to be used in the presentation of results.11-8 |
| | 11.6.6 Program Statistical Sensitivity Derive and justify, in the light of the parameters described above, the overall statistical sensitivity of the program to achieve its objectives of estimating probable exposures to man.11-9 |
| | ..I I .12.0 RADIATION |
| | PROTECTION |
| | The purpose of the information to be provided in this chapter is to permit a determination that direct radiation exposures to persons at the site boundary from sources contained within the plant and on the site, and external and internal exposures to plant personnel will be kept as low as practicable and within applicable limits.12.1 Shielding 12.1.1 Design Objectives Describe the design objectives of plant shielding for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, with respect to meeting the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. The maximum and average external dose rates from normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, that will be allowed at the site boundary and in areas within the plant where plant personnel, construction workers or site visitors are permitted should each be identified. |
|
| |
|
| Discuss whether such protective assemblies serve to provide an extension of containment, prevent overpressurization, or both. The use of moment-limiting restraints at the extremities or within the protective assembly should be indicated.
| | 12.1.2 Design Description Pruvidc scaled layouts and cross sections of buildings that contain process equipment for treatment of radioactive fluids. Also, provide a detailed plot plan showing the total plant layout tithin the site boundary, and explicitly identifying all outside storage areas and the location of rail-road spurs or sidings.Describe design criteria for the erection and dimensions of shield walls, for penetrations through shield walls, and for acceptable radiation levels at valve stations for process equipment containing radioactive fluids.To permit evaluation of the capability of the control room to meet AEC General Design Criterion |
| | 19, a layout drawing of the control room should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The following should be provided:
| | Scaled isometric views of the control room and descriptions of all shielding required to maintain habitability of the control room during the course of accidents should be provided.12.1.3 Source Terms The total quantity of the principal nuclides in process equipment that contains or transports radioactivity should be identified as a function of operating history. Expected maximum and average values of the radio-isotopic inventory should be stated. The sources should be consistent with those presented in Chapter 11. Provide an estimate of dose rate at the site boundary per curie of waste stored outside of buildings (including shipping casks).12-1 Other radioactive items that are not clearly assignable to the above categories should be listed in this section and evaluated similarly. |
| 1. The criteria for the design of the process pipe within the protective assembly. | |
|
| |
|
| Include type of material (seamless or welded), allowable stress level, and loading combinations.
| | For instance, the niLrogen-16 contribution to exposure from the turbine building should be considered here.Identify the steps taken to assure that field run process piping, that is designated to carry radioactive materials, is routed with appropriate regard for minimizing radiation exposures to plant personnel. |
|
| |
|
| 2. The design criteria to be used for flued heads and bellows expansion joints. 3. The design criteria applicable to the guard pipe that is used with the assembly.
| | 12.1.4 Area Monitoring Provide the locations and specifications of the types of instruments to be used for area radiation monitoring, and the criteria used to determine the necessity for and location of the equipment. |
|
| |
|
| 4. A description of the method of providing access and the loca tion of such access openings to permit periodic examinations of all process pipe welds within the protective assembly as required by the plant inservice inspection program (refer to Section 5.2.4 for ASME Class 1 systems and Section 6.6 for ASME Class 2 and 3 systems).
| | Describe their operational characteristics, including type of detector, sensitivity, range, method of calibration, setpoints (and their bases), and the location and type of annunciators and alarms (and the system or operator actions they initiate), and describe the maintenance and calibration programs to be followed. |
| 3.6.2.5 Material to Be Submitted for the Operating License Review (FSAR). A summary of the dynamic analyses applicable to high- and moderate-energy piping systems and associated supports that determine the loadings resulting from postulated pipe breaks and cracks should be presented.
| |
|
| |
|
| The following should be included:
| | Provide the type and location of power sources, and indicating and recording devices.Indicate the manner in which data will be recorded.12.1.5 Operating Procedures Describe the operating procedures to assure that external exposures will be kept as low as practicable during plant operation and maintenance. |
| 1. The implementation of criteria for defining pipe break and crack locations and configurations. | |
|
| |
|
| Provide the locations and number of design basis breaks and cracks on which the dynamic analyses are based. Also provide the postulated rupture orientation, such as the circumferen tial and/or longitudinal break(s), for each postulated design basis break location.
| | Cite relevant previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures. |
|
| |
|
| 2. The implementation of criteria dealing with special features such as augmented inservice inspection program or the use of special protective devices such as pipe whip restraints, including diagrams showing their final configurations, locations, and orientations in relation to break locations in each piping system.3-11
| | 12.1.6 Estimates of Exposure Provide a summary of the estimated peak external dose rates and annual doses at selected in-plant locations, at the site boundary, at visitor centers and in the control room, from normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences. |
| 3. The acceptability of the analysis results, including the jet thrust and impingement functions and the pipe whip dynamic effects.
| |
|
| |
|
| 4. The design adequacy of systems, components, and component supports to ensure that their design-intended functions will not be impaired to an unacceptable level of integrity or operability as a result of pipe whip loading or jet impingement loading.
| | Provide an estimate of the yearly man-rem exposures from the plant as designed. |
|
| |
|
| 5. The implementation of the criteria relating to protective assembly design, including the final design, location of restraints, stress levels for various plant operating conditions for the process pipe, flued heads, bellows expansion joints, and guard pipes. Present the final design and arrangement of the access openings that are used to examine all process pipe welds within such protective assemblies to meet the requirements of the plant inservice inspection program.
| | Compare the estimated doses with experience from relevant operating plants. Provide justification for the thickness of shielding provided; |
| | include the geometric and physical mndpel and basic assumptions and data employed.12.2 Ventilation |
| | 12.2.1 Design Objectives Describe the design objectives of the plant ventilation systems for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, with respect to meeting the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20, 50, and 100.12-2 |
| | 4 The maximum and average airborne radioactivity levels for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, that will be allowed in areas within plant struztures and on the plant site where plant personnel, construction workers, or site visitors are permitted should each be identified. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7 Seismic Design 3.7.1 Seismic Input 3.7.1.1 Design Response Spectra. Design response spectra (Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) and Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)) should be provided to permit comparison with Regulatory Guide 1.60, "Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design of Nuclear Power Plants," which provides acceptable design response spectra. The basis for any response spectra that differ from the spectra given in Regulatory Guide 1.60 should be included.
| | 12.2.2 Design Description Provide as complete a description as possible of the ventilation system for each building which can be expected to contain radioactive materials. |
|
| |
|
| The response spectra applied at the finished grade in the free field or at the various foundation locations of Seismic Category I struc tures should be provided. | | The description should include building volumes, expected flow rates, and filter characteristics, and the design criteria on which these are based.Provide a separate description of the control room ventilation system to permit evaluation of its capability to meet AEC CGneral Design Criterion |
| | 1.9 with respect to inhalation dose. Indicate the locations of air intakes and describe filter characteristics. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.1.2 Design Time History. For the time history analyses, the response spectra derived from the actual or synthetic earthquake time motion records should be provided. | | 12.2.3 Source Terms In addition to the information provided in Section 12.1.3, also provide estimates of equipment leakage resulting in airborne radioactivity within plant buildings. |
|
| |
|
| A comparison of the response spectra obtained in the free field at the finished grade level and the foundation level (obtained from an appropriate time history at the base of the soil/ structure interaction system) with the design response spectra should be submitted for each of the damping values to be used in the design of structures, systems, and components.
| | 12.2.4 Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Provide the locations and specifications of the types of fixed instruments to be used for airborne radioactivity monitoring, and the criteria used to determine the necessity for and location of the equipment. |
|
| |
|
| Alternatively, if the design response spectra for the OBE and SSE are applied at the foundation levels of Seismic Category I structures in the free field, a comparison of the free-field response spectra at the foundation level (derived from an actual or synthetic time history) with the design response spectra should be provided for each of the damping values to be used in the design. The period intervals at which the spectra values were calculated should be identified.
| | Describe their operational characteristics, including sampling lines (if any), detector type, sensitivity, range, and calibration; |
| | filter characteristics; |
| | type and location of power sources and indicating and recording devices; setpoints and their bases; type and location of annunciators and alarms and the system or operator actions they initiate; |
| | and the maintenance and calibration programs to be followed. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.1.3 Critical Damping Values. The specific percentage of crit ical damping values used for Seismic Category I structures, systems, and components and soil should be provided for both the OBE and SSE (e.g., damping values for the type of construction or fabrication such as pre stressed concrete and welded pipe) to permit comparison with Regulatory
| | Describe any special portable instrument or grab sample methods used to check the fixed system. Indicate the manner in which data will be recorded.12.2.5 Operating Procedures Provide a description of plant operating procedures to assure that onsite inhalation exposures will be kept as low as practicable during plant operation and maintenance. |
| 3-12 S-Guide 1.61, "Damping Values for Seismic Design of Nuclear Power Plants," which provides acceptable damping values. The basis for any proposed damping values that differ from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.61 should be included.
| |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.1.4 Supporting Media for Seismic Category I Structures.
| | Cite relevant previous experience on the effec-tiveness of such procedures. |
|
| |
|
| A description of the supporting media for each Seismic Category I structure should be provided.
| | 12-3 |
| | 12.2.6 Estimates of Inhalation Doses The expected annual inhalation doses to plant personnel and peak air concentrations should be estimated for each building in the reactor facili'y.The estimates should be compared with experience from relevant operating plants. Describe the methods used and list and justify all assumptions. |
|
| |
|
| Include in this description foundation embedment depth, depth of soil over bedrock, soil layering characteristics, width of the structural foundation, total structural height, and soil proper ties such as shear wave velocity, shear modulus, and density. This information is needed to permit evaluation of the suitability of using either a finite element or lumped spring approach for soil/structure interaction analysis.
| | 12.3 Health Physics Program 12.3.1 Program Objectives Describe the health physics program organization and objectives. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis This section should discuss the seismic system analyses applicable to Seismic Category I structures, systems, and components. | | 12.3.2 Facilities and Equipment Pescribe the available health physics facilities and equipment, including handling methods and special shielding for external protection; |
| | respiratory equipment and protective clothing; |
| | and portable and laboratory equipment (operational characteristics, sensitivities, calibration and maintenance procedures, and their locations). |
| | 12.3.3 Personnel Dosimetry Describe the methods and procedures for external and internal dosimetry of plant personnel, including sensitivity, calibration, processing and recording. |
|
| |
|
| The specific information identified in the following sections should be included.
| | 12-4 |
| | 13.0 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS |
| | This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information relating to the framework within which operation of the facility will be conducted. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.2.1 Seismic Analysis Methods. The applicable methods of seismic analysis (e.g., modal analysis response spectra, modal analysis time history, equivalent static load) should be identified and described.
| | The operation of the facility entails a myriad of instructions and pro-cedures of varying detail for the operating staff. The dvtails of such procedureb should not be included in the Safety Analysis Report, but information should be provided to indic~ate genurally how the applicant intends to conduct operations, and to assure that the licensee will maintain a technically competent and safety-oriented staff.The following sections indicate the kinds of information needed.13.1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 13.1.1 Corporate Organization This sectien should describe the structure and qualifications of the applicant's and his contractors' |
| | corporate organizations. |
|
| |
|
| Descriptions (sketches)
| | The following specitzic inrormation snouid oe included: (1) Corporate functions, responsibilities and authorities with respect to nuclear plant design, construction, quality assu- ice, testing and other applicable activities should be described. |
| of typical mathematical models used to determine the response should be provided.
| |
|
| |
|
| Indicate how the dynamic system analy sis method includes in the model consideration of foundation torsion, rocking, and translation.
| | (2) A description should be provided of the applicant's corporate management and technical support staffing and in-house crganizational relationships established for the design and construction review and quality assurance functions, and of the responsibilities and authorities of personnel and organizations described in (1) above.(3) The working interrelationships and organizational interfaces among the applicant, the nuclear steam supply system manufacturer, the architect-engineer, and other suppliers and contractors should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The method chosen for selection of significant modes and adequate number of masses or degrees of freedom should be specified.
| | (4) A description should be included of the applicant's corporate (home office) technical staff specifically supporting the operation of the nuclear plant, including a description of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the "Engineer in Charge" and the assigned engineering technical staff; numbers of personnel, qualifications, educational back-grounds (disciplines) |
| | and technical experience. |
|
| |
|
| The manner in which consideration is given in the seismic dynamic analysis to maximum relative displacement among supports should be indicated.
| | Technical support to the 13-1 To corporate technical staff may be provided by the use of outside consultants. |
|
| |
|
| In addition, other significant effects that are accounted for in the dynamic seismic analysis (e.g., hydrodynamic effects and nonlinear response)
| | If such arrangements are to be used, the specific areas of responsibility and functional working arrangements of these support groups should be provided.13.1.2 Operating Organization This section should describe the structure, functions and responsibilities of the operating organization. |
| should be indicated.
| |
|
| |
|
| If tests or empirical methods are used in lieu of analysis, the testing procedure, load levels, and acceptance bases should also be provided.
| | The following specific information should be included: (1) Provide a comprehensive description of the facility organizational arrangement (organization chart) to show the title of each position in the operations, technical and maintenance groupings, the number of persons assigned to common or duplicate positions (technicians, shift operators, repairmen) |
| | and the positions requiring licenses in accordance with 10 CFR Part 55. Additional guidance is provided in an AEC report, 1.ASH-II30"Utility Staffing for Nuclear Power." (2) The functions, responsibilities and authorities of all person-nel positions should be described, including a specific succession to responsibility for overall operation of the facility in the event of ahgPncP, , inre -p it -r inno -F s n e r ¢ h r ~ g ~ i = (3) Describe the proposed shift crew composition including position titles, license qualifications and number of personnel on each shift (the number of reactors and generating units, and the facility and control room layout bear a relationship to shift crew composition). |
| | 13.1.3 Qualification Requirements for Nuclear Facility Personnel This subsection should describe the proposed minimum qualification requirements for onsite plant personnel. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.2.2 Natural Frequencies and Response Loads (FSAR). For the operating license review, significant natural frequencies and response loads determined by seismic system analyses should be provided for major Seismic Category I structures.
| | It is expected that these qualification requirements will meet or exceed the minimum qualification requirements set forth in the current ANSI N-18.1 document, "Standard for Selection and Training of Personnel for Nuclear Po,.,er Plants." If this is not the case, justification shculd be provided.The following specific information should be included: (I) The minimum qualification requirements should be stated for all plant operating, technical and maintenance support personnel (Plant Superintendent/Plant Manager or equivalent down through licensed and non-licensed plant operators, technicians and repairmen). |
| | 13-2 |
| | (2) The qualifications of the initial appointees to (or incumbents of) these positions should be presented in resume format for all plant managerial and supervisory technical personnel (operating, technical and maintenance). |
| | The resumes should identify individuals by name and, as a minimum, should describe the formal education, the training, and the experience (including prior AEC licensing) |
| | of the individuals. |
|
| |
|
| In addition, the response spectra at critical major Seismic Category I elevations and points of support should be specified.
| | 13.2 Training Program 13.2.1 Program Description A description of the proposed nuclear training program should be provided in the PSAR. The FSAR should provide a description of the training pro-gram as it was actually carried out, noting any changes from that described in the PSAR. Guidmnce on the required training is available in LNSI N-18.1 and the AEC Licensing Guide, "Operating Licenses, Division of Reactor Licensing, November 1965." The following specific information should be included: (1) The program description should include the proposed subject matter content of the forma) nuclear training program (related technical training) |
| | for Licensed Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) and Licensed Reactor Operator (RO) candidates; |
| | and the length of time to be devoted to each aspect of the training proz*id'.(2) A chart should be nrovided to show the schedule of each part of the training program for each employee in relation to schedule for preoperational testing and fuel loading.(3) Practical (on-the-job) |
| | reactor plant operation to be included as a part of the nuclear training program for RO and SRO candidates should be described, with the length of time to be devoted to this aspect of the training program.(4) Reactor plant simulator training to be included as a part of the nuclear training program for RO and SRO candidates (if applicable) |
| | should be described with the length of time devoted to such training.(5) Any previous nuclear training allowable to RO and SRO candidates, such as U. S. Navy Nuclear Power Training Program or other experience that may establish eligibility for RO or SRO license examination, should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 3.7.2.3 Procedure Used for Modeling. | | 13-3 |
| | (6) Other formal (on-the-job) |
| | training programs to be provided for RO and SRO candidates (e. g., preoperational testing, startup,) |
| | should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The criteria and procedures used for modeling in the seismic system analyses should be provided.
| | (7) Training programs to be provided for personnel not requiring licenses (certain managers, supervisors, professionals, operators, technicians and repairmen) |
| | | should be described. |
| Include the criteria and bases used to determine whether a component or structure should be analyzed as part of a system analysis or independently as a subsystem.
| |
| | |
| 3-13
| |
| 3.7.2.4 Soil/Structure Interaction.
| |
| | |
| As applicable, the methods of soil/structure interaction analysis used in the seismic system analysis and their bases should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be included:
| |
| (1) the extent of embedment, (2) the depth of soil over rock, and (3) the layering of the soil stratum. If the finite element approach is used, the criteria for determining the location of the bottom boundary and side boundary should be specified.
| |
| | |
| The procedure by which strain dependent soil properties (e.g., damping and shear modulus) are incorpo rated in the analysis should also be specified.
| |
| | |
| The material given in Section 3.7.1.4 may be referenced in this section.
| |
| | |
| If lumped spring methods are used, the parameters used in the analysis should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the procedures by which strain dependent soil properties, layering, and variation of soil properties are incorporated into the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The suitability of a lumped spring method used for the particular site conditions should also be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Any other methods used for soil/structure interaction analysis or the basis for not using soil/structure interaction analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The procedures used to consider effects of adjacent structures on structural response in soil/structure interaction analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.5 Development of Floor Response Spectra. The procedures for developing floor response spectra considering the three components of earthquake motion should be described.
| |
| | |
| If a modal response spectrum method of analysis is used to develop floor response spectra, the basis for its conservatism and equivalence to a time history method should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.6 Three Components of Earthquake Motion. Indicate the extent to which the procedures for considering the three components of earthquake motion in determining the seismic response of structures, systems, and components follow the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.92, "Combina tion of Modes and Spatial Components in Seismic Response Analysis." 3.7.2.7 Combination of Modal Responses.
| |
| | |
| When a response spectra method is used, a description of the procedure for combining modal responses (shears, moments, stresses, deflections, and accelerations)
| |
| should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.92 are followed.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.8 Interaction of Non-Category I Structures with Seismic Category I Structures.
| |
| | |
| Provide the design criteria used to account for the seismic motion of non-Category I structures or portions thereof in the seismic design of Seismic Category I structures or portions thereof.
| |
| | |
| In addition, describe the design criteria that will be applied to ensure protection of Seismic Category I structures from the structural failure of non-Category I structures due to seismic effects.3-14
| |
| 3.7.2.9 Effects of Parameter Variations on Floor Response Spectr4.
| |
| | |
| The procedures that will be used to consider the effects of expected variations of structural properties, dampings, soil properties, and soil/structure interaction on floor response spectra (e.g., peak width and period coordinates)
| |
| and time histories should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.10 Use of Constant Vertical Static Factors. Where applicable, identify and justify the application of constant static factors as vertical response loads for the seismic design of Seismic Category I structures, systems, and components in lieu of a vertical seismic-system dynamic analysis method. 3.7.2.11 Method Used to Account for Torsional Effects. The method used to consider the torsional effects in the seismic analysis of the Seismic Category I structures should be described.
| |
| | |
| Where applicable, discuss and justify the use of static factors or any other approximate method in lieu of a combined vertical, horizontal, and torsional system dynamic analysis to account for torsional accelerations in the seismic design of Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.12 Comparison of Responses (FSAR). For the operating license review where both modal response and time history methods are applied, the responses obtained from both methods at selected points in major Seismic Category I structures should be provided, together with a compar ative discussion of the responses.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.13 Methods for Seismic Analysis of Dams. A comprehensive description of the analytical methods and procedures that will be used for the seismic system analysis of Seismic Category I dams should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The assumptions made, the boundary conditions used, and the procedures by which strain-dependent soil properties are incorporated in the analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.14 Determination of Seismic Category I Structure Overturning Moments. A description of the dynamic methods and procedures used to determine Seismic Category I structure overturning moments should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.2.15 Analysis Procedure for Damping. The analysis procedure used to account for the damping in different elements of the model of a coupled system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis This section should discuss the seismic subsystem analyses appli cable to Seismic Category I structures, subsystems, and components.
| |
| | |
| The specific information identified in the following sections should be included.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.1 Seismic Analysis Methods. Information should be provided as requested in Section 3.7.2.1, but as applied to the Seismic Category I subsystems.
| |
| | |
| 3-15
| |
| 3.7.3.2 Determination of Number of Earthquake Cycles. Describe criteria or procedures that are used to determine the number of earth quake cycles during one seismic event. The maximum number of cycles for which applicable Seismic Category I structures, subsystems, and components are designed should be specified.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.3 Procedure Used for Modeling.
| |
| | |
| The criteria and procedures used for modeling for the seismic subsystem analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.4 Basis for Selection of Frequencies.
| |
| | |
| Where applicable, discuss the procedures and criteria used to separate the fundamental frequencies of components and equipment from the forcing frequencies of the support structures.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.5 Use of Equivalent Static Load Method of Analysis.
| |
| | |
| The basis for the use of the equivalent static load method of analysis and the procedures used for determining the equivalent static loads should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.6 Three Components of Earthquake Motion. Information should be provided as requested in Section 3.7.2.6, but as applied to the Seismic Category I subsystems.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.7 Combination of Modal Responses.
| |
| | |
| Information should be pro vided as requested in Section 3.7.2.7, but as applied to the Seismic Category I subsystems.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.8 Analytical Procedures for Piping. The analytical proce dures applicable to seismic analysis piping should be described.
| |
| | |
| Include the methods used to consider differential piping support movements at different support points located within a structure and between structures.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.9 Multiply Supported Equipment Components with Distinct Inputs. The criteria and procedures for seismic analysis of equipment and compon nents supported at different elevations within a building and between buildings with distinct inputs should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.10 Use of Constant Vertical Static Factors. Information should be provided as requested in Section 3.7.2.10, but as applied to the Seismic Category I subsystems.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.11 Torsional Effects of Eccentric Masses. The criteria and procedures that will be employed to account for the torsional effects of valves and other eccentric masses (e.g., valve operators)
| |
| in the seismic subsystem analyses should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.12 Buried Seismic Category I Piping Systems and Tunnels. For buried Seismic Category I piping and tunnels, describe the seismic criteria and methods for considering the compliance of soil media, the settlement due to the earthquake, and the differential movement at support points, penetrations, and entry points into other structures provided with anchors.3-16
| |
| 3.7.3.13 Interaction of Other Piping with Seismic Category I Piping. The analysis procedures used to account for the seismic motion of non Category I piping systems in the seismic design of Seismic Category I piping should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.3.14 Seismic Analyses for Reactor Internals.
| |
| | |
| The seismic sub system analyses that will be used in establishing seismic design adequacy of the reactor internals, including fuel elements, control rod assemblies, and control rod drive mechanisms, should be described.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be included:
| |
| 1. Typical diagrams of dynamic mathematical modeling of the reactor internal structures to be used in the analysis, 2. Damping values and their justification, 3. A description of the methods and procedures that will be used to compute seismic responses, 4. A summary of the results of the dynamic seismic analysis for the operating license review. 3.7.3.15 Analysis Procedure for Damping. Information should be provided as requested in Section 3.7.2.15, but as applied to the Seismic Category I subsystems.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.4 Seismic Instrumentation
| |
| 3.7.4.1 Comparison with Regulatory Guide 1.12. The proposed seismic instrumentation should be discussed and compared with the seismic instru mentation program recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.12, "Instrumentation for Earthquakes." The bases for elements of the proposed program that differ from Regulatory Guide 1.12 should be included.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.4.2 Location and Description of Instrumentation.
| |
| | |
| Seismic instrumentation such as triaxial peak accelerographs, triaxial time history accelerographs, and triaxial response spectrum recorders that will be installed in selected Seismic Category I structures and on selected Seismic Category I components should be described.
| |
| | |
| The bases for selection of these structures and components and the location of instrumentation, as well as the extent to which this instrumentation will be employed to verify the seismic analyses following a seismic event, should be specified.
| |
| | |
| 3.7.4.3 Control Room Operator Notification.
| |
| | |
| The provisions that will be used to inform the control room operator of the value of the peak acceleration level and the input response spectra values shortly after occurrence of an earthquake should be described.
| |
| | |
| The bases for establish ing predetermined values for activating the readout of the seismic instru ment to the control room operator should be included.3-17
| |
| 3.7.4.4 Comparison of Measured and Predicted Responses.
| |
| | |
| Provide the criteria and procedures that will be used to compare measured responses of Seismic Category I structures and selected components in the event of an earthquake with the results of the seismic system and subsystem analyses.
| |
| | |
| 3.8 Design of Category I Structures
| |
| 3.8.1 Concrete Containment This section should provide the following information on concrete containments and on concrete portions of steel/concrete containment:s:
| |
| 1. The physical description.
| |
| | |
| 2. The applicable design codes, standards, and specifications.
| |
| | |
| 3. The loading criteria, including loads and load combinations.
| |
| | |
| 4. The design and analysis procedures.
| |
| | |
| 5. The structural acceptance criteria.
| |
| | |
| 6. The materials, quality control programs, and special construction techniques.
| |
| | |
| 7. The testing and inservice inspection programs.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.1 Description of the Containment.
| |
| | |
| A physical description of the concrete containment or concrete portions of steel/concrete contain ments should be provided and supplemented with plan and section views sufficient to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon to perform the containment function.
| |
| | |
| The geometry of the concrete containment or concrete portions of steel/concrete containments, including plan views at various elevations and sections in at least two orthogonal directions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The arrangement of the containment and the relationship and interaction of the shell with its surrounding structures and with its interior compartments and floors should be provided to establish the effect that these structures could have upon the design boundary conditions and expected structural behavior of the contaimnent when subjected to design loads. General descriptive information should be provided for the following:
| |
| 1. The base foundation slab, including the main reinforcement, the floor liner plate and its anchorage and stiffening system, and the methods by which the interior structures are anchored through the liner plate and into the slab, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| 2. The cylindrical wall, including the main reinforcement and pre stressing tendons, if any; the wall liner plate and its anchorage and 3-18 stiffening system; the major penetrations and the reinforcement surrounding them, including the equipment and personnel hatches and major pipe penetra tions; major structural attachments to the wall which penetrate the liner plate, such as beam seats, pipe restraints, and crane brackets;
| |
| and external supports, if any, attached to the wall to support external structures such as enclosure buildings.
| |
| | |
| 3. The dome and the ring girder, if any, including the main rein forcement and prestressing tendons; the liner plate and its anchorage and stiffening system; and any major attachments to the liner plate made from the inside. 4. Steel components of concrete containments that resist pressure and are not backed by structural concrete should be discussed in Section 3.8.2. 3.8.1.2 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Information pertaining to design codes, standards, specifications, regulations, general design criteria, regulatory guides, and other industry standards that are used in the design, fabrication, construction, testing, and inservice inspection of the containment should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The specific edition, date, or addenda of each document should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.3 Loads and Load Combinations.
| |
| | |
| The loads and load combinations that are utilized in the design of the containment should be discussed, with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article CC-3000 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2, "Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments," particularly with respect to the following:
| |
| 1. Those loads encountered during preoperational testing.
| |
| | |
| 2. Those loads encountered during normal plant startup, operation, and shutdown, including dead loads, live loads, thermal loads due to operating temperature, hydrostatic loads such as those present in pressure-suppression containments utilizing water, and localized transient pressure loads induced by actuation of safety relief valves in BWRs. 3. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of severe environ mental conditions, including those that would be induced by the design wind and the Operating Basis Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 4. Those loads that would be sustained during extreme environmental conditions, including those that would be induced by the Design Basis Tornado and the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 5. Those loads that would be sustained during abnormal plant condi tions, including the design basis loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). Loads 3-19 generated by other postulated accidents involving various high-energy pipe ruptures should also be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Loads on the containment induced by such accidents should include associated temperature effects and pressure and localized loads such as jet impingement and associated missile impact. Also, external pressure loads generated by events inside or outside the containment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 6. If applicable, those loads that would be encountered after abnormal plant conditions, including flooding of the containment subsequent to a loss-of-coolant accident for the purpose of fuel recovery.
| |
| | |
| The various combinations of the above loads that should be discussed include testing loads, normal operating loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads, normal operating loads with extreme environ mental loads, normal operating loads with abnormal loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental and abnormal loads, normal operating loads with extreme environmental and abnormal loads, and post-LOCA
| |
| flooding loads with severe environmental loads, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| The loads and load combinations described above are generally appli cable to most containments.
| |
| | |
| Other site-related or plant-related design loads may also be applicable.
| |
| | |
| Such loads include those induced by floods, potential aircraft crashes, explosive hazards in proximity to the site, and missiles generated from activities of nearby military installations or from plant-related accidents such as turbine failures.
| |
| | |
| As appropriate, these loads and load combinations should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.4 Design and Analysis Procedures.
| |
| | |
| The design and analysis procedures utilized for the containment should be described, with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article CC-3000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. The assumptions made on the boundary conditions should be described.
| |
| | |
| The treatment of loads, including those that may be nonaxisym metric, localized, or transient, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The manner in which creep, shrinkage, and cracking of the concrete are addressed in the analysis and design should be described.
| |
| | |
| Computer programs utilized should be referenced to permit identification with available published programs.
| |
| | |
| Proprietary computer programs should be described in sufficient detail to establish the applicability of the programs and the measures taken to validate the programs with solutions derived from other acceptable programs or with solutions of classical problems.
| |
| | |
| The treatment of the effects of tangential (membrane)
| |
| shears should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Information on the evaluation of the effects of expected variation in assumptions and material properties on the analysis results should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The method of analyzing large thickened penetration regions and their effect on the containment behavior should be described.
| |
| | |
| The analysis and design procedures for the liner plate and its anchorage system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.5 Structural Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| | |
| The acceptance criteria relating stresses, strains, gross deformations, and other parameters that 3-20
| |
| identify quantitatively the margins of safety should be specified, with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article CC-3000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. The information provided should address the containment as an entire structure, and it should also address the margins of safety related to the major important local areas of the containment, including openings, hatch penetrations, anchorage zones, and other areas important to the safety function.
| |
| | |
| The criteria addressing the various loading combinations should be presented in terms of allowable limits for at least the following major parameters:
| |
| 1. Compressive stresses in concrete, including membrane, membrane plus bending, and localized stresses.
| |
| | |
| 2. Shear stresses in concrete.
| |
| | |
| 3. Tensile stresses in reinforcement.
| |
| | |
| 4. Tensile stresses in prestressing tendons.
| |
| | |
| 5. Tensile or compressive stress/strain limits in the liner plate, including membrane and membrane plus bending.
| |
| | |
| 6. Force/displacement limits in the liner plate anchors, including those induced by strains in the adjacent concrete.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.6 Materials, Quality Control, and Special Construction Techniques.
| |
| | |
| The materials that are used in the construction of the containment should be identified, with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article CC 2000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. A summary of the engineering properties of the materials should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Among the major materials of construction that should be indicated are the following:
| |
| 1. The concrete ingredients, 2. The reinforcing bars and splices, 3. The prestressing system, 4. The liner plate, 5. The liner plate anchors and associated hardware, 6. The structural steel used for embedments, such as beam seats and crane brackets, and 7. The corrosion-retarding compounds used for the prestressing tendons.3-21 The quality control program that is proposed for the fabrication and construction of the containment should be described with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Articles CC-4000 and CC-5000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. The description should show the extent to which the quality control program covers the examination of materials, including tests to determine the physical properties of concrete, reinforcing steel, mechanical splices, the liner plate and its anchors, and the prestressing system, if any; placement of concrete;
| |
| and erection tolerances of the liner plate, reinforcement, and prestressing system. Special, new, or unique construction techniques, such as slip forming, if proposed, should be described, and the effects that these techniques may have on the structural integrity of the completed containment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.1.7 Testing and Inservice Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The testing and inservice inspection program for the containment should be described with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Articles CC-6000 and CC-9000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2, and the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guides 1.18, "Structural Acceptance Test for Concrete Primary Reactor Containments;" 1.35, "Inservice Inspection of Ungrouted Tendons in Prestressed Concrete Containment Structures;"'
| |
| and 1.90, "Inservice Inspection of Prestressed Concrete Containment Structures with Grouted Tendons," are followed.
| |
| | |
| Discussion of the initial structural integrity testing, as well as those tests related to the inservice inspection programs and requirements, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Information pertaining to the incorporation of inservice inspection programs into the Technical Specifications should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The objectives of the tests, as well as the acceptance criteria for the results, should be defined. If new o: previously untried design approaches are used, the extent of additional testing and inservice inspection should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2 Steel Containment This section should provide information similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1, but for steel containments and for Class MC components of steel or concrete containments.
| |
| | |
| In particular, the information described below should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2.1 Description of the Containment.
| |
| | |
| A physical description of the steel containment and other Class MC components should be provided and supplemented with plan and section views sufficient to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon to perform the containment or other Class MC component function.
| |
| | |
| The geometry of the containment or component, including plan views at various elevations and sections in at least two orthogonal directions, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The arrangement of the containment shell, particularly the relationship and interaction of the shell with its surrounding shield 3-22 building and with its interior compartments and floors, should be provided to establish the effect that these structures could have upon the design boundary conditions and expected behavior of the shell when subjected to the design loads. General information related to cylindrical containment shells should include the following:
| |
| 1. The foundation of the steel containment.
| |
| | |
| a. If the bottom of the steel containment is continuous through an inverted dome, the method by which this inverted dome and its supports are anchored to the concrete foundation should be described.
| |
| | |
| The founda tion, however, should be described in Section 3.8.5. b. If the bottom of the steel containment is not continuous, and where a concrete base slab covered with a liner plate is used for a founda tion, the method of anchorage of the steel shell cylindrical walls in the concrete base slab, particularly the connection between the floor liner plate and the steel shell, should be described.
| |
| | |
| The concrete foundation, however, should be described in Section 3.8.1. 2. The cylindrical portion of the shell, including major structural attachments, such as beam seats, pipe restraints, crane brackets, and shell stiffeners, if any, in the hoop and vertical directions.
| |
| | |
| 3. The dome of the steel shell, including any reinforcement at the dome/wall junction, penetrations or attachments on the inside such as supports for containment spray piping, and any stiffening of the dome. 4. Major penetrations of steel or concrete containments, or portions thereof, in particular, portions of the penetrations that are intended to resist pressure but are not backed by concrete, including sleeved and un sleeved piping penetrations, mechanical systems penetrations such as fuel transfer tubes, electrical penetrations, and access openings such as the equipment hatch and personnel locks. Similar information should be provided for containments that are not of the cylindrical type. 3.8.2.2 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1.2 for concrete containment but as applicable to steel containments or other Class MC components.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2.3 Loads and Load Combinations.
| |
| | |
| The loads used in the design of the steel containment or other Class MC components should be specified with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article NE-3000 of the ASME Code, 3-23 Section III, Division 1, and the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.57, "Design Limits and Loading Combinations for Metal Primary Reactor Containment System Components," are followed.
| |
| | |
| The items listed below should be included.
| |
| | |
| 1. Those loads encountered during preoperational testing.
| |
| | |
| 2. Those loads encountered during normal plant startup, operation, and shutdown, including dead loads, live loads, thermal loads due to operating temperature, hydrostatic loads such as those present in pressure suppression containments utilizing water, and localized transient pressure loads such as those induced by actuation of safety relief valves in BWRs. 3. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of severe environ mental conditions, including those that would be induced by the design wind (if the containment is not protected by a shield building)
| |
| and the Operating Basis Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 4. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of extreme environmental conditions, including those that would be induced by the Design Basis Tornado (if the containment is not protected by a shield building)
| |
| and the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 5. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of abnormal plant conditions, including the design basis loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Loads generated by other postulated accidents involving various high-energy pipe ruptures should also be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Loads induced on the containment by such accidents should include associated temperature effects, pressures, and possible localized impact loads such as jet impingement and associated missile impact. Also, external pressure loads generated by events inside or outside the containment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 6. If applicable, those loads that would be encountered, after abnormal plant conditions, including flooding of the containment subsequent to a postulated loss-of-coolant accident for the purpose of fuel recovery.
| |
| | |
| The various combinations of the above loads that should be discussed include the following:
| |
| testing loads, normal operating loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads and abnormal loads, normal operating loads with extreme environmental loads and abnormal loads, and post-LOCA
| |
| flooding loads with severe environmental loads, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| Unless the steel containment is protected by a shield building, oLher site-related or plant-related design loads may also be applicable, as explained in Section 3.8.1.3, and should be addressed accordingly.
| |
| | |
| 3-24
| |
| 3.8.2.4 Design and Analysis Procedures.
| |
| | |
| The procedures that will be used in the design and analysis of the steel containment should be described, with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Subsection NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1. In particular, the following subjects should be discussed:
| |
| (1) the manner in which local buckling effects are treated, (2) the expected behavior under loads, including loads that may be nonaxisymmetric and localized, and (3) the computer programs utilized.
| |
| | |
| These programs should be referenced to permit identification with available published programs.
| |
| | |
| Proprietary computer programs should be described in sufficient detail to establish the applicability of the programs and the measures taken to validate the programs with solutions derived from other acceptable programs or with solutions of classical problems.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2.5 Structural Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| | |
| The acceptance criteria related to allowable stresses and other response characteristics that identify quantitatively the structural behavior of the containment should be specified with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Subsection NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1, and the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.57 are followed.
| |
| | |
| The criteria addressing the various loading combinations specified should be presented in terms of allowable limits for at least the following major parameters:
| |
| 1. Primary stresses, including general membrane, local membrane, and bending plus local membrane stresses.
| |
| | |
| 2. Primary and secondary stresses.
| |
| | |
| 3. Peak stresses.
| |
| | |
| 4. Buckling criteria.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2.6 Materials, Quality Control. and Special Construction Techniques.
| |
| | |
| The materials that are to be used in the construction of the steel contain ment should be identified with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article NE-2000 of Subsection NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1. Among the major materials that should be identified are the following:
| |
| 1. Steel plates used as shell components.
| |
| | |
| 2. Structural steel shapes used for stiffeners, beam seats, and crane brackets.
| |
| | |
| Corrosion protection procedures should be described.
| |
| | |
| The quality control program that is proposed for the fabrication and construction of the containment should be described with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article NE-5000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1, including the following:
| |
| 1. Nondestructive examination of the materials, including tests to determine their physical properties.
| |
| | |
| 3-25
| |
| 2. Welding procedures.
| |
| | |
| 3. Erection tolerances.
| |
| | |
| Special construction techniques, if proposed, should be described, and potential effects on the structural integrity of the completed containment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.2.7 Testing and Inservice Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The and inservice inspection programs for the containment should be described with emphasis on the extent of compliance with Article NE-6000 of Subsec tion NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1. A discussion of the proposed initial structural testing, including the objectives of the test and the acceptance criteria for the results, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| If new or previously untried design approaches are used, the extent of additional testing and inservice inspection should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The structural integrity testing criteria for components of the containment such as personnel and equipment locks should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Test program criteria for any other components that are relied upon for containment integrity should be submitted.
| |
| | |
| Programs for inservice inspection in areas subject to corrosion should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3 Concrete and Steel Internal Structures of Steel or Concrete Containments This section should provide information similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1, but for internal structures of the containment.
| |
| | |
| In partic ular, the information described below should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.1 Description of the Internal Structures.
| |
| | |
| Descriptive informa tion, including plan and section views of the various internal structures, should be provided to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon to perform the safety-related functions of these structures.
| |
| | |
| General arrangement diagrams and principal features of major internal structures should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Among the major structures that should be described are: 1. For PWR dry containments:
| |
| a. Reactor support system. b. Steam generator support system. c. Reactor coolant pump support system. d. Primary shield wall and reactor cavity. e. Secondary shield walls.3-26 f. Other major interior structures, as appropriate, and including the pressurizer supports, the refueling pool walls, the operating floor, intermediate floors, and the polar crane supporting elements.
| |
| | |
| 2. For PWR ice-condenser containments:
| |
| a. All structures listed in 1. above, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| b. The divider-barrier.
| |
| | |
| c. The ice-condenser elements.
| |
| | |
| 3. For BWR containments:
| |
| a. Drywell structure and appurtenances such as the drywell head and major penetrations.
| |
| | |
| b. Weir wall. c. Refueling pool and operating floor. d. Reactor and recirculation pump and motor support system. e. Reactor pedestal.
| |
| | |
| f. Reactor shield wall. g. Other major interior structures, as appropriate, including the various platforms inside and outside the drywell and the polar crane supporting elements.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.2 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1.2 for concrete containments, but as applicable to the internal structures of the containment as listed in Section 3.8.3.1.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.3 Loads and Load Combinations.
| |
| | |
| Among the loads used in the design of the containment internal structures listed in Section 3.8.3.1 that should be specified are the following:
| |
| 1. Loads encountered during normal plant startup, operation, and shutdown, including dead loads, live loads, thermal loads due to operating The structures listed are those of the BWR Mark III containment.
| |
| | |
| For other BWR containment concepts, the applicable major interior structures should be described accordingly.
| |
| | |
| 3-27 temperature, and hydrostatic loads such as those present in refueling and pressure suppression pools. 2. Loads that would be sustained in the event of severe environ mental conditions, including those induced by the Operating Basis Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 3. Loads that would be sustained in the event of extreme environmental conditions, including those that would be induced by the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
| |
| | |
| 4. Loads that would be sustained in the event of abnormal plant conditions, including the design basis loss-of-coolant accident and other high-energy pipe rupture accidents.
| |
| | |
| Loads that should be discussed include compartment pressures, jet impingement and reaction forces due to pipe rupture, elevated temperatures, impact forces of associated missiles and whipping pipes, and loads applicable to some structures such as pool swell loads in the BWR Mark III containment and drag forces in the ice-condenser PWR containment.
| |
| | |
| The various combinations of the above loads that should be discussed include, as a minimum, normal operating loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads, normal operating loads with extreme environ mental loads, normal operating loads with abnormal loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads and abnormal loads, and normal operating loads with extreme environmental loads and abnormal loads. In addition, the following information should be provided:
| |
| 1. The extent to which the applicant's criteria comply with ACI-349, "Proposed ACI Standard:
| |
| Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures," for concrete, and with the AISC "Specification for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings,"*
| |
| for steel, as applicable.
| |
| | |
| 2. For concrete pressure-resisting portions of the divider barrier of the PWR ice-condenser containment and for concrete pressure-resisting portions of the drywell of the Mark III BWR containment, the extent to which the applicant's criteria comply with Article CC-3000 of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. 3. For steel pressure-resisting portions of the structures described in 2. above, the extent to which the applicant's criteria comply with Article NE-3000 of Subsection NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1, and the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.57 are followed.
| |
| | |
| Copies of the AISC Specifications may be obtained from American Institute for Steel Construction, 100 Park Ave., New York, New York 10017.3-28
| |
| 4. For steel linear supports of the reactor coolant system, the extent to which the applicant's criteria comply with Subsection NF of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1. 3.8.3.4 Design and Analysis Procedures.
| |
| | |
| The procedures that will be used in the design and analysis of at least those internal structures listed in Section 3.8.3.1 should be described, including the assumptions made and the identification of boundary conditions.
| |
| | |
| The expected behavior under load and the mechanisms for load transfer to these structures and then to the containment base slab should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Computer programs that are utilized should be referenced to permit identification with available published programs.
| |
| | |
| Proprietary computer programs should be described to the maximum extent practical to establish the applicability of the programs and the measures taken to validate the programs with solutions derived from other acceptable programs or with solutions of classical problems.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the design and analysis procedures comply with ACI-349 and with the AISC Specifications for concrete and steel structures, respectively, should be provided as applicable.
| |
| | |
| For reactor coolant system linear supports, the design and analysis procedures utilized, including the type of analysis (elastic or plastic), the methods of load transfer, particularly seismic and accident loads, and the assumptions on boundary conditions, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Specifically, the extent of compliance with design and analysis procedures delineated in Subsection NF of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1, should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| For PWR primary shield walls and BWR reactor pedestals and shield walls, the design and analysis procedures utilized should be described, including the manner by which the individual loads and load combinations are transferred to the walls and their foundations.
| |
| | |
| In particular, the description should cover the normal operating thermal gradient, if any, seismic loads, and accident loads, particularly pipe rupture jet and reaction forces and cavity pressures as they may act on the entire cavity or on portions thereof.
| |
| | |
| For secondary shield walls and operating and intermediate floors, the design and analysis procedures utilized for these walls and floors, includ ing assumptions on structural framing and behavior under loads, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Where elastoplastic behavior is assumed and the ductility of the walls is relied upon to absorb the energy associated with jet and missile loads, the procedures and assumptions should be described with particular emphasis on modeling techniques, boundary conditions, force-time functions, and assumed ductility.
| |
| | |
| For the differential pressure, methods of ensuring elastic behavior should be described, particularly in determining an equivalent static load for the impulsive pressure load.3-29 For concrete pressure-resisting portions of the divider barrier of the PWR ice-condenser containment and for concrete pressure-resisting portions of the drywell of the BWR Mark III containment, the extent to wnich the applicant's criteria comply with Article CC-3000 of the ASME Codes Section III, Division 2, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For steel pressure-resisting portions of these two structures, discuss the extent to which the applicant's criteria comply with Article NE-3000 of Subsection NE of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1, and the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.57 are followed.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.5 Structural Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1.5 for concrete containments, but as applicable to the various containment internal struc tures listed in Section 3.8.3.1.
| |
| | |
| For each applicable load combination listed in Section 3.8.3.3, the allowable limits should be provided, as applicable, for stresses, strains, deformation (particularly for the RCS linear supports), and factors of safety against structural failure. The extent of compliance with the various applicable codes, as indicated in Section 3.8.3.3, should be presented.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.6 Materials, Quality Control, and Special Construction Techniques.
| |
| | |
| The materials, quality control programs, and any special construction techniques should be identified and described.
| |
| | |
| Among the major materials of construction that should be described are the concrete ingredients, the reinforcing bars and splices, and the structural steel and various supports and anchors.
| |
| | |
| The quality control program proposed for the fabrication and construc tion of the containment interior structures should be described, incluading nondestructive examination of the materials to determine physical properties, placement of concrete, and erection tolerances.
| |
| | |
| Special, new, or unique construction techniques should be described to determine their effects on the structural integrity of the completed interior structure.
| |
| | |
| In addition, the following information should be provided:
| |
| 1. The extent to which the material and quality control requirements comply with ACI-349 for concrete, and with the AISC Specifications for steel, as applicable.
| |
| | |
| 2. For steel linear supports of the reactor coolant system, the extent to which the material and quality control requirements comply with Subsection NF of the ASME Code, Section III, Division 1. 3. For quality control in general, the extent to which the applicant complies with ANSI N45.2.5, and follows the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.55, "Concrete Placement in Category I Structures." 3-30
| |
| 4. If welding of reinforcing bars is proposed, the extent to which the design complies with the ASME Code, Section III, Division 2. Any exceptions taken should be identified and justified.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.3.7 Testing and Inservice Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The testing and inservice inspection programs for the internal structures should be described.
| |
| | |
| Test requirements for internal structures related directly and critically to the functioning of the containment concept such as the drywell of the BWR Mark III containment should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Inservice inspection requirements, when needed, should also be described.
| |
| | |
| The extent of compliance with the applicable codes as described in Section 3.8.3.6 should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4 Other Seismic Category I Structures Information should be provided in this section for all Seismic Category I structures not covered by Sections 3.8.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, or 3.8.5. The information should be similar to that requested for Section 3.8.1. In particular, the information described below should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.1 Description of the Structures.
| |
| | |
| Descriptive information, including plan and section views of each structure, should be provided to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon for the structure to perform its safety-related function.
| |
| | |
| The relationship between adjacent structures, including any separation or structural ties, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Among the plant Seismic Category I structures that "should be described are the following:
| |
| i. Containment enclosure buildings.
| |
| | |
| 2. Auxiliary buildings.
| |
| | |
| 3. Fuel storage buildings.
| |
| | |
| 4. Control buildings.
| |
| | |
| 5. Diesel generator buildings.
| |
| | |
| 6. Other Seismic Category I structures, as applicable, including such structures as pipe and electrical conduit tunnels, waste storage facilities, stacks, intake structures, pumping stations, water wells, cooling towers, and concrete dams, embankments, and tunnels. Structures that are safety related but because of other design provisions are not classified as Seismic Category I should also be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.2 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Informa tion similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1.2 for concrete contain ments, but as applicable to all other Seismic Category I structures, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.3 Loads and Load Combinations.
| |
| | |
| The loads used in the design of all other Seismic Category I structures should be specified, including:
| |
| 3-31
| |
| 1. Those loads encountered during normal plant startup, operation, and shutdown, including dead loads, live loads, thermal loads due to operating temperature, and hydrostatic loads such as those in spent fuel pools. 2. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of severe environmental conditions, including those that would be induced by the Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) and the design wind specified for the plant site. 3. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of extreme environmental conditions, including those that would be induced by 1:he Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) and the Design Basis Tornado specified for the plant site. 4. Those loads that would be sustained in the event of abnormal plant conditions.
| |
| | |
| Such abnormal plant conditions include the postulated rupture of high-energy piping. Loads induced by such an accident include elevated temperatures and pressures within or across compartments arid possibly jet impingement and impact forces usually associated with such ruptures.
| |
| | |
| The various combinations of the above loads that should be discussed include normal operating loads, normal operating loads with severe environ mental loads, normal operating with extreme environmental loads, normal operating loads with abnormal loads, normal operating loads with severe environmental loads and abnormal loads, and normal operating loads with extreme environmental loads and abnormal loads. The loads and load combinations described above are generally applic able to most structures.
| |
| | |
| However, other site-related design loads might also be applicable.
| |
| | |
| Such loads include those induced by floods, potential aircraft crashes, explosive hazards in proximity to the site, and projec tiles and missiles generated from activities of nearby military installations.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.4 Design and Analysis Procedures.
| |
| | |
| The design and analysis procedures should be described with emphasis on the extent of compliance with ACI-349 and the AISC Specifications for concrete and steel structures, respectively, including the assumptions made on boundary conditions.
| |
| | |
| The expected behavior under load and the mechanisms of load transfer to the foundations should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Computer programs should be referenced to permit identification with available published programs.
| |
| | |
| Proprietary computer programs should be described to the maximum extent practical to establish the applicability of the program and the measures taken to validate the program with solutions derived from other acceptable programs or with solutions of classical problems.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.5 Structural Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| | |
| The design criteria relating to stresses, strains, gross deformations, factors of safety, and other 3-32 parameters that identify quantitatively the margins of safety should be specified with emphasis on the extent of compliance with ACI-349 for concrete and with the AISC Specifications for steel. 3.8.4.6 Materials, Quality Control, and Special Construction Techniques.
| |
| | |
| The materials, quality control programs, and any new or special construc tion techniques should be addressed as outlined in Section 3.8.3.6.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.4.7 Testing and Inservice Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The testing and inservice inspection requirements, if any, should be specified.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5 Foundations The information provided in this section should be similar to that requested under Section 3.8.1 for concrete containments but as applicable to foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| Concrete foundations of steel or concrete containments should be discussed in Section 3.8.1 and in this section as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The information should address foundations for all Seismic Category I structures constructed of materials other than soil for the purpose of transferring loads and forces to the basic supporting media. In partic ular, the information described below should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.1 Description of the Foundations.
| |
| | |
| Descriptive information, including plan and section views of each foundation, should be provided to define the primary structural aspects and elements relied upon to perform the foundation function.
| |
| | |
| The relationship between adjacent foundations, including any separation provided and the reasons for such separation, should be described.
| |
| | |
| In particular, the type of foundation and its structural characteristics should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| General arrangement of each foundation should be provided with emphasis on the methods of trans ferring horizontal shears, such as those seismically induced, to the foundation media. If shear keys are utilized for such purposes, the general arrangement of the keys should be included.
| |
| | |
| If waterproofing membranes are utilized, their effect on the capability of the foundation to transfer shears should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Information should be provided to adequately describe other types of foundation structures such as pile foundations, caisson foundations, retaining walls, abutments, and rock and soil anchorage systems.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.2 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Informa tion similar to that requested in Section 3.8.1.2, but as applicable to foundations of all Seismic Category I structures, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.3 Loads and Load Combinations.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide similar information to that requested in Section 3.8.4.3, but as applic able to the foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.4 Design and Analysis Procedures.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information applicable to the foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| The information should be similar to that requested in Sec tion 3.8.4.4.
| |
| | |
| 3-33 In particular, the assumptions made on boundary conditions and the methods by which lateral loads and forces and overturning moments thereof are transmitted from the structure to the foundation media should be discussed, and the methods by which the effects of settlement are taken into consideration should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.5 Structural Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information applicable to foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| The information should be similar to that requested in Section 3.8.4.5.
| |
| | |
| In particular, the design limits imposed on the various parameters that serve to define the structural stability of each structure and its foundations should be indicated, including differential settlements and factors of safety against overturning and sliding.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.6 Materials, Quality Control, and Special Construction Techniques.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information for the foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| The information should be similar to that requested in Section 3.8.4.6.
| |
| | |
| 3.8.5.7 Testing and Inservice Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| This section should discuss information for the foundations of all Seismic Category I structures.
| |
| | |
| The information should be similar to that requested in Section 3.8.4.7.
| |
| | |
| If programs for continued surveillance and monitoring of foundations are required, a discussion to define the various aspects of the program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.9 Mechanical Systems* and Components
| |
| 3.9.1 Special Topics for Mechanical Components
| |
| 3.9.1.1 Design Transients.
| |
| | |
| Provide a complete list of transients to be used in the design and fatigue analysis of all ASME Code Class 1 and CS components, component supports, and reactor internals.
| |
| | |
| The number of events for each transient should be included, along with assurance that the number of load and stress cycles per event is properly taken into account. All design transients that are contained in the ASME Code required "Design Specifications" for the components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Examples of such transients are startup and shutdown operations, power level changes, emergency and recovery conditions, switching operations (i.e., startup or shutdown of one or more coolant loops), control system or other system malfunctions, component malfunctions, transients resulting from single operator errors, inservice hydrostatic tests, and seismic events. All transients or combinations of transients should be classified with respect to the component operating condition categories identified as "normal," "upset," "emergency," Fuel system design information is addressed in Section 4.2.3-34
| |
| "faulted," or "testing" in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division I. 3.9.1.2 Computer Programs Used in Analyses.
| |
| | |
| Provide a list of computer programs that will be used in dynamic and static analyses to determine structural and functional integrity of all Seismic Category I systems, components, equipment, and supports.
| |
| | |
| Include a brief descrip tion of each program, the extent of its application, and the design control measures, required per Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 50, that will be employed to demonstrate the applicability and validity of each program.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.1.3 Experimental Stress Analysis.
| |
| | |
| If experimental stress analysis methods are used in lieu of analytical methods for Seismic Category I ASME Code and non-Code items, sufficient information should be provided to show the validity of the design. 3.9.1.4 Considerations For the Evaluation of the Faulted Condition.
| |
| | |
| The analytical methods (e.g., elastic or inelastic)
| |
| used to evaluate stresses for Seismic Category I ASME Code and non-Code items should be described, including a discussion of their compatibility with the type of dynamic system analysis used. The stress-strain relationship and ultimate strength used in the analysis for each component should be shown to be valid. If the use of elastic, elastic-inelastic, or limit item analysis concurrently with elastic or inelastic system analysis is invoked, the basis for these procedures should provide assurance that the calculated item or item support deformations and displacements do not violate the corresponding limits and assumptions on which the method used for the system analysis is based. When inelastic stress or deformation design limits are specified for ASME Code and non-Code items, the methods of analysis used to calculate the stresses and/or deformations resulting from the faulted condition loadings should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe the procedure for developing the loading function on each component.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.2 Dynamic Testing and Analysis The criteria, testing procedures, and dynamic analyses employed to ensure structural and functional integrity of piping systems, mechanical equipment, and reactor internals under vibratory loadings, including those due to fluid flow and postulated seismic events, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.2.1 Preoperational Vibration and Dynamic Effects Testing on Piping. Information should be provided concerning the preoperational piping vibration and dynamic effects testing that will be conducted during startup functional testing on all safety-related ASME Class 1, 2, and 3 piping systems (including their supports and restraints).
| |
| The purpose of these tests is to confirm that these piping systems, restraints, components, and supports have been designed adequately to withstand the flow-induced dynamic loadings under operational transient and steady state conditions anticipated during service. The program should include a list of different flow modes, a list of selected locations for visual inspection and measurements, the acceptance criteria, and the possible corrective actions if excessive vibration occurs.3-35
| |
| 3.9.2.2 Seismic Qualification Testing of Safety-Related Mechanical Equipment.
| |
| | |
| Seismic qualification testing of safety-related mechanical equipment is required to ensure its functional integrity and operability during and after a postulated seismic occurrence.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be provided in the PSAR: 1. The criteria for seismic qualification, such as the deciding factors for choosing test and/or analysis, considerations in defining the input motion at the equipment monitoring locations, and the process to demonstrate adequacy of the seismic qualification program.
| |
| | |
| 2. The methods and procedures used to test Seismic Category I mechanical equipment operation during and after the Safe Shutdown Earth quake (SSE) and to ensure structural and functional integrity of the equipment after several occurrences of the Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) in combination with normal operating loads. Included are mechanical equipment such as fans, pump drives, heat exchanger tube bundles, valve actuators, battery and instrument racks, control consoles, cabinets, panels, and cable trays. Broad-band seismic excitation, dynamic coupling, and multidirectional loading effects should be considered in the develop ment of the seismic qualification program.
| |
| | |
| 3. The methods and procedures of analysis and for testing of the supports for the above Seismic Category I mechanical equipment, and the verification procedures used to account for the possible amplification of design loads (amplitude and frequency content) under seismic conditions.
| |
| | |
| There should be provided in the FSAR the results of tests and analyses to ensure the proper implementation of the criteria accepted in the construction permit (CP) review and to demonstrate adequate seismic qualification.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.2.3 Dynamic Response Analysis of Reactor Internals Under Operational Flow Transients and Steady-State Conditions.
| |
| | |
| A description of the dynamic system analysis of structural components within the reactor vessel caused by the operational flow transients and steady-state condi tions should be provided in the PSAR. The purpose of this analysis is to demonstrate the acceptability of the reactor internals design for normal operating conditions and to predict the input forcing functions and the vibratory response of the reactor internals prior to conducting the pre operational vibration test of a prototype reactor. Information concerning the method of analysis, the specific locations for response calculation, the considerations to define the mathematical model, and the acceptance criteria should be provided in the PSAR. 3.9.2.4 Preoperational Flow-Induced Vibration Testing of Reactor Internals.
| |
| | |
| Information should be provided in the PSAR describing the extent to which the recommendations of preoperational flow-induced vibration testing of reactor internals during the startup functional test program, as delineated in Regulatory Guide 1.20, "Comprehensive Vibration Assessment Program for Reactor Internals During Preoperational and Initial Startup Testing," will be implemented.
| |
| | |
| The purpose of this test is to demonstrate
| |
| 3-36 that flow-induced vibrations experienced during normal operation will not cause structural failure or degradation.
| |
| | |
| For the prototype reactor, information in the PSAR should include a list of flow modes, a list of sensor types and locations, a description of test procedures, methods used to process and interpret the measured data, and the procedures for implementing the visual inspection.
| |
| | |
| For a reactor internal with the same design, size, configuration, and operation conditions as an identified valid prototype reactor internal, indicate the extent to which the preoper ational vibration test program follows the recommendations for non prototype testing presented in Regulatory Guide 1.20; provide justification for any alternative approach.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.2.5 Dynamic System Analysis of the Reactor Internals Under Faulted Condition.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be included in the discussion of the dynamic system analysis methods and procedures used to confirm the structural design adequacy of the reactor internals and the unbroken loop of the reactor piping system to withstand dynamic effects with no loss of function under a simultaneous occurrence of LOCA or steam line break and Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE): 1. Typical diagrams of the dynamic system mathematical modeling of piping, pipe supports, and reactor internals, along with fuel element assemblies and control rod assemblies and drives, that will be used in the analysis, including a discussion of the bases for any structural partitioning and directional decoupling of components (PSAR). 2. A description of the methods used to obtain the forcing functions and a description of the forcing functions that will be used for the dynamic analysis of the LOCA or steam line break and SSE event, including system pressure differentials, direction, rise time, magnitude, duration, initial conditions, spatial distribution, and loading combinations (PSAR). 3. A description of the methods and procedures that will be used to compute the total dynamic structural responses, including the buckling response, of those structures in compression (PSAR). 4. A summary of the results of the dynamic analysis (FSAR). 3.9.2.6 Correlations of Reactor Internals Vibration Tests with the Analytical Results (FSAR). A discussion should be provided that describes the method to be used for correlating the results from the reactor internals preoperational vibration test with the analytical results derived from dynamic analyses of reactor internals under operational flow transients and steady-state conditions.
| |
| | |
| In addition, this discussion may include procedures for verifying the mathematical model used in the faulted condition (LOCA, steam line break, and SSE) by comparing certain dynamic characteristics such as natural frequencies.
| |
| | |
| 3-37
| |
| 3.9.3 ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 Components, Component Supports, and Core Support Structures The information requested in Sections 3.9.3.1 through 3.9.3.4 should be provided for components and component supports constructed in accord ance with Division I of Section III of the ASME Code. Section 3.9.3 includes ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 components, core support (CS) struc tures, and component supports;
| |
| Class MC is covered in Section 3.8.3. The design information relative to component design for steam generators as called for in Section 5.4.2 should be incorporated in this section. This includes field run piping and internal parts of components.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.3.1 Loading Combinations, Design Transients, and Stress Limits. Provide the combination of loading conditions and the design transients applicable to the design of each ASME Code constructed item for each system. Identify for each initiating event (i.e., LOCA, SSE, pipe break, and other transients)
| |
| the appropriate plant operating condition and the appropriate component operating condition used to establish the design stress limits for the ASME Code constructed items (see Section 3.9.1.1).
| |
| The actual design condition (including test condition)
| |
| stress limits and deformation criteria selected for design (for the combination of loading conditions and design transients established as described above) should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Design stress limits that allow inelastic deformation (comparable to faulted condition design limits) should be identified, and a description of the procedures that will be used for analysis or test should be provided in the PSAR (see Section 3.9.1.4).
| |
| The FSAR should include the following for ASME Code Class 1 compo nents, CS structures, and ASME Code Class 1 component supports:
| |
| 1. A summary description of mathematical or test models used, 2. Methods of calculation or test, including simplifying assumptions, identification of method of system and component analysis used, and demonstration of their compatibility (see Section 3.9.1.4) in the case of components and supports designed to faulted limits, 3. A summary of the maximum total stress, deformation and cumulative usage factor values should be provided in the FSAR for each of the component operating conditions for all ASME Code Class 1 components.
| |
| | |
| Identify those values which differ from the allowable limits by less than 10% and provide the contribution of each of the loading categeries, such as seismic, dead weight, pressure, and thermal, to the total stress for each maximum stress value identified in this range. The FSAR should include the following for all other classes of components and their supports:
| |
| 1. A summary description of any test models used (see Section 3.9.1.3).3-38
| |
| 2. A summary description of mathematical models or test models used to evaluate the faulted conditions, as appropriate, for components and supports (see Sections 3.9.1.2 and 3.9.1.4).
| |
| 3. For all ASME Code Class 2 and 3 components required to shut down the reactor or mitigate the consequences of a postulated piping failure without offsite power, a summary of the maximum total stress and deformation values should be provided in the FSAR for each of the component operating conditions.
| |
| | |
| Identify those values which differ from the allowable limits by less than 10%. The PSAR should include a listing of transients appropriate to ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 components, CS structures, and component supports and should be categorized on the basis of plant operating condition.
| |
| | |
| In addition, for ASME Code Class 1 components and CS and ASME Code Class I component supports, include the number of cycles to be used in the fatigue analysis appropriate to each transient (see Section 3.9.1.1).
| |
| 3.9.3.2 Pump and Valve Operability Assurance.
| |
| | |
| Provide a list that identifies all active ASME Class 1, 2, and 3 pumps and valves. Present the criteria to be employed in a test program, or program consisting of test and analysis, to ensure the operability of pumps required to function and valves required to open or close to perform a safety function during or following the specified plant event. Discuss the features of the program, and include conditions of test, scale effects if appropriate, loadings for specified plant event, transient loads, including seismic component, dynamic coupling to other systems, stress limits, deformation limits, and other information considered pertinent to assurance of operability.
| |
| | |
| Design stress limits established as provided for in Section 3.9.3.1 should be included in the program. All of the above should be included in the PSAR. The FSAR should include program results summarizing stress and defor mation levels and environmental qualification, as well as maximum test envelope conditions for which the component qualifies, including end connection loads and operability results.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.3.3 Design and Installation Details for Mounting of Pressure Relief Devices. The design and installation criteria applicable to the mounting of the pressure-relieving devices (safety valves and relief valves) for the overpressure protection of ASME Class 1 and 2 system components should be described.
| |
| | |
| Information pertaining to loading combina tions should identify the most severe combination of the applicable loads due to internal fluid pressure, fluid states, dead weight of valves and piping, thermal load under heatup, steady-state and transient valve opera tion, reaction forces when valves are discharging (valve opening sequence and opening times), and seismic events (i.e., Operating Basis Earthquake and Safe Shutdown Earthquake).
| |
| The method of analysis and magnitude of any dynamic load factors used should be included.
| |
| | |
| Discharge piping effects (i.e., closed or open system)3-39 should be discussed and included in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should include the criteria presented above, and the FSAR should present the results of the analysis.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.3.4 Component Supports.
| |
| | |
| Loading combinations, design transients, stress limits, and deformation limits should be provided as discussed in Section 3.9.3.1.
| |
| | |
| The supports for active components should be tested, or analyzed and tested, as discussed for components in Section 3.9.3.2, and their effects on operability included in the discussion provided in that section.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should present the criteria to be used, and the FSAR should present the results of analysis or test programs as discussed in Sections 3.9.3.1 and 3.9.3.2.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.4 Control Rod Drive Systems Information on the control rod drive systems (CRDS) should be provided by the applicant in the SAR for review by the staff. For electromagnetic systems, this includes the control rod drive mechanism (CRDM) and extends to the coupling interface with the reactivity control elements.
| |
| | |
| For hydraulic systems, this includes the CRDM, the hydraulic control unit, the condensate supply system, and the scram discharge volume and extends to the coupling interface with the reactivity control elements.
| |
| | |
| For both types of systems, the CRDM housing should be treated as part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB). Information on CRDS materials should be included in Section 4.5.1. If other types of CRDS are proposed or if new features that are not specifically mentioned here are incorporated in current types of CRDS, information should be supplied for the new systems or new features.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.4.1 Descriptive Information of CRDS. The descriptive information, including design criteria, testing programs, drawings, and a summary of the method of operation of the control rod drives, should be provided to permit an evaluation of the adequacy of the system to properly perform its design function.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.4.2 Applicable CRDS Design Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Information should be provided pertaining to design codes, standards, specifications, and standard practices, as well as to NRC general design criteria, regulatory guides and positions that are applied in the design, fabrication, construction, and operation of the CRDS. The various criteria should be supplied along with the names of the apparatus to which they apply. Pressurized parts of the system should be listed or referenced in Section 3.2.2 in order to determine the extent to which the applicant complies with the Class 1 requirements of Section III of the ASME Code for those portions that are part of the reactor coolant 3-40
| |
| pressure boundary, and with other specified parts of Section III or other sections of the ASME Code for pressurized portions that are not part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
| |
| | |
| Information should be provided to evaluate the nonpressurized portions of the control rod drive system to determine the acceptability of design margins for allowable values of stress, deformation, and fatigue used in the analyses.
| |
| | |
| If an experimental testing program is used in lieu of analysis, the program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The program description should adequately cover the areas of concern in the determination and verification of the stress, deformation, and fatigue in the CRDS. 3.9.4.3 Design Loads, Stress Limits, and Allowable Deformations.
| |
| | |
| Information should be presented that pertains to the applicable design loads and their appropriate combinations, to the corresponding design stress limits, and to the corresponding allowable deformations.
| |
| | |
| The deformations are of interest in the present context only in those instances where a failure of movement could be postulated to occur and such movement would be necessary for a safety-related function.
| |
| | |
| If the applicant selects an experimental testing option in lieu of establishing a set of stress allowables and deformation allowables, an extensive description of the testing program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The load combination, design stress limit, and allowable deformation criteria should be provided in the PSAR. The design limits and safety margins for those components not designed to the ASME Code should be specified in the FSAR, or alternatively a commitment to provide this information prior to fuel loading should be made in the FSAR. Information similar to that requested in Section 3.9.3 should be provided for those components designed to the ASME Code. 3.9.4.4 CRDS Performance Assurance Program. Plans for the conduct of a performance assurance program or plans that reference previous test programs or standard industry procedures for similar apparatus should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For example, the life cycle test program for the CRDS should be presented.
| |
| | |
| The design performance assurance program presented should cover the following:
| |
| 1. Life cycle test program, 2. Proper service environment imposed during test, 3. Mechanism functional tests, and 4. Program results (FSAR). 3.9.5 Reactor Pressure Vessel Internals The information requested in Sections 3.9.5.1 through 3.9.5.4 should be provided to ensure the structural and functional integrity of the 3-41 reactor internals (includes ASME Class CS (core supports)
| |
| and non-ASM3 Code covered internals).
| |
| Information on reactor internals materials should be included in Section 4.5.2. 3.9.5.1 Design Arrangements.
| |
| | |
| The physical or design arrangements of all reactor internals structures, components, assemblies, and systems should be presented, including the manner of positioning and securing such items within the reactor pressure vessel, the manner of providing for axial and lateral retention and support of the internals assemblies and components, and the manner of accommodating dimensional changes due to thermal and other effects. The functional requirements for each component should be described.
| |
| | |
| Verify that any significant changes in design from those in previously licensed plants of similar design do not affect the flow-induced vibration test results requested in Section 3.9.2. 3.9.5.2 Design Loading Conditions.
| |
| | |
| The design loading conditions that provide the basis for the design of the reactor internals to sustain normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences, postulated accidents, and seismic events should be specified in accordance with the information requested in Section 3.9.3.1 and should be consistent with Subsection NG of Section III of the ASME Code. All combinations of design loadings that are accounted for in the design of the core support structure should be listed (e.g., operating pressure differences and thermal effects and seismic and transient pressure loads associated with postulated loss-of-coolant accidents).
| |
| 3.9.5.3 Design Loading Categories.
| |
| | |
| Each combination of design loadings should be categorized with respect to either the Normal, Upset, Emergency, or Faulted Condition (defined in the ASME Section III Code),, and the associated design stress intensity or deformation limits should be stipulated.
| |
| | |
| Design loadings should include Safe Shutdown Earthquake and Operating Basis Earthquake, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.5.4 Design Bases. The design bases for the mechanical designs of the reactor vessel internals should be presented, including mechanical limits such as maximum allowable stresses, deflection, cycling and fatigue limits, core mechanical or thermal restraints (positioning and holddown), radiation damage, and dynamic loadings.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the extent to which the design will be consistent with the requirements of Article NG-3000 of Section III of the ASME Code. Verify that the allowable deflections will not interfere with the functioning of all related components (e.g., control rods and standby cooling systems) and that the stresses associated with these displacements are less than the specified design limits. Details of the dynamic analyses, input forcing functions, and response loadings should be presented in Section 3.9.2 of the SAR. A summary of the maximum total stress, deformation, and cumulative usage factor values should be provided in the FSAR for each of the component operating conditions.
| |
| | |
| Identify those values which differ from the allowable limits by less than 10 percent.
| |
| | |
| Information similar to that requested in Section 3.9.3 should be provided for those components designed to the ASME Code. The design limits and safety margins should be specified for those components not designed to the ASME Code.3-42
| |
| 3.9.6 Inservice Testing of Pumps and Valves A test program should be provided that includes baseline preservice testing and a periodic inservice test program to ensure that all ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 pumps and valves will be in a state of operational readiness to perform their safety function throughout the life of the plant. 3.9.6.1 Inservice Testing of Pumps. Descriptive information in the PSAR should cover the inservice test program of all ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 system pumps. Reference value* tests for speed, pressure, flow rate, vibration, lubrication, and bearing temperature at normal pump operating conditions should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Methods for measuring the reference values and inservice values for the pump parameters listed above should be presented.
| |
| | |
| In addition, the pump test plan and schedule should be provided and included in the Technical Specifications.
| |
| | |
| 3.9.6.2 Inservice Testing of Valves. Descriptive information in the PSAR should cover the inservice test program of all ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 valves. The test program should include preservice tests, valve replacement, valve repair and maintenance, indication of valve position, and inservice tests for all valve categories (as defined in IWV-2110 of the ASME Code). In addition, the valve test procedure and schedule should be provided and included in the Technical Specifications.
| |
| | |
| 3.10 Seismic Qualification of Seismic Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment All Seismic Category I instrumentation, electrical equipment, and their supports should be identified.
| |
| | |
| The seismic qualification criteria applicable to the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature Class IE equipment, the emergency power system, and all auxiliary safety related systems and supports should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Methods and procedures used to qualify electrical equipment, instrumentation, and their supports should also be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.10.1 Seismic Qualification Criteria The criteria for seismic qualification, including the decision criteria for selecting a particular test or method of analysis, the considerations defining the input motion, and the process to demonstrate adequacy of the seismic qualification program, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.10.2 Methods and Procedures for Qualifying.Electrical Equipment and Instrumentation The methods and procedures used to qualify by test or analysis Seismic Category I instrumentation and electrical equipment for operation during and after the Safe Shutdown Earthquake and to ensure structural and functional Defined in IWP-3112 of the ASME Code.3-43 integrity of the equipment after several occurrences of the Operating Basis Earthquake should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Seismic Category I instrumentation and electrical equipment include the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature Class IE equipment, emergency power system, and all auxiliary safety-related systems.
| |
| | |
| 3.10.3 Methods and Procedures of Analysis or Testing of Supports of Electrical Equipment and Instrumentation The methods and procedures for analysis or testing of Seismic Cate gory I instrumentation and electrical equipment supports and the verifi cation procedures used to account for the possible amplification of design loads (amplitude and frequency content) under seismic conditions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Supports include items such as battery racks, instrument racks, control consoles, cabinets, panels, and cable trays. 3.10.4 Operating License Review (FSAR) The results of tests and analyses that ensure the proper implementa tion of the criteria accepted in the construction permit review and that demonstrate adequate seismic qualification should be provided in the FSAR. 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment The purpose of this section is to provide information on the environ mental conditions and design bases for which the mechanical, instrumenta tion, and electrical portions of the engineered safety features and reactor protection systems are designed to ensure acceptable performance in all environments (e.g., normal, tests, and accident).
| |
| The following specific information should be included concerning the design bases related to the capability of the mechanical, instrumentation, and electrical portions of the engineered safety features, and reactor protection system to perform their intended functions in the combined postaccident environment of temperature, pressure, humidity, chemistry:, and radiation.
| |
| | |
| 3.11.1 Equipment Identification and Environmental Conditions All safety-related equipment and components (e.g., motors, cables, filters, pump seals, shielding)
| |
| located in the primary containment and elsewhere that are required to function during and subsequent to any of the design basis accidents should be identified and their locations specified.
| |
| | |
| For equipment inside containment, the location should specify whether inside or outside the missile shield (for PWRs) or whether inside or outside the drywell (for BWRs). Both the normal and accident environmental conditions should be explicitly defined for each item of equipment.
| |
| | |
| These definitions should include the following parameters:
| |
| temperature, pressure, relative humidity, radiation, chemicals, and vibration (nonseismic).
| |
| 3-44 For the normal environment, including that due to loss of environmental control systems, specific values should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For the accident environment, these parameters should be presented as functions of time, and the cause of the postulated environment (loss-of-coolant accident, steam line break, or other) should be identified.
| |
| | |
| The length of time that each item of equipment is required to operate in the accident environment should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3.11.2 Qualification Tests and Analyses A description should be provided of the qualification tests and analyses that have been or will be performed on each of these items to ensure that it will perform in the combined temperature, pressure, humid ity, chemical, and radiation environment.
| |
| | |
| The specific values of tem perature, pressure, humidity, chemicals, and radiation should be included.
| |
| | |
| Indicate how the requirements of General Design Criteria 1, 4, 23, and 50 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 and Criterion III of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 will be met. The extent to which the guidance contained in the regulatory guides listed below will be utilized should be indicated:
| |
| Regulatory Guide 1.30 (Safety Guide 30), "Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment;" Regulatory Guide 1.40, "Qualification Tests of Continuous-Duty Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.63, "Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.73, "Qualification Tests of Electric Valve Oper ators Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Plants;" and Regulatory Guide 1.89, "Qualification of Class IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants." 3.11.3 Qualification Test Results The results of the qualification tests for each type of equipment should be provided in the FSAR. 3.11.4 Loss of Ventilation Provide the bases which ensure that loss of the air conditioning or ventilation system will not adversely affect the operability of safety related control and electrical equipment located in the control room and 3-45 other areas. The analyses performed to identify the worst case environment (e.g., temperature, humidity)
| |
| should be described, including identification and determination of the limiting condition with regard to temperature that would require reactor shutdown.
| |
| | |
| Any testing (factory or onsite) that has been or will be performed to confirm satisfactory operability of control and electrical equipment under extreme environmental conditions should be described.
| |
| | |
| The documentation of the successful completion of qualification tests for each type of equipment should be specified in the PSAR and supplied in the FSAR. 3.11.5 Estimated Chemical and Radiation Environment For each engineered safety feature (ESF), the design source term for the chemical and radiation environment both for normal operation and for the design basis accident environment should be identified.
| |
| | |
| For engineered safety features inside containment, the chemical composition and resulting pH of the liquids in the reactor core and in the containment sump should be identified.
| |
| | |
| Estimates of radiation exposures should be based on a radiation source term that is consistent with Regulatory Guides 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss-of Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," and 1.7 (Safety Guide 7), "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of.Coolant Accident." Determinations of the exposure of organic components on ESF systems should consider both beta and gamma radiation.
| |
| | |
| Beta and gamma exposures should be tabulated separately and should list the average energy of each type of radiation.
| |
| | |
| For ESF systems outside containment, the rad iation estimates should take into account factors affecting the source term such as containment leak rate, meteorological dispersion (if appropriate), and operation of other ESF systems. The engineered safety features con sidered and the corresponding source terms and chemical environments should be presented in tabular form. All assumptions used in the calculation should be listed.3-46
| |
| 4. REACTOR In this chapter of the SAR, the applicant should provide an evalua tion and supporting information to establish the capability of the reactor to perform its safety functions throughout its design lifetime under all normal operational modes, including both transient and steady state, and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| This chapter should also include infor mation to support the analyses presented in Chapter 15, "Accident Analyses." 4.1 Summary Description A summary description of the mechanical, nuclear, and thermal and hydraulic designs of the various reactor components, including the fuel, reactor vessel internals, and reactivity control systems, should be given. The description should indicate the independent and interrelated perfor mance and safety functions of each component.
| |
| | |
| Information on control rod drive systems and reactor vessel internals presented in Sections 3.9.4 and 3.9.5 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| A summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be included.
| |
| | |
| A tabulation of analysis techniques used and load conditions considered, including computer code names, should also be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.2 Fuel System Design The fuel system is defined as consisting of guide tubes or thimbles;
| |
| fuel rods with fuel pellets, insulator pellets, cladding, springs, end closures, fill gas, and getters; burnable poison rods; spacer grids and springs; assembly end fittings and springs; channel boxes; and the reactivity control assembly.
| |
| | |
| In the case of the control rods, this section covers the reactivity control elements that extend from the coupling interface of the control rod drive mechanism.
| |
| | |
| The design bases for the mechanical, chemical, and thermal design of the fuel system that can affect or limit the safe, reliable operation of the plant should be presented.
| |
| | |
| The description of the fuel system mechanical design should include the following aspects: (1) mechanical design limits such as those for allowable stresses, deflection, cycling, and fatigue, (2) capacity for fuel fission gas inventory and pressure, (3) a listing of material pro perties, and (4) considerations for radiation damage, cladding collapse time, materials selection, and normal operational vibration.
| |
| | |
| Details for seismic loadings should be presented in Section 3.7.3; shock (LOCA) loadings and the effects of combined shock and seismic loads should be presented in this section. The chemical design should consider all possible fuel cladding-coolant interactions.
| |
| | |
| The description of the thermal design should include such items as maximum fuel and cladding temperatures, clad to-fuel gap conductance as a function of burnup and operating conditions, and fuel cladding integrity criteria.
| |
| | |
| 4.2.1 Design Bases The applicant should explain and substantiate the selection of design bases from the viewpoint of safety considerations.
| |
| | |
| Where the limits selected are consistent with proven practice, a referenced statement to 4-1 that effect will suffice; where the limits extend beyond present practice, an evaluation and an explanation based on developmental work or analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| These bases may be expressed as explicit numbers or as general conditions.
| |
| | |
| The discussion of design bases should include a description of the functional characteristics in terms of desired performance under stated conditions.
| |
| | |
| This should relate systems, components, and materials per formance under normal operating, anticipated transient, and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should consider the following with respect to performance:
| |
| 1. Cladding a. The mechanical properties of the cladding, e.g., Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, design dimensions, strength, ductility, and creep rupture limits, and the effects of design temperature and irradia tion on the properties, b. Stress-strain limits, c. Vibration and fatigue, d. The chemical properties of the cladding.
| |
| | |
| 2. Fuel Material a. The thermal-physical properties of the fuel, e.g., melting point, thermal conductivity, density, and specific heat, and the effects of design temperature and irradiation on the properties, b. The effects of fuel densification and fission product swelling, c. The chemical properties of the fuel. 3. Fuel Rod Performance a. Analytical models and the conservatism in the input data, b. The ability of the models to predict experimental or operating characteristics, c. The limits of uncertainty associated with the models. 4. Spacer Grid and Channel Boxes a. Mechanical, chemical, thermal, and irradiation properties of the materials, b. Vibration and fatigue, 4-2 c. Chemical compatibility with other core components, including coolant.
| |
| | |
| 5. Fuel Assembly a. Structural design, b. Thermal-hydraulic design. 6. Reactivity Control Assembly and Burnable Poison Rods a. The thermal-physical properties of the absorber material, b. The compatibility of the absorber and cladding materials, c. Cladding stress-strain limits, d. Irradiation behavior of absorber material.
| |
| | |
| 7. Surveillance Program a. The requirements for surveillance and testing of irradiated fuel rods, burnable poison rods, control rods, channel boxes, and instrument tube/thimbles.
| |
| | |
| 4.2.2 Description and Design Drawings A description and preliminary (PSAR) or final (FSAR) design drawing of the fuel rod components, burnable poison rods, fuel assemblies, and reactivity control assemblies showing arrangement, dimensions, critical tolerances, sealing and handling features, methods of support, internal pressurization, fission gas spaces, burnable poison content, and internal components should be provided.
| |
| | |
| A discussion of design features that pre vent improper orientation or placement of fuel rods or assemblies within the core should be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.2.3 Design Evaluation An evaluation of the fuel system design should be presented for the physically feasible combinations of chemical, thermal, irradiation, mechanical, and hydraulic interaction.
| |
| | |
| Evaluation of these interactions should include the effects of normal reactor operations, anticipated transients without scram, and postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| The fuel system design evaluation should include the following:
| |
| 1. Cladding a. Vibration analysis, 4-3 b. Fuel element internal and external pressure and cladding stresses during normal and accident conditions with particular emphasis on temperature transients or depressurization accidents, c. Potential for chemical reaction, including hydriding, fission product attack, and crud deposition, d. Fretting and crevice corrosion, e. Stress-accelerated corrosion, f. Cycling and fatigue, g. Material wastage due to mass transfer, h. Rod bowing due to thermal, irradiation, and creep dimensional changes, i. Consequences of power-coolant mismatch, j. Irradiation stability of the cladding, k. Creep collapse and creepdown.
| |
| | |
| 2. Fuel a. Dimensional stability of the fuel, b. Potential for chemical interaction, including possible waterlogging rupture, c. Thermal stability of the fuel; including densification, phase changes, and thermal expansion, d. Irradiation stability of the fuel, including fission product swelling and fission gas release.
| |
| | |
| 3. Fuel Rod Performance a. Fuel-cladding mechanical interaction, b. Failure and burnup experience, including the thermal conditions for which the experience was obtained for a given type of fuel and the results of long-term irradiation testing of production fuel and test specimens, c. Fuel and cladding temperatures, both local and gross, with an indication of the correlation used for thermal conductivity, gap conductance as a function of burnup and power level, and the method of employing peaking factors, 4-4 d. An analysis of the potential effect of sudden temperature transients on waterlogged elements or elements with high internal gas pressure, e. An analysis of temperature effects during anticipated operational transients that may cause bowing or other damage to fuel, control rods, or structure, f. An analysis of the energy release and potential for a chemical reaction should physical burnout of fuel elements occur,* g. An analysis of the energy release and resulting pressure pulse should waterlogged elements rupture and spill fuel into the coolant,*
| |
| h. An analysis of the behavior of fuel rods in the event of coolant flow blockage.*
| |
| 4. Spacer Grid and Channel Boxes a. Dimensional stability considering thermal, chemical, and irradiation effects, b. Spring loads for grids. 5. Fuel Assembly a. Loads applied by core restraint system, b. Analysis of combined shock (including LOCA) and seismic loading, c. Loads applied in fuel handling, including misaligned handling tools. 6. Reactivity Control Assembly and Burnable Poison Rods a. Internal pressure and cladding stresses during normal, transient, and accident conditions, b. Thermal stability of the absorber material, including phase changes and thermal expansion, c. Irradiation stability of the absorber material, including fission product swelling and fission gas release, d. Potential for chemical interaction, including possible waterlogging rupture.
| |
| | |
| * If this information is included in Chapter 15, it may be incorporated in this section by reference.
| |
| | |
| 4-5
| |
| 4.2.4 Testing and Inspection Plan The testing and inspections to be performed to verify the design characteristics of the fuel system components, including clad integrity, dimensions, fuel enrichment, burnable poison concentration, absorber composition, and characteristics of the fuel, absorber, and poison pellets, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Descriptions of radiographic inspections, destructive tests, fuel assembly dimensional checks, and the program for inspection of new fuel assemblies and new control rods to ensure mechan ical integrity after shipment should be included.
| |
| | |
| Where testing and inspection programs are essentially the same as for previously accepted plants, a referenced statement to that effect with an identification of the fabricator and a summary table of the important design and perform ance characteristics should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 4.3 Nuclear Design 4.3.1 Design Bases The design bases for the nuclear design of the fuel and reactivity control systems should be provided and discussed, including nuclear and reactivity control limits such as excess reactivity, fuel burnup, nega tive reactivity feedback, core design lifetime, fuel replacement program, reactivity coefficients, stability criteria, maximum controlled reactivity insertion rates, control of power distribution, shutdown margins, stuck rod criteria, rod speeds, chemical and mechanical shim control, burnable poison requirements, and backup and emergency shutdown provisions.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2 Description A description of the nuclear characteristics of the design should be provided and should include the information indicated in the following sections.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.1 Nuclear Design Description.
| |
| | |
| Features of the nuclear design not discussed in specific subsections should be listed, described, or illustrated for appropriate times in the fuel cycle. These should include such areas as fuel enrichment distributions, burnable poison distributions, other physical features of the lattice or assemblies relevant to nuclear design parameters, delayed neutron fraction and neutron lifetimes, core lifetime and burnup, plutonium buildup, soluble poison insertion rates, and the relationship to cooldown or xenon burnout or other transient requirements.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.2 Power Distribution.
| |
| | |
| Full quantitative information on calculated "normal" power distributions, including distributions within typical assemblies, axial distributions, gross radial distributions (XY assembly patterns), and nonseparable aspects of radial and axial distri butions should be presented.
| |
| | |
| A full range of both representative and limiting power density patterns related to representative and limiting conditions of such relevant --4-6 parameters as power, flow, flow distribution, rod patterns, time in cycle (burnup and possible burnup distributions), cycle, burnable poison, and xenon should be covered in sufficient detail to ensure that normally anticipated distributions are fully described and that the effects of all parameters important in affecting distributions are displayed.
| |
| | |
| This should include details of transient power shapes and magnitudes accompanying normal transients such as load following, xenon buildup, decay or redistri bution, and xenon oscillation control. Describe the radial power distribu tion within a fuel pin and its variation with burnup if use is made of this in thermal calculations.
| |
| | |
| Discuss and assign specific magnitudes to errors or uncertainties that may be associated with these calculated distributions and present the experimental data, including results from both critical experiments and operating reactors that back up the analysis, likely distribution limits, and assigned uncertainty magnitudes.
| |
| | |
| Experimental checks to be made on this reactor and the criteria for satisfactory results should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The design power distributions (shapes and magnitudes)
| |
| and the design peaking factors to be used in steady-state limit statements and transient analysis initial conditions should be given in detail. Include all relevant components and such variables as maximum allowable peaking factors vs axial position or changes over the fuel cycle. Justify the selections by a discussion of the relationship of these design assumptions to the previously presented expected and limiting distributions and uncertainty analysis.
| |
| | |
| Describe the relationship of these distributions to the monitoring instrumentation, discussing in detail the adequacy of the number of instruments and their spatial deployment (including allowed failures);
| |
| required correlations between readings and peaking factors, calibrations and errors, operational procedures and specific operational limits; axial and azimuthal asymmetry limits; limits for alarms, rod blocks, scrams, etc., todemonstrate that sufficient information is available to deter mine, monitor, and limit distributions associated with normal operation to within proper limits. Describe in detail all calculations, computer codes, and computers used in the course of operations that are involved in translating power-distribution-related measurements into calculated power distribution information.
| |
| | |
| Give the frequency with which the calculations are normally performed and execution times of the calcula tions. Describe the input data required for the codes. Present a full quantitative analysis of the uncertainties associated with the sources and processing of information used to produce operational power distribu tion results. This should include consideration of allowed instrumenta tion failures.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.3 Reactivity Coefficients.
| |
| | |
| Full quantitative information on calculated reactivity coefficients, including fuel Doppler coefficient, moderator coefficients (density, temperature, pressure, void), and power 4-7 coefficient should be presented.
| |
| | |
| The precise definitions or assumptions relating to parameters involved, e.g., effective fuel temperature for Doppler, distinction between intra- and interassembly moderator coeffi cients, parameters held constant in power coefficient, spatial variation of parameter, and flux weighting used, should be stated. The information should be primarily in the form of curves covering the full applicable range of the parameters (density, temperature, pressure, void, power) from cold startup through limiting values used in accident analyses.
| |
| | |
| Quantitative discussions of both spatially uniform parameter changes and these nonuniform parameter and flux weighting changes appropriate to operational and accident analyses and the methods used to treat nonuniform changes in transient analysis should be included.
| |
| | |
| Sufficient information should be presented to illustrate the normal and limiting values of parameters appropriate to operational and accident states, considering cycle, time in cycle, control rod insertions, boron content, burnable poisons, power distribution, moderator density, etc. Potential uncertainties in the results of the calculations and experi mental results that back up the analysis and assigned uncertainty magni tudes and experimental checks to be made in this reactor should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Where limits on coefficients are especially important, e.g., positive moderator coefficients in the power range, experimental checks on these limits should be fully detailed.
| |
| | |
| Present the coefficients actually used in transient analyses and show by reference to the previously discussed information and uncertainty analysis that suitably conservative values are used (1) for both beginning of life (BOL) and end of life (EOL) analyses, (2) where most negative or most positive (or least negative)
| |
| coefficients are appropriate, and (3) where spatially nonuniform changes are involved.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.4 Control Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Tables and discussions relating to core reactivity balances for BOL, EOL, and, where appropriate, interme diate conditions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This should include consideration of such reactivity influences as control bank requirements and expected and minimum worths, burnable poison worths, soluble boron amounts and unit worths for various operating states, "stuck rod" allowance, moder ator and fuel temperature and void defects, burnup and fission products, xenon and samarium poisoning, pH effects, permitted rod insertions at power and error allowances.
| |
| | |
| Required and expected shutdown margin as a function of time in cycle, along with uncertainties in the shutdown margin and experimental confirmations from operating reactors should be presented and discussed.
| |
| | |
| Methods, paths, and limits for normal operational control involving such areas as soluble poison concentration and changes, control rod motion, power shaping rod (e.g., part length rod) motion, and flow change should be described fully. This should include consideration of cold, hot, and peak xenon startup, load following and xenon reactivity control, power shaping (e.g., xenon redistribution or oscillation control), and burnup.4-8
| |
| 4.3.2.5 Control Rod Patterns and Reactivity Worths. Full informa tion on control rod patterns expected to be used throughout a fuel cycle should be presented.
| |
| | |
| This should include details on separation into groups or banks if applicable, order and extent of withdrawal of individ ual rods or banks, limits, with justification, to be imposed on rod or bank positions as a function of power level and/or time in cycle or for any other reason, expected positions of rods or banks for cold critical, hot standby critical, and for full power for both BOL and EOL. Describe allowable deviations from these patterns for misaligned or stuck rods or for any other reason such as special power shaping. For the allowable patterns, including allowable deviations, indicate for various power and EOL and BOL conditions, the maximum worth of rods that might be postulated to be removed from the core in an ejection or drop accident and rods or rod banks that could be removed in rod withdrawal accidents, and give the worths of these rods as a function of position.
| |
| | |
| Describe any experi mental confirmation of these worths. Present maximum reactivity increase rates associated with these withdrawals.
| |
| | |
| Describe fully and give the methods for calculating the scram reactivity as a function of time after scram signal, including consideration for Technical Specification scram times, stuck rods, power level and shape, time in cycle, and any other parameter important for bank reactivity worth and axial reactivity shape functions.
| |
| | |
| For BWRs, provide criteria for control rod velocity limiters and control rod worth minimizers.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.6 Criticality of Reactor During Refueling.
| |
| | |
| The maximum value of k ef for the reactor during refueling should be stated. Describe the basis for assuming that this maximum value will not be exceeded.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.7 Stability.
| |
| | |
| Information defining the degree of predicted stability with regard to xenon oscillations in both the axial direction and in the horizontal plane should be provided.
| |
| | |
| If any form of xenon instability is predicted, include evaluations of higher mode oscilla tions. Indicate in detail the analytic and experimental bases for the predictions.
| |
| | |
| Include an assessment of potential error in the predic tions. Also, show how unexpected oscillations would be detectable before safety limits are exceeded.
| |
| | |
| Unambiguous positions regarding stability or lack thereof should be provided.
| |
| | |
| That is, where stability is claimed, provide corroborating data from sufficiently similar power plants or provide commitments to demonstrate stability.
| |
| | |
| Indicate criteria for determining whether the reactor will be stable or not. Where instability or marginal stability is predicted, provide details of how oscillations will be detected and controlled and provisions for protection against exceeding safety limits. Analyses of the overall reactor stability against power oscillations (other than xenon) should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.2.8 Vessel Irradiation.
| |
| | |
| The neutron flux distribution and spectrum in the core, at core boundaries, and at the pressure vessel wall for appropriate times in the reactor life for NVT determinations should be provided.4-9
| |
| 4.3.3 Analytical Methods A detailed description of the analytical methods used in the nuclear design, including those for predicting criticality, reactivity coefficients, and burnup effects should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Computer codes used should be described in detail as to the name and the type of code, how it is used, and its validity based on critical experiments or confirmed predictions of operating plants. Code descriptions should include methods of obtaining parameters such as cross sections.
| |
| | |
| Estimates of the accuracy of the analytical methods should be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.3.4 Changes Any changes in reactor core design features, calculational methods, data, or information relevant to determining important nuclear design parameters that depart from prior practice of the reactor designs should be listed along with affected parameters.
| |
| | |
| Details of the nature and effects of the changes should be treated in appropriate subsections.
| |
| | |
| 4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design 4.4.1 Design Bases The design bases for the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor should be provided, including such items as maximum fuel and clad tempera tures and cladding-to-fuel gap characteristics as a function of burnup (at rated power, at design overpower, and during transients), critical heat flux ratio (at rated power, at design overpower, and during trans ients), flow velocities and distribution control, coolant and moderator voids, hydraulic stability, transient limits, fuel cladding integrity criteria, and fuel assembly integrity criteria.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2 Description of Thermal and Hydraulic Design of the Reactor Core A description of the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactor design should be provided and should include information indi cated in the following sections.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.1 Summary Comparison.
| |
| | |
| A summary comparison of the thermal and hydraulic design parameters of the reactor with previously approved reactors of similar design should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This should include, for example, primary coolant temperatures, fuel temperatures, maximum and average linear heat generation rates, critical heat flux ratios, critical heat flux correlations used, coolant velocities, surface heat fluxes, power densities, specific powers, surface areas, and flow areas. 4.4.2.2 Critical Heat Flux Ratios. The critical heat flux ratios for the core hot spot at normal full power and at design overpower condi tions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| State the critical heat flux correlation used, analysis techniques, method of use, method of employing peaking factors, and comparison with other correlations.
| |
| | |
| 4-10
| |
| 4.4.2.3 Linear Heat Generation Rate. The core-average linear heat generation rate (LHGR) and the maximum LHGR anywhere in the core should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The method of utilizing hot channel factors and power distribution information to determine the maximum LHGR should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.4 Void Fraction Distribution.
| |
| | |
| Curves showing the predicted radial and axial distribution of steam quality and steam void fraction in the core should be provided.
| |
| | |
| State the predicted core average void fraction and the maximum void fraction anywhere in the core. 4.4.2.5 Core Coolant Flow Distribution.
| |
| | |
| Coolant flow distribution and orificing and the basis on which orificing is designed relative to shifts in power production during core life should be described and discussed.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.6 Core Pressure Drops and Hydraulic Loads. Core pressure drops and hydraulic loads during normal and accident conditions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.7 Correlation and Physical Data. The correlations and physical data employed in determining important characteristics such as heat transfer coefficients and pressure drop should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.8 Thermal Effects of Operational Transients.
| |
| | |
| The capability of the core to withstand the thermal effects resulting from anticipated operational transients should be evaluated.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.9 Uncertainties in Estimates.
| |
| | |
| The uncertainties associated with estimating the peak or limiting conditions for thermal and hydraulic analysis (e.g., fuel temperature, clad temperature, pressure drops, and orificing effects) should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.2.10 Flux Tilt Considerations.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the margin provided in the peaking factor to account for flux tilts to ensure that flux limits are not exceeded during operation.
| |
| | |
| Describe plans for power reduction in the event of flux tilts and provide criteria for selection of a safe operating power level. 4.4.3 D tion of the Thermal and Hydraulic Designof the Reactor Coolant System The thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor coolant system should be described in this section. The information indicated in the following sections should be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.3.1 Plant Configuration Data. The following information on plant configuration and operation should be provided:
| |
| 1. A description of the reactor coolant system, including isometric drawings that show the configuration and approximate dimensions of the reactor coolant system piping, 4-11
| |
| 2. A listing of all valves and pipe fittings (elbows, tees, etc.) in the reactor coolant system, 3. Total coolant flow through each flowpath (total loop flow, core flow, bypass flow, etc.), 4. Total volume of each plant component, including ECCS components with sufficient detail in reactor vessel and the steam generator (for PWRs) to define each part (downcomer, lower plenum, upper head, etc.), 5. The flowpath length through each volume, 6. The height and liquid level of each volume, 7. The elevation of the bottom of each volume with respect to some reference elevation, preferably the centerline of the outer piping, 8. The line lengths and sizes of all safety injection lines, 9. Minimum flow areas of each component, 10. Steady-state pressure and temperature distribution throughout the system. 4.4.3.2 Operating Restrictions on Pumps. The operating restrictions that will be imposed on the coolant pumps to meet net positive suction head requirements should be stated. 4.4.3.3 Power-Flow Operating Map (BWR). For boiling water reactors, a power-flow operating map indicating the limits of reactor coolant system operation should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This map should indicate the per missible operating range as bounded by minimum flow, design flow, maximum pump speed, and natural circulation.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.3.4 Temperature-Power Operating Map (PWR). For pressurized water reactors, a temperature-power operating map should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The effects of reduced core flow due to inoperative pumps, including system capability during natural circulation conditions, should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.3.5 Load-Following Characteristics.
| |
| | |
| The load-following charac teristics of the reactor coolant system and the techniques employed to provide this capability should be described.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.3.6 Thermal and Hydraulic Characteristics Summary Table. A table summarizing the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactor coolant system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.4 Evaluation An evaluation of the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor and the reactor coolant system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| It should include the information indicated in the following sections.4-12
| |
| 4.4.4.1 Critical Heat Flux. The critical heat flux, departure from nucleate boiling, or critical power ratio correlation utilized in the core thermal and hydraulic analysis should be identified.
| |
| | |
| The experi mental basis for the correlation should be described, preferably by reference to documents available to the NRC. The applicability of the correlation to the proposed design should be discussed in the SAR. Particular emphasis should be placed on the effect of the grid spacer design, the calculational technique used to determine coolant mixing, and the effect of axial power distribution.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.4.2 Core Hydraulics.
| |
| | |
| The core hydraulics evaluation should include (1) a discussion of the results of flow model tests (with respect to pressure drop for the various flowpaths through the reactor and flow distributions at the core inlet), (2) the empirical correlation selected for use in analyses for both single-phase and two-phase flow conditions and the applicability over the range of anticipated reactor conditions, and (3) the effect of partial or total isolation of a loop. 4.4.4.3 Influence of Power Distribution.
| |
| | |
| The influence of axial and radial power distributions on the thermal and hydraulic design should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| An analysis to determine which fuel rods control the thermal limits of the reactor should be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.4.4 Core Thermal Response.
| |
| | |
| The thermal response of the core should be evaluated at rated power, at design overpower, and for expected transient conditions.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.4.5 Analytical Methods. The analytical methods and data used to determine the reactor coolant system flow rate should be described.
| |
| | |
| This should include classical fluid mechanics relationships and empirical correlations.
| |
| | |
| The description should include both single-phase and two phase fluid flow, as applicable.
| |
| | |
| Estimates of the uncertainties in the calculations and the resultant uncertainty in reactor coolant system flow rate should be provided.
| |
| | |
| A comprehensive discussion of the analytical techniques used in evaluating the core thermal-hydraulics, including estimates of uncer tainties should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This discussion should include such items as hydraulic instability, the application of hot spot factors and hot channel factors, subchannel hydraulic analysis, effects of crud (in the core and in the reactor coolant system), and operation with one or more loops isolated.
| |
| | |
| Descriptions of computer codes may be included by reference to documents available to the NRC. 4.4.5 Testing and Verification The testing and verification techniques to be used to ensure that the planned thermal and hydraulic design characteristics of the core and the reactor coolant system have been provided and will remain within 4-13 required limits throughout core lifetime should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| This discussion should address the applicable portions of Regulatory Guide 1.68, "Preoperational and Initial Startup Test Programs for Water-Cooled Power Reactors." References to the appropriate portions of Chapter 14 are acceptable.
| |
| | |
| 4.4.6 Instrumentation Requirements The functional requirements for the instrumentation to be employed in monitoring and measuring those thermal-hydraulic parameters important to safety should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The requirements for in-core instrumenta tion to confirm predicted power density distribution and moderator tempera ture distributions, for example, should be included.
| |
| | |
| Details of the instrumentation design and logic should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. The vibration and loose-parts monitoring equipment to be provided in the plant should be described.
| |
| | |
| The procedures to be used to detect excessive vibration and the occurrence of loose parts should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 4.5 Reactor Materials
| |
| 4.5.1 Control Rod System Structural Materials For the purpose of this section, the control rod system extends to the coupling interface with the reactivity control (poison) elements.
| |
| | |
| Requested information pertaining to the reactivity control elements is specified in Section 4.2. The information described below should be provided:
| |
| 1. Provide a list of the materials and their specifications for each component of the control rod system. Furnish information regarding the mechanical properties of any material not included in Appendix I to Section III of the ASME B&PV Code and provide justification for the use of such material.
| |
| | |
| 2. State whether any of the following materials that have a yield strength greater than 90,000 psi are being used: cold-worked austenitic stainless steels, precipitation hardenable stainless steels, or hardenable martensitic stainless steels. If such materials are employed, identify their usage and provide evidence that stress-corrosion cracking will not occur during service life in components fabricated from the materials.
| |
| | |
| 3. Provide a description of the processes, inspections, and tests on austenitic stainless steel components to ensure freedom from increased susceptibility to intergranular stress-corrosion cracking caused by sensitization.
| |
| | |
| If special processing or fabrication methods subject the materials to temperatures between 800 and 1500 0 F, or involve slow cooling from temperatures over 1500'F, provide justification to show that such treatment will not cause susceptibility to intergranular stress-corrosion cracking.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the degree of conformance to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel." Provide justification for any deviations from these recommendations.
| |
| | |
| 4-14
| |
| 4. State the procedures and requirements that will be applied to prevent hot cracking in austenitic stainless steel welds, especially those procedures and requirements to control the delta ferrite content in weld filler metal and in completed welds. Indicate the degree of conformance to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding." Provide justification for any deviations from these recommendations.
| |
| | |
| 5. Provide details of the steps that will be taken in protecting austenitic stainless steel materials and parts of these systems during fabrication, shipping, and onsite storage to ensure that all cleaning solutions, processing compounds, degreasing agents, and detrimental contaminants are completely removed and that all parts are dried and properly protected following any flushing treatment with water. Indicate the degree of conformance to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." Provide justification for any deviations from these recommendations.
| |
| | |
| 4.5.2 Reactor Internals Materials This section should discuss the materials used for reactor internals and should include the information described below. 4.5.2.1 Materials Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Provide a list of the materials and their specifications for major components of the reactor internals.
| |
| | |
| Furnish information regarding the mechanical properties of any material not included in Appendix I to Section III of the ASME B&PV Code and provide justification for the use of such material.
| |
| | |
| 4.5.2.2 Controls On Welding. Indicate the controls that will be used when welding reactor internals components, and provide assurance that such welds will meet the acceptance criteria of Article NG-5000 of ASME B&PV Code Section III or alternative acceptance criteria that provide an acceptable level of safety. 4.5.2.3 Nondestructive Examination of Wrought Seamless Tubular Products and Fittings.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the degree of conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.66, "Nondestructive Examination of Tubular Products," and provide justification for deviations from these recommendations.
| |
| | |
| 4.5.2.4 Fabrication and Processing of Austenitic Stainless Steel Components.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the degree of conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel;" Regulatory Guide 1.36, "Nonmetallic Thermal Insulation for Austenitic Stainless Steel;" Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding;" Regulatory Guide 1.34, "Control of Electroslag Weld Properties;" and Regulatory Guide 1.71, "Welder Qualification for Areas of Limited Accessibility." If alternative measures are used, show that they will provide the same assurance of component integrity as would be achieved by following the recommendations of the guides.4-15
| |
| 4.5.2.5 Contamination Protection and Cleaning of Austenitic Stainless Steel. Indicate the degree of conformance to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." Provide justification for any deviations from these recommendations.
| |
| | |
| 4.6 Functional Design of Reactivity Control Systems Information should be presented to establish that the control rod drive system (CRDS), which includes the essential ancillary equipment and hydraulic systems, is designed and installed to provide the required functional performance and is properly isolated from other equipment.
| |
| | |
| Additionally, information should be presented to establish the bases for assessing the combined functional performance of all the reactivity con trol systems to mitigate the consequences of anticipated transients and postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| These reactivity control systems include, in addition to the CRDS and the emergency core cooling system (ECCS), the chemical and volume control system (CVCS) and the emergency boration system (EBS) for pres surized water reactors and the standby liquid control system (SLCS) and the recirculation flow control system (RFCS) for boiling water reactors.
| |
| | |
| 4.6.1 Information for CRDS Information submitted should include drawings of the rod drive mechanism, layout drawings of the collective rod drive system, process flow diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, component descriptions and characteristics, and a description of the functions of all related ancillary equipment and hydraulic systems. This information may be pre sented in conjunction with the information requested for Section 3.9.4. 4.6.2 Evaluations of the CRDS Failure mode and effects analyses of the CRDS should be presented in tabular form with supporting discussion to delineate the logic employed.
| |
| | |
| The failure analysis should demonstrate that the CRDS, which for purposes of these evaluations includes all essential ancillary equipment and hydraulic systems, can perform the intended safety functions with the loss of any single active component.
| |
| | |
| These evaluations and assessments should establish that all essential elements of the CRDS are identified and provisions made for isolation from nonessential CRDS elements.
| |
| | |
| It should be established that all essential equipment is amply protected from common mode failures such as failure of moderate- and high-energy lines. 4.6.3 Testing and Verification of the CRDS A functional testing program should be presented.
| |
| | |
| This should include rod insertion and withdrawal tests, thermal and fluid dynamic tests simulating postulated operating and accident conditions, and test verification of the CRDS with imposed single failures, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| 4-16 Preoperational and initial startup test programs should be presented.
| |
| | |
| The objectives, test methods, and acceptance criteria should be included.
| |
| | |
| 4.6.4 Information for Combined Performance of Reactivity Systems Information consisting of piping and instrumentation diagrams, lay out drawings, process diagrams, failure analyses, descriptive material, and performance evaluations related to specific evaluations of the CVCS, the SLCS, and the RFCS is presented in other sections of the Safety Analysis Report, e.g., 9.3.4 and 9.3.5. This section should include sufficient plan and elevation layout drawings to provide bases for estab lishing that the reactivity control systems (CRDS, ECCS, CVCS, SLCS, RFCS, EBS) when used in single or multiple redundant modes are not vulnerable to common mode failures.
| |
| | |
| Evaluations pertaining to the response of the plant to postulated process disturbances and to postulated malfunctions or failures of equip ment are presented in Chapter 15, "Accident Analyses." This section should include a list of all the postulated accidents evaluated in Chapter 15 that take credit for two or more reactivity control systems for pre venting or mitigating each accident.
| |
| | |
| The related reactivity systems should also be tabulated.
| |
| | |
| 4.6.5 Evaluations of Combined Performance Evaluations of the combined functional performance for accidents where two or more reactivity systems are used should be presented.
| |
| | |
| The neutronic, fluid dynamic, instrumentation, controls, time sequencing, and other process-parameter-related features are presented primarily in Chapters 4, 7, and 15 of the Safety Analysis Report. This section should include failure analyses to demonstrate that the reactivity control systems used redundantly are not susceptible to common mode failures.
| |
| | |
| These failure analyses should consider failures originating within each reactivity control system and from plant equipment other than reactivity systems and should be presented in tabular form with supporting discussion and logic.4-17
| |
| 5. REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM AND CONNECTED
| |
| SYSTEMS This chapter of the SAR should provide information regarding the reactor coolant system and systems connected to it. Special considera tion should be given to the reactor coolant system and pressure containing appendages out to and including isolation valving which is the "reactor coolant pressure boundary" (RCPB), as defined in paragraph
| |
| 50.2(v) of 10 CFR Part 50. Evaluations, together with the necessary supporting material, should be submitted to show that the reactor coolant system is adequate to accomplish its intended objective and to maintain its integrity under conditions imposed by all foreseeable reactor behavior, either normal or accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| The information should permit a determination of the adequacy of the evaluations;
| |
| that is, assurance that the evaluations included are correct and complete and all the evaluations needed have been made. Evaluations included in other chapters that have a bearing on the reactor coolant system should be referenced.
| |
| | |
| 5.1 Summary Description A summary description of the reactor coolant system and its various components should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The description should indicate the independent and interrelated performance and safety functions of each component.
| |
| | |
| Include a tabulation of important design and performance characteristics.
| |
| | |
| 5.1.1 Schematic Flow Diagram A schematic flow diagram of the reactor coolant system denoting all major components, principal pressures, temperatures, flow rates, and coolant volume under normal steady-state full power operating conditions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 5.1.2 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Provide a piping and instrumentation diagram of the reactor coolant system and connected systems delineating the following:
| |
| 1. The extent of the systems located within the containment, 2. The points of separation between the reactor coolant (heat transport)
| |
| system and the secondary (heat utilization or removal) system, and 3. The extent of isolability of any fluid system as provided by the use of isolation valves between the radioactive and nonradioactive sections of the system, isolation valves between the RCPB and connected systems, and passive barriers between the RCPB and other systems.5-1
| |
| 5.1.3 Elevation Drawing Provide an elevation drawing showing principal dimensions of the reactor coolant system in relation to the supporting or surrounding con crete structures from which a measure of the protection afforded by the arrangement and the safety considerations incorporated in the layout can be gained. 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary This section should present discussions of the measures to be employed to provide and maintain the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) for the plant design lifetime.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.1 Compliance with Codes and Code Cases 5.2.1.1 Compliance with 10 CFR §50.55a. A table showing compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR §50.55a, "Codes and Standards,," should be provided.
| |
| | |
| In the event there are cases wherein conformance to the regu lations of §50.55a would result in hardships or unusual difficulties without a compensating increase in the level of safety and quality, a complete description of the circumstances resulting in such cases and the basis for proposed alternative requirements should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe how an acceptable level of safety and quality will be provided by the proposed alternative requirements.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.1.2 Applicable Code Cases. Provide a list of ASME Code Case interpretations that will be applied to components within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
| |
| | |
| Regulatory Guides 1.84, "Code Case Acceptability
| |
| -ASME Section III Design and Fabrication," and 1.85, "Code Case Acceptability
| |
| -ASME Section III Materials," list those Sec tion III ASME Code Cases that are generally acceptable.
| |
| | |
| The section should indicate the extent of conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guides 1.84 and 1.85. If Code Cases other than those listed in the guides are used, show that their use will result in as acceptable a level of quality and safety for the component as would be achieved by following the recommendation of the guides. 5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection The information cited below should be provided to accommodate an evaluation of the systems that protect the RCPB and the secondary side of steam generators from overpressurization.
| |
| | |
| These systems include all pressure-relieving devices (safety and relief valves) for: 1. The reactor coolant system, 2. The primary side of auxiliary or emergency systems connected to the reactor coolant system, 5-2
| |
| 3. Any blowdown or heat dissipation systems connected to the discharge of these pressure-relieving devices, and 4. The secondary side of steam generators.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.1 Design Bases. Provide the design bases on which the functional design of the overpressure protection system was established.
| |
| | |
| Identify the postulated events or transients on which the design require ments are based, including:
| |
| 1. The extent of simultaneous occurrences, 2. The assumptions regarding initial plant conditions and system parameters, and 3. A list of all systems that could initiate during the postulated event and the initiating and trip signals.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.2 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the functional design of the overpressurization system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Present an analysis of the capability of the system to perform its function.
| |
| | |
| Describe the analytical model used in the analysis and discuss the bases for its validity.
| |
| | |
| Discuss and justify the assumptions used in the analysis, including the plant initial conditions and system parameters.
| |
| | |
| List the systems and equipment assumed to operate and describe their performance characteristics.
| |
| | |
| Provide studies that show the sensitivity of the performance of the system to variations in these conditions, parameters, and performance.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.3 Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams.
| |
| | |
| Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams for the overpressure protection system showing the number and location of all components, including valves, piping, tanks, instrumentation, and controls.
| |
| | |
| Connections and other interfaces with other systems should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.4 Equipment and Component Description.
| |
| | |
| Describe the equip ment and components of the overpressure protection system, including schematic drawings of the safety and relief valves and a discussion of how the valves operate. Identify the significant design parameters for each component, including the design, throat area, capacity, and set point of the valves and the diameter, length, and routing of piping. List the design parameters (e.g., pressure and temperature)
| |
| for each component.
| |
| | |
| Specify the number and type of operating cycles for which each component is designed.
| |
| | |
| The environmental conditions (e.g., temper ature and humidity)
| |
| for which the components are designed should also be specified.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.5 Mounting of Pressure-Relief Devices. Describe the design and installation details of the mounting of the pressure-relief devices within the reactor coolant pressure boundary and the secondary side of steam generators.
| |
| | |
| Specify the design bases for the assumed loads (i.e., 5-3 thrust, bending, and torsion) imposed on the valves, nozzles, and con nected piping in the event all valves discharge.
| |
| | |
| Describe how these loads can be accommodated;
| |
| include a listing of these loads and result ing stresses.
| |
| | |
| Material contained in Section 3.9.3.3 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.6 Applicable Codes and Classification.
| |
| | |
| Identify the appli cable industry codes and classifications applied to the system. 5.2.2.7 Material Specification.
| |
| | |
| The material specifications for each component should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.8 Process Instrumentation.
| |
| | |
| Identify all process instrumen tation. 5.2.2.9 System Reliability.
| |
| | |
| The reliability of the system and the consequences of failures should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.2.10 Testing and Inspection.
| |
| | |
| Identify the tests and inspec tions to be performed
| |
| (1) prior to operation and during startup which demonstrate the functional performance and (2) as inservice surveillance to ensure continued reliability.
| |
| | |
| 5.2.3 Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Materials
| |
| 5.2.3.1 Material Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Provide a list of specifications for the principal ferritic materials, austenitic stainless steels, and nonferrous metals, including bolting and weld materials, to be used in fabricating and assembling each component (e.g., vessels, piping, pumps, and valves) that is part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB). 5.2.3.2 Compatibility with Reactor Coolant. Provide the following information relative to compatibility of the reactor coolant with the materials of construction and the external insulation of the RCPB: 1. PWR reactor coolant chemistry (for PWRs only). Provide a description of the chemistry of the reactor coolant and the additives (such as inhibitors)
| |
| whose principal function is directed toward corro sion control. Describe water chemistry, including maximum allowable content of chloride, fluoride, and oxygen and permissible content of hydrogen and soluble poisons. Discuss methods to control water chemistry, including pH. 2. BWR reactor coolant chemistry (for BWRs only). Describe the chemistry of the reactor coolant and the methods for maintaining water purity. Provide sufficient information about maximum allowable chloride and fluoride contents, maximum allowable conductivity, pH range, demin eralizer capacity, performance monitoring, and other details of the water chemistry program to indicate whether water purity will be main tained at a high level comparable to the recommendations in Regulatory Guide 1.56, "Maintenance of Water Purity in Boiling Water Reactors." 5-4
| |
| 3. Compatibility of construction materials with reactor coolant.
| |
| | |
| Provide a list of the materials of construction exposed to the reactor coolant and a description of material compatibility with the coolant, contaminants, and radiolytic products to which the materials may be exposed.
| |
| | |
| 4. Compatibility of construction materials with external insulation and reactor coolant. Provide a list of the materials of construction of the RCPB and a description of their compatibility with the external insulation, especially in the event of a coolant leakage.
| |
| | |
| Provide sufficient information about the selection, procurement, testing, storage, and installation of any nonmetallic thermal insulation for austenitic stainless steel to indicate whether the concentrations of chloride, fluoride, sodium, and silicate in thermal insulation will be within the ranges recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.36, "Nonmetallic Thermal Insulation for Austenitic Stainless Steel." 5.2.3.3 Fabrication and Processing of Ferritic Materials.
| |
| | |
| Provide the following information relative to fabrication and processing of ferritic materials used for components of the RCPB: 1. Fracture toughness.
| |
| | |
| In regard to fracture toughness of the ferritic materials, including bolting materials for components (e.g., vessels, piping, pumps, and valves) of the RCPB, indicate how compliance with the test and acceptance requirements of Appendix G to 10 CFR Part "50 and with Section NB-2300 and Appendix G of the ASME Code, Section III, is achieved.
| |
| | |
| Submit the fracture toughness data in tabular form, includ ing information regarding the calibration of instruments and equipment.
| |
| | |
| 2. Control of welding. Provide the following information relative to control of welding of ferritic materials used for components of the RCPB : a. Sufficient information regarding the avoidance of cold cracking during welding of low-alloy steel components of the RCPB to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be com parable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guides 1.50, "Control of Preheat Temperature for Welding of Low-Alloy Steel," and 1.43, "Control of Stainless Steel Weld Cladding of Low-Alloy Steel Components." Provide details on proposed minimum preheat tempera ture and maximum interpass temperature during procedure qualification and production welding.
| |
| | |
| b. Sufficient information for electroslag welds in the low alloy steel components of the RCPB to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.34, "Control of Electroslag Weld Properties." Provide details on the control of welding variables and the metallurgical tests required during procedure qualifi cation and production welding.5-5 c. In regard to welding and weld repair during fabrication and assembly of ferritic steel components of the RCPB, provide suffi cient details for welder qualification for areas of limited accessibil ity, requalification, and monitoring of production welding for adherence to welding qualification repiirements to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that obtainable by fol lowing the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.71, "Welder Qualifica tion for Areas of Limited Accessibility." 3. Nondestructive examination.
| |
| | |
| Provide sufficient information on nondestructive examination of ferritic steel tubular products (pipe, tubing, flanges, and fittings)
| |
| for components of the RCPB to indicate whether detection of unacceptable defects (regardless of defect shape, orientation, or location in the product) will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.66, "Nondestructive Examination of Tubular Products." 5.2.3.4 Fabrication and Processing of Austenitic Stainless Steels. Provide the following information relative to fabrication and processing of austenitic stainless steels for components of the RCB: 1. Avoidance of stress corrosion cracking.
| |
| | |
| Provide the following information relative to avoidance of stress corrosion cracking of aus tenitic stainless steels for components of the RCPB during all stages of component manufacture and reactor construction:
| |
| a. Sufficient details about the avoidance of significant sensitization during fabrication and assembly of austenitic stainless steel components of the RCPB to indicate whether the degree of freedom from sensitization will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel." Provide a description of materials (includ ing provision for 5% minimum delta ferrite when required), welding and heat treating processes, inspections, and tests. b. Sufficient details about the process controls to minimize exposure to contaminants capable of causing stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless steel components of the RCPB to show whether the process controls will provide, during all stages of component manufac ture and reactor construction, a degree of surface cleanliness comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel," and Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." c. Characteristics and mechanical properties of cold-worked austenitic stainless steels for components of the RCPB. If such steels are employed at yield strength levels greater than 90,000 psi, provide assurance that they will be compatible with the reactor coolant.5-6
| |
| 2. Control of welding. Provide the following information relative to the control of welding of austenitic stainless steels for components of the RCPB: a. Sufficient information about the avoidance of hot cracking (fissuring)
| |
| during weld fabrication and assembly of austenitic stainless steel components of the RCPB to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding." Describe the requirements regarding welding procedures and the amount of and method of determining delta ferrite in weld filler metals and in production welds. b. Sufficient information about electroslag welds in aus tenitic stainless steel components of the RCPB to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that obtain able by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.34, "Control of Electroslag Weld Properties." Provide details on the control of welding variables and the metallurgical tests required during procedure qualification and production welding.
| |
| | |
| c. In regard to welding and weld repair during fabrication and assembly of austenitic stainless steel components of the RCPB, pro vide sufficient details about welder qualification for areas of limited accessibility, requalification, and monitoring of production welding for adherence to welding qualification requirements to indicate whether the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that obtain able by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.71, "Welder Qualification for Areas of Limited Accessibility." 3. Nondestructive examination.
| |
| | |
| Provide sufficient information about the program for nondestructive examination of austenitic stainless steel tubular products (pipe, tubing, flanges, and fittings)
| |
| for compo nents of the RCPB to indicate whether detection of unacceptable defects (regardless of defect shape, orientation, or location in the product) will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.66, "Nondestructive Examination of Tubular Products." 5.2.4 Inservice Inspection and Testing of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary This section should discuss the inservice inspection and testing program for the NRC Quality Group A components (ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Class 1 components).
| |
| Provide sufficient detail to show that the inservice inspection program meets the require ments of Section XI of the ASME Code. Areas to be discussed should include: 1. System boundary subject to inspection, including associated component supports, structures, and bolting, 5-7
| |
| 2. Arrangement of systems and components to provide accessibility, 3. Examination techniques and procedures, including any special techniques and procedures that might be used to meet the Code requirement, 4. Inspection intervals, 5. Inservice inspection program categories and requirements, 6. Evaluation of examination results, 7. System leakage and hydrostatic pressure tests. In the FSAR, a detailed inservice inspection program including information on areas subject to examination, method of examination, and extent and frequency of examination should be provided in Chapter 16, "Technical Specifications." 5.2.5 Detection of Leakage Through Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary The program should be described and sufficient leak detection system information should be furnished to indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," have been followed.
| |
| | |
| Specifically, provide information that will permit comparison with the regulatory positions of the guide, giving a detailed description of the systems employed, their sensitivity and response time, and the reli ance placed on their proper functioning.
| |
| | |
| Also, the limiting leakage conditions that will be included in the Technical Specifications should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Identify the leakage detection systems which are designed to meet the sensitivity and response guidelines of Regulatory Guide 1.45. Describe these systems as discussed in Section 7.5, "Safety-Related Display Instrumentation." Also, identify those systems that are used for alarm as an indirect indication of leakage and provide the design criteria.
| |
| | |
| Describe how signals from the various leakage detection systems are correlated to provide information to the plant operators on conditions of quantitative leakage flow rate. Discuss the provisions for testing and calibration of the leak detection systems.5-8
| |
| 5.3 Reactor Vessel 5.3.1 Reactor Vessel Materials This section should contain pertinent data in enough detail to provide assurance that the materials, fabrication methods, and inspection techniques used for the reactor vessel conform to all applicable regulations.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe the specifications and criteria to be applied, whereas the FSAR should demonstrate that these requirements have been met. 5.3.1.1 Material Specifications.
| |
| | |
| List all materials in the reactor vessel and its appurtenances and provide the applicable material speci fications.
| |
| | |
| If any materials other than those listed in Appendix I to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, are used, provide the data called for under Appendix IV for approval of new material.
| |
| | |
| Informa tion provided in Section 5.2.3.1 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.1.2 Special Processes Used for Manufacturing and Fabrication.
| |
| | |
| Describe the manufacture of the product forms and the methods used to fabricate the vessel. Discuss any special or unusual processes used, and show that they will not compromise the integrity of the reactor vessel. 5.3.1.3 Special Methods for Nondestructive Examination.
| |
| | |
| Describe in detail all special procedures for detecting surface and internal dis continuities, with emphasis on procedures that differ from those in Sec tion III of the Code. Pay particular attention to calibration methods, instrumentation, method of application, sensitivity, reliability, repro ducibility, and acceptance standards.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.1.4 Special Controls for Ferritic and Austenitic Stainless Steels. Describe controls on welding, composition, heat treatments, and similar processes covered by regulatory guides to verify that these rec ommendations or equivalent controls are employed.
| |
| | |
| The following regula tory guides should be addressed:
| |
| Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding;" Regulatory Guide 1.34, "Control of Electroslag Weld Properties;" Regulatory Guide 1.43, "Control of Stainless Steel Weld Cladding of Low-Alloy Steel Components;" Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel;" Regulatory Guide 1.50, "Control of Preheat Temperature for Welding of Low-Alloy Steel;" 5-9 Regulatory Guide 1.71, "Welder Qualification for Areas of Limited Accessibility;" and Regulatory Guide 1.99, "Effects of Residual Elements on Predicted Radiation Damage to Reactor Vessel Materials." 5.3.1.5 Fracture Toughness.
| |
| | |
| Describe the fracture testing and acceptance criteria specified for materials of the reactor vessel. In particular, describe how the toughness requirements of Appendix G to 10 CFR Part 50 will be met. In the FSAR, report the results of fracture toughness tests on all ferritic materials of the reactor vessel and demonstrate that the mate rial toughness meets all requirements.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.1.6 Material Surveillance.
| |
| | |
| Describe the material surveillance program in detail. Provide assurance that the program meets the require ments of Appendix H to 10 CFR Part 50. In particular, consider the following subjects:
| |
| 1. Basis for selection of material in the program, 2. Number and type of specimens in each capsule, 3. Number of capsules and proposed withdrawal schedule, 4. Neutron flux and fluence calculations for the vessel wall and surveillance specimens, 5. Expected effects of radiation on the vessel wall materials and the basis for this estimation, and 6. Location of capsules, method of attachment, and provisions to ensure that capsules will be retained in position throughout the .life time of the vessel. 5.3.1.7 Reactor Vessel Fasteners.
| |
| | |
| Describe the materials and design of fasteners for the reactor vessel closure. Include enough detail regarding materials property requirements, nondestructive evalua tion procedures, lubricants or surface treatments, and protection provi sions to show that the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.65, "Mate rials and Inspections for Reactor Vessel Closure Studs," or equivalent measures, are followed.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, include the results of mechanical property and tough ness tests to demonstrate that the material conforms to these recommen dations or their equivalent.
| |
| | |
| 5-10
| |
| 5.3.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits This section should describe the bases for setting operational limits on pressure and temperature for normal, upset, and test condi tions. It should provide detailed assurance that Appendices G and H to 10 CFR Part 50 will be complied with throughout the life of the plant. 5.3.2.1 Limit Curves. Provide limits on pressure and temperature for the following conditions:
| |
| 1. Preservice system hydrostatic tests, 2. Inservice leak and hydrostatic tests, 3. Normal operation, including heatup and cooldown, and 4. Reactor core operation.
| |
| | |
| If procedures or criteria other than those recommended in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are used, show that equivalent safety margins are provided.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, describe the bases used to determine these limits, and provide typical curves with temperatures relative to the RTNDT of the limiting material.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR and Technical Specifications, include the actual mate rial toughness test results, and provide limits based on these properties and the predicted effects of irradiation.
| |
| | |
| Describe the bases used for the prediction and indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.99 are followed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the procedures that will be used to update these limits during service, taking into account radiation effects.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.2.2 Operating Procedures.
| |
| | |
| Compare the pressure-temperature limits in Section 5.3.2.1 with intended normal operating procedures and show that the limits will not be exceeded during any foreseeable upset condition.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3 Reactor Vessel Integrity This section should contain any important information about vessel integrity not covered in other sections.
| |
| | |
| In addition, it should summa rize the major considerations in achieving reactor vessel safety and describe the factors contributing to the vessel's integrity.
| |
| | |
| The introductory material should identify the reactor vessel designer and manufacturer and should describe their experience.
| |
| | |
| 5-11
| |
| 5.3.3.1 Design. Include a brief description of the basic design, preferably with a simple schematic, showing materials, construction features, and fabrication methods. Summarize applicable design codes and bases. Reference other sections of the SAR as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3.2 Materials of Construction.
| |
| | |
| Note briefly the materials used and describe any special requirements to improve their properties or quality. Emphasize the reasons for selection and provide assurance of suitability.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3.3 Fabrication Methods. Summarize the fabrication methods.
| |
| | |
| Describe the service history of vessels constructed using these methods and the vessel supplier's experience with the procedures.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3.4 Inspection Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Summarize the inspection require ments, paying particular attention to the level of initial integrity.
| |
| | |
| Describe any examination methods used that are in addition to the minimum requirements of Section III of the ASME Code. 5.3.3.5 Shipment and Installation.
| |
| | |
| Summarize the means used to protect the vessel so that its as-manufactured integrity will be main tained during shipment and installation.
| |
| | |
| Reference other sections of the SAR as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3.6 Operating Conditions.
| |
| | |
| Summarize the operational limits that will be specified to ensure vessel safety. Provide a basis for concluding that vessel integrity will be maintained during the most severe postulated transients, or reference other appropriate SAR sections.
| |
| | |
| 5.3.3.7 Inservice Surveillance.
| |
| | |
| Summarize the inservice inspection and material surveillance programs and explain why they are adequate.
| |
| | |
| 5.4 Component and Subsystem Design This section should present discussions of the performance require ments and design features to ensure overall safety of the various compo nents within the reactor coolant system and subsystems closely allied with the reactor coolant system. Because these components and subsystems differ for various types and designs of reactors, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to each of these components or subsystems.
| |
| | |
| The appli cant should provide separate subsections (numbered
| |
| 5.4.1 through 5.4.X) for each principal component or subsystem.
| |
| | |
| The discussion in each sub section should present the design bases, description, evaluation, and necessary tests and inspections for the component or subsystem, including a discussion of the radiological considerations for each subsystem from a viewpoint of how radiation affects the operation of the subsystem and from a viewpoint of how radiation levels affect the operators and capa bilities of operation and maintenance.
| |
| | |
| Appropriate details of the mechanical design should be described in Sections 3.7, 3.9, and 5.2.5-12 The following paragraphs provide examples of components and sub systems that should be discussed as appropriate to the individual plant and identify some specific information that should be provided in addi tion to the items identified above. 5.4.1 Reactor Coolant Pumps In addition to the discussion of design bases, description, evalua tions, and tests and inspections, the provisions taken to preclude rotor overspeeding of the reactor coolant pumps in the event of a design basis LOCA should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.1.1 Pump Flywheel Integrity (PWR). The applicant should pro vide explicit information to indicate the extent to which the recommen dations of Regulatory Guide 1.14, "Reactor Coolant Pump Flywheel Integ rity," are followed in the design, testing, and inservice inspection of the reactor coolant pump flywheels.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.2 Steam Generators (PWR) The information provided should include estimates of design limits for radioactivity levels in the secondary side of the steam generators during normal operation and the bases for these estimates.
| |
| | |
| The potential effects of tube ruptures should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Provide the steam generator design criteria used to prevent unaccept able tube damage from flow-induced vibration and cavitation.
| |
| | |
| Information included in Section 3.9.3 should be referenced in this section. The fol lowing specific information should be included:
| |
| 1. The design conditions and transients that will be specified in the design of the steam generator tubes and the operating condition category selected (e.g., upset, emergency, or faulted) that defines the allowable stress intensity limits to be used and the justification for this selection.
| |
| | |
| 2. The extent of tube-wall thinning that could be tolerated with out exceeding the allowable stress intensity limits defined above under the postulated condition of a design basis pipe break in the reactor coolant pressure boundary during reactor operation.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.2.1 Steam Generator Materials.
| |
| | |
| This section should contain information on the selection and fabrication of Code Class 1 and 2 steam generator materials (including those that are part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary), the design aspects of the steam generator that affect materials performance, and the compatibility of the steam generator materials with the primary and secondary coolant.
| |
| | |
| 1. Selection and Fabrication of Materials.
| |
| | |
| Provide information on the selection and fabrication of materials for Code Class 1 and 2 components of the steam generators, including tubing, tube sheet, channel 5-13 head casting or plate, tube sheet and channel head cladding, forged nozzles, shell pressure plates, access plates (manway and handhole), and bolting. Indicate the method used to fasten tubes to the tube sheet and show that it meets the requirements of Sections III and IX of the ASME Code. Include the extent of tube expansion and the methods of expansion used. Describe onsite cleaning and cleanliness control provisions, and show that they produce results equivalent to those obtained by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Require ments for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," and ANSI Standard N45.21-1973, "Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants." For steam generators that are shipped partially assembled, include a dis cussion of the techniques used to maintain cleanliness during shipment and final assembly.
| |
| | |
| List the Code Cases used in material selection.
| |
| | |
| Technical justification for any Code Cases not listed in Regulatory Guide 1.85, "Code Case Acceptability
| |
| -ASME Section III Materials," should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Provide information on the fracture toughness properties of ferritic materials.
| |
| | |
| Sufficient information on materials for Class 1 components should be given to show that they meet the requirements of Article NB 2300 and Appendix G of Section III of the ASME Code. Sufficient infor mation on Class 2 materials should be provided to show the extent to which they meet the requirements of Article NC-2300 of Section III of the Code. 2. Steam Generator Design. Provide information on those aspects of steam generator design that may affect the performance of steam gener ator materials.
| |
| | |
| Describe the methods used to avoid extensive crevice areas where the tubes pass through the tube sheet and tubing supports.
| |
| | |
| 3. Compatibility of the Steam Generator Tubing with the Primary and Secondary Coolant. Provide information on the compatibility of the steam generator tubing with both the primary and secondary coolant.
| |
| | |
| 4. Cleanup of Secondary Side. Describe the procedures and methods used to remove surface deposits, sludge, and excessive corrosion prod ucts in the secondary side. 5.4.2.2 Steam Generator Inservice Inspection.
| |
| | |
| In this section, the PSAR should describe the provisions in the design of the steam generators to permit inservice inspection of all Code Class 1 and 2 components, including individual steam generator tubes. The FSAR should describe detailed plans for baseline and inservice inspections of all Code Class 1 and 2 components.
| |
| | |
| 1. Compliance with Section XI of the ASME Code. Provide sufficient information on the proposed inservice inspection program for Code Class 1 and 2 components of the steam generators to show that it complies with the edition of Section XI of the ASME Code, Division 1, "Rules for 5-14 Inspection and Testing of Components of Light-Water-Cooled Plants," required by 10 CFR 50.55a, paragraph g. 2. Program for Inservice Inspection of Steam Generator Tubing. Provide sufficient information in the FSAR on the inservice inspection program for steam generator tubing to show that it will be at least as effective as the program recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.83, "Inservice Inspection of Pressurized Water Reactor Steam Generator Tubes." The information provided should include a description of the equipment, pro cedures, sensitivity of the examination, and recording methods; criteria used to select tubes for examination;
| |
| inspection intervals;
| |
| and actions that will be taken if defects are found (including criteria for plugging defective tubes). 5.4.3 Reactor Coolant Piping The section on reactor coolant piping should present an overall description of this system, making appropriate references to detailed information on criteria, methods, and materials provided in Chapter 3 and Section 5.2.3. The discussion should include the provisions taken during design, fabrication, and operation to control those factors that contribute to stress corrosion cracking.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.4 Main Steam Line Flow Restrictions
| |
| 5.4.5 Main Steam Line Isolation System Include discussion of provisions, such as seal systems, taken to reduce the potential leakage of radioactivity to the environment in the event of a main steam line break. 5.4.6 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System 5.4.6.1 Design Bases. A summary description of the reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Specify the RCIC system design bases and criteria and in particular discuss: 1. The design bases with respect to General Design Criteria 34, 55, 56, and 57. 2. Design bases concerned with reliability and operability requirements.
| |
| | |
| The design bases for the manual operations required to operate the system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 3. Design bases for RCIC operation following a loss of offsite power event. 4. The design bases established for the purpose of protecting the RCIC system from physical damage. This discussion should include the design bases for the RCIC system support structure and for protection against incidents that could fail RCIC and high pressure core spray (HPCS) jointly.5-15
| |
| 5.4.6.2 System Design. This section should include: 1. Schematic Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the RCIC system. Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams showing all components, piping, points where connecting systems and subsystems tie together, and instrumentation and controls associated with subsystem and component actuation.
| |
| | |
| Provide a complete description of component interlocks.
| |
| | |
| Provide a diagram showing temperatures, pressures, and flow rates for RCIC operation.
| |
| | |
| 2. Equipment and Component Descriptions.
| |
| | |
| Describe each component of the system. Identify the significant design parameters for each com ponent. State the design pressure and temperature of components for various portions of the system and explain the bases for their selection.
| |
| | |
| 3. Applicable Codes and Classifications.
| |
| | |
| Identify the applicable industry codes and classifications for the system design. 4. System Reliability Considerations.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the provisions incorporated in the design to ensure that the system will operate when needed and will deliver the required flow rates. 5. Manual Actions. Discuss all manual actions required to be taken by an operator in order for the RCIC system to operate properly, assuming all components are operable.
| |
| | |
| identify any actions that. are required to be taken from outside the control room. Repeat this discus sion for the most limiting single failure in the combined RCIC and HPCS system. 5.4.6.3 Performance Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the ability of the RCIC system to perform its function.
| |
| | |
| Describe the analyt ical methods used and clearly state all assumptions.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.6.4 Preoperational Testing. The proposed preoperational test program should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should identify test objec tives, method of testing, and test acceptance criteria.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.7 Residual Heat Removal System 5.4.7.1 Design Bases. A summary description of the residual heat removal (RHR) system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Nuclear plants, employing the same RHR system design that are operating or have been licensed should be referenced.
| |
| | |
| The design basis should be specified, including:
| |
| 1. Functional design bases, including the time required to reduce the reactor coolant system (RCS) temperature to approximately
| |
| 212'F, and to a temperature which would permit refueling.
| |
| | |
| The design basis times should be presented for the case where the entire RHR system is operable and for the case with the most limiting single failure in the RHR system.5-16
| |
| 2. The design bases for the isolation of the RHR system from the RCS. These isolation design bases should include any interlocks that are provided.
| |
| | |
| The design bases regarding prevention of RHR pump damage in event of closure of the isolation valves should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 3. The design basis for the pressure relief capacity of the RHR system. These design bases should consider limiting transients, equip ment malfunctions, and possible operator errors during plant startup and cooldown when the RHR system is not isolated from the RCS. 4. The design bases with respect to General Design Criterion
| |
| 5. 5. Design bases concerned with reliability and operability requirements.
| |
| | |
| The design bases regarding the manual operations required to operate the system should be described with emphasis on any operations that cannot be performed from the control room in the event of a single failure. Protection against single failure in terms of piping arrange ment and layout, selection of valve types and locations, redundancy of various system components, redundancy of power supplies, and redundancy of instrumentation should be described.
| |
| | |
| Protection against valve motor flooding and spurious single failures should be described.
| |
| | |
| 6. The design bases established for the purpose of protecting the RHR system from physical damage. This discussion should include the design bases for the RHR system support structure and for protection against incidents and accidents that could render redundant components inoperative (e.g., fires, pipe whip, internally generated missiles, loss of-coolant accident loads, seismic events).
| |
| 5.4.7.2 System Design. 1. Schematic Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the RHR system, including piping and instrumentation dia grams showing all components, piping, points where connecting systems and subsystems tie together, and instrumentation and controls associated with subsystem and component actuation.
| |
| | |
| Provide a complete description of component interlocks.
| |
| | |
| Provide a mode diagram showing temperatures, pres sures, and flow rates for each mode of RHR operation. (For example, in a BWR, the RCIC condensing mode). 2. Equipment and Component Descriptions.
| |
| | |
| Describe each component of the system. Identify the significant design parameters for each com ponent. State the design pressure and temperature of components for various portions of the system and explain the bases for their selection.
| |
| | |
| Provide pump characteristic curves and pump power requirements.
| |
| | |
| Specify the available and required net positive suction head for the RHR pumps. Describe heat exchanger characteristics, including design flow rates, inlet and outlet temperatures for the cooling fluid and for the fluid being cooled, the overall heat transfer coefficient, and the heat trans fer area. Identify each component of the RHR system that is also a portion of some other system (e.g., ECCS).5-17
| |
| 3. Control. State the RHR system relief valve capacity and settings, and state the method of collection of fluids discharged through the relief valve. Describe provisions with respect to the control cir cuits for motor-operated isolation valves in the RHR system, including consideration of inadvertent actuation.
| |
| | |
| This description should include discussions of the controls and interlocks for these valves (e.g., intent of IEEE Std 279-1971), considerations for automatic valve clo sure (e.g., RCS pressure exceeds design pressure of residual heat removal system), valve position indications, and valve interlocks and alarms. 4. Applicable Codes and Classifications.
| |
| | |
| Identify the applicable industry codes and classifications for the system design. 5. System Reliability Considerations.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the provisions incorporated in the design to ensure that the system will operate when needed and will deliver the required flow rates (e. g., redundancy and separation of components and power sources).
| |
| 6. Manual Actions. Discuss all manual actions required to be taken by an operator in order for the RHR system to operate properly with all components assumed to be operable.
| |
| | |
| Identify any actions that are required to be taken from outside the control room. Repeat this discussion for the most limiting single failure in the RHR system,.
| |
| 5.4.7.3 Performance Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the ability of the RHR system to reduce the temperature of the reactor cool ant at a rate consistent with the design basis (5.4.7.1, item 1). Describe the analytical methods used and clearly state all assump tions. Provide curves showing the reactor coolant temperature as a function of time for the following cases: 1. All RHR system components are operable.
| |
| | |
| 2. The most limiting single failure has occurred in the RHR system. 5.4.7.4 Preoperational Testing. The proposed preoperational test program should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should identify test objec tives, method of testing, and test acceptance criteria.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.8 Reactor Water Cleanup System (BWRs) This section should describe the processing capabilities and the safety-related functions of the reactor water cleanup system of a BWR. 5.4.8.1 Design Bases. The PSAR should provide the design objec tives and design criteria for the reactor water cleanup system in terms of (1) maintaining reactor water purity within the guidelines of Regula tory Guide 1.56, "Maintenance of Water Purity in Boiling Water Reactors," 5-18
| |
| (2) providing system isolation capabilities to maintain the integrity of the reactor pressure boundary, and (3) precluding liquid poison removal when the poison is required for reactor shutdown.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe how the requirements of 10 CFR Part 50 will be implemented and should indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.26, "Quality Group Classifications and Standards for Water-, Steam-, and Radioactive-Waste-Containing Components of Nuclear Power Plants," and Regulatory Guide 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification," will be followed.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.8.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, each component should be described and its capacity provided.
| |
| | |
| The processing routes and the expected and design flow rates should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instru mentation and controls provided to (1) isolate the system to maintain the reactor coolant pressure boundary, (2) isolate the system in the event the liquid poison system is needed for reactor shutdown, and (3) monitor, control, and annunciate abnormal conditions concerning the system temper ature and differential pressure across filter/demineralizer units and resin strainers.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the means to be used for "holding" filter/ demineralizer beds intact if system flow is reduced or lost. Any control features to prevent inadvertent opening of the filter/demineralizer back wash valves during normal operation should be described.
| |
| | |
| Describe the resin transfer system and indicate the provisions taken to ensure that transfers are complete and that crud traps in transfer lines are elimin ated. For systems using other than filter/demineralizer units, appro priate information should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The routing and termination points of system vents should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Provide piping and instru mentation diagrams indicating system interconnections and seismic and quality group interfaces.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional infor mation required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.8.3 System Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should provide the design bases for the system capacity and should discuss the system's capability to maintain acceptable reactor water purity for normal operation, includ ing anticipated operational occurrences (e.g., reactor startup, shutdown refueling, condensate demineralizer breakthrough, equipment downtime).
| |
| Any reliance on other plant systems to meet the design objectives (e.g., liquid radwaste system) should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| The design criteria for components and piping should be presented in terms of temperature, pres sure, flow, or volume capacity.
| |
| | |
| The seismic design and quality group classifications for components and piping should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the capability of the nonregenerative heat exchanger to reduce the process temperature to a level low enough to be compatible with the cleanup demin eralizer resins in the event that there is no flow return to the reactor system. The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.9 Main Steam Line and Feedwater Piping 5.4.10 Pressurizer
| |
| 5-19
| |
| 5.4.11 Pressurizer Relief Discharge System (PWR) 5.4.11.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the pressurizer relief discharge system should include the maximum step load and the consequent steam volume that the pressurizer relief tank must absorb and also the maximum heat input that the volume of water in the tank must absorb under any plant condition.
| |
| | |
| This should be provided for (1) the relief valve discharge to the tank only and (2) the combined relief and safety valve discharge to the tank. The method of supporting the tank and the system should be verified.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.11.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the system, including the tank, the piping connections from the tank to the loop seals of the pressurizer relief and safety valves, the relief tank spray system and associated piping, the nitrogen supply piping, and the piping from the tank to the cover gas analyzer and to the reactor coolant drain tank. A piping and instrumentation diagram and a drawing of the pres surizer relief tank should be presented.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.11.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The safety evaluation should demon strate that the system, including the tank, is designed to handle the maximum heat load. The adequacy of the tank design pressure and tempera ture should be stated and justified.
| |
| | |
| The results of a failure mode and effects analysis should be presented to demonstrate that the auxiliary systems serving the tank can meet the single-failure criterion without compromising safe plant shutdown.
| |
| | |
| The tank rupture disk and relief valve capacities should be given, and it should be shown that their relief' capacity is at least equal to the combined capacity of the pressurizer safety valves. Compliance of the system with General Design Criteria 14 and 15 should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the recommendations of applicable regulatory guides such as Regulatory Guide 1.46, "Protec tion Against Pipe Whip Inside Containment," and Regulatory Guide 1.67, "Installation of Overpressure Protection Devices," are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.11.4 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The instrumentation and control requirements for the pressurizer relief tank and associated piping should be stated. 5.4.11.5 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the pressurizer relief tank and associated piping should be described.
| |
| | |
| Chapter 14 of the SAR should include a description of the preoperational and startup testing to demonstrate pressurizer relief discharge system response to step loads and transients that it is expected to accommodate during operation.
| |
| | |
| Such material may be incorporated into this section by reference.
| |
| | |
| 5.4.12 Valves 5.4.13 Safety and Relief Valves 5.4.14 Component Supports 5-20
| |
| | |
| ===6. ENGINEERED ===
| |
| SAFETY FEATURES Engineered safety features are provided to mitigate the consequence of postulated accidents in spite of the fact that these accidents are very unlikely.
| |
| | |
| This chapter of the SAR should present information on the engineered safety features provided in the plant in sufficient detail to permit an adequate evaluation of the performance capability of these features.
| |
| | |
| The information should include: 1. Descriptions of the experience, tests at simulated accident conditions, or conservative extrapolations from existing knowledge that supports the concept selection upon which the operation of the feature is based; 2. Considerations of component reliability, system interdependency, redundancy, diversity, and separation of components or portions of systems, etc., associated with ensuring that the feature will accomplish its intended purpose and will function for the period required;
| |
| 3. Provisions for test, inspection, and surveillance to ensure that the feature will be dependable and effective upon demand; 4. Evidence that the material used will withstand the postulated accident environment, including radiation levels, and that radiolytic decomposition products that may occur will not interfere with it or other engineered safety features.
| |
| | |
| The engineered safety features included in plant designs vary. The engineered safety features explicitly discussed in the sections of this chapter are those that are commonly used to limit the consequences of postulated accidents in light-water-cooled power reactors.
| |
| | |
| They should be treated as illustrative of the engineered safety features that should be treated in this chapter of the SAR and of the kind of informative material that is needed. Where additional or different types of engi neered safety features are used, they should be covered in a similar manner in separate added sections (see Section 6.X). This section should identify and provide a brief summary of the types of engineered safety features provided in the plant. List each system of the plant that is considered to be an engineered safety feature.
| |
| | |
| 6.1 Engineered Safety Feature Materials This section should provide a discussion of the materials used in engineered safety feature (ESF) components and the material interactions that potentially could impair operation of ESF.6-1
| |
| 6.1.1 Metallic Materials
| |
| 6.1.1.1 Materials Selection and Fabrication.
| |
| | |
| Information on the selection and fabrication of the materials in the engineered safety fea tures (ESF) of the plant, such as the emergency core cooling system, the containment heat removal systems, and the containment air purification and cleanup systems should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Materials for use in ESF should be selected for their compatibility with core and containment spray solutions as described in Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Articles NC-2160 and NC-3120.
| |
| | |
| 1. List the specifications for the principal pressure-retaining ferritic materials, austenitic stainless steels, and nonferrous metals, including bolting and welding materials, in each component (e.g., vessels, piping, pumps, and valves) that is part of the ESF. 2. List the ESF construction materials that would be exposed to the core cooling water and containment sprays in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Show that the construction materials are compatible with the cooling and spray solutions.
| |
| | |
| 3. Provide the following information to demonstrate that the integ rity of the safety-related components of the ESF will be maintained during all stages of component manufacture and reactor construction:
| |
| a. Enough details on means for avoiding significant sensiti zation during fabrication and assembly of austenitic stainless steel com ponents of the ESF to demonstrate that the degree of freedom from sensiti zation will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel." b. Enough details on process controls for limiting exposure of austenitic stainless steel components of the EFS to contaminants capable of causing stress-corrosion cracking to show that the degree of surface clean liness during all stages of component manufacture and reactor construction will be comparable to that obtainable by following the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44 and Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Require ments for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." c. Details on the use of cold-worked austenitic stainless steels. If such steels have yield strengths greater than 90,000 psi, provide assurance that they will be compatible with the core cooling water and the containment sprays in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| d. Enough information on the selection, procurement, testing, storage, and installation of nonmetallic thermal insulation to demonstrate that the leachable concentrations of chloride, fluoride, sodium, and sili cate are comparable to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.36, "Nonmetallic Thermal Insulation for Austenitic Stainless Steel." 6-2
| |
| 4. Provide enough information concerning avoidance of hot cracking (fissuring)
| |
| during weld fabrication and assembly of austenitic stainless steel components of the ESF to show that the degree of weld integrity and quality will be comparable to that resulting from following the recom mendations of Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding." Describe plant requirements for welding procedures and amount and method of determination of delta ferrite in weld filler metals and in production welds, etc. 6.1.1.2 Composition, Compatibility, and Stability of Containment and Core Spray Coolants.
| |
| | |
| The following information relative to the compo sition, compatibility, and stability of the core cooling water and the containment sprays of the ESF should be provided:
| |
| 1. A description of the method used for establishing and controlling the pH of the coolants of the ESF during a loss-of-coolant accident to avoid stress-corrosion cracking of the austenitic stainless steel compo nents and to avoid excessive generation of hydrogen by corrosion of con tainment metals. 2. A description of the methods used for storing ESF coolants.
| |
| | |
| Demonstrate that the coolants can be stored for extended periods without significant corrosive attack on the storage vessel. 6.1.2 Organic Materials Identify and quantify all organic materials that exist within the containment building in significant amounts. Such organic materials include wood, plastics, lubricants, paint or coatings, insulation, and asphalt. Plastics should be classified by ANSI Standard N4.1-1973, "Class ification System for Polymeric Materials for Services in Ionizing Radi ation," (also designated ASTM D2953-71), and paints and other coatings by Regulatory Guide 1.54, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Protective Coatings Applied to Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." Coatings not intended for 40-year service without overcoating should include total coating thicknesses expected to be accumulated over the service life of the substrate surface.
| |
| | |
| 6.1.3 Postaccident Chemistry For all postulated design basis accidents involving release of water into the containment building, estimate the time history of the pH of the aqueous phase in each drainage area of the building.
| |
| | |
| Identify and quantify all soluble acids and bases within the containment.
| |
| | |
| 6.2 Containment Systems 6.2.1 Containment Functional Design 6.2.1.1 Containment Structure
| |
| 1. Design Bases. This section should discuss the design bases for the containment, including the following information:
| |
| 6-3 a. The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simul taneous occurrences (e.g., seismic event, loss of offsite power, and single active failures)
| |
| that determine the containment design pressure requirements (including both internal and external design pressure require ments) should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The maximum calculated accident pressure should be stated, and the bases for establishing the margin between this pressure and the design pressure should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| b. The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simul taneous occurrences (e.g., seismic event, loss of offsite power, and single active failures)
| |
| that determine the design pressure requirements for the containment internal structures (i.e., containment subcompartments with reference to the design evaluation in Section 6.2.1.2) should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The maximum calculated accident pressures should be stated, and the bases for establishing the margin between this pressure and the design pressure should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| c. The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simul taneous occurrences (e.g., seismic event, loss of offsite power, and single active failures)
| |
| that determine the design pressure requirements for the internal structures of pressure-suppression-type containments with reference to the design evaluation in item 3.c of this section should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| d. The sources and amounts of mass and energy that might be released into the containment and the postaccident time dependence of the mass and energy release should be discussed with reference to the design evaluations in Sections 6.2.1.3 and 6.2.1.4.
| |
| | |
| e. The effects of the engineered safety features as energy removal systems in the containment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| f. The capability for postaccident pressure reduction under various postulated single-failure conditions in the engineered safety feature equipment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| g. The capability for energy removal from the containment under various postulated single-failure conditions in the engineered safety feature should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| h. The bases for establishing the containment depressurization rate should be discussed and justified with reference to the assumptions used in the analysis of the offsite radiological consequences of the accident.
| |
| | |
| i. The bases for the analysis of the minimum containment pressure used in the emergency core cooling system performance studies for PWR reactor systems should be discussed with reference to the design evaluation in Section 6.2.1.5.
| |
| | |
| j. Other design bases peculiar to pressure-suppression-type containments should be discussed with reference to the design evaluation in item 3.c of this section.6-4
| |
| 2. Design Features.
| |
| | |
| This section should describe the design features of the containment structure and internal structures and should include appropriate general arrangement drawings.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be included:
| |
| a. The design provisions to protect the containment structure and engineered safety feature systems against loss of function from dynamic effects (e.g., missiles and pipe whip) that could occur following postulated accidents should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Reference should be made to the detailed discussions of Chapter 3. b. With reference to Chapter 3, the codes, standards, and guides applied in the design of the containment structure and internal structures should be identified.
| |
| | |
| c. For pressure-suppression-type containments, describe the qualification tests that are intended to demonstrate the functional cap ability of the structures, systems, and components (PSAR). Discuss the status of any developmental test programs that are not complete (FSAR). d. The design provisions to protect the containment structure against loss of integrity under external pressure loading conditions resulting from inadvertent operation of containment heat removal systems or other possible modes of plant operation that could result in significant external structural loadings should be described and the functional cap ability of these provisions discussed.
| |
| | |
| The external design pressure of the containment and the margin between the design value and the lowest expected internal pressure should be specified.
| |
| | |
| e. Identify the locations in the containment where water may be trapped and prevented from returning to the containment sump. The quantity of water involved should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Discuss how the static head for recirculation pumps may be affected.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the provisions that permit the water entering such regions as the refueling canal or the upper com partment of an ice condenser containment to be drained to the containment sump. f. Discuss the functional capability and frequency of operations of the systems provided to maintain the containment and subcompartment atmospheres within prescribed pressure, temperature, and humidity limits during normal plant operation (e.g., containment penetration cooling systems, containment internal ventilation systems, and containment purge systems).
| |
| 3. Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide evaluations of the functional capability of the containment design. The information to be included depends on the type of containment being considered (i.e., dry containments, ice condenser containments, or BWR water pressure-suppression type containments)
| |
| as indicated below. For new types of containment designs, information of a similar nature should be provided.6-5 a. PWR Dry Containment (Including Subatmospheric Type Containment)
| |
| Provide analyses of the pressure response of the containment to a spectrum of postulated reactor coolant system pipe ruptures [e.g., hot leg, cold leg (pump suction), and cold leg (pump discharge)
| |
| breaks]. The break size and location of each postulated loss-of-coolant accident analyzed should be specified.
| |
| | |
| The pressure and temperature response of the containment and the sump water temperature response as functions of time for each accident analyzed should be graphically presented up to at least 106 seconds after the accident.
| |
| | |
| Describe the method of analysis and identify the containment computer codes used to determine the pressure and temperature response.
| |
| | |
| Refer to the mass and energy release rate data in Section 6.2.1.3 used in the analyses.
| |
| | |
| The conservatisms in the assumptions made in the analyses regarding initial containment conditions* (pressure, temperature, free volume, and humidity), containment heat removal, and emergency core cooling system operability should be discussed and demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| Provide the results of a failure mode and effects analysis of the emergency core cooling systems and containment cooling systems to determine the single active failure that maximizes the energy release to the containment and minimizes containment heat removal.
| |
| | |
| Provide the types of information described in Tables 6-1 and 6-2. Summarize and tabulate the results of each loss-of-coolant accident analyzed as shown in Table 6-3. Provide analyses of the pressure response of the containment to postulated secondary system pipe ruptures (e.g., steam and feedwater line breaks). The break size and location of each postulated break analyzed should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Describe the method of analysis and identify the computer codes used. (Detailed mass and energy release analyses should be presented in Section 6.2.1.4.)
| |
| Discuss and justify the assumptions made regarding the operating condition of the reactor, the closure times of secondary system isolation valves, and single active failures.
| |
| | |
| The results of each accident analyzed should be tabulated as shown in Table 6-3. Provide a tabulation of the structural heat sinks within the containment in accordance with Tables 6-4A through 6-4D.** With respect: to the modeling of heat sinks for heat transfer calculations, provide and justify the computer mesh spacing used for the concrete, steel, and steel-lined
| |
| * Best estimate at PSAR stage, more detailed listing at FSAR stage. ** At the PSAR stage, the information requested may be provided on the basis of conservative estimates;
| |
| however, at the FSAR stage, the information.
| |
| | |
| should be more definitive to complete the listing requested.
| |
| | |
| 6-6 concrete heat sinks. Provide justification for the steel-concrete inter face resistance used for the steel-lined concrete heat sinks. Provide justification for the heat transfer correlations used in the heat transfer calculations.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the condensing heat transfer coefficient as a function of time for the most severe hot leg, cold leg (pump suction), cold leg (pump discharge), and steam or feedwater line pipe breaks. Discuss the provisions for protecting the integrity of the containment structure against the consequences of inadvertent operation of the containment heat removal systems or other systems that could result in pressures lower than the external design pressure of the containment structure.
| |
| | |
| For example, if a containment vacuum relief system is provided, describe the system and show the extent to which the requirements of paragraph NE 7116 of Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are satis fied; discuss the functional capability of the vacuum relief system. Also, discuss the administrative controls and/or electrical interlocks that would prevent such occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Identify the worst single failure that could result in the inadvertent operation of the containment heat removal systems.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the analytical methods and assumptions used to determine the pressure response of the containment and provide the results of analyses performed.
| |
| | |
| Specify the external design pressure of the containment and setpoint for actuation of the vacuum relief system. For the most severe reactor coolant system hot leg, cold leg (pump suction), and cold leg (pump discharge)
| |
| pipe breaks, provide accident chronologies.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the time of occurrence (in seconds after the break occurs) of events such as the beginning of core flood tank injection, the beginning of the ECCS injection phase, the peak containment pressure during the blowdown phase, the end of the blowdown phase, the beginning of fan cooler operation, the beginning of the containment spray injection phase (specify the water level in the water storage tank), the peak containment pressure subsequent to the end of the blowdown phase, the end of the core reflood phase, the end of the ECCS injection phase and beginning of the recirculation phase (specify the water level in the water storage tank), the end of the containment spray injection phase (specify the water level in the water storage tank), the beginning of the containment spray recir culation phase (specify the water level in the water storage tank), the end of steam generator energy release for the post-reflood phase, and the depressurization of the containment
| |
| (0 psig for subatmospheric containments, 50% of containment design pressure for conventional dry containments).
| |
| For the most severe reactor coolant system pipe breaks (i.e., the most severe pipe break in the hot leg, cold leg pump discharge, and cold leg pump suction lines) and the most severe secondary coolant system pipe break, provide energy inventories that show the distribution of energy prior to the accident, at the time of peak pressure, at the end of the blowdown phase, at the end of the core reflood phase (for loss-of coolant accidents), and steam generator energy release during the post reflood phase (for loss-of-coolant accidents).
| |
| 6-7 The long-term performance of the containment should be described and the capability to depressurize and maintain a low pressure (or subatmospheric pressure)
| |
| within the containment should be evaluated.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the functional capability of the normal containment ventilation system to maintain the temperature, pressure, and humidity in the containment and subcompartments within prescribed limits, assuming various single-failure conditions.
| |
| | |
| Specify the limiting containment conditions for normal plant operation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the action that will be taken if these conditions are exceeded in the containment or locally, within a subcompartment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrumentation provided to monitor and record the containment pressure and temperature and sump temperature during the course of an accident within the containment.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the range, accuracy, and response of the instrumentation and the tests conducted to qualify the instruments for use in the postaccident containment environment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the recording system provided for these instruments and the accessibility of the recorders to control room personnel during a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Material included in Chapter 7 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| b. Ice Condenser Containments.
| |
| | |
| Provide an analysis of the pressure response of the containment to double-ended ruptures of the fol lowing high-energy lines for each control volume containing one of these lines: hot leg of reactor coolant system, cold leg of reactor coolant: system, main steam line, and main feedwater line. The following infor mation should be provided for these analyses:
| |
| (1) A graph showing the pressure response of the control volumes as functions of time for each postulated pipe break accident.
| |
| | |
| (2) A schematic diagram of the transient mass distribution (TMD) code flow network, showing all control volumes and vent flow paths used for the analysis of the particular plant design under review. Describe and justify any revisions made to the TMD code since it was reported in WCAP 8077. Indicate whether the unaugmented critical flow correlation is used in the TMD analysis.
| |
| | |
| (3) A table itemizing the volume of each control volume, the area of each vent flow path, the initial conditions for each control volume, the length of each vent flow path, the vent flow path resistances and loss coefficients, and the mass of ice, ice bed heat transfer area, and ELJAC number (condensate layer length) for each ice condenser control volume. (4) A table comparing the maximum calculated differential pressure with the design pressure for each control volume or subcompart ment. Identify the pipe break that yields the maximum calculated different ial pressure for each control volume or subcompartment.
| |
| | |
| 6-8
| |
| (5) The moment of inertia of the ice condenser lower inlet door, intermediate deck door, and top deck door, as well as a curve showing the flow proportioning spring force of the lower inlet door vs the door position.
| |
| | |
| (6) The types of information identified in Tables 6-2, 6-4, and 6-5, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| Describe the ice condenser components and discuss the test programs that have been conducted to qualify the components for use in the ice condenser.
| |
| | |
| If the design of components has not changed from those previously reported and accepted by the staff, the documents containing the appropriate information should be referenced.
| |
| | |
| Identify all components whose designs have been changed from the design found acceptable by the staff. Describe and document the results of tests and analyses performed to qualify the new design for use in the ice condenser.
| |
| | |
| Provide an analysis of the expected reduction in the mass of ice due to sublimation during normal plant operation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the effects on the ice condenser condensing capability during a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Describe the computer code (LOTIC or equivalent)
| |
| used for long-term containment response analysis.
| |
| | |
| Discuss and justify any changes in the mathematical models and assumptions utilized in the code relative to those utilized in previous analysis.
| |
| | |
| For the design basis accident long-term containment transient response, provide graphs from the LOTIC analysis showing the following containment parameters as functions of time: (1) Containment pressure (2) Temperatures of the atmosphere in the upper and lower compartments
| |
| (3) Temperatures in the active and inactive sumps (4) Containment spray temperature Also provide energy distribution tables for the following events: (1) Energy distribution at initiation
| |
| (2) End of blowdown (3) End of reflood (4) Completion of post-reflood steam generator energy release (5) Completion of ice meltout 6-9
| |
| (6) Time of peak containment pressure The tables should include the following energy sources: reactor coolant, accumulators, core stored energy, thick metal of reactor coolant system, thin metal of reactor coolant system, steam generator secondary side fluid, and steam generator metal and the following sinks (best: estimate at PSAR stage; more detailed assessment at FSAR stage): ice, structural heat sinks, spray heat exchangers, active sump, and inactive sump. An active and inactive sump model has been incorporated in the LOTIC computer code to simulate sump level and temperature history following an accident.
| |
| | |
| To ensure that sufficient cooling water may be retained in the active containment sump for long-term cooling of the core and operation of the containment spray system, the following information should be provided:
| |
| (1) The capacities of the active and inactive sumps; (2) The methods and accuracy with which the capacities of the sumps are calculated;
| |
| and (3) The time required to fill the active sump following a LOCA. Discuss the manner whereby containment spray water will be returned from the upper containment to the lower compartment following a LOCA. The following information should be provided:
| |
| (1) A detailed description of the flow path by which the spray water will be able to drain back to the sump; (2) The number and size of the drain holes; (3) An analysis demonstrating that the drain holes are adequately sized; (4) Drawings to show the arrangement of the drain holes; and (5) The adminstrative control to ensure that the drain holes are open during normal operation (FSAR). Describe the air return fan system, and provide the following information:
| |
| (1) The initiating time and the basis for sizing the air return fans; (2) An analysis or test to demonstrate that the back draft dampers provided at the air return fan discharges have been adequately
| |
| 6-10
| |
| designed to withstand the dynamic force and the differential pressure across the divider deck; (3) Fan performance curves; (4) Analyses to show that the air return fans have sufficient head to overcome the divider barrier differential pressure;
| |
| (5) Process and instrumentation diagrams of the system; and (6) The safety class of the system. Describe the hydrogen skimmer system, and provide the following information:
| |
| (1) Bases and assumptions used for establishing the compart ment flow rates and initiating time for the hydrogen skimmer fans; (2) Process and instrumentation diagrams of the system; (3) Safety class of the system; (4) Fan performance curves; and (5) An analysis to demonstrate that the components and __ ducting have been adequately designed to withstand the dynamic forces and differential pressures resulting from a LOCA. Describe the containment vacuum relief system by providing the following information:
| |
| (1) A description of the system proposed to mitigate the consequences of inadvertent operation of the containment sprays and return air fans. Show the extent to which the requirements of paragraph NE-7116 of Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (at least two independent relief devices) are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| (2) The worst single failure that could result in inadvertent operation of the sprays and fans. (3) The maximum external design pressure of the containment shell. (4) The analytical methods and assumptions used to deter mine the containment response to inadvertent operation of the sprays and fans. (5) The results of analyses performed to determine the response of the containment to inadvertent operation of the sprays and fans both with and without operation of the vacuum relief system.6-11 Describe the analytical methods and results used to establish the "external" design pressure of the internal structures (e.g., reverse pressure differentials on the operating deck and crane wall). Assumed depressurization rates in the lower compartment should be identified and justified.
| |
| | |
| Provide a table of maximum allowable operating deck bypass area as a function of reactor coolant system break size for a spectrum of break sizes up to a double-ended rupture of the largest reactor coolant system pipe. Describe the analytical methods used to determine these areas and demonstrate the conservatism in the assumptions used in the analyses.
| |
| | |
| Identify all potential steam bypass leak paths and describe the design provisions taken to limit steam bypass leakage.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the potential for maldistribution of flow through the ice condenser (i.e., flow "channeling" through the ice condenser)
| |
| and the effect on containment pressure response.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the design provisions made to preclude the direct impingement of a stream of fluid from high-energy lines in the lower compartment upon the ice condenser lower inlet doors. Provide an evaluation of the functional capability of the normal containment ventilation system to maintain the temperature, pres sure, and humidity in the containment and subcompartments within prescribed limits, assuming various single-failure conditions.
| |
| | |
| Specify the maximum allowable containment conditions for normal plant operation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the action that will be taken if these conditions are exceeded in the contain ment or locally, within a subcompartment.
| |
| | |
| Provide a curve that shows the minimum containment pressure transient used in the analysis of the emergency core cooling system. Show that the containment pressure is conservatively low by describing the conser vatism in the assumptions of initial containment conditions, in the modeling of the containment heat sinks, heat transfer coefficients to the heat sinks, and any other input parameter used in the containment pressure analysis.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the effect of ice condenser drain water as an additional heat sink in the lower compartment and how this effect is considered in the containment pressure calculation.
| |
| | |
| Identify the computer code and/or other analytical methods used to determine the minimum containment pressure transient and describe any code revisions made after the 1975 staff review of the Westinghouse ECCS evaluation model. Provide graphs showing, as functions of time, (a) the pressure, temperature, and steam condensation rates in the containment upper and lower compartments, (b) the mass and energy release rates to the containment lower compartment, (c) the contain ment sump temperature, and (d) the air (or vapor) flow rate between upper and lower compartments and the direction of flow. Describe the instrumentation provided to monitor and record the containment pressure and temperature and sump temperature during the course of an accident within the containment.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the range, accuracy, 6-12 and response of the instrumentation and the tests conducted to qualify the instruments for use in the postaccident containment environment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the recording system provided for these instruments and the accessibility of the recorders to control room personnel during a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Material included in Chapter 7 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the design provisions for monitoring the status of the ice condenser during plant operation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the ice condenser design provisions that will allow inspection and functional testing of such ice condenser components as the ice bed temperature instrumentation system, lower inlet door position monitoring system, lower, intermediate, and top deck doors, floor drains, ice condenser flow passages, divider barrier seals, refueling canal drains, and operating deck access hatches. Describe the design provisions and equipment provided to allow weighing of each ice basket. c. BWR Containments.
| |
| | |
| Provide the types of containment design information identified in Tables 6-6 and 6-7. For Mark II containments, provide the results of analyses of the pressure response of the drywell and suppression chamber to a postulated rupture of the recirculation line. For Mark III containments, provide the results of analyses of the pressure response of the drywell, wetwell (that volume between the suppression pool surface and hydraulic control unit floor in the containment), and containment to postulated ruptures of the main steam line and recirculation line. Specify and justify the assump tions used in the analyses regarding the initial containment conditions, initial reactor operating conditions, energy sources, mass and energy release rates, and break areas. Graphically show the drywell pressure, wetwell pressure (Mark III), containment pressure, and deck differential pressure (Mark II) as functions of time and energy addition (e.g., blowdown, decay heat, sensible heat, pump heat) and energy removal (e.g., the RHR system, heat sinks) as a function of time. For Mark III containments, provide the results of analyses of the pressure response of the containment and drywell to postulated ruptures of unguarded high-energy lines located in the containment.
| |
| | |
| Specify and justify the assumptions used in the analyses.
| |
| | |
| Describe the provisions for orificing and/or leak detection and isolation to limit the mass and energy released.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the functional capability of these provisions.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the containment and drywell pressure and temperature as functions of time. Tabulate the blowdown data (time, mass flow, and enthalpy)
| |
| for each pipe break analyzed.
| |
| | |
| The following tables should be provided:
| |
| (1) The initial reactor coolant system and containment conditions as identified in Table 6-8. (2) Energy source information as identified in Table 69.6-13
| |
| (3) The mass and energy release data in the format given in Table 6-10 for each pipe break accident analyzed.
| |
| | |
| (4) The information identified in Table 6-11 on the passive heat sinks* that may have been used. (5) The results of the postulated pipe break accidents for each postulated line break in the format given in Table 6-12. Provide the results of analyses of the transients that could lead to external pressure loads on the drywell and containment (suppression chamber).
| |
| In addition, for Mark II containments provide the results of analyses of the transients that could lead to upward differential pressure loads on the drywell deck. Show that the transient used for design purposes in each case is the controlling event for external pressure loading.
| |
| | |
| Discuss and demonstrate the conservatism in the assumptions used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the containment (suppression chamber) and drywell pressures as functions of time. If a vacuum relief system is provided, describe the system and show the extent to which the requirements of paragraph NE-7116 of Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the functional capability of the system. Provide the design and performance parameters for the vacuum relief devices.
| |
| | |
| Provide the results of analyses of the capability of the containment to tolerate direct steam bypass of the suppression pool for the spectrum of potential reactor coolant system break sizes. Discuss what measures are planned to minimize the potential for steam bypassing, and describe any systems provided to mitigate the consequences of steam bypass. Discuss and demonstrate the conservatism in the assumptions used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| Describe the manner in which suppression pool dynamic. loads resulting from postulated loss-of-coolant accidents, transients (e.g., relief valve actuation), and seismic events have been integrated into the affected containment structures.
| |
| | |
| Provide large-size plan and section drawings of the containment illustrating all equipment and structural surfaces that could be subjected to pool dynamic loads. For each structure or group of structures, specify the dynamic loads as a function of time, and specify the relative magnitude of the pool dynamic load compared to the design basis load for each structure.
| |
| | |
| Provide justification for each of the dynamic load histories by the use of appropriate experimental data and/or analyses.
| |
| | |
| Describe the manner by which potential asymmetric loads were considered in the containment design. Characterize the type and magnitude of possible asymmetric loads and the capabilities of the affected structures to withstand such a loading profile. Include consideration of seismically
| |
| * Provide best estimate of heat sink data at the PSAR stage; provide a more detailed listing of the "as built" heat sinks at the FSAR stage.6-14 induced pool motion that could lead to locally deeper submergences for certain drywell to wetwell vents. Discuss in detail the analytical models that were used to evaluate the containment and drywell responses to the postulated accidents and transients identified above. Discuss the conservatism in the models and the assumptions used. Refer to applicable test data to support the selected analytical methods. Discuss the sensitivity of the analyses to changes in key parameters.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the functional capability of the normal containment ventilation system to maintain the temperature, pressure, and humidity in the containment and subcompartments within prescribed limits, for various assumed single-failure conditions.
| |
| | |
| Specify the maximum allowable containment conditions for normal plant operation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the action that will be taken if these conditions are exceeded in the containment or locally, within a subcompartment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrumentation provided to monitor and record the containment pressure and temperature and sump temperature during the course of an accident within the containment.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the range, accuracy, and response of the instrumentation and the tests conducted to qualify the instruments for use in the postaccident containment environment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the recording system provided for these instruments and the accessibility of the recorders to control room personnel during a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Material included in Chapter 7 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.1.2 Containment Subcompartments
| |
| 1. Design Bases. This section should discuss the bases for the design of the containment subcompartments.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be included:
| |
| a. A synopsis of the pipe break analyses performed and a justification for the selection of the design basis accident (break size and location)
| |
| for each containment subcompartment, b. The extent to which pipe restraints are used to limit the break area of pipe ruptures, and c. The margin applied to calculated differential pressures for use in the structural design of the subcompartment walls and equipment supports.
| |
| | |
| 2. Design Features.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide descriptions of each subcompartment analyzed, including plan and elevation drawings showing component and equipment locations, the routing of high energy lines, and the vent locations and configurations.
| |
| | |
| The subcompartment free volumes and vent areas should be tabulated (best estimate at PSAR stage; more detailed 6-15 listing at FSAR stage). In addition, vent areas that become available only after the occurrence of a postulated pipe break accident (e.g., as a result of insulation collapsing or blowing out, blowout panels being blown out, or hinged doors swinging open) should be identified and the manner in which they are treated described.
| |
| | |
| The availability of these vent areas should be justified.
| |
| | |
| Dynamic analyses of the available vent area as a function of time should be provided and supported by appropriate test data. 3. Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| This section should identify the computer program(s)
| |
| used, and/or should present a detailed description of the analytical model, for subcompartment pressure response analyses.
| |
| | |
| The results of the analyses should also be presented.
| |
| | |
| The following informa tion should be included:
| |
| a. A description of the computer program used to calculate the mass and energy release from a postulated pipe break. Provide the nodalization scheme for the system model, and specify the assumed initial operating conditions of the system. Discuss the conservatism of the blowdown model with respect to the pressure response of the subcompartment.
| |
| | |
| If the computer code being used has not been previously reviewed by the staff, provide a comparison of the blowdown to that predicted by an accepted code as justification of its acceptability.
| |
| | |
| b. The assumed initial operating conditions of the plant such as reactor power level and subcompartment pressure, temperature, and humidity.
| |
| | |
| c. A description of and justification of the subsonic and sonic flow models used in vent flow calculations.
| |
| | |
| The degree of entrainment assumed for the vent mixture should also be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| d. The piping system within a subcompartment that is assumed to rupture, the location of the break within the subcompartment, and the break size. Give the inside diameter of the rupture of line and the location and size of any flow restrictions within the line postulated to fail. e. The subcompartment modalization information in accordance with the formats of Figure 6-1 and Tables 6-13 and 6-14. Demonstrate that the selected nodalization maximizes the differential pressures as a basis for establishing the design pressures for the structures and component supports.
| |
| | |
| f. Graphs of the pressure responses of all subnodes within a subcompartment as functions of time to permit evaluations of the effect on structures and component supports.
| |
| | |
| g. The mass and energy release data for the postulated pipe breaks in tabular form, with time in seconds, mass release rate in 6-16 lbm/sec, enthalpy of mass released in Btu/ibm, and energy release rate in __ Btu/sec. A minimum of 20 data points should be used from time zero to the time of peak pressure.
| |
| | |
| The mass and energy release data should be given for at least the first three seconds.
| |
| | |
| h. For all vent flow paths, the flow conditions (subsonic or sonic) up to the time of peak pressure.
| |
| | |
| i. A detailed description of the method used to determine vent loss coefficients.
| |
| | |
| Provide a tabulation of the vent paths for each subcompartment and the loss coefficients.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.1.3 Mass and Energy Release Analyses for Postulated Loss-of Coolant Accidents.
| |
| | |
| This section should identify the computer codes used and/or present a detailed description of the analytical models employed to calculate the mass and energy released following a postulated loss-of coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Various reactor coolant system pipe break locations (e.g., hot leg, cold leg pump suction, and cold leg pump discharge)
| |
| and a spectrum of pipe break sizes at each location should be analyzed to ensure that the most severe pipe break location and size (i.e., the design basis loss-of-coolant accident)
| |
| has been identified.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should be divided into the accident phases in which different physical processes occur, as follows: 1. The blowdown phase (i.e., when the primary coolant is being rapidly injected into the containment);
| |
| 2. The core reflood phase (i.e., when the core is being re-covered with water); and 3. The long-term cooling phase (i.e., when core decay heat and the remaining stored energy in the primary and secondary systems are being added to the containment).
| |
| The following information should be included:
| |
| 1. Mass and Energy Release Data. For each break location, mass and energy release data should be provided for the most severe break size during the first 24 hours following the accident.
| |
| | |
| 'This information should be presented in tabular form, with time in seconds, mass release rate in lbm/second and enthalpy of mass released in Btu/lbm. The table format is shown in Table 6-15. The safety injection fluid that is assumed to spill from the break directly to the containment floor should also be tabulated as a function of time. 2. Energy Sources. The sources of generated and stored energy in the reactor coolant system and secondary coolant system that are considered in analyses of loss-of-coolant accidents should be identified, and the methods used and assumptions made in calculations of the energy available for release from these sources should be described.
| |
| | |
| The 6-17 conservatism in the calculation of the available energy for each source should be addressed.
| |
| | |
| The stored energy sources and the amounts of stored energy should be tabulated.
| |
| | |
| For the sources of generated energy, curves showing the energy release rates and integrated energy released should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3. Description of Blowdown Model. The calculational procedure for determining the mass and energy released from the reactor coolant system during the blowdown phase of a loss-of-coolant accident should be described in detail or referenced as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The description should include all significant equations and correlations used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The conservatism in the mass and energy release calculations from the standpoint of predicting the highest containment pressure response should be discussed and demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| For example, calculations of the energy transferred to the primary coolant from heated surfaces and the release of primary coolant to the containment during blowdown should be described and justified.
| |
| | |
| Also, the heat transfer correlations used should be presented and their application justified.
| |
| | |
| 4. Description of Core Reflood Model. The calculational procedure for determining the mass and energy released to the containment during the core reflood phase of a loss-of-coolant accident should be described or referred to as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The description should include all significant equations and correlations used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The conservatism in the mass and energy release calculations from the standpoint of predicting the highest containment pressure response should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| For example, the methods of calculating the energy transferred to the emergency core cooling injection water from primary system metal surfaces and the core, the core inlet flow rate, the core exit flow rate, and the energy transferred from the steam generators should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| The carryout fraction used to predict the mass flow rate out of the core should be justified by comparison to experimental data such as that from the FLECHT experiments.
| |
| | |
| Any assumptions made regarding the quenching of steam by ECCS injection water should be justified by comparison to appropriate experimental data. The carryout fractions, core inlet flow rate, and core inlet temperature should be provided as a function of time. 5. Description of Long-Term Cooling Model. The calculational procedure for determining the mass and energy released to the containment during the long-term cooling (or post-reflood)
| |
| phase of a loss-of coolant accident should be described or referenced as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The description should include all significant equations and correlations used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The conservatism in the mass and energy release calculations from the standpoint of predicting the highest containment pressure response should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| For example, the methods of calculating
| |
| (1) the core inlet and exit flow rates and (2) the removal of all sensible heat from primary system metal surfaces and the steam generators should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| Heat transfer correlations used should be described and their application justified.
| |
| | |
| 6-18 Liquid entrainment correlations for fluid leaving the core and entering the steam generators should be described and justified by comparison with experimental data. Experimental data should be provided to justify any assumptions made regarding steam quenching by ECCS water. 6. Single Failure Analysis.
| |
| | |
| Provide a failure mode and effects analysis of the emergency core cooling systems to determine the single active failure that results in maximizing the energy release to the containment following a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| This analysis should be done for each postulated break location.
| |
| | |
| 7. Metal-Water Reaction.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the potential for additional energy being added to the containment as a result of metal-water reaction within the core. Provide a sensitivity analysis of the containment pressure as a function of metal-water reaction energy addition.
| |
| | |
| 8. Energy Inventories.
| |
| | |
| For the worst hot leg, cold leg pump suction, and cold leg pump discharge pipe breaks, provide inventories of the energy transferred from the primary and secondary systems to the containment and the energy remaining in the primary and secondary systems.
| |
| | |
| The table format is shown in Table 6-16. 9. Additional Information Required for Confirmatory Analysis.
| |
| | |
| To permit confirmatory analyses to be performed, the following information should be tabulated:
| |
| the elevations, flow areas, and friction coefficients within the primary system that are used for the containment analyses and the safety injection flow rate as a function of time. Representative values with justification should be provided for empirical correlations (such as those used to predict heat transfer and liquid entrainment)
| |
| that are significant to the analysis.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.1.4 Mass and Energy Release Analysis for Postulated Secondary System Pipe Ruptures Inside Containment (PWR). This section should identify the computer code used and/or present a detailed description of the analytical model used to calculate the mass and energy released following a secondary system steam or feedwater line break. A spectrum of break sizes and various reactor operating conditions should be analyzed to ensure that the most severe secondary system pipe rupture has been identified.
| |
| | |
| Smaller and smaller break areas of steam line breaks should be considered starting with the double-ended rupture, until no liquid entrainment is calculated to occur. The following information should be included:
| |
| 1. Mass and Energy Release Data. Mass and energy release data for the most severe secondary system pipe rupture with regard to break size and location and operating power level of the reactor should be presented in tabular form with time in seconds, mass flow rate in ibm/sec, and corresponding enthalpy in Btu/lbm. Separate tables should be provided for the mass and energy released from each side of a double-ended break. 2. Single-Failure Analysis.
| |
| | |
| A failure mode and effects analysis should be performed to determine the most severe single active failure 6-19 for each break location for the purpose of maximizing the mass and energy released to the containment and the containment pressure response.
| |
| | |
| The analysis should consider, for example, the failure of a steam or feedwater line isolation valve, the feedwater pump to trip, and containment heat removal equipment.
| |
| | |
| 3. Initial Conditions.
| |
| | |
| The analysis, including assumptions, to determine the fluid mass available for release into the containment should be described.
| |
| | |
| In general, the analysis should be done in a manner that is conservative from a containment response standpoint (i.e., that maximizes the fluid mass available for release).
| |
| 4. Description of Blowdown Model. The computer code used should be identified, and the calculational procedure should be described in detail or referenced to the appropriate topical report. All significant equations solved should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Calculations of the energy transferred from the primary system to the secondary system, the stored energy removed from the secondary system metal, the break flow, and the steam water separation should be conservative for containment analysis.
| |
| | |
| This conservatism should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| The heat transfer correlations used to calculate the heat transferred from the stcam generator tubes and shell should be presented and their application justified.
| |
| | |
| If liquid entrainment is assumed in the break flow, appropriate experimental data should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 5. Energy Inventories.
| |
| | |
| For the most severe secondary system pipe rupture, inventories of the energy transferred from the primary and secondary systems to the containment should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The distribution of the mass and energy released and available for release and the fluid and component temperatures within the primary and secondary systems and the containment should be given. Values should be provided for prerupture conditions, for the time of peak pressure, for the end of blowdown, and for any time a different computer code or calculational method is used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| 6. Additional Information Required for Confirmatory Analyses.
| |
| | |
| To permit confirmatory analyses to be performed, the following information should be tabulated:
| |
| the elevations, flow areas, and friction coefficients within the secondary system and the feedwater flow rate as a function of time. Representative values with justification should be provided for empirical correlations (such as those used to predict heat transfer and liquid entrainment)
| |
| that are significant to the analysis.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.1.5 Minimum Containment Pressure Analysis for Performance Capability Studies on Emergency Core Cooling System (PWR). This section should identify the computer codes used or present detailed descriptions of the analytical models used to calculate
| |
| (1) the mass and energy released from the reactor coolant system following a postulated loss-of-coolant accident and (2) the containment pressure response for the purpose of determining the minimum containment pressure that should be used in analyzing the 6-20
| |
| effectiveness of the emergency core cooling system. The response of the containment pressure and temperature and the sump water temperature should be plotted as functions of time. The information provided at the PSAR stage should be based on conservative values; however, as the design and construction of the facility nears completion (FSAR), more definitive data should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be presented:
| |
| 1. Mass and Energy Release Data. For the most severe break, state the size of the break and provide the mass and energy release data used for the minimum containment pressure analysis.
| |
| | |
| This information should be presented in tabular form, with time in seconds, mass release rate in lbm/sec, and enthalpy of mass released in Btu/lbm. The quantity of safety injection fluid that is assumed to spill from the break directly to the containment floor should also be tabulated as a function of time. Discuss the conservatism in the mass and energy release analysis with regard to minimizing the containment pressure.
| |
| | |
| 2. Initial Containment Internal Conditions.
| |
| | |
| Specify the initial containment conditions assumed in the analysis (i.e., temperature, pressure, and humidity).
| |
| Show that the initial conditions selected are conservative with respect to minimizing the containment pressure.
| |
| | |
| 3. Containment Volume. Specify the assumed containment net free volume. Show that the estimated free volume of the containment has been maximized to ensure a conservative prediction of the minimum containment pressure.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the uncertainty in determining the volume of the internal structures and equipment that should be subtracted from the gross containment volume to arrive at the net free volume. 4. Active Heat Sinks. Identify the containment heat removal system and emergency core cooling system equipment that is assumed to be operative for the containment analysis.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the conservatism of this assumption with respect to minimizing the containment pressure.
| |
| | |
| The heat removal capacity of the engineered safeguards should be maximized by using the minimum temperature of stored water and cooling water and minimum delay times in bringing the equipment into service. Provide a figure or table showing the heat removal rate of fan cooling units as a function of containment temperature.
| |
| | |
| State the containment spray flow rate and temperature assumed for the containment minimum pressure analysis.
| |
| | |
| State the assumptions used in establishing the actuation times for the active heat removal systems.
| |
| | |
| 5. Steam-Water Mixing. Discuss the potential for the mixing and condensation of containment steam with any spilled ECCS water during blowdown and core reflood. Comparisons with appropriate experimental data should be presented.
| |
| | |
| 6. Passive Heat Sinks. With regard to the heat sink data given in Table 6-4A, 6-4B, 6-4C, and 6-4D, the uncertainty in accounting for heat sinks and in determining the heat sink parameters (such as mass, surface 6-21 area, thickness, volumetric heat capacity, and thermal conductivity)
| |
| should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 7. Heat Transfer To Passive Heat Sinks. The condensing heat: transfer coefficients between the containment atmosphere and passive heat sinks should be discussed and justified.
| |
| | |
| Comparisons with appropriate experimental data should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the condensing heat transfer coefficient as a function of time for the passive heat sinks. 8. Other Parameters.
| |
| | |
| Identify any other parameters that may have a substantial effect on the minimum containment pressure analysis, and discuss how they affect the analysis.
| |
| | |
| If the containment purge system is used during plant power operations, discuss the effect of a LOCA during the plant purge operation on the minimum containment pressure analysis.
| |
| | |
| The radiological consequences of a LOCA during containment purge should be discussed in Chapter 15. 6.2.1.6 Testing and Inspection.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information about the containment testing and inspection program, with regard to preoperational testing and periodic inservice surveillance to ensure the functional capability of the containment and associated structures, systems, and components.
| |
| | |
| Emphasis should be given to those tests and inspections considered essential to a determination that performance objectives have been achieved and performance capability is being maintained throughout the plant lifetime above preestablished limits. Such tests may include, for example, tests to determine that the ice condenser or suppression pool bypass leakage area is within allowable limits, operability tests of the air return fan system of an ice condenser containment, inspection for serviceability of the drain holes provided in the operating deck of an ice condenser containment for returning spray water in the upper compartment to the lower compartment, inspection of the ice condenser (including the condition of the ice beds and operability tests of components important to the ice condenser functional capability), and operability tests of vacuum relief systems and of mechanical devices that are required to open following a pipe break accident within a subcompartment to provide vent area. The information provided in this section should include, for example (FSAR): 1. The planned tests and inspections, including a discussion of the need and purpose of each test and inspection, 2. The selected frequency for performing each test and inspection, including justification, 3. A description of the manner in which tests and inspections will be conducted, 4. The requirements and bases for acceptability, and 5. The action to be taken in the event acceptability requirements are not met.6-22 Particular emphasis should be given to those surveillance type tests that are of such importance to safety that they may become a part of the technical specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.1.7 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| This section should discuss the instrumentation to be employed for monitoring the containment conditions and actuating those systems and components having a safety function.
| |
| | |
| Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems General Design Criterion
| |
| 38, "Containment Heat Removal," of Appendix A, "General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50 requires that systems to remove heat from the reactor containment be provided to rapidly reduce (consistent with the functioning of other associated systems) the containment pressure and temperature following a loss-of-coolant accident and to maintain them at acceptably low levels. General Design Criteria 39 and 40 require that the containment heat removal systems be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing to ensure the integrity and operability of the systems. The systems provided for containment heat removal include fan cooler and spray systems. The design and functional capability of these systems should be considered in this section. The design and heat removal capability of the pressure-suppression containments should be considered in Section 6.2.1. General Design Criterion
| |
| 41 requires that systems to control fission products that may be released to the containment be provided as necessary to reduce, consistent with the functioning of other associated systems, the concentration and quantity of fission products released to the environs following postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| The systems designed for containment heat removal may also possess the capability to meet this requirement.
| |
| | |
| The fission product removal effectiveness of the containment heat removal systems should be considered in Section 6.5.2 of the SAR. 6.2.2.1 Design Bases. Discuss the design bases for the containment heat removal systems (i.e., the functional and mechanical and electrical design requirements of the systems).
| |
| The design bases should include such considerations as: 1. The sources of energy, the energy release rates as a function of time, and the integrated energy released following postulated loss-of coolant accidents for sizing each heat removal system; 2. The extent to which operation of the heat removal systems is relied upon to attenuate the postaccident conditions imposed on the containment (i.e., the minimum required availability of the containment heat removal systems);6-23
| |
| 3. The required containment depressurization time;4. The capability to remain operable in the accident environment;
| |
| 5. The capability to remain operable assuming a single failure; 6. The capability to withstand the Safe Shutdown Earthquake without loss of function;
| |
| 7. The capability to withstand dynamic effects; and 8. The capability for periodic inspection and testing of the systems and/or system components.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.2.2 System Design. Describe the design features, and provide piping and instrumentation diagrams of the containment heat removal systems. Provide a tabulation of the design and performance data for each containment heat removal system and its components.
| |
| | |
| Discuss system design requirements for redundancy and independence to ensure single-failure protection.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the system design provisions that facilitate periodic inspection and operability testing of the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Identify the codes, standards, and guides applied in the design of the containment heat removal systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Specify the plant protection system signals and setpoints that actuate the containment heat removal system; alternatively, reference the section in the SAR where this information is tabulated.
| |
| | |
| Provide the rationale for selecting the actuation signals and establishing the setpoints.
| |
| | |
| Specify the times following postulated accidents that the containment heat removal systems are assumed to be fully operational.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the delay times following receipt of the system actuation signals that are inherent in bringing the systems into service.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the extent to which the containment heat removal systems and system components are required to be remote manually operated from the main control room and the extent of operator intervention in the operation of the systems.
| |
| | |
| Describe the qualification tests that have been or will be performed on system components, such as spray nozzles, fan cooler heat exchangers, recirculation heat exchangers, pump and fan motors, valves, valve operators, and instrumentation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the test results. Demonstrate that the environmental test conditions (temperature, pressure, humidity, radiation, water pH) are representative of postaccident conditions that the equipment 6-24 would be expected to be exposed to. Graphically show the environmental test conditions as a function of time or refer to the section in the SAR where this information can be found. With respect to the fan systems, provide the following additional information:
| |
| 1. Identify the ductwork and equipment housings that must remain intact following a loss-of-coolant accident;
| |
| 2. Discuss the design provisions (e.g., pressure relief devices, conservative structural design) that ensure that the ductwork and equipment housings will remain intact; and 3. Provide plan and elevation drawings of the containment showing the routing of air flow guidance ductwork.
| |
| | |
| Describe the design features of the recirculation intake structures (sumps). Provide plan and elevation drawings of the structures;
| |
| show the level of water in the containment following a loss-of-coolant accident in relation to the structures.
| |
| | |
| Compare the design of the recirculation intake structures to the positions in Regulatory Guide 1.82, "Sumps for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Spray Systems." Specify the mesh size of each stage of screening and the maximum particle size that could be drawn into the recirculation piping. Of the systems that receive or may receive water from the recirculation intake structures under postaccident conditions, identify the system component that places the limiting requirement on the maximum particle size of debris that may be allowed to pass through the intake structure screening and specify the limiting particle size that the component can circulate without impairing system performance.
| |
| | |
| Describe how the screening is attached to the intake structures to preclude the possibility of debris bypassing the screening.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the potential for the intake structure screening to become clogged with debris; e.g., insulation, in the light of the effective flow area of the screening and approach velocity of the water. Identify and discuss the kinds of debris that might be developed following a loss-of coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Consider the following potential sources of debris: 1. Piping and equipment insulation, 2. Sand plug materials, 3. All structures displaced by accident pressure to provide vent area, 4. Loose insulation in the containment, 5. Debris generated by failure of non-safety-related equipment.
| |
| | |
| 6-25 Describe the precautions made to minimize the potential for debris clogging the screens.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the types of insulation used inside the containment and identify where and in what quantities each type is used. List the materials of construction used for the identified insulation and describe the behavior of the insulation during and after a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Describe the tests performed or reference test reports available to the Commission that determined the behavior of the insulation under simulated LOCA conditions.
| |
| | |
| Describe the methods of attaching the insulation to piping and components.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.2.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Describe and present the results of the spray nozzle test program to determine the drop size spectrum and mean drop size emitted from each type of nozzle as a function of pressure drop across the nozzles. Describe the analytical method employed to determine the mean spray drop size. Provide plan and elevation drawings of the containment showing the expected spray patterns.
| |
| | |
| Specify the volume of the containment covered by the sprays and the extent of overlapping of the sprays. Provide an analysis of the heat removal effectiveness of the sprays. Provide justifi cation for the values of parameters used in the analysis (e.g., spray system flow rate as a function of time and mean spray drop size) for both full and partial spray system operation.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the heat removal rate of the fan cooler as a function of the containment atmosphere temperature under loss-of-coolant accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| Provide a figure showing the fan cooler heat removal rate as a function of the degrees of superheat for a family of curves that bound the expected containment steam-to-air ratio for the main steam line break accident.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test program conducted to determine the heat: removal capability of a fan cooler heat exchanger.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the potential for surface fouling on the secondary side of the fan cooler heat exchanger by the cooling water and the effect on the heat removal capability of the fan cooler. Provide analyses of the net positive suction head (NPSH) available to the recirculation pumps in accordance with the recommendations of NRC Regulatory Guide 1.1 (Safety Guide 1), "Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal System Pumps." Provide a tabulation of the values of containment pressure head, vapor pressure head of pumped fluid, suction head, and friction head used in the analyses.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the uncertainty in determining the suction head. Compare the calculated values of available NPSH for the recirculation pumps to the required NPSH of the pumps. Demonstrate the conservatism of the analyses by assuming, for the postulated loss-of-coolant accident, conditions that maximize the sump temperature and minimize the containment pressure.6-26 Provide failure mode and effects analyses of the containment heat removal systems.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the integrated energy content of the containment atmosphere and recirculation water as functions of time following the postulated design basis loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the integrated energy absorbed by the structural heat sinks and removed by the fan cooler and/or recirculation heat exchangers.
| |
| | |
| Provide an estimate of the amount of debris that could be generated during a loss-of-coolant accident and of the amount of debris to which sump inlet screens may be subjected during postulated pipe break accidents.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.2.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Describe the program for the initial performance testing after installation and for subsequent periodic operability testing of the containment heat removal systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the scope and limitations of the tests. Describe the periodic inspection program for the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| The results of tests performed and a detailed, updated testing program should be provided in the FSAR. 6.2.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrumentation provisions for actuating and monitoring the performance of the containment heat removal systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Identify the plant conditions and system operating parameters to be monitored and justify the selection of the setpoints for system actuation or alarm annunciation.
| |
| | |
| Specify the locations outside the containment for instrumentation readout and alarm. The design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.2.3 Secondary Containment Functional Design The secondary containment system includes the secondary containment structure and the safety-related systems provided to control the ventilation and cleanup of potentially contaminated volumes (exclusive of the primary containment)
| |
| following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| This section will discuss the secondary containment functional design. The ventilation systems (i.e., systems used to depressurize and clear the secondary containment atmosphere)
| |
| should be discussed in Section 6.5.3, "Fission Product Control Systems," and Chapter 15, "Accident Analyses." 6.2.3.1 Design Bases. This section should discuss the design bases (i.e., the functional design requirements)
| |
| of the secondary containment system, including the following considerations:
| |
| 1. The conditions that establish the need for controlling the leakage from the primary containment structure to the secondary containment structure;
| |
| 2. The functional capability of the secondary containment system to depressurize and/or maintain a negative pressure throughout the secondary 6-27 containment structure and to resist the maximum potential for exfiltration under all wind loading conditions characteristic of the site; 3. The seismic design, leak tightness, and internal and external design pressures of the secondary containment structure;
| |
| 4. The capability for periodic inspection and functional testing of the secondary containment structure.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.3.2 System Design. Describe the design features of the secondary containment structure and provide plan and elevation drawings of the plant showing the boundary of the structure.
| |
| | |
| Provide a tabulation of the design and performance data for the secondary containment structure.
| |
| | |
| Provide the types of information indicated in Table 6-17. Discuss the performance objectives of the secondary containment structure.
| |
| | |
| Identify the codes, standards, and guides applied in the design of the secondary containment structure.
| |
| | |
| Describe the valve isolation features used in support of the secondary containment.
| |
| | |
| Specify the plant protection system signals that isolate and/or activate the secondary containment isolation systems or reference the section in the SAR where this information can be found. Discuss the design provisions that prevent primary containment leakage from bypassing the secondary containment filtration systems and escaping directly to the environment.
| |
| | |
| Include a tabulation of potential bypass leakage paths, including the types of information indicated in Table 6-18. Provide an evaluation to potential bypass leakage paths con sidering realistic equipment design limitations and test sensitivities.
| |
| | |
| The following leakage barriers in paths which do not terminate within the secondary containment should be considered potential bypass leakage paths around the leakage collection and filtration systems of the secondary containment:
| |
| 1. Isolation valves in piping that penetrates both the primary and secondary containment barriers, 2. Seals and gaskets on penetrations that pass through both the primary and secondary containment barriers, and 3. Welded joints on penetrations (e.g., guard pipes) that pass through both the primary and secondary containment barriers.
| |
| | |
| Specify and justify the maximum allowable fraction of primary containment leakage that may bypass the secondary containment structure.
| |
| | |
| Technical Specificatons for the identification and testing of bypass leakage paths and determination of the bypass leakage fraction should be provided in Chapter 16 of the SAR.6-28
| |
| 6.2.3.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide analyses of the functional capability of the ventilation and/or cleanup systems to depressurize and/or maintain a uniform negative pressure throughout the secondary containment structure following the design basis loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| These analyses should include the effect of single active failures that could compromise the performance objective of the secondary containment system. For example, for containment purge lines that have three isolation valves in series and a leakoff valve that can be opened to the secondary containment volume between the two outboard valves, show that the failure of the outboard isolation valve to close will not prevent a negative pressure from being maintained in the secondary containment structure or result in leakage from the primary containment across the inboard valve to the environment.
| |
| | |
| If the secondary containment design leakage rate is in excess of 100%/day, an evaluation of the secondary containment system's ability to function as intended under adverse wind loading conditions characteristic of the plant site should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For analyses of the secondary containment system, provide the following information for each secondary containment volume: 1. Pressure and temperature as functions of time; 2. Primary containment wall temperature as a function of time; 3. Purge flow rate and recirculation flow rate as a function of fan differential pressure.
| |
| | |
| Identify all high-energy lines within the secondary containment structure, and provide analyses of line ruptures for any of these lines that are not provided with guard pipes. 6.2.3.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Describe the program for the initial performance testing and subsequent periodic functional testing of the secondary containment structures and secondary containment isolation system and system components.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the scope and limitations of the tests. Describe the inspection program for the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Results of tests performed and a detailed updated program should be provided in the FSAR. Subsequent test results should be provided as they become available.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.3.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| This section should describe the instrumentation to be employed for the monitoring and actuation of the ventilation and cleanup systems. Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.2.4 Containment Isolation System General Design Criteria 54, 55, 56, and 57 address design and isolation requirements for piping systems penetrating primary reactor 6-29 containment.
| |
| | |
| The design and functional capability of the containment isolation system should be considered in this section.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.4.1 Design Bases. Discuss the bases for the design of the containment isolation system, including:
| |
| 1. The governing conditions under which containment isolation becomes mandatory;
| |
| 2. The criteria used to establish the isolation provisions for fluid systems penetrating the containment;
| |
| 3. The criteria used to establish the isolation provisions:
| |
| for fluid instrument lines penetrating the containment;
| |
| and 4. The design requirements for containment isolation barriers.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.4.2 System Design. Provide a table of design information regarding the containment isolation provisions for fluid system lines and fluid instrument lines penetrating the containment.
| |
| | |
| Include the following information in this table: 1. Containment penetration number; 2. General design criteria or regulatory guide recommendations that have been met or other defined bases for acceptability;
| |
| 3. System name; 4. Fluid contained;
| |
| 5. Line size (inches);
| |
| 6. Engineered safety feature system (yes or no); 7. Through-line leakage classification (dual containments);
| |
| 8. Reference to figure in SAR showing arrangement of containment isolation barriers;
| |
| 9. Isolation valve number; 10. Location of valve (inside or outside containment);
| |
| 11. Type C leakage test (es or no); 12. Length of pipe from containment to outermost isolation valve; 13. Valve type and operator;6-30
| |
| 14. Primary mode of valve actuation;
| |
| 15. Secondary mode of valve actuation;
| |
| 16. Normal valve position;
| |
| 17. Shutdown valve position;
| |
| 18. Postaccident valve position;
| |
| 19. Power failure valve position;
| |
| 20. Containment isolation signals; 21. Valve closure time; and 22. Power source. Specify the plant protection system signals that initiate closure of the containment isolation valves or refer to the section in the SAR where this information can be found. Provide justification for any containment isolation provisions that differ from the explicit requirements of General Design Criteria 55, 56, and 57. Discuss the bases for the containment isolation valve closure times and, in particular, the closure times of isolation valves in system lines that can provide an open path from the containment to the environs (e.g., containment purge system).
| |
| Describe the extent to which the containment isolation provisions for fluid instrument lines meet the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.11 (Safety Guide 11), "Instrument Lines Penetrating Primary Reactor Containment." Discuss the design requirements for the containment isolation barriers, including the following:
| |
| 1. The extent to which the quality standards and seismic design classification of the containment isolation provisions follow the recommenda tions of Regulatory Guides 1.26, "Quality Group Classifications and Standards for Water-, Steam-, and Radioactive-Waste-Containing Components of Nuclear Power Plants," and 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification." 2. Assurance of protection against loss of function from missiles, jet forces, pipe whip, and earthquakes.
| |
| | |
| Describe the provisions made to ensure that closure of the isolation valves will not be prevented by debris that could become entwined in the escaping fluid;6-31
| |
| 3. Assurance of the operability of valves and valve operators in the containment atmosphere under normal plant operating conditions and postulated accident conditions;
| |
| 4. Qualification of closed systems inside and outside the containment as isolation barriers;
| |
| 5. Qualification of a valve as an isolation barrier; 6. Required isolation valve closure times; 7. Mechanical and electrical redundancy to preclude common mode failures;
| |
| 8. Primary and secondary modes of valve actuation.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the provisions for detecting leakage from a remote manually controlled system (such as an engineered safety feature system) for the purpose of determining when to isolate the affected system or system train. Discuss the design provisions for testing the operability of the isolation valves and the leakage rate of the containment isolation barriers.
| |
| | |
| Show on system drawings the design provisions for testing the leakage rate of the containment isolation barriers.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the design and functional capability of associated containment isolation systems (such as isolation valve seal systems) that provide a sealing fluid or vacuum between isolation barriers and of fluid-filled systems that serve as seal systems.
| |
| | |
| Describe the environmental qualification tests that have been or will be performed on the mechanical and electrical components that may be exposed to the accident environment inside the containment.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the test results.
| |
| | |
| Demonstrate that the environmental test conditions (temperature, pressure, humidity, and radiation)
| |
| are representative of conditions that would be expected to prevail inside the containment following an accident.
| |
| | |
| Graphi cally show the environmental test conditions as functions of time or refer to the section in the SAR where this information can be found. Identify the codes, standards, and guides applied in the design of the system and system components.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the functional capability of the containment isolation system in conjunction with a failure mode and effects analysis of the system. Provide evaluations of the functional capability of isolation valve seal systems and of fluid-filled systems that serve as seal systems.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.4.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Describe the program for the initial functional testing and subsequent periodic operability testing of the con tainment isolation system and associated isolation valve seal systems if 6-32 they are provided.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the scope and limitations of the tests. Describe the inspection program for the isolation system and system components.
| |
| | |
| The results of tests performed and a detailed updated testing and inspection program should be provided in the FSAR. 6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment General Design Criterion
| |
| 41 requires that systems be provided as necessary to control the concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen that may be released into the containment following postulated accidents to ensure that containment integrity is maintained.
| |
| | |
| The systems provided for combustible gas control include systems to mix the containment atmosphere, monitor combustible gas concentrations within containment regions, and reduce combustible gas concentrations within the containment.
| |
| | |
| The design and functional capability of these systems should be considered in this section.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.5.1 Design Bases. Discuss the bases for the design of the combustible gas control systems (i.e., the conditions under which combustible gas control may be necessary)
| |
| and the functional and mechanical design requirements of the systems. The design bases should include such considera tions as: 1. The generation and accumulation of combustible gases within the containment;
| |
| 2. The capability to uniformly mix the containment atmosphere for as long as accident conditions require and to prevent high concentrations of combustible gases from forming locally; 3. The capability to monitor combustible gas concentrations within containment regions and to alert the operator in the main control room of the need to activate systems to reduce combustible gas concentrations;
| |
| 4. The capability to prevent combustible gas concentrations within the containment from exceeding the concentration limits given in Regu latory Guide 1.7 (Safety Guide 7), "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident;" 5. The capability to remain operable, assuming a single failure; 6. The capability to withstand dynamic effects; 7. The capability to withstand the Safe Shutdown Earthquake without loss of function;
| |
| 8. The capability to remain operable in the accident environment;
| |
| 9. The capability to periodically inspect and test systems and/or system components;
| |
| 6-33
| |
| 10. The sharing of combustible gas control equipment between nuclear units at multi-unit sites; 11. The capability to transport portable hydrogen recombiner units after a loss-of-coolant accident;
| |
| 12. The protection of personnel from radiation in the vicinity of the operating hydrogen recombiner units; 13. The capability to purge the containment as a backup means for combustible gas control.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.5.2 System Design. Describe the design features and provide piping and instrumentation diagrams of the systems or portions of systems that comprise the combustible gas control systems and the backup purge system. Provide a tabulation of the design and performance data for each system and its components.
| |
| | |
| Discuss system design requirements for redundancy and independence.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the design provisions that facilitate periodic inspection and operability testing of the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Identify the codes, standards, and guides applied in the design of the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Specify the plant protection system signals that actuate the systems and components of the combustible gas control systems and the backup purge system or refer to the section in the SAR where this information can be found. Discuss the extent to which systems or system components are required to be manually operated from the main control room or from another point outside the containment that is accessible following an accident.
| |
| | |
| Describe the environmental qualification tests that have been or will be performed on systems (or portions thereof) and system components that may be exposed to the accident environment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test results and their applicability to the system design. Demonstrate that the environmental test conditions (temperature, pressure, humidity, and radiation)
| |
| are representa tive of conditions that would be expected to prevail inside the containment following a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Graphically show the environmental test conditions as functions of time or refer to the section in the SAR where this information can be found. With regard to the fan systems that are relied on to mix the containment atmosphere, provide the following additional information:
| |
| 1. Identify the ductwork that must remain intact following a loss-of coolant accident, 6-34
| |
| 2. Discuss the design provisions (e.g., pressure relief devices, conservative structural design) that ensure that the ductwork and equipment housings will remain intact, and 3. Provide plan and elevation drawings of the containment showing the routing of the airflow guidance ductwork.
| |
| | |
| Describe the design features of the containment internal structures that promote and permit mixing of gases within the containment and sub compartments.
| |
| | |
| Identify the subcompartments that are dead-ended or would not be positively ventilated following a loss-of-coolant accident and provide analyses, assumptions, and mathematical models that ensure that combustible gases will not accumulate within them. With regard to the system provided to continuously monitor the combustible gas concentrations within the containment following a LOCA, provide the following information:
| |
| 1. A discussion of the operating principle and accuracy of the combustible gas analyzers;
| |
| 2. A description of the tests conducted to demonstrate the performance capability of the analyzers or a reference to the report where such informa tion may be found; 3. The locations of the multiple sampling points within the containment;
| |
| 4. A discussion of the capability to monitor combustible gas con centrations within the containment independent of the operation of the combustible gas control systems; and 5. Failure mode and effects analyses of the containment combustible gas concentration monitoring systems.
| |
| | |
| With regard to the recombiner system provided to reduce combustible gas concentrations within the containment, provide the following additional information:
| |
| 1. The operating principle of the system; 2. A description of the developmental program conducted to demonstrate the performance capability of the system and a discussion of the program results or a reference to the report where this information can be found; 3. A discussion of any differences between the recombiner system on which the qualification tests were conducted and the recombiner system that is proposed;
| |
| and 4. A discussion of the extent to which equipment will be shared between nuclear power units at a multi-unit site, and the availability of the shared equipment.
| |
| | |
| 6-35
| |
| 6.2.5.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an analysis of the production and accumulation of combustible gases within the containment following a postulated loss-of-coolant accident including the following information:
| |
| 1. The assumed corrosion rate of aluminum plotted as a function of time. 2. The assumed corrosion rate of zinc plotted as a function of time. 3. An inventory of aluminum inside the containment with the mass and surface area of each item. 4. An inventory of zinc inside the containment with the total mass and surface area. 5. The mass of Zircaloy fuel cladding.
| |
| | |
| 6. The quantities of hydrogen and oxygen contained in the reactor coolant system. 7. The total fission product decay power as a fraction of operating power plotted versus time after shutdown with a comparison to the decay power curve based on proposed American Nuclear Society Standard ANS 5.1, "Decay Fnergy Release Rates Following Shutdown of Uranium-Fueled Thermal Reactors," multiplied by a factor of 1.2. Specify the reactor core thermal power rating and the assumed operating history of the reactor core. 8. The beta, gamma, and beta plus gamma energy release rates and integrated energy releases plotted as functions of time for the fission product distribution model based on the thermal power rating and operating history of the reactor core assumed in item 7 above. Indicate the extent to which the model presented in Table 1 of Regulatory Guide 1.7 is utilized.
| |
| | |
| 9. The integrated production of combustible gas within the containment plotted as a function of time for each source and the concentration of combustible gas in the containment plotted as a function of time for all sources.
| |
| | |
| 10. The combustible gas concentration in the containment plotted as a function of time with operation of the combustible gas reduction system assumed at full and partial capacity.
| |
| | |
| Also plot the combustible gas con centration in the containment as a function of time with operation of the backup purge system assumed.
| |
| | |
| 11. The basis (time or combustible gas concentrations)
| |
| for activation of the combustible gas reduction and backup purge systems. Specify the design flow rates and the flow rates used in the analysis for both systems.6-36
| |
| 12. Analyses of the functional capability of the spray and/or fan systems to mix the containment atmosphere and prevent the accumulation of combustible gases within containment subcompartments.
| |
| | |
| Provide plan and elevation drawings of the containment showing the airflow patterns that would be expected to result from operation of the spray and/or fan systems with a single failure assumed.
| |
| | |
| 13. Analyses or test results that demonstrate the capability of the airflow guidance ductwork and equipment housings to withstand, without loss of function, the external differential pressures and internal pressure surges that may be imposed on them following a loss-of-coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Provide failure mode and effects analyses of the combustible gas control systems.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.5.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Describe the program for the initial performance testing and subsequent periodic operability testing of the combustible gas control systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the scope and limitations of the tests. Describe the inspection programs for the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| For those equipments that will be shared between nuclear power units at multi-unit sites, describe the program that will be conducted to ensure that the equipment can be transported within the allotted time safely and by qualified personnel.
| |
| | |
| The results of tests performed and a detailed updated testing and inspection program should be provided in the FSAR. 6.2.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the instrumentation provisions for actuating the combustible gas control systems and backup purge system (e.g., automatically or remote manually)
| |
| and monitoring the performance of the systems and system components.
| |
| | |
| Identify the plant con ditions and system operating parameters to be monitored and justify the selection of the setpoints for system actuation or alarm annunciation.
| |
| | |
| Specify the instrumentation readout and alarm location(s)
| |
| outside the containment.
| |
| | |
| Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.2.6 Containment Leakage Testing General Design Criteria 52, 53, and 54 require that the reactor containment, containment penetrations, and containment isolation barriers be designed to permit periodic leakage rate testing.
| |
| | |
| Appendix J, "Primary Reactor Containment Leakage Testing for Water Cooled Power Reactors," to 10 CFR Part 50 specifies the leakage testing requirements for the reactor containment, containment penetrations, and containment isolation barriers.
| |
| | |
| This section should present a proposed testing program that complies with the requirements of the General Design Criteria and Appendix J to 6-37
| |
| 10 CFR Part 50. All exceptions to the explicit requirements of the General Design Criteria and Appendix J should be identified and justified.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.6.1 Containment Integrated Leakage Rate Test. Specify the maximum allowable containment integrated leakage rate. Describe the testing sequence for the containment structural integrity test and the containment leakage rate test. Discuss the pretest requirements, including the requirements for inspecting the containment, taking corrective action and retesting in the event that structural deterioration of the containment is found, and reporting.
| |
| | |
| Also discuss the criteria for positioning isolation valves, the manner in which isolation valves will be positioned, and the requirements for venting or draining of fluid systems prior to containment testing.
| |
| | |
| Fluid systems that will be vented or opened to the containment atmosphere during testing should be listed; the systems that will not be vented should be identified and justification given. Describe the measures that will be taken to ensure the stabilization of containment conditions (temperature, pressure, humidity)
| |
| prior to containment leakage rate testing.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test methods and procedures to be used during containment leakage rate testing, including local leakage testing methods, test equip ment and facilities, period of testing, and verification of leak test accuracy.
| |
| | |
| Identify the acceptance criteria for containment leakage rate tests and for verification tests. Discuss the provisions for additional testing in the event acceptance criteria cannot be met. 6.2.6.2 Containment Penetration Leakage Rate Test. Provide a listing of all containment penetrations.
| |
| | |
| Identify the containment penetrations that are exempt from leakage rate testing and give the reasons.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test methods that will be used to determine containment penetration leakage rates. Specify the test pressure to be used. Provide the acceptance criteria for containment penetration leakage rate testing. Specify the leakage rate limits for the containment penetrations.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.6.3 Containment Isolation Valve Leakage Rate Test. Provide a listing of all containment isolation valves. Identify the containment isolation valves that are not included in the leakage rate testing and provide justification.
| |
| | |
| 6-38 Describe the test methods that will be used to determine isolation valve leakage rates. Specify the test pressure to be used. Provide the acceptance criteria for leakage rate testing of the containment isolation valves. Specify the leakage rate limits for the isolation valves. 6.2.6.4 Scheduling and Reporting of Periodic Tests. Provide the proposed schedule for performing preoperational and periodic leakage rate tests for each of the following:
| |
| 1. Containment integrated leakage rate; 2. Containment penetrations;
| |
| and 3. Containment isolation valves. Describe the test reports that will be prepared and include provisions for reporting test results that fail to meet acceptance criteria.
| |
| | |
| 6.2.6.5 Special Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Specify the maximum allowable leakage rate for the following:
| |
| 1. Inleakage to subatmospheric containment, and 2. Inleakage to the secondary containment of dual containments.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test procedures for determining the above inleakage rates. Describe the leakage rate testing that will be done to determine the leakage from the primary containment that bypasses the secondary containment and other plant areas maintained at a negative pressure following a loss-of coolant accident.
| |
| | |
| Specify the maximum allowable bypass leakage.
| |
| | |
| Describe the test procedures for determining the effectiveness following postulated accidents of isolation valve seal systems and of fluid-filled systems that serve as seal systems.
| |
| | |
| 6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System 6.3.1 Design Bases A summary description of the emergency core cooling system (ECCS) should be provided.
| |
| | |
| All major subsystems of the ECCS such as active high and low-pressure safety injection systems and passive safety injection tanks should be identified.
| |
| | |
| Nuclear plants that employ the same ECCS design and that are operating or have been licensed should be referenced.
| |
| | |
| The purpose of the ECCS should be described and each accident or transient for which the required protection includes actuation of the ECCS should be listed.6-39 The design bases for selecting the functional requirements for each subsystem of the ECCS should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Bases for selecting such system parameters as operating pressure, ECC flow delivery rate, ECC storage capac ity, boron concentration, and hydraulic flow resistance of ECCS piping and valves should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Design bases concerned with reliability requirements should be spec ified. Protection against single failure in terms of piping arrangement and layout, selection of valve types and locations, redundancy of various system components, redundancy of power supplies, redundant sources of actuation signals, and redundancy of instrumentation should be described.
| |
| | |
| Protection against valve motor flooding and spurious single failures should be described.
| |
| | |
| Requirements established for the purpose of protecting the ECCS from physical damage should be specified.
| |
| | |
| This discussion should include design bases for ECCS support structure design, for pipe whip protection, for missile protection, and for protection against such accident loads as loss-of-coolant accident or seismic loads. Environmental design bases concerned with the high-temperature steam atmosphere and containment sump water level that might exist in the con tainment during ECCS operation should be specified.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2 System Design 6.3.2.1 Schematic Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams.
| |
| | |
| Piping and instrumentation diagrams showing the location of all components, piping, storage facilities, points where connecting systems and subsystems tie together and into the reactor system, and instrumentation and controls associated with subsystem and component actuation should be provided for all modes of ECCS operation along with a complete description of component interlocks.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2.2 Equipment and Component Descriptions.
| |
| | |
| Each component of the system should be described.
| |
| | |
| The significant design parameters for each component should be identified.
| |
| | |
| The design pressure and temperature of components for various portions of the system should be stated along with an explanation of the bases for their selection.
| |
| | |
| State the quantity of coolant available (e.g., in each safety injection tank, refueling water storage tank, condensate storage tank, torus). Provide pump characteristic curves and pump power requirements.
| |
| | |
| Specify the available and required net positive suction head for the ECCS pumps and identify any exceptions to the regulatory position stated in Regulatory Guide No. 1.1 (Safety Guide 1), "Net Positive Suction Head for Emergency Core Cooling and Containment Heat Removal System Pumps." Describe heat exchanger characteristics, including design flow rates, inlet and outlet temperatures for the cooling fluid and for the fluid being cooled, the overall heat transfer coefficient, acnd the heat transfer area.6-40
| |
| The relief valve capacity and settings or venting provisions included in the system should be stated. Specify design requirements for ECC deliv ery lag times. Describe provisions with respect to the control circuits for motor-operated isolation valves in the ECCS, including consideration of inadvertent actuation prior to or during an accident.
| |
| | |
| This description should include discussions of the controls and interlocks for these valves (e.g., intent of IEEE Std 279-1971), considerations for automatic valve closure (e.g., reactor coolant system pressure exceeds design pressure of residual heat removal system) and for automatic valve opening (e.g., preselected reactor coolant system pressure or ECCS signal), valve position indications, valve interlocks, and alarms. 6.3.2.3 Applicable Codes and Classifications.
| |
| | |
| The applicable indus try codes and classifications for the design of the system should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2.4 Materials Specifications and Compatibility.
| |
| | |
| Identify the material specifications for the ECCS and discuss materials compatibility and chemical effects of all sorts. List the materials used in or on the ECCS by commercial name, quantity (estimate where necessary), and chemical composition.
| |
| | |
| Show that the radiolytic or pyrolytic decomposition products, if any, of each material will not interfere with the safe operation of this or any other -engineered safety feature.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2.5 System Reliability.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the reliability considerations incorporated in the design to ensure that the system will start when needed and will deliver the required quantity of coolant within specified lag times (e.g., redundancy and separation of components, transmission lines, and power sources).
| |
| Provide a failure mode and effects analysis of the ECCS. Identify the functional consequences of each possible single failure, including the effects of any single failure or operator error that causes any manually controlled electrically operated valve to move to a position that could adversely affect the ECCS. The potential for passive failures of fluid systems during long-term cooling should be considered as well as single failures of active components.
| |
| | |
| For PWR plants, the single failure analysis should consider the potential boron precipitation problem as an integral part of the requirement for providing for long-term core cooling.
| |
| | |
| Identify the specific equipment arrangement for the plant design and provide an evaluation to ensure that valve motor operators located within containment will not become submerged following a LOCA. Include all equip ment in the ECCS or any other system that may be needed to limit boric acid precipitation in the reactor vessel during long-term cooling or that may be required for containment isolation.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2.6 Protection Provisions.
| |
| | |
| Describe the provisions for protect ing the system (including connections to the reactor coolant system or 6-41 other connecting systems) against damage that might result from movement (between components within the system and connecting systems), from mis siles, from thermal stresses, or from other causes (LOCA, seismic events).
| |
| 6.3.2.7 Provisions for Performance Testing. The provisions to facilitate performance testing of components (e.g., bypasses around pumps, sampling lines, etc.) should be described.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.2.8 Manual Actions. Identify all manual actions required to be taken by an operator in order for the ECCS to operate properly.
| |
| | |
| Identify all process instrumentation available to the operator in the control. room to assist in assessing postaccident conditions.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the information available to the operator, the time delay during which his failure t~o act properly will have no unsafe consequences, and the consequences if the action is not performed at all. 6.3.3 Performance Evaluation ECCS performance is evaluated through the safety analyses of a spectrum of postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| These analyses should be included in Chapter 15, "Accident Analyses." This section should list the accidents discussed in Chapter 15 that result in ECCS operation.
| |
| | |
| The conclusions of the accident analyses should be summarized.
| |
| | |
| The bases for any operational restrictions such as minimum functional capacity or testing requirements that might be appropriate for inclusion in the Technical Specifications of the license should be provided.
| |
| | |
| All existing criteria that are used to judge the adequacy of ECCS performance, including those contained in § 50.46, "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," of 10 CFR Part 50 should be mentioned.
| |
| | |
| ECCS cooling performance evaluation should include an evaluation of single failures, potential boron precipitation (PWRs), submerged valve motors, and containment pressure assumptions (PWRs) used to evaluate the ECCS performance capability.
| |
| | |
| Simplified functional flow diagrams showing the alignment of valves, flow rates in the system, and the capacity of the ECC water supply should be provided for typical accident conditions (e.g., small- and large-break loss-of-coolant accident, steam line break). Typical flow delivery curves as a function of time should also be given for the various accidents.
| |
| | |
| The time sequence of ECCS operation for short-term and long-term cooling should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Analysis supporting the selection of lag times (e.g., the period between the time an accident has occurred and the time ECC is dis charged into the core) should include valve opening time, pump starting time, and other pertinent parameters.
| |
| | |
| Credit for operator action should be specified.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the extent to which components or portions of the ECCS are required for operation of other systems and the extent to which components or portions of other systems are required for operation of the ECCS. An 6-42 analysis of how these dependent systems would function should include system priority (which system takes preference)
| |
| and conditions when various components or portions of one system function as part of another system [for example, when the water level in the reactor is below a limit ing value, the recirculation pumps (i.e., residual or decay heat removal pumps) or feed pumps will supply water to the ECCS and not to the contain ment spray system]. Delineate any limitations on operation or maintenance included to ensure minimum capability (e.g., the storage facility common to both core cooling and containment spray systems should have provisions whereby the quantity available for core cooling will not be less than some specified quantity).
| |
| State the bounds within which principal system parameters must be maintained in the interests of constant standby readiness, e.g., such things as the minimum poison concentrations in the coolant, minimum coolant reserve in storage volumes, maximum number of inoperable components, and maximum allowable time period for which a component can be out of service.
| |
| | |
| The failure mode and effects analysis presented in Section 6.3.2.5 identifies possible degraded ECCS performances caused by single component failures.
| |
| | |
| The accident analyses presented in Chapter 15 considered each of the degraded ECCS cases in the selection of the worst single failure to be analyzed.
| |
| | |
| The conclusions of the various accident analyses should be discussed to show that the ECCS is adequate to perform its intended function.
| |
| | |
| 6.3.4 Tests and Inspections
| |
| 6.3.4.1 ECCS Performance Tests. Provide a description or reference the description of the preoperational test program performed on the ECCS. The program should provide for testing of each train of the ECCS under both ambient and simulated hot operating conditions.
| |
| | |
| The tests should demon strate that the flow rates delivered through each injection flow path using all pump combinations are within the design specifications.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of the electric power supply should be verified by testing under maximum startup loading conditions.
| |
| | |
| Recirculation tests should be included in the program to demonstrate system capability to realign valves and injection pumps to recirculate coolant from the containment sump. Justify any excep tions to the regulatory position stated in Regulatory Guide 1.79, "Preoperational Testing of Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Pressurized Water Reactors." 6.3.4.2 Reliability Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| The emergency core cooling system is a standby system that is not normally operating.
| |
| | |
| Consequently, a measure of the readiness of the system to operate in the event of an accident must be achieved by tests and inspections.
| |
| | |
| The periodic tests and inspections program should be identified and reasons explained as to why the program of testing planned is believed to be appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The information should include: 1. Description of tests planned.6-43
| |
| 2. Considerations that led to periodic testing and the selected test frequency.
| |
| | |
| 3. Test methods to be used. 4. Requirements set for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them. 5. A description of the program for inservice inspection, including items to be inspected, accessibility requirements, and the types and frequency of inspection.
| |
| | |
| Information presented elsewhere in the SAR for the tests planned need not be repeated but only cross-referenced.
| |
| | |
| Particular emphasis should be given to those surveillance type tests that are of such importance to safety that they may become a part of the Technical Specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be developed as a part of the SAR. 6.3.5 Instrumentation Requirements This section should discuss the instrumentation provisions for various methods of actuation (e.g., automatic, manual, different locations).
| |
| The conditions requiring system actuation together with the bases for the selection (e.g., during periods when the system is to be available, when ever the reactor coolant system pressure is less than some specified pressure, the core spray system should be actuated automatically using equipment designed to IEEE Std 279 requirements)
| |
| should be included in the discussion.
| |
| | |
| Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.4 Habitability Systems The term "habitability systems" refers to the equipment, supplies, and procedures provided to ensure that control room operators can remain in the control room and take actions to operate the nuclear power unit safely under normal conditions and to maintain it in a safe condition under accident conditions, including loss-of-coolant accidents, as required by General Design Criterion
| |
| 19 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. The habitability systems should include systems and equipment to protect the control room operators against such postulated releases as radioactive materials, toxic gases, smoke, and steam and should provide materials and facilities to permit them to remain in the control room for an extended period. The term "control room" typically includes the main control room, areas adjacent to the main control room containing plant information and equipment that may be needed during an emergency, and kitchen and sanitary facilities.
| |
| | |
| It is also the entire zone serviced by the control room ventila tion system.6-44 The habitability systems for the control room should include shielding, air purification systems, control of climatic conditions, storage capacity for food and water, and kitchen and sanitary facilities.
| |
| | |
| Detailed des criptions of these systems should be included in the SAR together with an evaluation of their performance.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation should provide assurance that the systems will operate under all postulated conditions to permit the control room operators to remain in the control room and to take appro priate actions as required by General Design Criterion
| |
| 19. Sufficient information should be provided to permit an independent evaluation of the adequacy of the systems. Information and evaluations in other sections of the SAR that relate to the adequacy of the habitability systems should be referenced (see Sections 6.5.1, 9.4.1, and 15.X.X, paragraph
| |
| 5). 6.4.1 Design Basis This section should summarize the bases on which the functional design of the habitability system and their features were established.
| |
| | |
| For example, the criteria used to establish the following should be provided:
| |
| 1. Control room envelope 2. Period of habitability
| |
| 3. Capacity (number of people) 4. Food, water, medical supplies, and sanitary facilities
| |
| 5. Radiation protection
| |
| 6. Noxious gas protection
| |
| 7. Respiratory, eye, and skin protection for emergencies
| |
| 8. Habitability system operation during emergencies
| |
| 9. Emergency monitors and control equipment
| |
| 6.4.2 System Design 6.4.2.1 Definition of Control Room Envelope.
| |
| | |
| The areas, equipment, and materials to which the control room operator could require access during an emergency should be identified.
| |
| | |
| Those spaces requiring con tinuous or frequent operator occupancy should be listed. The selection of those spaces included in the control room envelope should be based on need during postulated emergencies.
| |
| | |
| This information should be summarized in this section.
| |
| | |
| 6.4.2.2 Ventilation System Design. This section should present the design features and fission product removal and protection capability of the control room ventilation system. Although emphasis should be placed on 6-45 the emergency ventilation portion of the system, the normal ventilation system and its components also should be discussed insofar as they may affect the habitability of the control room during a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| Specifically, the following information is pertinent to the evaluation of the control room ventilation system and should be included in this section:*
| |
| 1. A schematic of the control room ventilation system, including equipment, ducting, dampers, and instrumentation, and air flows for both normal and emergency modes should be noted. All dampers and valves should be indicated with appropriate labeling (e.g., normally open or closed, manually or motor operated, fail closed or fail open). 2. A listing of major components giving their flow rates, capacities, and major design parameters.
| |
| | |
| Isolation dampers should also be included in this list. Their leakage characteristics and closure times should be given. 3. The seismic classifications of components, instrumentation, and ducting. Components that are protected against missiles should be iden tified. 4. Layout drawings of the control room showing doors, corridors, stairwells, shielded walls, and the placement and type of equipment within the control room. 5. Elevation and plan views showing building dimensions and locations, the location of potential radiological and toxic gas releases, and the location of control room air inlets. 6. A description and placement of ventilation system controls and instruments, including the instruments that monitor the control room for radiation and toxic gases. 7. A description of the charcoal filter train, including design specifications, flow parameters, and charcoal type, weight, and distribu tion; HEPA filter type and specifications;
| |
| and specifications of any additional components.
| |
| | |
| The degree to which the recommendations of Regu latory Guide 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Atmosphere Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," are followed should be indicated and claimed filter efficiencies listed. (Reference may be made to Section 6.5.1.) 6.4.2.3 Leak Tightness.
| |
| | |
| This section should summarize the exfil tration and infiltration analyses performed to determine unfiltered in leakage or pressurization air flow requirements.
| |
| | |
| Include a listing of all potential leak paths (such as cable, pipe, and ducting penetrations, doors, dampers, construction joints, and construction materials)
| |
| and their appro priate leakage characteristics.
| |
| | |
| Describe the precautions and methods used to limit leakage out of or into the control room. If pressurization flow *If portions of this information appear elsewhere in the SAR, they may be referenced here by section number. 6-46 S- rates of less than 0.25 volume change per hour or infiltration rates of less than 0.06 volume change per hour are used, periodic leakage rate testing is normally required, and a summary of the test procedures should be included in Section 6.4.5. 6.4.2.4 Interaction With Other Zones and Pressure-Containing Equipment.
| |
| | |
| A sufficiently detailed discussion should be included to in dicate that the following have been taken into consideration:
| |
| 1. Potential adverse interactions between the control room venti lation zone and adjacent zones that may enhance the transfer of toxic or radioactive gases into the control room. 2. Isolation from the control room of all pressure-containing tanks, equipment, or piping (e.g., CO 2 firefighting containers, steam lines) that, upon failure, could cause transfer of hazardous material to the control room. 6.4.2.5 Shielding Design. Design basis accident sources of radiation other than that due to airborne contaminants within the control room should also be considered.
| |
| | |
| Principal examples include fission products released to the reactor containment atmosphere, airborne radioactive contaminants surrounding the control room, and sources of radiation due to potentially contaminated equipment (e.g., control room charcoal filters and steam lines) in the vicinity of the control room. The SAR should include infor mation describing radiation attenuation by shielding and separation.
| |
| | |
| The corresponding evaluation of design basis accident doses to control room operators should be presented in Section 15.X.X, paragraph
| |
| 5. Specifically, the description of the radiation shielding for the control room in a design basis accident should include the following information:
| |
| 1. Accident radiation source description in terms of its origin, strength, geometry, radiation type, energy, and dose conversion factors. (Sources should include primary and secondary containments, ventilation systems, external cloud, and adjacent building air spaces.) 2. Radiation attenuation parameters (i.e., shield thickness, separation distances, and decay considerations)
| |
| with respect to each source. 3. Description of potential sources of radiation streaming that may affect control room operators and the measures taken to reduce streaming to acceptable levels. 4. An isometric drawing of the control room and associated structures identifying distances and shield thicknesses with respect to each radiation source identified in 1. above. Information pertinent to this section appearing elsewhere in the SAR should be referenced here.6-47
| |
| 6.4.3 System Operational Procedures Discuss the method of operation during normal and emergency condi tions. Discuss the automatic actions and manual procedures required to ensure effective operation of the system. If more than one emergency mode of operation is possible, indicate how the optimum mode is selected for a given condition.
| |
| | |
| 6.4.4 Design Evaluations
| |
| 6.4.4.1 Radiological Protection.
| |
| | |
| Section 15.X.X, paragraph
| |
| 5, "Radiological consequences," sets forth the documentation requirements for the evaluation of radiological exposures to plant operators from design basis accidents.
| |
| | |
| The information presented in Chapter 15 should be referenced here. 6.4.4.2 Toxic Gas Protection.
| |
| | |
| A hazards analysis should be performed as recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.78, "Assumptions for Evaluating the Habitability of a Nuclear Power Plant Control Room During a Postulated Hazardous Chemical Release," for each toxic material identified in Section 2.2. For any of these materials that are used in the operation of the nuclear power plant, the container types and the methods of connection to the system serviced should be described.
| |
| | |
| The distances between the storage locations and the air intakes to the control room should be listed along with the storage quantities.
| |
| | |
| An analysis of the severity of postulated accidents involving these materials should be provided, and the steps to mitigate accident consequences should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The description of the analyses should clearly list all assumptions.
| |
| | |
| Regulatory Guide 1.78 des cribes acceptable calculational methods. If chlorine has been identified as a potential hazard to the operator, specific guidance is provided by Regulatory Guide 1.95, "Protection of Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Operators Against an Accidental Chlorine Release." 6.4.5 Testing and Inspection This section should provide information about the program of testing and inspection applicable to (1) preoperational testing and (2) inservice surveillance to ensure continued integrity.
| |
| | |
| Emphasis should be given to those tests and inspections considered essential to a determination that performance objectives have been achieved and that a performance capability is being maintained above some pre established limits throughout the plant lifetime.
| |
| | |
| The information provided in this section should include, for example: 1. The planned tests and their purposes;
| |
| 2. The considerations that led to the selected test frequency;
| |
| 3. The test methods to be used, including a sensitivity analysis;6-48
| |
| 4. The requirements for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them; 5. The action to be taken if acceptability requirements are not met. Results of tests performed and a detailed updated program should be provided in the FSAR. 6.4.6 Instrumentation Requirement This section should describe the instrumentation to be used to monitor and actuate the habitability systems. Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.5 Fission Product Removal and Control Systems This section should provide information in sufficient detail to permit the NRC staff to evaluate the performance capability of the fission product removal and control systems. Design criteria for other safety functions of the systems should be provided in other appropriate sections of this chapter.
| |
| | |
| Fission product removal and control systems are considered to be those systems for which credit is taken in reducing accidental release of fission products.
| |
| | |
| The filter systems and containment spray systems for fission product removal are discussed in Sections 6.5.1 and 6.5.2, the fission product control systems, in Section 6.5.3, and the ice condenser for fission product cleanup, in Section 6.5.4. 6.5.1 Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Filter Systems All filter systems that are required to perform a safety-related function following a design basis accident should be discussed in this section. This could include filter systems internal to the primary contain ment, control room filters, filters on secondary confinement volumes, fuel handling-building filters, and filters for areas containing engineered safety feature components. (It should be indicated in Chapter 15 which of these filters are used in mitigating the consequences of accidents.)
| |
| The type of information outlined below should be provided for each of the systems. Some systems may be described in detail in other sections such as Section 9.4, but they should be listed in this section and specific reference made to the location of the information requested in each of the following sections.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.1.1 Design Bases. This section should provide the design bases for each filter including the following, for example: 1. The conditions that establish the need for the filters, 6-49
| |
| 2. The bases employed for sizing the filters, fans, and associated ducting, and 3. The bases for the fission product removal capability of the filters.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.1.2 System Design. This section should compare the design features and fission product removal capability of each filter system to each position detailed in Regulatory Guide 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Atmosphere Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." For each ESF air cleaning system, there should be presented in tabular form a comparison between the features of the proposed system and the appropriate acceptable methods and/or characteristics presented in Regulatory Guide 1.52. For each design item for which an exception is taken, the acceptability of the proposed design should be justified in detail. 6.5.1.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide evaluations of the filter systems to demonstrate their capability to attain the claimed filter efficiencies under the relevant accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.1.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Provide information concerning the program of testing and inspection applicable to preoperational testing and inservice surveillance to ensure a continued state of readiness required to reduce the radiological consequences of an accident as discussed in Regula tory Guide 1.52. 6.5.1.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrumentation to be employed for monitoring and actuating the filter system, including the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.52 are followed.
| |
| | |
| Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.5.1.6 Materials.
| |
| | |
| List by commercial name, quantity (estimate where necessary), and chemical composition the materials used in or on the filter system. Show that the radiolytic or pyrolytic decomposition products, if any, of each material will not interfere with the safe operation of this or any other engineered safety feature.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.2 Containment Spray Systems A detailed description of the fission product removal function of the containment spray system should be provided in this section if the system is relied on to perform this function following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.2.1 Design Bases. This section should provide the design bases for the fission product removal function of the containment spray system, including the following, for example: 1. The postulated accident conditions that determine the design requirements for fission product scrubbing of the containment atmosphere, 6-50
| |
| 2. A list of the fission products (including the species of iodine) that the system is designed to remove and the extent to which credit is taken for the cleanup function in the analyses of the radiological con sequences of the accidents discussed in Chapter 15 of the SAR, and 3. The bases employed for sizing the spray system and any components required for the execution of the atmosphere cleanup function of the system. 6.5.2.2 System Design (for Fission Product Removal).
| |
| This section should provide a description of systems and components employed to carry out the fission product removal function of the spray system, including the method of additive injection (if any) and delivery to the containment.
| |
| | |
| Detailed information should be provided concerning:
| |
| 1. Methods and equipment used to ensure adequate delivery and mixing of the spray additive (where applicable);
| |
| 2. Source of water supply during all phases of spray system operation;
| |
| 3. Spray header design, including the number of nozzles per header, nozzle spacing, and nozzle orientation (a plan view of the spray headers, showing nozzle location and orientation, should be included);
| |
| 4. Spray nozzle design, including information on the drop size spectrum produced by the nozzles. This information should include a histogram of the observed drop size frequency for the spatial drop size distribution.
| |
| | |
| If a mean diameter is used in the calculation of the spray effectiveness all assumptions used for the conversion to a temporal drop size mean should be stated; 5. The operating modes of the system, including the time of system initiation, time of first additive delivery through the nozzles, length of injection period, time of initiation of recirculation (if applicable), and length of recirculation operation.
| |
| | |
| Spray and spray additive flow rates should be supplied for each period of operation, assuming minimum spray operation coincident with maximum and minimum safety injection flow rates, and vice versa; and 6. The regions of the containment covered by the spray. List the containment volumes not covered by the spray and estimate the forced or convective postaccident ventilation of these unsprayed volumes. Indicate the extent to which credit is taken for the operability of ductwork, dampers, etc. 6.5.2.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the fission product removal function of the containment spray system. The system should be evaluated for fully effective and minimum safeguards operation, 6-51 including the condition of a single failure of any active component.
| |
| | |
| If the calculation of the spray effectiveness is performed for a single set of postaccident conditions, attention should be given to the effects of such parameters as temperature, spray and sump pH (and the resulting change in iodine partition), drop size, and pressure drop across the nozzle in order to ascertain whether the evaluation has been performed for a conservative set of these parameters.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.2.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of provisions made for testing all essential functions required for the iodine-removal effectiveness of the system. In particular, this section should include: 1. A description of the tests to be performed to verify the capability of the systems, as installed, to deliver the spray solution with the required concentration of spray additives to be used for iodine removal. If the test fluids are not the actual spray additives, describe the liquids of similar density and viscosity to be employed.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the correlation of the test data with the design requirements;
| |
| 2. A description of the provisions made for testing the containment spray nozzles; and 3. The provisions made for periodic testing and surveillance of any of the spray additives to verify their continued state of readiness.
| |
| | |
| Provide the bases for surveillance, test procedures, and test intervals deemed appropriate for the system. 6.5.2.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| This section should include a description of any instrumentation of the spray system required for actua tion of the system and monitoring the fission product removal function of the system. Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7 of the SAR. 6.5.2.6 Materials.
| |
| | |
| Specify and discuss the chemical composition, concentrations in storage, susceptibility to radiolytic or pyrolytic decompo sition, corrosion properties, etc., of the spray additives (if any), the spray solution, and the containment sump solution.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.3 Fission Product Control Systems This section should include a detailed discussion of the operation of all fission product control systems following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| Both anticipated and conservative operation should be described.
| |
| | |
| Reference should be made to other SAR sections when appropriate.
| |
| | |
| Fission product control systems are considered to be those systems whose performance controls the release of fission products following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| These systems are exclusive of the containment isolation system and any fission product removal system, although they may operate in conjunction with fission product removal systems.6-52
| |
| 6.5.3.1 Primary Containment.
| |
| | |
| This section should summarize informa tion about the primary containment that pertains to its ability to control fission product releases following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| This should include information such as that presented in Table 6-19. Layout drawings of the primary containment and the hydrogen purge system should be included.
| |
| | |
| Operation of containment purge systems prior to and during the acci dent should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Operation of the primary containment (e.g., anticipated and conservative leak rates as a function of time after initia tion of the accident)
| |
| should be described as applies to fission product control following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| Where applicable, indicate when fission product removal systems are effective relative to the time sequence for operation of the primary containment following a design basis accident.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.3.2 Secondary Containments.
| |
| | |
| A discussion of the operation of each system used to control the release of fission products leaking from the primary containment following a design basis accident should be pro vided. Include the time sequence of events assumed in performing the dose estimates.
| |
| | |
| Provide a table of events related to time following the design basis accident, including various parameters such as those in Table 6-2. For each time interval, indicate which fission product removal systems are effective.
| |
| | |
| Indicate both anticipated and conservative assumptions.
| |
| | |
| Provide drawings that show each secondary containment volume and the ventilation system associated with that volume. Indicate the location of intake and return headers for recirculation systems and the location of exhaust intakes for once-through ventilation systems. Reference should be made to non-ESF systems that are used to control pressure in the volume. 6.5.4 Ice Condenser as a Fission Product Cleanup System The fission product cleanup function of the ice condenser system should be considered separately from its heat removal aspects; it should be described in this section only if credit is taken for this function in the accident analyses of Chapter 15. 6.5.4.1 Design Bases. Provide the design bases for the fission product removal function of the ice condenser system, including the following, for example: 1. The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simultaneous occurrences that determine the design requirements for fission, and 2. A list of the fission products (including the species of iodine) that the system is designed to remove and the extent to which credit is taken for the cleanup function in the analyses of the radiological conse quences of the accidents discussed in Chapter 15 of the SAR.6-53
| |
| 6.5.4.2 System Design (for the Fission Product Removal).
| |
| This section should describe those aspects of the ice condenser design that significantly affect the fission product removal function of the ice condenser system. The information provided should include, for example: 1. The steam and air flow rates through the ice condenser as a function of time following the accident, 2. The concentrations of all additives to the ice and the pH of the ice melt and the containment sump solution following an accident, and 3. A description of the methods and equipment to be used to produce the ice with the proper additive content.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.4.3 Design Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Provide an evaluation of the fission pro duct removal function of the ice condenser system. The system should be evaluated for fully effective and minimum safeguards operation, including the condition of a single failure of any active component.
| |
| | |
| If the calcu lation of the effectiveness is performed for a single set of postaccident conditions, attention should be given to the effects of such parameters as recirculation fan flow rate, temperature, pressure, and sump pH (and the resulting change in iodine partition)
| |
| in order to ascertain that the evalua tion has been performed for a conservative set of these parameters.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.4.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of provisions made for testing all essential functions required for the iodine-removal effectiveness of the ice condenser system and for surveillance of the system. In particular, this section should describe the provisions made for sampling the ice to verify the proper additive content.
| |
| | |
| 6.5.4.5 Materials.
| |
| | |
| Specify the concentrations of all additives in the ice. The effects of the additives on the long-term storage of the ice should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Address any possible reactions (e.g., slow oxidations)
| |
| of the chemical additives in the ice. 6.6 Inservice Inspection of Class 2 and 3 Components This section should discuss the inservice inspection program for Quality Group B and C components (i.e., Class 2 and 3 components in Section III of the ASME B&PV Code). 6.6.1 Components Subject to Examination Indicate that all Quality Group B components, including those listed in Table IWC-2600 of Section XI will be examined in accordance with Code requirements.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the extent to which Quality Group C components, including those listed in Subarticle IWD-2600 of Section XI, will be examined in accordance with the Code. A detailed inservice inspection program, including information on areas subject to examination, method of examination, and extent and frequency of examination, should be provided in the technical specifications.
| |
| | |
| 6-54
| |
| 6.6.2 Accessibility Indicate that the design and arrangement of Class 2 system components will provide adequate clearances to conduct the required examinations at the Code-required inspection interval, and whether the design and arrange ment of Class 3 system components will also provide adequate clearances.
| |
| | |
| Describe any special design arrangements made for those components that are to be examined during normal reactor operation.
| |
| | |
| 6.6.3 Examination Techniques and Procedures Indicate the extent to which the examination techniques and procedures described in Section XI of the Code will be used. Describe any special examination techniques and procedures that might be used to meet the Code requirements.
| |
| | |
| 6.6.4 Inspection Intervals Indicate that an inspection schedule for Class 2 system components will be developed in accordance with the guidance of Section XI, Subarticle IWC-2400, and whether a schedule for Class 3 system components will be developed according to Subarticle IWD-2400.
| |
| | |
| 6.6.5 Examination Categories and Requirements Indicate that the inservice inspection categories and requirements for Class 2 components are in agreement with Section XI, Subarticles IWC-2520 and IWC-2600.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the extent to which inservice inspection categories and requirements for Class 3 components are in agreement with Section XI, Subarticle IWD-2600.
| |
| | |
| 6.6.6 Evaluation of Examination Results Indicate that the evaluation of Class 2 component examination results will comply with the requirements of Article IWA-3000 of Section XI. De scribe the method to be utilized in the evaluation of examination results for Class 3 components and, until the publication of IWD-3000, indicate the extent to which these methods are consistent with the requirements of Article IWA-3000 of Section XI. In addition, indicate that repair procedures for Class 2 components will comply with the requirements of Article IWC-4000 of Section XI. Describe the procedures to be utilized for repair of Class 3 components and indicate the extent to which these procedures are in agreement with Article IWD-4000 of Section XI. 6.6.7 System Pressure Tests Indicate that the program for Class 2 system pressure testing will comply with the criteria of Code Section XI, Article IWC-5000.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the extent to which the program for Class 3 system pressure tests will comply with the criteria of Article IWD-5000.6-55
| |
| 6.6.8 Augmented Inservice Inspection to Protect Against Postulated Piping Failures Provide an augmented inservice inspection program for high-energy fluid system piping between containment isolation valves or, where no isolation valve is used inside containment, between the first rigid pipe connection to the containment penetration or the first pipe whip restraint inside containment and the outside isolation valve. This program should contain information concerning areas subject to examination, method of examination, and extent and frequency of examination.
| |
| | |
| 6.7 Main Steam Line Isolation Valve Leakage Control System (BWRs) The PSAR should describe the design bases and criteria to be applied and the preliminary system design and operation.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should describe how these requirements have been met. 6.7.1 Design Bases This section should provide design bases for the main steam isolation valve leakage control system (MSIVLCS)
| |
| in terms of: 1. The safety-related function of the system, 2. The system functional performance requirements, including the ability to function following a postulated loss of offsite power; 3. The seismic and quality group classification of the system; 4. The requirements for protection from missiles, pipe whip, and jet forces and for its ability to withstand adverse environments associated with a postulated loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA); 5. The requirements of the MSIVLCS to function following an assumed single active failure; 6. The system capabilities to provide sufficient capacity, diversity, reliability, and redundancy to perform its safety function consistent with the need for maintaining containment integrity for as long as postulated LOCA conditions require; 7. The requirements for the system to prevent or control radioactive leakage from component parts or subsystems, including methods of processing, diluting, and discharging any leakage to minimize contributing to site radioactive releases;
| |
| 8. The requirements for initiation and actuation of the system consistent with the requirements for instrumentation, controls, and interlocks provided for engineered safety systems; and 6-56
| |
| 9. The requirements for inspection and testing during and subsequent to power operations.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the design guidelines of Regulatory Guide 1.96, "Design of Main Steam Isolation Valve Leakage Control Systems for Boiling Water Reactor Nuclear Power Plants," will be followed sh- 1-1 be indicated, 6.7.2 System Description A detailed description of the MSIVLCS should be provided, including piping and instrumentation diagrams, system drawings, and location of components in the station complex. The description and drawings should also include subsystems, system operation (function), system interactions, components utilized, connection points, and instrumentation and controls utilized.
| |
| | |
| 6.7.3 System Evaluation An evaluation of the capability of the MSIVLCS to prevent or control the release of radioactivity from the main steam lines during and following a LOCA should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation should include: 1. The ability of the system to maintain its safety function when subjected to missiles, pipe whip, jet forces, adverse environmental con ditions, and loss of offsite power coincident with the LOCA; 2. The ability of the system to withstand the effects of a single active failure (including the failure of any one MSIV to close); 3. The protection afforded the system from the effects of failure of any non-Seismic Category I system or component;
| |
| 4. The capability of the system to provide effective isolation of components and nonessential systems or equipment;
| |
| 5. The capability of the system to detect and to prevent or control leakage of radioactive material to the environment.
| |
| | |
| The quantity of material that could be released and the time release for each release path should be presented. (An analysis of the radiological consequences asso ciated with the performance of this system following a design basis loss of-coolant accident should be presented in Chapter 15.) 6. A failure mode and effects analysis to demonstrate that appro priate safety-grade instrumentation, controls, and interlocks will provide safe operating conditions, ensure system actuation following a LOCA, and preclude inadvertent system actuation;
| |
| and 7. Assurance that a system malfunction or inadvertent operation will not have an adverse effect on other safety-related systems, components, or functions.
| |
| | |
| 6-57
| |
| 6.7.4 Instrumentation Requirements The system instrumentation and controls should be described.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of safety-related interlocks to meet the single-failure criterion should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| 6.7.5 Inspection and Testing The inspection and testing requirements for the MSIVLCS should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The provisions made to accomplish such inspections and testing should be described.
| |
| | |
| 6.X Other Engineered Safety Features The engineered safety features included in reactor plant designs vary from plant to plant. Accordingly, for each engineered safety feature, component, or system provided in a plant and not already referred to in this chapter of the Standard Format, the SAR should include separate sections (numbered
| |
| 6.5 through 6.X) patterned after the above and providing information on: 6.X.1 Design Bases 6.X.2 System Design 6.X.3 Design Evaluation
| |
| 6.X.4 Tests and Inspections
| |
| 6.X.5 Instrumentation Requirements
| |
| 6-58
| |
| 4 5 I 3 FIGURE 6-1 EXAMPLE OF SUBCOMPARTMENT
| |
| NODALIZATION
| |
| DIAGRAM 6-59 TABLE 6-1 INFORMATION
| |
| TO BE PROVIDED FOR PWR DRY CONTAINMENTS (INCLUDING
| |
| SUBATMOSPHERIC
| |
| CONTAINMENTS)
| |
| I. General Information A. External Design Pressure, psig B. Internal Design Pressure, psig C. Design Temperature, OF D. Free Volume, ft 3 E. Design Leak Rate, %/day @ psig II. Initial Conditions A. Reactor Coolant System (at design overpower of 102% and at normal liquid levels) 1. Reactor Power Level, MWt 2. Average Coolant Temperature, OF 3. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Liquid, lbm 4. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Steam, ibm 5. Liquid plus Steam Energy,* Btu B. Containment
| |
| 1. Pressure, psig 2. Temperature, OF 3. Relative Humidity, % 4. Service Water Temperature, OF 5. Refueling Water Temperature, OF 6. Outside Temperature, OF C. Stored Water (as applicable)
| |
| 1. Borated-Water Storage Tank, ft 3 2. All Accumulators (safety injection tanks), ft 3 3. Condensate Storage Tanks, ft 3 All energies are relative to 32°F.6-60
| |
| TABLE 6-2 PWR ENGINEERED
| |
| SAFTEY FEATURE SYSTEMS INFORMATION
| |
| As indicated below, this information should be provided for two condi tions: (1) full-capacity operation and (2) the capacities used in the containment analysis.
| |
| | |
| Full Value Used for Capacity Containment Analysis A. Passive Safety Injection System 1. Number of Accumulators (Safety Injection Tanks) 2. Pressure Setpoint, psig B. Active Safety Injection Systems 1. High-Pressure Safety Inj ection a. Number of Lines b. Number of Pumps c. Flow Rate, gpm 2. Low-Pressure Safety Injection a. Number of Lines b. Number of Pumps c. Flow Rate, gpm C. Containment Spray System 1. Injection Spray a. Number of Lines b. Number of Pumps c. Number of Headers d. Flow Rate, gpm 2. Recirculation Spray a. Number of Lines b. Number of Pumps 6-61 TABLE 6-2 (Continued)
| |
| Full Value Used for "Capacity Containment Analysis c. Number of Headers d. Flow Rate, gpm D. Containment Fan Cooler System 1. Number of Units 2. Air-Side Flow Rate, cfm 3. Heat Removal Rate at Design Temperature, 106 Btu/hr 4. Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, Btu/hr-ft2-OF
| |
| E. Heat Exchangers
| |
| 1. Recirculation Systems a. System b. Type c. Number d. Heat Transfer Area, ft 2 e. Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, Btu/hr ft25-F f. Flow Rates: (1) Recirculation Side, gpm (2) Exterior Side, gpm g. Source of Cooling Water h. Flow Begins, sec F. Others 6-62 TABLE 6-3 SUMMARY OF CALCULATED
| |
| CONTAINMENT
| |
| PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURES
| |
| Pipe Break Location and Break Area, ft 2 Peak Pressure, psig Peak Temperature, OF Time of Peak Pressure, sec Energy Released to Containment up to the End of Blowdown, 106 Btu Calculated Value 6-63 TABLE 6-4 PASSIVE HEAT SINKS A. LISTING OF PASSIVE HEAT SINKS The following structures, components, and equipment are examples of passive heat sinks that should be included in the submittal, as appropriate:
| |
| Containment Building 1. Building/liner
| |
| 2. External concrete walls 3. Building liner steel anchors 4. Building floor and sump 5. Personnel hatches 6. Equipment hatches Internal Structures
| |
| 7. Internal separation walls and floors 8. Refueling pool and fuel transfer pit walls and floors 9. Crane wall 10. Primary shield walls 11. Secondary shield walls 12. Piping tunnel 13. Pressurizer room 14. Reheat exchanger room 15. Valve room 16. Fuel canal shielding
| |
| 17. Jet impingement deflectors
| |
| 18. Regenerative heat exchanger shield 19. Other Lifting Devices 20. Lifting rig 21. Refueling machine 22. Vessel head lifting rig 23. Polar crane 24. Manipulator crane 25. Other Supports 26. Reactor vessel supports 27. Steam generator supports
| |
| * Provide best estimates of these heat sinks in the PSAR stage and a detailed listing in the FSAR.6-64 TABLE 6-4 (Continued)
| |
| 28. Fuel canal support 29. Reactor coolant pump supports 30. Safety injection tank supports 31. Pressure relief tank supports 32. Drain tank supports 33. Fan cooler support 34. Other Storage Racks 35. Fuel storage 36. Head storage 37. Other Gratings, Ladders, etc. 38. Ladders, stairways
| |
| 39. Floor plates 40. Steel handrails and platform railings 41. Steel gratings 42. Steel risers 43. Steel tread and stringers Electrical Equipment
| |
| 44. Cables, conduits 45. Cable trays 46. Instrumentation and control equipment, electrical boxes 47. Electric penetrations Piping Support Equipment
| |
| 4
| |
| | |
| ===8. Restraints ===
| |
| 49. Hangers 50. Piping penetrations Components
| |
| 51. Reactor heat removal pumps and motors 52. Reactor coolant pump motors 53. Hydrogen recombiners
| |
| 54. Fan coolers 55. Reactor cavity and support cooling units 56. Air filter units 57. Air blowers 58. Air heating equipment
| |
| 59. Safety injection tanks 60. Pressurizer quench tank 6-65 TABLE 6-4 (Continued)
| |
| 61. Reactor drain tank 62. Other Uninsulated Cold-Water-Filled Piping and Fittings 63. Reactor heat removal system 64. Service water system 65. Component cooling water system 66. Other Drained Piping and Fittings 67. Containment spray piping and headers 68. Other Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
| |
| 69. Ducting 70. Duct dampers 6-66 (TABLE 6-4 PASSIVE HEAT SINKS (Continued)
| |
| B. MODELING OF PASSIVE HEAT SINKS The following data should be provided for the passive heat sinks listed in Table 6-4A (best estimates in the PSAR stage and a detailed listing in the FSAR stage): Unpainted Material Passive Heat Sink 1. Vessel steel plate 2. External concrete walls 3. Vessel liner steel anchors Painted Material Thickness ft Metal Exposed Surface Area Total By Thickness Group* Mass, Material 1 2 ...62 ft 2 lb Concrete Exposed Surface Area By Thickness Group,* ft 2 a b Total Surface ft 2 TOTALS Painted Surfaces Unpainted Surfaces* See Table 6-4C--4 f \
| |
| TABLE 6-4 PASSIVE HEAT SINKS (Continued)
| |
| C. THICKNESS
| |
| GROUPS Group Designation
| |
| 1 Thickness Range, in. 0-0.125 2 3 4 5 6 a b 0.125-0.25
| |
| 0.25-0.5 0.50-1.00
| |
| 1.00-2.50
| |
| >2.50 0-3.0 >3.0 6-68 Material Metal Concrete TABLE 6-4 PASSIVE HEAT SINKS (Continued)
| |
| D. THERMOPHYSICAL
| |
| PROPERTIES
| |
| OF PASSIVE HEAT SINK MATERIALS
| |
| Specific Thermal Density, Heat, Conductivity, Material lb/ft 3 Btu/lb-0 F Btu/hr-ft--F
| |
| 6-69 TABLE 6-5 INFORMATION
| |
| TO BE PROVIDED FOR ICE CONDENSER
| |
| CONTAINMENTS
| |
| I. Lower Compartment A. Free Volume, ft 3 B. Design Pressure, psig C. Design Temperature, OF D. Peak Pressure, DBA, psig E. Pressure Margin, % F. Normal Operating Temperature, OF G. Normal Operating Pressure, psia H. Normal Operating Relative Humidity, % II. Upper Compartment A. Free Volume, ft B. Design Pressure, psig C. Design Temperature, °F D. Peak Pressure, DBA, psig E. Pressure Margin, % F. Normal Operating Temperature, °F G. Normal Operating Pressure, psia H. Normal Operating Relative Humidity, III. Ice Condenser A. Ice Weight, lb B. Flow Area, ft 2 C. Length/Hydraulic Diameter D. Channel Surface Area, ft 2 E. Ice Basket Diameter, ft F. Inlet Door Area, ft 2 G. Ice Condenser Flow Area, ft 2 H. Volume, ft 3 I. Ice Bed Height, ft J. Inlet Door Opening Pressure, psf K. Ice Boron Concentration, ppm L. O.D., ft M. I.D., ft IV. Refrigeration Cooling Capacity A. Cooling Capacity for Compartment, tons B. Number of Fan Coolers per Unit C. Air Temperature to Insulated Panels, °F 6-70
| |
| TABLE 6-5 (Continued)
| |
| V. General Information A. External Design Pressure, psig B. Internal Design Pressure, psig C. Design Leak Rate, %/day @ psig VI. Initial Conditions A. Reactor Coolant System (at design overpower of 102% and at normal liquid levels) 1. Reactor Power Level, MWt 2. Average Coolant Temperature, OF 3. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Liquid, lbm 4. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Steam, ibm 5. Liquid plus Steam Energy,* Btu B. Containment
| |
| 1. Pressure, psig 2. Temperature, °F (upper compartment, lower compartment, and ice condenser)
| |
| 3. Relative Humidity, % (upper compartment, lower compart ment, and ice condenser)
| |
| 4. Service Water Temperature, °F 5. Refueling Water Temperature, OF 6. Outside Temperature, OF C. Stored Water (as applicable)
| |
| 1. Borated Water Storage Tank, ft 3 2. All Accumulators (safety injection tanks), ft 3 3. Condensate Storage Tanks, ft 3
| |
| * All energies are relative to 32*F.6-71 TABLE 6-6 INFORMATION
| |
| TO BE PROVIDED FOR WATER POOL PRESSURE-SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENTS
| |
| A. Drywell 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.Internal Design Pressure, psig (Mark II) Drywell Deck Design Differential Pressure, psid (Mark II) Drywell Design Differential Pressure, psid (Mark III) External Design Pressure, psig Design Temperature, OF Free Volume, ft 3 Design Leak Rate, %/day @ psig B. Containment (Wetwell)Internal Design Pressure, psig External Design Pressure, psig Design Temperature, OF Air Volume (min/max), ft 3 Wetwell Air Volume, ft 3 (Mark III) Pool Volume (min/max), ft 3 Suppression Pool Makeup Volume, ft 3 (Mark III) Pool Surface Area, ft 2 Pool Depth (min/max), ft Design Leak Rate, %/day @ psig Hydraulic Control Unit Floor Flow Restriction, (Mark III)% restricted C. Vent System 1. Number of Vents 2. Vent Diameter, ft 3. Net Free Vent Area, ft 2 4. Vent Submergence(s) (min/max), ft 5. Vent System Loss Factors 6. Drywell Wall to Weir Wall Distance, ft (Mark III) 7. Net Weir Annulus Cross-Sectional Area, ft 2 (Mark III)6-72 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
| |
| | |
| TABLE 6-7 ENGINEERED
| |
| SAFETY FEATURE SYSTEMS INFORMATION
| |
| FOR WATER-POOL
| |
| PRESSURE SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENTS
| |
| This information should be provided for two conditions:
| |
| (1) full capacity operation and (2) the capacities used in the containment analysis.
| |
| | |
| A. Containment Spray System 1. Number of Spray Pumps 2. Capacity per Pump, gpm 3. Number of Spray Headers 4. Spray Flow Rate -Drywell, lb/hr 5. Spray Flow Rate -Wetwell, lb/hr 6. Spray Thermal Efficiency, % B. Containment Cooling System 1. Number of Pumps 2. Capacity per Pump, gpm 3. Number of Heat Exchangers
| |
| 4. Heat Exchanger Type 5. Heat Transfer Area per Exchanger, ft 2 6. Overall Heat-Transfer Coefficient, Btu/hr ft 2 oF 7. Secondary Coolant Flow Rate per Exchanger, lb/hr 8. Design Service Water Temperature (min/max), *F 6-73 TABLE 6-8 INITIAL CONDITIONS
| |
| FOR ANALYSIS OF WATER-POOL
| |
| PRESSURE SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENTS
| |
| A. Reactor Coolant System (at design overpower of 102% and at normal liquid levels) 1. Reactor Power Level, MWt 2. Average Coolant Pressure, psig 3. Average Coolant Temperature, OF 4. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Liquid, lb 5. Mass of Reactor Coolant System Steam, lb 6. Volume of Water in Reactor Vessel, ft 3 7. Volume of Steam in Reactor Vessel, ft 3 8. Volume of Water in Recirculation Loops, ft 3 B. Drywell 1. Pressure, psig 2. Temperature, OF 3. Relative Humidity, % C. Containment (suppression chamber) 1. Pressure, psig 2. Air Temperature, OF 3. Water Temperature, OF 4. Relative Humidity, % 5. Water Volume, ft 3 6. Vent Submergence, ft 6-74 TABLE 6-9 ENERGY SOURCES FOR WATER-POOL
| |
| PRESSURE-SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENT
| |
| ACCIDENT ANALYSES 1. Decay heat rate, Btu/sec, as a function of time 2. Primary system sensible heat release to containment, Btu/sec, as a function of time 3. Metal-water reaction heat rate, Btu/sec, as a function of time 4. Heat release rate from other sources, Btu/sec, as a function of time 6-75 TABLE 6-10 MASS AND ENERGY RELEASE DATA FOR ANALYSIS OF WATER-POOL
| |
| PRESSURE-SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENT
| |
| ACCIDENTS
| |
| A. Recirculation Line Break 1. 2. 3. 4.Pipe I.D., in. Effective Total Break Area, ft 2 , versus time Name of Blowdown Code Blowdown Table Time, sec 0 t1 t 2 Flow, lb/sec t n B. Main Steam Line Break 1. 2. 3. 4.Reactor Vessel Enthalpy, Btu/lb Pressure, psig-BLOWDOWN
| |
| COMPLETED-
| |
| Pipe I.D., in. Effective Total Break Area, ft 2 , versus time Name of Blowdown Code Blowdown Table Flow, lb/sec Enthalpy, Btu/lb Reactor Vessel Pressure, psig t n 6-76 Time, sec 0 t1 t 2 TABLE 6-11 PASSIVE HEAT SINKS USED IN THE ANALYSIS OF BWR PRESSURE SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENTS (If Applicable)
| |
| A. Listing of Passive Heat Sinks Provide a listing of all structures, components, and equipment used as passive heat sinks (see Table 6-4A). B. Detailed Passive Heat Sink Data The information to be provided and the format are given in Table 6-4B, 6-4C, and 6-4D. C. Heat Transfer Coefficients Graphically show the condensing heat transfer coefficients as functions of time for the design basis accident.6-77 TABLE 6-12 RESULTS OF WATER-POOL
| |
| PRESSURE-SUPPRESSION
| |
| CONTAINMENT
| |
| ACCIDENT ANALYSES The information presented below should be based on the values used for containment analysis presented in Table 6-7. A. Accident Parameters Recirculation Steam Line Line Break Break 1. Peak Drywell Pressure, psig (Mark II) 2. Peak Drywell Deck Differential Pressure, psid (Mark II) 3. Peak Drywell Differential Pressure, psid (Mark III) 4. Time(s) of Peak Pressures, sec 5. Peak Drywell Temperature, OF 6. Peak Containment (Suppression Chamber) Pressure, psig 7. Time of Peak Containment Pressure, sec 8. Peak Wetwell Pressure, psig 9. Time of Peak Wetwell Pressure, sec 10. Peak Containment Atmospheric Temperature, OF 11. Peak Suppression Pool Temperature, OF The above tabulation should be supplemented by plots of containment and drywell pressure and temperature, vent flow rate, energy release rate, and energy removal rate as functions of time to at least 106 seconds.6-78 TABLE 6-12 (Continued)
| |
| B. Energy Balance of Sources and Sinks Time~. sec Drywell Long Peak End of Term Peak Initial Pressure Blowdown Pressure 0 Energy, '106 Btu 1. Reactor Coolant 2. Fuel and Cladding
| |
| | |
| ===3. Core Internals ===
| |
| 4. Reactor Vessel Metal 5. Reactor Coolant System Piping, Pumps, and Valves 6. Blowdown Enthalpy 7. Decay Heat 8. Metal-Water Reaction Heat
| |
| | |
| ===9. Drywell Structures ===
| |
| 10. Drywell Air 11. Drywell Steam 12. Containment Air 13. Containment Steam 14. Suppression Pool Water 15. Heat Transferred by Heat Exchangers
| |
| 16. Passive Heat Sinks 6-79 TABLE 6-13 SUBCOMPARTMENT
| |
| VENT PATH DESCRIPTION
| |
| FROM TO DESCRIPTION
| |
| HEAD LOSS, K VENT VOL. VOL. OF AREA LENGTH HYDRAULIC
| |
| FRICTION TURNING EXPAN- CONTRAC PATH NODE NODE VENT PATH FLOW ft 2 ft DIAMETER K, ft/d LOSS, K SION, K TION, K TOTAL NO. NO. NO. CHOKED UNCHOKED ft m 80 (((
| |
| /(TABLE 6-14 SUBCOMPARTMENT
| |
| NODAL DESCRIPTION
| |
| INITIAL CONDITIONS
| |
| DBA BREAK CONDITIONS
| |
| CALC. DESIGN DESIGN CROSS- BREAK BREAK BREAK BREAK PEAK PEAK MARGIN, SECTIONAL
| |
| TEMP, PRESS, HUMID, LOC. LINE AREA TYPE PRESS PRESS VOLUME HEIGHT, AREA, 0 F sia VOL. ft 2 DIFF, DIFF, NO. DESCRIPTION
| |
| ft ft 2 NO. psig psig O's I0
| |
| TABLE 6-15 MASS AND ENERGY RELEASE RATE DATA FOR POSTULATED
| |
| LOSS-OF-COOLANT
| |
| ACCIDENTS Pipe I.D., in. Break Area, ft 2 Reactor Vessel Time, Mass Release Rate, Enthalpy, Pressure, sec lbm/sec Btu/lbm psig 0 t1 t 2 t End of Blowdown t End of Core Reflood t End of Post-Reflood End of Problem Blowdown Phase Core Reflood Phase Post-Reflood Phase Post-Post-Reflood (or Decay Heat) Phase 6-82
| |
| ( ( TABLE 6-16 REACTOR CONTAINMENT
| |
| BUILDING ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
| |
| PIPE BREAK LOCATION AND PIPE BREAK AREA Note: The datum temperature is 32'F unless otherwise noted. Energy, 106 Btu At Peak At Peak Pressure Pressure Prior after End One Prior to End End End of of Core Day into to LOCA of Blowdown of Blowdown Blowdown Reflood Recirc. Reactor Coolant Internal Energy Core Flood Tank Coolant Internal Energy Energy Stored in Core Energy Stored in RV Internals Energy Stored in RV Metal Energy Generated During Shutdown from Decay Heat Energy Stored in Pressurizer, Primary Piping, Valves, and Pumps Energy Stored in Steam Generator Metal Secondary Coolant Internal Energy (in Steam Generators)
| |
| Energy Content of RCB Atmosphere
| |
| *
| |
| TABLE 6-16 (Continued)
| |
| At Peak Pressure Prior to End of Blowdown End of Blowdo Energy Content of RCB and Internal Structures
| |
| ** Energy Content of Recirculation Intake Water Energy Content of BWST Water Energy Removed by Decay Heat Removal Coolers Energy Removed by Reactor Containment Building Fan Coolers
| |
| * Atmospheric constituent datums are 120OF for air and 32 0 F for water vapo
| |
| | |
| ====r. Ref lood RDcircaci ====
| |
| ** Datum for energy content of Reactor Containment Building and internal structures is 120 0 F.Energy, 106 Btu At Peak Pressure after End of Blowdown (Prior to LOCA 80Z 4!-End of Core One day into (Prior to LOCA
| |
| TABLE 6-17 ADDITIONAL
| |
| INFORMATION
| |
| TO BE PROVIDED FOR DUAL-CONTAINMENT
| |
| PLANTS I. Secondary Containment Design For each volume comprising the secondary containment, provide the following information:
| |
| A. Free Volume, ft 3 B. Pressure, inches of water, gauge
| |
| | |
| ===1. Normal Operation ===
| |
| 2. Postaccident C. Leak Rate at Postaccident Pressure (%/day) D. Exhaust Fans 1. Number 2. Type E. Filters 1. Number 2. Type II. Transient Analysis A. Initial Conditions (provide for each volume if different)
| |
| 1. Pressure, psia 2. Temperature, 0 F 3. Outside Air Temperature, °F 4. Thickness of Secondary Containment Wall, in 5. Thickness of Primary Containment Wall, in B. Thermal Characteristics
| |
| 1. Primary Containment Wall a. Coefficient of Linear Expansion, in/in-°F (if applicable)
| |
| b. Modulus of Elasticity, psi (if applicable)
| |
| 6-85 c. Thermal Conductivity, Btu/hr-ft-
| |
| 0 F d. Thermal Capacitance, Btu/ft 3-OF 2. Secondary Containment Wall a. Thermal Conductivity, Btu/hr-ft-OF
| |
| b. Thermal Capacitance, Btu/ft 3-OF 3. Heat Transfer Coefficients a. Primary Containment Atmosphere to Primary Containment Wall, Btu/hr-ft 2-OF b. Primary Containment Wall to Secondary Containment Atmosphere, Btu/hr-ft 2-°F c. Secondary Containment Wall to Secondary Containment Atmosphere, Btu/hr-ft 2-oF d. Primary Containment Emissivity, Btu/hr-ft 2-(F e. Secondary Containment Emissivity, Btu/hr-ft 2-oF 6-86 C TABLE 6-18 EVALUATION
| |
| OF POTENTIAL
| |
| BYPASS LEAKAGE PATHS FOR DUAL-CONTAINMENT
| |
| PLANTS Line Size Termination Region List all primary containment penetrations by system or line and penetration designation Bypass Leakage Barriers Key to a list of leakage barriers (e.g., valves, colleption systems, 4losed systems)Potential Bypass Patb (Yes or No)System.'.4 TABLE 6-19 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT
| |
| OPERATION
| |
| FOLLOWING
| |
| A DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT General Type of Structure Appropriate Internal Fission Product Removal Systems Free Volume of Primary Containment Mode of Hydrogen Purge (e.g., direct to environs, to recirculation system, to annulus) Time-Dependent Parameters Anticipated Conservative Leak Rate of Primary Containment Leakage Fractions to Volumes Outside the Primary Contain ment (including the environment).
| |
| Effectiveness of Fission Product Removal Systems Initiation of Hydrogen Purge Hydrogen Purge Rate 6-88 TABLE 6-20 SECONDARY
| |
| CONTAINMENT
| |
| OPERATION
| |
| FOLLOWING
| |
| A DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT*General Type of Structure Free Volume Annulus Width (where applicable)
| |
| Location of Fission Product Removal Systems Time-Dependent Parameters Anticipated Conservative Mixing Fraction Leak Rate Total Recirculation Flow Exhaust Flow Pressure Effectiveness of Fission Product Removal Systems There should be a table such as this for each secondary containment volume.6-89
| |
| | |
| ===7. INSTRUMENTATION ===
| |
| AND CONTROLS The reactor instrumentation senses the various reactor parameters and transmits appropriate signals to the regulating systems during normal operation, and to the reactor trip and engineered safety feature systems during abnormal and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| The information pro vided in this chapter should emphasize those instruments and associated equipment which constitute the protection system (as defined in IEEE Std 279-1971, "Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Gener ating Stations").
| |
| The analysis of regulating systems and instrumenta tion should be provided, particularly considerations of regulating system-induced transients which, if not terminated in a timely manner, could result in fuel damage, radiation release, or other public hazard. Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10. 7.1 Introduction
| |
| 7.1.1 Identification of Safety-Related Systems List all instrumentation, control, and supporting systems that are safety related, including alarm, communication, and display instrumen tation. Distinguish between those systems designed and built by the nuclear steam system supplier and those designed or built by others. Identify the systems that are identical to those of a nuclear power plant of similar design that has recently received a construction per mit or an operating license; identify those that are different and discuss the differences and their effects on safety-related systems.
| |
| | |
| 7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria List all design bases (including considerations of instrument errors), criteria, regulatory guides, standards, and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the systems listed in Section 7.1.1. The specific information identified below should be included in this section of the SAR when it applies equally to all safety-related instrumentation and control systems; otherwise it should be in the section of this chapter that discusses the system to which the informa tion applies.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the technical design bases for all the various functions of the protection system (e.g., scram if reactor ves sel water level is ____; this is needed because __ ; it is required to operate within ). In addition to the reactor scram function, bases should be given for all other protection system functions, includ ing engineered safety features, emergency power, interlocks, bypasses, and equipment protection.
| |
| | |
| Diversity requirements should be stated (see IEEE Std 279-1971).
| |
| 7-1 Describe the extent to which the recommendations of the regulatory guides listed below are followed.
| |
| | |
| Wherever alternative approaches are used, demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety has been attained.
| |
| | |
| Regulatory Guide 1.11 (Safety Guide 11), "Instrument Lines Penetrat ing Primary Reactor Containment;" Regulatory Guide 1.22 (Safety Guide 22), "Periodic Testing of Protection System Actuation Functions;" Regulatory Guide 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification;" Regulatory Guide 1.30 (Safety Guide 30), "Quality Assurance Require ments for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment;" Regulatory Guide 1.40, "Qualification Tests of Continuous-Duty Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.47, "Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems;" Regulatory Guide 1.53, "Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Plant Protection Systems;" Regulatory Guide 1.62, "Manual Initiation of Protective Actions;" Regulatory Guide 1.63, "Electric Penetration Assemblies in Con tainment Structures for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.68, "Preoperational and Initial Startup Test Programs for Water-Cooled Power Reactors;" Regulatory Guide 1.73, "Qualification Tests of Electric Valve Operators Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.75, "Physical Independence of Electric Systems." The physical identification of safety-related equipment should also be addressed in this section; Regulatory Guide 1.80, "Preoperational Testing of Instrument Air Systems;" and Regulatory Guide 1.89, "Qualification of Class IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants." Describe the extent to which the recommendations of IEEE Std 338-1975, "IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Class 1E Power and Protection Systems," and 7-2 IEEE Std 344-1975, "IEEE Standard Criteria for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," are followed.
| |
| | |
| Wherever alternative approaches are used, demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety has been attained.
| |
| | |
| 7.2 Reactor Trip System For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR. 7.2.1 Description
| |
| 7.2.1.1 System Description.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the reactor trip system to include initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described.
| |
| | |
| Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 7.2.1.2 Design Basis Information.
| |
| | |
| Provide the design basis infor mation required by Section 3 of IEEE Std 279-1971.
| |
| | |
| Provide preliminary logic diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, and location layout drawings of all reactor trip systems and supporting systems in the PSAR. 7.2.1.3 Final System Drawings.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all reactor trip systems and supporting systems, final logic diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, and location layout drawings.
| |
| | |
| Describe the differences, if any, between the logic diagrams and schematics submitted in the PSAR and those in the FSAR and the effects on safety-related systems.
| |
| | |
| 7.2.2 Analysis Provide analyses, including a failure mode and effects analysis, to demonstrate how the requirements of the General Design Criteria, IEEE Std 279-1971, applicable regulatory guides, and other appropriate cri teria and standards are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| In addition to postulated accidents and failures, these analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent or mitigate the consequences of: 1. Spurious control rod withdrawals, 2. Loss of plant instrument air systems, 3. Loss of cooling water to vital equipment, 4. Plant load rejection, and 5. Turbine trip.7-3 The analyses should also discuss the need for and method of changing to more restrictive trip setpoints during abnormal operating conditions such as operation with fewer than all reactor coolant loops operating.
| |
| | |
| Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.
| |
| | |
| 7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems For standardized systems, it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR. 7.3.1 Description
| |
| 7.3.1.1 System Description.
| |
| | |
| Provide a description of the instru mentation and controls associated with the engineered safety features (ESF), including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, sequencing, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described.
| |
| | |
| Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 7.3.1.2 Design Basis Information.
| |
| | |
| Provide the design basis infor mation required by Section 3 of IEEE Std 279-1971.
| |
| | |
| For the PSAR review, provide preliminary logic diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, and location layout drawings of all engineered safety feature instrumen tation, control systems, and supporting systems.
| |
| | |
| 7.3.1.3 Final System Drawings.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all ESF circuits and supporting systems, and final logic diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, and location layout drawings.
| |
| | |
| Describe the differences, if any, between the logic diagrams and schematics submitted in the PSAR and those in the FSAR and the effects on safety-related systems.
| |
| | |
| 7.3.2 Analysis Provide analyses, including a failure mode and effects analysis, to demonstrate how the requirements of the General Design Criteria and IEEE Std 279-1971 are satisfied and the extent to which applicable regulatory guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| In addition to postulated accidents and failures, these analyses should include considerations of (1) loss of plant instrument air systems and (2) loss of cooling water to vital equipment.
| |
| | |
| The method for periodic testing of engineered safety feature instrumentation and control equipment and the effects on system integrity during testing should be described.
| |
| | |
| 7-4
| |
| 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR. 7.4.1 Description Provide a description -of the systems that are needed for safe shut down of the plant, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, inter locks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described.
| |
| | |
| Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std 279-1971.
| |
| | |
| Provide logic diagrams, piping and instrumentation diagrams, and location layout drawings for these systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams.
| |
| | |
| Describe the provisions taken in accordance with NRC General Design Criterion
| |
| 19 to provide the required equipment outside the control room for hot and cold shutdown.
| |
| | |
| 7.4.2 Analysis Provide analyses which demonstrate how the requirements of the General Design Criteria, IEEE Std 279-1971, applicable regulatory guides, and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| These analyses should include considerations of instrumentation installed to permit a safe shutdown in the event of: 1. Loss of plant instrument air systems, 2. Loss of cooling water to vital equipment, 3. Plant load rejection, and 4. Turbine trip. 7.5 Safety-Related Display Instrumentation
| |
| 7.5.1 Description Include a description of the instrumentation systems (including control rod position indicating systems) that provides information to enable the operator to perform required safety functions.
| |
| | |
| 7.5.2 Analysis Provide an analysis to demonstrate that the operator has sufficient information to perform required manual safety functions (e.g., ensuring safe control rod patterns, manual engineered safety feature operations, possible unanticipated postaccident operations, and monitoring the 7-5 status of safety equipment)
| |
| and sufficient time to make reasoned judg ments and take action where operator action is essential.
| |
| | |
| Identify appropriate safety criteria in the PSAR and demonstrate compliance with these criteria in the FSAR. Information should be provided to identify the information readouts or indications provided to the operator for monitoring conditions in the reactor, the reactor coolant system, and in the containment and safety related process systems, including engineered safety features, through out all operating conditions of the plant, including anticipated opera tional occurrences and accident and postaccident conditions (including instrumentation to follow the course of accidents).
| |
| The information should include the design criteria, the type of readout, number of channels provided, their range, accuracy, and location, and a discussion of the adequacy of the design. 7.6 All Other Instrumentation Systems Required for Safety This section should contain information on all other instrumenta tion systems required for safety that are not included under reactor trip, engineered safety features, safe shutdown, safety-related display instrumentation systems, or any of their supporting systems (e.g., cold water slug interlocks, refueling interlocks, and interlocks that prevent overpressurization of low-pressure systems).
| |
| 7.6.1 Description Provide a description of all systems required for safety not already discussed, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std 279-1971.
| |
| | |
| For an FSAR, sufficient schematic diagrams should be provided to permit an independent evalua tion of compliance with the safety criteria.
| |
| | |
| 7.6.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the General Design Criteria, IEEE Std 279-1971, applicable regulatory guides, and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| These analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent or mitigate the consequences of: .1. Cold water slug injections, 2. Refueling accidents, and 3. Overpressurization of low-pressure systems.
| |
| | |
| Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.7-6
| |
| 7.7 Control Systems Not Required for Safety For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR. 7.7.1 Description The following information should be provided with regard to the control systems not required for safety: 1. Identification of the major plant control systems (e.g., primary temperature control, primary water level control, steam genera tor water level control) that are identical to those in a nuclear power plant of similar design by the same nuclear steam system supplier that has recently received a construction permit or an operating license; and 2. A list and discussion of the design differences in those systems not identical to those used in the reference nuclear power plant. This discussion should include an evaluation of the safety significance of each design difference.
| |
| | |
| 7.7.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate that these systems are not required for safety. The analyses should demonstrate that the protection systems are capable of coping with all (including gross) failure modes of the control systems.7-7
| |
| 8. ELECTRIC POWER The electric power system is the source of power for the reactor coolant pumps and other auxiliaries during normal operation and for the protection system and engineered safety features during abnormal and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| The information in this chapter should be directed toward establishing the functional adequacy of the safety-related elec tric power systems and ensuring that these systems have adequate redun dancy, independence, and testability in conformance with current cri teria. Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10. 8.1 Introduction A brief description of the utility grid and its interconnection to other grids should be included, and the onsite electric system should be described briefly in general terms. The safety loads (i.e., the systems and devices that require electric power to perform their safety func tions) should be identified;
| |
| the safety functions performed (e.g., emer gency core cooling, containment cooling), and the type of electric power (a.c. or d.c.) required by each safety load should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| The design bases, criteria, regulatory guides, standards, and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the safety-related electric systems should be presented and discussed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the extent to which the recommendations of the regulatory guides listed below are followed.
| |
| | |
| Wherever alternative approaches are used, demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety has been attained.
| |
| | |
| Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Safety Guide 6), "Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite) Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems;" Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Safety Guide 9), "Selection of Diesel Generator Set Capacity for Standby Power Supplies;" Regulatory Guide 1.22 (Safety Guide 22), "Periodic Testing of Protection System Actuation Functions;" Regulatory Guide 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification;" Regulatory Guide 1.30 (Safety Guide 30), "Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instru mentation and Electric Equipment;" Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Safety Guide 32), "Use of IEEE Std 308-1971, 'Criteria for Class IE Electric Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations;
| |
| '" 8-1 Regulatory Guide 1.40, "Qualification Tests of Continuous-Duty Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.41, "Preoperational Testing of Redundant Onsite Electric Power Systems to Verify Proper Load Group Assignments;" Regulatory Guide 1.47, "Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems;'" Regulatory Guide 1.53, "Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Plant Protection Systems;" Regulatory Guide 1.62, "Manual Initiation of Protective Actions;" Regulatory Guide 1.63, "Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.73, "Qualification Tests of Electric Valve Operators Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.75, "Physical Independence of Electric Systems;" Regulatory Guide 1.81, "Shared Emergency and Shutdown Electric Systems for Multi-Unit Nuclear Power Plants;" Regulatory Guide 1.89, "Qualification of Class IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants;" and Regulatory Guide 1.93, "Availability of Electric Power Sources." Describe the extent to which the IEEE standards listed below are followed.
| |
| | |
| Wherever alternative approaches are used, demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety has been attained.
| |
| | |
| IEEE Std 338-1975, "IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Class 1E Power and Protection Systems;" IEEE Std 344-1975, "IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations;" and IEEE Std 387-1972, "Criteria for Diesel Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Stations." 8-2
| |
| 8.2 Offsite Power System 8.2.1 Description A system description and an analysis sufficient to demonstrate compliance with 10 CFR Part 50 and the Commission's General Design Criteria (GDC) in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 should be provided.
| |
| | |
| In addition, the SAR should indicate the extent to which the applicant has followed the recommendations of regulatory guides and other appli cable standards and criteria (e.g., industry standards normally used by the applicant in the installation of safety systems and internal stand ards and criteria).
| |
| In particular, the circuits that supply power for safety loads from the transmission network should be identified and shown to meet GDC 17 and 18. Voltage level and length of each trans mission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the grid should be provided.
| |
| | |
| All unusual features of these transmission lines should be described (e.g., crossovers or proximity of other lines, rugged terrain, vibration or galloping conductor prob lems, icing or other heavy loading conditions, and high thunderstorm occurrence rate). Describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits that connect the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply; include transmission lines, switchyard arrangement, rights-of way, etc. 8.2.2 Analysis The results of steady-state and transient stability analyses should be provided to demonstrate compliance with the final paragraph of GDC 17. In determining the most critical transmission line, consider lines that use a common tower to be a single line. Provide information and a discussion of grid availability, including the frequency, duration, and causes of outages.
| |
| | |
| 8.3 Onsite Power Systems 8.3.1 A.C. Power Systems 8.3.1.1 Description.
| |
| | |
| Describe the onsite a.c. power systems with emphasis placed on those portions of the systems that are safety related.
| |
| | |
| Those portions that are not related to safety need only be described in sufficient detail to permit an understanding of their interactions with the safety-related portions.
| |
| | |
| The description of the safety-related portions should include: 1. Power supply feeders (i.e., network configuration), 2. Busing arrangements, 3. Loads supplied from each bus, 8-3
| |
| 4. Manual and automatic interconnections between buses, buses and loads, and buses and supplies, 5. Interconnections between safety-related and non-safety-related buses, 6. Redundant bus separation, 7. Equipment capacities, 8. Automatic loading and stripping of buses, 9. Safety-related equipment identification, 10. Instrumentation and control systems for the applicable power systems with the assigned power supply identified, 11. Electric circuit protection system network (e.g., selective trip), including setting criteria, 12. The scheme for testing these systems during power operation, and 13. Any systems and equipment shared between units. The basis for the power required for each safety load (e.g., motor nameplate rating, pump runout condition, or estimated load under expected flow and pressure)
| |
| should be given. The continuous and short term ratings for the onsite power source should be provided.
| |
| | |
| In some cases, the basis for the requested information is engineering judgment or correlation with other similar plants; nevertheless, the infornmition requested should be submitted and all limitations cited. The FSAR should completely update all previously transmitted information and should verify that all systems are adequately sized and that all perti nent criteria are met. The following design aspects of the onsite emergency electric power sources (e.g., diesel generators)
| |
| should be described in preliminary form in the PSAR: 1. Starting initiating circuits, 2. Starting mechanism and system, 3. Tripping devices, 4. Interlocks, 5. Permissives, 8-4
| |
| 6. load shedding circuits, 7. Testability, 8. Fuel oil storage and transfer system, 9. Cooling and heating systems, 10. Instrumentation and control systems, including status alarms and indications, with assigned power supply, and 11. Prototype qualification program.
| |
| | |
| This description should be complete in the FSAR. Any features or components not previously used in similar applications in nuclear gener ating stations should be identified.
| |
| | |
| Provide single-line diagrams of the onsite a.c. distribution systems, including identification of all safety loads. The physical arrangement of the components of the system should be described in sufficient detail to permit independent verifica tion that single events and accidents will not disable redundant fea tures. Sufficient plant layout drawings should be provided to permit evaluation of the physical separation and isolation of redundant por tions of the system. The PSAR should provide a table that illustrates the automatic and manual loading and unloading of each standby power supply. The FSAR should provide an updated table reflecting any changes or revisions.
| |
| | |
| Include the time (sequence)
| |
| of each event, size of load, inrush current or starting kVA, identification of redundant equipment, and length of time each load is required.
| |
| | |
| For the safety-related systems, describe the bases and provide the design criteria that establish:
| |
| 1. Motor size, 2. Minimum motor accelerating voltage, 3. Motor starting torque, 4. Minimum motor torque margin over pump torque through accelerating period, 5. Motor insulation, 6. Temperature monitoring devices provided in large horsepower motors, 7. Interrupting capacity of switchgear, load centers, control centers, and distribution panels, 8. Electric circuit protection, and 9. Grounding requirements.
| |
| | |
| 8-5 The FSAR should identify all deviations from these criteria as described in the PSAR and provide justification for any deviations.
| |
| | |
| Sufficient logic and schematic diagrams should be provided to permit an independent evaluation of compliance with the safety criteria.
| |
| | |
| 8.3.1.2 Analysis.
| |
| | |
| Provide analyses to demonstrate compliance with the Commission's General Design Criteria and to indicate the extent to which the recommendations of regulatory guides and other applicable cri teria are followed.
| |
| | |
| Especially important are the analyses to demon strate compliance with GDC 17 and 18 and the discussion to indicate the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guides 1.6, 1.9, and 1.32 (Safety Guides 6, 9, and 32) are followed.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should identify all aspects of the onsite power system that do not conform to Regulatory Guides 1.6, 1.9, and 1.32 and should explain why such devia tions are not in conflict with applicable General Design Criteria.
| |
| | |
| Identify all safety-related equipment that must operate in a hostile environment (e.g., radiation, temperature, pressure, humidity)
| |
| during and/or subsequent to a postulated accident (e.g., loss-of-coolant accident, steam line break). All the conditions under which the equip ment must operate should be tabulated.
| |
| | |
| Provide bases, criteria, and analyses of the potential effects of (1) radiation (i.e., radiation due to accident conditions superimposed on that for long-term normal opera tion) on safety-related electric equipment throughout the plant and (2) loss-of-coolant accidents or steam line breaks on all safety-related electric equipment within primary reactor containment (e.g., motors, cables) that must operate during and/or subsequent to such an accident.
| |
| | |
| The successful completion of any applicable qualification tests for the above cases should be documented.
| |
| | |
| Where such tests have not been pre viously completed, plans and schedules of the qualification tests pro posed should be documented.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should document the results of these tests. 8.3.1.3 Physical Identification of Safety-Related Equipment.
| |
| | |
| Describe the means proposed to identify physically the onsite power system equipment as safety-related equipment in the plant to ensure appropriate treatment, particularly during maintenance and testing operations.
| |
| | |
| The description should include the method used to readily (without the necessity for consulting reference material)
| |
| distinguish between redundant Class 1E systems, associated circuits assigned to redundant Class 1E divisions, and non-Class
| |
| 1E systems.
| |
| | |
| 8.3.1.4 Independence of Redundant Systems. Present the criteria and their bases that establish the minimum requirements for preserving the independence of redundant Class 1E electric systems through physi cal arrangement and separation and for ensuring the minimum required equipment availability during any design basis event.* A discussion
| |
| *Class 1E electric systems and design basis events are defined in IEEE Std 308-1971.8-6 should be included of the administrative responsibility and control to be provided to ensure compliance with these criteria during the design and installation of these systems. The criteria and bases for the installation of electrical cable for these systems should, as a minimum, include a description of the extent to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.75, "Physical Independence of Electric Systems," are followed.
| |
| | |
| 8.3.2 D.C. Power Systems 8.3.2.1 Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the d.c. power systems clearly delineating the safety-related portions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The non-safety-related portion need only be described in sufficient detail to permit an understanding of its interaction with the safety-related portions.
| |
| | |
| The description of the safety-related portion should include requirements for separation, capacity, charging, ventilation, loading, redundancy, and testing. The safety loads should be clearly identified, and the length of time they would be operable in the event of loss of all a.c. power should be stated. Sufficient schematic diagrams should be provided in the FSAR to permit an independent evaluation of compliance with the safety criteria.
| |
| | |
| 8.3.2.2 Analysis.
| |
| | |
| Provide an analysis to demonstrate compliance with the Commission's General Design Criteria, and describe the extent to which recommendations of regulatory guides and other applicable cri teria are followed.
| |
| | |
| The same information described in Sections 8.3.1.2 and 8.3.1.3, as applicable, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 8.3.3 Fire Protection for Cable Systems The measures employed for the prevention of and protection against fires in electrical cables should be described and should include the following:
| |
| 1. Cable derating and cable tray fill, 2. Fire detection and protection devices in the areas where cables are installed, 3. Fire barriers and separation between redundant trays, and 4. Fire stops at penetrations in walls or floors and in long cable runs including design criteria, physical locations, properties of materials, and qualification tests.8-7
| |
| | |
| ===9. AUXILIARY ===
| |
| SYSTEMS This chapter should provide information concerning the auxiliary systems included in this facility.
| |
| | |
| The information in the PSAR should reflect the preliminary design of the auxiliary systems, and the FSAR information should reflect the final design. Those systems that are essential for the safe shutdown of the plant or the protection of the health and safety of the public should be iden tified. The description of each system, the design bases for the system and for critical components, a safety evaluation demonstrating how the system satisfies the design bases, the testing and inspection to be per formed to verify system capability and reliability, and the required instrumentation and controls should be provided.
| |
| | |
| There may be aspects of the auxiliary systems that have little or no relationship to protec tion of the public against exposure to radiation.
| |
| | |
| In such cases, enough information should be provided to allow understanding of the auxiliary system design and function with emphasis on those aspects of design and operation that might affect the reactor and its safety features or con tribute to the control of radioactivity.
| |
| | |
| The capability of the system to function without compromising the safe operation of the plant under both normal operating or transient situations should be clearly shown by the information provided, i.e., a failure analysis.
| |
| | |
| Seismic design classifications should be stated with reference to detailed information provided in Chapter 3, where appropriate.
| |
| | |
| Radio logical considerations associated with operation of each system under normal and accident conditions, where applicable, should be summarized and reference made to detailed information in Chapters 11 or 12 as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling 9.1.1 New Fuel Storage 9.1.1.1 Design Bases. The design bases for new fuel storage facil ities should be provided and should include such considerations as quan tity of fuel to be stored, means for maintaining a subcritical array and the degree of subcriticality provided for the most reactive condition possible together with the assumptions used in this calculation and design loadings to be withstood.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.1.2 Facilities Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the new fuel storage facilities, including drawings, and location in the station complex should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.1.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the capability of the new fuel storage facilities to reduce the probability of occurrence of unsafe conditions should be presented and should include the degree of 9-1 subcriticality, governing codes for design, ability to withstand external loads and forces, and safety implications related to sharing (for multi unit facilities).
| |
| Details of the seismic design and testing should be presented in Section 3.7. 9.1.2 Spent Fuel Storage 9.1.2.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the spent fuel storage facilities should be provided and should include such considerations as quantity of fuel to be stored, means for maintaining a subcritical array, degree of subcriticality provided together with the assumptions used in this calculation, shielding requirements, and design loadings to be withstood.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.2.2 Facilities Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the spent fuel storage facilities, including drawings, and location in the station complex should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.2.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the protection of the spent fuel storage facilities against unsafe conditions should be pre sented and should include the degree of subcriticality, governing codes for design, ability to withstand external loads and forces, ability to ensure continuous cooling, provisions to avoid accidental dropping of heavy objects on spent fuel, material compatibility requirements, radio logical considerations (details should be presented in Chapter 12), ability of the fuel storage racks to withstand lifting forces if a fuel assembly accidentally engages a rack while being lifted, and safety implications related to sharing (for multi-unit facilities).
| |
| Additional guidance regarding acceptable design of the spent fuel storage facilities is given in Regulatory Guide 1.13 (Safety Guide 13), "Fuel Storage Facility Design Basis." 9.1.3 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System 9.1.3.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the cooling and cleanup system for the spent fuel facilities should be provided and should include the requirements for continuous or intermittent cooling, the quantity of spent fuel to be cooled, the requirements for pool water temperature and cleanliness from fission and corrosion products, makeup requirements, and level and radiation shielding requirements.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.3.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the cooling and cleanup system, including a description of the instrumentation utilized, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should include a detailed updated descrip tion and drawings.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.3.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the cooling system should be provided including the capability for spent fuel cooling during normal and abnormal conditions, provisions to ensure that pool water will not be lost at a rate greater than the makeup capability, and ability to maintain acceptable pool water conditions.
| |
| | |
| The radiological evaluation
| |
| 9-2 of the cleanup system should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12. Addi tional guidance regarding acceptable coolant makeup requirements is given in Regulatory Guide 1.13 (Safety Guide 13). 9.1.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the cooling and cleanup system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.4 Fuel Handling System 9.1.4.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the fuel handling system (FHS) should be provided;
| |
| the performance and load handling requirements, handling control features, and provisions to prevent fuel handling and cask drop accidents should be included.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.4.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the fuel handling sys tem, including all components for transporting and handling fuel from the time it reaches the plant until it leaves the plant, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Descriptions of the containment polar crane and spent fuel cask handling crane should be included.
| |
| | |
| An outline for the procedures used in new fuel receipt and storage, reactor refueling operations, and spent fuel storage and shipment should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Component drawings, building layouts, and illustrations of the fuel handling procedures should also be provided.
| |
| | |
| Detailed descriptions and drawings should be included in the FSAR. Design data, seismic category, and quality class should be provided for all prin cipal components.
| |
| | |
| The design codes and standards used for design, manu facture, testing, maintenance and operation, and seismic design aspects should be enumerated.
| |
| | |
| 9.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The safety evaluation should demonstrate that the system design meets the applicable redundancy and diversity re quirements.
| |
| | |
| It should be demonstrated that the FHS design precludes inad vertent operations or equipment malfunctions or failures that could prevent safe shutdown of the reactor or cause a release of radioactivity.
| |
| | |
| The results of a failure mode and effects analysis should be presented to demon strate that the individual subsystems and components, including controls and interlocks, are designed to meet the single-failure criterion without com promising the capability of the system to perform its safety functions.
| |
| | |
| Compliance of the system with applicable General Design Criteria should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the recommendations of applicable regulatory guides are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| It should be shown that the seismic design of the individual components will preclude system mal functions that could prevent safe shutdown of the reactor or cause a release of radioactivity in the event of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). It should also be shown that the component design standards and safety factors are adequate.
| |
| | |
| It should be demonstrated that failure of any part of the spent fuel cask handling crane will not cause any damage to spent fuel and safety related equipment.
| |
| | |
| This could be accomplished by using a crane design that will prohibit cask drop in the event of a single failure or by adequate facility design that prevents damaging the spent fuel and safety-related equipment for any manner of cask drop, including drop of a tilted cask. 9-3
| |
| 9.1.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the FHS subsystems and components should be described, including shop tests, preoperational tests, and periodic operational tests. 9.1.4.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The system instrumentation and controls should be described.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of safety-related inter locks to meet the single-failure criterion should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| 9.2 Water Systems This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the water systems associated with the plant. Because these auxiliary water systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsections (numbered
| |
| 9.2.1 through 9.2.X) for each of the systems. As they apply to a partic ular plant, these subsections should provide the following information:
| |
| 1. Design bases, 2. System description, including drawings, 3. Safety evaluation, 4. Testing and inspection requirements, and 5. Instrumentation requirements for each system. The following paragraphs provide examples of systems that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above. The examples are not intended to be a complete list of systems to be discussed in this section.
| |
| | |
| 9.2.1 Station Service Water System Describe the capability of the service water system to meet the single-failure criterion (when this system is safety related), the ability to withstand adverse environmental occurrences, requirements for normal operation and for operating during and subsequent to postulated accident conditions, including loss of offsite power, provisions for reactor com partment flooding during the post-LOCA
| |
| period, if required, and the abil ity of the system to detect and prevent excessive leakage of radioactive material to the environment.
| |
| | |
| Include a failure analysis to demonstrate that a single failure will not result in the loss of all or an unaccept able portion of the cooling function (considering failures of active and passive components and diverse sources of electric power for pumps,, valves, and control purposes), capability of the system to function during abnormally high and low water levels, prevention of long-term corrosion and organic fouling that may degrade system performance, and 9-4 safety implications related to sharing (for multi-unit facilities).
| |
| Reference Section 3.6 with respect to the analysis of postulated cracks in moderate-energy piping systems and Sections 2.4.11.5, 2.4.11.6, and 2.4. Z where applicable.
| |
| | |
| 9.2.2 Cooling System for Reactor Auxiliaries Discuss the capability of the reactor system auxiliaries to meet the single-failure criterion when required, the ability to withstand adverse environmental occurrences, requirements for normal operation and for oper ating during and subsequent to postulated accident conditions, including loss of offsite power, and requirements for leakage detection and con tainment of leakage. Include a failure analysis to demonstrate that a single failure will not result in the loss of all, or an unacceptable portion of, the cooling function (considering failures of active and pas sive components, and diverse sources of electric power for pumps, valves, and control purposes), the means for preventing or controlling leakage of activity to the outside environment, leakage detection provisions, preven tion of long-term corrosion that may degrade system performance, and safety implications related to sharing (for multi-unit facilities).
| |
| Reference Section 3.6 with respect to the analysis of postulated cracks in moderate-energy piping systems.
| |
| | |
| 9.2.3 Demineralized Water Makeup System 9.2.4 Potable and Sanitary Water Systems A description of the potable and sanitary water systems should be provided.
| |
| | |
| System design criteria should provide for prevention of con nections to systems having the potential for containing radioactive material.
| |
| | |
| Ar evaluation of radiological contamination, including acci dental, and safety implications of sharing (for multi-unit facilities)
| |
| should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.2.5 Ultimate Heat Sink A description of the ultimate heat sink to be used to dissipate waste heat from the plant during normal, shutdown, and accident conditions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Additional guidance regarding acceptable features of the ultimate heat sink is given in Regulatory Guide 1.27, "Ultimate Heat Sink for Nuclear Power Plants." Reference Sections 2.3.1.2 and 2.4.11 where applicable.
| |
| | |
| 9.2.6 Condensate Storage Facilities A discussion of the environmental design considerations, requirements for leakage control (including mitigation of environmental effects), limits for radioactivity concentration, code design requirements, and material compatibility and corrosion control should be given. An analysis of storage facility failure and provisions for mitigating environmental effects should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of radiological considerations should be presented in Chapter 12.9-5
| |
| 9.3 Process Auxiliaries This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the auxiliary systems associated with the reactor process system. Because these auxiliary systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsec tions (numbered
| |
| 9.3.1 through 9.3.X) for each of the systems. These subsections should provide the following information:
| |
| 1. Design bases, 2. System description, 3. Safety evaluation, 4. Testing and inspection requirements, and 5. Instrumentation requirements for each system. The following paragraphs provide examples of systems that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific infotmation that should be provided in addition to the items identified above. The examples are not intended to be a complete list of systems to be discussed in this section. For example, the boron recovery system and the failed fuel detection system should both be discussed in this section.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.1 Compressed Air Systems Describe the compressed air systems that provide station air for service and maintenance uses, and include discussion of provisions for meeting the single-failure criterion for safety-related compressed air systems, air cleanliness and quality requirements, and environmental design requirements.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of the compressed air system should include a failure analysis (including diverse sources of electric power), maintenance of air cleanliness to ensure system reliability, the capabil ity to isolate if required, and safety implications related to sharing (for multi-unit plants).
| |
| 9.3.2 Process Sampling System Describe the sampling system for the various plant fluids. The design bases should include consideration of sample size and handling to ensure that a representative sample is obtained;
| |
| provisions for isolation of the system and the means to limit reactor coolant losses; requirements to minimize, to the extent practical, hazards to plant personnel;
| |
| and system pressure, temperature, and code requirements.
| |
| | |
| The points from which samples will be obtained should be delineated.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of the sampling system should provide assurance that representative samples 9-6 will be obtained and that sharing (for multi-unit facilities)
| |
| will not adversely affect plant safety. The radiological evaluation for normal operation should be provided in Chapter 12. 9.3.3 Equipment and Floor Drainage System Describe the drainage systems for collecting the effluent from high activity and low activity liquid drains from various specified equipment items and buildings.
| |
| | |
| Design considerations for precluding backflooding of equipment in safety-related compartments should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of radiological considerations for normal operation and postu lated spills and accidents, including the effects of sharing (for multi unit plants), should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12. 9.3.4 Chemical and Volume Control System (PWRs) (Including Boron Recovery System) 9.3.4.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the chemical and volume control system (CVCS) and the boron recovery system (BRS) should include consideration of (1) the capability to vary coolant chemistry for control of reactivity and corrosion and (2) the capability for maintaining the required reactor coolant system inventory and the reactor coolant pump seal water requirements.
| |
| | |
| Items to be considered include the maximum and normal letdown flow rates, charging rates for both normal operation and maximum leakage conditions, boric acid storage requirements for reactivity control, water chemistry requirements, and boric acid and primary water storage requirements in terms of maximum number of startup and shutdown cycles. 9.3.4.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A complete description of the system and components, including piping and instrumentation diagrams, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Design data, seismic category, and quality class should be provided for all components.
| |
| | |
| The principles of system operation, both automatic and manual, should be provided for steady-state, transient, startup, shutdown, and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| A discussion on reactor cool ant water chemistry requirements should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Temperature control provisions for line heat tracing and tank heating, including provision for alarm failures, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Tabulations of system design parameters and component design data should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.4.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The safety evaluation should demon strate that the system is designed to provide for safe operation and shutdown and to prevent or mitigate postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| This includes demonstration that the system boron inventory is adequate for the most stringent cold shutdown requirements, including anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Provisions to prevent loss of solubility of boric acid solutions should also be discussed.
| |
| | |
| This section should also include demonstration that the system has the pumping capability to supply reactor coolant makeup for protection against small pipe or component failures.
| |
| | |
| The safety evaluation should demonstrate that the system is designed to 9-7 limit radioactive releases to the environment to allowable limits for both normal operation and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of the com ponent and piping seismic design category and quality class should be justified.
| |
| | |
| The results of a failure mode and effects- analysis should be presented to demonstrate that the system can meet the single-failure cri terion without compromising safe plant shutdown and the ability to prevent or mitigate postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| Compliance of the system with applicabrle General Design Criteria should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the recommendations of. applicable regulatory guides are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| It should be shown that the essential portions of the system will be protected from failure of non-Seismic Category I equipment and piping and also from flooding, tornadoes, internally- and externally generated missiles, and the effects of high- and moderate-energy line failures.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the CVCS should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.4.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The system instrumentation and controls should be described.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of safety-related instru mentation and controls to fulfill their functions should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.5 Standby Liquid Control System (BWRs) 9.3.5.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the standby liquid control system (SLCS) should include consideration of the capability for reactor shutdown independent of the normal reactivity control system with a reasonable shutdown margin at any time in core life, system redundancy, and ability to periodically verify functional performance capability.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.5.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description of the system and compo nents, complete with piping and instrumentation diagrams, should be pro vided. Temperature control provisions for line heat tracing and tank heating, including provisions for alarm failures, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Design data, seismic category, and quality class should be provided for all components.
| |
| | |
| The principles of system operation and testing should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.5.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The safety evaluation should demon strate that the system has adequate storage capacity and injection rate to bring the reactor from rated power to cold shutdown at any time in core life (control rods withdrawn in the rated power pattern) with ade quate margin for adverse factors, including xenon decay, elimination of steam voids, allowance for imperfect mixing, leakage, and dilution.
| |
| | |
| Provisions to prevent loss of solubility of sodium pentaborate solutions should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of the component and piping seismic design category should be justified.
| |
| | |
| 9-8 The results of a failure mode and effects analysis should be pre sented to demonstrate that the system can meet the single-failure crite rion without compromising the shutdown capability of the system. Com pliance of the system with applicable General Design Criteria should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| The extent to which the recommendations of applicable regulatory guides are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| It should be shown that the essential portions of the system will be protected from failure of non-seismic equipment and piping and also from flooding, tornadoes, internally and externally generated missiles, and the effects of high and moderate-energy line failures.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the SLCS, including periodic operational testing, should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.3.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The system instrumentation and controls should be described.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of safety-related instru mentation and controls to fulfill their functions should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems Following are examples of systems that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant. Some specific information that should be provided is also identified.
| |
| | |
| The examples are not intended to be a complete list of systems to be discussed in this section. For exam ple, the ventilation system for both the diesel building and the contain ment ventilation system should be described in this section.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.1 Control Room Area Ventilation System 9.4.1.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the air treatment system for the control room and other auxiliary rooms (e.g., relay rooms and emergency switchgear rooms) considered to be part of the control areas should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Include the design criteria (e.g., single failure), requirements for the manual or automatic actuation of system components or isolation dampers, ambient temperature and humidity require ments, criteria for plant operator comfort and safety, requirements for radiation protection and monitoring of abnormal radiation levels and other airborne contaminants, and environmental design requirements.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.1.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description, including preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams, of the air treatment systems for the control room should be presented in the PSAR. A detailed updated descrip tion and piping and instrumentation diagrams should be provided in the FSAR. 9.4.1.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| A safety evaluation of the control room air treatment system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation should include the following subjects. (If these subjects are dealt with elsewhere in the SAR, a summary discussion should be presented here and the sections that include the details should be referenced.)
| |
| 9-9
| |
| 1. Detection of adverse or dangerous environmental conditions (smoke, radiation, etc.), 2. Capability to exclude entry of contaminants (zone pressurization and isolation), 3. Capability for the removal of contamination by filtration (also see Section 6.5.1, ESF Filters), 4. Removal of contamination by purging, and 5. Maintenance of acceptable zone temperature and humidity and anticipated degradation of equipment performance if temperature limits are exceeded.
| |
| | |
| Additional detailed discussion of control room ventilation systems should appear in Section 6.4, "Habitability Systems," and in paragraph
| |
| 5, "Radiological consequences," of Section 15.X.X. 9.4.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the control room air treatment system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.2 Spent Fuel Pool Area Ventilation System 9.4.2.1 Design Bases. The design bases of the ventilation system for the spent fuel pool area should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Include the require ments for meeting the single-failure criterion, seismic design criteria, requirements for the manual or automatic actuation of system components or isolation dampers, ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of airflow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of high potential radioactivity, monitoring normal and abnormal radiation levels within the area, differential pressures to be maintained and measured, and the requirements for the treatment of exhaust air. Details of the means for protection of system vents or louvers from missiles should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.2.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description, including preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams, of the spent fuel pool area ventila tion system should be presented in the PSAR. In the FSAR, provide a detailed updated description and piping and instrumentation diagrams.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the spent fuel area ventilation system and results from failure mode and effects analysis should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Include a discussion of the ability to (1) detect radiation in the area of the spent fuel pool and (2) filter the contami nants out of the air before exhausting it to the environment or prevent the contaminated air from leaving the spent fuel area. 9.4.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the spent fuel area ventilation system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9-10
| |
| 9.4.3 Auxiliary and Radwaste Area Ventilation System 9.4.3.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the air handling system for the radwaste area and the areas of the auxiliary building containing safety-related equipment should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Include requirements for meeting the single-failure criterion, seismic design criteria, require ments for the manual or automatic actuation of system components or iso lation dampers, ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of air flow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of high potential radioactivity, differential pressures to be maintained and measured, requirements for the monitoring of normal and abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for the treatment of exhaust air. Details of the means for protection of system vents or louvers from missiles should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.3.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description, including preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams, of the air handling system for the auxiliary and radwaste area should be presented in the PSAR. Detailed updated piping and instrumentation diagrams should be provided in the FSAR. 9.4.3.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the auxiliary and radwaste area ventilation system should be presented and should include a system failure analysis (including the effects of inability to maintain preferred airflow patterns).
| |
| Evaluation of radiological consideration for normal operation should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12. 9.4.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the auxiliary and radwaste area ventilation system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.4 Turbine Building Area Ventilation System 9.4.4.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the air handling system for the turbine-generator area in the turbine building should be pre sented. Include requirements for the manual or automatic actuation of system components or isolation dampers, ambient temperature limits, pre ferred direction of airflow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radioactivity, requirements for monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for treatment of exhaust air. 9.4.4.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description, including preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams, of the air handling system for the turbine building should be provided in the PSAR. A detailed updated description and piping and instrumentation diagrams should be provided in the FSAR. 9.4.4.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the turbine building air handling system should be presented and should include a system failure analysis (including effects of inability to maintain preferred 9-11 airflow patterns).
| |
| Radiological considerations for normal operation should be evaluated in Chapters ii and 12. 9.4.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the turbine building air handling system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.5 Engineered Safety Features Ventilation System 9.4.5.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the air handling system for the area's housing engineered safety features equipment should be presented.
| |
| | |
| Include requirements for meeting the single-failure criterion, requirements for the manual or automatic actuation of system components or isolation dampers, ambient temperature requirements, preferred direc tion of airflow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radioactivity, and the requirements for the monitoring of normal and abnormal radiation levels. Details of the means for pro tection of system vents or louvers from missiles should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.5.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description, including preliminary piping and instrumentation diagrams, of the air handling system for the engineered safety features area should be presented in the PSAR. A detailed updated description and piping and instrumentation diagrams should be provided in the FSAR. 9.4.5.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the engineered safety features ventilation system should be presented and should include a system failure analysis.
| |
| | |
| An analysis should be provided to demonstrate that a component necessary for safe shutdown or to mitigate the conse quences of an accident can perform its safety function when subjected to ambient temperatures and conditions associated with the loss of the engineered safety feature ventilation system during an accident condition coincident with the loss of offsite power. The effect of redundant systems may be included in the evaluation.
| |
| | |
| 9.4.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the engineered safety features ventilation system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 9.5.1 Fire Protection System 9.5.1.1 Design Bases. 1. The PSAR should identify the fires that could indirectly or directly affect Category I safety-related structures, systems, and com ponents. Describe and discuss those fires that provide the bases for the design of the fire protection system, i.e., fires that are considered to be the maximum fire that may develop in local areas assuming that no 9-12 manual, automatic, or other firefighting measures have been started and the fire has passed flashover and is reaching its peak burning rate before firefighting can start. Consider fire intensity, location, and, depending upon the effectiveness of fire protection, the duration and effect on adjacent areas. 2. The PSAR should discuss fire characteristics such as maximum fire intensity, flame spreading, smoke generation, production of toxic contaminants, and the contribution of fuel to the fire for all individual plant areas that have combustible materials and are associated with safety related structures, systems, and components.
| |
| | |
| Include in the discussion the use and effect of noncombustible and heat-resistant materials.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide a list of the dangerous and hazardous combustibles and the maximum amounts estimated to be present and should state where these will be located in the facility in relation to safety systems.
| |
| | |
| 3. The PSAR should discuss and list the features of building and facility arrangements and the structural design features that provide for fire prevention, fire extinguishing, fire control, and control of hazards created by fire. List and describe in the discussion the egress, fire barriers, fire walls, and the isolation and containment features provided for flame, heat, hot gases, smoke, and other contaminants.
| |
| | |
| 4. The PSAR should specify the seismic design requirements for each type of fire protection system incorporated in the facility and the reactor plant site, and the fire protection system requirements used in the basic design in the general areas of water supply, water distribution systems, and fire pump capacity.
| |
| | |
| 5. List in the PSAR the codes and standards considered and used for the design of the fire protection systems including published stand ards of the National Fire Protection Association.
| |
| | |
| 6. The PSAR should discuss the fire hazards and potentials during construction of multiple units and the additional fire prevention and control provisions that will be provided during the construction period where one unit is in operation.
| |
| | |
| This discussion should include the professional fire department coverage.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.1.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| 1. The PSAR should provide a general description of the system, including preliminary drawings showing the physical characteristics of the power facilities and plant location which outline the fire prevention and fire protection systems to be provided for all areas associated with safety-related structures, systems, and components.
| |
| | |
| 2. The PSAR should discuss the protection and extinguishing systems provided in the control room, other operating areas containing
| |
| 9-13 safety-related equipment, and areas where Class IE equipment other than cables may be located.
| |
| | |
| 3. The PSAR should describe the design features of detection systems, alarm systems, automatic fire suppression systems, and manual, chemical, and gas systems for fire detection, confinement, control, and extinguishing.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the relationship of the fire protection system to the onsite a.c. and d.c. power sources.
| |
| | |
| 4. The PSAR should discuss smoke, heat, and flame control; combus tible and explosive gas control; and toxic contaminant control, including the operating functions of the ventilating and exhaust systems during the period of fire extinguishing and control. Discuss the fire annunciator warning system, the appraisal and trend evaluation systems provided with the alarm detection system in the proposed fire protection systems, and the backup or public fire protection if this is to be provided in the installation.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should include drawings and a list of equipment and devices that adequately define the principal and auxiliary fire protection systems.
| |
| | |
| 5. The PSAR should describe electrical cable fire protection and detection and the fire containment, control, and extinguishing systems provided.
| |
| | |
| Define integrity of the essential electric circuitry needed during the fire for safe shutdown of the plant and for firefighting.
| |
| | |
| Describe the provisions made for protecting this essential electrical circuitry from the effects of fire-suppressing agents. 9.5.1.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation for those fires identi fied in Section 9.5.1.1 should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This evaluation should con sider the quantities of combustible materials present, the plant design, and the fire protection systems provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe the estimated severity, intensity, and duration of the fires, and the hazards created by the fires. Indicate for each of the postulated events the total time involved and the time for each step from the first alert of the fire hazard until safe control or extinguishment and safe shutdown of the plant are accom plished. Provide a failure mode and effects analysis that demonstrates that operation of the fire protection system in areas containing engi neered safety features would not produce an unsafe condition or preclude safe shutdown.
| |
| | |
| The effects of firefighting materials on safety systems should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the effects of failure of any por tion of the fire protection system not designed to Seismic Category I requirements should be provided with regard to the possibility of damag ing other Category I equipment.
| |
| | |
| An analysis of the fire detection and protection system with regard to design features to withstand the effects of single failures should be included.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should list and discuss the installation, testing, and inspection planned during con struction of the fire protection systems to demonstrate the integrity of the systems as installed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the operational checks, inspection, and servicing required to maintain this integrity in the FSAR.9-14 In the FSAR, discuss the testing necessary to maintain a highly reliable alarm detection system. 9.5.1.5 Personnel Qualification and Training.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should state the qualification requirements for the fire protection engineer or consultant who will assist in the design and selection of equipment, inspect and test the completed physical aspects of the system, develop the fire protection program, and assist in the firefighting training for the operating plant. In the FSAR, discuss the initial training and the updating provisions such as fire drills provided for maintaining the com petence of the station firefighting and operating crew, including per sonnel responsible for maintaining and inspecting the fire protection equipment.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.2 Communications Systems 9.5.2.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the communication systems for intra-plant and plant-to-offsite communications should be provided and should include a discussion of the use of diverse system types. 9.5.2.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A description and evaluation of the communication systems should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide detailed description and drawings.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.2.3 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements for the communication systems should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.3 Lighting Systems A description of the normal lighting system for the plant should be provided.
| |
| | |
| A description of the emergency lighting system, including design criteria and a failure analysis, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Transfer System 9.5.4.1 Design Bases. The design bases for the fuel oil storage and transfer system for the diesel generator should be provided and should include the requirement for onsite storage capacity, capability to meet design criteria (e.g., single-failure criterion), code design requirements, and environmental design bases. A description of the diesel generator fuel oil storage and transfer system, including drawings, should be provided in the PSAR. The FSAR should provide a detailed description and drawings.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the fuel oil storage and transfer system should be provided and should include the potential for material corrosion and fuel oil contamination, a failure analysis to demonstrate capability to meet design criteria (e.g., single-failure criterion), ability to withstand 9-15 environmental design conditions, and the plans by which additional oil may be procured, if required.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.5 Diesel Generator Cooling Water System The design bases for the cooling water system should be provided and should include a discussion of the ability to meet the single-failure criterion.
| |
| | |
| A description of the cooling water system, including drawings, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.6 Diesel Generator Starting System The design bases for the starting system, including required system capacity, should be provided and should include a discussion of the ability to meet the single-failure criterion.
| |
| | |
| A description of the starting system, including drawings, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.7 Diesel Generator Lubrication System The design bases for the lubrication system should be provided and should include a discussion of the ability to meet the single-failure criterion.
| |
| | |
| A description of the lubrication system, including drawings, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.8 Diesel Generator Combustion Air Intake and Exhaust System 9.5.8.1 Design Bases. This section should provide the design bases for the diesel generator combustion air intake and exhaust system, includ ing the bases for protection from the effects of natural phenomena, mis siles, and contaminating substances as related to the facility site, systems, and equipment and the capability of the system to meet minimum safety requirements assuming a single failure. Seismic and quality group classifications should be provided in Section 3.2 and referenced in this section.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.8.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A complete description of the system should be provided, including system drawings detailing component redun dancy, where required, and showing the location of system equipment.
| |
| | |
| in the facility and the relationship to site systems or components that could affect the system. 9.5.8.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| Analyses should be provided to demon strate that the minimum quantity and oxygen content requirements for intake combustion air will be met considering such effects as recircula tion of diesel combustion products, accidental release of gases stored in the vicinity of the diesel intakes, restriction of inlet airflow, intake of such particulates as airborne dust, and low barometric pressure.
| |
| | |
| The results of failure mode and effects analyses to ensure minimum requirements should be provided.
| |
| | |
| If system degradation could result from the consequences of missiles or failures of high- or moderate-energy
| |
| 9-16 piping systems located in the vicinity of the combustion air intake and exhaust system, assurance should be provided that such degradation would not jeopardize the system's minimum safety functional requirements.
| |
| | |
| 9.5.8.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| Inspection and periodic system testing requirements for the diesel generator combustion air intake and exhaust system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 9-17
| |
| 10. STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION
| |
| SYSTEM This chapter of the SAR should provide information concerning the plant steam and power conversion system. For purposes of this chapter, the steam and power conversion system (heat utilization system) should be considered to include the following:
| |
| 1. The steam system and turbine generator units of an indirect cycle reactor plant, as defined by the secondary coolant system, or 2. The steam system and turbine generator units in a direct-cycle plant, as defined by the system extending beyond the reactor coolant system isolation valves. There will undoubtedly be many aspects of the steam portion of the plant that have little or no relationship to protection of the public against exposure to radiation.
| |
| | |
| The SAR is, therefore, not expected to deal with this part of the plant to the same depth or detail as those features playing a more significant safety role. Enough information should be provided to allow understanding in broad terms of what the secondary plant (steam and power conversion system) is, but emphasis should be on those aspects of design and operation that do or might affect the reactor and its safety features or contribute toward the control of radioactivity.
| |
| | |
| The capability of the system to function without compro mising directly or indirectly the safety of the plant under both normal operating or transient situations should be shown by the information pro vided. Where appropriate, the evaluation of radiological aspects of normal operation of the steam and power conversion system and subsystems should be summarized in this chapter and presented in detail in Chapters 11 and 12. 10.1 Summary Description A summary description indicating principal design features of the steam and power conversion system should be provided.
| |
| | |
| An overall system flow diagram and a summary table of the important design and performance characteristics, including a heat balance at rated power and at stretch power, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The description should indicate those system design features that are safety related.
| |
| | |
| 10.2 Turbine-Generator
| |
| 10.2.1 Design Bases The design bases for the turbine-generator equipment should be provided and should include the performance requirements under normal, upset, emergency, and faulted conditions;
| |
| intended mode of operation (base loaded or load following);
| |
| functional limitations imposed by the design or operational characteristics of the reactor coolant system (rate at 10-1 which electrical load may be increased or decreased with and without reactor control rod motion or steam bypass); and design codes to be applied.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.2 Description A description of the turbine-generator equipment, including moisture separation, use of extraction steam for feedwater heating, and control functions that could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, should be provided as well as drawings.
| |
| | |
| The turbine-generator-overspeed control system should be described in detail, including redundancy of controls, type of control utilized, overspeed setpoints, and valve actions required for each setpoint.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.3 Turbine Disk Integrity The failure of a turbine disk or rotor might produce a high-energy missile that could damage a safety-related component.
| |
| | |
| This section should provide information to demonstrate the integrity of turbine disks and rotors. 10.2.3.1 Materials Selection.
| |
| | |
| This section should include materials specifications, fabrication history, and chemical analysis of the disk and rotor forgings.
| |
| | |
| Particular attention should be paid to items affecting fracture toughness and metallurgical stability.
| |
| | |
| The mechanical properties of the disk material such as yield strength and fracture toughness should be listed. The methods of obtaining these properties should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.3.2 Fracture Toughness.
| |
| | |
| The criteria used to ensure protection against brittle failure of low-pressure turbine disks should be described.
| |
| | |
| Include detailed information on ductile-brittle transition temperature (NDT or FATT) and minimum operating temperature.
| |
| | |
| If a fracture mechanics approach is used, the analytical method and the key assumptions made should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.3.3 High-Temperature Properties.
| |
| | |
| Provide the stress-rupture properties of the high-pressure rotor material and describe the method for obtaining these properties.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.3.4 Turbine Disk.Design.
| |
| | |
| Provide the following design infor mation for low-pressure disks and high-pressure rotors: 1. The tangential stress due to centrifugal loads, interference fit, and thermal gradients at the bore region at normal speed and design overspeed.
| |
| | |
| 2. The maximum tangential and radial stresses and their location.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.3.5 Preservice Inspection.
| |
| | |
| Describe the preservice inspection procedures and acceptance criteria to demonstrate the initial integrity of the disks and rotors.10-2
| |
| 10.2.3.6 Inservice Inspection.
| |
| | |
| The inservice inspection program for the turbine assembly and the inspections and tests of the main steam stop and control valves and the reheat stop and intercept valves should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10.2.4 Evaluation An evaluation of the turbine-generator and related steam handling equipment should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This evaluation should include a summary discussion of the anticipated operating concentrations of radioactive contaminants in the system, radiation levels associated with the turbine components and resulting shielding requirements, and the extent of access control necessary based on radiation levels and shielding provided.
| |
| | |
| Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapters 11 and 12. 10.3 Main Steam Supply System 10.3.1 Design Bases The design bases for the main steam line piping from the steam generator, in the case of an indirect cycle plant, or from the outboard isolation valve, in the case of a direct cycle plant, should be provided and should include performance requirements, environmental design bases, inservice inspection requirements, and design codes to be applied.
| |
| | |
| Capability of the system to dump steam to the atmosphere, if required, should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Steam lines to and from feedwater turbines should be included in the descriptions.
| |
| | |
| 10.3.2 Description A description of the main steam line piping, including drawings showing interconnected piping, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 10.3.3 Evaluation An evaluation of the design of the main steam line piping should be provided and should include an analysis of the ability to withstand limiting environmental and accident conditions and provisions for permit ting inservice inspections to be performed.
| |
| | |
| Appropriate references should be made to seismic classifications in Chapter 3 and to the analy sis of postulated high-energy line failure in Section 3.6. 10.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements The inspection and testing requirements of the main steam line piping should be described.
| |
| | |
| Describe the proposed requirements for preoperational and inservice inspection of steam line isolation valves or reference other sections of the SAR where these are described.
| |
| | |
| 10-3
| |
| 10.3.5 Water Chemistry (PWR) The effect of the water chemistry chosen on the radioactive iodine partition coefficients in the steam generator and air ejector should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Detailed information on the secondary-side water chemistry, includ ing methods of treatment for corrosion control and proposed specification limits should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Discuss methods for monitoring and controlling water chemistry.
| |
| | |
| 10.3.6 Steam and Feedwater System Materials This section should provide the information indicated below on the materials used for Class 2 and 3 components.
| |
| | |
| 10.3.6.1 Fracture Toughness.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the degree of compliance with the test methods and acceptance criteria of the ASME Code Section III in Articles NC-2300 and ND-2300 for fracture toughness for ferritic materials used in Class 2 and 3 components.
| |
| | |
| 10.3.6.2 Materials Selection and Fabrication.
| |
| | |
| Information on materials selection and fabrication methods used for Class 2 and 3 compo nents should include the following:
| |
| 1. For any material not included in Appendix I to Section III of the ASME Code, provide the data called for under Appendix IV for approval of new materials.
| |
| | |
| The use of such materials should be justified.
| |
| | |
| 2. For austenitic stainless steel components, the degree to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.44, "Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel;" Regulatory Guide 1.36, "Nonmetallic Thermal Insulation for Austenitic Stainless Steel;" and Regulatory Guide 1.31, "Control of Stainless Steel Welding," are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Justification for any deviations from the procedures shown in these guides should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 3. For all Class 2 and 3 components, information on the cleaning and handling of such components should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The degree to which the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.37, "Quality Assurance Require ments for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," and ANSI N45.2.1-73, "Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components for Nuclear Plants," are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Justification for any deviations from the position in these documents should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 4. Indicate whether the preheat temperatures used for welding low alloy steel are in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.50, "Control of Preheat Temperature for Welding of Low-Alloy Steel." Justification for any deviations from the procedures shown in this guide should be provided.10-4
| |
| 5. For all applicable components, the degree to which the recom mendations of Regulatory Guide 1.71, "Welder Qualification for Areas of Limited Accessibility," are followed should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Justification for any deviations from the procedures given in this guide should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the principal design features and subsystems of the steam and power conver sion system. Because these systems vary in number, type, and nomencla ture for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should pro vide separate subsections (numbered
| |
| 10.4.1 through 10.4.X) for each. These subsections should provide the following information:
| |
| 1. Design bases, 2. System description, 3. Safety evaluation, 4. Tests and inspections, and 5. Instrumentation applications for each subsystem or feature.
| |
| | |
| The following paragraphs provide examples of subsystems and features that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above. 10.4.1 Main Condensers The description of the main condensers should include performance requirements, anticipated inventory of radioactive contaminants during power operation and during shutdown, anticipated air leakage limits, con trol functions that could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, potential for hydrogen buildup, and provisions for protection of safety-related equipment from flooding as a result of failure of the condenser.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.2 Main Condenser Evacuation System The description of the evacuation systems for the main condensers should include performance requirements for startup and normal operation, anticipated radioactive contamination discharge rates, evaluation of the capability to limit or control loss of radioactivity to the environment, and control functions that could influence operation of the reactor cool ant system. Describe any design features that preclude the existence of explosive mixtures.
| |
| | |
| Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter 11.10-5
| |
| 10.4.3 Turbine Gland Sealing System The discussion of the turbine gland sealing system should include identification of the source of noncontaminated steam, a description of potential radioactivity leakage to the environment in the event of a mal function, and discussion of the means to be used to monitor system per formance.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and testing requirements should be described.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of the estimate of potential radioactivity leakage to the environment in the event of a malfunction of the turbine gland sealing system should be provided in Chapter 15. Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter 11. 10.4.4 Turbine Bypass System The design bases for the turbine bypass system should include per formance requirements, capability to meet design criteria, design codes to be applied, and environmental criteria.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of the turbine bypass system should include a failure analysis to determine the effect of equipment malfunctions on the reactor coolant system. 10.4.5 Circulating Water System The description of the circulating water system should include discussion of performance requirements;
| |
| dependence on the system for cooling during shutdown;
| |
| anticipated operational occurrences and acci dents; control of the circulating water chemistry, corrosion, and organic fouling; environmental influences;
| |
| and potential interaction of cooling towers, if any, with the plant structure.
| |
| | |
| The potential for flooding safety-related equipment due to the failure of a system component such as an expansion joint should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| References to paragraphs
| |
| 2.4.11.5 and 2.4.11.6 should be provided, where applicable.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.6 Condensate Cleanup System The design bases for the condensate cleanup system should include the fraction of condensate flow to be treated, impurity levels to be maintained, and design codes to be applied. The evaluation of the con densate cleanup system should include an analysis of anticipated impurity levels, an analysis of the contribution of impurity levels from the secondary system to reactor coolant system activity levels, and perfor mance monitoring.
| |
| | |
| Provisions for chloride ion control in plants with salt water condensers should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.7 Condensate and Feedwater Systems The design bases for the condensate and feedwater systems should include design codes to be applied, criteria for isolation from the steam generator or reactor coolant system, supply of condensate available for emergency purposes, inservice inspection requirements, and envirorLmental design requirements.
| |
| | |
| The evaluation of the condensate and feedwat:er
| |
| 10-6 systems should include an analysis of component failure, effects of equipment malfunction on the reactor coolant system, and an analysis of isolation provisions to preclude release of radioactivity to the environ ment in the event of a pipe leak or break. 10.4.8 Steam Generator Blowdown System (PWR) 10.4.8.1 Design Bases. This section should provide the design bases for the steam generator blowdown system (SGBS) in terms of its ability to maintain optimum secondary-side water chemistry in recirculating steam generators of PWRs during normal operation, including anticipated opera tional occurrences (main condenser inleakage and primary-to-secondary leakage).
| |
| The design bases should include consideration of expected and design flows for all modes of operation (process and process bypass), process design parameters and equipment design capacities, expected and design temperatures for temperature-sensitive treatment processes (demin eralization and reverse osmosis), and process instrumentation and controls for maintaining operations within established parameter ranges. Seismic and quality group classifications of the SGBS should be provided in Section 3.2 and referenced in this section.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.8.2 System Description and Operation.
| |
| | |
| A detailed description of the steam generator blowdown system, including component description, piping and instrumentation diagrams, process flow diagrams, and equipment general arrangement drawings (reference may be made to pertinent informa tion in Section 11.2), should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the operating proce dures and the processing to be provided for all anticipated modes of operation, including system or process bypass, significant primary-to secondary leakage, and main condenser inleakage.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the instrumentation and controls provided to protect temperature-sensitive elements (demineralizer resins or reverse osmosis membranes)
| |
| and to control flashing, liquid levels, and process flow through system components.
| |
| | |
| The radioactive waste treatment and process and effluent radiological monitoring aspects of the SGBS should be described in Sections 11.2, 11.3, and 11.5. 10.4.8.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The interfaces between the SGBS and other plant systems should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Unusual design conditions that could lead to safety problems should be identified and evaluated.
| |
| | |
| Pro vide a failure mode and effects analysis of any interactions that may incapacitate safety-related equipment.
| |
| | |
| Provide coolant chemistry speci fications to demonstrate compatibility with primary-to-secondary system pressure boundary material.
| |
| | |
| The bases for the selected chemistry limits should be included. (Information provided in Section 5.4.2 may be referenced.)
| |
| 10.4.8.4 Tests and Inspections.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and periodic testing requirements for the SGBS should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10-7
| |
| 10.4.9 Auxiliary Feedwater System (PWR)10.4.9.1 Design Bases. This section should provide the design bases for the auxiliary feedwater system in terms of the safety-related functional performance requirements of the system, including the required pumping capacities of the pumps, diversity of power supplied to the system pumps and system control valves, capabilities of the pumps (head/flow)
| |
| with respect to supply requirements of the steam generator, and the aux iliary feedwater supply capacity requirements for makeup during maximum hot standby conditions and for cold shutdown of the facility following a reactor trip or accident condition;
| |
| requirement for the system's ability to withstand adverse environmental occurrences and the effects of pipe breaks; requirement of the system to perform its safety-related function in the event of a single failure coincident with pipe breaks, environmen tal occurrences, and the loss of offsite power and/or the standby a.c. power system. The means by which the system is protected from the effects of hydraulic instability (water hammer) or the design considerations pre cluding the occurrence of hydraulic instability should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Seismic and quality group classification should be provided in Section 3.2 and referenced in this section.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.9.2 System Description.
| |
| | |
| A detailed description of the auxil iary feedwater system should be provided, including piping and instrumen tation diagrams, system drawings, and the location of components
| |
| :in the station complex. The description and drawings should also include sub systems, system interactions, components utilized, piping connection points, instrumentation and controls utilized, and system operations, i.e., system function during normal operations and the minimum functional conditions of the system in the event of pipe breaks, loss of main feed water system or loss of offsite power. The information should also state the maximum length of time the plant could do without normal feedwater and the minimum auxiliary feedwater flow rate required after this time period (i.e., pumps started and control valves open) for these conditions.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.9.3 Safety Evaluation.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation of the capability of the auxiliary feedwater system should include (either in this section or by reference)
| |
| the means by which protection from postulated failures of high and moderate-energy systems is accomplished for the system and auxiliary supporting systems and the means by which the system is capable of with standing the effects of site-related natural phenomena.
| |
| | |
| Failure mode and effects analyses should be provided that ensure minimum safety require ments are met assuming a postulated pipe failure concurrent with a single active component failure in any system required to ensure performance of the auxiliary feedwater system. An analysis should demonstrate the capa bility of the system to preclude hydraulic instabilities (characterized as "water hammer") from occurring for all modes of operation.
| |
| | |
| An analysis or analyses to demonstrate the system's capability to perform its safety function when subjected to a combination of environ mental occurrences, environmental conditions, pipe break, and loss of 10-8 power during normal and accident conditions should be performed.
| |
| | |
| In addition, an analysis should be performed to demonstrate the system's capability to perform its safety function utilizing diverse power sources to ensure system operability without reliance on a.c. power. 10.4.9.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The inspection and periodic testing requirements for the auxiliary feedwater system should be described.
| |
| | |
| 10.4.9.5 Instrumentation Requirements.
| |
| | |
| The system instrumentation and controls should be described.
| |
| | |
| The adequacy of safety-related instrumentation and controls to fulfill their functions should be demonstrated.
| |
| | |
| 10-9
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ===1. RADIOACTIVE ===
| |
| WASTE MANAGEMENT
| |
| This chapter should describe:
| |
| 1. The capabilities of the plant to control, collect, handle, process, store, and dispose of liquid, gaseous, and solid wastes that may contain radioactive materials, and 2. The instrumentation used to monitor the release of radio active wastes. The information should cover normal operation, including antici pated operational occurrences (refueling, purging, equipment downtime, maintenance, etc.). The proposed radioactive waste (radwaste)
| |
| treatment systems should have the capability to meet the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50 and the recommendations of appropriate regulatory guides concerning system design, control and monitoring of releases, and main taining releases of radioactive materials at the "as low as is reasonably achievable" level in accordance with Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. 11.1 Source Terms The PSAR should indicate the sources of radioactivity that serve as design bases for the various radioactive waste treatment systems for normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences, as well as for design conditions.
| |
| | |
| The parameters used to determine the specific activity of each radioisotope in the primary and secondary (FWR) coolant should be described and all assumptions justified.
| |
| | |
| The fraction of defective cladding that is used as a design basis should be consistent with past experience, heat loadings on the fuel pins, and stresses caused by anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| The fuel experience that has been gained for the type of fuel that will be used, including the failure and burnup experience, and the thermal conditions under which the experience was gained should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Applicable parts of Chapter 4 may be referenced, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should provide the concentrations of activation and corrosion products used in the source term calculations and their bases. The activation of water and constituents normally found in the reactor coolant system should also be taken into account. The source of each isotope (e.g., C-14, Ar-41) should be identified and the concentration of each isotope indicated.
| |
| | |
| For BWRs, provide the inventory, in curies, of N-16 throughout the components of the steam and power conversion system. Provide the basis for the values used. Previous pertinent operating experience should be cited. Mathematical models and parameters used to calculate source terms for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, may be provided by referencing appropriate sections of the Environmental Report.11-1 The source terms used as the design bases for shielding and component failures should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For the purpose of evaluating the adequacy of various ventilation systems, provide in the PSAR esti mates of the leakage rate from the reactor coolant system and other fluid systems containing radioactivity into individual cubicles and areas that may require access by operating personnel.
| |
| | |
| Tabulate the sources of leakage and their estimated contribution to the total quan tity. Estimates of the releases of radioactive gases and radioiodines from each leakage source and their subsequent transport and release path should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The basis for the values used should be indi cated. Cite previous pertinent experience from operating reactors.
| |
| | |
| Discuss leakage measurements and special design features to reduce leakage. The principal discussions of coolant leakage in other sections of the SAR should be referenced.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should identify all sources of releases of radioactive material that are not normally considered part of the radioactive waste management systems, e.g., the steam generator blowdown system, building ventilation exhaust systems, containment purging, and the turbine gland seal system. Estimates of the release of radioactive materials (by radionuclide)
| |
| from each source identified and the subsequent transport mechanism and release path should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Identify planned opera tions, including anticipated operational occurrences, that may result in release of radioactive materials to the environment.
| |
| | |
| Consider leakage rates and concentrations of radioactive materials for both expected and design conditions.
| |
| | |
| The bases for all values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe changes from previous designs that may affect the release of radioactive materials to the environment.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.2 Liquid Waste Management Systems This section should describe the capabilities of the plant to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of liquid radio active waste generated as the result of normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Process and effluent radiological monitoring and sampling systems should be described in Section 11.5. 11.2.1 Design Bases The PSAR should provide the design objectives and design criteria for the liquid radioactive waste handling and treatment systems in terms of expected annual quantities of radioactive material (by radionuclide)
| |
| released, averaged over the life of the plant, and the expected doses to individuals at or beyond the site boundary.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation should be included to show that the proposed systems are capable of controlling releases of radioactive materials within the numerical design objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. The evaluation should also show that the proposed systems contain all items of reasonably demonstrated
| |
| 11-2 technology that, when added to the system and in order of diminishing cost-benefit return, can for a favorable cost-benefit ratio effect reductions in dose to the population reasonably expected to be within 50 miles of the reactor. All assumptions should be provided and the calculational methods should be shown. Applicable sections of the Environmental Report should be referenced, where appropriate.
| |
| | |
| An evalu ation should be provided to show that the proposed systems have suffi cient capacity, redundancy, and flexibility to meet the concentration limits of 10 CFR Part 20 during periods of equipment downtime and during operation at design basis fuel leakage (i.e., leakage from fuel pro ducing I percent of the reactor power for a PWR or fuel having a noble gas release rate of 100 pCi/sec per MWt after a 30-minute decay for a BWR). A tabulation showing the liquid radwaste system components and their design parameters, e.g., flow, temperature, pressure, and materi als of construction, should be provided.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation indicating the capabilities of the system to process surge waste flows associated with anticipated operational occurrences such as anticipated waste flows from back-to-back refueling and equipment downtime should be included.
| |
| | |
| The seismic design classification of foundations for structures housing the liquid radwaste components should be provided along with the seismic design and quality group classifications for the liquid radwaste components and piping. Seismic and quality group classifications pro vided in Section 3.2 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe how the requirements of General Design Criteria 60 and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 will be implemented.
| |
| | |
| Design features incorporated to reduce maintenance, equipment downtime, liquid leakage, or gaseous releases of radioactive materials to the building atmosphere or to facilitate cleaning or otherwise improve radwaste operations should be described.
| |
| | |
| The expected and design inventories of individual radionuclides (curies) in equipment and components containing radioactive liquids should be provided along with the bases for the values given. The geometry and layout of equipment should be described in the manner needed for shield design calculations in Section 12.2 of the SAR. The design provisions incorporated to control the release of radioactive materials due to overflows from all liquid tanks outside containment that could potentially contain radioactive materials should be described.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the effectiveness of both the physical and the monitoring precautions taken, e.g., dikes, level gauges, and automatic diversion of wastes from tanks exceeding a predetermined level. The potential for operator error or equipment malfunctions (single failures)
| |
| to result in uncontrolled releases to the environment should be dis cussed. Describe the design provisions and controls provided to preclude 11-3 inadvertent or uncontrolled releases of radioactivity to the environs.
| |
| | |
| Process and effluent radiological monitoring systems should be described in Section 11.5. The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.2.2 System Descriptions The PSAR should include a description of each liquid waste subsys tem and the process flow diagrams indicating processing equipment, normal process routes, equipment capacities, and redundancy in equip ment. For multi-unit stations, those subsystems that are shared should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| All equipment and components that will normally be shared between subsystems should be identified.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the processing to be provided for all liquid radwastes, including turbine building floor drains and steam generator blowdown liquids (PWR). For each subsystem, tabulate or show on the flow diagrams the maximum and expected inputs in terms of flow (gal/day per reactor) and radioactivity (fraction of primary coolant activity)
| |
| for normal opera tion, including anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The segregation of liquid waste streams based on conductivity, radioactivity, and chemical composition, as appropriate, should be described.
| |
| | |
| Indicate all potential bypass routes, the conditions govern ing their use, and their anticipated frequency of bypass due to equip ment downtime.
| |
| | |
| The piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) should indicate system interconnections and seismic and quality group inter faces. To provide information for use in the evaluation of Chapter 12, those lines containing significant radioactivity that are to be field run should be indicated on P&IDs. The location of secondary flow paths for each system should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| The normal operation of each system and differences in system operation during anticipated operational occurrences such as startups, shutdowns, and refueling should be described.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.2.3 Radioactive Releases The PSAR should provide the criteria for determining whether processed liquid wastes will be recycled for reuse or further treatment or discharged to the environment.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the influence the plant water balance (requirements)
| |
| and the expected tritium concentrations in process streams will have on the release parameters assumed.11-4 The parameters and assumptions used to calculate releases of radio active materials in liquid effluents and their bases should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Provide the expected releases of radioactive materials (by radionuclides)
| |
| in liquid effluents resulting from normal operation, including antici pated operational occurrences, in Ci/yr per reactor.
| |
| | |
| Tabulate the releases by radionuclide for each subsystem and for the total system and indicate the effluent concentrations.
| |
| | |
| The calcu lated effluent concentrations should be compared with the limits of 10 CFR Part 20, Table II, Column 2 and with the numerical design objec tives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. Identify all release points for liquid wastes and the dilution factors considered in the evaluation.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.3 Gaseous Waste Management Systems This section should describe the capabilities of the plant to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of gaseous radio active waste generated as the result of normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Process and effluent radiological monitoring systems should be described in Section 11.5. In this section, the term "gaseous waste systems" is applied to all plant systems that have a potential to release radioactive materials in gaseous effluent to the environment, including building ventilation sys tems. Gaseous wastes include noble gases, halogens, tritium, argon-41, carbon-14, and radioactive material in particulate form. 11.3.1 Design Bases The PSAR should provide the design objectives and design criteria for the gaseous radioactive waste handling and treatment systems in terms of expected annual quantities of radioactive material (by radio nuclide) released, averaged over the life of the plant, and expected doses to individuals at or beyond the site boundary.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation should be provided to show that the proposed systems are capable of con trolling releases of radioactive materials within the numerical design objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. The evaluation should also show that the proposed systems contain all items of reasonably demon strated technology that, when added to the system and in order of dimin ishing cost-benefit return, can for a favorable cost-benefit ratio effect reductions in dose to the population reasonably expected to be within 50 miles of the reactor. All assumptions should be provided and the calculational methods should be shown. Applicable sections of the Environmental Report should be referenced as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| An evaluation should be provided to show that the proposed systems have sufficient capacity, redundancy, and flexibility to meet the concentration limits of 10 CFR Part 20 when operating at design basis fuel leakage (i.e., leakage from fuel producing
| |
| 1 percent of the reactor power for a PWR 11-5 or fuel having a noble gas release rate of 100 VCi/sec per MWt after a 30-minute decay for a BWR). The gaseous radwaste system components and their design parameters, e.g., flow, temperature, pressure, and materials of construction, should be listed. Provide an evaluation indicating the capabilities of the system to process surges in waste flows associated with anticipated operational occurrences such as cold startups, shutdowns, purging of containment, back-to-back refueling, and equipment downtime.
| |
| | |
| The seismic design classification of structures housing the gaseous waste treatment system should be provided along with the seismic design and quality group classifications for the gaseous waste treatment compo nents and piping. The PSAR should describe how the requirements of General Design Criteria 60 and 64 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 will be implemented.
| |
| | |
| Design features incorporated to reduce maintenance, equipment down time, leakage, and gaseous releases of radioactive materials to the building atmosphere or to facilitate cleaning or otherwise improve radwaste operations should be described.
| |
| | |
| The expected and design inventories of individual radionuclides (curies) in system components should be provided along with the bases for the values given. The geometry and layout of equipment should be described in the manner needed for shield design calculations in Section 12.2 of the SAR. The design provisions incorporated to control the release of radio active materials in gaseous effluents as the result of equipment mal function or operator error should be described.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the effective ness of monitoring precautions taken, i.e., automatic termination of waste release from waste gas storage tanks when the release exceeds a predetermined level. The potential for an operator error or equipment malfunction (single failures)
| |
| that may result in uncontrolled releases of radioactivity to the environment should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Process and effluent radiological monitoring systems should be described in Section 11.5. The design objectives of the plant ventilation systems for normal and emergency operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, should be described with respect to meeting the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. For systems where the potential for an explosion exists, any equipment that is not designed to withstand the pressure peak of the explosion should be identified and justification provided.
| |
| | |
| Process instrumentation (including gas analyzers)
| |
| and design features provided to prevent explosions should be described along with provisions to ensure that seals will not be permanently lost following an explosion.
| |
| | |
| 11-6 The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.3.2 System Descriptions The PSAR should include a description of each gaseous waste subsys tem and the process flow diagrams indicating processing equipment, normal flow paths through the system, equipment capacities, and redun dancy in equipment.
| |
| | |
| For multi-unit stations, those subsystems that are shared should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| All equipment and components that will normally be shared between subsystems should be identified.
| |
| | |
| For each subsystem, tabulate or show on the flow diagrams the maximum and expected inputs in terms of flow and radioactivity content for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Indicate the composition of carrier and blanket gases, and describe the segregation of streams containing hydrogen, if appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The piping and instrumentation diagrams should indicate system interconnections and seismic and quality group interfaces.
| |
| | |
| Instrumenta tion and controls that govern the operation should be described.
| |
| | |
| Indi cate all potential bypasses of normal process routes, the conditions governing their use, and the anticipated frequency of bypass due to equipment downtime.
| |
| | |
| Provide the location of liquid seals, and describe the precautions taken to prevent permanent loss of such seals. The location of vents and secondary flow paths for each system should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Describe both the normal operation of each system and the differences in system operation during anticipated operational occur rences such as startups, shutdowns, refueling, and purging of containment.
| |
| | |
| The ventilation system for each building that can be expected to contain radioactive materials should be described.
| |
| | |
| Include building volumes, expected flow rates from buildings and equipment cubicles, filter characteristics, and the design criteria on which these are based. Describe both the normal operation of each ventilation system and the differences in operation during anticipated operational occurrences such as startup, shutdown, and refueling.
| |
| | |
| Chapter 9 should be referenced, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide a tabulation showing the calcu lated concentrations of airborne radioactive material (by radionuclide)
| |
| expected during normal and anticipated operational occurrences for equipment cubicles, corridors, and areas normally occupied by operating personnel.
| |
| | |
| The subsystems in the steam and power conversion systems that are potential sources of gaseous radioactive effluents should be described.
| |
| | |
| Examples of such systems are the turbine gland sealing systems and the main condenser vacuum system. Provide the flow rates and concentrations of radioactive materials (by radionuclide)
| |
| through these systems during normal operations and anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Tabulate the expected frequency 11-7 and quantity of steam released during steam dumps to the atmosphere (PWR) or pressure relief valve venting to the suppression pool (BWR). The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Other sections of the SAR should be referenced, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.3.3 Radioactive Releases The PSAR should provide the criteria to be used for releasing gaseous wastes and the acceptable release rates. The parameters and assumptions used in calculating releases of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents and their bases should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Provide the expected releases of radioactive materials (by radionuclides)
| |
| in gaseous effluents resulting from normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, in Ci/yr per reactor.
| |
| | |
| Tabulate the releases by radionuclide for each subsystem and for the total system and indicate the effluent concentrations.
| |
| | |
| The calcu lated effluent concentrations should be compared with the limits of 10 CFR Part 20, Table II, Column 1, and with the numerical design objec tives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. The dilution factors considered in the evaluation should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| Identify all release points of gaseous waste to the environment on process flow diagrams, general arrangement drawings, or a site plot plan. For high stacks, give: 1. Base elevation, 2. Orifice elevation, 3. Orifice inside diameter, 4. Effluent velocity, and 5. Heat input. For building vents, provide a general description of the vent, including shape, effluent velocity, and heat input. The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.4 Solid Waste Management System This section should describe the capabilities of the plant to control, collect, handle, process, package, and temporarily store prior 11-8 shipment solid radioactive waste generated as a result of normal opera tion, including anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Process and effluent radiological monitoring systems should be described in Section 11.5. 11.4.1 Design Bases The PSAR should provide the design objectives and design criteria for the solid radioactive waste handling and treatment system in terms of the types of wastes, the maximum and expected volumes to be handled, and the isotopic and curie content. The seismic design classification of structures housing the solid radwaste system should be provided along with the seismic design and quality group classifications for the solid radwaste components and piping. Seismic and quality group classifica tions provided in Section 3.2 may be incorporated by reference.
| |
| | |
| Indi cate how the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20, 50, and 71, and applicable DOT regulations will be implemented.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.4.2 System Description The PSAR should describe the wet solid waste subsystem to be used for processing ion exchange resins, filter sludges, evaporator bottoms, and miscellaneous liquids. List the system components (evaporator con centrates, sludge tanks, phase separator tanks, etc.). Their design capacity and materials of construction should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, tabulate the maximum and expected waste inputs, their physical form (resin, sludge, etc.), sources of waste, volume per batch, and isotopic composition.
| |
| | |
| The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe the method to be used for solidifying each waste type, the type of con tainer in which the wastes will be packaged, and the means to be used to ensure the absence of free liquid in the waste containers.
| |
| | |
| Process flow diagrams indicating the normal process route, flow rates, equipment holdup times, expected isotopic content of each flow, and equipment capacities should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrumenta tion and controls used for process control. Provide the piping and instrumentation diagrams that show system interconnections and seismic and quality group interfaces.
| |
| | |
| Describe the design provisions incorpo rated to control the release of radioactive materials due to overflows from tanks containing liquids, sludges, and spent resins. Identify all tanks or equipment that use compressed gases for any function and pro vide information as to the gas flow rate volume per operation, expected number of operations per year, expected radionuclide concentration of offgases, treatment provided, and interfaces with ventilation exhaust systems. Discuss the effectiveness of the physical and monitoring pre cautions taken (e.g., retention basins, curbing, and level gauges). The potential for operator errors or equipment malfunctions (single failures)11-9 that may result in uncontrolled releases of radioactive material should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the dry solid waste subsystem to be used for processing dry filter media (ventilation filters);
| |
| contaminated clothing, equip ment, tools, and glassware;
| |
| and miscellaneous radioactive wastes that are not amenable to solidification prior to packaging.
| |
| | |
| Tabulate the maximum and expected waste inputs in terms of type (filters, tools, etc.), sources of waste, volume, and isotopic and curie content. The bases for the values used should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Describe the method of packaging and equipment to be used. The provisions to be used to control airborne radioactivity due to dust during compaction and baling operations should be described.
| |
| | |
| Discuss the methods of handling and packaging large waste materials and equipment that has been activated during reactor operation (e.g., core components).
| |
| Describe the containers to be used for packaging wastes and indi cate their compliance with applicable Federal regulations.
| |
| | |
| Provisions for sealing, decontaminating, and moving the containers to storage and to shipping areas should be discussed along with the potential for radio active spills due to dropping containers from cranes, monorails, etc. Describe provisions for collecting and processing decontamination liquids and spillage.
| |
| | |
| The provisions for waste storage prior to shipping, including the storage capacity and the expected onsite storage time should be described.
| |
| | |
| Layout drawings of the packaging, storage, and shipping areas should be provided.
| |
| | |
| The maximum and expected annual volumes and the curie and isotopic content of wastes to be shipped offsite for each waste category should be indicated.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.5 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring and Sampling Systems This section should describe the systems that monitor and sample the process and effluent streams in order to control releases of radio active materials generated as the result of normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and during postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| 11.5.1 Design Bases The PSAR should include the design objectives and design criteria for the process and effluent radiological monitoring systems and the sampling systems in relation to the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.21, "Measuring, Evaluating, and Reporting Radioactivity in Solid Wastes and Releases of Radioactive Materials in Liquid and Gaseous 11-10
| |
| Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," will be followed;
| |
| if it will not be followed, the specific alternative approaches to be used should be described.
| |
| | |
| For the effluent monitoring system, distin guish between the design objectives for normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and the design objectives for moni toring postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should provide any additional information required to update the PSAR to the final design conditions.
| |
| | |
| 11.5.2 System Description Provide system descriptions for radiation detectors and samplers used to monitor and control releases of radioactive materials generated as the result of normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and during postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| For continuous process and effluent radiation monitors, provide the following information:
| |
| 1. Location of monitors, 2. Type of monitor and measurement made (e.g., gross, a-y, or isotopic analysis), 3. Instrumentation, redundancy, independence, and diversity of the components supplied, 4. Range of radioactivity concentrations to be monitored and bases for range provided, 5. Types and locations of annunciators, alarms, and automatic controls and actions initiated by each,* 6. Provisions for emergency power supplies, 7. Setpoints for alarms and controls and bases for values chosen,* and 8. Description of provisions for radiological monitoring instrument calibration, maintenance, inspection, decontamination, and replacement.
| |
| | |
| * For each location subject to routine sampling, indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.21 will be followed;
| |
| if it will not be followed, the specific alternative approaches to be used should be described.
| |
| | |
| The following information should be provided:
| |
| *FSAR only.11-11
| |
| 1. Basis for selecting the location, 2. Expected flow, composition, and concentrations, 3. Quantity to be measured (e.g., gross, g-y, or isotopic concentrations), 4. Sampling frequency, type of sample nozzle or other sample equipment, and procedures used to obtain representative samples, and 5. Analytical procedure and sensitivity.
| |
| | |
| 11.5.3 Effluent Monitoring and Sampling Indicate how the requirements of General Design Criterion
| |
| 64 will be implemented with respect to effluent discharge paths for radioactiv ity that may be released from normal operations, including anticipated operational occurrences, and from postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| 11.5.4 Process Monitoring and Sampling Indicate how the requirements of General Design Criterion
| |
| 60 will be implemented with respect to the automatic closure of isolation valves in gaseous and liquid effluent discharge paths. Indicate how the requirements of General Design Criterion
| |
| 63 will be implemented with respect to the monitoring of radiation levels in radioactive waste process systems.*FSAR only.11-12
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ===2. RADIATION ===
| |
| PROTECTION
| |
| This chapter of the SAR should provide information on methods for radiation protection and on estimated occupational radiation exposures to operating and construction personnel during normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences (including refueling;
| |
| purging; fuel handling and storage; radioactive material handling, processing, use, storage, and disposal;
| |
| maintenance;
| |
| routine operational surveillance;
| |
| inservice inspection;
| |
| and calibration).
| |
| It should provide information on facility and equipment design, the planning and procedures programs, and the techniques and practices employed by the applicant in meeting the standards for protection against radiation of 10 CFR Part 20 and the guidance given in the appropriate regulatory guides, where the practices set forth in such guides will be used to implement NRC regulations.
| |
| | |
| Reference to other chapters for information needed in this chapter should be specifically made where required.
| |
| | |
| 12.1 Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures Are as Low as Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 12.1.1 Policy Considerations Describe the management policy and organizational structure related to ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA. Describe the applicable responsibilities and the related activities to be conducted by the individuals having responsibility for radiation protection.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, describe policy with respect to designing and constructing the plant; in the FSAR, emphasize policy with respect to operation.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance given in Regulatory Guide 8.8 (Ref. 1) and Regulatory Guide 8.10 (Ref. 2) will be followed;
| |
| if it will not be followed, describe the specific alternative approaches to be used. 12.1.2 Design Considerations In the PSAR, describe facility and equipment design considerations that are directed toward ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA. Describe how experience from past designs and from operating plants is utilized to develop improved design for ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA. Any design guidance (both general and specific)
| |
| given to the individual designers should be included.
| |
| | |
| Describe how the design is directed toward reducing the need for maintenance of equipment and to reducing radiation levels and time spent where maintenance and other operational activities are required.
| |
| | |
| Any mechanisms that provide for design review by a competent professional in radiation protection such as the utility radiation protection manager should be described.
| |
| | |
| Also describe any mechanism for incorporating operating experience in design improvements.
| |
| | |
| These descriptions should be detailed in the PSAR, including an indication of whether, and if so how, the design considera tion guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 8.8 will be followed;
| |
| if it 12-1 will not be followed, describe the specific alternative approaches to be used. The detailed facility design features regarding radiation protection should be covered in Section 12.3.1. 12.1.3 Operational Considerations In the PSAR, describe the methods to be used to develop the detailed plans and procedures for ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA. Describe how these operational plans and procedures will impact on the design of the facility and how such planning has incorporated information from operating plant experience, other designs, etc. Describe how operational requirements are reflected in the design considerations described in Section 12.1.2 and the radiation protection design features described in Section 12.3.1. Indicate the extent to which the guidance on operational consid erations given in Regulatory Guides 8.8 and 8.10 will be followed;
| |
| if the guidance will not be followed, describe the specific alternative approaches to be used. In the FSAR, provide the criteria and/or conditions under which various operating procedures and techniques for ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA are implemented for all systems that contain, collect, store, or transport radioactive liquids, gases, and solids (including, for example, the turbine system (for BWRs); the nuclear steam supply system; the residual heat removal systems; the spent fuel transfer, storage, and cleanup systems; and the radioactive waste treatment, handling, and storage systems).
| |
| Describe means for planning and developing procedures for such radiation-exposure-related operations as maintenance, inservice inspections, radwaste handling, and refueling in a manner that will ensure that the exposures are ALARA. 12.2 Radiation Sources 12.2.1 Contained Sources In the PSAR, the sources of radiation that are the bases for the radiation protection design should be described in the manner needed as input to the shield design calculation.
| |
| | |
| Those sources that are contained in equipment of the radioactive waste management systems should be described in Chapter 11. In this section, source descriptions should be provided for other sources such as the reactor core, the spent fuel storage pool, various auxiliary systems, the steam lines and turbine system (including reheaters, moisture separators, etc.) as sources of N-16 in a BWR, and the equipment containing activation product sources. For the reactor core, describe the source as it is used to determine radiation levels external to the biological shield at locations where occupancy may be required.
| |
| | |
| For other sources, the description should tabulate sources by isotopic composition or gamma ray energy groups, strength (curie content), and geometry, as well as provide the basis for the values.12-2 The source location in the plant should be specified so that all important sources of radioactivity can be located on plant layout drawings.
| |
| | |
| Describe any required byproduct, source, and special nuclear material that may require shielding design considerations.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide a listing of isotope, quantity, form, and use of all sources in this latter category that exceed 100 millicuries.
| |
| | |
| Provide additional details (and any changes) of source descriptions that are used to develop the final shield design. 12.2.2 Airborne Radioactive Material Sources In the PSAR, the sources of airborne radioactive material in equipment cubicles, corridors, and operating areas normally occupied by operating personnel should be described in the manner required for design of personnel protective measures and dose assessment.
| |
| | |
| Those airborne radioactivity sources that have to be considered for their contribution to the plant effluent releases through the radioactive waste management system or the plant ventilation systems should be described in Chapter 11. Any other sources of airborne radioactivity in the areas mentioned above that are not covered in Chapter 11 should be included and described here. Sources resulting from reactor vessel head removal, relief valve venting, and movement of spent fuel should be included.
| |
| | |
| The description should include a tabulation of the calculated concentrations of airborne radioactive material by nuclides expected during normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences for equipment cubicles, corridors, and operating areas normally occupied by operating personnel.
| |
| | |
| The models and parameters for calculating airborne radioactivity concentrations should be provided.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, describe any changes or additions to the source- data since the PSAR. 12.3 Radiation Protection Design Features 12.3.1 Facility Design Features In the PSAR, describe equipment and facility design features used for ensuring that occupational radiation exposures are ALARA. Indicate whether, and if so how, the design feature guidance given in Regulatory Guide 8.8 has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. Provide illustrative examples of the facility design features used in the PSAR design stage as applied to the systems listed in Section 12.1.3. The description should include those features that reduce need for maintenance and other operations in radiation fields, reduce radiation sources where operations must be performed, allow quick entry and easy access, provide remote operation capability or reduce the time required for work in radiation fields and any other features that reduce radiation exposure of personnel.
| |
| | |
| It should include descriptions of methods for reducing the production, distribution, and retention of activation products through design methods, material selection, water chemistry, 12-3 decontamination procedures, etc. An illustrative example should be provided for each of the following components (including equipment and piping layouts):
| |
| liquid filters, demineralizers, absorber beds, particulate filters, recombiners, tanks, evaporators, pumps, steam generators, valve operating stations, and sampling stations.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, the location of sampling ports, instrumentation, and control panels should be provided.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, provide scaled layout and arrangement drawings of the facility showing the locations of all sources described in Section 12.2 and in Chapter 11. Provide on the layouts the radiation zone designations, including zone boundaries for both normal operational and refueling conditions.
| |
| | |
| Reference other chapters as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| The layouts should show shield wall thicknesses, controlled access areas, personnel and equipment decontamination areas, contamination control areas, traffic patterns, location of the health physics facilities, location*
| |
| of airborne radioactivity and area radiation monitors, location of control panels for radwaste equipment and components, location of the onsite laboratory for analysis of chemical and radioactivity samples, and location of the counting room. Specify the design basis radiation level in the counting room during normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| Describe the facilities and equipment such as hoods, glove boxes, filters, special handling equipment, and special shields that are related to the use of sealed and unsealed special nuclear, source, and byproduct material.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, describe changes or additions to the radiation protection design since the PSAR. 12.3.2 Shielding In the PSAR, provide information on the shielding for each of the radiation sources identified in Chapter 11 and Section 12.2, including the criteria for penetrations, the material, the method by which the shield parameters (cross sections, buildup factors, etc.) were determined, and the assumptions, codes, and techniques used in the calculations.
| |
| | |
| Describe special protective features that use shielding, geometric arrangement (including equipment separation), or remote handling to ensure that occupa tional radiation exposures will be ALARA in normally occupied areas such as valve operating stations and sample collection stations.
| |
| | |
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.69 (Ref. 3) on concrete radiation shields and in Regulatory Guide 8.8 on special protective features has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative methods used. In the FSAR, describe changes or additions in the shielding since the PSAR. 12.3.3 Ventilation In the PSAR, the personnel protection features incorporated in the design of the ventilation system should be described.
| |
| | |
| Those aspects: of the design that relate to removing airborne radioactivity from equipment cubicles, corridors, and operating areas normally occupied by operating
| |
| * In the PSAR, if available, and update in the FSAR. 12-4 personnel and into the effluent control systems should be described in Chapter 11. Describe here any ventilation system protective features not covered in Chapter 11 or provided by the descriptions in Chapter 9. Include those aspects of the systems that relate to controlling the concentration of radioactivity in the areas mentioned above. Provide an illustrative example of the air cleaning system design, including an example layout of an air cleaning system housing showing filter mountings, access doors, aisle space, service galleries, and provisions for testing, isolation, and decontamination.
| |
| | |
| Provide the criteria established for the changeout of air filters and adsorbers in the air cleaning system. Indicate whether, and if so how, the applicable guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.52 (Ref. 4) has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative methods used. In the FSAR, include any changes or additions in the ventilation system design protective features since the PSAR. 12.3.4 Area Radiation and Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation In the PSAR, describe the fixed area radiation and continuous airborne radioactivity monitoring instrumentation and the criteria for selection and placement.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide information on the auxiliary and/or emergency power supply and the range, sensitivity, accuracy, precision, calibration methods and frequency, alarm setpoints, recording devices, and location of detectors, readouts, and alarms for the monitoring instrumentation.
| |
| | |
| Accident considerations and other needs for high range instrumentation should be included.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide the location of airborne monitor sample collectors, and give details of sampling lines and pump location.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, describe the criteria and method for obtaining represent ative in-plant airborne radioactivity concentrations from the area being sampled.
| |
| | |
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance provided by Regulatory Guides 1.21 (Ref. 5)., 8.2 (Ref. 6), and 8.8 and ANSI N13.1-1969 (Ref. 7) has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative methods used. 12.4 Dose Assessment In the PSAR, provide the estimated annual occupancy (including numbers of personnel and durations of occupancy)
| |
| of the plant radiation areas during normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences.
| |
| | |
| For areas with expected airborne radioactivity concentrations (discussed in Section 12.2.2), provide estimated man-hours of occupancy and estimated inhalation exposures to personnel.
| |
| | |
| Provide the objectives and criteria for design dose rates in various areas and an estimate of the annual man rem doses associated with major functions such as operation, normal main tenance, radwaste handling, refueling, and inservice inspection.
| |
| | |
| The 12-5 basis, models, and assumptions for the above values should be provided.
| |
| | |
| For routine or repetitive activities expected to occur with reasonably predictable frequencies and involving well known sequences of operations, dose assessment should include, to the extent practicable, consideration of the specific plant and operation and should consider actual estimated dose rates at the various locations.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, provide updated estimates of annual man-rem doses for the functions listed above and the assumptions used in determining these values. If estimated man-rem doses for specific functions or situations have been calculated to be unacceptably large, describe any changes made during planning or design for the purpose of reducing these projected doses. Actual exposure data from similar operating plants operated in a similar manner can be used for the dose assessment for unpredictable activities, but should be corrected for improvements in plant design and operating procedures.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, provide the estimated annual dose at the boundary of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR § 20.3) and, for multi-unit plants, at various locations in a new unit construction area from onsite radiation sources such as the turbine systems (for BWRs), the auxiliary building, the reactor building, and stored radioactive wastes and from radioactive effluents (direct radiation from the gaseous radio active effluent plume). Provide estimated annual doses to construction workers due to radiation from these sources from the existing operating plant(s), and the annual man-rem doses associated with such construction.
| |
| | |
| Include models, assumptions, and input data. In the FSAR, changes or additions since the PSAR should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 12.5 Health Physics Program 12.5.1 Organization In the PSAR, describe the administrative organization of the health physics program, including the authority and responsibility of each position identified.
| |
| | |
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance of Regulatory Guides 8.8, 8.2, 8.10, and 1.8 (Ref. 8) has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative approaches used. In the FSAR, describe the experience and qualification of the personnel responsible for the health physics program and for handling and monitor ing radioactive materials, including special nuclear, source, and by product materials.
| |
| | |
| Reference Chapter 13 as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| 12.5.2 Equipment, Instrumentation, and Facilities In the PSAR, provide the criteria for selection of portable and laboratory technical equipment and instrumentation for performing radiation and contamination surveys, for airborne radioactivity monitor ing and sampling, for area radiation monitoring, and for personnel monitoring during normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences, 12-6 and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| Describe the instrument storage, calibration, and maintenance facilities.
| |
| | |
| Describe and identify the location of the health physics facilities (including locker rooms, shower rooms, offices, and access control stations), laboratory facilities for radioactivity analyses, protective clothing, respiratory protective equipment, decontamin ation facilities (for equipment and personnel), and other contamination control equipment and areas that will be available.
| |
| | |
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance provided by Regulatory Guides 8.3 (Ref. 10), 8.4 (Ref. 11), 8.8, and 8.9 (Ref. 12) has been followed;
| |
| if not followed, describe the specific alternative methods used. In the FSAR, provide the location of the respiratory protective equipment, protective cloth ing, and portable and laboratory technical equipment and instrumentation.
| |
| | |
| Describe the type of detectors and monitors and the quantity, sensitivity, range, and frequency and methods of calibration for all of the technical equipment and instrumentation mentioned above. 12.5.3 Procedures In the FSAR, the methods, frequencies, and procedures for conducting radiation surveys should be described.
| |
| | |
| Describe the procedures and methods of operation that have been developed for ensuring that occupational radiation exposures will be ALARA. Include a description of the procedures used in refueling, inservice inspections, radwaste handling, spent fuel handling, loading and shipping, normal operation, routine maintenance, and sampling and calibration that are specifically related to ensuring the radiation exposures will be ALARA. Describe the physical and administrative measures for controlling access and stay time for radiation areas. Reference may be made to Section 12.1, as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| Describe the bases and methods for monitoring and control of contamination of personnel, equipment, and surface. Radiation protection training programs should be described.
| |
| | |
| Indicate whether, and if so how, the guidance given in Regulatory Guides 8.2, 8.8, 8.7 (Ref. 12), 8.9, 8.10, 1.8, 1.16 (Ref. 13), and 1.39 (Ref. 14) will be followed;
| |
| if it will not be followed, describe the specific alternative approaches to be used. Reference Chapter 13 as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| Describe the methods and procedures for personnel monitoring (external and internal), including methods of recording, reporting, and analyzing results. Describe the program for internal radiation exposure assessment (whole body counting and bioassay), including the bases for selecting personnel who will be in the program, the frequency of their whole-body count and bioassay, and any nonroutine bioassay that will be performed.
| |
| | |
| Describe the methods and procedures for evaluating and controlling potential airborne radioactivity concentrations.
| |
| | |
| Discuss any require ments for special air sampling and the issuance, selection, use, and maintenance of respiratory protective devices, including training pro grams and respiratory protective equipment fitting programs.
| |
| | |
| Method of handling and storage of sealed and unsealed byproduct, source, and special nuclear material should be described.
| |
| | |
| 12-7 REFERENCES
| |
| 1. Regulatory Guide 8.8, "Information Relevant to Maintaining Occupa tional Radiation Exposure As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (Nuclear Power Reactors)." 2. Regulatory Guide 8.10, "Operating Philosophy for Maintaining Occupa tional Radiation Exposures As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable." 3. Regulatory Guide 1.69, "Concrete Radiation Shields for Nuclear Power Plants." 4. Regulatory Guide 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Atmospheric Cleanup System Air Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 5. Regulatory Guide 1.21, "Measuring, Evaluating, and Reporting Radio activity in Solid Wastes and Releases of Radioactive Materials in Liquid and Gaseous Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 6. Regulatory Guide 8.2, "Guide for Administrative Practices in Radia tion Monitoring." 7. ANSI N13.1-1969, "Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities." 8. Regulatory Guide 1.8, "Personnel Selection and Training." 9. Regulatory Guide 8.3, "Film Badge Performance Criteria." 10. Regulatory Guide 8.4, "Direct-Reading and Indirect-Reading Pocket Dosimeters." 11. Regulatory Guide 8.9, "Acceptable Concepts, Models, Equations, and Assumptions for a Bioassay Program." 12. Regulatory Guide 8.7, "Occupational Radiation Exposure Records Systems." 13. Regulatory Guide 1.16, "Reporting of Operating Information
| |
| -Appendix A Technical Specifications." 14. Regulatory Guide 1.39, "Housekeeping Requirements for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants." 12-8
| |
| 13. CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
| |
| This chapter of the SAR should provide information relating to the preparations and plans for operation of the plant. Its purpose is to provide assurance that the applicant will establish and maintain a staff of adequate size and technical competence and that operating plans to be followed by the licensee are adequate to protect public health and safety. The information required at the PSAR stage pursuant to 10 CFR §50.34(a)
| |
| (6), (9), and (10) should demonstrate adequate planning for the operational phase of the plant. The information required at the FSAR stage pursuant to 10 CFR §50.34(b)(6i), (6iv), (6v), and (7) should provide firm evidence that operating phase plans have been or are being implemented.
| |
| | |
| 13.1 Organizational Structure Of Applicant
| |
| 13.1.1 Management and Technical Support Organization The description in this section of the corporate or home-office organization, its functions and responsibilities, and the number and the qualifications of personnel should be directed to activities that include facility design, design review, design approval, construction management, testing, and operation of the plant. The following specific information should be included.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.1.1 Design and Operating Responsibilities.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, the description should include the corporate functions and their specific responsibilities for the activities described in items 1 and 2 below and plans relative to item 3 below. In the FSAR, the description should summarize the degree to which the activities described in items 1 and 2 below have been accomplished, provide a schedule for completing these activities, and describe the specific responsibilities and activities relative to item 3 below. 1. Design and Construction Activities (Project Phase). The extent and assignment of these activities are generally contractual in nature and determined by the applicant. (Quality assurance aspects should be described in Section 17.1.) The following should be included:
| |
| a. Principal site-related engineering work such as meteorology, geology, seismology, hydrology, demography, and environmental effects, b. Design of plant and ancillary systems, c. Review and approval of plant design features, d. Site layout with respect to environmental effects and security provisions, e. Development of safety analysis reports, 13-1 f. Review and approval of material and component specifications, g. Procurement of materials and equipment, and h. Management and review of construction activities.
| |
| | |
| 2. Preoperational Activities.
| |
| | |
| These are the activities that should be substantially accomplished before preoperational testing begins and generally before submittal of the FSAR. The following should be included:
| |
| a. Development of human engineering design objectives and design phase review of proposed control room layouts, b. Development and implementation of staff recruiting and training programs, c. Development of plans for initial testing, and d. Development of plant maintenance programs.
| |
| | |
| 3. Technical Support for Operations.
| |
| | |
| Technical services and backup support for the operating organization should become available prior to the initial testing program and continue throughout the life of the plant. The following are special capabilities that should be included:
| |
| a. Nuclear, mechanical, structural, electrical, thermal hydraulic, metallurgy and materials, and instrumentation and controls engineering, b. Plant chemistry, c. Health physics, d. Fueling and refueling operations support, and e. Maintenance support.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.1.2 Organizational Arrangement.
| |
| | |
| In the PSAR, the description should include organization charts reflecting the current headquarters and engineering structure and any planned modifications and additions to reflect the added functional responsibilities (described in 13.1.1.1)
| |
| associated with the addition of the nuclear plant to the applicant's power generation capacity.
| |
| | |
| The description should show how these responsi bilities are delegated and assigned within and from the headquarters staff and the number of persons assigned or expected to be assigned to each of the working or performance level organizational units identified to implement these responsibilities.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, the description should include organization charts reflecting the current corporate structure and the specific working or 13-2 performance level organizational units that will provide technical support for operation (Section 13.1.1.1, item 3). If these functions are to be provided from outside the corporate structure, the contractual arrangements should be described.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.1.3 Qualifications.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe general qualif ication requirements in terms of educational background and experience requirements for positions or classes of positions identified in 13.1.1.2.
| |
| | |
| Personnel resumes should be provided for assigned persons identified in 13.1.1.2 holding key or supervisory positions in disciplines or job functions unique to the nuclear field or this project. For identified positions or classes of positions that have functional responsibilities for other than the identified application, the expected proportion of time assigned to the other activities should be described.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should identify qualification requirements for headquarters staff personnel, which should be described in terms of educational back ground and experience requirements, for each identified position or class of positions providing headquarters technical support for operations.
| |
| | |
| In addition, the FSAR should include resumes of individuals already employed by the applicant to fulfill responsibilities identified in item 3 of Section 13.1.1.1, including that individual whose job position corresponds most closely to that identified as "engineer in charge." 13.1.2 Operating Organization This section of the SAR should describe the structure, functions, and responsibilities of the onsite organization established to operate and maintain the plant. The following specific information should be included.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.2.1 Plant Organization.
| |
| | |
| Provide an organization chart showing the title of each position, the number of persons assigned to common or duplicate positions (e.g., technicians, shift operators, repairmen), the number of operating shift crews, and the positions for which reactor operator and senior reactor operator licenses are required.
| |
| | |
| For multi unit stations, the organization chart (or additional charts) should clearly reflect planned changes and additions as new units are added to the station. The schedule, relative to the fuel loading date for each unit, for filling all positions should be provided.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.2.2 Plant Personnel Responsibilities and Authorities.
| |
| | |
| The functions, responsibilities, and authorities of plant positions corresponding to the following should be described:
| |
| 1. Overall plant management, 2. Operations supervision, 3. Operating shift crew supervision, 4. Licensed operators, 13-3
| |
| 5. Unlicensed operators, 6. Technical supervision, 7. Nuclear engineering supervision, 8. Radiation protection supervision, 9. Instrumentation and controls engineering supervision, 10. Instrumentation and controls maintenance supervision, 11. Equipment maintenance supervision, and 12. Quality assurance and quality control supervision.
| |
| | |
| For each position, where applicable, required interfaces with offsite personnel or positions identified in 13.1.1 should be described.
| |
| | |
| Such interfaces include defined lines of reporting responsibilities, e.g., from the plant manager to his immediate supervisor, as well as functional or communication channels.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, the following should also be described:
| |
| 1. The line of succession of authority and responsibility for overall station operation through at least three persons, in the event of unexpected contingencies of a temporary nature, and 2. The delegation of authority to operating supervisors and to shift supervisors, including the authority to issue standing or special orders. If the station contains, or is planned to contain, power generating facilities other than those relating to the application in question, this section should also describe interfaces with the organizations operating such other facilities.
| |
| | |
| The description should include any proposed sharing of persons between the units and the proportion of their time that they will routinely and nonroutinely be assigned to the other unit. 13.1.2.3 Operating Shift Crews. The position titles, applicable operator licensing requirements for each, and the minimum numbers of personnel planned for each shift should be described for all combinations of units proposed to be at the station in either operating or cold shutdown mode. Also describe shift crew staffing plans unique to refueling operations.
| |
| | |
| In addition, the proposed means of assigning shift responsibility for implementing the radiation protection program on a round-the-clock basis should be described.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.3 Qualifications of Nuclear Plant Personnel
| |
| 13.1.3.1 Qualification Requirements.
| |
| | |
| This section of the SAR should describe the education, training, and experience requirements established for each management, operating, technical, and maintenance
| |
| 13-4 position category in the operating organization described in Section 13.1.2. Regulatory Guide 1.8, "Personnel Selection and Training," contains guidance on selection and training of personnel.
| |
| | |
| The SAR should specifically indicate a commitment to meet the regulatory position stated in this guide or provide an acceptable alternative.
| |
| | |
| Where a clear correlation cannot be made between the proposed plant staff positions and those referenced by Regulatory Guide 1.8, each position on the plant staff should be listed along with the corresponding position referenced by Regulatory Guide 1.8, or with a detailed description of the proposed qualifications for that position.
| |
| | |
| 13.1.3.2 Qualifications of Plant Personnel (FSAR). The qualifications of the initial appointees to (or incumbents of) plant positions should be presented in resume format for key plant managerial and supervisory personnel through the shift supervisory level. The resumes should identify individuals by position title and, as a minimum, describe the individual's formal education, training, and experience (including any prior AEC or NRC licensing).
| |
| 13.2 Training 13.2.1 Plant Staff Training Program The PSAR should provide a description of the proposed training pro gram in nuclear technology and other subjects important to safety for the entire plant staff. The FSAR should describe the training program as actually carried out up to the time of FSAR preparation and should note any significant changes from the program described in the PSAR. Regulatory Guide 1.8, "Personnel Selection and Training," provides guidance on an acceptable basis for relating initial training programs to plant staff positions.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR and FSAR should indicate whether this guidance will be followed.
| |
| | |
| If such guidance will not be followed, specific alternative methods that will be used should be described along with a justification for their use. A list of Commission regulations, guides, and reports pertaining to training of licensed and unlicensed nuclear power plant personnel is provided in Section 13.2.3. A document containing additional guidance on training for personnel expected to acquire operators'
| |
| licenses is now being prepared by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
| |
| | |
| 13.2.1.1 Program Description.
| |
| | |
| The program description should include the following information with respect to the formal training program in nuclear technology and other subjects important to safety (related technical training)
| |
| for all plant management and supervisory personnel, Licensed Senior Operator (SRO) and Licensed Operator (RO) candidates, technicians, and general employees.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should include: 1. The proposed subject matter of each course, the duration of the course (approximate number of weeks in full-time attendance), the organization teaching the course or supervising instruction, and the position titles for which the course is given.13-5
| |
| 2. A description of proposed reactor operations experience train ing by nuclear power plant simulator or by assignment to a similar plant, including length of time (weeks), identity of simulator or plant, and identification by position of personnel to be trained.
| |
| | |
| 3. A commitment to conduct an onsite formal training program and on-the-job training before initial fuel loading.
| |
| | |
| 4. Any difference in the training programs for individuals who will be seeking licenses prior to criticality pursuant to §55.25 of 10 CFR Part 55 based on the extent of previous nuclear power plant experience.
| |
| | |
| Experience groups should include the following:
| |
| a. Individuals with no previous experience, b. Individuals who have had nuclear experience at facilities not subject to licensing, c. Individuals who hold, or have held, licenses for comparable facilities.
| |
| | |
| 5. Means for evaluating the training program effectiveness for all employees.
| |
| | |
| For individuals seeking an operator license prior to criticality, this includes the means to be employed to certify that each applicant has had extensive actual operating experience pursuant to paragraph
| |
| 55.25(b) of 10 CFR Part 55. The FSAR should include: 1. The proposed subject matter of each course, including a syllabus or equivalent course description, the duration of the course (approximate number of weeks in full-time attendance), the organization teaching the course or supervising instruction, and the position titles for which the course is given. 2. A description of reactor operations experience training by nuclear power plant simulator or by assignment to a similar plant, including length of time (weeks), identity of simulator or plant, and identification by position of personnel to be trained.
| |
| | |
| 3. The details of the onsite training program, including a syllabus or equivalent course description, the duration of the course (approximate number of weeks in full-time attendance), the organization teaching the course or supervising instruction, and the position title for which the course is given. The program should distinguish between classroom training and on-the-job training before and after the initial fuel loading.
| |
| | |
| 4. Any difference in the training programs for individuals who will be seeking licenses prior to criticality pursuant to §55.25 of 10 CFR Part 55 based on the extent of previous nuclear power plant experience.
| |
| | |
| Experience groups should include the following:
| |
| 13-6 a. Individuals with no previous experience, b. Individuals who have had nuclear experience at facilities not subject to licensing, c. Individuals who hold, or have held, licenses for comparable facilities.
| |
| | |
| 5. Means for evaluating the training program effectiveness for each employee.
| |
| | |
| For individuals seeking an operator license prior to criticality, this includes the means to be employed to certify that each applicant has had extensive actual operating experience pursuant to paragraph
| |
| 55.25(b) of 10 CFR Part 55. 13.2.1.2 Coordination with Preoperational Tests and Fuel Loading.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should include a chart that shows the schedule of each part of the training program for each functional group of employees in the organiza tion in relation to the schedule for preoperational testing, expected fuel loading, expected time for examinations prior to plant criticality for licensed operators, and expected time for examinations for licensed operators following plant criticality.
| |
| | |
| In the FSAR, the applicant should include in the chart contingency plans for individuals applying for licenses prior to criticality in the event fuel loading is substantially delayed from the date indicated in the FSAR. In the FSAR, the chart should reflect the extent to which the training program has been accomplished as of the approximate time of submittal of the FSAR. 13.2.2 Replacement and Retraining (FSAR) This section should describe the applicant's plans for retraining of the plant staff, including requalification training for licensed operators and a commitment to provide training for replacement personnel.
| |
| | |
| 13.2.2.1 Licensed Operators
| |
| -Requalification Training.
| |
| | |
| A detailed description of the applicant's licensed operator requalification training program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This description should show how the program will implement the requirements of Appendix A, "Requalification Programs for Licensed Operators of Production and Utilization Facilities," to 10 CFR Part 55. 13.2.2.2 Refresher Training for Unlicensed Personnel.
| |
| | |
| The addi tional position categories on the plant staff for which retraining will be provided should be identified, and the nature, scope, and frequency of such retraining should be described.
| |
| | |
| 13.2.2.3 Replacement Training.
| |
| | |
| The applicant should briefly describe the training program for replacement personnel.
| |
| | |
| 13-7
| |
| 13.2.3 Applicable NRC Documents The NRC regulations, regulatory guides, and reports listed below provide information pertaining to the training of nuclear power plant personnel.
| |
| | |
| The SAR should indicate the extent to which the applicable portions of the guidance provided will be used and should justify any exceptions.
| |
| | |
| Material discussed elsewhere in the SAR may be referenced.
| |
| | |
| 1. 10 CFR Part 50, "Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities." 2. 10 CFR Part 55, "Operators'
| |
| Licenses." 3. 10 CFR Part 19, "Notices, Instructions and Reports to Workers; Inspections." 4. Regulatory Guide 1.8, "Personnel Selection and Training." 5. Regulatory Guide 8.2, "Guide for Administrative Practices in Radiation Monitoring." 6. Regulatory Guide 8.8, "Information Relevant to Maintaining Occupational Radiation Exposure As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable (Nuclear Power Reactors)." 7. Regulatory Guide 8.10, "Operating Philosophy for Maintaining Occupational Radiation Exposures As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable." 8. Regulatory Guide 8.13, "Instruction Concerning Prenatal Radiation Exposure." 9. "Utility Staffing and Training for Nuclear Power," WASH-1130, Revised June 1973.* 13.3 Emergency Planning This section of the SAR should describe the applicant's plans for coping with emergencies pursuant to paragraphs (a)(10) and (b)(6)(v)
| |
| of §50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50. The items to be discussed are set forth in Appendix E, "Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities," to 10 CFR Part 50. The information provided should also contribute to a determination that the exclusion area and the low population zone for the site comply with the definitions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of §100.3 of 10 CFR Part 100. At the PSAR stage, the items requiring description are set forth in the introductory paragraph and paragraphs A through G of Section II of *Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.13-8 Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50. The following statements clarify information requirements applicable to the paragraphs indicated.
| |
| | |
| With respect to paragraph B, the SAR should identify the agency with primary responsibility for emergency preparedness planning for situations involving real or potential radiological hazards in the State where the facility is to be located. The arrangements that the applicant has made with this agency for coordinating emergency response plans for the environs of the plant should be explained.
| |
| | |
| Similar arrangements with any neighboring State should be described if any part of the neighboring State is within the low population zone. Each applicant should consider, however, the desirability of extending such arrangements to neighboring States whose borders are beyond the LPZ but still within four to five miles of the plant. Other State and local agencies that are expected to have emergency response roles should be identified.
| |
| | |
| With respect to paragraph C, the SAR should confirm that one of the protective measures that is to be incorporated in coordinated emergency plans is evacuation of persons from the exclusion area and from any other potentially affected sector of the environs.
| |
| | |
| An analysis, including specific information and findings that will be needed to ensure the development of adequately coordinated emergency plans with respect to evacuation as a protective measure, should be provided, including the following:
| |
| 1. Plots showing projected ground-level doses for stationary individuals, for both whole body and thyroid, resulting from the most serious design basis accident analyzed in the Safety Analysis Report. These should be based on the same isotopic release rates to the atmos phere and the same dispersion model as are acceptable for use in Chapter 15 of the PSAR for the purpose of showing conformance to the siting dose criteria of 10 CFR Part 100. Data inputs to the atmospheric dispersion model should be consistent with those used and acceptable for siting dose (10 CFR Part 100) calculations.
| |
| | |
| Time averaging of atmospheric dispersion data, plume front transit times, radioactive decay in transit, and dose conversion calculations may be incorporated on a physically realistic basis or a conservatively simplified basis. The bases should be fully described.
| |
| | |
| These data should be presented in the following format: a. Use an appropriate scale with time (hours) following onset of release as the ordinate and distance (miles) from the release point as the abscissa.
| |
| | |
| Sufficient background grid lines should be included to permit reasonable interpolation by eye. b. Provide curves for whole body doses of 1, 5, and 25 rem and thyroid doses of 5, 25, 150, and 300 rem. Each curve should repre sent the elapsed time to reach the specified dose level as a function of distance from the release point. c. Extend each curve to an ordinate of not less than 8.0 hours either from an ordinate of 2.0 hours or from an abscissa equal to 13-9 the exclusion radius, whichever results in the greater range of coverage.
| |
| | |
| If any such curve does not intersect the outer LPZ boundary, it should be extended to such intersection or to an elapsed time of 24 hours, which ever occurs first. 2. The expected accident assessment time. This figure should incorporate the time required to identify and characterize the accident, the time needed to predict the projected doses resulting from the acci dent, and the time to notify offsite authorities.
| |
| | |
| Include sufficient information to support the estimate.
| |
| | |
| 3. An estimate of the minimum elapsed time that offsite authori ties might require before an initial warning to the public can be given. 4. An estimate of the elapsed time that may be required to warn all resident and transient persons within the potential evacuation areas determined in item 5 below and the means assumed for such estimate.
| |
| | |
| 5. An estimate of elapsed times, measured from the time of initial warning to persons, to evacuate (a) the exclusion area and (b) defined sectors of the environs.
| |
| | |
| Sectors of the environs chosen for this anal ysis may be bounded by geographical or man-made features but should generally cover an arc of not less than 450 centered on the plant. They should extend outward at least to the outer boundary of the proposed low population zone or five miles, whichever is greater.
| |
| | |
| 6. Information that should be provided in support of the estimates of item 5 above include: a. A map showing all roads available for vehicular evacuation of the exclusion area and environs extending at least ten miles from the plant. Road network information to be shown on or keyed to the map should include the character of each road, all intersections, the number of lanes, whether improved or unimproved, and other factors that may affect vehicular traffic capacities.
| |
| | |
| b. On the same or similar map, demographic data, both resident and transient, in one-mile annular increments, out to the sector bound aries defined in item 5 above and for each such sector. Population levels projected as peak values during the expected life of the plant should be used. If this information is incorporated elsewhere in the SAR, a specific reference thereto is suitable.
| |
| | |
| c. If means other than the use of private automobiles are assumed for any of the evacuation time estimates of item 5 above, these should be specified.
| |
| | |
| 7. The identity and locations, if known, of the agency or agencies that would be responsible for providing warning and direction to offsite persons.13-10
| |
| With respect to paragraph E, the SAR should identify at least two offsite hospital facilities.
| |
| | |
| Evidence should be given that preliminary contacts with these facilities have established agreements and potential capability to receive and treat individuals affected by radiological emergencies.
| |
| | |
| At the FSAR stage, a comprehensive emergency plan should be submitted.
| |
| | |
| This plan should be a physically separate document identified as Section 13.3 of the FSAR or as an appendix to Chapter 13. The plan should show how the objectives and requirements of Parts I and III and paragraphs A to J of Part IV of Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50 are to be implemented.
| |
| | |
| Regulatory Guide 1.101, "Emergency Plans for Nuclear Power Plants," should be consulted.
| |
| | |
| The information requirements identified in paragraphs
| |
| 1,6.a, and 6.b above for the PSAR should be included in an appendix to the emergency plan, as should any changes that may be necessary to update the information.
| |
| | |
| 13.4 Review and Audit The SAR should describe the applicant's plans for conducting reviews and audits of operating phase activities that are important to safety. The primary focus of attention should be: 1. On the procedures that will implement the licensee's responsi bility pursuant to § 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50 relating to proposed changes, tests, and experiments, and 2. On the procedures for after-the-fact review and evaluation of unplanned events. Regulatory Guide 1.33 (Safety Guide 33), "Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Operation)," contains guidance on conducting reviews and audits. The PSAR should specifically indicate a commitment to meet this guidance or describe alternative means for meeting the same objectives.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should describe the applicant's detailed plans for conducting reviews and audits of operating phase activities that are important to safety. 13.4.1 Onsite Review (FSAR) This section should specifically describe how the onsite organiza tion functions with respect: 1. To review of proposed changes to systems or procedures, tests, and experiments, and 2. To unplanned events that have operational safety significance.
| |
| | |
| The description should indicate how qualified members of the onsite operating organization will participate in the review of operating 13-11 activities, either as part of their individual job responsibilities or as members of a functional review organization, to assist the plant manager.
| |
| | |
| 13.4.2 Independent Review (FSAR) This section should provide a detailed description of the provisions for performance of independent reviews of operating activities.
| |
| | |
| Infor mation in this section should describe the organizational method, compo sition and qualifications of the group, subjects to be reviewed, and the time such program is to be implemented relative to fuel loading of the (first) unit. 13.4.3 Audit Program (FSAR) This section should provide a detailed description of the procedures and organization employed to implement the audit program with respect to operating activities and to verify compliance with the administrative controls and the quality assurance program.
| |
| | |
| 13.5 Plant Procedures This section of the SAR should describe administrative and operating procedures that will be used by the operating organization (plant staff) to ensure that routine operating, off-normal, and emergency activities are conducted in a safe manner. In general, the SAR is not expected to include detailed written procedures.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should provide preliminary schedules for their preparation, and the FSAR should provide a brief description of the nature and content of the procedures and a schedule for their preparation.
| |
| | |
| 13.5.1 Administrative Procedures
| |
| 13.5.1.1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide 1.33. Regulatory Guide 1.33 (Safety Guide 33), "Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Operation)," contains guidance on facility administrative policies and procedures.
| |
| | |
| The SAR should specifically indicate whether the applicable portions of Regulatory Guide 1.33 concerning plant procedures will be followed.
| |
| | |
| If such guidance will not be followed, the SAR should describe specific alternative methods that will be used and the manner of implementing them. 13.5.1.2 Preparation of Procedures.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR and FSAR should provide a schedule for the preparation of appropriate written administrative procedures (see Section 13.5.1.1).
| |
| The FSAR should identify the persons (by position)
| |
| who have the responsibility for writing procedures and the persons who must approve them before they are implemented.
| |
| | |
| 13.5.1.3 Procedures (FSAR). A description of administrative procedures should be provided and should include: 1. Standing orders to operations shift supervisors and shift crews including:
| |
| 13-12 a. The reactor operator's authority and responsibilities, b. The senior operator's authority and responsibilities, c. The responsibility to meet the requirements of 10 CFR §50.54(i), (j), (k), (1), and (m), including a diagram of the control area that indicates the area designated "at the controls." 2. Special orders of a transient or self-cancelling character.
| |
| | |
| 3. Equipment control procedures.
| |
| | |
| 4. Control of maintenance and modifications.
| |
| | |
| 5. Master surveillance testing schedule.
| |
| | |
| 6. Procedures for logbook usage and control.
| |
| | |
| 7. Temporary procedures.
| |
| | |
| 13.5.2 Operating and Maintenance Procedures (FSAR) 13.5.2.1 Control Room Operating Procedures.
| |
| | |
| This section should describe primarily the procedures that are performed by licensed opera tors in the control room. Each such operating procedure should be identified by title and included in a described classification system. The general format and content for each class should be described.
| |
| | |
| The following categories should be included, but need not necessarily form the basis for classifying these procedures:
| |
| 1. System procedures.
| |
| | |
| 2. General plant procedures.
| |
| | |
| 3. Off-normal operating procedures.
| |
| | |
| 4. Emergency procedures.
| |
| | |
| 5. Alarm response procedures.
| |
| | |
| 6. Temporary procedures.
| |
| | |
| In category 5, individual alarm response procedures should not be listed. However, the system employed to classify or subclassify alarm responses and the methods to be employed by operators to retrieve or refer to alarm response procedures should be described.
| |
| | |
| Immediate action procedures required to be memorized should be identified.
| |
| | |
| 13-13
| |
| 13.5.2.2 Other Procedures.
| |
| | |
| This section should describe how other operating and maintenance procedures are classified, what group or groups within the operating organization have the responsibility for following each class of procedures, and the general objectives and character of each class and subclass.
| |
| | |
| The categories of procedures listed below should be included.
| |
| | |
| If their general objectives and character are described else where in the FSAR or the application, they may be described by specific reference thereto.
| |
| | |
| 1. Plant radiation protection procedures.
| |
| | |
| 2. Emergency preparedness procedures.
| |
| | |
| 3. Instrument calibration and test procedures.
| |
| | |
| 4. Chemical-radiochemical control procedures.
| |
| | |
| 5. Radioactive waste management procedures.
| |
| | |
| 6. Maintenance and modification procedures.
| |
| | |
| 7. Material control procedures.
| |
| | |
| 8. Plant security procedures.
| |
| | |
| 13.6 Industrial Security This section of the SAR should note that the applicant's plans for physical protection of the facility are described in a separate part of the application withheld from public disclosure pursuant to §2.790(d), 10 CFR Part 2, "Rules of Practice." Detailed security measures for the physical protection of nuclear power plants are required by §50.34(c), of 10 CFR Part 50, "Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities," and applicable sections of 10 CFR Part 73, "Physical Protection of Plants and Materials." The regulatory position is set forth in Regulatory Guide 1.17, "Protection of Nuclear Power Plants Against Industrial Sabotage," and includes an endorsement of ANSI Standard N18.17-1973, "Industrial Security for Nuclear Power Plants." 13.6.1 Preliminary Planning (PSAR) At the time of submittal of the PSAR, the applicant's separate submittal should describe plans for the screening of personnel who are to be employed to work at the proposed plant, including personnel selection policies, employee performance and evaluation procedures, and the industrial security training program to be used to ensure that reliable and emotionally stable personnel are selected, maintained, and assigned to the plant staff and to the plant security force. It should also describe plans for incorporating physical protection objectives and criteria into the design of the plant and the layout of 13-14 equipment, including the following specific information as to how such plans will be or have been implemented:
| |
| 1. Provide figures and/or drawings which identify the following:
| |
| a. Owner-controlled area, including private property markers, parking lot(s), and roads to be used for surveillance.
| |
| | |
| b. Protected area(s), including the associated isolation zone (clear area), physical barriers, access control points, lighting, intrusion monitoring and/or perimeter alarm systems, and roads or pathways to be used for surveillance.
| |
| | |
| c. Vital equipment and vital areas, including all access points. d. Alarm station locations.
| |
| | |
| 2. Describe the physical barrier construction for the protected and vital areas, and indicate the extent to which the positions set forth in ANSI N18.17-1973, Sections 3.3 and 3.4, are satisfied.
| |
| | |
| 3. Describe the design features to be used for protecting all potential access points into the vital areas against unauthorized in trusion. Such features should include locking devices and intrusion detection devices.
| |
| | |
| 4. Describe all intrusion alarms, emergency exit alarms, alarm systems, and line supervisory systems, and indicate the extent to which the level of performance and reliability specified by the Interim Federal Specification W-A-00450B (GSA-FSS), dated February 16, 1973, is met. 5. Describe the physical security provisions to be utilized in the design for the protection of security system service panels and wiring for protective devices, security communications systems, and door lock actuators.
| |
| | |
| 6. Designate the person or group with the responsibility to conceive and detail security provisions in the physical plant design. If this responsibility is outside the owner organization, also specify the position within your organization responsible for the systematic review and control of the contracted activities.
| |
| | |
| 13.6.2 Security Plan (FSAR) At the time of submittal of the FSAR, the applicant's separate submittal should be a comprehensive description of the physical security program for the plant site. The information should include a description of the organiza tion for security, a listing by title of all procedures to be established for plant security, access controls to the plant (including physical barriers and means of detecting unauthorized intrusions), provisions for monitoring the status of vital equipment, selection and training of 13-15 personnel for security purposes, communication systems for security, provisions for maintenance and testing of security systems, and arrangements with law enforcement authorities for assistance in responding to security threats. The implementation schedule for the physical security program should be provided, including phases for multi-unit plants, where applicable.
| |
| | |
| Specific information for which guidance may be found in applicable referenced sections of ANSI N18.17-1973 and which should be included in the separate description is as follows: 1. Clear diagrams, to approximate scale, displaying the following:
| |
| a. Designated security areas of the plant site, including physical barriers, b. The locations of alarm stations, c. The locations of access control points to protected areas and vital areas, d. The location of parking lots relative to the clear areas adjacent to the physical barriers surrounding protected areas, e. Special features of the terrain that may present special vulnerability problems, f. The location of relevant law enforcement agencies and their geographical jurisdictions.
| |
| | |
| 2. If the policy of the owner organization permits use of any part of the owner-controlled area by members of the general public, describe in detail the extent to which the position of Section 3.2 of ANSI N18.17-1973 will be met. 3. The response capabilities of local law enforcement agencies should be fully described (Section 4.4 of ANSI N18.17-1973), including estimates of the number of officers that can arrive at the plant site, in the event of a security threat, within five to fifteen minutes, fifteen to thirty minutes, and thirty minutes to one hour after receipt of a call for assistance.
| |
| | |
| 4. A description should be included of any provisions for alternative interim protective measures during periods when one or more components of the total security system are not functioning.
| |
| | |
| 13-16
| |
| 14. INITIAL TEST PROGRAM This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide informa tion on the initial test program for structures, systems, components, and design features for both the nuclear portion of the plant and the balance of the plant. The information provided should address major phases of the test program, including preoperational tests, initial fuel loading and initial criticality, low-power tests, and power ascension tests. The Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) should describe the scope of the applicant's initial test program. The PSAR should also describe the applicant's general plans for accomplishing the test program in sufficient detail to show that due consideration has been given to matters that normally require advance planning.
| |
| | |
| The Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) should describe the technical aspects of the initial test program in sufficient detail to show that the test program will adequately verify the functional requirements of plant structures, systems, and components and that the sequence of testing is such that the safety of the plant will not be dependent on untested structures, systems, or components.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should also describe measures which ensure that (1) the initial test program will be accomplished with adequate numbers of qualified personnel, (2) ade quate administrative controls will be established to govern the initial test program, (3) the test program will be used, to the extent practi cable, to train and familiarize the plant operating and technical staff in the operation of the facility, and (4) the adequacy of plant operat ing and emergency procedures will be verified, to the extent practicable, during the period of tne initial test program.
| |
| | |
| 14.1 Specific Information To Be Included In Preliminary Safety Analysis Reports 14.1.1 Scope of Test Program The major phases of the initial test program should be described and the overall test objectives and general prerequisites for each major phase should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe how the initial test program will be applied to the nuclear portion as well as the balance-of-plant portion of the facility.
| |
| | |
| The organizations, including those of the applicant, that will participate in the development and execution of the test program and the general responsibilities of these organizations should be described.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe the applicant's planned involve ment in the development and approval of test procedures, conduct of the tests, and review and approval of test results. The applicant's plans for having responsible design organizations participate in establishing test performance requirements and acceptance criteria should be described 14-1 along with the applicant's plans for contracting the work of planning, developing, or conducting portions of the test program. The method by which the applicant will retain responsibility for and maintain control of such contracted work should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 14.1.2 Plant Design Features That Are Special, Unique, or First of a Kind A summary description of preoperational and/or startup testing planned for each unique or first-of-a-kind principal design feature should be included in the PSAR. The summary test descriptions should include the test method and test objectives.
| |
| | |
| 14.1.3 Regulatory Guides The PSAR should describe the applicant's plans for using guidance -in applicable regulatory guides in the development and conduct of the initial test program. An example of such guidance is Regulatory Guide 1.68, "Preoperational and Initial Startup Test Programs for Water.-Cooled Power Reactors." If such guidance will not be followed, the PSAR should describe specific alternative methods along with a justification for their use. 14.1.4 Utilization of Plant Operating and Testing Experiences at Other Reactor Facilities The PSAR should describe the applicant's plans for the utilization of available information on reactor plant operating experiences to establish where emphasis may be warranted in the test program. The schedule, relative to the fuel loading date, for conducting the st-udy or implementing the program should be described.
| |
| | |
| 14.1.5 Test Program Schedule A summary description should be provided on the overall schedule, relative to the expected fuel loading date, for developing and conducting the major phases of the test program. Information provided should estab lish the scheduled time period for developing detailed test procedures and the scheduled time period for conducting the tests for each major phase. Information should be provided to establish the compatibility of the test program schedule with the schedules for hiring and training of the plant operating and technical staff and for development of plant operating and emergency procedures, or reference should be made to appropriate sections of Chapter 13 of the PSAR.14-2
| |
| 14.1.6 Trial Use of Plant Operating and Emergency Procedures The applicant's plans pertaining to the trial use of plant operating and emergency procedures during the period of the initial test program should be described.
| |
| | |
| 14.1.7 Augmenting Applicant's Staff During Test Program The applicant's general plans for the assignments of additional personnel to supplement his plant operating and technical staff during each major phase of the test program should be described.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should provide a description of the general responsibilities of the various augmenting organizations, a summary of the interrelationships and interfaces of the various organizations that will participate in the test program, the general qualifications of participating organiza tions, and the approximate schedule, relative to the fuel loading date, for augmenting the applicant's staff. 14.2 Specific Information To Be Included in Final Safety Analysis Reports 14.2.1 Summary of Test Program and Objectives Describe the major phases of the test program and the specific objectives to be achieved for each major phase. 14.2.2 Organization and Staffing A description of the applicant's organizational units and any augmenting organizations or other personnel that will manage, supervise, or execute any phase of the test program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| This description should discuss the authorities, responsibilities, and degree of participation of each identified organizational unit and principal participants.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should describe how, and to what extent, the applicant's plant operating and technical staff will par ticipate in each major test phase. Information pertaining to the experience and qualification of supervisory personnel and other princi pal participants that will be responsible for management, development, or conduct of each test phase should be provided or referenced elsewhere in the FSAR. 14.2.3 Test Procedures The system that will be used to develop, review, and approve individual test procedures should be described, including the organi zational units or personnel that are involved and their responsibilities.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should describe how organizations responsible for the design of the facility will participate in the establishment of performance requirements and acceptance criteria for testing plant structures, 14-3 systems, and components and how such design organizations will interface with other participants involved in the test program. The FSAR should also describe the format of individual test procedures.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.4 Conduct of Test Program A description of the administrative controls that will govern the conduct of each major phase of the test programs should be provided.
| |
| | |
| A description of the specific administrative controls that will be used to ensure that necessary prerequisites are satisfied for each major phase and for individual tests should also be provided.
| |
| | |
| The FSAR should describe the methods to be followed in initiating plant modifications or maintenance that are determined to be required by the test program.
| |
| | |
| The description should include the methods that will be used to ensure retesting following such modifications or maintenance and the involvement of design organizations and the applicant in the review and approval of proposed plant modifications.
| |
| | |
| The administrative controls pertaining to adherence to approved test procedures during the conduct of the test program and the methods for effecting changes to approved test procedures should be described.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.5 Review, Evaluation, and Approval of Test Results The measures to be established for the review, evaluation, and approval of test results for each major phase of the program should be described.
| |
| | |
| The specific controls to be established to ensure notifica tion of affected and responsible organizations or personnel when test acceptance criteria are not met and the controls established to resolve such matters should also be described.
| |
| | |
| A discussion should be provided on the applicant's plans pertaining to (1) approval of test data for each major test phase before proceeding to the next test phase and (2) approval of test data at each power test plateau (during the power ascension phase) before increasing power level. 14.2.6 Test Records The applicant's requirements pertaining to the disposition of test procedures and test data following completion of the test program should be described.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.7 Conformance of Test Programs with Regulatory Guides The applicant should list all those regulatory guides applicable to initial test programs that he plans to use for his test program. If such guidance will not be followed, the FSAR should describe specific alter native methods along with justification for their use.14-4
| |
| 14.2.8 Utilization of Reactor Operating and Testing Experiences in Development of Test Program Information on the applicant's program for utilizing available information on reactor operating experiences in the development of his initial test program should be described, including the status of the program. The organizations participating in the program should be identified, their roles in the program discussed, and a summary descrip tion of their qualifications provided.
| |
| | |
| The sources and types of infor mation reviewed, the conclusions or findings, and the effect of the program on the initial test program should be described.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.9 Trial Use of Plant Operating and Emergency Procedures The schedule for development of plant procedures should be provided as well as a description of how, and to what extent, the plant oper ating and emergency procedures will be use-tested during the initial test program.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.10 Initial Fuel Loading and Initial Criticality The FSAR should describe the procedures that will guide initial fuel loading and initial criticality, including the safety and precau tionary measures to be established for safe operation.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.11 Test Program Schedule The schedule, relative to the fuel loading date, for conducting each major phase of the test program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| If the schedule will overlap initial test program schedules for other reactors at the site, a discussion should be provided on the effects of such schedule overlaps on organizations and personnel participating in the initial test program. The sequential test schedule for testing individual plant structures, systems, and components should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Each test required to be completed before initial fuel loading should be identified.
| |
| | |
| The schedule for the development of test procedures for each major phase of the initial test program, including the time that will be avail able for review by NRC field inspectors of approved procedures, prior to their use, should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| 14.2.12 Individual Test Descriptions Test abstracts for each individual test that will be conducted during the initial test program should be provided.
| |
| | |
| Emphasis should be placed on system and design features that (1) are relied on for the safe shutdown and cooldown of the facility under normal and faulted 14-5 conditions, (2) are relied on for establishing conformance with limits or limiting conditions for operation that will be established by the technical specifications, and (3) are relied on to prevent or to limit or mitigate the consequences of anticipated transients and postulated accidents.
| |
| | |
| The abstracts should identify each test by title, specify the prerequisites and major plant operating conditions necessary for each test (such as power level and mode of operation of major control systems), provide a summary description of the test method, describe the test objectives, and provide a summary of the acceptance criteria for each test.14-6
| |
| 15. ACCIDENT ANALYSES The evaluation of the safety of a nuclear power plant should include analyses of the response of the plant to postulated disturbances in process variables and to postulated malfunctions or failures of equipment.
| |
| | |
| Such safety analyses provide a significant contribution to the selection of the design specifications for components and systems from the standpoint of public health and safety. These analyses are a focal point of the Commission's construction permit and operating license reviews of plants. In previous chapters of the SAR, the structures, systems, and compo nents important to safety should have been evaluated for their suscepti bility to malfunctions and failures.
| |
| | |
| In this chapter, the effects of anticipated process disturbances and postulated component failures should be examined to determine their consequences and to evaluate the capability built into the plant to control or accommodate such failures and situations (or to identify the limitations of expected performance).
| |
| The situations analyzed should include anticipated operational occur rences, (e.g., a loss of electrical load resulting from a line fault), off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected from normal operational occurrences, and postulated accidents of low probability (e.g., the sudden loss of integrity of a major component).
| |
| The analyses should include an accident whose consequences are not exceeded by any other accident considered credible so that the site evaluation required by 10 CFR Part 100 may be conducted.
| |
| | |
| Transient and Accident Classification The approach outlined below is intended to organize the transients and accidents considered by the applicant and presented in the SAR in a manner that will: 1. Ensure that a sufficiently broad spectrum of initiating events has been considered, 2. Categorize the initiating events by type and expected frequency of occurrence so that only the limiting cases in each group need to be quantitatively analyzed, 3. Permit the consistent application of specific acceptance criteria for each postulated initiating event. To accomplish these goals, a number of disturbances of process variables and malfunctions or failures of equipment should be postulated.
| |
| | |
| Each postulated initiating event should be assigned to one of the following categories:
| |
| 15-1
| |
| 1. Increase in heat removal by the secondary system (turbine plant), 2. Decrease in heat removal by the secondary system (turbine plant), 3. Decrease in reactor coolant system flow rate, 4. Reactivity and power distribution anomalies, 5. Increase in reactor coolant inventory, 6. Decrease in reactor coolant inventory, 7. Radioactive release from a subsystem or component, or 8. Anticipated transients without scram. Typical initiating events that are representative of those that should be considered by the applicant in this chapter of the SAR are presented in Table 15-1. The evaluation of each initiating event should be presented in a separate subsection corresponding to the eight categories defined above. The information to be presented in these subsections is outlined in Section 15.X.X. One of the items of information that should be discussed for each initiating event relates to its expected frequency of occurrence.
| |
| | |
| Each initiating event within the eight major groups should be assigned to one of the following frequency groups: 1. Incidents of moderate frequency, 2. Infrequent incidents, or 3. Limiting faults. The initiating events for each combination of category and frequency group should be evaluated to identify the events that would be limiting.
| |
| | |
| The intent is to reduce the number of initiating events that need to be quantitatively analyzed.
| |
| | |
| That is, not every postulated initiating event needs to be completely analyzed by the applicant.
| |
| | |
| In some cases a quali tative comparison of similar initiating events may be sufficient to identify the specific initiating event that leads to the most limiting consequences.
| |
| | |
| Only that initiating event should then be analyzed in detail. It should be noted, however, that different initiating events in the same category/frequency group may be limiting when the multiplicity of consequences are considered.
| |
| | |
| For example, within a given category/frequency group combination, one initiating event might result in the highest reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) pressure while another initiating event might lead to minimum core thermal-hydraulic margins or maximum offsite doses.15-2 Plant Characteristics Considered in the Safety Evaluation A summary of plant parameters considered in the safety evaluation should be given; e.g., core power, core inlet temperature, reactor system pressure, core flow, axial and radial power distribution, fuel and moderator temperature coefficient, void coefficient, reactor kinetics parameters, available shutdown rod worth and control rod insertion characteristics.
| |
| | |
| A range of values should be specified for plant parameters that vary with fuel exposure or core reload. The range should be sufficiently broad to cover all expected changes predicted for the entire life of the plant. The permitted operating band (permitted fluctuations in a given parameter and associated uncertainties)
| |
| on reactor system parameters should be specified.
| |
| | |
| The most adverse conditions within the operating band should be used as initial conditions for transient analysis.
| |
| | |
| Assumed Protection System Actions Settings of all protection system functions that are used in the safety evaluation should be listed. Typical protection system functions are reactor trips, isolation valve closures, ECCS initiation, etc. The uncer tainty (combined effect of calibration error, drift, instrument error, etc.) associated with each function should also be listed together with the expected and maximum delay times. 15.X Evaluation of Individual Initiating Events The applicant should provide an evaluation of each initiating event using the format of Section 15.X.X (e.g., 15.2.7 for a loss of normal feedwater flow initiating event). As shown in Table 15-1, a particular initiating event may be applicable to more than one category.
| |
| | |
| The SAR sections should be appropriately referenced to indicate this. The detailed information listed in Section 15.X.X, paragraphs
| |
| 1 and 2, should be given for each initiating event. However, the extent of the quantitiative information in Section 15.X.X, paragraphs
| |
| 3 through 5, that should be included will differ for the various initiating events. For those situations where a particular initiating event is not limiting, only the qualitative reasoning that led to that conclusion need be presented, along with a reference to the section that presents the evaluation of the more limiting initiating event. Further, for those initiating events that require a quantitative analysis, such an analysis may not be necessary for each of Section 15.X.X, paragraphs
| |
| 3 through 5. For example, there are a number of plant transient initiating events that result in minimal radio logical consequences.
| |
| | |
| The applicant should merely present a qualitative evaluation to show this to be the case. A detailed evaluation of the radiological consequences need not be performed for each such initiating event.15-3
| |
| 3. Core and system performance.
| |
| | |
| a. Mathematical model. The mathematical model employed, includ ing any simplifications or approximations introduced to perform the analyses, should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| Any digital computer programs or analog simulations used in the analyses should be identified.
| |
| | |
| If a set of codes is used, the method combining these codes should be described.
| |
| | |
| Important output of each code should be presented and discussed under "results." Principal emphasis should be placed on the input data and the extent or range of variables investigated.
| |
| | |
| This information should include figures showing the analyti cal model, flow path identification, actual computer listing, and complete listing of input data. The detailed description of mathematical models and digital computer programs or listings are preferably included by reference to documents available to the NRC with only summaries provided in the SAR text. b. Input parameters and initial conditions.
| |
| | |
| The input parameters and initial conditions used in the analyses should be clearly identified.
| |
| | |
| Table 15-2 provides a representative list of these items. However, the initial values of other variables and additional parameters should be included in the SAR if they are used in the analyses of the particular event being analyzed.
| |
| | |
| The parameters and initial conditions used in the analyses should be suitably conservative for the event being evaluated.
| |
| | |
| The bases used to select the numerical values that are input parameters to the analysis, including the degree of conservatism, should be discussed in the SAR. c. Results. The results of the analyses should be presented and described in detail in the SAR. As a minimum, the following informa tion should be presented as a function of time during the course of the transient or accident:
| |
| (1) Neutron power, (2) Heat fluxes, average and maximum, (3) Reactor coolant system pressure, (4) Minimum CHFR, DNBR, or CPR, as applicable, (5) Core and recirculation loop coolant flow rates (BWRs), (6) Coolant conditions
| |
| -inlet temperature, core average temperature (PWR), core average steam volume fraction (BWR), average exit and hot channel exit temperatures, and steam volume fractions, (7) Temperatures
| |
| -maximum fuel centerline temperature, maximum clad temperature, or maximum fuel enthalpy, 15-4
| |
| 15.X.X Event Evaluation
| |
| 1. Identification of causes and frequency classification.
| |
| | |
| For each event evaluated, include a description of the occurrences that lead to the initiating event under consideration.
| |
| | |
| The probability of the initiating event should be estimated and the initiating event should be assigned to one of the following groups: a. Incidents of moderate frequency
| |
| -these are incidents, any one of which may occur during a calendar year for a particular plant. b. Infrequent incidents
| |
| -these are incidents, any one of which may occur during the lifetime of a particular plant. c. Limiting faults -these are occurrences that are not expected to occur but are postulated because their consequences would include the potential for the release of significant amounts of radioactive material.
| |
| | |
| 2. Sequence of events and systems operation.
| |
| | |
| The following should be discussed for each initiating event: a. The step-by-step sequence of events from event initiation to the final stabilized condition.
| |
| | |
| This listing should identify each signi ficant occurrence on a time scale, e.g., flux monitor trip, insertion of control rods begin, primary coolant pressure reaches safety valve set point, safety valves open, safety valves close, containment isolation signal initiated, and containment isolated.
| |
| | |
| All required operator actions should also be identified.
| |
| | |
| b. The extent to which normally operating plant instrumentation and controls are assumed to function.
| |
| | |
| c. The extent to which plant and reactor protection systems are required to function.
| |
| | |
| d. The credit taken for the functioning of normally operating plant systems.
| |
| | |
| e. The operation of engineered safety systems that is required.
| |
| | |
| The effect of single failures in each of the above areas and the effect of operator errors should be discussed and evaluated.
| |
| | |
| The discussion should provide enough detail to permit an independent evaluation of the adequacy of the system as related to the event under study. One method of system atically investigating single failures is the use of a plant operational analysis or a failure mode and effects analysis.
| |
| | |
| The results of these types of analyses can be used to determine which functions, systems, inter locks, and controls are safety related and what readouts are required by the operator under anticipated operational occurrence and accident conditions.
| |
| | |
| 15-5
| |
| (8) Reactor coolant inventory
| |
| -total inventory and coolant level in various locations in the reactor coolant system, (9) Secondary (power conversion)
| |
| system parameters
| |
| -steam flow rate, steam pressure and temperature, feedwater flow rate, feedwater temperature, steam generator inventory, and (10) ECCS flow rates and pressure differentials across the core, as applicable.
| |
| | |
| The discussion of results should emphasize the margins between the predicted values of various core parameters and the values of these parameters that would represent minimum acceptable conditions.
| |
| | |
| 4. Barrier performance.
| |
| | |
| This section of the SAR should discuss the evaluation of the parameters that may affect the performance of the barriers, other than fuel cladding, that restrict or limit the transport of radio active material from the fuel to the public. a. Mathematical model. The mathematical model employed, includ ing any simplifications or approximations introduced to perform the analyses, should be discussed.
| |
| | |
| If the model is identical, or nearly identical, with that used to evaluate core performance, this should be stated in the SAR. In that case, only the differences, if any, between the models need be described.
| |
| | |
| A detailed description of the model used to evaluate barrier performance should be presented if it is significantly different from the core performance model. The information that should be included is indicated in paragraph
| |
| 3 of Section 15.X.X, item a. b. Input parameters and initial conditions.
| |
| | |
| Any input param eters and initial conditions of variables relevant to the evaluation of barrier performance that were not presented and discussed in paragraph
| |
| 3 of Section 15.X.X., item b, should be discussed in this section. The discus sion should present the numerical values of the input to the analyses and should discuss the degree of conservatism of the selected values. c. Results. The results of the analyses should be presented and described in detail in the SAR. As a minimum, the following information should be presented as a function of time during the course of the transient or accident:
| |
| (1) Reactor coolant system pressure, (2) Steam line pressure, (3) Containment pressure, (4) Relief and/or safety valve flow rate, 15-6
| |
| (5) Flow rate from the reactor coolant system to the containment system, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| 5. Radiological consequences.
| |
| | |
| This section of the SAR should summar ize the assumptions, parameters, and calculational methods used to determine the doses that result from limiting faults and infrequent incidents.
| |
| | |
| Sufficient information should be given in this section to fully substantiate the results and to allow an independent analysis to be performed by the NRC staff. Thus, this section should include all of the pertinent plant parameters that are required to calculate doses for the exclusion boundary and the low population zone as well as those locations within the exclusion boundary where significant site-related activities may occur (e.g., the control room). The elements of the dose analysis that are applicable to several accident types or that are used many times throughout Chapter 15 can be summarized in this section (or cross-referred)
| |
| with the bulk of the information appearing in appendices.
| |
| | |
| If there are no radiological consequences associated with a given initiating event, this section for the event should simply contain a statement indicating that containment of the activity was maintained and by what margin. Two separate analyses should be provided for each limiting fault. The first analysis should be based on design basis assumptions acceptable to the NRC for purposes of determining adequacy of the plant design to meet 10 CFR Part 100 criteria.
| |
| | |
| These design basis assumptions can, for the most part, be found in regulatory guides that deal with radiological releases.
| |
| | |
| For instance, when calculating the radiological consequences of a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA), it is suggested that the assumptions given in Regulatory Guide 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiologiral Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," and Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss-of-Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors," be used. This analysis should be referred to as the "design basis analysis." There may be instances in which the applicant will not agree with the conservative margins inherent in the design basis approach approved by the NRC staff. If this is the case, the applicant may provide an indication of the assumptions he believes to be adequately conservative, but the known NRC assumptions should nevertheless be used in the design basis analysis.
| |
| | |
| The second analysis should be based on what the applicant believes to be realistic assumptions.
| |
| | |
| This analysis will help quantify the margins that are inherent in the design basis approach.
| |
| | |
| The analysis will also be useful in determining the expected environmental consequences of accidents.
| |
| | |
| This second analysis should be referred to as the "realistic analysis." 15-7 The parameters and assumptions used for these analyses, as well as the results, should be presented in tabular form. Table 15-3 provides a representative list of these items. Table 15-4 summarizes additional items that should be provided when dealing with specific types of accidents.
| |
| | |
| When possible, the summary tabulation should provide the necessary quanti tative information.
| |
| | |
| If, however, a particular assumption cannot be simply or clearly stated in the table, the table should reference a section or an appendix that adequately discusses the information.
| |
| | |
| Judgment should be used in eliminating unnecessary parameters from the summary table or in adding parameters of significance that do not appear in Table 15-3 or 15-4. The summary table should have two columns. One column should indicate the assumptions used in the design basis analysis, while the other should indicate assumptions used in the realistic analysis.
| |
| | |
| A diagram of the dose computation model, labeled "Containment Leakage Dose Model," should be appended to Chapter 15. An explanation of the model should accompany the diagram. The purpose of the appendix is to clearly illustrate the containment modeling, the leakage or transport of radioactivity from one compartment to another or to the environment, and the presence of engineered safety features (ESF) such as filters or sprays that are called on to mitigate the consequences of the LOCA. The diagram should employ easily identifiable symbols, e.g., squares to represent the containment or various portions of it, lines with arrowheads drawn from one compartment to another or to the environment to indicate leakage or transport of radioactivity, and other suitably labeled or defined symbols to indicate the presence of ESF filters or sprays. Individual sketches (or equivalent)
| |
| may be used for each significant time interval in the containment leakage history (e.g., separate sketches showing the pulldown of a dual containment annulus and the exhaust and recirculation phases once negative pressure in the annulus is achieved, with the appropriate time intervals given). In presenting the assumptions and methodology used in determining the radiological consequences, care should be taken to ensure that analyses are adequately supported with backup information, either by reporting the information where appropriate, by referencing other sections within the SAR, or by referencing documents readily available to the NRC staff. Such information should include the following:
| |
| a. A description of the mathematical or physical model employed, including any simplifications or approximations introduced to perform the analyses.
| |
| | |
| b. An identification and description of any digital computer program or analog simulation used in the analysis.
| |
| | |
| The detailed description of mathematical models and programs are preferably included by reference with only summaries provided in the SAR text.15-8 c. An identification of the time-dependent characteristics, activity, and release rate of the fission products or other transmissible radioactive materials within the containment system that could escape to the environment via leakages in the containment boundaries and leakage through lines that could exhaust to the environment.
| |
| | |
| d. The considerations of uncertainties in calculational methods, equipment performance, instrumentation response characteristics, or other indeterminate effects taken into account in the evaluation of the results.
| |
| | |
| e. A discussion of the extent of system interdependency (containment system and other engineered safety features)
| |
| contributing directly or indirectly to controlling or limiting leakages from the contain ment system or other sources (e.g., from spent fuel handling areas), such as the contribution of (1) containment water spray systems, (2) containment air cooling systems, (3) air purification and cleanup systems, (4) reactor core spray or safety injection systems, (5) postaccident heat removal systems, and (6) main steam line isolation valve leakage control systems (BWR). This section should present the results of the dose calculations giving the potential
| |
| 2-hour integrated whole body and thyroid doses for the exclusion boundary.
| |
| | |
| Similarly, it should provide the doses for the course of the accident at the closest boundary of the low population zone (LPZ) and, when significant, the doses to the control room operators during the course of the accident.
| |
| | |
| Other organ doses should be presented for those cases where a release of solid fission products or transuranic elements are postu lated to be released to the containment atmosphere.
| |
| | |
| 15-9 TABLE 15-1 REPRESENTATIVE
| |
| INITIATING
| |
| EVENTS TO BE ANALYZED IN SECTIONS 15.X.X OF THE SAR 1. Increase in Heat Removal by the Secondary System 1.1 Feedwater system malfunctions that result in a decrease in feed water temperature
| |
| 1.2 Feedwater system malfunctions that result in an increase in feed water flow 1.3 Steam pressure regulator malfunction or failure that results in increasing steam flow 1.4 Inadvertent opening of a steam generator relief or safety valve 1.5 Spectrum of steam system piping failures inside and outside of containment in a PWR 2. Decrease in Heat Removal by the Secondary System 2.1 Steam pressure regulator malfunction or failure that results in decreasing steam flow 2.2 Loss of external electric load 2.3 Turbine trip (stop valve closure) 2.4 Inadvertent closure of main steam isolation valves 2.5 Loss of condenser vacuum 2.6 Coincident loss of onsite and external (offsite)
| |
| a.c. power to the station 2.7 Loss of normal feedwater flow 2.8 Feedwater piping break 3. Decrease in Reactor Coolant System Flow Rate 3.1 Single and multiple reactor coolant pump trips 3.2 BWR recirculation loop controller malfunctions that result in decreasing flow rate 3.3 Reactor coolant pump shaft seizure 3.4 Reactor coolant pump shaft break 15-10
| |
| TABLE 15-1 (Continued)
| |
| 4. Reactivity and Power Distribution Anomalies
| |
| 4.1 Uncontrolled control rod assembly withdrawal from a subcritical or low power startup condition (assuming the most unfavorable reactivity conditions of the core and reactor coolant system), including control rod or temporary control device removal error during refueling
| |
| 4.2 Uncontrolled control rod assembly withdrawal at the particular power level (assuming the most unfavorable reactivity conditions of the core and reactor coolant system) that yields the most severe results (low power to full power) 4.3 Control rod maloperation (system malfunction or operator error), including maloperation of part length control rods 4.4 Startup of an inactive reactor coolant loop or recirculating loop at an incorrect temperature
| |
| 4.5 A malfunction or failure of the flow controller in a BWR loop that results in an increased reactor coolant flow rate 4.6 Chemical and volume control system malfunction that results in a decrease in the boron concentration in the reactor coolant of a PWR 4.7 Inadvertent loading and operation of a fuel assembly in an impro per position 4.8 Spectrum of rod ejection accidents in a PWR 4.9 Spectrum of rod drop accidents in a BWR 5. Increase in Reactor Coolant Inventory
| |
| 5.1 Inadvertent operation of ECCS during power operation
| |
| 5.2 Chemical and volume control system malfunction (or operator error) that increases reactor coolant inventory
| |
| 5.3 A number of BWR transients, including items 2.1 through 2.6 and item 1.2. 6. Decrease in Reactor Coolant Inventory
| |
| 6.1 Inadvertent opening of a pressurizer safety or relief valve in a PWR or a safety or relief valve in a BWR 15-11 TABLE 15-1 (Continued)
| |
| 6.2 Break in instrument line or other lines from reactor coolant pressure boundary that penetrate containment
| |
| 6.3 Steam generator tube failure 6.4 Spectrum of BWR steam system piping failures outside of containment
| |
| 6.5 Loss-of-coolant accidents resulting from the spectrum of postulated piping breaks within the reactor coolant pressure boundary, including steam line breaks inside of containment in a BWR 6.6 A number of BWR transients, including items 2.7, 2.8, and 1.3 7. Radioactive Release from a Subsystem or Component
| |
| 7.1 Radioactive gas waste system leak or failure 7.2 Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure 7.3 Postulated radioactive releases due to liquid tank failures 7.4 Design basis fuel handling accidents
| |
| 7.5 Spent fuel cask drop accidents
| |
| 8. Anticipated Transients Without Scram 8.1 Inadvertent control rod withdrawal
| |
| 8.2 Loss of feedwater
| |
| 8.3 Loss of a.c. power 8.4 Loss of electrical load 8.5 Loss of condenser vacuum 8.6 Turbine trip 8.7 Closure of main steam line isolation valves 15-12 TABLE 15-2 INPUT PARAMETERS
| |
| AND INITIAL CONDITIO14.
| |
| | |
| FOR TRANSIENTS
| |
| AND ACCIDENTS
| |
| Neutron Power Moderator Temperature Coefficient of Reactivity Moderator Void Coefficient of Reactivity Doppler Coefficient of Reactivity Effective Neutron Lifetime Delayed Neutron Fraction Average Heat Flux Maximum Heat Flux Minimum DNBR, CHFR, or CPR Axial Power Distribution Radial Power Distribution Core Coolant Flow Rate Recirculation Loop Flow Rate (BWR) Core Coolant Inlet Temperature Core Average Coolant Temperature (PWR) Core Average Steam Volume Fraction (BWR) Core Coolant Average Exit Temperature, Steam Quality, and Steam Void Fraction Hot Channel Coolant Exit Temperature, Steam Quality, and Steam Void Fraction Maximum Fuel Centerline Temperature Reactor Coolant System Inventory (lb) Coolant Level in Reactor Vessel (BWR) Coolant Level in Pressurizer (PWR) Reactor Coolant Pressure 15-13 TABLE 15-2 (Continued)
| |
| Steam Flow Rate Steam Pressure Steam Quality (temperature if superheated)
| |
| Feedwater Flow Rate Feedwater Temperature CVCS Flow and Boron Concentration (if these vary during the course of the transient or accident being analyzed)
| |
| Control Rod Worth, Differential, and Total 15-14 C~o C 0 0 0 TABLE 15-3 -r r-q 0 REPRESENTATIVE
| |
| PARAMETERS
| |
| TO BE TABULATED*
| |
| Co CO Cd Co FOR POSTULATED
| |
| ACCIDENT ANALYSES 1. Data and assumptions used to estimate radioactive source from postulated accidents a. Stretch power level b. Burnup c. Percent of fuel perforated d. Release of activity by nuclide e. Iodine fractions (organic, elemental, and particulate)
| |
| f. Reactor coolant activity before the accident (and secondary coolant activity for PWR) 2. Data and assumptions used to estimate activity released a. Primary containment volume and leak rate b. Secondary containment volume and leak rate c. Valve movement times d. Adsorption and filtration efficiencies e. Recirculation system parameters (flow rates versus time, mixing factor, etc.) f. Containment spray first order removal lambdas as determined in Section 6.2.3 g. Containment volumes h. All other pertinent data and assumptions
| |
| 3. Dispersion Data a. Location of points of release b. Distances to applicable receptors (e.g., control room, exclusion boundary, and LPZ) c. x/Qs at control room, exclusion boundary, and LPZ (for time intervals of 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 4 days, 30 days) *As applicable to the event being described 15-15 C', *d 0f cbo !4 J TABLE 15-3 (Continued)
| |
| Data Method of dose calculation Dose conversion assumptions Peak [or f(t)] concentrations in containment Doses (whole body and thyroid doses for LPZ and exclusion boundary;
| |
| beta, gamma, and thyroid doses for the control room)15-16 4. Dose a. b. C. d.U 0 *r r-4. *t-4 H ,o <
| |
| TABLE 15-4 ADDITIONAL
| |
| PARAMETERS
| |
| AND INFORMATION
| |
| TO BE PROVIDED OR REFERENCED
| |
| IN THE SUMMARY TABULATION
| |
| FOR SPECIFIC DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENTS
| |
| 1. Loss-of-Coolant Accident (Section 15.6.5) a. Hydrogen Purge Analysis (1) Holdup time prior to purge initiation (assuming recombiners are inoperative)
| |
| (2) Iodine reduction factor (3) x/Q values at appropriate time of release (4) Purge rates for at least 30 days after initiation of purge (5) LOCA plus purge dose at LPZ b. Equipment Leakage Contribution to LOCA Dose (1) Iodine concentration in sump water after LOCA (2) Maximum operational leak rate through pump seals, flanges, valves, etc. (3) Maximum leakage assuming failure and subsequent isolation of a component seal (4) Total leakage quantities for (2) and (3) (5) Temperature of sump water vs time (6) Time intervals for automatic and operator action (7) Leak paths from point of seal or valve leakage to the environment
| |
| (8) Iodine partition factor for sump water vs temperature of water (9) Charcoal adsorber efficiency assumed for iodine removal c. Main Steam Line Isolation Valve Leakage Control System Contribution to LOCA Dose (BWR) (1) Time of system actuation
| |
| (2) Fraction of isolation valve leakage from each release point (3) Flow rates vs time for each release path 15-17 TABLE 15-4 (Continued)
| |
| (4) Location of each release point (5) Transport time to each release point 2. Waste Gas System Failure (Section 15.7.1) a. Activity transfer times to waste gas system components b. Number of tanks or other holdup components c. Tank volumes d. Charcoal bed delay times for Xe and Kr e. Seismic classification of tank and associated piping f. Decontamination factors of components g. Primary coolant volume h. Isotopic activity in each system component including daughter products i. Time to isolate air ejector j. Delay time in delay pipe k. Design basis activity measured at air ejector (Ci/sec) including contribution due to activity spiking in coolant 3. Main Steam Line and Steam Generator Tube Failures (Sections
| |
| 15.1.5, 15.6.3, 15.6.4) a. Characterization of primary and secondary (PWR) system (e.g., tempera tures, pressures, steam generator water capacity, steaming rates, feedwater rates, and blowdown rates); parameter values should be given for periods prior to, during, and following the accident b. Iodine spiking produced by the shutdown and depressurization (ratio of concentration of all iodine isotopes before and after depressurization)
| |
| c. Chronological list of system response times, operator actions, valve closure times, etc. d. Steam and water release quantities, and all assumptions made in their computation e. Iodine partition factors and their bases 15-18 TABLE 15-4 (Continued)
| |
| f. Fuel damage resulting from single rod stuck in combination with the accident 4. Fuel Handling Accident (Section 15.7.4) a. Number of fuel rods in core b. Number, burnup, and decay time of fuel rods assumed to be damaged in the accident c. Radial peaking factor for the rods assumed to be damaged d. Earliest time after shutdown that fuel handling begins e. Amounts of iodines and noble gases released into pool f. Pool decontamination factors The following items should be provided to determine if the calculational methods of Regulatory Guide 1.25 (Safety Guide 25), "Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident in the Fuel Handling and Storage Facility for Boiling and Pressur ized Water Reactors," apply: g. Maximum fuel rod pressurization h. Minimum water depth between top of fuel rods and fuel pool surface i. Peak linear power density for the highest power assembly discharged j. Maximum centerline operating fuel temperature for the fuel assembly in item i above k. Average burnup for the peak assembly in item i above 5. Control Rod Ejection and Control Rod Drop Accidents (Sections
| |
| 15.4.8 and 15.4.9) a. Percent of fuel rods undergoing clad failure b. Radial peaking factors for rods undergoing clad failure c. Percent of fuel reaching or exceeding melting temperature d. Peaking factors for fuel reaching or exceeding melting temperature e. Percent of core fission products assumed released into reactor coolant 15-19 TABLE 15-4 (Continued)
| |
| f. Summary of primary and secondary system parameters used to determine activity release terms (see 3 above) from steam line path (PWR) g. Summary of containment system parameters used to determine activity release terms from containment leak paths h. Summary of system parameters and decontamination factors used to determine activity release from condenser leak paths (BWR) 6. Spent Fuel Cask Drop (Section 15.7.5) a. Number of fuel elements in largest capacity cask b. Number, burnup, and decay time of fuel elements in cask assumed to be damaged c. Number, burnup, and decay time of fuel elements in pool assumed to be damaged as a consequence of a cask drop (if any) d. Average radial peaking factor for the rods assumed to be damaged e. Earliest time after reactor fueling that cask loading operations begin f. Amounts of iodines and noble gases released into air and into pool g. Pool decontamination factors, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| 15-20
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ===6. TECHNICAL ===
| |
| SPECIFICATIONS
| |
| Section 50.36 of 10 CFR Part 50 requires that each operating license issued by the Commission contain Technical Specifications that set forth the limits, operating conditions, and other requirements imposed on facility operation for, among other purposes, the protection of the health and safety of the public. Each applicant for an operating license is required to submit proposed Technical Specifications and their bases for the facility.
| |
| | |
| They should be consistent with the content and format of the Standard Technical Specifications available from the Commission for the appropriate nuclear steam supply system (NSSS) vendor. After review and needed modifi cation by the NRC staff, these Technical Specifications will be issued by the Commission as Appendix A to the operating license.
| |
| | |
| 16.1 Preliminary Technical Specifications (PSAR) An application for a construction permit should include preliminary Technical Specifications that identify and provide justification for the selection of variables, conditions, or other limitations that are determined to be probable subjects of the final Technical Specifications.
| |
| | |
| Special attention should be given to those areas that influence the final design in order to minimize later facility modifications to accommodate conditions of the final Technical Specifications.
| |
| | |
| In particular, this review should determine the design suitability of those features and specifications that affect the type, capacity, and number of safety-related systems and the capability for performance of surveillance activities involving those safety-related systems.
| |
| | |
| The preliminary Technical Specifications and bases should be included in this chapter of the PSAR. The submittal should be consistent with the format and content of the NRC Standard Technical Specification for the appropriate NSSS vendor. Each specification should be as complete as possible and should include preliminary numerical values, graphs, tables, and other data. References to the applicable sections of the PSAR that support the bases and provide clarifying details for each specification should be supplied.
| |
| | |
| Justification should be provided for deletions from or additions to the Standard Technical Specifications pertinent to the selected NSSS vendor. 16.2 Proposed Final Technical Specifications (FSAR) The Technical Specifications submitted in support of an operating license application should be the finalized version of those specifications originally included in the PSAR. The numerical values, graphs, tables, and other data should reflect the final refinements in design, results of tests or experiments, and expected method of operation.
| |
| | |
| This information should be included in this chapter of the FSAR.16-1
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ===7. QUALITY ASSURANCE ===
| |
| In order to provide assurance that the design, construction, and operation of the proposed nuclear power plant are in conformance with applicable regulatory requirements and with the design bases specified in the license application, it is necessary that a quality assurance (QA) program be established by the applicant.
| |
| | |
| In this chapter of the SAR, the applicant should provide a description of the QA program to be established and executed during the design, construction, preoperational testing, and operation of the nuclear power plant. The QA program must be established at the earliest practical time consistent with the schedule for accom plishing the activity.
| |
| | |
| Where some portions of the QA program have not yet been established at the time the SAR is prepared because the activity will be performed in the future, the description should also provide a schedule for implementation.
| |
| | |
| The program must meet the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50. The inspection and survey systems required by §50.55a "Codes and Standards," of 10 CFR Part 50 may be used in par tial fulfillment of these requirements to the extent that they are shown by the description of the QA program to satisfy the applicable require ments of Appendix B. In order to facilitate the presentation of the information, the QA program for each of the major organizations involved in executing the QA program should include the information described (either separately for each organization or integrally for all organizations)
| |
| in accordance with the outline presented below. It is not intended to dictate the format of any QA Program Manual; that is left to the discretion of the applicant.
| |
| | |
| It is required, however, that the description in the SAR address, at a minimum, each of the criteria in Appendix B in sufficient detail to enable the reviewer to determine whether and how all the requirements of the appendix will be satisfied in accordance with §50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50. Reference to appropriate portions of other sections of the SAR may suffice.
| |
| | |
| NRC regulatory guides and the documents entitled "Guidance on Quality Assurance Requirements During Design and Procurement Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," (WASH 1283), "Guidance on Quality Assurance Requirements During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," (WASH 1309), and "Guidance on Quality Assurance Requirements During the Operations Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," (WASH 1284) contain guidance on acceptable methods of implementing portions of the quality assurance program.*
| |
| The SAR should specifically indicate whether this guidance *WASH 1283, 1284, and 1309 contain a number of draft standards.
| |
| | |
| As these draft standards are issued as approved American National Standards, it is expected that they will be endorsed by regulatory guides. The appli cability of the regulatory guide versus the draft standard will be addressed in the implementation section of each guide or in amendments to this Standard Format.17-1 will be followed.
| |
| | |
| If such guidance will not be followed, the SAR should describe specific alternative methods that will be used and the manner of implementing them and should identify the organizations responsible for their implementation.
| |
| | |
| Where a portion of the QA program to be implemented will follow the guidance provided by a regulatory guide, WASH 1283, WASH 1309, or WASH 1284, the program description may consist of a statement that the guidance will be followed for that portion of the QA program. When these documents are used in describing the QA program, the applicant should indicate how the guidance documents will be applied to portions of the QA program and should delineate the organizational element responsible for implementing various provisions of the respective guidance documents within each major organization in the project, including that of the applicant, the architect-engineer, the nuclear steam system supplier, the constructor, the construction manager (if other than the constructor).
| |
| 17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction
| |
| 17.1.1 Organization
| |
| 17.1.1.1.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe clearly the authority and duties of persons and organizations performing the QA functions of assuring that the QA program is established and executed and of verifying that an activ ity has been correctly performed.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should provide organization charts and functional responsibility descriptions that denote the lines of responsibility and areas of authority within each of the major organi zations in the project, including those of the applicant, the architect engineer, the nuclear steam system supplier, the constructor, and the construction manager (if other than the constructor).
| |
| These charts and descriptions should present the structure of QA organizations involved as well as other functional organizations performing activities affecting quality in design, procurement, manufacturing, construction and installa tion, testing, inspection, and auditing with clear delineation of their responsibility, authority, and relationship to corporate management.
| |
| | |
| In addition, a single overall project organization chart should be included showing how the major organizations or companies working directly for the applicant on the project interrelate with one another.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.1.2.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe the level of management respon sible for establishing the QA policies, goals, and objectives and should describe the continuing involvement of this management level in QA mat ters. The PSAR should tell what position has overall authority and responsibility for the QA program and tell what position is responsible for final review and approval of the QA program and related manuals. The qualification requirements of the principal QA and quality control posi tions should be described.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.1.3.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe those measures which assure that persons and organizations performing QA functions have sufficient authority 17-2 and organizational freedom to (1) identify quality problems, (2) initiate, recommend, or provide solutions, and (3) verify implementation of solu tions. The PSAR should-describe the measures which assure that persons and organizations assigned the responsibility for checking, auditing, inspecting, or otherwise verifying that an activity has been correctly performed report to a management level such that this required authority and organizational freedom, including sufficient independence from the pressures of production, are provided.
| |
| | |
| Irrespective of the organiza tional structure, the PSAR should describe how the individual or individ uals with primary responsibility for assuring effective implementation of the QA program at any location where activities subject to the control of the QA program are being performed will have direct access to such levels of management as may be necessary to carry out this responsibility.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should indicate from whom the persons performing QA functions receive technical direction for performing QA tasks and administrative control (salary review, hire/fire, position assignment).
| |
| The PSAR should identify those positions or organizations which have written delegated responsi bility and authority to stop work or control further processing, delivery, installation, or use of nonconforming items until proper disposition of the deficiency has been approved.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe how requirements will be imposed on con tractors and subcontractors to assure that individuals or groups within their organizations performing QA functions have sufficient authority and organizational freedom to effectively implement their respective QA programs.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.1.4.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe the extent to which the applicant will delegate to other contractors the work of establishing and executing the QA program or any part thereof. A clear delineation of those QA functions which are implemented within the applicant's QA organization and those which are delegated to other organizations should be provided in the PSAR. The PSAR should describe the method by which the applicant will retain responsibility for and maintain control over those portions of the QA program delegated to other organizations and should identify the organization responsible for verifying that delegated QA functions are properly carried out. The PSAR should identify major work interfaces for activities affecting quality and describe how clear and effective lines of communication exist between the applicant and his principal contractors to assure necessary coordination and control of the QA program.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.2 Quality Assurance Program 17.1.2.1.
| |
| | |
| The QA program in the PSAR should cover each of the criteria in Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 in sufficient detail to permit a determination as to whether and how all of the requirements of Appendix B will be satisfied.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should (1) describe the extent to which the QA program will conform to various provisions of WASH 1283, WASH 1309, and regulatory guides that provide guidance on acceptable methods of implementing portions of the QA program and (2) identify the organiza tional element responsible for implementing these provisions.
| |
| | |
| If the 17-3 applicant elects not to follow the above guidance, the PSAR should describe in detail equivalent to that furnished in the NRC guidance the alternative methods that will be used and the manner of implementing them and should indicate the organizations responsible for their implementation.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.2.2.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should identify the safety-related structures, systems, and components to be controlled by the QA program.
| |
| | |
| 17.1.2.3.
| |
| | |
| The PSAR should describe the measures which assure that the QA program is being established at the earliest practicable time consistent with the schedule for accomplishing activities affecting quality for the project. That is, the PSAR should describe how the QA program is being established in advance of the activity to be controlled and how it will be implemented as the activity proceeds.
| |
|
| |
|
| Those activi ties affecting quality initiated prior to the submittal of the PSAR, such as establishing information required to be included in the PSAR, design and procurement, safety-related site testing and evaluation, and prepara tion activities should be identified in the PSAR. The PSAR should describe how these activities are controlled by a QA program which complies with Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50. 17.1.2.4.
| | (8) General employee training to he provided to all persons regularly employed in the nuclear power plant should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe how the QA program is documented by written policies, procedures, or instructions and how it will be implemented in accordance with these policies, procedures, or instruc tions. The PSAR should include a listing of QA program procedures or instructions that will be used to implement the QA program for each major activity such as design, procurement, construction, etc. The procedure list should identify which criteria of Appendix B to 10 CER Part 50 are implemented by each procedure.
| | (9) State the position title of the individual responsible for conduct and administration of the nuclear power plant training program.13.2.2 Retraining Program A description of the retraining program should be provided in the FSAR, and should include the applicable items in 13.2.1 and the frequency with which retraining is accomplished. |
|
| |
|
| In the event certain rcequired procedures are not yet established, a schedule for their preparation should be provided in the PSAR. 17.1.2.5.
| | 13.2.3 Replacement Training A -:f the rcr!7jzln: |
| | :r'2t : vZ d in the FSAR and should include the items in 13.2.1 above.13.2.4 Records Both the PSAR and the FSAR should describe provisions for maintaining records of qualifications, experience, training and retraining for each member of the plant organization. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should summarize the corporate QA policies, goals, and objectives; | | The documents should also describe the methods to be used for evaluating training program effectiveness. |
| and it should describe how disputes involving quality are resolved.
| |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.6.
| | 13.3 Emergency Planning This section of the SAR should describe the applicant's plans for coping with emer ancies. The information to be included in th.- PSAR i-described in Section 50.34 (a)(10) of 10 CFR Part 50. The minimum items to be discussed in the preliminar, plans are set forth in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E -Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities |
| | -Section II.The information to be included in the FSAR is described in Section 50.34 (b)(6)(v) |
| | of 10 CFR Part 50. The minimum items to be discussed in the FSAR, which should include the final Emergency Plan, are set forth in 13-4 |
| | 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E, Section IV. Guidance on emergency planning is available in "Guide to the Preparation of Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities;" December 1970, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the program that provides ade quate indoctrination and training of personnel performing activities affecting quality to assure that suitable proficiency is achieved and maintained.
| | 13.4 Review and Audit This section should describe the applicant's means for performing independent review and audit of nuclear facility operations in order to determine if the facility is being operated safely and within the terms of the license. This is usually performed by the committee method.Many applicants have an additional "plant operating review committee" made up of members of the operating staff. This should not be confused with the independent review and audit committee. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe how the indoctrination and train program will assure that: 1. Personnel performing activities affecting quality are appropri ately trained in the principles and techniques of the activity being performed, 2. Personnel performing activities affecting quality are instructed as to purpose, scope, and implementation of governing manuals, policies, and procedures, 17-4
| | Guidance on the essential elements of a satisfactorily comprehensive review and audit program is available in the proposed Standard A;NS-3.2 "Standard for Administrative Controls for Nuclear Power Plants," Draft No. 6, |
| 3. Appropriate training procedures are established, and 4. Proficiency of personnel performing activities affecting quality is maintained.
| | 197i.13.4.1 Review and Audit -Construction Many applicants propose to use the review and audit committee during the design and construction of the facility as part of the quality assurancu prcgra-,. |
| | in such a case, the applicanr's PSAR should include a written charter for the review and audit group describing the group's responsibilities and administrative procedures. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.7.
| | The charter should include the subjects within the purview of the group, and the mechanism for convening meetings (if not always periodic). |
| | The charter should indicate the provisions for the use of subgroups and consultants. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the qualification requirements for the position or positions responsible for assuring effective imple mentation of the QA program of the applicant and of his major contractors. | | The responsibility for appointment of members of the group should be indicated and the time (in relation to scheduled fuel loading)that the group will be appointed and functional should be stated.Describe the respcnsibility and authority of the group and the require-ments for recording, reporting, approval and dissemination of meeting minutes and other reports of its activities. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.8.
| | 13.4.2 Review and Audit -Test and ODeration In the FSAR, the information indicated in 13.4.1 should be provided and the following additional information added: 13-5 |
| | (1) The composition of the group (numbers and qualifications) |
| | established to audit and evaluate both personnel and equipment should be stated. The measures to prevent degradation of the qualifications of the review and audit groups should be described, including alternate members who may serve in lieu of regular members (usually in the form of minimum qualifications requirements for various tuchnical specialties or disciplines associated with nuclear power facilities). |
| | 1here outside consultants are used on the review and audiL group, qualifications and active participation, including voting rights, should be delineated. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that activities affecting quality will be accomplished under suitable con trolled conditions, including | | (2) The meeting frequency should be stated.(3) The quorum required to conduct business and designation of non-voting members, if any, should be stated.13.5 Plant Procedures This section of the SAR should include a commitment to conduct safety-related operations by detailed written procedures. |
| (1) the use of appropriate equipment, (2) a suitable environment for accomplishing the activity, e.g., adequate cleanliness, and (3) compliance with necessary prerequisites for the given activity. | |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.9.
| | The FSAR should include a list of titles of procedures (that indicate clearly their purpose and applicability), and a description of the review, change and approval procedures for all plant operating, maintenance, and testing procedures. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that there is regular management review of the QA program to assess its effectiveness and the adequacy of its scope, and implementation. | | Plant procedures should be in accordance with guidance contained in Proposed Standard ANS 3.2.13.6 Plant Records This section of the SAR should include a commitment to keep a recorded history of the facility, in accordance with 10 CFR Pirt 50, Appendix B, Section XVII, Quality Assurance Records. Further guidance regarding maintenance of plant records is provided in the proposed standard ANS 3.2.The FSAR should describe provisions for maintaining operating records such as power levels, of principal maintenance activities and of abnormal occurrences for specified peri'-Os of rime (NiualIv Z, to 6 Years).Provisions should be described in the FSAR for baintaining records of occurrences such as radioactive releases and environmental surveys, which are generally kept for the service life of the facility.13-6 |
| | 13.7 Industri3l Security This section should describe the applicant's plans for protection against industrial sabotage, In accordance with guidance contained in AEC Safety Guide 17, "Protection Against Industrial Sabotage." Further guidance is available in proposed Standard VNS 3.2. Detailed security measures for the physical protection of the facility against: industrial sabotage may be withheld from public disclosure as providod in Section 2.790 of 10 CFR Part 2.13.7.1 Personnel and Plant Design This subsection should describe the organization, adnministration, and conduct of the industrial security program. Describe those features of the plant design and arrangemcnt that enhance industrial security and reduce the vulnerability of the plant to d'liberate acts which may adversely affect the plant and public safety.Describe personnel selection policies, employee performance and evalua-tion procedures, and the industrial security troining program used to assure that reliable and emotionally stable personnel are selected, maintained, and assigned to the plant staff.13.7.2 Security Plan The FSAR should include the following additional information: |
| | (1) Means for control of access should be described, including administrative and physical personnel and material controls, such as: security measures to be employed at the exclusion area radius or site boundary, entrances to the reactor control room, building, containments, vital equipment areas and rooms where intentional or unintentional manipulations of controls or other actions would seriously affect plant operations and safety; alarm and electrical/electronic protection and surveillance systems or devices; provisions for the manning and opera-tion of access control points.(2) Measures should be described for the control of personnel by categories; |
| | general visitors, utility employees not members of the regular plant staff, contractor and vendor personnel, and plant staff, including personnel monitoring and accountability controls.13-7 S.(3) Describe the general methods of controlling access in emergencies such as fires and industrial accidents |
| | (:i.e., compatibility of industrial security plan with emergency plans and procedures. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the provisions for reviews by management above or outside the QA organization to assure achieving an objective program assessment. | | (4) Describe the program for surveillance and monitoring of vital equipment, components and sensitive materials such as nuclear fuel and radioactive sources. The description sho-ild include the methods established for detecting physical changes in the status of equipment, components or materials on a periodic basis, such as the operational availability of engineered safeguards, valve positions and inspection of nuclear fuel upon receipt.(5) Discuss measures for dealing with potential security threats and the liaison developed with Federal, state and local law enforcement agencies. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that the QA organization of the applicant will (1) review and document agreement with the QA programs of the principal contractors and (2) conduct or have conducted audits of the contractors'
| | This F should include a statement that incidents involving attempted or actual breach of industrial security controls or attempted acts of sabotage, will be reported to the Commission within 24 hours.(6) Describe administrative procedures developed for investigation of security incidents, reports and audits of the industrial security program.D 13-8 |
| QA program activities.
| | (3) Describe the test objectives and the general methods for accomplish- ing these objectives, the acceptance criteria that will be used to evaluate the test results, the general prerequisites for performing the tests, including special conditions to simulate normal and abnormal operating condi-tions of the tests listed.(4) Discuss the procedures that will guide fuel loading, attainment of initial criticality, and ascension to power, including safety and precautionary measures to be used to assure safe operation of the plant.(5) Describe the applicant's system for checking out normal and emergency operating procedures |
| | 14.2 Auzmentation of Anplicant's Staff for Initial Tests and Operation This section of the. FSAR should describe the applicant's plans for the assign-ment of additional personnel to supplement his staff during startup and power testing. Guidance or; the required staff expansion is contained in "Guide to the P'anning of Preoperational Testing Programs, USAEC, December 1970" and in"Guide for the Planning of Initial Starcup Programs, USAEC, December 1970." The follow¢ing specific information should be provided.(I) -p*n-ibilizics and authorities of the various organizations established as augmenting organizations to the applicant's normal operating organization during initial tests and operations should be described. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.10.
| | The central authority of the applicant over initial tests and operations should be clearly indicated. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should provide a summary description of advanced planning that demonstrates control of quality-related activi ties including management and technical interfaces between the construc tor, the architect-engineer, the nuclear steam system supplier, and the applicant during the phaseout of design and construction and during preoperational testing and plant turnover. | | (2) The working interrelationships and organizational interfaces of all augmenting groups during the initial tests and operations should be specified. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.2.11.
| | (3) The functions, responsibilities and authorities of key augmenting personnel positions should be described. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe provisions for maintaining the QA program description current. | | (4) The qualifications of the to the positions above shculd be presented, preferably in the form of resumes.14-2 |
| | 14.0 INITIAL TESTS AND OPEP.ATION |
| | This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information relating to the period of initial operation, with particular emphasis on tests planned to demonstrate the degree to which the facility does, in fact, meet the design criteria. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.3 Design Control 17.1.3.1.
| | Explanations for any special limits, conditions, surveillance requirements, and procedures to be in force during the initial period of operation and until such time as acceptable design performance is demonstrated should be included.Throughout other parts of the SAR, limits, conditions, surveillance requirements, and procedures for facility operation may have been established. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the design control measures that assure that (1) applicable regulatory requirements and design bases for safety-related structures, systems, and components are correctly translated into specifications, drawings, procedures, and instructions, (2) appropriate quality standards are specified in design documents, and (3) deviations from such standards are controlled.
| | For some facilities, however, these may be made more restrictive during the period of initial operation and relaxed to their final condition only as actual operation demonstrates their acceptance from a safety viewpoint. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.3.2.
| | Such matters should be discussed in this chapter.14.1 Test Program This section of the PSAR should include a discussion of the preoperational testing program including its objectives, a list of test titles, and a schedule of test sequence, in accordance with the guidance contained in"vuide for Lm, r1flalilIg uf Fr~eperaLionai iesting erograms, USAEC, Lccember 7, 1970." The section should also include a discussion of initial fuel loading and the startup and power ascension program including a list of tests and a schedule of test sequence, in accordance with guidance contained in "Guide for the Planning of Initial Startup Programs, USAEC December 7, 1970 (revised)." Further guidance on testing is contained in proposed Standard ANS 3.2, and in 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, Criterion XI; Subject: Test Control.In the FSAR, the following specific information should also be included: (i) Describe the system used for preparing, reviewing, approving and executing all testing procedures and for evaluating, documenting and approving the test results, including the organizational responsibilities and personnel qualifications for the applicant and his contractors. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure that adequate review and selection for application suitability is conducted for materials, parts, equipment, and processes that are essential to safety-related functions of the structures, systems, and components. | | (2) The administrative procedures should be described for incorporating any needed system modifications or procedure changes, based on the results of the tests (e.g., test procedure inadequacies or test results contrary to expected test results).14-1 actions by the reactor protection system or control systems), and (4) do not lead to significant radiation exposures off site. By definition, Class I events do not propagate to cause a more serious event (i.e., a Class 2 or 3 event)Class 2 events are categorized as those which result from off-design operational transients or accidents and which (1) may induce fuel failures in excess of those expected in routine operation (i.e., from fuel cladding defects), (2) may lead to a breach of barriers to fission product release or of primary system boundary, (3) may require operation of engineered safety features (including containment) |
| | and (4) may result in offsite radiation exposures in excess of the limits permitted in normal operation; |
| | but the consequences of Class 2 events should not be of such severity as to require interruption or restriction of public use of areas beyond the plant exclusion radius. It should be shown that Class 2 events would not in themselves lead to the occurrence of a Class 3 event.Class 3 events are accidents of very low probability, postulated In evaluating th'v design and performance of the plant and the acceptability of the site. In such evaluations the course and consequences of the events are analyzed using very conservative assumptions, and the combination of these unlikely events and the conservative methods of evaluation is Lharacterized by the term "design basis accidents." These postulated the conservatively calculated potential offsite doses resulting from design basis accidents will be significant, but must be shown to be less than the guideline values given in 10 CFR Part 100.Table 15-i lists types of off-design events and accidents that are repre-sentative of those that should be evaluated by the applicant in this chapter of the Safety Analysis Report. The applicant should list the off-design events and accidents that have been considered, assign each to the appropriate Class (1, 2, or 3) and justify the Class-assignment by providing the information indicated in the following sections.15.1 General This section should provide a brief discussion of the principles and general philosophy upon which the accident analyses are based, and an explanation of any significant differences in approach or scope from that presented in this guide.15-2 |
| | 15.0 ACCIDENT ANALYSES The evaluation of the safety of a reactor plant is accomplished, in part, by studies made of the response of the plant to disturbances in process variables and to postulated malfunctions or failures of equip-ment. Such analyses provide a significant contribution in the selectiun of the design specifications for components and systems and subsequently serve importantly in showing that a design consistent with public safety has been achieved. |
|
| |
|
| 17-5 The PSAR should describe provisions-that assure that standard coammercial or so-called "off the shelf" materials, parts, and equipment also receive adequate application review and selection.
| | These analyses are a focal point of the Com.mission's construction permit and operating license reviews of reactor facilities. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.3.3.
| | In previous chapters of the StR, the individuai system and component desiUns should have been evaluated for effects of anticipated process disturbances and for susceptibility to component malfunction or failures. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the program for applying design control measures to such aspects of design as reactor physics; stress, thermal, hydraulic, and accident analysis;
| | In this chapter, it is expected that the consequences of thosu failures or abnormal situations will be examined to evaluate the capability built into the plant to control or accommodate such situations (or to identify the limitations of expected performance). |
| materials compatibility;
| | It is recognized that situations analyzed may range from a fairly common disturbance (such as a loss of electrical load resulting from a line fault)to highly unlikely failures (such as the sudden loss of integrity of a 4r r at'g'ri~i-g |
| and accessibility for maintenance, inservice inspection, and repair and should describe measures for delineation of acceptance criteria for inspections and tests. 17.1.3.4.
| | : ........... |
| | cf e :ati:s, far urpczCa of analysis and presentation in the SAR, the spectrum of abnormal situations, or accidents, generally ranging in severity from minor to very serious, is divided into classes according to radiological consequences as follows: Class 1 -Events Leading to No Radioactive Release at Exclusion Radius Class 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactive Release at Exclusion Radius Class 3 -Design Basis Accidents Class I events are categorized as those which result from any abnormal operational transient and which (i) do not induce fuel failures in excess of those expected during routine operation (i.e., from fuel cladding defects), (2) do not lead to a breach of a barrier to fission product release, or of a primary system boundary, (3) do not require operation of any engineered safety features (although they may require appropriate |
| | 15-1 TABLE 15-1 REPRESENTATIVE |
| | TYPES OF OFF-DESIGN |
| | OPERATIONAL |
| | TRANSIENTS |
| | AND ACCIDENTS TO BE tANALYZED |
| | IN' CHAPTER 15.0 OF TIHE SAR (1) Uncontr,,1led control rod assembly withdrawal from a sub-critical condition, including control rod or temporary control device removal error during refueling. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure verifica tion or checking of design adequacy, such as design reviews, use of alternative calculational methods, or performance of a qualification testing program under the most adverse design conditions.
| | (2) Uncontrolled control rod assembly withdrawal at power.(3) Control rod misalignment. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should identify the positions or organizations responsible for design verification or checking and should describe measures that assure that the verifying or checking process is performed by individuals or groups other than those who performed the original design, but who may be from the same organization.
| | (4) Chemical and valume control system malfunction. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.3.5.
| | (5) Partial loss of forced reactor coolant flow.(6) Start-up of an inactive reactor coolant loop or recirculating loop.(-} L1 u* e:Lernal electrical load and/or turbine, including (ror BWRs) closure of main steam isolation valve.(8) Loss of normal feedwater. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures for identifying and controlling design interfaces, both internal and external, and for coor dination between participating design organizations.
| | (9) Loss of all AC power to the station auxiliaries (station blackout). |
| | (10) Excessive heat removal due to feedwater system malfunctions. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures in effect between participating design organizations for review, approval, release, distribution, collection, and storage of documents involving design interfaces and changes thereto. The PSAR should describe how these measures will assure that these design docu ments are controlled in a timely manner to prevent inadvertent use of superseded design information.
| | (11) Excessive load increase, including that resulting from a pres-sure regulator failure, or inadvertent opening of a relief valve or safety valve.(12) Anticipated variations in the reactivity load of the reactor, to be compensated by means of action such as buildup and burnout of xenon poisoning, fuel burnup, on-line refueling, fuel followers, temperature, moderator and void coefficients. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.3.6.
| | 15-3 TABLE 15-1 (cont'd)(13) Failure of the regulating instrumentation, causing for example, a power-coolant mismatch. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that will be employed to assure that design changes, including field changes, are subject to the same design controls that were applied to the original design and are reviewed and approved by the organization that performed the original design unless the originating organization designates another responsible organization.
| | Include reactor coolant flow controller failure resulting in increasing flow.(14) Possibilities for equipment failures involving loss of component integrity which shifts safety action of instrumentation irom one of pre-vention to one of initiating protective safeguards against the release and dispersal of radioactivity. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.4 Procurement Document Control 17.1.4.1.
| | (15) External causes such as storms or earthquakes. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure that docu ments, and changes thereto, for procurement of material, equipment, and services, whether purchased by the applicant or the contractors or sub contractors, correctly include or reference the following as necessary to achieve required quality: 1. Applicable regulatory, code, and design requirements, 2. Quality assurance program requirements, 17-6
| | (16) Loss of reactor coolant, from small ruptured pipes or from cracks in large pipes, which actuates emergency core cooling.(17) Minor secondary system pipe break.(18) Inadvertent loading of a fuel assembly into an improper position.(19) Complete loss of forced reactor coolant flow.(20) "!z:c ;... ýCcay :-n! r (21) Steam generator tube rupture.(22) Rod ejection accident (PWR).(23) Rod drop aceident (BWR).(24) Steamline breaks (BWR).(25) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside containment). |
| 3. Requirements for supplier documents such as instructions, procedures, drawings, specifications, inspection and test records, and supplier QA records to be prepared, submitted, or made available for purchaser review or approval, 4. Requirements for the retention, control, and maintenance of supplier QA records, 5. Provision for purchaser's right of access to suppliers'
| | (26) Break in instrument line or lines from primary system that penetrate containment. |
| facilities and work documents for inspection and audit, and 6. Provision for supplier reporting and disposition of nonconfor mances from procurement requirements.
| |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.4.2.
| | (27) Major rupture of pipes containing reactor coolant up to and including double-ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (Loss-of-Coolant Accident). |
| | (28) Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor.(29) Fuel handling accident.15-4 |
| | 15.2 Class 1 -Events Leading too No Radioactive Release at Exclusion R'adius The evaluation of each Class 1 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.2.1 through 15.2.X) containing at least the following information: |
| | 15.2.X.1 Identification of Causes -For each situation evaluated there should be included a description of the events that Must occur, the order of occurrence and analysis of effects and consequenccs and the basis upcn which credibility or probability of occurrence is determined. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe (1) measures that clearly delineate the control responsibilities and action sequence to be taken in the preparation, review, approval, and issuance by competent person nel of procurement documents and (2) measures that assure that changes or revisions of procurement documents are subject to the same review and approval requirements as the original documents. | | The discussion should show the extent to which reactor protective systems must function, the effect of failure of protective lunctions, the credit taken for designed-in safety features, reactor protective characteristics, and the performance of backu? protective systems, during the entire course of the situaticn analyzed.To perit an independent evaluation of the adequacy of the protection instrumentation system as related to safety analyses (e.g., which functions, systems, interlocks, and ccntrols are safety related and what readouts are required by tile operator under accident and off-design operational transients) |
| | the fn]rlwinc, shoolid '- .rrvideA: (I) Starting conditions and assumptions. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.4.3.
| | (2) A step-by-step sequence of the course of each accident identify-ing all protection systems required to function at each step.(3) Identification of any operator actions necessary. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure (1) that procurement documents require suppliers to have and implement a docu mented QA program for purchased materials, equipment, and services to an extent consistent with their importance to safety, (2) that the pur chaser has evaluated the supplier before the award of the procurement order or contract to assure that the supplier can meet the procurement requirements, and (3) that procurement documents for spare or replacement items will be subject to controls at least equivalent to those used for the original equipment. | | 15.2.X.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences |
| | -- The analysis of effects and the attendant consequences should be supported by sufficient information, including, for example: (1) The methods, assumptions, and conditions, employed in estimating the course of events and the consequences, (2) The mathematical or physical model employed denoting any simplification or approximations introduced to perform the analyses.15-5 I -_. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings 17.1.5.1.
| | ...(3) Identification of any digital computer program or analog simulation used in the analysis with principal emphasis upon the input data and the extent or range of variables investigated. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure that activities affecting quality such as design, procurement, manufacturing, construction and installation, testing, inspection, and auditing are prescribed by appropriately documented instructions, procedures, or drawings and that these activities will be conducted in accordance with these documents. | | (4) The results and consequences derived from each analysis and the margin of prntection provided by either a backup or protective system which is depended upon to limit the extent or magnitude of the consequences. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.5.2.
| | (5) The considerations of uncertainties in calculational methods, in equipment performance, in instrumentation response characteristics, or other indeterminate effects taken into account in the evaluation of the results.15.3 C]ass 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactive Releases at Exclusion Radius The evaluation of each Class 2 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.3.1 through 15.3.X) containing at least the following information: |
| | 15.3.X. I -dentifi(r-nor ro* rn,,cr-c; |
| | -The c-y, ry-n r nn dcgre: r-.IJiULULiaLiunl. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the system whereby the docu mented instructions, procedures, and drawings will include appropriate quantitative (such as dimensions, tolerances, and operating limits) and qualitative (such as workmanship samples and weld radiographic accept ance standards) | | oti+/-+/-fnl- -in aection .aoove snould"be provided for each Class 2 event. -15.3.X.2 Analysis of Effects and Consecuences |
| acceptance criteria for determining that prescribed activities have been satisfactorily accomplished.
| | -The same type and degree of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.2 above should be provided for each Class 2 event, where applicable. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.6 Document Control 17.1.6.1.
| | In addition, for Class 2 events that may result in an offsite dose, the same type ind degree of information outlined in Section 15.4.X.2 should be provided.15,4 Class 3 -Design Basis Accidents The evaluation of each Class 3 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.4.1 through 15.4.X) containing at least the following iniormacion: |
| | 15.4.X.1 Identification of Causes -The same type and degree of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.1 should be provided for each of the Class 3 events (design basis accidents) |
| | evaluated. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe those measures established to control the issuance of documents such as instructions, procedures, and 17-7 drawings, including changes thereto, that prescribe all activities affecting quality. The description should cover control measures that assure that: 1. Documents are reviewed for adequacy (i.e., information is clearly and accurately stated) and are approved by authorized personnel for issuance and use at locations where the prescribed activity will be performed before the activity is started, 2. Means such as use of updated master document lists exist to assure that obsolete or superseded documents are replaced in a timely manner by updated applicable document revisions, and 3. Document changes are reviewed and approved by the same organi zations that performed the original review and approval unless delegated by the originating organization to another responsible organization.
| | 15-6 |
| | 15.4.X.2 Accident Analysis -In addition to the type of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.2 above, the following additional information should be provided: (1) Explain the conditions and assumptions associated with the accidents analyzed, including any reference to published data or research and development investigations in substantiation of the assumed or calculatud conditions. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.6.2.
| | (2) Identify the time-dependent characteristics, activity, and release rate of the fission products, or other transmissible radioactive materials within the containment system that could escape to the environ-ment via leakages in the contai:n.M-,nt boundaries and leakage through lines that C.ould exhaust to the environmungt. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should identify the types of documents to be controlled and the group responsible for review, approval, and issuance of documents and changes thereto.
| | (3) Discuss the extent of svstemns interdependency (containment system and other engineered safety features) |
| | contributing directly or indirectly to controlling or limiting leakages from the containment system, or other sources (e.g., from spent fuel handling areas), such as the contribution of: (a) containment water spray svsten-S, (b)containment air coolin. sy':;tems, (c) air purification and cleanup systems, heat removal systems.(4) Describe the physical or mathematical models used in the analyses and the bases for their use with specific reference to: (a) the distribution and fractions of fission product inventory assumed to be released from the fuel;(b) the concentrations of radioactive or fission product inventory airborne in the containment atmosphere and buildup on filters during the post-accident time intervals analyzed.Wc) the conditions of meteorology, topography or other circumstances, and combinations of adverse conditions, considered in the analyses.(5) Discuss and present the results of calculations of potential integrated whole body and thyroid doses from exposure to radiation as a function of distance and time after the accident. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services 17.1.7.1.
| | Include specific 15-7 results for the two-hour dose at the exclusion boundary and the dose for the course of the accident at the outer boundary of the low population zone for whole body doses from direct radiation, and thyroid doses from inhalation. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe those measures that assure that material, equipment, and services purchased directly by the applicant or his contractors and subcontractors will conform to procurement document requirements.
| | (6) Discuss and present the results of calculations of whole body and inhalation doses to personnel in the control room, including the contribution to the doses from personnel ingress and egress to the control room during the course of the accident analyzed. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that provide, as appropriate, for: 1. Evaluation and selection of sources of supply before the award of the procurement order or contract, 2. Surveillance at the supplier's facility by the purchaser or his representative in accordance with written procedures during design, manufacture, inspection, and test of the procured item or service to verify compliance with quality requirements, 3. Source and/or receipt inspection in accordance with written procedures and acceptance criteria of procured items furnished by the supplier, 4. Documentary evidence at the site from the supplier that. pro cured items meet procurement quality requirements such as codes, stand ards, or specifications.
| | Include the assumptions made with respect to air cleanup systems.For calculations of loss-of-coolant accidents, use the assumptions given in AEC Safety Guide 3 for Boiling Water Reactors, and Safety Guide 4 for Pressurized Water Reactors. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures established by the applicant to (a) examine and indicate acceptance of this docu mented evidence during source or receipt inspection and (b) assure that this documented evidence is available at the nuclear power plant site prior to installation or use of the procured item and that the documen tation will be retained at the plant site, and 17-8
| | For calculations of steam line break accidents for boiling water reaztors, use the assumptions given in Safety Cuide 5.For calculations of other design basis accidents use comparably conservative assumptions. |
| 5. Periodic verification of supplier's certificates of conformance to assure that they are meaningful. | |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.7.2.
| | 15-8 |
| | 16.0 TECHNICAL |
| | SPECIFICATIONS |
| | In accordance with the Atomic Energy Act and Section 50.36 of 10 CFR Part 50, each operating license issued by the Atomic Energy Commission must contain Technical Specifications that include those technical operating limits, conditions, and requirements imposed upon facility operation in the interest of the health and safety of the public. The applicant for an operating license proposes Technical Specifications and bases for his facility which are reviewed by the AEC regulatory staff and modified as necessary before becoming a part of the operating license.Section 50.36 of 10 CFR Part 50 sets forth definitions and requirements relating to the five categories of Technical Specifications for nuclear.reactors, (I) Safety Limits and Limiting Safety System Settings, (2) Limiting Conditions for Operation, (3) Surveillance Requirements, (4) Design Features and (5) Administrative Controls. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures whereby the applicant or his designated representative will audit and evaluate the effective ness of the control of quality-related activities of contractors and subcontractors at a frequency and extent consistent with the importance to safety, complexity, and quantity of the item or service being furnished.
| | This section of the regulations also requires that a summary statement ot the bases or reasons for such speci-fications, other than those covering design features and administrative controls, shall be included with each specification, but shall not become part of the Technical Specifications. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components The PSAR should describe measures established to identify and control items such as materials, parts, and components, including par tially fabricated assemblies, to prevent use of incorrect or defective items. The PSAR should describe measures that assure (1) that identifi cation of the item, (i.e., heat number, part number, serial number, or other appropriate marking) is maintained either on the item or on records traceable to the item and verified, as required, throughout fabrication, erection, installation, and use of the item and (2) that the method and location of the identification does not affect the function or quality of the item being identified.
| | Threugheu -r--: _: .Cz = 'g- ...... .cs y r.... r c i: .. ... ..th ........ , lie £ esbILY for identification of safety limits, limiting conditions and surveillance requirements has been indicated. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.9 Control of Special Processes The PSAR should describe measures established to control special processes such as welding, heat treating, nondestructive testing, and electrochemical machining and to assure that they are accomplished by qualified personnel using written procedures qualified in accordance with applicable codes, standards, specifications, or other special requirements.
| | It is from such information that the Technical Specifications and supporting analyses are developed. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe those measures that assure that qualifications of special processes, personnel performing special proc esses, and equipment are kept current and that record files thereof are maintained. | | For PSARs In accordance with Section 50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50, an application for a construction permit is required to include preliminary Technical Specifi-cations. The regulations require an identification and justification for the selection of those variables, conditions, or other items which are determined as a result of the preliminary safety analysis and evaluation to be probable subjects of Technical Specifications for the facility, with special attention given for those items which may significantly influence the final design. The objective of providing preliminary Technical Specifications in the PSAR is to identify those items that would require special attention at the construction permit stage, to preclude the necessity for any significant change in design to support the final Technical Specifications, e.g., particularly those specifications that affect the type, 16-1 capacity, or number of components in safety-significant systems. Such components and systems cannot be easily modified after aIe plant is built and the Final Safety Analysis Report is submitted for approval by the AEC.The preliminary Technical Specifications and bases proposed by an applicant for his facility should be included in Chapter 16.0 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report. The preliminary Technical Specifications should be structured in the same manner as for the proposed Technical Specifications to be provided in the Final Safety Analysis Report, The preliminary Technical Specifications should be complete, i.e., to the fullest extent possible, numerical values and other-pertinent data si.ould be provided.For each specification the applicable sections of the ISAR thac dcvelop, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases for the specification should be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.10 Inspection
| | As an alternate to providing complete preliminary Tec!,nical Specifications, the applicant may state that his final Technical Spec:.ficatiens will be essentially the same as those for a reference plant uo similar design, except for the following two categories of exception: |
| 17.1.10.1.
| | Category I -Those specifications that do not conform to the applicant's operating practices or his plans for Category II -Those specifications that are expected to change as a result of differences between the design of the applicant's plant and that of the reference plant.If this procedure is followed, for each of the two categories of exceptions defined above, an applicant should provide a list of the specifications for the reference plant that are expected to be different from his plant, and provide alternate specifications arnropriate to his plant. Also, for each specification of the reference plant and for each alternate specification for his plant, an applicant should reference the section of his PSAR that develops, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases f-.- L!, Technical Specifications. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that a program for inspection is established and implemented by or for the organization performing the activity to verify conformance with the documented instructions, procedures, and drawings for accomplishing the activity. | | For FSARs The Technical Specifications and bases proposed by an applicant for his facility should be included as Chapter 16 of the Final Safety Analysis Report. Except for the specifications covering design features and 16-2 |
| | &administrative controls, each specification selected should be provided with bases in the form of a summary statement of the technical and operational considerations which justify the selection. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure that (1) inspec tion personnel are appropriately qualified and are independent of the individual or group performing the activity being inspected, (2) inspec tions or tests are performed for each work operation as necessary to verify quality, (3) indirect control by monitoring processing methods, equipment, and personnel is used if direct inspection of processed mater ial or products is impossible or disadvantageous, and (4) both inspection and process monitoring are used when control is inadequate without both. The PSAR should describe measures that assure that (1) inspection proce dures and instructions are made available with necessary drawings and 17-9 specifications for use prior to performing the inspections, (2) inspec tors' qualifications or certifications are kept current, (3) replaced or reworked items are inspected in accordance with original inspection requirements, and (4) modified or repaired items are inspected by methods that are equivalent to the original inspection method. 17.1.10.2.
| | For each specification the applicable sections of the FSAR which fully develop, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases for the specification should be referenced. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the system whereby appropriate documents will identify any mandatory inspection holdpoints that require witnessing or inspecting by the applicant or his designated representa tive and beyond which work may not proceed.
| | Additional guidance on the contents of the Technical Specifications, is provided in a document entitled "Guide to Content of Technical Specifications for Nuclear Reactors" prepared by the AEC and available from the Director of Regulation. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.11 Test Control 17.1.11.1. | | 16-3 |
| | 17.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE In order to provide assurance that the design, construction, and operation of the proposed nuclear power plant are in conformance with applicable regulatory requirements and with the design bases specified in the license application, it is necessary that a Quality Assurance Program (QAP) be established by the applicant. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that establish a test program that (1) identifies all testing required to demonstrate that structures, systems, and components will perform satisfactorily in service, (2) is conducted by trained and appropriately qualified person nel in accordance with written test procedures that incorporate or reference the requirements and acceptance limits contained in applicable design documents, and (3) includes testing that will be performed under the construction permit. 17.1.11.2.
| | In this chapter of the PSAR, the applicant should provide a description of the QAP to be established and executed during the design and consrruction of the nuclear power plant. In addition, the FSAR should describe the QAP to be established and executed during operation-of the nuclear power plant. The Q',P must be established at the earliest practical time consistent with the schedule for accom-plishing the activity. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure test procedures have provisions for assuring that: 1. All prerequisites for the given test have been met, 2. Adequate test instrumentation and equipment are available, and 3. The test is performed under suitable environmental conditions and with adequate test methods.
| | Vnere some portions of the QAP have not yet been established at the time the Safety Analysis Report is prepared because the activity will be performed in the future, the description should also provide a schedule for implementation. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.11.3.
| | The program must meet the require-ments of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 50. In order to facilitate the presentation of the information, it is suggested that the QAP for each of the major organizations involved in executing the QAP be described in accordance with the following outline. It is not intended to dictate the format of any QAP Manual; that is left to the descretion of the applicant. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the system whereby test results are documented and evaluated to assure that test requirements have been satisfied.
| | It is required, however, rhat the dPccr;ption nddrcss at a _inimum each of the criteria in Appendix B in sufficient detail to determine whether all the requirements of the Appendix will be satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment The PSAR should describe the measures established to assure that tools, gauges, instruments, and other measuring and testing devices used in activities affecting quality are properly identified, controlled, adjusted, and calibrated at specified periods to maintain accuracy within necessary limits. The PSAR should describe measures that assure (1) that these devices are adjusted and calibrated against certified equipment or reference or transfer standards having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards or (2) that if no national standards exist, the basis for calibration is documented. | | 17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction |
| | 17.1.1 Organization Organization charts for the project should be provided that denote the lines and areas of responsibility, authority, and communication within each of the major organizations involved, including those of the applicant, the architect-engineer, the constructor, and construction manager (if different from the constructor). |
| | In addition, a single overall organiza-tion chart should be included denoting how these companies interrelate for the specific project. These charts and attendent discussions should clearly indicate the organizational location of, organizational freedom of, and authority of the individual or groups assigned the responsibility for checking, auditing, inspecting, or otherwise verifying that an activity has been correctly performed. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that the error of calibration standards is less than the error of production measuring and test equipment. | | The charts and discussions should indicate the involvement on the part of the applicant to verify the adequacy of 17-1 implementation of the QA programs implemented by the applicant's contractore and suppliers, even for those cases where the applicant has delegated to other organizations |
| | ::-e work of establishing and implementing tbe quality assurance program, or any part thereof.17.1.2 Quality Assur-nce Program The structures, systems, and components to be covered by the QAP should be identified along with the major organizations participating in the program and the designated functions of these organizarions. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe provisions that will apply if measuring and test 17-10 | | The written policies, procedures, or instructions which implement or will implement the QAP shculd be described. |
| equipment is found out of calibration
| |
| (1) for evaluating the validity of previous inspection or test results and the acceptability of items inspected or tested since the last calibration check and (2) for repeat ing original inspections or tests using calibrated equipment where necessary to establish acceptability of suspect items. The PSAR should describe measures that assure the maintenance of records that indicate the calibration status of all items under the calibration system and that identify the measuring and test equipment.
| |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping The PSAR should describe the measures established to control the handling, storage, shipping, cleaning, and preservation of material and equipment in accordance with work and inspection instructions to prevent damage or deterioration.
| | Nhere these written policies, procedures, or instiuctions are not yet effective, a schedule for their implementation should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures for specifying and providing, when necessary for particular products, special protective environments such as inert gas atmosphere, specific moisture content levels, and temperature levels. 17.1.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status The PSAR should describe measures established to indicate by the use of markings such as stamps, tags, labels, routing cards, or other suitable means the status of inspections and tests performed on indivi dual items of the nuclear power plant throughout fabrication, installa tion, and test. The PSAR should describe measures that provide for the identification of items that have satisfactorily passed required inspec tions and tests where necessary to preclude inadvertent bypassing of such inspections and tests. The PSAR should describe the measures established for indicating the operating status of structures, systems, and components of the nuclear power plant such as tagging valves and switches to prevent inadvertent operation.
| | Sufficient information concerning these written policies, pro-.cedures, or instructions should be provided in either this or the following subsections to allow a determination of whether the requirements of Appendix B will be satisfied. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components The PSAR should describe the measures established to control materials, parts, or components that do not conform to requirements in order to prevent their inadvertent use or installation. | | 17.1.3 Design Control A description of the design control measures should be provided, Included should be ccz~sures t-... :urc that _ppropriatc quality stan,14rcz. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that provide for, as appropriate, identification, documentation, segregation, disposition, and notification to affected organizations.
| | aru specified |
| | 'ity-design dotuffefits ant! that deviations from such standards are controlled; |
| | measures for the selection and review of suitability of application of materials, parts, equipment and processes; |
| | measures for the identification and control of design interfaces and for coordination among participating organizations; |
| | measures for verifying or checking adequacy such as by design reviews, alternate or simplified calculational methods or suitable testing programs; |
| | and measures to assure that design changes, including field changes, will be subject to design control measures commensurate with those applied to the original design.17.1.4 Procurement Document Control A description of the procurement document control measures should be pro-vided. Included should be measures to assure that applicable regulatory requ.cements, design bases, and other requirements such as QAP require-ments which are necessary to obtain adequate quality are included or referenced in procurement documents. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that assure that non conforming items are reviewed and accepted, rejected, repaired, or reworked in accordance with documented procedures.
| | 17-2 |
| | 17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawin&s A description should be provided of the measures to assure that activities affecting quality will be prescribed by documented instructions, procedures, or drawings and will be accomplished in accordance with these instructions, procedures, or drawings.17.1.6 Document Control A description of document control measures should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures that control further processing, delivery, or instal lation pending proper disposition of the deficiency.
| | Included should be measures to assure that documents, including changes, are reviewed for adequacy and approved for release by authorized personnel and are distributed to and used at the location where the prescribed activity is performed. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe measures established by the applicant
| | 17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services A description of the measures used for the control of purchased imnterial, equipment, and services should be provided. |
| (1) for contractors to report to him those nonconformances concerning departures from procure ment requirements that are dispositioned "use as is" or "repair" and (2) to make such nonconformance reports part of the documentation required at the nuclear plant site or to include a description of the nonconformance and its disposition on certificates of conformance that 17-11 are provided to the site prior to installation or use of material or equipment at the site. The PSAR should state whether periodic analyses of nonconformance reports are performed to show quality trends and whether such analyses are forwarded to management.
| |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.16 Corrective Action 17.1.16.1.
| | Included should be measures for source evaluation and selection; |
| | for assessing the adequacy by means of objective evidence of quality furnished by the contractor; |
| | for inspec-tion at the contractor source; and for examination of products upon delivery. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that conditions adverse to quality such as failures, malfunctions, deficien cies, deviations, defective material and equipment, and nonconformances are promptly identified and corrected.
| | A description should also be provided of the measures taken to assure that documentary evidence that the material and equipment conform to the procurement requirements is available at the ouclear power plant site prior to installation or use of such material or equipment. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.16.2. | | 17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components A description of the measures used for the identification and control of materials, parts, and components should be provided to assure that incorrect or defective items will not be used.17.1.9 Control of Special Processes A description of the measures employed for the control of special processes should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe how, in the case of signifi cant conditions adverse to quality, the cause of the condition is deter mined, corrective action is taken to preclude repetition, and the problem with its determined cause and corrective action is documented and reported to appropriate levels of management.
| | Included should be a listing of the special processes and the measures to assure that such special processes are controlled and accomplished by qualified personnel using qualified procedures. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records 17.1.17.1. | | 17-3 |
| | ' 0i]17.1.10 Inspection A description of the program for the inspection of activities affecting quality should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that sufficient records are maintained to furnish evidence of activities affecting quality. The PSAR should describe how the content of such records (1) includes at least the following:
| | Included should be an organizational des-cription of the individuals or groups performing inspections, indicating the independence of the inspection group from the group performing the activity being inspected, and a description of how the inspection program for the involved organizations has been or will be established. |
| test logs; results of reviews, drawings, inspections, tests, audits, monitoring of work per formance, and materials analyses;
| |
| and such data as qualifications of personnel, procedures, and equipment;
| |
| (2) identifies the type of opera tion, the inspector or data recorder, the results, the acceptability, and action taken in connection with any deficiencies noted; and (3) pro vides sufficient information to permit identification of the record with the item or activity to which it applies.
| |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.17.2. | | 17.1.11 Test Control A description of the test program to assure that all testing required to demonstrate that structures, systems, and components will perform satis-factorily in service should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that assure that records will be identifiable and retrievable.
| | Included should be an outline of the test program; procedures to be developed; |
| | means for documenting and evaluating test results of the item tested; and designation of the responsibility for performing the various phases of the program.17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment A description of the measures used to assure that tools, gages, instru-ments, and other melsirinm and testing-devices are properly controlled, calioracea and aajustea at specitled periods to maintain accuracy within necessary limits should be provided.17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping A description of the measures employed to control handling, storage, shipping, cleaning and preservation of items in accordanc&y with work and inspection instructions to prevent damage or deterioration should be provided.17.1.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status A description of the measures to indicate the inspection and test status of items to preclude inadvertent bypassing of such inspections and tests should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.17.3.
| | A description should also be provided of the measures for indicating the operating status of structures, systems, and components of the nuclear power plant to prevent inadvertent operation. |
|
| |
|
| The PSAR should describe the measures that establish requirements (consistent with regulatory requirements and responsibili ties concerning record submittal and retention, security, and storage facilities)
| | 17-4 |
| for protecting records from destruction by fire, flooding, tornadoes, insects, and rodents and from deterioration by extremes in temperature and humidity.
| | 17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components A description of the measures to control nonconforming materials, parts, or components to prevent their inadvertent use or installation should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| 17.1.18 Audits The PSAR should describe the program of the applicant and of the principal contractors for conducting comprehensive planned and periodic audits to verify compliance with all aspects of the quality assurance program and to determine the effectiveness of the program.17-12 The PSAR should describe the program features that cover the func tions listed below and should identify the positions or organizations that perform these functions.
| | Included should be the means for identification, documentation, segregation, and disposition of nonconforming material and notification to affected organizations. |
|
| |
|
| 1. External audits to be performed by the applicant and his principal contractors on their respective suppliers, 2. Internal audits to be performed by the applicant and his principal contractors within their respective organizations, 3. The planning and scheduling of audits to assure that they are regularly scheduled on the basis of the status and safety importance of the activities being performed and are initiated early enough to assure effective quality assurance during design, procurement, manufacturing, construction and installation, inspection, and testing, 4. Conduct of audits in accordance with written procedures or checklists by appropriately trained and qualified personnel not having direct responsibility in the area being audited, and 5. Documentation of audit results with review by management responsible for the area audited and, where indicated, followup action taken, including re-audit of the deficient areas. 17.2 Quality Assurance (QA) During the Operations Phase The FSAR should describe the QA program that will assure the quality of all safety-related items and activities during the operations phase. These activities include plant operation, maintenance, repair, inservice inspection, refueling, modifications, testing, and inspection under the operating license. | | 17.1.16 Corrective Action A description of the corrective action measures should be provided to assure that conditions adverse to quality are identified and corrected and that the cause of significant conditions adverse to quality is deter-mined and corrective action taken to preclude repetition. |
|
| |
|
| The description of the QA program in the FSAR should include the applicable information requirements outlined in Section 17.1 (i.e., sub stitute "FSAR" for "PSAR" in 17.1, above), except for those activities applicable only to the construction phase (activities performed under the construction permit). The FSAR should describe the QA program under the cognizance of the offsite and onsite QA organizations and should show that it addresses each of the criteria of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50. The description should delineate any significant differences in functional responsibilities between the offsite and onsite QA organizations.
| | 17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records A description of the program for the maintenance of records to furnish evidence of activities affecting quality should be provided. |
|
| |
|
| The FSAR should describe the extent to which the operations phase QA program will follow the guidance in WASH-1284, "Guidance on QA Require ments During the Operations Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," and the extent to which activities involving design, procurement, and construc tion during the operations phase will follow the guidance in WASH-1283, "Guidance on QA Requirements During Design and Procurement Phase of Nuclear Power Plant," and in WASH-1309, "Guidance on QA Requirements During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants." If such guidance will not be followed, the applicant should describe acceptable alterna tive methods in detail equivalent to that furnished in the-above guidance.
| | Included should be means for identifying the records, retention requirements for the records including duration, location and assigned responsibility, and r-a- F-r t'gh rcccr..: wihcn needcd.17.1.18 Audits A description of the system of audits to verify cotnpliance with all aspects of the QAP and to determine the effectiveness of the QAP should be provided.Included should be means for documenting responsibilities and procedures for auditing; |
| | required frequency of audits; audit results; and designating management levels to which audit results are reported.17.2 Quality Assurance Program For Station Operation In the FSAR the applicant should provide a description of the proposed QAP that will govern the quality of all safety related items during operating phase activities. |
|
| |
|
| 17-13}} | | These activities include operating, maintaining, repairing, refueling, and modifying subsequent to the pre-operational phase. The description of the proposed QAP should include each of the QA criteria (Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 50), as outlined in Section 17.1 above.17-5}} |
|
| |
|
| {{RG-Nav}} | | {{RG-Nav}} |
-, STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS Prepared by the Regulatory Staff U.S. Atomic Energy Conmission Issued February, 1972
16 o., FOREWORD Section 50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50 of the regulations of the Atomic Energy Commission requires that each application for a construction permit for a nuclear reactor facillty shall include a preliminary safety analysis report (PSAR), and that each application for a license to operate such a facility shall include a final safety analysis report (FSAR). Section 50.34 specifies in general terms the information to be supplied in these safety analysis reports (SARs). Further information was provided in a "Guide to the Organization and Contents of Safety Analysis Reports" issued by the AEC on June 30, 1966.In the course of reviewing applications for construction permits and operating licenses in the past several years, the AEC regulatory staff has found that most SARs as initially submitted do not provide sufficient information to permit the staff to conclude its review and it has been necessary for the staff to make specific requests for additional information.
These requests, which are available in the AEC Public Document Room in the Dockets for individual cases, are a source of additional guidance to applicants.
In 1970, the Commission began issuance of a series of Safety Guides t-n ? = r _-n. ..- t,: specifiz ::-fZty ....... ..... ....acceptale to the regulatory staff and the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguarcl.
In 1971, a new series of Information Guides was initiated to list nieded information that is frequently omitted fiom applications.
On November 18, 1971, the AEC Director of Regulation announced*
that effective immediately the regulatory staff would make a preliminary review of each application for a construction permit or an operating license to determine whether sufficient information is included.
If it is clear that a responsible effort has not been made to provide the information needed by the staff for its review, the licensing review would not be started until the application is reasonably complete.
The Director of Regulation also indicated that additional guidance would be issued shortly. This document provides a standard format for safety analysis reports and identifies the principal information needed. It supersedes the guide issued in 1966.Safety Analysis Reports will be expected to conform to this Standard Format unless there is good reason for not doing so. This Standard Format incorporates two Information Guides previously issued, and other informa-tion that was being developed for issuance as Information Guides. In the future, the Information Guide Series will be used to publish any revisions or additions to the contents of this Standard Format.*AEC Press Release No. S-25-71-i- I TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO.FOREWORD ...................
eta .*......................
........INTRODUCTION
....................................
...................
1 Purpose and Applicability
......................................
1 Use of Standard Format .........................................
2 Style and Composition
........................................
3 STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS ...................................................
1-1 CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION
AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION
OF PLANT 1.1 Introduction
............
ft...... a- .............................
1-1 1.2 General Plant Description
11 1.3 Comparison Tables ..........
..f ....... ....... 1-2 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs ..............
1-2 1.3.2 Comparison of Final and Preliminary Designs ............
1-2 1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors
..... ...... t ..........
1-2 1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information
.. ...............
tA-2 1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference
' -CHAPTER 2.0 SITE CHARACTERISTICS
2.1 Geography and Demography
2-.......................................2-
2.1. ', Location ..2-1 II I TABLE OF CONTENTS,(cont'd)
PAGE NO.2.1.2 Site Description
...............................
- .... 2-1 2.1.3 Population and Population Pistribution
.................
2-2 2.1.4 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ......................
2-3 2.2 Nearby Industrial, Transportation and Military Facilities
..... 2-3 2.2.1 Locations and Routes ...................................
2-3 2.2.2 Descriptions
.... ...... ....................
2-4 2.2.3 Evaluations
.............................................
2-4 2. 3 Meteorology
................................
2-5 2.3.1 Regional Meteorology
.................
..........
2-5 2.3.2 Local Meteorology
.. ............
2-5 2.3.3 Onsite Meteorological Measurements Programs ............
2-6 2.3.4 Short Term (Accident)
Diffusion Estimates
............
2-6 2.3.5 Long Term (Routine)
Diffusion Estimates
................
2-6 2.4 Hydroloay
..............................
2-6 2.4.1 Hydrologic Description...................
2-6 2.4.2 Floods .................
2-7 2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers ..... 2-7 2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures (Seismically Induced) ...........
2-9 2.4.5. Probable Maximum Surge Flooding ........................
2-11
&,' A TABJ.E OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding .........
........ 2-12 2.4.7 Ice Flooding ...........................................
2-14 2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs
....................
2-14 2.4.9 Channel Diversions
.......................................
2-14 2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements
.......................
2-14 2.4.11 Low Water Considerations
...............................
2-14 2.4.12 Environmental Acceptance of Effluents
...................
2-15 2.4.13 Groundwater
.................
.. ..........................
.2-16 2.4.14 Technical Specifications and Emergency Operation Requirements
........................
...................
2-16 2.5 Geology and Seismology
...........................
.............
2-16 2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Data ........................
2-17 2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion ...............................
2-18 2.5.3 Surface Faulting ...........
............................
2-20 2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials
......................
2-21 2.5.5 Slope Stability
..............................................
2-22 a CHAPTER 3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA -STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT.
AND SYSTEMS 3.1 Conformance With AEC General Design Criteria .... .......3.2 Classification of Structures, Components and Systems ..........
3.2.1 Seismic Classification
........................
.3.2.2 System Quality Group Classification
.....................
3-1 3-1 3-1 3-2 a TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.3.3 Wind and Tornado Design Criteria .............................
3-2 3.3.1 Wind Criteria ..........................................
3-2 3.3.2 Tornado Criteria ........................................
3-4 3.4 Water-Level (Flood) Design Criteria ..........................
3-4 3.5 Missile Protection Criteria ....................................
3-4 3.6 Criteria for Protection Against Dynamic Effects Associated With a Loss-of-Coolant Accident ...............................
3-5 3.7 Seismic Design ................................................
3-6 3.7.1 Liput Criteria .........................................
3-6 3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis ................................
3-7 3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis .............................
3-10 3.7.4 Criteria for Seismic Instrumentation Program ...........
3-11 3.7.5 Seismic Design Control Measures ........................
3-12 3.8 Design of Category I and Category II Structures
...............
3-12 3.8.1 Structures Other Than Containment
........................
3-12 3.8.2 Containment Structure
...................................
3-13 3.9 Mechanical Systems and Components
.............................
3-15 3.9.1 Dynamic System Analysis and Testing .....................
3-15 3.9.2 ASME Code Class 2 and 3 Components
.....................
3-16 3.9.3 Components Not Covered by ASME Code ....................
3-18*0
II TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.3.10 Seismic Design of Category I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment
.,................
..........
....*.......................
3-19 3.11 Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
................
...... .........
..................
3-19 CHAPTER 4.0 -REACTOR 4.1 Summary Description
........ ..... ....... ...... ..............
4-1 4.2 Mechanical Design ....... .................
.. ....... 4-1 4.2.1 Fuel .............................................
.... 4-1 4.2.2 Reactor Vessel Internals
...............
4-2 4.2.3 Reactivity Control Systems .............................
4-3 4.3 Nuclear Design ......................................
..........
4-4 4.3.1 Design Bases .........................
o ...............
.4-4 4.3.2 Description
............................................
4-4 4.3.3 Evaluation
.. ............
.................
o ...........
4-6 4.3.4 Tests and Inspections
... ...........
...........
o ....... 4-6 4.3.5 Instrumentation Application
............
I................
4-6 4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design ..............................
4-6 4.4.1 Design Bases ............................................
4-6 4.4.2 Des cription ...........
o............o.................*.-.
4a-7 4.4.3 Evaluation
............................
...... ...........
4-8 4.4.4 Testing and Verification
..............................
4-9 4.4.5 Instrumentation Application
...................
0........
4-9 I.TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd), PACE NO.CHAPTER 5.0 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM 5.1 Summary Description
...........................................
5-2 5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary ................
5-2 5.2.1 Design Criteria, Methods, and Procedures
...............
5-2 5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection
...........................
5-5 5.2.3 Material Considerations
................................
5-6 5.2.4 RCPB Leakage Detection Systems .........................
5-8 5.2.5 Inservice Inspection Program ...........................
5-9 5.3 Thermal Hydraulic System Design ....................
5-10 5.4 Reactor Ves ei o .... ............
.-5.5 Component and Subsystem Design ................................
5-12 5.6 Instrumentation Application
...................................
5-14 CHAPTER 6.0 -EGINEERED
SAFETY FE.ATURES 6.1 General .......................................................
6-1 6.2 Containment Systems ...........................................
6-1 6.2.1 Containment Functional Design ...........................
6-2 6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems .......................
6-6 6.2.3 Containment Air Purification and Cleanup Systems ....... 6-7 6.2.4 Containment Isolation Systems ................
6-9 6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment
.................
6-11 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System ...................................
6-12 6.3.1 Design Bases ...........................................
6-14 6.3.2 System Design ..........................................
6-14 6.3.3 Performance Evaluation
............
.........................
6-17 6.3.4 Tests and Inspections
..................................
6-19 6.3.5 Instrumentation Application
............................
6-20 6.X Other Engineered Safety Features ..............................
6-20 6.X.1 Design Bases ...........................................
6-21 6 .X. 2 Deign ......................................
6-21 6.X.3 Design Evaluation
..................................
6-21 6.X.4 Tests and Inspections
..........................
6-21 6oX.5 Instrumentation Applications
.......................
6-21 CHAPTER 7.0 INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROLS 7.1 Introduction
.. .... ............, ....7-1 7.1.1 Identification of Safety Related Systems ...............
7-1 7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria ......................
7-1 7.2 Reactor Trip System ... ............
7-3 7.2.1 Description
.............
o... ,......................o.....
7-3 7.2.2 Analysis .. ...... ........o. ....... 7-4 a I TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems .............................
7-4 7.3.1 Description
............................................
7-4 7.3.2 Analysis ...................................
............
7-5 7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown ............................
7-5 7.4.1 Description
... ......................................
7-5 7.4.2 Analysis ................................................
7-5 7.5 Safety Related Display Instrumentation
.........................
7-6 7.5.1 Description
.............................................
7-6 7.5.2 Analysis ...............................................
7-6 7.6 All Other Systems Required for Safety ..........................
7-6 7 .6 .1 Description
......................
7-7 7. 6 .2 Analysis ...............
7 6..............7-7
7.7 Control Systems ........ *... .......................
7-7 7.7.1 Description
... .7............
6...........
7-7 7.7.2 Analysis ...........................
........ 7-8 CHAPTER 8.0 -ELECTRIC
POWER 8 .I In trod u ct ion .......... ........ ..........................
6..........
..........................
8-1 8.2 Offsite Power System ..................................................
8-1 8.2.1 Description
..................
...........................
8-1 e. A TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.8.3 Onsite Power Systems .............................
.8-2 863.1 A-C Power System ................................
...8-2 8.3.2 D-C Power Systems ................................
- .... 8-4 CHAPTER 9.0 -AUXILIARY
SYSTEMS 9.1 Fuel Storage and Handling ......................................
9-1 9.1.1 New Fuel Storage .....................................................
..... 9-1 9.1.2 Spent Fuel Storage .............
......................................
9-2 9.1.3 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System ............
9-2 9.1.4 Fuel Handling System ....... ..................
9-3 9.2 Water Systems .................................................
9-3 9.3 Process Auxiliaries
.... ..............
.........................
9-4 9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, ng, and Ventilation Systems ... 9-6 9.4.2 Auxiliary Building ...................
s ...-.... : ....... 6 9.4.3 Radwaste Area ..... 6"...............
9-6 9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems ....................
...................
9-7 9.5.1 Fire Protection System .................................
9-7 9.5.2 Comuinication Systems ......................
..... 9-8 9.563 Lighting Systems .........
& ..... ........................
9-8 9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System .........................
9-8
'II .5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.CHAPTER 10.0 -STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION
SYSTEM 10.1 Summary Description
.......................................
... 10-1 10.2 Turbine-Generator
............................
.... ..... 10-2 10.3 Main Steam Supply System .....................................
10-2 10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System ..........
10-3 CHAPTER 11.0 -RADIOACTIVE
WASTE MANAGEMENT
.1.1 Source Terms .................................................
11-1 11.2 Liquid Waste Systems ................
.... ...................
11-2 11.2.1 Design Objectives
...................................
11-2 11.2.2 .fl p ,e .....................
-11.2.3 Operating Procedures
.................................
11-2 11.2.4 Performance Tests ....................................
11-3 11.2.5 EsLimated Releases ...................................
11-3 11.2.6 Release Points ..................
............
11-3 11.2.7 Dilution Factors .....................................
11-3 11.2. 3 Estimated Doses ...............
o ................
...... 11-3 11.3 Gaseous Waste Systems .......................................
11-4 11.3.1 Design Objectives
.........
..........
..... ........ 11-4 11.3.2 Systems Descriptions
..............................
.. 11-4 11.3.3 Operating Procedures
...........
11-4 p.TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.11.3.4 Performance Tests ....................................
11-4 11.3.5 Estimated Releases ...................................
11-4 11.3.6 Release Points .......................................
11-5 11.3.7 Dilution Factors ...................................
11-5 11.3.8 Estimated Doses ......................................
11-5 11.4 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring Systems .........
11-5 11.4.1 Design Objectives
....................................
11-5 11.4.2 Continuous Monitoring
............................
.... 11-6 11.4.3 S hiIi...........
................
- ........ 11-6 11.4.4 Calibration and Maintenance
.........................
,. 11-6 11.5 Solid Waste System ...................
....... ................
11-6 11.5.1 Design Objectives
....................................
11-6 11.5.2 System Inputs ..............
... ............
..........
11-7 11.5.3 Equipment Description
................................
11-7 11.5.4 Expected Volumes .....................................
11-7 11.5.5 Packaging
..............
.........
.................
11-7 11.5.6 Storage Facilities
...................................
11-7 11.5.7 Shipment .............................................
11-7 11.6 Offsite Radiological Monitoring Program ......................
11-8 11.6.1 Expected Background
... ....... .........
...............
11-8 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.11.6.2 Critical Pathways ....................................
11-8 11.6.3 Sampling Media, Locations and Frequency
..............
11-8 11.6.4 Analytical Sensitivity
...............................
11-8 11.6.5 Data Analysis and Presentation
.......................
11-8 11.6.6 Program Statistical Sensitivity
......................
11-9 CHAPTER 12.0 -RADLATION
PROTECTION
12.1 Shielding
....................................................
12-1 12.1.1 Design Objectives
....................................
12-1 12.1.2 Design Description
.............
.............
12-1 12.1.3 Source TPr-< ..........................................
12-1 12.1.4 Area Monitoring
........ ..............
.............
12-2 12.1.5 Operating Procedures
..............
...................
12-2 12.1.6 Estimates of Exposure ...........................
12-2 12.2 Ventilation
....................
....................
0..'.........
12-2 12.2.1 Design Objectives
....................
I .... ..........
.12-2 12.2.2 Design Description
.... ................................
12-3 12.2.3 Source Terms ..... ...............
....... 12-3 12.2.4 Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring
....................
12-3 12.2.5 Operating Procedures
......................
...........
12-3 12.2.6 Estimates of Inhalation Doses .........
12-4 0
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)PAGE NO.12.3 Health Physics Program ...........
6... ... ..12-4 12.3.1 Program Objectives
...................
..............
12-4 12.3.2 Facilities and Equipment
.............................
12-4 12.3.3 Personnel Dosimetry
..................................
12-4 CHAPTER 13.0 -CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
13.1 Organizational Structure of Applicant
........................
13-1 13.1.1 Corporate Organization
...... ..........
13-1 13.1.2 Operating Organization................
13-2 13.1.3 Qualification Requirements for Nuclear Facility'ersoii,,el
...............
.......................
13-2 13. 2 Training Program ..............
.........
- ..... 13-3 13.2.1 Program Description
.................................
13-3 13.2.2 Retraining Program ..............
0 ..... .. 13-4 13.2.3 Replacement Training .............
....... ........ 13-4 13.2.4 Records ....... .................1 -13.3 Emergency Planning .................
.............
....13-4 13.4 Review and Audit.......................
13-5 13.4.1 Review and Audit -Construction
........ ..... 13-5 13.4.2 Review and Audit -Test and Operation
................
13-5 13.5 Plant Procedures
............................................
13-6 13.6 Plant Records .................................
.. ...... f ....... 13-6 I
hi TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)13.7 Industrial Security .....................................
13.7.1 Personnel and Plant Design ......................
13.7.2 Security Plan ....................................
CHAPTER 14.0 -INITIAL TESTS AND OPERATION 14.1 Test Program ............................................
14.2 Augmentation of Applicant's Staff for Initial Tests and Operation
...............................
...........
CHAPTER 15.0 -ACCIDENT ANALYSES PAGE NO..13-7..... 13-7..... 13-7..... 14-1..... 14-2 15.1 General ......................................................
15-1 1.5.2_ C1' 1 -Fvp-r, Te1- ' N R-dio-tivir'.
R-1!easc at"wl don-eiua v.",................
0 .............
... 15-5 15.3 Class 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactivity Release at Exclusion Radius .................
15.4 Class 3 -Design Basis Events ...............................
CHAPTER 16.0 TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
CHAPTER 17.0 -QUALITY ASSURANCE 17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction
..........
17.1.1 Organization
.........................................
17.1.2 Quality Assurance Program ............................
17.1.3 Design Control ......................................
17.1.4 Procurement Document Control .....................
17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings ........15-6 15-6 17-1 17-1 17-2 17-2 17-2 17-3
1 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS (contd)PAGE NO.17.1.6 Document Control ......................................
17-3 \17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services ..........................................
17-3 17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts and Components
............
......................
... .17-3 17.1.9 Control of Special Processes
..........................
17-3 17.1.10 Inspection
.........................
.............
17-4 17.1.11 Test Control ..........................................
17-4 17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment
..............
17-4 17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping ......................
17-4 17.1.14 Inspection, Test and Operating Status ................
17-4 17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts or Components
.........
17-5 17.1.16 Corrective Action .....................................
17-5 17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records ............................
17-5 17.1.18 Audits ...............................................
17-5 17.2 Quality Assurance Program for Station Operation
..............
17-5 INTRODUCTION
Purpose and Applicability This docunent has been prepared by the AEC regulatory staff to provide a standard format for Safety Analysis Reports submitted as part of-pplications for construction permits and operating licenses for nuclear i3wer plants, and to indicate the information to be provided in the reports. The principal purpose for the preparation and submittal of a Safety Analysis Report (SAR) is to inform the Co,=ission of the nature of the facility and plans for its use. The information provided in the SAR must be sufficient to permit a review of whether the facility can be built and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public. An applicant will have evaluated the facility in sufficient detail to conclude that it can be built and operated safely. The Safety Analysis Report is the principal document whereby the applicant provides the infor-mation needed to understand the basis upon which this conclusion has been reached.The required content of a Safety Analysis Report is described in general terms in Section 50.34 of the Co=ission's reeulations
(10 CFR Part 50).The Standard Format identifies the principal detailed information that.L-quiLýd by 1 nhe starr in its evaluation of the application.
This format will help assure the completeness of the. information provided, will assist the regulatory staff and others in locating the information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. The Standard Format and Content applies to both a Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR) and a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), but where specific items of information apply to only one of these reports, it is so indicated in the text.Although the specific information identified in the Standard Format and Content has been prepared with reference to water-cooled power reactors, the general content and format for the presentation of information is also applicable to power reactors of other types.The information indicated in the Standard Format and Contents is a minimum for Safety Analysis Reports. It is recognized that all the information that may be required to complete the staff review (or all the information that has been presented in previous SARs) is not identified explicitly, and the applicant should include additional information in the SAR, as appropriate.
-1- Upon receipt of an application, the regulatory staff will perform a preliminary review to determine whether the SAR provides a reasonably complete presentation of the information identified in the Standard Format and Content. If not, further review of the application will not be initiated until a reasonably complete report is provided.The information provided in thc SAR should be up-to-date with respect to the state of technology for nuclear power plants and should take into account recent changes in AEC regulations and guides, the results of recent research and development in nuclear reactor safety, and experience in the construction and operation of nuclear power plants.The design information provided in the SAR should reflect the most ad-vanced state of design at the time of submission.
If certain information identified in the Standard Format is not yet available at the time of submission of a Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, because the design has not progressed sufficiently at the time of writing, it is not sufficient to note merely thaL the information is "to be supplied later." The report should state the bases or criteria being used to develop the required information, the concepts and/or alternatives under consideration, and the schedule for completion of the design and submission of the missing information.
In general, the Final Safety Analysis Report should describe the final design of the plant.Use of Standard Format In the Standard Format, the SAR is divided into seventeen chapters (e.g., Chapter 2.0 Site Characteristics).
Within the chapterz the material is arranged in sections (e.g., 2.4 Hydrology), subsections (e.g., 2.4.2 Floods), and further subdivisions.
The SAR should follow the numbering system of the Standard Format at least down to the level of subsections.
For example, subsection
2.4.2 of the SAR should provide all the information requested within subsection
2.4.2 of the Standard Format.It is recognized that in many cases th'e applicint ro" -appendices to the SAR to provide supplemental information not explicitly identified in the Standard Format. Some examples of such information are: (1) su~mmaries of the manner in which the applicant has treated matters addressed in AEC Safety Guides, or proposed regulations;
and (2) supplementary information regarding calculational methods or design approaches used by the applicant or his agents.-2-
- lStyle and Composition The applicant should strive for clear, concise presentations of the infer-mation provided in the SAR. Confusing or ambiguous statements and un-necessarily verbose descriptions do not contribute to expeditious technical review. Claims of adequacy of designs or design methods should be supported by technical bases.When numerical values are stated, the number of significant figures given should reflect the accuracy or precision to which the number is known. When-ever possible estimated limits of error or uncertainty should be given quantitatively.
Abbreviations should be used discriminately, should be consistent through-out the SAR, and should be consistent with gene:rllv accepted usage.Any abbreviations, symbols or special terms not in general usage or unique to the proposed facility should be defined in each chapter of the report where they are used.Drawings, maps, diagrams, sketches, and charts should be employed whenever the information can be presented more adequately or conve-niently by such means. Due concern should be taken to assure that all information presented in drawings is legible, symbols are defined, and drawings are not reduced to the extent that visual aids are nec-essary to interpret pertinent items of information presented in the drawings.Reports or other documents that are referenced in the text of the SAR should be listed at the end of the chapter in which they are referenced.
In cases where proprietary documents are referenced, a non-proprietary summary description of the document should also be referenced.
Material incorporated into the application by reference should be listed in Chapter 1 (See Section 1.6 of the Standard Format).The assembly of pages of the SAR should be accomplished in a manner permitting the easy insertion of additional pages. For example, pages should be numbered by Chapters rather than sequentially throughout the report, as is done in Standard Format. When the SAR consists of more than one volume, the complete table of contents (for all volumes) should be included in the front of each volume.-3- STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTr:T OF SAFETY A.:ALYSIS
REPORTS FOR !aUCLEAR ?C:,:ER ?:ELCTORS 1.0 INTRODUCTION
AND GENEPRAL.
DESCRIPTTIIN*
OF PLANT The first chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should present an introduction and general plant description.
This chapter Thould enable the reader to obtain an overall understainding of the facility without having to delve into the subsequent chapters.
Revicd of the detailed chapters which follow can then be accor-n'ished with better perspective and with reconition of ti-e relative safety izlportance of each individual item to the overall facil1tv design.1.1 Introduction This section should present briefly the piincipal asnects of the overall application.
For exanplc, the specific inforra..i n that should be included is as follows: the type of license requested, the number of plant units, a brief description of the proncscd location of the plant, the type of the nucLear steam simply syster. and its designer, the type of containnment structure and its designer, the core thermal power Levels, both rated and design*, and the correspondinp net electrical output for each thermal power level, the scheduled ccnpletion date and the anticipated co-ercial operation date for each unit.1.2 General Plant Description This section should include a summary description of the principal characteristics of the site, and a concise d! zcrirtion of the facility.The facility description should include a brief discussion of the principal design criteria, operating characteristics and safety considerations for the nuclear steam supply system, the engineered safety features and emergency systems, instrumentation, control and electrical systems, power conversion system, fuel handling and storage system.s, cooling water and other auxiliary systems, and the radioactive waste management system.The general arrangement of major structures and equipment should be indicated by the use of plan and elevation drawings in sufficient number and detail to provide a reasonable understanding of the general layout of the facility.
Those features of the plant likely to be of special interest because of their relationship to safety should be identified.
Such items as unusual site characteristics, solutions to particularly difficult engineering problems, and significant extrapolations in the technology as represented by the design should be hithlighted.
- Rated power is defined as the power level at which the plant would be operated if licensed.
Design power is defined as the highest power level that would be permitted by plant design, and which is used in some safety evaluations.
1-1
1.3 Comparison Tables 1.3.1 Comparisons with Similar Facility Designs This subsection should provide a comprehensive indication of the principal similarities to othier power reactor facilities (preferably previously designed or built power reactor facilities or designs) and principal differences from such power reactor facilities.
This information should be provided in tabular form, cross-referencing the appropriate sections of the SAR that fully describe the similarities and differences.
This comparison should not be restricted to a comparison of the reactor design parameters, but should include all principal features of the facility such as the engineered safety features, the containment concept, instrumentation and electrical systems, the radioactive waste management system, and other principal systems.1.3.2 Comoarison of Final and Preliminary Designs In a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) tables should be provided to identify clearly all the significant changes that have been made in the facility design since submittal of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Re-port (PSAR). Each item should be cross-referenced to the appropriate section in the FSAR that describes the,changes an, the reasons for them.1.4 Identification of Agents and Contractors This section should identify the prime agents or contractors for the design, construction and operation of the reactor facility.
The principal consultants and outside service organizations (such as those providing audits of the quality assurance program) should be identified.
The division of responsibility between the designer, architect-engineer, constructor and plant operator should be delineated.
1.5 Requirements for Further Technical Information In accordance with Section 50.35 of 10 CFR Part 50, this section of the PSAR should identify, describe and discuss those safety features or components for which further technical information is required in support of the issuance of a construction permit, but which has not been supplied in the PSAR. This section of the PSAR should (1) identify and distinguish between those research and development programs that will be required to determine the adequacy of the design, and those that will be used to demonstrate the margin of conservatism of a proven design, (2) describe the specific technical information that must be obtained to demonstrate
1-2 acceptable resolution of the problems, (3) describe the program in sufficient detail to show how the information will be obtained, (4) pro-vide a schedule of completion of the program as related to the projected startup date of the proposed facility, and (5) discuss the design alter-natives or operational restrictions available in the event that the result.&, of the program do not demonstrate acceptable resolution of the problems.Reference may be made to topical program summary reports filed with the AEC; however, if such references are made, the applicability of each research and development item to the applicant's facility should be dis cuss ed.In the Final Safety Analysis Report this section should include a resu-e of special research and developnent programs undertaken to establish the final design and/or to demonstrate the added conservatism of the design, and a discussion of any programs that will be conducted during operation in order to demonstrate the acceptability of contemplated future changes in design or modes of operation.
1.6 Material Incorporated by Reference This section should provide a tabulation of all "topical reports" which are incorporated by reference as part of the application.
In this context, "topical reports" are defined as reports that have been prepared by reactor manufacturers or architect-engineers and filed separately w-th the AEC in support of this application or of other applications or produuc lines. This tabulation should include for each report the title, the report number, the date submitted to the AEC and the applicable sections of the SAR in which this report is referenced.
For any reports that have been withheld from public disclosure, pursuant to Section 2.790(b) of 10 CFR Part 2, as proprietary documents, non-proprietary surmary descriptions of the general content of such reports should also be referenced.
This section should also include a tabulation of any documents submitted to the AEC in other applications that are incorporated in whole or in part in this application by reference.
1-3
2.0 SITE CL-ARACTERISTICS
This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information on the geological, seismological, hydrological, and meteorological characteristics of the site and vicinity, in conjunction with population distribution, land use, and site activities and controls.
The purnose is to indicate how these site characteristics have influenced plant design and operating criteria and to show the adequacy of the site character- istics from a safety vieupoint.
2.1 Geography and Demogranhv
2.1.1 Site Location The site location should be described by specifying the latitude and longitude of the reactor to the nearest second, and the Universal Transverse Mercator coordinates*
to the nearest 100 meters. The state and count. in which the site is located should be identified, as well as the location of the site relative to prominent natural and mnn-made features such as rivers and lakes.2.1.2 Site Description A map of the site should be included in the application and should be of suitable scale to clearly define the boundary.of the site and the distance from significant facility features to the site boundary.The area to be considered as the exclusion area must be delineated clearly, if its boundaries are not the same as the boundaries of the plant site. The application should include a description of the applicant's legal rights with respect to the properties described (ownership, lease, easements, etc.).2.1.2.1 Exclusion Area Control -For any activity unrelated to facility operation conducted within the e,:clusion area, the applicant should identify the nature of his authority to determine all activities, including authority for the exclusion of personnel and property.
U.here the exclusion area is traversed by a highway, waterway, or railroad, the applicant should describe the arrangements made to control traffic in the event of an emergency.
2.1.2.2 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits -The site description should clearly define the boundary line on which tech-nical specification limits on the release of gaseous effluents will be* As found on U.S. Geological Survey topographical maps.2-1 based. This boundary line (which may or may not be the same as the plant property lines or the exclusion area boundary line) demarcates the area, access to which will be actively controlled for purnoses of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation and radioactive materials.
The degree of access control required is such that the licensee is able to fulfill his various obligations with respect to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation." The site map discussed above may be used to identify this area, or a separate map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the boundary line with respect to nearby rivers and lakes. Distances from plant effluent release points to the boundary line should be defined clearly.2.1.3 Population and Population Distribution Population data presented in the application should be based en the 1970 census data and, where available, the most recent census data.following information should be presented cn the population and its distribution.
The 2.1.3.1 Population Within Ten Miles -On a map of suitable scale which identifies places of significant population grouping, such as cities and towns within the 10 mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn. w-irh rhe reptrrnr .r rk r-- .... -e¢ 1 -'4, 3 and 10 miles. The circles snouic oe dIVI-ed into Z2-1/2 degree segments with each segment centered on one of the 16 cardinal compass points (e.g., north, north-northeast, northeast, etc.). Within each area thus formed by the concentric circles and radial lines the current resident population should be specified, as well as the projected population by decade for at least four decades. Describe the basis for the projection.
2.1.3.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles -- A map of suitable scale for these distances should be used in the same manner as described in 2.1.3.1 above to describe the population and its distribution at 10 mile intervals between the 10 and 50 mile radii, from the reactor.2.1.3.3 Low Population Zone -The low population zone (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100) and the basis for its selection should be specified.
The population within the zone should be described in a manner similar to that described in 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.2, or presented in tabular form.2.1.3.4 Transient Population
-Variations in population on a seasonal basis should be described and, where appropriate, variations in population distribution during the working day should be discussed, particularly where cignificant shifts in population or population distribution may occu:r within the low population zone.0 2-2
2.1.3.5 Population Center -The nea.est population center (as de-fined in 10 CFR Part 100) should be specified and its population, direction, and distance from the reactor provided.2.1.3.6 Public Facilities and Institutions
-Any public facilities such as schools, hospitals, prisons, and parks within ten miles of the site should be identified and located with respect to the reactor, and their transient or permanent populations discussed.
2.1.4 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waturs Land uses and uses of nearby bodies of water should be described in the application.
Lands devoted to agricultural uses should be described in the context of principal food products, and acreage and yields. The nearest location suitable for dairying should be identified.
The description of water uses should include extent of comnercial and sport fishing, species and yields of fish taken and relative abundance, and conn-ercial and recreational uses.Sufficient data should be provided in this subsection regarding food crops and edible aquatic biota, in conjunction with estimated releases of radioactivity in gaseous and liquid effluents, to permit estimates to be made in Chapter 11 of the range of maximum potential annual radiation doses to individuals and to the population resulting from the principal radionuclides in discharged effluents.
2.2 Nearbv Industrial, Transportation and Military Facilities The purpose of this section is to establish whether the nuclear facility is designed to withstand safely the effects of potential accidents at, or as a result of the presence of,.other industrial, transportation and military installations or operations in the vicin:Lty*
of the site which may have a potentially significant effect on the safe operation of the nuclear facility.
These items should be re-evaluated at the time of the operating license review (FSAR), if any significant changes have occurred.2.2.1 Locations and Routes Provide a map showing all military bases, missile sites, manufacturing plants, chemical plants and storage facilities, airports, transportation routes (land and water), and oil and gas pipelines and tank farms. In-clude a description of military firing ranges and nearby airplane low level flight and landing patterns.* All activities within five miles of the site should be considered.
Activities at greater distances should be descr:ibed and evaluated as appropriate to their significance.
2-3 M
2.2.2 Descriptions A description of products manufactured, stored, or transported should be provided, as should the maximum quantities of hazardous material " kely to be processed, stored, or transported.
2.2.3 Evaluations Based on the information provided in subsections
2.2.1 and 2.2.2, a safety evaluation should be made for each of the activities including consideratior of the following aspects as applicable.
For nuclear plants located on navigable waterways, the evaluation should consider the potential effects of impacts on the plant cooling water intake structures by the maximum size and weight of barges or 3hips that normally pass the site. (If the plant is located in a region in which low temperatures are experienced, discuss the protection provided to the intake structures against ice blockage and/or damage.) The effects of accidental upstream releases of corrosive liquids or oil on the intake structures should be evaluated.
The effects of explosion of chemicals, flammable gases, or ranitipns should be considered.
If large natural aas piDelines cross, or pass evaluated.
In situations where stone quarries are located near the site, consider the effect of detonation of the maximum, amount of ex-plosives that is permitted to be stored.The potential effects of fires in adjacent oil and gasolinc plants or storage facilities, adjacent industries, brush and forest fires and from transportation incidents should be evaluated.
Evaluate the potential effects of accidental releases of toxic gases (e.g. chlorine)from onsite storage facilities, nearby industries and transportation accidents.
The effect of expected airborne pollutants on critical reactor facility components should be evaluated to show the adequ.acy of the design, materials, construction, and operating procedures.
For sites in the-vicinity of airports, evaluate the potential effects of aircraft impacts on the reactor facility, taking into account aircraft size, weight, and fuel loading.In the event high natural-draft cooling towers or other tall structures such as discharge stacks are used on site, evaluate the potential for damage to equipment or structures important to reactor safety in the event of collapse.2-4
2.3 Meteorology This section should provide a meteorological description of the site and its surrounding areas, and sufficient data to describe the meteorolo- gical characteristics of the site. The information should be sufficient to permit an independent evaluation by the staff of the meteorological effects.2.3.1 Regional Meteoroloi,%, 2.3.1.1 Data Sources -Provide references to the climatic atlases and regional climatic summaries tsed.2.3.1.2 General Climate -Describe the general climate of the region includinz che interplay between synoptic scale processes and terrain characteristics of the region.2.3.1.3 Severe .,eather -Provide the intensity and frequency of occurrence of heavy precipitation (rain and snow), hail, ice storms, thu:nderstorrs, tornadoes, strong winds and high air pollutio potential.
2.3.2 Local Meteorology
2.3.2.1 Data Sources -Provide National "either Service (N'OAA)station surmaries and other meteorological data which are indicative of site characteristics.
2.3.2.2 Normal and Ex:treme Values of Meteorological Parameters
-Provide monthly su-.rmaries of wind (direction and speed combined), tem-perature, atmospheric water vapor (absolute and relative), precipitation (rain and snow), fog and atmospheric stability (if available).
2.3.2.3 Potential Influence of the Plant and Its Facilities on Local Meteorolopv
-Discuss and provide an evaluation of the potential modification of the normal and extreme values of meteorological parameters described in 2.3.2.2 above as a result of the presence and operation of the plant (e.g., the influence of cooling towers or water impoundment features on meteorological conditions).
2.3.2.4 Topographical Description
-Provide a map showing the topographic features (as modified by the plant) within at least a five mile radius of the plant, and topographic cross sections in the 16 compass point sectors radiating from the plant. Include discussion of the effect of topography on short-term and long-term diffusion estimates from elevated release points, where appropriate.
2-5 S 2.3.3 Onsite Me'eorological Measurements Programs Provide a description of the preoperational.
and operational programs for meteorological measurements at the nuclear plant site, including measure-ments made, locations and elevations of measurements, description of instruments used, calibration and maintenance of instruments, data output and recording systems and data analysis procedures. (Additional guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measurements programs is being developed in an AEC Safety Guide now in preparation.)
2.3.4 Short Term (Accident)
Diffusion Estimates 2.3.4.1 Basis -Provide conservative estimates of atmospheric dilution factors at the site boundary and the outer boundar- of the low population zone for appropriate time periods to 30 days after an accident, based on meteorological data.2.3.4.2 Calculations
-Describe the diffusion equations and the parameters used in the diffusion estimates.
2.3.5 Long Term (Routine)
Diffusion Estimates 2.3.4.1 Basis -Provide realistic estimates of atmospheric dilution 2.3.4.2 Calculations
-Describe the diffusion equations and para-meters used in the diffusion estimates.
2.4 Hydrology The following subsections should contain sufficient information to allow an independent hydrologic engineering review to be made of all hydro-logically related design bases, performance reauirements, bases for design and operating procedures for structures, systems and components important to safety as a result of the following phenomena: (a) runoff type floods up to and including the probable maximum flood; (b) surges and wave action;(c) tsunamis; (d) artificial floods due to dam failures or landslides; (e)low water and/or drought effects on capability of cooling water supplies;(f) ice blockage of cooling water sources and ice jam flooding; (g) channel diversions of cooling water sources; (h) dilution and dispersion character- istics of the normal and accidental release hydrosphere relating existing and potential future users of surface and ground water resources.
2.4.1 Hydrologic Description
2.4.1.1 Site and Facilities
-Describe the site and all safety-related elevations, structures, exterior accesses thereto and safety related equipment and systems from the standpoint of hydrologic considerations.
2-6 S Provide a topographic nap of the site and indfcate thereon any proposed changes to natural drainape features.2.4.1.2 Hydrosphere
-Describe the location, size, shape and other hydrologic characteristics of streams, rivers, lakes, shore regions and groundwater environments influencing plant siting. Include a description of upstream and dc'-nstream river control structures, and provide a regional topographic map showing the major hydrologic features.
List the owner, location, and rate of use of surface water users whose intakes could be adversely affected by accidental or normal releases of contaminants.
Refer to subsection
2.4.13.2 for zhe tabulation of ground water users.2.4.2 Floods 2.4.2.1 Flood .istorv -Provide a synopsis of the flood history (date, level, peak dischiarfe, etc.) in the site repion. A "flood" is defined as any abnormally high water stage or overflow from a stream, fiood.,av, lake or coastal area that results in significant detrimental effects. Include river or stream floods, surges, tsunamis, dam failures, ice jams, etc.2.4.2.2 Flood Desi
e. n Ccnsideraticns
-Discuss the general capability cE s=afe'y f.. --iliti_, sZ.-.. , _:- zuiipmnt to withstand floods and flood waves, Trhe design flood protection for safety related components and structures of nuclear power plants should be based on the highest calculated flood water level elevations and flood wave effects resulting from analysis of several different hypothetical floods. All possible flood conditions up to and including the highest and most critical flood level resulting from any of several different probable maximum events are to be considered as the basis for the design protection level for safety related components and structures of nuclear power plants. The probable maximum water level from a straam flood, surge, combination of surge and stream flood in estuarial areas, wave action or tsunami (whichever is applicable and/or greatest)
may cause the highest water level. Other possibilities are the flood level resulting from the most severe flood wave at the plant site caused by an upstream landslide, dam failure or dam breaching resulting frcm a seismic or foundation disturbance, or inadequate design capability.
The effects of coincident wind generated wave action should be superimposed on the applicable flood level. The assumed hypothetical conditions are to be evaluated both statically and dynamically to determ.ine the design flood protection level. The topical information required is generally outlined in subsections
2.4.3 through 2.4.6, but the type of events considered and the controlling event should be summarized in this subsection.
2.4.3 Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) on Streams and Rivers Describe the PMF defined by the Corps of Engineers as the "hypothetical flood characteristics (peak discharge, volume, and hydrograph shape) that 2-7 are considered to be the most severe "reasonably possible" at a particular
0 location, based on relative comprehensive hydrometeorological analyses of critical runoff-producing precipitation (and snowmelt, if pertinent)
and hydrologic factors favorable for maximum flood runoff." PM!F determinations are usually prepared by estimating "probable maximum" precipitation (PMP)amounts over the subject drainage basin, in critical periods of time, and computing the residual runoff hydrograph likely to result with critical conditions of ground wetness and related factors. Estimates of the PMF are usually based on the observed and deduced characteristics of flood-producing storms and associated hydrologic factors, modified on the basis of hydrometeoro- logical analyses to represent the most severe runoff conditions considered to be "reasonably possible" in the particular drainage basin under study.In addition to determining the PMF for adjacent large rivers or streams, a local PMF should be estimated for each local drainape course which can influence safety related facilities.
Summarize the locations and associated water levels for which PMF determinations have been made.2.4.3.1 Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) -- The PH? is the theoreti-cally greatest precipitation over the applicable drainage area that would produce flood flows that have virtually no risk of being exceeded.
These estimates usually involve detailed analyses of actual flood-producing storms iii the general region of the drainage basin under study, and certain modifications ard extrapolations of historical data to reflect more severe rainfall-runoff relations than actually recorded, insofar as these are deemed "reason__
- p +/-c .: -.I L ...-. ..: " .p... ". ..reasoning.
Discuss considerations of storm configuration (orientation of areal distribution', maximized precipitation amounts (include a description of maximization procedures and/or studies available in the area such as reference to National Weather Service and Corps of Engineers determinations), time distributions, orographic effecLs, storm centering, seasonal effects, antecedent snowpack (depth, moisture content, areal distribution), and any snow-melt model. Present the selected maximized storm precipitation distribution (time and space).2.4.3.2 Precinitation Losses -Describe the absorption canability of the basin including consideration of initial losses, infiltration rates, and antecedent precipitation.
Provide verification of these assumptions by reference to studies in the region, or by presenting detailed storm-runolt studies.2.4.3.3 Runoff Model -Describe the hydrologic response characteristics of the watershed to precipitation (such as unit hydrographs), verification from historic floods or synthetic procedures, the nonlinearity of the model due to high rainfall rates, and provide a description of sub-basin drainage areas (including a map), their sizes and topographic features of watersheds.
Include a tabulation of all drainage areas, and runoff, reservoir and channel routing coefficients.
2-8
2.4.3.4 Probable Maximum Flood Flow -Present the PMF runoff hydrograph as defined as resulting from the probable maximurn precipitation (and.snow- melt, if pertinent)
which considers the hydrologic characteristic-, of the potential influence of existing and proposed upstream dpms and river structures for regulating or increasing the water level. If such dar..s are designed to a PMF, their influence on the regulation of Water flow and levels shall be considered;
however, if a dam is not designed or constructed to with'stand the PMF (or inflow from an upstream dam failure) the maximum water flows and resulting static and dynamic effects from the failure of the dam by breaching should be included in the PMF estimate.
Discuss the PMF stream-course response model and its ability to compute floods of various magnitudes up to the s,-verity of a PMF. Present any reservoir and channel routing assumptions with appropriate discussions of initial conditions, outlet works (both uncontrolled and controlled), spillwav (both uncontrolled and controlled), t;ie ability of any dams to withstand coincident reservoir wind wave action (including discussions of set-up, the significant wave height, the maximum wave height, and runup), the wave protection afforded, and the reservoir design capacity (i.e., the capacity for P.F and coincident wind wave action). Finally, provide the estim.ated PMF discharge hydrograph at the site and, when available, provide a similar hydrograph without upstream reservoir effects.4.4.3.5 Water Level Determinations
-Describe the translation of the estimated peak P..!F discharge to elevation using cross section and profile data, reconstitution of historical floods (with consideration of high water marks and discharge estimates), standard step methods, roughness coeffi-cients, bridge and other losses, verification, extrapolation of coefficients for the PMF, estimates of P.F water surface profiles, and flood outlines.2.4.3.6 Coincident Wind Wave Activity -Discuss the runup, wave heights, and resultant static and dynamic effects of wave action on each safety related facility from wind generated activity coincident with the peak PMF water level.2.4.4 Potential Dam Failures (Seismically Induced)Discuss and evaluate the effects of potential seismically induced dam failures on the upper limit of flood capability in streams and rivers.Consider the potential influence of upstream dams and river structures for regulating or increasing the water level. The maximum water flow and level resulting from failure of a dam by seismically induced breaching under the most severe probable modes of failure should be taken into account, including the potential for subsequent downstream domino-type failures due to flood waves. The simultaneous occurrence of the I*F and an earthquake capable of failing the upstream dams is not considered, since each of these 2-9 events considered singly has a low probability of occurrence.
The suggested worst conditions at the dam site are to be evaluated by considering
(1) a 25-year flood with full reservoirs coincident with an earthquake determined by a procedure similar to that used to determine the characteristics of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake*
and (2) a standard-project flood or one-half the probable maximur, flood (as defined by the Corps of Engineers)
with full reservoirs coincident with the maximum earthquake determined on the basis of historic seismicity.
Mhere downstream dams also regulate cooling water supplies, their potential failures also should be considered.
2.4.4.1 Reservoir Description
-Include the locations of existing or proposed dars (both upstream and downstream)
that influence conditions at the site, drainage areas above reservoirs, descriptions of types of structures, all appurtenances, ownership, seismic design criteria, and spillway design criteria.2.4.4.2 Dam Failure Permutations
-Discuss the locations of dams (both upstream and downstream), potential modes of failure and results of seismically induced and other types of dam failures that could cause the most critical conditions (floods or low water) with respect to the site for such an event.Consideration should be given to possible landslides, antecedent reservoir levels and river flows at the coincident flood peak (base flow). Present tLhe determinahio n ,f rho,, 1- n. 1 rw rare ;2r r-i cl-, -'."h.9.9 .possi e AI dam failure, and sumnarize an analysis to show that the presented
4 condition is the worst permutation.
Include the description of all coefficients and methods used.2.4.4.3 Unsteady Flow Analysis of Potential Dam Failures -In determining the effect of dam failures at the site, the analvtical methods presented should be applicable to artificial large floods with appropriately acceptable coefficients, and should also consider floodwaves through reservoirs downstream of failures.
Domino-type failures due to flood waves should be considered where applicable.
Discuss estimates of base flow and flood wave effects which are included to attenuate the dam failure flood wave downstream.
2.4.4.4 Water Level at Plant Site -Present the backwater or unsteady flow computation leading to the water elevation estimate for the most critical upstream dam failure, and discuss its reliability.
Superimpose wind wave conditions that may occur simultaneously in a manner similar to that described in subsection
2.4.3.6.* Refer to 10 CFR Part 100, proposed Appendix A.2-10
2.4.5 Probable Maximum Surge Flooding 2.4.5.1 Probable Maximum Winds and Associated Meteorological Parameters
-The mechanism is defined as a hypothetical hurricane or other cyclonic type wind storm that might result from the most severe combinations of meteoro-logical parameters that are considered reasonably possible in the region involved, if the hurricane or other type wind storm should approach the point under study along a critical path and at optimum rnte of movement.The determination of probable maximum meteoroLogical winds involves detailed analyses of actual historical storm events in the general region, and certain modifications and extrapolations of data to reflect a more severe meteoro-logical wind system than actually recorded, insofar as these are deemed"reasonably possiblu" of occurrence on the basis of meteorological reason-ing and should b'e presented in detail. The probable maximum conditions are the most severe combinations of hydremetcorological parameters (such as the meteorological characteristics of the probable maximum hurricane as reported by the U.S. ::ational Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration in their unpublished report HIUR 7-97*) considered reasonably possible that would produce the surge which has virtually no risk of being exceeded.This hypothetical event, as for other storm types, is postulated along a critical path at an optimal rate of movement from correlations of storm parameters of rernrd. Sufficient bases and information should he provided to assure that the parameters presented are the most reasonable severe combination.
2.4.5.2 Surge History -Discuss the proximity of the site to large bodies of water for which surge-type flooding can reach the site. The probable maximum water level (surges) for shore areas adjacent to large water bodies is the peak of the hypothetical surge stage hydrograph (still water levels), and coincident wave effects based on relative comprehensive hydrometeorological analyses resulting from the probable maximum meteoro-logical criteria (such as hurricanes or other cyclonic wind storms) in conjunction with the critical hydrological characteristics that produce the probable maximum water level at a specific location.
The effects of the probable maximum storms are superimposed on the coincidental maximum annual astronomical ambient tide levels, and associated wave action, to determine the effects of water level and wave action on structures.
Provide a description of the surge history in the site region., This report, WUR-7-97, "Interim Report -Meteorological Characteristics of the Probable Maximum Hurricane, Atlantic and Gulf Coasts of the United States," is available upon request from the Hydrometeorological Branch, Office of Hydrology, NOAA, 8060 13th Street, Silver Spring, Md., 20910.2-11
12.4.5.3 Surge Sources -Discuss considerations of hurricanes, frontal (cyclonic)
type wind storms, moving squall lines, and surge mechanisms which are possible and applicable to the site. Include the antecedent water level (with reference to the spring tide for coastal locations, the average monthly high water for lakes, and a forerunner where applicable), the determination of the controlling storm surge (include the probable maximum meteorological parameters such as the storm track, wind fields, the fetch or direction of approach, bottom effects, and verification with historic events), the method used and results of the computation of the probabie maximum surge hydrograph (giaphical presentation).
2.4.5.4 Wave Action -Discuss the wind generated activity which can occur coincidentally with a surge, or independently thereof. Estimates of the wave period, the significant wave height and elevations, the maximum wave height and elevations, with the coincident water surge hydrograph should be presented.
Specific data should be presented on the largest breaking wave height, setup, and runup that cz.n reach each satety-related facility.2.4.5.5 Resonance
-Discuss the possibility of oscillations of waves at natural periodicity, such as lake reflection and harbor resonance phenomena, and any affects at the site.2.4.5.6 Runup -Provide estimates of wave runup on plant facilities.
Include a discussion of the water levels on each affected facility and Lile pruLection to be provided against static errects, oynamic ezlects, and splas
h. Cross reference
2.4.5.4 above for breaking waves.2.4.5.7 Protective Structures
-Discuss the location and design criteria for any special facilities for the protection of intake, effluent and other safety related facilities against surges, wave reflection and other wave action.2.4.6 Probable Maximum Tsunami Flooding For sites adjacent to coastal areas, discuss historical tsunamis, either recorded or translated and inferred-which provide information for use in determining the probable maximum water levels, and the geoseismic generating mechanisms available with appropriate references to section 2.5. The under-water geoseismic activity causes high speed, long period waves (tsunamis)
that may produce catastrophic coastal damage even after being propagated thousands of miles. By far, the areas most susceptible to tsunamis are those bordering the Pacific, although their possible occurrence along the Gulf of Mexico and South Atlantic Coastlines should be recognized.
2-12
2.4.6.1 Probable Maximum Tsunari -This event is defined as the most severe tsunami at the site which has virtually no risk of being exceeded.Consider3tion should be given to the most reasonably severe geoseismic activity possible (such as fractures, faults, land slide potential, volcanism, etc.) in determining the l-.iting tsunami producing mechanisi..
The geoseismic investigations required are similar to those necessary for the analysis of surface faulting and vibratory cr'und motions indicated for section 2.5, and are sun-arized herein to define those locations and mechanisms investigated that could produce the controlling maximum tsunami at the site from both local or disti&,t generating mechanisms.
Suzh considerations Ls the orientation of the site relative tc the earthquake epicenter or generating meochanism.
shape of the coastline, off-shore land areas, hydrograhv, stallilitv of the coastal area (proneness of sliding), etc., should be factored into the analysis.2.4.6.2 Historical Tsunami Record -Provide any local and regional historical information.
2.4.6.3 Source Tsunami ,ave !iec.ht -Provide estimrates of the maximum tsunami wave heighc poss ible ac ieach major local generating source con-sidered and the maxim-,- offshore deenwater tsunami height from distant..counLruiiing generators for both locally and distantly generated tsunar.is.
2.4.6.4 Tsunami Heicht Offshore -Provide estimates of the tsunami height in deep water adjacent to the site, or before bottom effects appreciably alter wave configuration, for each major generator.
2.4.6.5 Hvdroeraphv and Harbor or Breakniater Influences on Tsunami -Present the routing of the controlling tsunami including breaking wave formation, bore formation, and any resonance effects (natural frequencies and successive wave effects), that result in the estimate of the maximum tsunz.i. runup on each pertinent safety-related facility.
This should include a discussion of the analysis used to translate tsunami waves from offshore generator locations, or in deep water, to the site, and antecedent conditions.
Provide, where possible, verification of the techniques and coefficients used by reconstituting tsunamis of record.2.4.6.6 Effects on Safety-Related Facilities
-Discuss the effects on safety-related facilities of the controlling tsunami, and state the design criteria for the tsunami protection to be provided.2-13/
_ _ S 2.4.7 Ice Flooding Present design criteia for protection of safety-related facilities from the most severe ice jam flood, wind-driven ice ridges, or ice-produced forces that are reasonably possible and could affect safety-related plant facilities with respect to adjacent rivers, streams, lakes, etc., and the location and proximity of such facilities to ice generating mechanisms.
Describe the regional ice and ice jam fornation history.2.4.8 Cooling Water Canals and Reservoirs
2.4.8.1 Canals. -Present the design bases for capacity and protection of canals against wind waves with acceptable freeboard, and (where applicable)
the ability to withstand a probable maximnu flood, surge, etc.2.4.8.2 Reservoirs
-Provide the design bases for capacity (reference subsection
2.4.11), the PKF design capability including wind wave protection, emergency storage evacuation (low level outlet and emergency spillway), with verified runoff rodels (unit hydrographs), flood routing, emergency spillway design, and outlet protection.
2.4.9 Channel Diversions Discuss the potential for the upstream diversion or rerouting of the source of cooling water, such as river cutoffs, ice jars, or subsidence, with respect to historical and topographical evidence in the region.Present the history of flow diversions in the region. Describe a':ailable alternative cooling water sources in the event diversions are possible.2.4.10 Flooding Protection Requirements Describe the static and dynamic consequences of all types of flooding on each pertinent safety-related facility.
Present the design bases, or reference appropriate discussions in other sections of the SAR, required to assure that safety-related facilities will be capable of surviving all possible flood conditions up to and lncli.lIng the controlllng nevera event at the site.2.4.11 Low Water Considerations
2.4.11.1 Low Flow in Rivers and Streams -Estimate the probable minimum flow level resulting from the most severe drought considered reasonably possible in the region as such conditions may affect the 2-14 source of cooling water and/or the ability of water related ultimate heat sinks to perform adequately under severe hydrometeorological conditions.
2.4.11.2 Low 'Jater Resultine from Surges -Determine the surge or tstumai caused low water level that could occur fro- probable mtaximum meteorological or geoseismic conditians.
Include a description of the probable maximum wind storm,. its track, Lssociated parameters, antecedent conditions (see 2.4.5.4 above), and the computed low water level, or tsunani conditions applicable.
Also consider, where .-pplicable, ice formation, or ice ja.-z causing low flow, as such conditions fiay affect the cooling water source.2.4.11.3 Historical Low .ater -Discuss historical low wacer controls, minimum stream flows or minimun. surzes and elevations, and probabilities (unadjusted for historical controls and adjusted for historical and future controls and uses) only when statistical.
methods are used to extrapolate flows and/or levels to probable minimum conditions.
2.4.11.4 Future Control -?rovide the estimated flow rate, durations and leveli fo- prnb4:i= .lu .condi~iuns considering future uses.2.4.11.5 Plant Renuirements
-Present the required r.inimum cooling water flew, the ;umn invert elevation and conficuration, the minimum design operating level, pump submergence elevations (operating heads), effluent submergence and mixing and dispersion design bases. Discuss the capability of cooling water pumps to supply sufficient water during periods of extreme low water level.2.4.11.6 Deoendabilit:
Reauirements
-Describe the ability to provide warning of impending lnw flow to allow switching to alternative sources where applicable.
Compare minimum flow and/or level estimates with plant requirements and describe any available low water safety factor.2.4.12 Environmental Accentance of Effluents Describe the ability of the environment to disperse and dilute normal and inaevertent or accidental releases of radioactive effluents for the full range of anticipated operating conditions.
Present the applicable design bases for effluent facilities to meet design requirements.
Refer to sub-sections 2.4.1.2 and 2.4.13.2 for the locations and users, respecti-rely, of surface and ground waters.2-15 I 2.4.13 Groundwater
2.4.13.1 Descrintion and On-site Use -Describe the regronal and local groundwater aquifers, formations, sources, and sinks. Describe the type of ground water use, well, pump and storage facilities, and flow requirements of the plant by type of use.2.4.13.2 Sources -Describu present regional use, and projected future use; tabulaLe existing users (amounts, location and drm,'d&,.,n)
xnd piezoretric levels; indicate flow directions and gradients;
and discu.ss the reversibility of ground water flow and tiie effects of potential future use on the flow rates, gradients and groundwater levels beneath the site. Note any potential grund water recharge area within influence of the plant.2.4.13.3 Accident Effects -Provide an evaluation of the dispersion and dilution capability of the groundwater environment with respect to existing users and future users under operating and accident conditions.
2.4.13.4 Monitoring or Safer..uard rIeouirements- Discuss the need for procedures and safeauards to protect groundwater users if the potential for contamination is high. Present preliminary plans for such safeguards and/or monitoring.
2.4.14 7ucit:,icai Specitication ana tmergency Operation Requirements Describe any emergency protective measures designed to rinimize the water associated impact of adverse hydrologically related events on safety related facilities.
Describe the manner in which these recuirements will be incorporated into appropriate Technical Specifications and!or Erergency Procedures.
Discuss the need for any Technical Specifications for plant shutdown to minimize the consequences of an accident due to h vdrologically associated phenomena.
In the event emergency procedures are to be utilized to meet safety requirements due to hydrologically relatod events, present appropriate water levels, lead times available and indicate what type of action would be taken.2.5 Geoloev and Seismology This section should provide information regarding the seismic and geologic characteristics of the site. Guidance is provided in proposed Appendix A to M0 CFR Part 100, "Seismic and Geologic Siting Critpria for Nuclear Power Plants" (published for commient in the Federal Register, Vol. 36, 2-16
4..No. 228, November 25, 1971), which sets forth the principal seismic and geologic considerations that guide the regulatory staff in it:- evaluation of the acceptability of sites and seismic design bases.2.5.1 Basic Geologic and Seismic Data The following basic data should be included concerning the geology and seismology of the site and the region surrounding the site.(1) Description of the physiography of the region and of the site and maps showing the physiographic features of the site and the surround-ing region. T1-he maps should include the site location.(2) Geologic and tectonic maps of the region surrounding the site.(3) Geologic map of the site area which shows surface geology and which includes the locations of major structurez of the nuclear power plants, including all Category £ structures.
(4) Structural geologic map of the site area which shows bedrock contours and which includes the location of major structures of the.nuclear power plant, including all Category 1 structures.
(5) Geologic profiles showing the relationship of the major founda-tions of the nuclear power )lant to subsurface materials, including ground water, and the significant engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials.
(6) History of ground water fluctuations beneath the site and a discussion of ground water conditions during construction of the nuclear power plant and during plant life.(7) A plot plan showing the locations of all Category I structures of the nuclear power plant and the locations of all borings, trenches, and excavations along with a description, logs, and maps of the borings, trenches, and excavations, as necessary to indicate the results.(8) Results of seismic refraction and reflection surveys, and shear wave velocity and uphole velocity surveys.(9) Summary of static and dynamic soil and rock properties at the site including grain-size classification, Atterberg limits, water content, density, shear strength, relative density, shear modulus, Poisson's ratio, bulk modulus, damping.2-17
(10) Plan and profile drawings showing the extent of excavations and backfill planned at the site and compaction criteria for all engineered backfill.(11) The detailed safety related criteria and the computed factors of safety for the materials underlying the foundations for all Category- I nuclear power plant structures and for all Category I erbankments under dynamic conditions combined with adverse hydrologic concitions.
2.5.2 Vibratory Ground Motion Information should be presented to describe how the design basis for vibratory ground motion (Safe Shutdown Earthquake)
was de.ermined.
The following specific information should also be included: (1) Describe the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the site and the region surrounding the site, including its geologic history.(2) Idertifv tectonic structures underlying the site and the region surrounding the site.(2) 61ciL tSd c c ..LI ...~u u L. rior earthquakei "of tfe Surficial
'geologic ma't~rials and the substrata under-lying the site from the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic studies.(4) Describe the static and dynamic engineering properties of the materials underlying the site. Included should be properties needed to determine the behavior of the underlying material during earthquakes and the characteristics of the underlying material in transmitting earthquake- induced motions to the foundations of the plant, such as scisrmc wave velocities, density, water content, porosity, and strength.(5) List all historically reported earthquakes which have affected, or which could be rea.lnpihdv r,, b-.. -ffect-d "hAn-the date of occurrence and the tollowing measured or estimated data: magni-tude or highest intensity, and a plot of the epicenter or region of highest intensity.
Where historically reported earthquakes could have caused a maximum ground acceleration of at least one-tenth the acceleration of gravity (0.1g) at the foundations of the proposed nuclear power plant structures, the acceleration or intensity and duration of ground shaking at these foundations should also be estimated.
Since earthquakes have been reported in terms of various parameters, such as magnitude, intensity 2-i1 at a given location, and effect on ground, structures, and people at a specific location, some of these data may have to be estimated by use of appropriate empirical relationships.
hInere appropriate, the comparative characteristics of the material underlying the cpicentral location or regiLn of highest intensity and of the material underlying the site in transmitting earthquake vibratory motion should be considered.
(6) Provide a correlation of epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historicallv ronorted earthqu'akes, w¢here possible, with tectonic structures, any part of which is located -within 200 miles of the site. Epicenters or regionus of highest intensity which cannot be reasonably correlated with tectonic structures should be identified with tectonic prov-inces, any part of which is located within 200 mdles of the site.(7) For faults, any part of which is within 200 miles of the site and which may be of significance in establishing the Safe Shutdown Earthquake, determine
'Whether these faults should be considered as active faults.(8) For faults, any' part of which is within 200 miles of the site which may be of siznificance in establishing the Safe Shutdown Earthquake and which are considered as active faults, determine:
tho IPngrh of the fault; the relat.onsnin of the fault to regional tectonic structures;
and the nature, amoun:t, and sveologic history of displacements along the fault, including particularly the estimated amount of the maximum Ouaternary dis-placement related tc any one earthauake along the fault.(9) The historic earthquakes of greatest magnitude or intensity which have been correlated with tectonic structures should be determined.
For active faults, the earthquake of greatest magnitude related to the faults should be determrined caking into account geologic evidence.
The vibratory ground motion at the site should be determined assuming the epicenter of the earthquakes are situated at the point on the structures closest to the site.(10) Whlere epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes cannot be related to tectonic structures but are iden-tified with tectonic provinces in which the site is located, the accelera-tions at the site should be determined assuming that these earthquakes occur adjacent to the site.(11) Where epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes cannot be related to tectonic structures but are iden-tified with tectonic provinces in which the site is not located, the 2-19 accelerations at the site should be determined assuming that the epicenters or regions of highest intensity of these earthquakes are located at the closest point to the site on the boundary of the tectonic prnvince.(12) The earthquake producing the maximum vibratory, accelerations at the site should be designated the Safe Shutdcwn Earthquake for vibratory ground motion. The Safe Shutdown Earthquake should be defined by response spectra corresponding to the maximum vibratory accelerations.
(13) The Operating Basis Earthquake, where one is selected by the applicant, should be defined by response spectra.2.5.3 Surface Faulting Information should be presented which describes whether and to what extent the nuclear power plant need be designed for surface faulting.
The follow-ing specific information should also be included: (1) Describe the lithologic, stratigraphic, and structural geologic conditions of the site and the area surrounding the site, including its geologic history (or cross-reference subsection
2.5.2).(2) Determine the geo ln;ic evidence of fault rs'fset at or near the rAu;Jd=t ' OUIc aL ur near Lhe bit.(3) For faults greater than 1,000 feet long, any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine whether these faults should be con-sidered as active faults.(4) List all historically reported earthquakes which can be reasonably associated with active faults preater than 1,000 feet lon., any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, includinF
the date of occurrence and the following measured or estimated data: Magnitude or hishest intensity, and a plot of the epicenter or region of highest intensity.
(5) Provide a correlation of epicenters or regions of highest intensity of historically reported earthquakes with active faulzs greater than 1,000 feet long, any part of which is located within 5 riles of the site.(6) For active faults greater than 1,000 feet lon., any part of which is within 5 miles of the site, determine:
the length of the fault; the relationship of the fault to regional tectonic structures;
the nature, amount, and geologic history of displacements along the fault; and the outer limits of the fault established by mapping fault traces for 10 miles along its trend in both directions from the point of its nearest approach to the site.2-20
vmý.I (7) Determine the zone requiring detailed faulting investigation.
(8) Where the site is located within a zone requiring detailed fault-ing investigation, the results of this investigation, to determine the need to take into account surface faulting in the design of the nuclear power plant, should be presented.
(9) 4here it is determined that surface faulting need not be taken into account, sufficient data should be presented to justify the deter-mination clearly.(10) Where it is determined that surface faulting need be taken into account, the design basis for surface faulting should be presented.
2.5.4 Stability of Subsurface Materials Information should be presented concerning the stability of soils and rock underne3th the nuclear power plant foundations during the vibratory motion associated with the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
Evaluation of the following geologic features which could affect the foundations should be presented:
(1) Areas of actual or potential surface or subsurface subsidence, uplift, or collapse resulting from: Wi) Natural features such as tectonic depressions and cavernous or karst terrains, particularly those underlain by calcareous or other soluble deposits;(ii) Man's activities, such as withdrawal or addition of sub-surface fluids, or mineral extraction;(iii) Regional warping.(2) Deformational zones, such as shears, joints, fractures and folds, or combinations of these features.(3) Zones of alteration or irregular weathering profiles, and zones of structural weakness composed of crushed or disturbed materials.
(4) Unrelieved residual stresses in bedrock.2-21 I
(5) Rocks or soils that might be unstable because of their mineralogy, lack of consolidation, water content, or potentially undesirable response to seismic or other events. (Seismic response characteristics to be con-sidered include liquefaction, thixotrophy, differential consolidation, cratering, and fissuring.)
2.5.5 Slope Stability Information and appropriate substantiaLion should be presented concerning the stability of all slopes, both natural and artificial, the failure of which could adversely affect the nuclear power plant, during the occurrence of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
2-22
3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA -STRUCTURES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT
AND SYSTEMS This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should identify, describe and discuss the principal architectural and engineering design criteria that represent the broad frame of reference within which the more detailed design effort of those structures, components, equipmrnt, and system, important to safety is to proceed and against which attainment of the design objective will be judged.,lhere the need arises in other chapters of the SAR to refer to design criteria included in this section, only cross referencing is necessary.
3.1 Conformance with AEC General Dessizn Criteria This section should discuss briefly the extent to which the design criteria for the facility structures, systems and components important to safety meet the AEC "General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants" specified in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50. For each criterion, a surmnary should be provided to shuw ho'. the principal design features or bases meet the criterion.
In the discussion of each criterion, the sections cf the SAR --hzr:-zr. dctai'c ia at11jI is presented to demonstrate compliance with the criterion should be referenced.
3.2 Classification of Structures, Components, and Systems 3.2.1 Seismic Classification Structures, systemts, and components are classified for seismic design purposes as either Category I or Category II. Those structures, systems and components important to safety that are designed to remain functional in the event of a Safe Shutdown Earthquake (see Section 2.5) are designated as Category I. These structures, systemfs, and components are those necessary to assure: (1) The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, (2) The capability to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, or (3) The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could result in potential off site exposures comparable to the guideline exposures of 10 CFR Part 100.3-1 Those structures, systems, and components that are designed to remain operable in the event of the Operating Basis Earthquake, if it is proposed to continue to generate power, are designated as Category 11.This subsection of the SAP, should provide a list of all Category I structures, components and systemr to permit a determination to be made as to the general suitability of the classification given and the desipm approach being applied in the desi,,n of these structures.
Structures and systems which are partially Category I and partlally In a lesser category should be listed and where necessary for clarity, the boundaries of the Category I portions should be shown on appropriate drawings.For boiling water reactors, if the list of structures, components, and systems that have been designated as Category I does no* include that portion of the main steaim system extending from the outerrost containment isolation valve up to the turbine casing and connected ipinpn inclusive of the first valve (which is either normally closed or capable of auto-matic closure) , submit justification for the proposed classification.
3.2.2 System Ouality Groun Classification Provide a tabulation of and delineate on the Pininp and Instrumentation Diagrams the system quality group classifications (see Table 3.2.2-1) for each pressure-containing component of (a) those applicable fluid systems relied upon to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and malfunctions originating within the reactor coolant pressure :)our.dary, or to permit shutdown of the reactor and naintenance in the safe shut-down condition, and (b) other associated safety related systems.3.3 Wind and Tornado Design Criteria 3.3.1 Wind Criteria Provide the design wind velocity, rccurrcncc intcrvai!, datn -ourcr-. and history, as well as the methods used in applyinp, these wind loads to Category I structures as forces, and the techniques used in designing these structures for the wind loads. If the criteria are not applied to all Category I structures, justify any exclusions.
3-2 TABLE 3.Z7.2-1 Summary of Codes and Standards for Co oents of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Units Code Classifications Component Group A Group B Group C Group D Pressure ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Vessel Code,Section III, Class A 0-15 Psig Storage Tanks Atmros phe ic Storage Tanks ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I11, Class C API-620 the NDT Examination Requi rements in Table NST-I, Class 2 Applicable Storage Tank Codes such as APT-650, AW1AD1O0 or ANSI B 96.1 with the NDT Examination Requirements In Table NST-I, Class 2 ANSI B 31.7, Class 1I Draft ASME Code for Pump:;and Valves Class H!. See Footnote (a)ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section VIII, Division 1 API-620 with the NDT Examination Requirements in Table NST-l, Class 3 Applicable Storage Tank Codes such as API-650 AIAD100 or AXSl B 96.1 with the NDT Examination Requirements in Table N'ST-1, Class 3 ANSI B 31.7, Class III Draft ASME Code for Pumps and Valves Class I!!.ASKEF Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section VIII, Division 1 or Equivalent API-620 or Equivalent API-650, AWWAD100 or ANSI B 96.1 or Equivalent Piping ANSI B 31.7, Class 1 Draft ASME Code for Pumps and Valve Class I. See Footnote (a)Pumps and Valves ANSI B 31.1.0 or Equiva-lent Valves -ANSI B 31.1.0 or Equivalent Pumps -Draft ASME Code for Pumps Valves Class III or Equivalent FOOTNOTE: (a) All pressure-retaining cast parts shall be radiographed (or ultrasonically tested to equivalent standards).
Where size or configuration does not permit effective volumetric examination, magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination may be substituted.
Examination procedures, and acceptance standards shall be at least equivalent to those specified in the applicable class in the code.3-3 9
.3.2 Tornado Criteria Provide the design parameters, applicable to the design tornado, such as rotational and translational velocity, design pressure differential ane associated time interval, and the tornado-generated missile impact load and state whether the imposed loads will be applied simultaneously in establishing the tornado design. If the tornado design parar:eters are different from those that have been accepted for recently licensed nuclear power plants (i.e., 300 mph rotational, 60 rmph translational and a 3 psi pressure differential in 3 seconds, and inclusion of tornado-generated missile impact loads, all applied sinultaneously), justify the tornado design-values used, by showing that the design using these values will provide a level of conservatism equivalent to that considered acceptable for previously licensed nuclear power plants and consistent with the state-of-the-art knowledge of tornadoes.
Also, provide infor-mation to sLow that those structures not designed for tornado loads (including Category I structures, if any) will not as a result of possible failure under such loads, affect the ability of other Category I structures or systems to perform their intended design functions.
Describe the methods used to convert the tornado loaditgs into forces on the structures.
including rhe --rjbt t -r-r,,rof, o -.-. ouioangs usually a-uniform 300 rph wind is taken over the entire surface, while on small structures such as stacks or pum~p houses a peak 360 mph wind is taken over the structure), Discuss the validity of the methods. If factored loads are used, then the basis for selection of the load factor used for tornado loading should be furnished.
3.4 Water Level (Flood) Design Criteria This section should discuss the design bases with respect to the structural capability of Category I structures to withstand the static and dynamic forces associated with the design flood level established for the site, discussed in Section 2.4 of the SAR (i.e., for that condition or combina-tion of conditions, such as the mcmimum probaLic:
14.u L.` ,&%.i suiUAidetr wind wave activity, hurricane, tsunami, seiche or other phenomena, which has been predicted to result in the maximum water level at the site).3.5 Missile Protection Criteria This section should describe the design bases with respect to internal and external missiles for which the plant is analyzed and protected against.The discussion should consider: (a) missiles that might be generated 3-4
ý low'within the plant as a result of failure of rotating or pressurized compo-nents or equipment, (b) tornado-generated missiles, (c) missiles that might result from activities particular to a given site location (such as airports, nearby industr.', transportation, etc.).For each missile considered, give the design parameters of origin, impact velocity or energy and orientation, density and other pertinent used in the analys is, :ions with the bases for each. State whicl. structures are involved in the analysis of mdssile damage prctection and give the bases for the selections made. The analytical tec-hniques sho'ild be described, and the level of conservatism should be discussed.
3.6 Criteria for Protection Ara'nst Dynamic Effects Associated -ith a L.ass-o,*-Cocat Accident This sectien should describe the measures that have been used to assure that the containment vessel and all ,ssential equipmunt within the con-tainment, including components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, engineered safety features, and equipment supports, have been adequately protected against the effects of blo¶'dow.rn jet terces, and pipe whip resulting from a loss-cf-coolant accident.
The description should include: a (a) Pipe restraint design requirements to prevent pipe whip impact.(b) The features provided to shield vital equipment from pipe whip.(c) The measures taken to physically separate piping and other components of redundant engineered safety features.(d) A description of the analyses performed to determine that the failure of lines, with diameters of 3/4 inch or less, will not cause failure of the containment liner under the most adverse design basis accident conditions.(e) The analytical methods which were used.(f) Provide the design loading combinations, the design condi-tion categories (normal, upset, emergency, and faulted) and design stress limits, applied to the supports and pipe whip restraints of all Category I components and piping of fluid systems. Identify the applicable design codes used. If the proposed design criteria allow plastic deformation of supports indicate whether this design approach includes the inelastic strain comnatibility in the supports and supported components in a com-bined dynamic system analysis for all systems where the proposed stress and strain limits apply.3-5
3.7 Seismic Design 3.7.1 Input Criteria This subsection should discuss the input criteria for seismic design of the plant including the following specific information:
(1) Provide design response spectra (OBE and SSE) that account for earthquake duration and the effect of distances and depth bet-'-een the seismic disturbances and the site. The design response spectra should also be' based on amplification factors that are derived from existing earthquake records. Site seismic design response spectra w'hich define the vibratory ground motions of the Safe S!-utdown Earthquake at the ele-o vations of the foundations of the nuclear power plant structures, as required in the Seismic and Geologic Siting Criteria (proposed Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 100) , should be provided.
In view of the limited data presently available on vibratory ground motions of strong earthquakes, the design response spectra should be developed from. an envelope of spec-tra which are related to the vibratory motions caused by more than one earthquake, and should take into account the fact that representative response spectra obtained from these earthquake records show that for 2%damping peak amplification factors are in the ranie of 2.5 to 5.0 for the period range of 0.15 to 0.5 seconds, and that a.-:plification fa-ctors are greaser than 1.0 in Lile Ucliuu LIlL'e (,.6 LU 0.15 seconds.(2) The response spectra derived from the actual or synthetic earthquake time motion records used for design should be provided and should envelope the site seismic design response spectra appropriate for the nuclear power plant discussed in item (1) above. Provide a comparison, for all the damping values that are used in the design, of the'response spectra derived from the time history and the site seismic design response spectra. The system period intervals at which the spectra values were calculated should be identified and criteria should be provided to demonstrate that these intervals are small enough to pro-duce sufficiently accurate response spectra.(3) The specific percentaze of critical damping valv'es wtid for all Category I and Category II structures, systens and components should be provided.
The information should also include the type of construction or fabrication (e.g.;, prestressed concrete, welded pipe, etc.) and the applicable allawabla design stress levels for these plant features.(4) If a site dependent analysis is used to develop the shape of the site seismic design response spectra from bedrock time history or response spectra input, then the bases for this analytical approach shoulc be provided.
Specifically, the oases for use of in-situ soil measuri'ments, soil layer location and bedrock earthquake records should"0 ,,s--W
be provided.
If the analytical approach used to determine the shape of the site seismic design response spectra neglects vertical amplificacion and possible slanted soil layers, th2 validity of these assumptions should be discussed.
The influence of possible predominate thin soil layers on the analytical results should also be discussed.
(5) Provide a list of all soil-supported Category I and Category I1 structures, and identify the depth of soil over' bedrock for each structure listed.(6) If a simplified lumped mass and soil spring apnroadc is used in the PSAR to characterize soil structure interaction, justification should be submitted for soil sensitive sites. The use of equivalent soil springs for the seismic-system mathematical models may produce a pro-nounced filtering of the grotund motion respon:-e amplltudes and response frequencies due to sensitive soil parameters.
Provide the basis for the use of a lumped parameter mathematical model with equivalent soil springs in lieu of a finite element model (or equivalent method), including the use of parametric studies which evaluate possible variations in the in-situ soil properties (e.g., moduli, density, and stress level).3.7.2 Seismic System Analysis This subsection should discuss the seismic system analyses performed for Category I and Category II structures and systems. The following specific information should be included: (1) For all Category I and Category II structures, systems, and components (listed in Section 3.2.1), identify the methods of seismic analysis (modal analysis response spectra, modal analysis time history, equivalent static load, etc.) used for each of the items including the reactor core support structure.
Include applicable stress or deformation criteria and descriptions (sketches)
of the mathematical rodels used. If empirical methods (tests) are used in lieu of analysis, also provide the criteria and acceptance basis used to confirm the integrity of the struc-tures, systems, components and equipment.
Describe all seismic methods of analyses used.(2) Provide the criteria used to lump masses for the seismic system analyses (system mass and compliance to component or bay characteristics and floor mass and compliance to equipment characteristics).
Provide the procedures or criteria used to assure that all the required inputs and/or responses required by different design organizations for all Category I structures, systems, components and equipment are derived from either the seismic-system (multi-mass time history) method or equivalent theoretical or empirical analyses.3-7
(3) 1The validity of a fixed base assumption in the mathematical models for the dynamic system analyses should be confirmed by providing summary analytical results that indicate that the rocking and translational response are insignificant.
Include a brief description of the method, mathematical model and damping values (rocking vertical, translation and torsion) that have been used to consider the soil-structure interaction.
(4) Provide the methods and procedures used to couple the soil and the seismic-system structures and components in the event a finite element analysis is used in lieu of a lumped mass system model with soil springs.(5) indicate whether the modal response spectra multi-mass method of analysis is used to develop floor response spectra. Since component and floor input response spectra for various locations within the building structures and for major components are not directly obtainable by this method, evidence of its conservatism should be presented, either by demon-strating equivalency to a multi-mass time history method or by submitting o'her theoretical or experimental justification.
Provide the stress and.eformation basis for consideration of the differential seismic movement of interconnected components between floors.((I) T~-b.r" '~t' t' r i -Ch. effr'Lebponse SpeCLra (e.g., peak wiarn ana perioo coorcinates)
of expected variations of structural properties, dampings, soil properties, and soil-structure interaztions.
(7) Justify the uýe of constant vertical load factors as vertical response loads for the seisric design of all Category I structures, systems,-rd components rather than a multi-mass dynamic analysis procedure, taking into account the following considerations: (a) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of the building and floors.(b) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design af equip-c:.
.and co.-zponcn.;S, including the effect of the seismic response of the building and floors.(c) The possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of piping and instrumentation, including the effect of the seismic response of the building, floors, supports, equipment, component, etc.3-8
(8) Describe the method employeJ to consider the torsional modes of vibration in the seismic analysis of the Category I building structures.
If static factors are used to account for torsional accelerations in the seismic design of Category I structures, Justify this procedure in lieu of a corbined vertical, horizontal, and torsional multi-mass system dynamic analysis.(9) The use of both the modal analysis response spectru7,, and time history methods provides a check on the response at selected points in the station structure.
Submit the responses obtained from both of these metho 's at selected points in the Category I structure to provide the basis fir checking the seismic system analysis.(10) Describe the analytical methods and procedures used for the seismic system analysis of da-7:3 that impound bodies of water to serve as heat s inks .(11) Describe the design control measures instituted to assure that adequate seismic input (including any necessary feedback from struc-tural and system .'ynamic analyses)
is specified to vendors of purchased Category I commonents and ecuinment.
Identify the responsible design groups or organizations who assure the adequacy, and validity of the analyses and tests employed by vendors of Category I components and equip-ment, and describe tile review procedures utilized by each group or organization.
(12) Provide the dynamic methods and procedures used to determine Category I structure overturning moments. Include a description of the procedures used to accotmt for soil reactions and vertical earthquake effects.(13) Provide the basis for simplified seismic analysis methods and procedures used for seismic designs, in-luding the criteria used to avoid the predominate input frequencies produced by the response of buildings, supports, and components to the earthquake input.(14) Provide the analysis procedure followed to account for the damping in different elements of the model of a coupled system. Include the criteria used to account for composite damping in a coupled system with different structural elements.(15) Provide the criteria used to account for modal period varia-tion in the mathematical models for Category I structures due to varia-tions in material properties.
Indicate the percentage increase in the resultant seismic loads.3-9
(16) Provide the damping factors used for the seisraic design of all Category I structures, system, components, and equipment.
3.7.3 Seismic Subsystem Analysis The discussion on the seismic subsystem analysis should include the following specific information: (i) Describe the procedures used to account: for the number of earthquake cycles during one seismic event, and specify the number of loading cycles for which Category I systems, components, and equipment are designed, including the expected duration of the seismic r.tions or the number of major motion peaks.(2) Provide the basis for the selection of frequencies to preclude resonance by demonstrating that the earthquakes specified for the site, and building and component response characteristics either filter or pre-clude higher frequencies tharn the frequencies specified.
(3) If the term "root-mean-square basis" is used in describing the corbination of modal responses, confirm that the responses are co.-,binrd using the square root of the sun of the squares.(4) Provide the criteria for combining modal resnonses (shears, moments, stresses, deflections, and/or accelerations)
wien modaL frequencies are closely spaced and a response spectrum modal analysis method is used.(5) If static loads equivalent to the peak of the fluor spectrum curve are used for the seismic design of co.ponents and equipmcnt, justify the use of peak spectrum values by demonstrating that the contribution of all significant dynamic modes of response under seismic excitation has been included in the analyses to be performed.
(6) Provide the design criteria and analytical procedures applicable to piping that take into account the relative displacements bet':ucn piping support points, i.e., fleors and compcnents, at d4ffcrc-t elevatin'.:;
a building and between buildings.
(7) Submit the basis for the methods used to determine the possible combined horizontal and vertical amplified response loading for the seismic design of piping and instrumentation, including the effect of the seismic response of the supports, equipment, and components.
(8) If a simplified dynamic analysis is used for Category I piping, indicate the magnitude by which the resonant periods of a selected piping span are removed from the predominate supporting building and component 3-10
periods. Submit a summary of typical results from the simplified dynamic methods and the dynamic response spectra analytical mpthods.(9) Provide the criteria employed to account for the torsional effects of valves and other eccentric masses (e.g., valve operators)
in the seismic piping analyses.(10) With respect to Category I piping buried or otherwise located outside of the containmernt structure, describe the seismic design criteria employed to assure that allowable piping and structural stresses are not exceeded due to differential rovement at support points, at containment penetrations, and at entry points into other structures.
(11) Describe the evaluation performed to determine seismic induced effects of Categury II piping systems on Category I piping.(12) Provide the criteria employed to determine the field location of seismic supports and restraints for Category I piping, piping system components, and equipment, including placement of snubbers and dampers.Describe the procedures followed to assure that the field location and characteristics of these supports and restraining devices are consistent with the ass 1.rnioong T,-e in thb dynPt1c analyses of the system.(13) Indicate the provisions taken to assure that any cranes located in the reactor buildine will not be dislodged from their rails in the event of seismic exitation.
3.7.4 Criteria for Seismic Instrumentation Proeram With respect to the criteria for seismic instrumentation, the following should be provided: (1) Discuss the seismic instrumentation provided and compare the proposed seismic instrumentation program with that described in AEC Safety Guide 12, "Instrumentation for Earthquakes." Submit the basis and justification for elements of the proposed program that differ sub-stantially from Safety Guide 12.(2) Provide a description of the seismic instrumentation such as peak recording accelerographs and peak deflection recorders, that will be installed in selected Category I structures and on selected Category I components.
Include the basis for selection of these structures and components, the basis for location of the instrumentation, and the extent to which this instrumentation will be employed to verify the seismic analyses following a seismic event.3-11
(3) Describe the provisions that will be employed to provile the value of the peak acceleration level experienced in the basement of the reactor containment structure to the control room operator within a few minutes after the earthquake.
Include the basis for establishing the predetermined values for activating the readout of the accelerograph to the control room operator.(4) Provide the criteria and procedures that will be used to compare measured responses of Category I structures in the event of an earthquake with the results of the system dynamic analyses.
Include consideration of different underlying soil conditions or unique structural dynamic characteristics that may produce different dynamic responses of Category I structures at the site.3.7.5 Seismic Design Control Measures This section should describe the design control measures instituted to assure that adequate seismic input data (including any necessary feedback from structural and system dynamic analyses)
are sPecified to vendors of purchased Category I components and equipment.
Identify the responsible design groups or organizations that assure the adequacy and validity of the analyses and tests employed by vendors of Category I comDonents and eqyipment.
Provide a des~rip'-icn of the ruvi-e;. vrocL-juics utilizcJ bv each group or organization.
3.8 Design of Category I and Category II Structures
3.8.1 Structures Other than Containment This section should discuss the design bases, criteria, and analytical techniques upon which the design of Category I and Category II structures, other than the containment structure, is based. Lengthy, detailed descriptions of specific topics not readily incorporated in the main text, such as detailed program descriptions, may be provided as appendices to the SAR. The following specific information should be provided: (1) A physical description of each structure (listed in Set.tion 3.2.1) should be furnished.
The influence of any lesser category structure or component on the Category I structure should be described.
The design bases should be stated for each structure.
(2) Codes, specifications, regulations, safety guides, or other similar documents used in establishing or implementing design bases aid methods, analytical techniques, material properties and quality control provisions should be listed. Any modifications, deletions or additions to these documents should be described, 3-12
(3) The load combinations used in analysis and design should be listed. If an analytical or design approach using load factors other than 1.0 is utilized, these load factors should be included, and reference should be made to the applicable section of the SAR that describes the approach used.(4) The analytical techniques employed should be described.
The descriptions should cover the general analysis for the loads and load combinations listed in item (3) above. Any techniques utilized which are not fully described by references given in item (2) above should be ex-plained, and bases for use of the techniques furnished.
The analyses for seismic and tornado loads should be explained in sufficient detail to per-mit understanding of the approaches taken, and the degree of conservatism available in the designs.(5) An explanation of the design methods, calculated stresses and strains, and allowable stresses and strains should be furnished for the principal structural components.
If deformations are permitted by design, then limits should be described which assure continued functional capability of the structure or any other Category I structure or component which interacts with the designed structure.
(6) All principal construction materials should be identified and described.
Any material not readily identified by standard industry specifications should have its physical and mechanical properties described.
Quality control procedures used during fabrication or installation should be furnished.
Any construction procedures involving unusual techniques, or quality control standards in excess of normal construction practices should be outlined.(7) Any structural preoperational testing procedures, other than those described in item (6) should be furnished.
Any structural post-operation surveillance programs should also be furnished.
3.8.? Containment Structure This section should discuss the design bases, criteria, and analytical techniques upon which the design of the containment structure is based, including the following specific information:
(1) Present a physical description of the containment structure.
(2) The design bases for the containment structure should be provided, including the functional criteria for operation, accident containment, testing and surveillance.
The design requirements with respect to external pressure loading should be described.
In this regard discuss the utilization of vacuum breakers, or purge valves.3-13
(3) -Codes, specifications, regulations, safety guides, or other similar documents used in establishing or implementing design bases an4 methods, analytical techniques, material properties and quality control provisions should be listed. Any modifications, deletions or additions to these documents should be described.
(4) The load combinations used in analysis and design should be listed. If an analytical or design approach using load factors other than 1.0 is utilized, these load factors should be included, and reference made to the applicable section which describes the approach used.(5) The analytical techniques employed should be described.
The descriptions should cover the general analysis for the loads and load combinations listed in item (4) above. Any techniques utilized which are not fully described by references given in item (3) above should be explained, and bases for use of the techniques furnished.
The analyses for seismic and tornado loads should be explained in sufficient detail to permit understanding of the approaches taken, and the degree of conservatism available in the designs.(6) An explanation of the design methods, calculated stresses and strains, and allowable stresses and strains should be furnished for the principal structural comoonents.
If deformations are nermitted by cl i- then li-itc shculd bc dczcr....
..'-h -......... "h "--. r---capability of the containment structure or any other Category I structure or component which may interact with it. Provide a discussion of the design methods used for containment subcompartments enclosing such com-ponents as the reactor vessel (reactor cavity), the pressurizer, and steam generators.
For those containment systems where vital subcompart- ments cannot be readily pressure tested, assurance should be provided that the structural design analysis of the subcompartments will be per-formed by two independent organizations or two independent and separate groups within the applicant's organization.
(7) All principal construction materials should be identified and described.
Any material not readily identified by standard industry specifications .should have its physical and inechanical properties described.
Quality control procedures used during fabrication or installation should be furnished.
Any construction procedures involving unused techniques, or quality control standards in excess of normal construction practices should be outlined.(8) Structural preoperational testing procedures, other than those described in item (7) above, should be furnished.
Any structural post-operation surveillance programs should also be furnished.
I 3-14
3.9 Mechanical Systers and Components
3.9.1 Dynamic System Analysis and Testing, This .-section should provide, as a minimum, the following specific info"-ition:
(1) Describe the vibration operational test program required by NB-3622.3, NC-3622, and XD-3611 of ASME Section III used to verify that the piping and piping restraints have been desined to withstand dynamic effects due to valve closures, pumn trins, etc. Provide a list of the transient conditions and the associated actions (pump trips, valve actuations, etc.) that will be used in the vibration operational test program to verify the design of fluid systems.(2) Discuss the testing procedures and analyses used in the design of Category I mechanical equipment such as fans, pumps and heat exchangers, to withstand seismic loading conditions, including the manner in which the methods and procedures to be e-mloyed will consider the frequency spectra and am-Plitudes calculated to exist at the equipment supports.
Where tests or analyses do not include evaluation of the equipment in the operating mode, Ueszribe Liv iatet for a=zuring Lhat Lhis equipmcnL
will function when subjected to seismic and accident loadings.(3) The basis for the derivation of the forcine functions which will be used in the dynamic system analyses and nornal reactor operation and anticipated operational transients should be specified.
A brief description should be presented of the dynamic system analysis methods and procedures which will be used to determine dynamic responses of reac-tor internals and other Group A structures, systems, components, and equipment (e.g., analyses and tests). Discuss the verification of the dynamic system analysis by the preoperational test program, if applicable.
The discussion should include the preoperational test program elements described in Safety Guide 20, Vibration Measurements on Reactor Internals.
In the event elements of the program differ substantially from Safety Guide 20, the basis and justification for these differences should be presented.
(4) The preoperational testing program offers the only means to verify the reactor internals mathematical models, methods of analysis, and analytical results (e.g., ring and beam response, modes shapes, damping factors, predominate frequencies and response amplitudes).
Many of the reactor internals response characteristics verified by the pre-operational test are the same response characteristics that occur during the LOCA condition (e.g., mode shapes, beam and ring responses)
with different response amplitudes.
Provide a discussion of the preoperational eanalysis and testing results that will be used to augment the LOCA dynamic 3-15 ,
analysis methods and procedures, i.e., barrel ring and bean modes, guide tube responses, water mass and compliance effects, damping factor selec-Lion, etc.(5) The dynamic system analysis methods and procedures that were used to confirm the structural integrity of the reactor coolant system and the reactor internals under the LOCA loadinps should be provided.Include a brief description of the methods, procedures, ana6lytical and test results and sketches of the mathematical models that were used.(6) Describe the analytical methods used ta evaluate stresses (e.g., elastic or inelastic)
and provide a discussion of :heir compati-bility with the type of dynamic system analysis.
Justification should be provided for the proposed use of inelastic stress analyses or appli-caticn of inelastic stress limits with an elastic dynamic system analysis.3.9.2 ASME Code Class 2 and 3 Components The following information should be provided for all Code Class 2 and 3 components of fluid systems that are to be constructed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, subsection NC and ND (or other equivalent requirements): (I) 'The design pressure, temperature, and other loading conditions that provide the bases for design of systers or components should be specified.
(2) The design loading combinations (e.g., normal service or functional operating loads, seismic loads, etc.) that are considered in the component or system design should be listed.(3) The combination of design loadings should be categorized (if applicable)
with respect to either Normal, Upset, or Emergency Condition (defined in the ASHE Section III Code). The stress limits associated with each of the design loading combinations should also be specified.
(4) In the event that the proposed stress limits result in inelastic deformation (or are comparable to the faulted condition limits defined in ASM[E Section III) provide the detailed bases for such application including a description of the methods by which it will be demonstrated that the component- will maintain its functional or structural integrity under the design loading combination.
(5) Provide a list of the ASME and ANSI code case interpretations applied to all components not within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.3-16
(6) Identify all active* pumps and valves which are not a part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
Describe the criteria employed to assure that active components will function as designed, e.g., stress limits belcw yield calculated on an elastic basis (comparable to the Normal and Upset Condition limits specified in ASME Section III). 1here empirical methods are emploved, provide a suzr.iarv description of test procedures, loading techniques and results, including the basis for extrapolations to components larger or smaller than those tested.(7) Present the bases for the proposed design approach and the criteria used to assure the protection of all critical systems and the con-tainment from the effects of pipe '-.hip. For pipe breaks postulated in systems other than Ehe reactor coolant pressure boundary provide the following information: (a) The systems postulated to rupture (b) Any limitations on break locations c) Whether both longitudinal and circumferential breaks are considered.
(8) Describe the design and installation criteria for the mounting of the pressure-relieving devices (safety valves and relief valves) on the main steam lines outside of containment for preqsurized water reactors.
In particular, specify the design criteria used to take into account full discharge loads (i.e., thrust, bendi-ig, torsion) imposed on valves and on connected piping in the event all the valves are required to discharge.
Indicate the provisions made to accommodate these loads.(9) List the analytical methods and criteria used to evaluate stresses and deformations in all safety related pumps and valves including safety and relief valves. For design conditions other than those explicitly addressed by the ASME Section III Code (e.g., design condition categories for which code limits have not been developed, geometries not included, etc.) provide a sumruary of each analytical method and the associated acceptance limits. Where empirical relation-ships and methods determine design, provide the bases for extrapolating these methods or experience to all loading conditions specified for each component.
- Active components are those whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function such as safe shutdown of the reactor or mitigation of the consequences of a postulated pipe break in the reactor coolant pressure boundary.3-17 L
(10) The design conditions should he specified for all components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Subsections NC, ND, and NE. The design conditions provided for each component should contain the design loadings (including the design pressure, temperature, and mechanical loads), the operational cycles and the number of occurrences of each, and the design loading combinations categorized (as appropriate)
with respect to the conditions identified in NA-2110 of Section III. The information submitted should include sufficient detail to provide the complete basis for the design of all classes of components intendcd to conform to the rules of Section III of the Code.(11) For components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Subsections NC, ND, and NE, the analytical calculations or experimental testing performed to demonstrate compliance with Section III of the Code should be provided.A complete description should be submitted of the mathematical or test models, the methods of calculation or test including any simplifying assumptions, and a summary of results which include the stresses obtained by calculation or test, cumulative damage usage factors and design margins.The information provided should be sufficiently detailed to show the validity of the structural design to sustain and meet in every respect the provisions of the Certified Design Sepcifications and the requirements of Scctiun III of the Code.(12) Specify the code, load combinations and stress limits for those storage tanks that are relied upon to (1) prevent or mitigate the conse-quences of accidents, (2) permit safe shutdown of the reactor and its maintenance in a safe shutdown condition, and (3) retain radioactive material.3.9.3 Components Not Covered by ASME Code For safety related mechanical components not covered b- the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, provide a su;n-ary of the -,-,ress and dynamic calculations or experimental testing performed to denor.:9rate that all design loading combinations will be sustained without i r,..of structural integrity or functional capability.
Details of the mechanical design and analytical procedures for the design of the fuel should be included (see Chapter 4.0 of the SAR).Provide the stress and dynamic criteria, methods, and procedures which have been used to determine the operability of the control rod drives and control rod insertability under LOCA and seismic loadings. (See also Chapter 4.0 of the SAR.)3-18
3.10 Seismic Design of Categorv I Instrumentation and Electrical Equipment The seismic design criteria for the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature circuits, and the emergency power system should be provided.The criteria should address: (1) the capability to initiate a protective action during the safe shutdown earthquake, and (2) the capability of the engineered .aFet-: feature circuits and the standbv pow;er system to withstand seismic disturbances durine post-accident opnrtion.
Indicate the extent of comnliance with the seismic qtallification procedures and documentation requirements of IEEE Std. 34L4-1971, "IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating S Latiens ." Describe the analyses, testing procedures, and seismic restraint measures e=pJoyed to establish the seismic design adequac':
of Category I electrical equip-rent supports such as cable trays, bactery racks, instrument racks, and ccntrol consoles.
Provide the criteria used to account for the possible at=-lification of the seismic floor input by the frames and racks that support electrical equipment.
Include the criteria and verification procedure employed to account for the possible amplif.ed design loads (frequency and anplitude)
for vendor-supplied ccnponents.
3.11 E.'.i ............:. IdLavi a.id £ieccric.i Equipment The purpose of this section is to provide inform.ation on the environmental conditions and design bases for which the mechanical, in'.trumentation and electrical portions of the engineered safety features and reactor protection systems are designed to assure acceptable performance in all environ-ments (both normal and accident).
Information on the design bases related to the capability of the mechanical, instruz.entation, and electrical portions of the engineered safety features, and reaCtor protection system to perform their intended functions in the combined post-accident environment of temperature, pressure, humidity and radiation should include the following specific information:
(1) Identify all safety related equipment and components (e.g., motors, cables, filters, pump seaL3, shielding)
located in the primary contain~ment and elsewhere that are required to function during and subse-quent to any of the design basis accidents.
(2) Describe the qualification tests and analyses that have been or will be performed on each of these items to assure that it will perform in the combined high temperature, pressure, humidity and radiation environ-ment. Include the specific values of temperature, pressure, humidity, and radiation, noting that the accident conditions should be superimposed on the long term environment to which the equipment in question is normally 3-19 exposed. Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE Std. 334-J971, "IEEE Trial-Use Guide for TWpe Tests of Continuous-Duty Class I Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Generating Stations." (3) Provide the results of the successful completien of qualifica- tion tests for each type of equipment.
in assessing che potential effects of radiation on all safety related equipment and components, use should be made of the following assumptions wi.th respect to ti.e fission product source term: (a) For the purpose of calculating dcses on equipment and materials, fission producis assumed to be in the recirculated water should be 50% of the core halogen inventory and 1% of the cire solid fission product inventory.(b) For purposes of calculating heat loads on filters, range of radiation monitors, and radiation dose to equipment in the containment atmosphere, fission products assumed to be in the p--imary containment atmosphere should be 25:" of the core halogen invent..ry, and 1% of the core solid fission product inventory.
(4) The criteria should be prov'ded that have bo-ca rtle-hc:q t.: zuzr =hat a f 2 c r&IIL dit1iiuiig
1d/uor system wil1 not adversely affect the operability of safety relat.d ccn~rol and electrical equipment located in the control room and other area_. Th1ne analyses per-formed to identify the worst case environment (e.g., temperature, humidity)should be described, including identification of the ".:miting condition with regard to temperature that would require reactor shutdar,, and how this was determined.
Any testing (factory and/or onslte) that has been or will be performed to confirm satisfactory operabilitv of control and electrical equipment under extreme environmental conditions should be described.
The documentation of the successful completion of qualification tests for each type of equipment should be specified in the PSAR and supplied in the FSAR.3-20
4.0 REACTOR In this chapter of the SAR, the applicant should provide an evaluation and supporting information to establish the capability of the reactor to per-form throughout its design lifetime under all normal operational modes, including both transient and steady state, without releasing other than acceptably small amounts of fission products to the cc.olant.
This chapter should also include information to support the analyses presented in Chapter 15.0, Accident Analyses.4.1 Summarv Descrintion A sumnary description of the mechanical, nuclear, and thermal and hydraulic designs of the various reactor components including the fuel, reactor vessel internals, and reactivity control systems. should be given. The description should indicate the independent and interrelated performance and safety functiuns of each component.
A summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be included.4.2 Mechanical Design 4.2.1 Fuel The design bases for tie mechanical design of the fuel components should be presented including mechanical limits such as maximum allowable stresses, deflection, cycling and fatigue limits, capacity for fuel fission gas inventory, maximum internal gas pressure, material selection, radiation damage, and shock and seismic loadings.
Details of the dynamic analysis, input forcing functions, vibration, and seismic response loadings should be presented in Sections 3.7 and 3.9 of the SAR.The applicant should explain and substantiate the selection of design bases from the viewpoint of safety considerations.
Where the limits selected are consistent with proven practice, a referenced statement to that effect will suffice; where the limits extend beyond present practice, an evaluation and an explanation based upon developmental work and/or analysis should be provided.
These bases may be expressed as explicit numbers or as general conditions.
The discussion of design bases should include consideration of: (a) the physical properties of the cladding 4-1 and the effects of design temperature and irradiation on the properties;(b) stress-strain limits; (c) the effects of fuel s-aelling; (d) variations of melting point and fuel conductivity with burnup; nnd (e) the require-ments for surveillance and testing of irradiated fuel rods.A description and design drawings of the fuel assemblies and. fuel elements showing arrangement, dimensions, critical tolerances, sealing and handling features, methods of support, fission gas spaces, burnable poison content, and internal components should be provided.An evaluation of the fuel design should be provided including considerations such as materials adequacy throughout lifetime, a summary of results of a vibration analysis, fuel element internal pressure and cladding stresses during normal and accident conditions with particular emphasis upon temper-ature transients or depressurization accidents;
potential for a waterlogging rupture; potential for a chemical reaction, including hydriding effects;fretting corrosion;
cycling and fatigue; and dimensional stability of the fuel and critical components during design lifetime.
The evaluation should include discussions of failure and burnup experience, and the thermal conditions for which the experience was, obtained for the type of fuel to be used, and the results of long term irradiation testing of production fuel and test specimens.
The testing and inspections to be performed to verify the mechanical characteristics of the fuel components should be described including clad integrity, fuel pellet characteristics, radiographic inspections, destruc-tive tests, fuel assembly dimensional checks, and the program for inspection of new fuel assemblies, new control rods, and new reactor internals to assure mechanical integrity after shipment.
Wnere testing and inspection programs are essentially the same as for previously accepted facilities, a referenced statement to that effect with an identification of the fabricator and a summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be provided.4.2.2 Reactor Vessel Internals The design bases for the mechanical design of the reactor vessel internal components should be presented including mechanical limits such as maximum allowable stresses, deflection, cycling and fatigue limits, fuel assebi~ly restraints (positioning and holddoun), material selection, radiation damage, and shock loadings.
Details of the dynamic analyses, input forcing func-tions, and response loadings should be presented in Section 3.9 of the SAR.I 4-2 The reactor vessel internals should be described and general assembly drawings provided showing the arrangement of the important components, positioning and support of the fuel assemblies,, control rod and shim arrangement and support, and location of in-core.instrumentation and reactor vessel surveillance specimen capsules.The design loading conditions that provide the basis for the design of the reactor internals to sustain normal operation, anticipated opera-tional occurrences, postulated accidents, and seismic events should be specified.
All combinations of design loadings should be listed (e.g., operating pressure differences and thermal effects, seismic and transient pressure loads associated with postulated loss-of-coolant accidents)
Lihat are accounted for in design of the core support structure.
In addition, each combination of design loadings should be categorized with respect to either the Normal, Upset, imergency or Faulted Condition (iefined in the ASHE Section 11 Code) and the associated design stress intensity or deformation limits should be stipulated.
The bases for the proposed design stress and deformation criteria should be identified (e.... the Jan'tarv 1971 draft of the ASME Code for Core Suppoirt Structures
-Subsection NG).4.2.3 Reactivity Control Systems The design bases for the mechanical design of each of the reactivity control systems should be presented including control rod clearances, mechanical insertion requirements, material selection, radiation damage, and positioning requirements.
Details of the dynamic analysis and testing, stress and deformation, and fatigue limits should be discussed in Section 3.9 of the SAR.A description of each of the reactivity control systdms should be provided including design drawings of the control rods and followers, rod drives, latching mechanisms, and assembly within the reactor; design drawings and flow diagrams for chemical injection systems; and design drawings for temporary reactivity control devices for the initial core.An evaluation of the reactivity control systems should be provided which includes considerations such as materials adequacy throughout design life-time; results of a dimensional and tolerance analysis of the systems as a 4-3 whole, including points of support in the vessel, core structure and chan-nels, control rods and followers, extension shafts and drive shafts;thermal analysis to determine tendencies to warp; analysis of pressure forces which could eject rods or temporary devices from the core; potential for and consequences of a functional failure of criLical components;
analy-sis of the ability to preclude excessive rates of reactivity addition;possible effect of violent fuel rod failures on control rod channel clearances;
assessment of the sensitivity of the systems to r1chanical damage as regards the capability to continuously provide reactivity control;and previous experience and/or developmental work with similar systems and materials.
The testing and inspections to be performed to verify the mechanical characteristics of the reactivity control systems should be described including test and surveillance programs to demonstrate proper functioning during initial start-up and throughout design lifetime.The instrumentation to be employed in connection with mechanical and chemical reactivity control systems and reactivity monitoring should be discussed in terms of functional requirements.
Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4.3.1 Design Bases The design bases for the nuclear design of the fuel and reactivity control systems should be provided including nuclear and reactivity control limits such as excess reactivity, fuel burnup, negative reactivity feedback, core design lifetime, fuel replacement program, reactivity coefficients, stability criteria, maximum controlled reactivity insertion rates, control of power distribution, shutdown margins, stuck rod criteria, maximum rod speeds, chemical and mechanical shim control, burnable poison requirements, and backup and emergency shutdown provisi-'ns.
4.3.2 Description A description of the nuclear characteristics of the design should be provided including the following information:
4-4
(1) State the cold and hot excess reactivity and shutdown reactivity margins with and without mechanical and chemical shims and with and with-out equilibri~un xencn and samarium poisoning, including the effects of burnable poisons, for the clean condition a--.d the maximum reactivity condition.
If different, excess reactivity associated with temperature, moderator voids, and burnup should be indicated.
(2) For hot, cold, and intermediate temperature conditions, provide the coefficients of reactivity associated with (a) moderator temperature and voids (overall and regional), (b) fuel Doppler effect, (c) fuel geometry and composition changes, and (d) fiel therm-l expansion.
(3) State the hot and cold reactivity worth of individual control rods and groups of rods for planned loading patterns and core operating modes with estimates of reductions in effectiveness during core lifetime.(4) Provide the hot and cold reactivity worth of fuel assemblies and mechanical or chemical shims.(5) Provide the hot and cold reactivity worth of any materials within the core or adjncanr to it thor rould have a sivnificant reactivity effect by a change in position, as for example, flooding of superheat reactors or movement of reflecting elemencs, movement of temporary control devices, or flux suppression materials.
(6) Specify the maximum controlled rate of reactivity addition at startup and at operating conditions.
(7) Describe the gross and local radial and axial power distribution for different planned rcd patterns with and without equilibrium xenon and samarium.(8) Give the power decay curve for full and partial scram or power cutback, if applicable, from the least effective planned rod arrangement.
(9) State the minimum critical mass with and without xenon and samarium poisoning.
(10) Provide the neutron flux distribution and spectrum at core boundaries and at the pressure vessel wall.4-5 (il) Indicate the expected core lifetime, and fuel burnup, and describe the fuel replacement program.(12) Discuss the stability of the core against xenon-induced power oscillations.
4.3.3 Evaluation An evaluation of the nuclear design should be provided.
The evaluation should include a description of the analytical methods employed in arriv-ing at important nuclear parameters, with an estimate of accuracy by comparison with experiments or with the performance of other reactors.Also included should be a discussion of the potential effects for those cases in which nuclear parameters such as excess reactivity, reactivity coefficients and reactivity insertion rates exceed prior practice.
An evaluation of reactor stability should be provided.4.3.4 Tests and Inspections The tests and inspections necessary to verify the nuclear characteristics of the fuel and reactivity control systems should be discussed.
These should include the various insoertions narformed durinp fabrication.
v c r .i ....ca...ion c-I fiz2 ý- zu Lic pizuiiic siuciear.
experiments and tests, both in critical assemblies and zero power and approach-to-power tests at the reactor site.4.3.5 Instrumentation Application This section should discuss the functional requirements for the instrumenta- tion to be employed for monitoring and measuring core power distribution and other relevant parameters.
Details of the instrumentation design and logic should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Design 4.4.1 Design Bases The design bases for the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor should be provided including such items as maximum fuel and clad temperatures (at rated power, design overpower and during transients), critical heat flux 4-6 ratio (at rated power, design overpower, and during transients), flow velocities and distribution control, coolant and moderator voids, hydraulic stability, transient limits, fuel cladding integrity criteria, and fuel assembly integrity criteria.4.4.2 Description A description of the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactor design should be provided including the following:
(1) Provide a surz.ary comparison of the thermal and hydraulic design parameters of the reactor with previously approved reactors of similar design. Include, for example, primary coolant temperatures, fuel temperatures, critical heat flux ratio, and critical heat flux correlations used.(2) Discuss and provide fuel cladding temperatures, both local and distributed, with an indication of the correlation used for thermal con-ductivity and the method of employing peaking factors.(3) Provide the critical heat flux ratio, both local and distributed.
with an indication of :he critical heat flux correlation used, analysis techniques, method of use, method of employing peaking factors, and com-parison with other correlations.
(4) Discuss the margin provided in the peaking factor employed to account for flux tilts, to assure that flux limits are not exceeded during operation.
(5) Give the predicted core average and maximum void fraction and distribution.
(6) Describe and discuss core coolant flow distribution and orificing.
(7) Provide core pressure drops and hydraulic loads during normal and accident conditions.
(8) Discuss the correlations and physical data employed in determining important characteristics such as heat transfer coefficients and pressure drop.(9) Evaluate the capability of the core to withstand the thermal effects resulting from anticipated operational transients.
0*4-7
(10) Discuss the uncertainties associated with estimating the peak or limiting conditions for thermal and hydraulic analysis (e.g., fuel temperature, clad temperature, pressure drops, and orificing effects).(11) Provide a summary table of characteristics including important thermal aud hydraulic parameters such as coolant velocities, surface hear fluxes, power density, specific power, surface areas, and flow areas.4.4.3 Evaluation An evaluation of the thermal and hydraulic design of the reactor should be provided including the following specific information:
(1) With respect to core hydraulics the evaluation should include: (a) a discussion of the results of flow model tests (with respect to pressure drop for the various flow paths through the reactor and flow distributions at the core inlet); (b) the empirical correlations selected for use in analyses for both single-phase and two-phase flow conditions and the applicability over the range of anticipated reactor conditions;
and (c) pump characteristics including consideraLion of requirements and conditions where all pumps are not operating.
(4) The influence of axial and radial power distributions on the thermal and hydraulic design should be discussed.
(3) The thermal response of the core should be evaluated at rated power, design overpower, and for expected transient conditions.
(4) A comprehensive discussion of the analytical techniques used in evaluating the core thermal-hydraulics should be provided, including estimates of uncertainties.
(5) Provide the results of an analysis of hydraulic instability.
(6) Provide an analysis of the potential for and effect of sudden temperature transients on waterlogged elements or elements with high internal gas pressure.4-8
(7) Provide an analysis of temperature effects during anticipated operational transients that may cause bowing or other damage to fuel, coticrol rods or structure.
(8) Evaluate the energy release and potential for a chemical reaction should physical burnout of fuel elements occur.(9) Evaluate the energy release and resulting pressure pulse should waterlogged elements rupture and spill fuel into the coolant.(10) Discuss the behavior of fuel rods in the event of ccolant flow blockage.4.4.4 TestinR and Verification The testing and verification techniques to be used to assure that the planned thermal and hydraulic design characteristics of the core have been provided and will remain within required limits throughout core lifetime should be discussed.
4.4.5 instrumentation Apolication This section should discuss the functional requirements for the instru-mentation to be employed in monitoring and measuring those thermal-hydraulic parameters important to safety. Include, for example, the requirements for in-core instrumentation to confirm predicted power density distri-bution and moderator temperature distributions.
Details of the instrumen- tation design and logic should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.4-9
5.0 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTE4 This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information regarding the reactor coolant system and pressure-containing appendages out to and including isolation valving. This grouping of components is defined as the "reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB)", in Section 50.2(v) of 10 CFR Part 50 as follows: "Reactor coolant pressure boundary means all those pressure-containing components of boiling and pressurized water-cooled nuclear power reactors, such as pressure vessels, piping, pumps, and valves, which are: (1) Part of the reactor coolant system, or (2) Connected to the reactor coolant system, up to and including any and all of the following: (i) The outermost containment isolation valve in system piping which penetrates pri-ary reactor containment, (ii) The second of two valves normally closed during normal reactor operation in system piping which does not penetrate primary reactor containment, (iii) The reactor coolant system safety and relief valves.For nuclear power reactors of the direct cycle boiling water type, the reactor coolant system extends to and includes the outermost containment isolation valve in the main steam and feedwater piping." The portions of the system beyond the isolation valves should be treated as part of the steam and power conversion system in Chapter 10.0.Evaluations, together with the necessary supporting material, should be submitted to show that the reactor coolant system is adequate to accomplish its intended objective and to maintain its integrity under conditions imposed by all foreseeable reactor behavior, either normal or abnormal.The information should permit a determination of the adequacy of the evalu-ations; that is, assurance that the evaluations included are correct and complete and all the evaluations needed have been made. Evaluations included in other chapters that have a bearing on the reactor coolant system should be referenced.
5-1
5.1 Summary Description A summary description of the reactor coolant system and its various compo-nents should be provided.
The description should indicate the independent and interrelated performance and safety functions of each component.
Include a tabulation of important design and performance characteristics.
Provide the following specific information:
(1) A schematic flow diagram of the reactor coolant system denoting all major components, principal pressures, temperatures, flow rates, and coolant volume under normal steady state full power operating conditions.
(2) A piping and instrumentation diagram of the reactor coolant system and the primary sides of the auxiliary or emergency fluid systems and engineered safety feature systems interconnected with the reactor coolant system, delineating on the diagram: (a) The extent of the systems located within the containment, (b) The points of separation between the reactor coolant (heat transport)
system and the secondary (heat utilization)
system, and (c) The extent of isolability of any fluid system as provided by the use of isolation valves between the radioactive and nonradioaitiveof tho (3) An elevation drawing showing principal dimensions of the reactor coolant system in relation to the supporting or surrounding concrete structures from which a measure of the protection afforded by the arrange-ment and the safety considerations incorporated in the layout can be gained.5.2 Integrity of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary This section should present discussions of the measures to be employed to provide and maintain the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) for the plant design lifetime.5.2.1 Design Criteria, Methods, and Procedures The design criteria to be used for the components of the RCPB should be stated. They should include the following information: (i) State the performance objectives of the system and its components from which the design parameters are derived for both the normal and tran-sient conditions considered.
5-2 M (2) State the design pressure, temperature, seismic loads, and maximum system and component test pressures for the system and individual components.
(3) Provide a Table which shows compliance with the rules of 10 CFR Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards." In the event there are cases wherein conformance to the rules of Section 50.55a would result in hardships or unusual difficulties without a compensating increase in the level of safety and quality, provide a complete description of the circum-stances resulting in such cases and the basis for proposed alternative requirements.
Demonstrate that an acceptable level of safety and quality will be provided by the proposed alternatives.
(4) Provide a list of the ASME and ANSI code case interpretations that will be applied.to components within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.(5) Provide a complete list of transients to be used in the design and fatigue analysis of all the applicable components within the reactor coolant pressure boundary discussed in Section 5.5. Specify all design transients and their number of cycles such as startup and shutdown operations, power level changes, emergency and recovery conditions, switching operations (i.e., startup or shutdown of one or more coolant loops), control system or other system malfunctions, component malfunctions, transients resultig from singlc cp~ratar errors, inservice hydrostatic tests, seismic events, etc., that are contained in the ASME Code-required"Design Specifications" for the components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
Categorize all transients or combinations of transients with respect to the conditions identified as "normal," upset," "emergency" or"faulted" as defined in the ASME Section III Nuclear Component Code. In addition, provide the design loading combinations and the associated stress or deformation limits specified.
The information should include sufficient detail to provide the bases for the design of all classes of components intended to conform to the rules of Section III of the ASME Code.(6) Provide a list which classifies pumps anrlvalves within the reactor coolant pressure boundary as either activeý- or inactive/-
components.
Describe the criteria employed to assure that active components will function as designed in the event of a pipe rupture (faulted condition)
in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, e.g., ailowable stress limits established at or near the yield stress calcu-lated on an elastic basis. Describe the isolation signal, the closure time, and the leak-tight integrity criteria for all active valves.Active components are those whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function (as well as reactor shutdown function)
during the transients or events considered in the respective operating condition categories.
2/Inactive components are those whose operability (e.g., valve opening, or closure, pump operation or trip) are not relied upon to perform the system function during the transients or events considered in the respective operating condition categories.
5-3 Where empirical methods (tests) are employed, provide a summary description of test methods, loading techniques and results including the bases for ex-trapolations to components larger or smaller than those tested.(7) Provide the stress criteria associated with the emergency and faulted operation conditon categories for pumps and valves within the RCPB. If stress and pressure limits other than those specified in Para-graphs NB-3655 and NB-3656 of Section III, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (1971) or ANSI B31.7 Code Case 70 are proposed for inactive components, provide the basis for their application.
(8) Specify whether the criteria to be employed in design against the effects of pipe rupture will consider pipe breaks postulated to occur at any location within the reactor coolant pressure boundary, or at limited areas within the system. Indicate whether these criteria include consideration of both longitudinal and circumferential pipe breaks and provide the bases for the design approach.(9) The use of the plastic instability and limit analysis methods of ASME Section III may not be necessarily conservaitive and compatible with the type of dynamic system analysis used. Provide justification for the use of inelastic stress analysis methods in conjunction with elastic system dynamic analysis.(10~ 'r, ULuvided f tht: urinciual LUIiUUI.,o lt, or tite reacto, coolant system against environmental factors (e.g.., fires, flooding, missiles, seismic effects) to which the system may be subjected should be discussed.
(11) For components that are to be constructed in accordance with Section III of the ASME Code, Subsection NB, the analytical calculations or experimental testing performed to demonstrate compliance with the Code should be provided.
A complete description should be submitted in the FSAR of the mathematical or test models, the methods of calculation or test including any simplifying assumptions, and a summary of results which include the stresses obtained by calculation or test, cumulative damage usage factors and design margins. The information provided should be sufficiently detailed to show the validity of the structural design to sustain and meet in every respect the provisions of the Certified Design Specifications and the requirements of Section III of the ASME Code.(12) The design stress criteria for faulted condition loadings should be specified.
(13) In the FSAR, a list of Category I systems and the associated stress levels (i.e., seismic, dead weight plus pressure, LOCA, etc.) at 5-4 all points of high changes in flexibility under the faulted condition should be provided.
Include sketches of each system configuration.
(14) List the analytical methods and criteria used to evaluate stresses and deformations in all pumps and valves including safety and relief valves. For design conditions other than those explicitly addressed by the ASME Section III Code (e.g., design condition categories for which code limits have not been developed, geometries not included, etc.), provide a summary of each analytical method and the associated acceptance limits. Where empirical relationships and methods determine the design, the bases for extrapolating these methods or experience to all loading conditions specified for each component.
(15) In the PSAR, provide the methods and criteria used to preclude critical speed problems in pumps, and to confirm the integrity of the bearings for the transient conditions encountered during service.(16) Describe the qualification test program that will be used to verify that active valves (whose operability is relied upon to perform a safety function or shut down the reactor) will operate under the transient loadings experienced during the service life.5.2.2 Overpressurization Protection Provide the following information regarding the provisions taken to pro-tect the RCPB against overpressurization:
(1) Identify and show the location on P and I diagrams of all pressure-relieving devices for (a) the reactor coolant system, (b)- the primary side of the auxiliary or emergency systems interconnected with the primary system, and (c) any blowdown or heat dissipation system con-nected to the discharge side of the pressure-relieving devices.(2) Describe the design and installation criteria for the mounting of the pressure-relieving devices (safety valves and relief valves)within the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
In particular, specify the design criteria which will be used to take into account full discharge loads (i.e., thrust, bending, torsion) imposed on valves and on connected piping in the event all the valves are required to discharge.
Indicate the provisions made to accommodate these loads.(3) To facilitate review of the bases for the pressure relieving capacity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, submit (as an appendix to the SAR) the "Report on Overpressure Protection" that has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Section III 5-5
.1 a Nuclear Power Plant Components Code or, if the report is not available at the time the PSAR is submitted, indicate the approximate date for submission.
In the event the report is not expected to be available until either the Operating License review or late in the construction schedule for the plant, provide in the PSAR the bases and analytical approach (e.g., preliminary analyses)
being utilized to establish the overpressure relieving capacity required for the reactor coolant pressure boundary.(4) In the PSAR, describe the analytical methods used to demonstrate that the postulated occurrence of failure to scram on anticipated transients will not result in exceeding the stress limits for the Upset Co-idition for components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.5.2.3 Material Considerations For the materials to be used in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, provide information regarding material specifications, fracture toughness requirements for ferritic steels, stress corrosion susceptibility of austenitic stainless steels, delta ferrite control in austenitic stain-less steel welds, and requirements for pump flywheels.
Specifically, the following information should be provided: ( 1 ) P r u v i u e ;4 1 i 1 : , , , .i s tin, .-, , ' -, % r '. a ...r ; , '; ' p, r retaining ferritic materials and austenitic stainless
3teels, including weld materials, intended to be used for each component (e.g., vessels, piping, pumps and valves) that is part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
With respect to ferritic materials (including welds) of the reactor pressure vessel beltline, the information regarding these specifi-cations should include any additionally imposed limits on residual elements (reportable and nonreportable)
by specification requirements which are intended to reduce sensitivity to irradiation embrittlement in service.Any additional or special requirements by the purchaser should be indicated.
(2) Discuss the materials of construction exposed to the reactor coolant and their compatibility with the coolant nnd centaminants or radiolytic products to which the system may be exposed.(3) Discuss the materials of construction of reactor coolant systems and their compatibility with external insulation or the environmental atmosphere in the event of coolant leakage.(4) Describe the additives to be used in the reactor coolant system (such as inhibitors)
whose principal function is directed toward corrosion control within the system.5-6
(5) Describe the fracture toughness criteria specified for ferritic materials of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and indicate the degree of compliance with the AEC proposed "Fracture Toughness Require-ments," 10 CFR Part 50 Appendix G, published in the Federal Reeister on July 3, 1971.(6) For all pressure-retaining ferritic components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary whose lowest pressurization temperature*
will be below 250'F, provide the material toughness properties (Charpy V-notch impact test curves and dropweight test NTT temperature, or others) that have been reported or specified for plates, forgings, piping, and weld material.
Specifically, for each component pzovide the following data for materials (plates, pipes, forgings, castings, welds) used in the con-struction of the co.nponent, or your estimates based on the available data: (a) The highest of the NIT temperatures obtained from DWT tests, (b) The highest of the temperatures corresponding to the 50 ft-lb value of the C fracture energy, and V (C) The lowest of the upper shelf C energy values for the"weak" direcLioLI
(;W direction in plateS) of tJe material.(7) Identify the location and. the type ot the material (plate, forging, weld, etc.) in each component for which the data listed above were obtained.
Where these fracture toughness parameters occur in more than one plate, forging o0 weld, provide the information requested in (3) above for each of them.(8) Fer reactor vessel beltline materials, including weids, .pecify the highest predicted end-of-life transition temperature corresponding to the 50 ft-lb value of the Charpy V-notch fracture energy for the "weak direction" of the material (WR direction in plates), and the minimum upper shelf energy value which will be acceptable for continued reactor operation toward the end-of-service life rf the vessel.-J (9) List all non-stabilized grades of austenitic stainless steels (AISI Type 3XX series) with a carbon content greater than 0.03%, that will be used for components of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
In light of their susceptibility to preservice and inservi:e intergranular stress*Lowest pressurization temperature of a component is the lowest temperature at which the pressure within the component exceeds 25 percent of the system normal operating pressure.
or at which the rate cf temperature change in the component material exceeds 50*F/hr., under normal operation, system hydrostatic tests, or transient conditions.
5-7 corrosion attack, describe the plans which will be followed to avoid partial or local severe sensitization of austenitic stainless steel during heat treatments and welding operations for core structural load bearing members and component parts of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.Describe welding methods, heat input, and the quality controls that will be employed in welding austenitic stainless steel components.
(10) To avoid microfissuring in welds, describe the requirements for control of delta ferrite in austenitic stainless steel welds, especially as regards filler materials, welding procedure qualification, and the methods for determining delta ferrite content of the completed welds.(11) AEC General Design Criterion
4 requires that structures, systems, and components of nuclear power plants important to safety be protected against the effects of missiles that might result from equipment failures.Provide the information which demonstrates compliance with GDC-4 and AEC Safety Guide 14, relating to material properties, design, inservice inspec-tion and testing of the reactor coolant pump flywheels.
5.2.4 RCPB Leakage Detection Systems Tn dmnnratp ror-janep wi.rh AEC Daion Crirtrinor
30, whIbrh requires be provided for detecting and, to the excent praccicai, identifying the location of the source of reactor coolant leakage, provide the following information:
(1) Describe the methods that will be used to determine coolant leak-age from the reactor coolant pressure boundary.
Provide sufficient detail to indicate that redundant systems of diverse modes of operation will be installed in the plant.(2) Describe the methods used to provide positive indications in the control room of leakage of coolant from the reactor coolant system to the containment.
(3) Discuss the adequacy of the leakage detection system which depends on reactor coolant activity for detection of changes in leakage during the initial period of plant operation when the coolant activity may be low.(4) With reference to the proposed maximum allowable leakage rate from unidentified sources in the reactor coolant pressure boundary, furnish the following information: (a) The length of a through-wall crack that would leak at the rate of the proposed limit as a function of wall thickness.
5-8 (b) The ratio of that length to the length of a critical through-wall crack, based on the application of the principles of fracture mechanics.(c) The mathematical model and data used in such analyses.(5) Specify the proposed maximum allowable total leakage rate for the reactor coolant pressure boundary, and the basis for the proposed limit. Furnish the ratio of the proposed limit to the normal capacity of the reactor coolant makeup system, and to the normal capacity of the containment water removal system.(6) Provide the sensitivity (in gpm) and the response time of each leak detection syntem. For the containment air activity monitors, provide the sensitivity and the response time as a function of the percentage of failed fuel rods or of the corrosion product activity in the reactor coolant, as applicable.
(7) Estimate the anticipated normal total leakage rates and major leakage sources on the basis of operational experience from other plants of similar design.(8) Describe the adequacy of the proposed leakage detection systems to differentiate between identified and unidentified leaks from components within the primary' reactor containment and indicate which of these systems provide a means for locating the general area of a leak.(9) Discuss the criteria for shutdown of the reactor in the event that either the total or unidentified leakage rate limit was exceeded.(10) Describe the tests proposed to demonstrate sensitivities and operability of the leakage detection systems.5.2.5 Inservice Inspection Program To demonstrate compliance with Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, "Rules for Inservice
- nspection of Nuclear Reactor Coolant Systems", provide the following information:
(1) Describe the design and arrangement provisions for access to the reactor coolant pressure boundary as required by Section IS-141 and IS-142 of Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Reactor Coolant Systems. IndicaLe the specific provisions made for aczess to the reactor vessel for examination of the welds and other componerts.
5-9
(2)Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressur& Vessel Code re-cognizes the problems of examining radioactive areas where access by personnel will be Impractical, and provisions are incorporated in the rules for the examination of such areas by remote means. In some cases the equipmenc to be used to perform such examination is under development.
Provide the following information with respect to your inspection program: (a) Describe the equipment that will be used, or is under development for use, in performing the reactor vessel and nozzle inservice inspections.(b) Describe the system to be used to record and compare the data from the baseline inspection with the data that: will be obtained from subsequent inservice inspections.(c) Describe the procedures to be followed to coordinate the development of the remote inservice inspection equipment with the access provisions for inservice inspection afforded by the plant design.(3) Describe plans for inservice monitoring of the reactor coolant system for the presence of loose parts and excessive vibration.
5.3 1 I ..=i, The thermal hydraulic design of the reactor coolant system should be described ir this section. The following specific information should be included: (1) State the bases for design of the system (e.g., the linear heat generation rates and the critical heat flux ratio for both transient and steady-state conditions).
(2) State the core peaking factors and explain the basis for their selection as a function of fuel exposure.(3) Describe the analytical methods, thermodynamic data, and hydrodynamics data used to determine the thermal and hydraulic characteristics of the reactcr coolant system.(4) State the operating restrictions that will be imposed on the coolant pumps to meet net positive suction head requirements.
(5) For boiling water reactors, provide a power-flow operating map indicating the limits of reactor coolant systems operation.
This map should indicate the permissible operating range as bounded by minimum flow, design flow, maximum pump speed, and natural circulation.
1i 0 J.JJ'A
(6) For pressurized water reactors, provide a temperature-power operating map indicating the effects of reduced core flow due to inoperative pumps including system capability during natural circulation conditions.
(7) Describe the load following characteristics of the reactor coolant system and the techniques employed to provide this capability.
(8) Discuss the transient effects of such events as loss of full or partial coolant flow, coolant pump speed changes, load changes, and start-up of an inactive loop.(9) Provide a table summarizing the thermal and hydraulic character- istics of the reactor coolant system.5.4 Reactor Vessel and Appurtenances The discussion in this section should present the design bases, descrip-tion, evaluation, and necessary tests and inspections for the reactor vessel and its appurtenances.
The following specific information should be provided as a minimum: (1) Specify the maximum normal and emergency heating and cocling rates that will be imposed on the reactor vessel to limit thermal loadings to within design specifications.
(2) Describe the extent to which the design of affected systems and components has been reviewed to determine that annealing of the reactor pressure vessel will be feasible, should it be necessary because of radia-tion embrittlement after several years of operation.
State the maximum reactor vessel temperature that can be obtained using an in-place anneal-ing procedure.
(3) Describe the reactor vessel material surveillance program to indicate the degree of compliance with the AEC proposed "Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program Requirements," 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix H, published in the Federal Register on July 3, 1971. State also the degree of conformance with ASTH E-185-70, especially with regard to the re-quirements on retention of representative test stock (archive material)and documentation of chemical composition.
(4) Identify and discuss any special processes to be used for the fabrication and inspection of the vessel.(5) Describe any special design and fabrication features incorporated in the vessel to further improve its reliability and reduce its potential for failure.5-11 S. S (6) Identify.
the reactor vessel fabricator and the extent of quality assurance surveillance to be provided by the applicant or his representative (particularly if the vessel is to be fabricated outside the U.S.).(7) Discuss reactor vessel lifetime design transients in terms of number of cycles anticipated for each type of transient.
(8) State the vessel materials and inspections to be carried out during fabrication.
(9) Provide reactor vessel design data in tabular form.5.5 Component and Subsystem Design This section should present discussions of the performance requirements and design features to assure overall safety of the various components within the reactor coolant system and subsystems closely allied with the reactor coolant system.Because these components and subsystems differ for various types and designs of reactors, the Standard Format does not assign specific sub-section numbers to each of these comnolnents or ,Jhbsystem-.
The applArnnt=.auuld VVuviu'e zparaL SUuseccions mnumoered
$.a.i through 5.5.x) for each principal component or subsystem.
The discussion in each subsystem should present the design bases, description, evaluation, and necessary tests and inspections for the component or subsystem.
Appropriate details of the mechanical design should be described in Sections 3.7, 3.9, and 5.2.The following paragraphs provide examples of components and subsystems that should be discussed as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Reactor Coolant Pumps -In addition to the discussions of design bases, description, evaluations, and tests and inspections, discuss the provisions taken to preclude turbining of the reactor coolant pumps in the event of a design basis LOCA.(2) Steam Generators
-The information provided should include estimates of the radioactivity levels anticipated in the secondary side of the steam generators during normal operation, and the bases for the estimate.
The potential effects of tube ruptures should be discussed.
5-12 Provide the steam generator design criteria employed to assure that flow induced vibraýion and cavitation effects will not result in degradation of the primary or secondary side, due to tube thinning and corrosion and erosion mechanisms, during the service lifetime of the equipment.
Include the following specific information: (a) Identify the design conditions and transients which will be specified in the design of the steam generator tubes, and the operating condition category selected (e.g., upset, emergency, or faulted) which defines the allowable stress intensity limits to be used. Justify the basis for the selected operating condition category.(b) Specify the margin of tube-wall thinning which could be tolerated without exceeding the "ilowable stress limits identified in (a) above, under the postulated condition of a design basis pipe break in the reactor coolant pressure boundary during reactor operation.(c) Describe the inservice inspection which will be employed to examine the integrity of steam generator tubes as a means to detect tube-wall thinning beyond acceptable limits and whether excess material will intentionally be provided in the tube wall thickness to accor=modate the estimated degradation of tubes during the service lifetime.(3) Reactor Coolant Pinine -The subsection on reactor coolant piping shoulC present an overall description of this system, making appropriate references to detailed information on criteria, methods and materials provided in Chapter 3. The discussion should include the provisions taken during design, fabrication and operation to control those factors that contribute to stress corrosion cracking.
Describe the provisioni made for inservice inspection of the reactor coolant piping and associated components.
(4) Main Steam Line Flow Restrictors
(5) Main Steam Line Isolation System -Include discussion of provisions, such as seal systems, taken to reduce the potential leakage of radioactivity to the environment in the event of a main stear line break.(6) Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System (7) Residual Heat Removal System -The radiological considerations of the residual heat removal system from a viewpoint of how radiation affects the operation of the components and from a viewpoint of how radiation levels affect the operators and capabilities of operation 5-13 and maintenance should be summarized here and derived and justified in Chapter 12.(8) Reactor Coolant Cleanup System -The radiological considerations of the reactor coolant cleanup system should be summarized here and de-rived and justified in Chapters 11 and 12.(9) Iain Steam Line and Feed Water Piping (10) Pressurizer
(11) Pressurizer Relief Tank (12) Valves (13) Safety and Relief Valves (14) Comnonent Supports 5.6 Instrumentation Application The instrumentation to be provided in connection with the reactor coolant system anu its aDu
e. LdaWCN
5auuud ui uiscu,,eu wicti r esnt-ct to aiiw.tional requirements.
Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0.5-14
6.0 ENGINEERED
SAFETY FEATURES Engineered safety features are provided to mitigate the consequences of postulated serious accidents, in spite of the fact that these accidents are very unlikely.
This chapter of the SAR should present information on the engineered safety features provided in the proposed plant. The information provided should be directed primarily toward showing that: (1) the concept upon which the operation of the system is predicated has been, or will be, proven sufficiently by experience, tests under simulated accident 7onditions, or conservative extrapolations from present knowledge;
(2) the system will function during the period required and will actually accomplish its intended purpose;(3) the system will function when required and will continue to function for the period required (e.g., include consideration of component reliability, system interdependency, redundancy and separation of components or portions of system); and (4) provisions have been made for test, inspection, and surveillance and suitable testing and inspection will be performed periodically to assure that thesystem will be dependable and effective upon demand.The engineered safety features included in reactor plant designs vary from facility to facility.
The engineered safety features explicitly discussed in the sections of this chapter are those that are commonly used to limit the consequences of postulated accidents in light water-cooled power reactors.They should be treated as illustrative of the engineered safety features that should be treated in this chapter of the SAR, and of the kind of informative material that is needed. Where additional or different types of engineered safety features are used, they should be covered in a similar manner in separate added sections (see Section 6.X).6.1 General This section should identify and provide a brief summary of the types of engineered safety features provided in the plant., List each system of the plant that is considered to be an engineered safety feature.6.2 Containment Systems This section of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information in sufficient detail to permit the regulatory staff to evaluate the performance capability of the facility containment system. Structural design criteria 6-1 a for the containment system should be provided in Chapter 3. The containment system is considered as composed of the containment structure or structures (e.g., secondary containment or confinement building)
and the directly associated systems upon whi.-h the containment function depends (e.g., the system of isolation valves installed to maintain or re-establish containment system integrity when required, and the filtered ventilation system of a double or secondary containment).
In the design of nuclear power plants, the containment system which encloses the reactor and other portions of the plant constitutes a design feature provided primarily for the protection of public health and safety. Being a standby safety system, it may never be called upon to function, but it must be maintained in a state of readiness.
The ability to perform its intended role, if called upon, of acting as a barrier to confine potential releases of radioactivity from severe accidents, depends upon maintaining tightness within specified bounds throughout its operating lifetime.The SAR should include information to show that the containment system has been evaluated to provide assurance that the containment will fulfill its intended objectives, and that such objectives are consistent with protection of the public safety.orovidId sý, ' -i! the =dC;uazY Cf :hc evaluations;
that is, assurance that the evaluations included are correct and complete.
Evaluations in other sections having a bearing on the adequacy of the containment system should be referenced.
6.2.1 Containment Functional Design 6.2.1.1 Design Bases -This section should provide the bases upon which the functional design of the containment system (or systems) was established, including, for example, the following information: (I) The postulated accident conditions and the extent of simultaneous occurrences that determine the containment design requirements should be discussed.
(2) The assumptions regarding the sources and amounts of energy and material that might be released into the containment structure, and the post-accident time-dependency associated with these releases should be presented and discussed.
(3) The assumed contribution of other engineered safety features in limiting the maximum valie of the energy released in the containment structure in :he event of an accident should be specified.
O 6-2
(4) Discuss subcompartment differential pressure considerations and capability including the theoretical mass and energy input that might result from design basis accidents, particularly for those vital subcompart- ments that can not be pressure tested. (The structural design of the vital subcompartments with respect to accommodating this mass and energy input should be discussed in Section 3.8.2.)(5) Discuss parameters affecting the assumed capability for post-accident pressure reduction.
6.2.1.2 System Design -This section should provide a discussion of the design features of the containment system (6r systems) and the explanation*
for their selections, including, for example: (a) the design internal pressure, temperature, and volume; (b) the design basis accident leakage rate, and other leakage rates as defined in the proposed Appendix J to 10 CFR Part 50; and (c) the design methods that will be used to assure integrity of the containment internal structures and subcompartments from pressure pulses that could occur following a loss-of-coolant accident.6.2.1.3 Design Evaluation
-Provide a comprehensive discussion of the evaluations**
of operational systems associa:ed wiuh the containment which serve to indicate or maintain the state of readiness of the containment within a Spccificd
1c!kage rite limit during Pperaring periods when contain-ment integrity is required, including, for example the following information:
(1) Discuss the extent to which assurance of containment leak-tightness at any time depends upon the operation of a system, such as a continuous leakage monitoring system, a continuous leakage surveillance system, a continuous leakage surveillance system for containment penetrations and seals or a pumpback compressor system or ventilation system which maintains a negative pressure between dual barriers of a containment system.(2) Provide an analysis of the capability of these operational systems to perform their functions reliably and accurately during operating periods and under conditions of operating interruptions (e.g., the performance margin, if any, in a pumpback compressor system that might allow it to sustain an operational failure and still function adequately).
- Where an explanation is given in other sections, only cross referencing is necessary.
- Where safety analyses and the discussion of the consequences of accidents under which the containment function becomes essential are included in chapter 15.0, "Accident Analysis," only cross referencing is necessary.
6-3
(3) Provide containment pressure transient analysis to establish the performance capability for a spectrum of reactor coolant break sizes up to and including rupture of the largest pipe in the primary coolant pressure boundary.
Where confirmatory tests have been performed to demonstrate the applicability of the analysis, the types of tests and the results should be discussed.
(4) Describe the analytical mode, including assumptions and the methods used to verify the correctness of the mathema'ical formulation, and the applicability of the model to the plant design.(5) For pressure reduction containment concepts, the effects of steam bypass on the capability of the containment to perform its design function for a complete spectrum of primary coolant I:reak sizes should be discussed and substantiated through analyses or test:;.(6) Evaluate the long-term performance of the containment upon completion of blowdowm and initial depressurization of the containment.
Describe the capability of the containment systems to maintain low long-term pressure levels. Describe the analytical model, the assumptions used, the validity of the model and the results.0)) 'ror rn- -esgn e ipF -- : a an accidenL chronology to indicate the time of occurrence in seconds (assuming time equals zero is when the design break occurs) of events such as: initiation of the ECCS injection phase, the time containment reaches peak pressure, the end of blowdown, the end of the injection phase, initiation of the ECCS reflooding phase (assuming no offsite power), initiation of the quench con-tainment spray, the time at which the refueling water storage tank (or condensate storage tank) empties, and where applicable, when the containment pressure becomes subatmospheric.
(8) Provide an energy balance table that lists how the energy is stored prior to the design basis loss-of-coolant accident, how much energy is generated and absorbed from time equals zero to. the time of the peak pressure, and how the energy Is distributed at the time of the peak pressure.(9) Assuming a design basis loss-of-coolant accident and minimum engineered safety feature performance, and considering a time scale commencing just prior to and continuing for at least one day into the recirculation phase, provide curves showing the behavior as a function of time of: the sump temperature, the heat generation rate from core decay heat and other sources (e.g., hot metal and structures), the heat removal rate from the containment spray system heat exchanger, from the fan recirculation heat exchanger, and from the residual heat removal heat exchanger, and the containment total pressure, vapor pressure and temperature.
6-4
(10) Where applicable, with respect to the containment subcompartments enclosing such components as the reactor vessel (reactor cavity), the pressurizer, and steam generators, provide the assumptions and results of analyses to show the theoretical capability of these compartments to with-stand energy releases (expressed in terms of equivalent pipe rupture area-or other applicable unit) that might result from design basis accidents.
The structural design aspects of the subcompartments should be discussed in Section 3.8.2.6.2.1.4 Testing and Inspection
-This section should provide information about the program of testing and inspection applicable to: (1) preoperational testing of the containment system, and (2) in-service surveillance to assure continued integrity:
Emphasis should be given to those tests and inspections considered essential to a determination that performance objectives have been achieved and a performance capability maintained throughout the plant lifetime above some pre-established limits. Such tests could include for example: integrated leak rate tests of the containment structure, local leak detection tests of penetrations and valves and operability tests of fail-safe features of isolation valves. The information provided in this section should include, for example: (1) the planned tests and their purpose;(2) the considerations that led to periodic testing and the selected test frequency;
(3) the test methods to be used, including a sensitivity analysis;(4) the requirements for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them;(5) the action to be taken in the event acceptability requirements are not met;(6) information to show the extent of conformance to proposed Appendix J of 10 CFR Part 50, "Reactor Containment Leakage Testing of Water Cooled Power Reactors", published in the Federal Register on August 27, 1971; and (7) a discussion of the design provisions to assure that the con-tainment structure will have the capability of being pressurized to the calculated peak accident pressure at any time during plant life in order to perform integrated leakage rate tests, as may be required.6-5
9 *Particular emphasis should be given to those surveillance type tests that are of such importance to safety that they may become a part of the technical specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be described.
6.2.1.5 Instrumentation Application
-This section should discuss the instrumentation to be employed for monitoring the containment system and actuating those components and subsystems of the containment system that initiate the safety function.
Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.2 Containment Heat Removal Systems The components and the systems for heat removal following blowdown from a loss-of-coolant accident under post-accident conditions should be considered in this section. Since the components and systems vary depending on reactor type and plant, the information to be included in this section as outlined below is only illustrative of the type of information that should be provided.for each component or system.6.2.2.1 Desien Bases -Provide the bases upon which the design of the heat removal components and systems were established including, for example: (1) the sources and amounts of energy that must be considered in sizing the removal systems is relied upon to attenuate the post-accident conditions imposed upon the containment system, and (3) the design parameters for the portions of the heat removal systems located outside the containment.
6.2.2.2 System Design -The design features of the heat removal systems (e.g., containment spray system or fan cooler systems) should be provided in this section including, for example: (1) a description of the components and system; (2) the design specifications for the components and systems (e.g., design head of pumps, flow rate, heat removal capacity and other pertinent specifications)
with adequate backup information to demonstrate that systems designed to these specifications can perform their intended function;
(3) material compatibility, particularly for those systems in contact with borated water or iwter with chemical additives;
(..)the requirements for redundancy and independence of the components and systems; (5) the design of the recirculation piping leading from the containment sump to the recirculation pumps (e.g., the residual or decay heat removal pumps) and the means provided to detect and further reduce the potential for containment and component leakage as a possible result of component deterioration during the post-accident recirculation period (e.g., use of guard pipes surrounding the recirculation piping and the protective chambers enclosing the isolation valves); (6) the net positive suction head requirements for the recirculation pumps with supportive
6 6-6 I
information to show the margin between the required and available net positive suction head (see AEC Safety Guide No. 1); (7) consideration given to the potential for surface fouling of the containment spray' system heat exchangers in the design, and the manner in which such fouling could affect the performance requirements;
and (8) with respect to the containment spray and/or residual heat removal system heat exchangers, the basis for the selection of the tube side and shell side inlet temperatures and the effect on performance of the heat removal capability of the containment spray system.6.2.2.3 Design Evaluation
-This section should provide evaluations*
of the heat removal systems. A description should be pruvided of the analytical methods and models used to assess the performance capability of the heat removal systems with sufficient information to show the validity of the models (e.g., results of tests). Summarize the results of failure analyses for all components of the heat removal systems to show that the failure of any single component will not prevent fulfilling the design function.
Provide curves showing the calculated performance of the following variablcs as functions of time following occurrence of a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, assuming minimum engineered safety feature performance (cover a time range beginning just prior to, and continuing for at least one day into, the recirculation phase): sump temperature, heat generation rate from core decay heat and other sources (e.g., hot metal and structures), heat removal rate irom tne containment spray system heat exchanger, from the fan recirculation system heat exchanger, and from the residual heat removal heat exchanger, and the containment total pressure, vapor pressure and temperature.
6.2.2.4 Testing and Inspections
-This section should describe the preoperational performance tests and in-place testing after installation of the heat removal systems. The description should make clear the scope and limitation of the tests. This section should also describe the in-spection program for the systems, particularly for those components which will be unable to be tested after installation or perlodically during operation.
6.2.2.5 Instrumentation Application
-This section should describe the instrumentation to be employed for the monitoring, and actuation of the containment heat removal systems. Details of the design and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter: 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.3 Containment Air Purification and CleanuD Systems The systems for ventilation of the containment systems (including secondary or confinement buildings)
and for other air purificat'ion or cleanup systems (e.g., containment spray system and internal and external filters) servicing* Where safety analyses and the discussion of the co equences of accidents under which the containment function becomes essentlial are included in chapter 15. "Accident Analyses," only cross referencing is necessary.
6-7 the containment systems should be considered as part of the containment system and discussed in this section of the SAR. (Reference should be made to Chapter 15.0, "Accident Analyses", where these containment functions become essential in describing the consequences of accidents..)
The type of infor-mation outlined below should be provided for each of the cleanup systems.6.2.3.1 Design ;ases -This section should provide the design bases for the ventilation jnd the air purification systems, including, for example: (1) the conditions which establish the need for ventilation or purging of the containment structure, (2) the bases employed for sizing the ventilation, purging, and air cleanup systems and components, and (3)the bases for the fission product removal capability and component sizing of the containment spray system and/or filtration system (where credit is taken for limiting the radiological offsite consequences resulting from the accidents discussed in Chapter 15.0 of the SAR).6.2.3.2 System Desion -This section should discuss the design features and fission product removal capability of the systems, including, for example: (I) piping and instrumentation diagrams of the ventilation and other cleanup systems; (2) performance objectives (e.g., ventilation flow rates, temperature, humidity, the limits of radioactivity levels to be maintained within the containment structure, and at the site boundary and exclusion zone); "ý ,3) i LP I, uI..J&!1LV&, ct,,A A tii r 4 the ventilation and purging air and the provisions for safe disposal of the effluent to the outside atmosphere (e.g., systems discharging the effluent through stacks). The following specific information should be included.(1) The description of external charcoal filter systems should include flow parameters;
charcoal type, weight, distribution, test specifications, and acceptance criteria;
HEPA filter type and specifications;
any additional components;
humidity controls;
system test and surveillance requirements;
and expected efficiencies for iodine removal for each of the expected forms of iodine. Except for humidity control, the same information as above should be included in describing the internal charcoal filter systems, and in addition pressure surge data should be included.(2) Where building recirculation systems are provided the system description should include a discussion of the mode(s) of operation and mixing behavior.
Layout drawings of system equipment and air flow guidance ducts should be provided.
Provide the expected initial and final exhaust flow rates and the rate of change between initial and final flow rates;the recirculation rate; and the mixing volume. If charcoal filters are incluced in the system, information similar to that noted in the preceding paragraph should be provided.6-8
(3) For redundant emergency ventilation systems containing charcoal filters, describe and evaluate the design provisions for maintaining a flow of cooling air in the isolated filter train or for alternate cooling to preclude substantial fission product desorption or ignition of the charcoal (assuming a filter failure or fire occurs subsequent to a design basis accident).
In the evaluation, assume the filter contains the maximum decay heat load, using as a basis the source terms indicated in Safety Guide No. 4 for Pressurized Water Reactors and Safety Guide No. 3 for Boiling Water Reactors.(4) The important system parameters of the containment spray system that should be described and justified include flow rate through the spray nozzles, fall height (area averaged), effective containment volume and fractional volume spray coverage, the type(s) of nozzles and associated spray drop size spectrum, and also the type of spray additive along with its concentration in storage and during and following delivery.(5) With respect to materials compatibility, an inventory should be provided of all materials which may adversely affect, or be adversely affected by, the spray solution during storage or under post-accident conditions.
The system description should include a discussion of the operating modes, reliability, reproducibility, and testability of the spra:, system.6.2.3.3 Desicn Evaluation
-This section should provide evaluations of the ventilation and cleanup systems to demonstrate their capability to reduce accident doses and maintain offsite effluent concentrations durin2 normal operation within established guidelines.
6.2.3.4 Tests and Inspections
-This section should provide infor-mation concerning the program of testing and inspection applicable to preoperational testing and in-service surveillance to assure a continued state of readiness to perform for those ventilation and cleanup systems required to reduce the radiological consequences of an accident.6.2.3.5 Instrumentation Aonlication
-This section should describe the instrumentation to be employed for the monitoring and actuation of the ventilation and cleanup systems. Design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.2.4 Containment Isolation Systems The system intended to monitor the development of gross leakages or measure-ment of leakages within allowable limits in the containment system (leakage pumpback systems which monitor containment barrier leakages may be included under this category)
should be considered as part of the containment system.6-9 The following type of information should be included: 6.2.4.1 Design Bases -Discuss the bases established for the design of the isolation valving required for fluid lines, including, for example: (1) the governing conditic.ns under which containment isolation becomeýmandatory;
(2) the criteria applied with respect to the number and location (inside or outside of containment)
of independent isolation valves provided for each fluid system penetrating the containment and the basis therof, and the degree of conformance to criteria 54, 55, 56 and 57 of the AEC General Design Criteria;
and (3) the design bases for isolation of the fluid instrument lines and the degree of conformance to AEC Safety Guide 11 or other criteria that provide an equivalent degree of protection.
6.2.4.2 System Design -Describe and evaluite the design features of the isolation valving system, including, for exatý.le: (1) a piping and instrumentation diagram of t.Ae isolation valving s:?,tem inditrarnc, the with reSoert to the containment bd'rlier of all isolation valves and fluid systems penetrating the containment wall, including instrument lines, or systems communicating directly with the outside atmosphere, (e.g., vacuum relief valves);(2) a summary table of the types of isolation valves provided, inclu-ding: (a) open or closed status under normal operating conditions, shutdown or accident situations; (I the primary and secundary modes of actuation provided for the isolation~valves, (e.g., valve operators, manual remote or automatic); (c) the number of parameters sensed and their values which are required to effect closure of isolation valves; and (d) the closure time and sequence of timing for the principal isolation valves to secure containment isolation;
(3) the protection to be provided for isolation valves, actuators, and controls against damage from missiles;(4) the provisions to assure operability of isolation valve systems under accident environment, (e.g., imposed pressures and temperatures of the steam-laden atmosphere in the event of an accident);
6-10
(5) the provisions to assure integrity of the isolation valve system and connecting lines under the dynamic forces resulting from inadvertent closure under operating conditions (e.g., inadvertent closure of steamline isolation valves under full steaming rate); ani (6) the design of isolation valves not discussed in other sections of the SAR.6.2.4.3 Design Evaluation
-Provide an evaluation of the containment isolation system to demonstrate its capability to perform its intended function.6.2.4.4 Tests and Inspections
-Provide information concerning the program of testing and inspection that is required to assure a continued state of readiness of the system to perform its safety function.6.2.5 Combustible Gas Control in Containment General Design Criterion
41 requires that systems to control hydrogen, oxygen, and other substances that may be released into the reactor containment be provided as necessary to control their concentrations followine nostulArod crcidpntq tn ;3-sura -nlert -ntii-4!maintained.
This subsection of the report should provide information on the design features to be provided for controlling combustible gas concentrations in containment following an accident.6.2.5.1 Design Bases -Discuss the bases for the design of the system and components provided to control combustible gas mixtures in the containment following a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, including, for example: (1) the design criteria as compared to those set forth in AEC Safety Guide No. 7, "Control of Combustible Gas Concentrations in Containment Following a Loss-of-Coolant Accident;" (2) the design criteria applicable to the containment purge system as a backup system for the control of combustible gases iin containment following an accident;
and (3) the governing conditions under which containment combustible gas control measures become necessary.
6.2.5.2 System Design -Describe the design features of the combustible gas control system, inclu-ing, for example: 6-11
(1) a piping and instrumentation diagram of the system delineating the extent of the system located inside or outside containment;
(2) the concept upon which the operation of the system is predicated;
(3) the design features of the systems for mixing, sampling, and monitoring the containment atmosphere to effect control of combustible gases following a loss-of-coolant accident;
and (4) the requirements for redundancy and independence and the inter-dependency between the system and other engineered safety features.6.2.5.3 Desien Evaluation
-Provide evaluations to demonstrate the functional requirements of the system. Provide an analysis of hydrogen generation following a loss-of-coolant accident using the assumptions set forth in AEC Safety Guide No. 7, and an analysis of the predicted thyroid and whole body doses at the site boundary and the low population zone boundary that would result from containment purging in the event of a design basis loss-of-coolant accident, using the assumptions set forth in Safety Guides No. 3 or 4, as applicable to the plant site, and Safety Guide No. 7.6 Lesting ana inspections
-ihe preoperational performance tests and in place testing after installation should be described.
The description should make clear the scope and limitation of the tests. Describe the inspection program for the system, particularly if the system or significant components are not testable after installation or periodically during operation.
6;2.5.5 Instrumentation Application
-Discuss the instrumentation provisions for the methods of actuation (e.g., automatic, manual, different locations).
The conditions requiring system actuation and the bases for the selection should be included.
The design details and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.6.3 Emergency Core Cooling System The emergency core cooling system (ECCS) is included in a facility to furnish cooling water to the core to compensate for loss of normal cooling capability inherent in postulated loss-of-coolant accidents.
The ECCS generally consists of subsystems for storing sources of water, delivering and distributing coolant to the core, removal of heat following flow through the core, and the associated instrumentation.
6-12 The specific design requirements of an emcrgency core cooling system will depend upon the reactor design. Such matters as the time available following coolant loss, cooling capacity required, and the length of time during which cooling must be sustained vary. The functional requirements for the system and an explanation of why these were established should be a fundamental part of this section of the SAR.When discussing the factors of dependability and effectiveness, specific attention should be directcd to such things as system starting, adequate coolant delivery, availability of coolant, period of time the system must operate, the effect of external terces, the state of the art and proposed research and development to assure proper flow distribution to adequately cool the core, the testing program to assure dependable cperation, and the reliance placed on the system for overall plant safety.The ability of the system to start and to deliver the required cooling capacit is fundamental.
Considerations should include the design, operation, and testino that are associated with system dependability from the sensing of an accident, throu~h the avai'lability of emergency power, to the assurance of adequate coolant flow in the core.The potential for damage to the system from external forces, such as missiles and forces causing movement or vibration should be evaluared;
e.g., since parts of tha ECCS are connected to the main coolant system, assurance should be provided that an accidental rupture of the main coolant piping system will not cause movement that would negate or reduce the effectiveness of the emergency core cooling system.Evaluations to show that there will be adequate and proper flow distribution through the core are important.
Such matters as the number of channels, the effect of channel length, the phase change of the cooling water, potential metal-water reactions, and the lag time associated with system operation should be considered.
On June 19, 1971, the AEC issued an Interim Policy Statement containing interim acceptance criteria for the performance of emergency core cooling systems in light-water nuclear power plants. The Statement and an Amendment issued December 18, 1971, also included a description of acceptable assump-tions and analytical procedures to be used in evaluating the performance of emergency core cooling systems for pressurized water reactors and boiling water reactors (evaluation models). The performance evaluations included in the Safety Analysis Report should be conducted in accordance with the Interim Policy Statement, and amendments thereto.Since the system does not operate in its entirety except following an accident, a measure of its dependability must be assured through testing.6-13 Information concerning the proposed initial tests and subsequent periodic tests and inspections should be included.The following subsections identify information that should be included in this section.6.3.1 Design-Bases The design of the ECCS is based upon the assumption of an accidental pipe break in the primary coolant system and the manner in which this 'might affect the core, and the environment in which the system will operate.The ability of a system to satisfactorily accommodate a break of a certain size does not necessarily mean it can accommodate all breaks. Therefore, the bases for setting the functional requirements of the ECCS should be identified and explained.
The design bases should include, for example: (1) the range of reactor coolant system ruptures and coolant leaks (from the smallest, up to and including the double ended rupture of the-largest pipe in the reactor coolant system) that the ECCS (and subsystems)
was designed to accommcdate and the analyses*
supporting the selection;
(2) the fission product decay heat that the ECCS was designed to remove and th -* 0, =4 , (3) the reactivity required for cold shutdown for which the ECCS was designed and the analyses*
supporting this selection;
and (4) the system capability to meet functional requirements over both the short and long term duration of the accident including specific features (e.g., a switch over to different coolant delivery paths) provided to meet such requirements.
6.3.2 Svstem Design This section should describe how the ECCS has been designed to meet the functional requirements established from the safety analyses.
The information on an emergency core cooling system should include the following specific items: (1) Provide schematic piping and instrumentation diagrams of the system showing the location of all components, piping, storage facilities, points where connecting systems and subsystems tie together and into the reactor system, and instrumentation and controls associated with subsystem and component actuation.
- Where these analyses have been made in other section, e.g., in Chapter 15.0,"Accident Analyses," only cross referencing is necessary.
6-14
(2) Equipment and components installed to satisfy the functional requirements should be described.
Identify the significant design parameters for each component within the system. For the range of pipe-break sizes considered in the design cf the ECCS, specify the components reqyired and demonstrate that adequate coverage of the break spectrum is achieved.(3) Identify the industry codes and classifications used in system design. Cross refcrencing may be used where this is discussed in other sections of the SAR.(4) Identify the matertils used in the ECCS and discuss materials compatibility.
(5) State the design pressure and temperature of components for various portions of the system and rexplain the bases foi their selection.
(6) State the capacity of each of the coolant storage facilities.
(7) Provide pump characteristic curves and pump power requirements.(R) Describe the heat exchancer characteristics including design flow rates, inlet ind outlet temperatures for the cooling fluid and the fluid being cooled, the overall heat transfer coefficient and the heat transfer area.(9) Provide flow diagrams for the ECCS, showting flow rates and pressure for various operating modes (i.e., emergency, test and faulted conditions).
(10) State the relief valve capacity and settings or venting-provisions included in the system.(11) Discuss the reliability considerations incorporated in the design to assure the system will start when needed and will deliver the required quantity of coolant (e.g., redundancy and separation of components, transmission lines, and power sources).
A distinc:cion should be made between true redundancy incorporated in a system and multiple components (e.g., a system that is designed to perform its function with only one of two pumps operating has increased reliability by redundancy;
whereas, a system that has two pumps both of which must operate to perform its function does not have redundancy).
(12) Describe the provisions taken to protect the system (including connections to the reactor coolant system or ocher connecting systems)against damage that might result from movement (between components within the system and connecting systems), from missiles, or from thermal stresses.6-15
(13) Describe the provisions taken to facilitate performance testing of components (e.g., bypasses around pumps, sampling lines, etc.).(14) Specify the available and required net positive suction head for the ECCS pumps and justify any exceptions to the regulatory position stated in AEC Safety Guide No. 1.(15) For PWRs, describe the provisions with respe':t to the control circuits for the motor-operated isolation valves in the lines connecting the ECCS accumulators (or core flooding tanks) to the reactor coolant system to preclude inadvertent closure prior to or during an accident.
It should be stated whether the design of the controls for these valves will meet the intent of IEEE Std. 279-1971, "IEEE Standard:
Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," an,' whether the following features are incorporated: (a) automatic opening of the valves when the reactor coolant system pressure exceeds a preselected value (specified ii Technical Specifications)
or a safety injection signal has been initiated;(b) valve position visual indication that is actuated by sensors on the, ,:i'e -9 "rl-,!": (c) an audible alarm, independent of item (b) which is actuated by a sensor on the valve when the valve is not in the fully open position;and (d) utilization of a safety injection signal to automatically remove (override)
any bypass feature that may be provided to allow a motor-operated valve to be closed, for short periods of time, when the reactor coolant system is at pressure (in accordance with the provisions of the Technical Specifications).
(16) Describe the provisions taken in the design of the control circuits for the motor-operated isolation valves in the letdown line connectinR
the reactor coolant system to the relatively low pressure ihuLdown heat (decay VL&residual)
removal system to preclude over-pressurization of the shutdown heat removal system as a result of common mode failures or operator errors.State whether the design of the controls for these valves will incorporate the following features: S 6-16 (a) provision of at least two valves, in series, with each valve interlocked te prevent valve opening unless the reactor coolant system pressure is less than the design pressure of the shutdown heat removal s~stem;(b) interlocks of diverse principles, and designed to meet the intent of IEEE-279;
and (c) provision for automatic closure of the two series valves whenever the pressure in the reactor coolant system exceeds a selected fraction of the design pressure of the shutdown heat removal system.Indicate whether these closure devices will be designed to meet the intent of IEEE-279.6.3.3. Performance Evaluation The functional requirements established for the emergency core cooling system generally are based on safety analyses and tests which consider the predicted effects of a spectrum of postulated accidents.
Such analyses should be included in Chapter 15.0. "Accident Analyses".
However, having established certain functional requirements as the porformance objectives of an ECCS design, this section of the SAR should include those system evaluations from which it has been concluded that functional requirements have been ret with an adequate margin for contingencies.
Such evaluations are expected also to provide the bases for any operational restrictions such as minimum functional capacity or testing requirements that might be appropriate for inclusion in the Technical Specifications of the license.6.3.3.1 Results of Analyses -Analyses should be performed to demonstrate that the performance capability of the ECCS will meet the acceptance criteria of the Commission's Interim Policy Statement, issued on June 19, 1971, and any amendments thereto, using a suitable evaluation model. Describe the assumptions used and the analytical model and discuss the bases for its validity.
Provide the results of these analyses.
The specific information required is as follows: For PWRs (1) Discuss the evaluation model including reference to the evaluation model acceptable to the Commission as described in Appendix A, Parts 1, 3, 4 cr 5 of the Interim Policy Statement for the appropriate nuclear steam supply system. Any deviations in the evaluation model used in the analyses from that described in the applicable Part of Appendix A of the Interim Policy Statement should be discussed in detail.(2) For the break size range, location and type mentioned in the applicable part of Appendix A of the Interim Policy Statement, provide 6-17 lj the following information as a function of time: (a) the system pressure;(b) the core flow rate, pressure drop, and inlet and exit quality; (c) the flow rate out of the pipe break; (d) emergency core coolant discharge flow rate into the reactor coolant system; (e) the core reflood rate; (f) the core and downcomer liquid level during reflood; and (g) fluid temperature, heat transfer coefficienr and cladding temperature at the hot spot.(3) In evaluating breaks smaller than those analyzed using an evaluation model described in the Interim Policy Statement, the method of analysis and tOe results should be presented.
(4) The presentation of the evaluation results should include curves showing percent fuel rod perforations versus pipe break size analyzed.For BWRs (1) Discuss the evaluation model including response to the evaluation model acceptable to the Commission, as described in Appendix A, Part 2 of the Interim Policy Statement.
Any deviations in the evaluation model used in the analyses from that described In Appendix A, Part 2 of the policy statement should be discussed in detail.(2) Provide curves ot peak clad temperature and percent clad metal-water reaction as a function of pipe break size for the various combinations of ECC subsystems evaluated by using the single fai.iure criterion indicated in Table 2-i of the topical report: "Loss-of-Coolant Accident and Emergency Core Cooling Models for General Electric Boiling Water Reactors", NEDO-10329.
A discussion should be included showing the justification for the ECC sub-system combinations used in 4he evaluation.
(3) For several breaks that typify small, intermediate and large breaks, provide curves of (a) peak fuel clad temperature for various rod groups, (b) core flow, (c) fuel channel inlet and outlet quality, (d) heat transfer coefficients, (e) reactor vessel pressure and water level, and (f), minimum critical heat flux ratio (MCHFR) as functions of time. Tndi Crf the time that effective core cooling is initiated, the time the fuel channel becomes wetted based upon item 4 of Appendix A, Part 2, and the time that the temperature transient is terminated.
(4) For the analyses performed in (2) and (3) above, discuss tho range of peaking factors studied and the basis for selecting the combination that resulted in the most severe thermal transient.
Curves showing percent fuel rod perforations versus pipe break size analyzed, should be included.6-18
(5) The results pertaining to the range of pipe break sizes analyzed should be summarized to permit evaluation of the extent of conformance with the Commission's Interim Acceptance Criteria delineated in the Interim Policy Statement.
The system performance and core mechanical responses that may be described in other parts of the SAR should be referenced to demonstrate conformance with all four Interim Acceptance Criteria.In addition to the above, provide the following irfoimation:
(1) Describe the results of analyses and tests performed to determine the nuclear, mechanical and chemical effects of system operation on the core.(2) Discuss the extent to which components or portions of the ECCS are required for operation of other systems and the extent to which com-ponents or portions of other systems are required for operation of the ECCS. An analysis of how these dependent systems would function should include system priority (which system takes preference);
conditions when various components or portions of one system function as part of another system, for example, when the water level in the reactor is below a limiting value, the recirculation pum.ps (i.e., residual or decay heat removal puzs), or feed pumps will supply water to the safety injection system and not the containuerL
bei'ai my>ti,.i;
anll% anllViLdtiuns included to assure minimum capability (e.g., storage facility comon to both core cooling and contain-ment spray systems shall have provisions whereby the quantity available for core cooling will not be less than some specified quantity).
(3) Discuss the range of acceptable lag ti.mes associated with system operation;
that is, the period between the time an accident has occurred requiring the operation of t',e system and the time emergency core coolii.g flow is discharged into the core. Analysis supporting the selection should include valve opening time, pump starting time, and other pertinent parameters.
(4) Discuss thermal shock considerations, both in terms of effect on operability of the ECCS and the effect on connecting systems.(5) State the bounds within which principal system parameters must be maintained i-. the interests of constant standby readiness;
e.g., such things as, the minimum poison concentrations in the coolant, minimum coolant reserve in storage volumes, and minimum inoperable components.
6.3.4 Tests and Inspections The emergency core cooling system is a standby system, not normally operating.
Consequently, a measure of the readiness cf the system to 6-19 operate in the event of an accident must be achieved via tests and in-spections.
The periodic tests and inspections planned should be identified and reasons explained as to why the program of testing planned is believe to be appropriate.
The information should include such things as: (1) What tests have been planned and why.(2) Considerations that led to periodic testing and the selected test frequency.
(3) Test methods to be used.(4) Requirements set for acceptability of observed performance and the bases for them.(5) A description of the program for inservice inspection, including items to be inspected, accessibility requirements, and the types and frequency of inspection.
Evaluations made elsewhere in the SAR that explain the bases for tests planned need not be repeated but only cross-referenced.-f- Y suhIp-t6s" r are of such importance to safety that they may be-coe a part of the Technical Specifications of an operating license. The bases for such surveillance requirements should be developed as a part of the SAR.6.3.5 Instrumentation Application This section should discuss the instrumentation provisions for various methods of actuation (e.g., automatic, manual, different locations).
The conditions requiring system actuation together with the bases for the selection (e.g., during periods when the system is to be available, whenever the reactor coolant system pressure is less than some specified pressure, the core spray system will be actuated automatically)
should be included in the discussion.
Design dethils and logic of the instrumentation should be discussed in Chapter 7.0 of the SAR.6.X Other Engineered Safety Features The engineered safety features included in reactor plant designs vary from facility to facility.
Accordingly, for each engineered safety feature, component or system provided in a facility and not already referred to in this chapter of the Standard Format, the SAR should include separate sections (numbered
6.4 through 6.X) patterned after the above and providing informa-tion on: 6-20
6.X.1 Design Bases 6.X.2 System Design 6.X.3 Design Evaluation
6.X.4 Tests and Inspections
6.X.5 Instrumentation Application
6-21
7.0 INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROLS The reactor instrumentation senses the various reactor parameters and transmits appropriate signals to the regulating systems during normal operation, and to the reactnr trip and engineered safety feature systems during abnormal and accident conditions.
The information provided in this chapter should emphasize those instruments and associated equipment which constitute the protection system (as defined in IEEE Std 279-1971"IEEE Standard:
Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Gener-ating Stations").
The discussion of regulating systems and instrumentation should be limited to considerations of regulacin6 system-induced transients which, if not terminated in a timaly manner, would result in fuel damasv;, radiation release, or other public hazard. Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10.7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 Identification of Safety Related Systems List all instrumentation and control systems and supporting systems that are required to function to achieve the system responses assumed in the safety evaluations, and those needed to shut duwii the plant safely. Also list all other systems required for the protection of the health and safety of the public.7.1.2 Identification of Safety Criteria List all design bases, criteria, safety guides, information guides, standards and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the systems listed in 7.1.1.The following specific information should be included: (1) A description should be presented of the quality assurance to be applied to the equipment in the reactor protection system, engineered safety feature circuits, and the emergency power system. This description should include the quslity assurance procedures to be used during equipment fabrication, Shipment, field storage, field installation, system and component checkout, and the records pertaining to each of these. Any exceptions to IEEE Std 336-1971, "IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During tb0. Con-struction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations," should be described and justified.
7-1
.,J (2) The criteria and their bases should be presented that establish the minimum requirements for preserving the independence of redundant reactor protection systems, engineered safety feature systems and Class IE Electric Systems* through physical arrangement and separation and for assuring the minimum required equipment availability during any design basis event.*A discussion should be included of the administrative responsibility and control to be provided to assure compliance with these criteria during the design and installation of these systems. The criteria and bases for the installation of electrical cable for these systems should, as a minimum, address: (a) Cable derating and cable tray fill.(b) Cable routing in congested areas and areas of hostile environment.(c) Sharing of cable trays with non-safety related cables or with cables of the same system or other systems.(d) Fire detection and protection in the areas where cables are installed.(e) Cau+/-e ana caole tray markings.(f) Spacing of wiring and components in control boards, panels, and relay racks.(3) Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE No. 323 (April 1971),"IEEE Trial-Use Standard:
General Guide for Qualifying Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." (4) A description should be provided of the means proposed to identify physically the reactor protection system and engineered safety feature equipment as safety related equipment in the plant to assure appropriate treatment, particularly during maintenance and testing operations.
The description shoul. include the identification scheme used to distinguish between redundant channels of these systems and a discussion of how it will be evident to the operator or maintenance
- Class IE electric systems and design basis events are defined in IEEE Std. 308-1971, "IEEE Standard Criteria for Class IE Electric Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." 7-2 craftsman without the necessity for consulting any reference material, whether equipment, cabling, etc., is safety related and, if safety related, which channel is involved.(5) Describe and justify any exceptions to IEEE No. 317 (April 1971),"IEEE Standard for Electrical Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Fueled Power Generating Stations." 7.2 Reactor Trip System For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.2.1 Description Provide a description of the reactor trip system to include initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified.
Provide the dezign b=sis infcr--atizn r:;uir:d by Secticn 3 of 1EEE Std. 279-3971.Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams, and location layout drav'ings of all reactor trip systems and supporting systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all reactor trip systems and supporting systems.For the protection systems that actuate reactor trip, provide the following specific information:
(1) A list of those systems designed and built by the nuclear steam system supplier that are identical to those of a nuclear power plant of similar design by the same nuclear steam system supplier that has recently received a construction permit or an operating license, and a list of those that are different, with a discussion of the differences;
(2) A list of those systems and their suppliers that are designed and/or built by suppliers other than the nuclear steam system supplier;and 7-3 I..Q~(3) An identification of, and justification for, those features of the design that do not conform to the criteria of IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, "IEEE Trial-Use Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems," and the AEC General Design Criteria.7.2.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides, and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
These analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent, or mitigate the consequences of, (a) spurious control rod withdrawals, (b) loss of plant instrument air systems, (c) loss of cooling water to vital equipment, (d) plant load rejection, and (e) turbine trip. The analyses should also discuss the need for more restrictive set points during operation with fewer than all reactor coolant loops operating.
Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.7.3 Engineered Safety Feature Systems lur system, it Is prof-pred F- rh*1e' f lctc: be s upplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.3.1 Description Provide a description of the instrumentation and controls associated with the Engineered Safety Features (ESF) to include initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, sequencing, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identified.
Pro-vide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971.
Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams and location layout drawings of all ESF instrumentation and control systems and supporting systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams for all ESF circuits and supporting systems.7-4
7.3.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
The method for periodic testing of engineered safety feature instrumenta- tion and control equipment should be described.
IEEE Std. 279-1971 is interpreted to require the same high degree of on-line testability for engineeered safety feature actuation as is required for the reactor trip system.7.4 Systems Required for Safe Shutdown For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.4.1 Description Provide a description of the systems that are needed for safe shutdown of the plant, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified And X " (reference may be made to other sections ot the SAR). Those parts of any system not required for safety should be identi-fied. Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971.
Provide logic diagrams, P&I diagrams and location layout drawings for these systems. In the FSAR, provide electrical schematic diagrams.Describe the provisions taken in accordance with AB5C General Design Criterion
19 to provide equipment outside the control room (i) with a design capability for prompt hot shutdown of the reactor, including necessary instrumentation and controls to maintain the unit in a safe condition during hot shutdown, and (2) with a potential capability for subsequent cold shutdown of the reactor through the use of suitable procedures.
7.4.2 Analysis Provide analyses which demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, applicable AEC Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
These 7-5
- tp'analyses should include considerations of instrumentation installed to permit a safe shutdowni in the event of (a) loss of plant instrument air systems, (b) loss of cooling water to vital equipment, (c) plant load rejection, and (d) turbine trip.7.5 Safety Related Display Instrumentation
7.5.1 Description Include a description of the instrumentation systems (including control rod position indicating systems) that provide information to the operator to enable him to perform required safety functions.
7.5.2 Analysis Provide an analysis to demonstrate that the operator has sufficient information to perform required manual safety functions (e.g., assuring safe control rod patterns, manual engineered safety feature operations, possible unanticipated post-accident operations, and monitoring the status of safety equipment).
Identify and demonstrate compliance with appropriate safety criteria.Information should be providei t4, 4 4- .-V indications provided to the operator for monitoring conditions in the reactor, the reactor coolant system, and in the containment and safety-related process systems throughout all operating conditions of the plant, including anticipated operational occurrences and accident and post-accident conditions.
The information should include the design criteria, the type of readout, number of channels provided, their range, accuracy and location, and a discussion of the adequacy of the design.7.6 All Other Systems Required for Safety This section should contain information on all other systems required for safety that are not included under Reactor Trip, Engineered,.afety Features, Shutdown, Safety Related Display Tnstrumen'tation Systems _or any of their supporting systems, (e.g., cold wa'ter 'slug interlocks, refueling interlocks and interlocks that prevent overpressurization of low pressure systems).7-6
.7.6.1 Description Provide a description of all systems required for safety not already discussed, including initiating circuits, logic, bypasses, interlocks, redundancy, diversity, and actuated devices. Any supporting systems should be identified and described (reference may be made to other sections of the SAR). Those parts of any system not re 4 uired for safety should be identified.
Provide the design basis information required by Section 3 of IEEE Std. 279-1971.
For an FSAR, sufficient schematic diagrams should be provided to permit an independent evaluation of compliance with the safety criteria.7.6.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate how the requirements of the AEC General Design Criteria, IEEE Std. 279-1971, IEEE Std. 338-1971, applicable Ai.C Safety Guides and other appropriate criteria and standards are satisfied.
These analyses should include, but not be limited to, considerations of instrumentation installed to prevent, or mitigate the consequences of, (a) cold water slug injections, (b) refueling accidents, and (c) over-pressurization of low pressure systems. Reference may be made to other sections of the SAR for supporting systems.7.7 Control Systems For standardized systems it is preferred that the information listed be supplied in a topical report and that the topical report be referenced in the appropriate place in the SAR.7.7.1 Description Describe those control and instrumentation systems whose functions are not essential for the safety of the plant. The description should permit an understanding of the way the reactor and important subsystems are controlled.
The following information should be provided with regard to the control systems designed by the nuclear steam system supplier: 7-7
(1) Identification of the major plant control systems (e.g., pri-mary temperature control, primary water level control, steam generator water level control) that are identical to those in a nuclear power plant of similar design by the same nuclear steam system supplier that has recently received a construction permit or an operating license;and (2) A list and discussion of the design differences in those systems not identical to those used in the reference nuclear power plant. This discussion should include an evaluation of the safety significance of each design difference.
7.7.2 Analysis Provide analyses to demonstrate that these systems are not required for safety. The analyses should demonstrate thac the protection systems are capable of coping with all (including gross) failure modes of the control systems.7-8 I .I CHAPTER 8.0 ELECTRIC POWER The electric power system is the source of power for the reactor coolant pumps and other auxiliaries during normal operation, and for the protec-tion syntem and engineered safety features during abnormal and accident conditions.
the information in this chapter should be directed toward establishing the functional adequacy of the emergency power sources, and assuring that these sources are redundant, independent, testable and otherwise in conformity with current criteria.
Details of seismic design and testing should be provided in Section 3.10.8.1 Introduction A brief description of the utility grid and its interconnection to other grids should be supplied.
The onsite electric system should be described briefly in general terms. Identify the safety loads, i.e., the systems and devicos that require electric power to perform their safety functions.
The safety functions (e.g., emergency core cooling, containment cooling, safe shutdown)
and the type of electric power (a-c or d-c) should be identified for each safety load. List all design bases, criteria, safety guides, standards and other documents that will be implemented in the design of the above systems.8.2 Offsite Power System 8.2.1 Description Provide an analysis to demonstrate compliance with the AEC General Design Criteria (GDC), AEC Safety Guides, and other applicable standards and criteria.
In particular, the two circuits required by GDC 17 to supply power for safety loads from the transmission network should be identified and shown to meet GDC 17. Describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits that connect the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply. Include transmission lines, switch-yard arrangement, rights-of-way, etc. Provide the results of the analysis that demonstrates that loss of the nuclear unit or the most critical unit on the grid will not result in loss of offsite power to the nuclear unit safety buses.8-1
'.(2) Cooling System for Reactor Auxiliaries
-Discuss the capability of the reactor system auxiliaries to meet the single failure criterion, the ability to withstand adverse environmental occurrences, requirements for normal operation and for operating during and subsequent to postulated accident conditions including loss of offsite power, and requirements for leakage detection and containment of leakage. Include a failure analysis to demonstrate that a single failure will not result in the loss of all, or a portion of, the cooling function (considering failures of active and passive components, and diverse sources of electric power for pumps, valves and control purposes), the means for precluding the leakage of activity to the outside environment, leakage detection provisions, prevention of long term corrosion which may degrade system performance, and safety implications related to sharing (for multiple unit facilities).
(3) Demineralized Water Make-Up System (4) Potable and Sanitary Water Systems (5) Ultimate Heat Sink -Describe the ulti mate heat sink to be used to dissipate waste heat from the reactor facility during normal and emergency shutdon conditions.
Additional guidance regarding acceptable features of ultimate heat sink facilities will be given in an AEC Safety Guide in rrcpar;,!iýr.
(6) Condensate Storage Facilities
.- Include discussion of the environmental design considerations, requirements for leakage control (including mitigation of environmental effects), limits for radioactivity concentration, code design requirements, and material compatibility and corrosion control.Evaluate provisions for assuring a minimum supply of condensate for emergency purposes, and provide an analysis of storage facility failure and provisions for mitigating environmental effects. The evaluation of radiological considerations should be presented in Chapter 12.9.3 Process Auxiliaries This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the auxiliary systems associated with the reactor process system. Because these auxiliary systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsections (numbered
9.3.1 through 9.3.x) for each of the systems. These subsections should provide information on (1) design bases, (2) system description, (3) safety evaluation, (4) tests and inspections, and (5) instrumentation applications for each system.9-4 0
The following paragraphs provide examples of systems that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some specific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Compressed Air Systems -Describe the compressed air systems that provide station air for service and maintenance uses and include discussion of provisions for meeting the single failure criterion, air cleanliness requirements, and environmental design requirements.
The evaluation of the compressed air system should include a failure analysis (including diverse sources of electric power), maintenance of air cleanliness to assure system reliability, and safety implications related to sharing (for multiple unit facilities).
(2) Process Sampling System -The design bases for the sampling system for the various plant fluids should include consideration of sample size and handling to assure that a representative sample is obtained, require-ments to preclude hazards to plant personnel, and system pres.sure, temperature and code requirements.
The points from which samples will be obtained should be delineated.
The evaluation of the sampling system should provide assurance that representative samples will be obtained, and that sharing (for multiple unit facilities)
will not adversely affect plant safety. The radiological evaluation for normal operation should be provided in Chapter 12.(3) Equipment and Floor Drainaze System -Describe the drainage systems for collecting the effluent from radioactive andnon-radioactive drains from various specified equipment items and buildings.
An evaluation of.radiological considerations for normal operation, including the effects of sharing (for multiple unit facilities), should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.(4) Chemical and Volume Control System -The design bases for tle chemical and volume control system should include consideration of the capability for the control of reactor coolant chemistry for reactivity and corrosion control, capability for maintaining the required reactor coolant system inventory, code design requirements, and environmental design conditions.
The evaluation of the chemical and volume control system should include a malfunction analysis, an analysis of the capability to control the concentrations of tritium, boron, and other chemicals in the reactor coolant system, the provisions made to detect and control lteakage, an analysis of the availability'and reliability of the system (including heat tracing), and an analysis of the capability to isolate the system in the event of pipe breaks outside containment.
The radiological evaluation for normal operation should be presented in Chapter 11 and 12.9-5
9.4 Air Conditioning, Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation Systems 9.4.1 Control Room The design bases for the air treatment system for the control room should be provided and include ability to meet the single failure criterion, ambient temperature requirements, criteria for plant operator comfort and safety, requirements for radiation protection and monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and environmental design requirements.
A description should be presented of the air treatment systems for the control room, including drawings.An evaluation of the control room air treatment system should be provided and should include discussion of ability to detect air-borne contaminants (smoke, radiation, etc.) and preclude their admission to the control room or expedite their discharge from the control room, capability of filters for iodine and particulate removal, ability to meet the single failure criterion, and capability for assuring required ambient temperature level and anticipated degradation of control room equipment performance if tempera-ture levels are exceeded.
Analysis of dose levels in the control room under accident conditions should be presented in Chanter 15.The inspection and testing requirements for the control room air treatment system should be.described.
9.4.2 Auxiliary Building A description of the heating and ventilating system for the various items of equipment in the Auxiliary Building, including drawings, should be provided.
Required and design ambient temperature limits should be listed.Discuss the design bases, system design, design evaluation, test and inspection requirements and instrumentation applications.
9.4.3 Radwaste Area Tlt design bases for the air handling system for the :adwaste area should be presented and should include requirements for meeting the single failure criterion, ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of air flow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radio-activity, differential pressures to be maintained and measured, require-ments for monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for treatment of exhaust air.9-6 A description should be provided of the air handling system for the radwaste area, including drawings.An evaluation of the radwaste area air handling system should be presented including a system failure analysis (including effects of inability to maintain preferred air flow patterns).
Evaluation of radiological considerations for normal operation should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the radwaste area air handling system should be provided.9.4.4 Turbine Building The design bases for the air handling system for the turbine-generator area in the Turbine Building should be presented and should include ambient temperature limits, preferred direction of air flow from areas of low potential radioactivity to areas of higher potential radioactivity, requirements for monitoring of abnormal radiation levels, and requirements for treatment of exhaust air.A description should be provided of the air handling system for the Turbine Building, including drawings.An evaluation of the Turbine Building air handling system should be presented including a system failure analysis (including effects of inability to maintain preferred air flow patterns).
Radiological considerations for normal operation should be evaluated in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the Turbine Building air handling system should be provided.9.5 Other Auxiliary Systems 9.5.1 Fire Protection System The design bases for the fire protection system should be provided and should include extent of station coverage, type of fire extinguishing equipment and material to be provided for each area, requirements for fire monitoring, criteria for minimizing the potential for fires, requirements to assure that operation of the fire protection system would not produce an unsafe condition, seismic design criteria for the fire protection system, and requirements to assure that failure of any portions of the fire protection system not designed to Category I requirements would not damage other Category I equipment.
A description of the fire protection and detection system, including drawings, should be provided.9-7 An evaluation of the fire protection and detection system should be presented and should include an analysis of potential adverse e&fects of fire protec-tion system operation (such as flooding of engineered safety feature equip-ment), design features incorporated in the unit design to minimize the potential for fire occurrences, and an analysis of the reliability of fire detection equipment.
The inspection and testing requirements for the fire protection system should be provided.9.5.2 Commuainications Systems The design bases for the communications systems for intra-plant and plant-to-offsite communications should be provided and should include requirements to meet the single failure criterion and use of diverse system types.A description of the communication systems should be provided.An evaluation of the communication systems should be provided and should include a failure analysis to demonstrate that the single failure criterion is met.The inspcJ..L!ULA
ai,%a LUS-Lkig eq'I 1 rpmelItS r -L.L"Jh, SnOUlO be provided.
- r 9.5.3 Lighting Systems A description of the normal and emergency lighting system for the plant should be provided.9.5.4 Diesel Generator Fuel Oil System The design bases for the fuel oil system for the diesel generator should be provided and should include the requirement for onsite storage capacity, ability to meet the single failure criterion, code design requirements, and cnvironmental design conditiOdls.
A description of the diesel generator fuel oil system, including drawings, should be provided.An evaluation of *the fuel oil system should be provided and should include the potential for material corrosion, a failure analysis to demonstrate capability to meet the single failure criterion, ability to withstand environmental design conditions, and the planning accomplished for the procurement of additional oil, if required.9-8
10.0 STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION
SYSTEM This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information concerning the facility steam and power conversion system. For purposes of this chapter, the steam and power conversion system (heat utilizption system) should be considered to include: (1) The steam system and turbine generator units of an indirect-cycle reactor plant, as defined by the secondary coolant system, or (2) The steam system and turbine generator units in a direct-cycle plant, as defined by the system extending beyond the reactor coolant system isolation valves.There will undoubtedly be many aspects of the steam portion of the facility that have little or no relationship to protection of the public against exposure to radiation.
The Safety Analysis Report is, therefore, not expected to deal with this part of the facility to the same depth or detail as those features playing a more significant safety role.Enough information should be provided to allow understanding in broad terms of what the secondary plant (steam and power conversion system) is, but emphasis should be on those aspects of design and operation that do or might affect the reactor and its safety featuires or contribute to-ard the control of radioactivity.
The capability of the system to function without compromising directly or indirectly the nuclear safety of the plant under both normal operating or transient situations should be shown by the information provided.
Where appropriate, the evaluation of radiological aspects of normal operation of the steam and power conver-sion system and subsystems should be summarized in this chapter, and presented in detail in Chapters 11 and/or 12.10.1 Summary Description A summary description should be provided of the steam and power conver-sion system, indicating principal design features.
An overall system flow diagram and a summary table of the important design and performance characteristics should be included.
The description should indicate the system design features that are safety related.10-1
10.2 Turbine-Generator The design bases for the turbine-generator equipment should be provided and should include the performance requirements under both normal operating and transient conditions, intended mode of operation (base loaded or load following), functional limitations imposed by the design or operational characteristics of the reactor coolant system (rate at which electrical load may be increased or decreased with and without reactor control rod motion or steam bypass), and design codes to be applied.A description of the turbine-generator equipment including moisture separation, use of extraction steam for feedwater heating, and control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, should be provided including drawings.An evaluation of the turbine-generator and related steam handling equipment should be provided.
This evaluation should include a summary discussion of the anticipated operating concenLLations of radioactive contaminants in the system, reduction levels associated with the turbine components and resulting shielding requirements, and the extent of access control necessary based on radiation levels and shielding provided.Det-4-s -f te rdic'llwbl%_a c-aluat.4uii siuuiu oe provicea in Chaptc..rs
11 and 12.10.3 Main Steam Supply System The design bases for the main steam line piping from the steam generator in the case of an indirect cycle plant, or from the outboard isolation valve in the case of a direct cycle plant, should be provided and should include performance requirements, environmental design criteria, inservice inspection requirements, and design codes to be applied.A description should be provided of the main steam line piping including drawings showing interconnected piping.An evaluation of the design of the main steam line piping should be provided and should include an analysis of the ability to withstand limiting environmental conditions, and ,rovisions for permitting in-service inspections to be performed.
The inspection and testing requirements of the main steam line piping should be described.
Describe the proposed requirements for preopera-tional and inservice inspection of steam-line isolation valves, or cross-reference other sections of the SAR where this is described.
10-2
10.4 Other Features of Steam and Power Conversion System This section of the SAR should provide discussions of each of the principal design features and subsystems of the steam and power conver-sion system. Because these systems vary in number, type, and nomenclature for various plant designs, the Standard Format does not assign specific subsection numbers to these systems. The applicant should provide separate subsections (numbered lO.A.1 through 10.4.x) for each. These subsections should provide information on (1) design bases, (2) system description, (3) safety evaluation, (4) tests and inspections, and (5) instrumentation applications for each subsystem or feature.The following paragraphs provide examples of subsystems and features that should be discussed, as appropriate to the individual plant, and identify some soecific information that should be provided in addition to the items identified above.(1) Main Condensers
-The description of the main condensers should include performance requirements, anticipated inventory of radioactive contaminants during normal operation and during shutdown, anticipated air leakage limits, control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system, and norpnrial for hydrnve1n build-up.(2) Main Condensers Evacuation System -The description of the evacuation systems for the main condensers should include performance requirements for start-up and normal cperation, anticipated radioactive contamination discharge rates, evaluation of the capability to limit or control loss of radioactivity to the environment, and control functions which could influence operation of the reactor coolant system. Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter 11.(3) Turbine Gland Sealing System -The discussion of the turbine gland sealing system should include identification of the source of non-contaminated steam, a failure analysis to provide an estimate of potential radioactivity leakage to the environment:
in the event of a malfunction, and discussion of the means to be used to monitor system performance.
The inspection and testing requirements should be described.
Details of the radiological evaluation should be provided in Chapter Ii.(4) Turbine Bypass System -The design bases for the turbine bypass system should include performance requirements, requirements for meeting the single failure criterion, design codes to be applied, and environmental design criteria.
The evaluation of the turbine bypass system should include a failure analysis to determine the effect of equipment malfunc-tions on the reactor coolant system, and an analysis to assess the ability to withstand environmental phenomena.
10-3
(5) Circulating Water System -The description of the circulating water system should include discussion of performance requirements, dependence upon the system for emergency cooling, control of the circulating water chemistry, and potential physical interaction of cooling towers, if any, with the plant structure.
(6) Condensate Clean-up System -The design bases for the condensate clean-up system should include the fraction of condensate flow to be treated, impurity levels to be maintained, and design codes to be applied.The evaluation of the condensate clean-up system should include an analysis of anticipated impurity levels, an analysis of the contribution of impurity levels from the secondary system to reactor coolant system activity levels, and performance monitoring.
(7) Condensate and Feedwater Systems -The design bases for the condensate and feedwater systems should include design codes to be applied, criteria for isolation from the steam generator or reactor coolant system, inservice inspection requirements, and environmental design requirements.
The evaluation of the condensate and feedwater systems should include an analysis of component failure, effects of equipment malfunction on the reactor coolant system, and an analysis of isolation provisions to preclude release of radioactivity to the (8) Steam Generator Blowdown Systems -The design bases for the steam generator blowdown system should include performance requirements, sampling criteria, isolation criteria, design codes to be applied, environmental design criteria, and primary-to-secondary leakage limitations.
The evaluation of the steam generator blowdown system should include an analysis of radioactivity discharge rates, a failure analysis of system components, system performance during abnormally high primary-to-secondary leakage, and an analysis of steam generator shell-side radioactivity concentration during system isolation.
Details of the radiological evaluation for normal operation should be presented in Chapters 11 and 12.The inspection and testing requirements for the steam generator blowdown system should be provided.10-4 a *.11.0 RADIOACTIVE
WASTE MANACEMENT
The purpose of the information to be provided in this chapter is to provide assurance that the nuclear plant has sufficient installed capacity and treatment equipment in the radioactive waste (radwaste)
systems to reduce the radioactivity to levels which will not be in excess of the appropriate limits for the general public or plant personnel and are as low as practicable.
Wherever appropriate, summary tables should be provided.11.1 Source Terms The sources of radioactivity which serve as input into the various radio-active waste systems should be defined explicitly.
The mathematical model used to determine the specific activity of each isotope in the primary coolant should be given and all assumptions justified.
In addi-tion to a presentation of the specific isotopic inventory in the coolant, the isotopic inventory in the fuel plenums and gaps for the entire core should also be presented.
The delineation of all the activities in the coolant and in the plenum and gap of the fuel elements should, at a minimum, take into account the power densities of the core, burnups and fuel failure which are consistent with experience and design. State the fraction of plenum and ,ap acti-,ty nssumcd to bc released to the coolant.The fraction which is chosen should be consistent with past experience, heat loadings on the fuel pins and stresses caused by anticipated operational occurrences.
Discuss the fuel experience that has been gained for the type of fuel that will be used, including the failure experience.
the burnup experience, and the thermal conditions under which the experi-ence was gained. If this information is presented in other sections of the SAR, only cross-referencing is necessary.
If escape rate coefficients are used, a justification of each number used should be presented.
The variation of the escape rate coefficients with power densities and half-life should be presented and justified.
The basis upon which each escape rate coefficient is derived should be presented.
A complete derivation and justification of activated corrosion source terms should be presented.
All assumptions used in the derivation should be stated. The activation of water and constituents ordinarily found in the makeup to the-reactor coolant system should also be taken into account. Production of isotopes (e.g., N-16) should be listed and justified.
Previous pertinent experience should be cited.11-1 o / ) ". " In order to evaluate the adequacy of various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the leakage rate from the reactor coolant system and other fluid systems containing radioactivity.
Summarize the sources of leakage and estimate their contribution to the total quantity.
Provide estimates of the escape of gases from each leakage source and describe their sub-sequent transport and release. State and justify all a 3umptions.
Cite previous pertinent experience.
Discuss leakage measurements and control methods. The principal discussions of coolant leakage in other sections of the SAR should be cross-referenced.
11.2 Liquid Waste Systems 11.2.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the various liquid waste systems should be stated in terms of expected annual activity releases (by nuclide), and exposures to individuals and the population in light of the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50.11.2.2 Systems Descriptions The input waste streams into the various subsystems of the radioactive liquid wa. L , oioult ;l if.c&ItAfitd by ccXu1 IturaLi.,,, hv ,,,s,,i I edai -rnfi flow rate on process[ffow diagrams.
Concentrations and quantities'f6ir both normal operation and for conditions resulting from anticipated operational occurrences should be provided.
The source term of radio-activity for each input stream should be identified and justified.
Detailed process flow diagrams should be presented;
the principal flow paths through each system should be indicated clearly (for example, by use of multi-colored process lines). Identify vents, drains, and secondary flow paths for each system. Indicate the effect of each pro-cess on the'streams.
All bypasses through which waste could circumvent process equipment and be released to the environment and all discharge'
points to the environment should be indicated clearly. To provide information for use in the evaluations of Chapter 12, those lines contain-ing significant radioactivity that are to be fieldrun shonuld be on the process flow diagrams.
All systems that are used to reduce levels of radioactivity in liquid effluents should be included.
State the capacity and expected decontamination factor for each isotope for each piece of equipment.
Cite pertinent previous experience.
11.2.3 Operating Procedures The operating procedures that will be used for all liquid radwaste manage-ment equipment should be described.
Cite pertinent previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures.
11-2 e f Q 11.2.4 Performance Tests Performance tests that will be used on a periodic basis to verify the decontamination factors and other aspects of a given design should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such tests.11.2.5 Estimated Releases The expected release+/-.
from the liquid radwaste system in curies per year per nuclide should be stated separately for each liquid system. The expected releases should cover normal operation, and anticipated opera-tional occirrences.
Relate the expected releases to the Technical Specifications proposed for gaseous effluents.
11.2.6 Release Points All release points from the liquid radwaste systems to the environment should be identified clearly on process flow diagrams, or general arrange-ment drawings and on a site plot plan.11.2.7 Dilution Factors All dilution factors that are used in evaluating the release of radio-active effluents should be stated and justified.
Recirculation of effluents from discharge to intakes should be considered.
11.2.8 Estimated Doses Based on the information given in the above, estimate the following doses that would be received by the general public as a result of releasing the radioactive effluents by the paths and with the dilution factors mentioned above: a. The maximum whole body dose to an individual (rem);b. The maximum organ dose to an individual (rem);c. The whole body dose to the population (man-rem).
11-3
.11.3 Gaseous Waste Systems 11.3.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the various gaseous waste systems should be stated in terms of expected annual activity releases (by nuclide) and exposures to individuals and the population, in the light of the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. As used in this section, gaseous waste includes noble gases and airborne halogens and particulates.
11.3.2 Systems Descriptions The input waste streams into the various subsystems of the radioactive gaseous waste system should be identified by concentration (by nuclide)and flow rate on process flow diagrams.
The source term of radioactivity for each input should be presented;
the principal flow paths through each system should be indicated clearly (for example, by use of multi-colored process lines). Identification of vents and secondary flow paths for each system should be indicated.
All bypasses through which waste could circumvent process equipment and be released to the environment and all discharge points to the environment should be indicated clearly. All ducting and piping containing significant radioactivity that is to be field run should be indlcdteL
on the nrncesq fl. In!, t. o reduce levels of radioactivity in gaseous effluents should be included.
State the capacity and decontamination factor for each isotope for each piece of equipment.
Cite pertinent previous experience.
11.3.3 Operating Procedures The operating procedures to be used for gaseous waste systems should be described.
Cite pertinent previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures.
11.3.4 Performance Tests Performance tests that will be used on a periodic basis to verify the decontamination factors and other aspects of a given design should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such tests.11.3.5 Estimated Releases The expected releases from the gaseous waste systems in curies per year per nuclide should be stated separately for each system. The expected releases should cover normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences.
Relate the expected releases to the Technical Specifications proposed for liquid effluents.
11-4
11.3.6 Release Points All release points from the gaseous waste systems to the environment should be identified clearly on process flow diagrams, on general arrangement drawings, and on a site plot plan.11.3.7 Dilution Factors All dilution factors which are used in evaluating the release of gaseous radioactive effluents should be stated and justified.
11.3.8 Estimated Doses Based on the information given above, estimate the following doses that would be received by the general public as a result of releasing the radioactive effluents by the paths and with the dilution factors mentioned above: a. The maximum whole body dose to an individual;
b. The maximum organ dose to an individual from halogens and particulates;
c. The whole body dose to the population.
11.4 Process and Effluent Radiological Monitoring Systems A complete description should be given for liquid and gaseous systems separately.
Provide summary tables as appropriate. (See AEC Safety Guide No. 21.)11.4.1 Design Objectives State the design objectives of the radiclogical monitoring systems for normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences in relation to the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50 and AEC General Design Criterion
64. Distinguish the differences between the design objectives for these situations and those for accident situations.
11-5 a I 11.4.2 Continuous Monitoring For each location subject to continuous monitoring provide: (a) the basis for selecting the location; (b) the expected concentrations or radiation levels; (c) the quantity to be measured (e.g., external radia-tion level, gross concentration, isotopic concentration); (d) the detector type, sensitivity and range, considering items (a), (b) and (c) above, and, for remote devices, the type and arrangement of the sampler and estimates of sampling line interferences or losses; (e) the type and locations of power sources and recording and indicating devices; (f)setpoints and the bases for their selection;
and (g) the type and locations of annunciators and alarms, and the system or operator actions which they initiate.11.4.3 Sampling For each location subject to periodic sampling, provide: (a) the basis for selecting the location; (b) expected composition and concentrations;(c) the quantity to be measured (e.g., gross or isotopic concentrations;(d) sampling frequency and procedures; (e) analytical procedure and sensitivity;
and (f) influence of results on plant operations.
II.4.A CdiibLdLiun and Maintenance For every instrument or logical grouping of instruments, as appropriate, describe the procedures governing calibration and maintenance.
Also describe the arrangements for obtaining independent audits and verifica-tions.11.5 Solid Waste System This section should describe in detail the solid radwaste capabilities of the plant.11.5.1 Design Objectives The design objectives of the solid radwaste system should be stated in terms of volumes, forms and activities, and the radiation levels that can be accommodated.
11-6 QJ , 'q p!11.5.2 System Inputs The assumed system inputs based on volume or weight and isotopic curie inventories should be derivei and justified.
The inventories should be consistent with source terms presented under Section 11.1. Liquid and solid input streams should be identified on a detailed process flow diagram. A detailed process flow diagram for the total solid radwaste system should be presented.
11.5.3 Equipment DescrJption A description should be presented of all the equipment in the solid radwaste system. Capacities, through-put rates and storage capabilities should be stated. The operating procedures which will be followed in the utilization of the solid radwaste equipment should be stated. Cite pertinent previous experience with such equipment.
11.5.4 Expected Volumes The expected volumes of solid wastes, the associated curie content and the principal nuclides that will be shipped from the site should be derived and , *t-ificd.
Experience from simailar plants already operating* should be presented.
11.5.5 Packaging The packaging containers of the solid radwastes should be defined in detail including the type of container, the manner in which it is to be packed and the permissible levels of activity.
Indicate conformance with applicable standards.
11.5.6 Storage Facilities A detailed description should be presented of the storage facilities available for packaged solid radwastes including capacity,.
exact location on a plot plan and general arrangement and details for removal of the solid radwastes.
State the expected onsite storage period and the decay realized by such storage.11.5.7 Shipment The manner in which the radwastes will be shipped from the site should be stated. The allowed locations on the site where the shipping containers or vehicles may be stored should be identified.
- 11-7 W 11.6 Offsite Radiological
'nonitoring Program Describe the monitoring program with respect to its capability to determine, in conjunction with effluent monitoring, estimates of individual and population exposure beyond the site boundary, at the design levels of radia-tion and radioactive effluents.
iTherever appropriate, differences between the preoperational.
nd operational programs should be delineated.
11.6.1 Expected Background Enumerate the expected (or measured)
background levels of radiation and radioactivity (and their variation in time and space), both from natural and man-made sources.11.6.2 Critical Pathways Based on the expected liquid and gaseous releases (provided elsewhere in this chapter), describe the pathways of human exposure from plant operation likely to account for most of the exposure.
Provide the mathematical models to be used to make exposure estimates, given effluent and environmental monitoring data. List and justify all assumptions made, or relevant information to be developed (e.g., reconcentration factors, food consump-tion rates).11.6.3 Sampling Media, Locations and Frequency Provide the basis for the choice of sampling media, sampling locations, and frequency of sampling in the light of 11.6.1 and 11.6.2. (Thc complete program need not be presented here, but must appear in the appropriate section of the Technical Specifications.)
11.6.4 Analytical Sensitivity Describe the size and physical characteristics of each type of sample, the kinds of radiological analyses to be performed and the measuring equipment to be used, and derive and justify the sample detection sensitivity.
11.6.5 Data Analysis and Presentation Describe the kinds of mathematical and statistical analyses to be performed on the resultant data, and give an indication of the type of format to be used in the presentation of results.11-8
11.6.6 Program Statistical Sensitivity Derive and justify, in the light of the parameters described above, the overall statistical sensitivity of the program to achieve its objectives of estimating probable exposures to man.11-9
..I I .12.0 RADIATION
PROTECTION
The purpose of the information to be provided in this chapter is to permit a determination that direct radiation exposures to persons at the site boundary from sources contained within the plant and on the site, and external and internal exposures to plant personnel will be kept as low as practicable and within applicable limits.12.1 Shielding 12.1.1 Design Objectives Describe the design objectives of plant shielding for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, with respect to meeting the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20 and 50. The maximum and average external dose rates from normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, that will be allowed at the site boundary and in areas within the plant where plant personnel, construction workers or site visitors are permitted should each be identified.
12.1.2 Design Description Pruvidc scaled layouts and cross sections of buildings that contain process equipment for treatment of radioactive fluids. Also, provide a detailed plot plan showing the total plant layout tithin the site boundary, and explicitly identifying all outside storage areas and the location of rail-road spurs or sidings.Describe design criteria for the erection and dimensions of shield walls, for penetrations through shield walls, and for acceptable radiation levels at valve stations for process equipment containing radioactive fluids.To permit evaluation of the capability of the control room to meet AEC General Design Criterion
19, a layout drawing of the control room should be provided.
Scaled isometric views of the control room and descriptions of all shielding required to maintain habitability of the control room during the course of accidents should be provided.12.1.3 Source Terms The total quantity of the principal nuclides in process equipment that contains or transports radioactivity should be identified as a function of operating history. Expected maximum and average values of the radio-isotopic inventory should be stated. The sources should be consistent with those presented in Chapter 11. Provide an estimate of dose rate at the site boundary per curie of waste stored outside of buildings (including shipping casks).12-1 Other radioactive items that are not clearly assignable to the above categories should be listed in this section and evaluated similarly.
For instance, the niLrogen-16 contribution to exposure from the turbine building should be considered here.Identify the steps taken to assure that field run process piping, that is designated to carry radioactive materials, is routed with appropriate regard for minimizing radiation exposures to plant personnel.
12.1.4 Area Monitoring Provide the locations and specifications of the types of instruments to be used for area radiation monitoring, and the criteria used to determine the necessity for and location of the equipment.
Describe their operational characteristics, including type of detector, sensitivity, range, method of calibration, setpoints (and their bases), and the location and type of annunciators and alarms (and the system or operator actions they initiate), and describe the maintenance and calibration programs to be followed.
Provide the type and location of power sources, and indicating and recording devices.Indicate the manner in which data will be recorded.12.1.5 Operating Procedures Describe the operating procedures to assure that external exposures will be kept as low as practicable during plant operation and maintenance.
Cite relevant previous experience on the effectiveness of such procedures.
12.1.6 Estimates of Exposure Provide a summary of the estimated peak external dose rates and annual doses at selected in-plant locations, at the site boundary, at visitor centers and in the control room, from normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences.
Provide an estimate of the yearly man-rem exposures from the plant as designed.
Compare the estimated doses with experience from relevant operating plants. Provide justification for the thickness of shielding provided;
include the geometric and physical mndpel and basic assumptions and data employed.12.2 Ventilation
12.2.1 Design Objectives Describe the design objectives of the plant ventilation systems for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, with respect to meeting the requirements of 10 CFR Parts 20, 50, and 100.12-2
4 The maximum and average airborne radioactivity levels for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, that will be allowed in areas within plant struztures and on the plant site where plant personnel, construction workers, or site visitors are permitted should each be identified.
12.2.2 Design Description Provide as complete a description as possible of the ventilation system for each building which can be expected to contain radioactive materials.
The description should include building volumes, expected flow rates, and filter characteristics, and the design criteria on which these are based.Provide a separate description of the control room ventilation system to permit evaluation of its capability to meet AEC CGneral Design Criterion
1.9 with respect to inhalation dose. Indicate the locations of air intakes and describe filter characteristics.
12.2.3 Source Terms In addition to the information provided in Section 12.1.3, also provide estimates of equipment leakage resulting in airborne radioactivity within plant buildings.
12.2.4 Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Provide the locations and specifications of the types of fixed instruments to be used for airborne radioactivity monitoring, and the criteria used to determine the necessity for and location of the equipment.
Describe their operational characteristics, including sampling lines (if any), detector type, sensitivity, range, and calibration;
filter characteristics;
type and location of power sources and indicating and recording devices; setpoints and their bases; type and location of annunciators and alarms and the system or operator actions they initiate;
and the maintenance and calibration programs to be followed.
Describe any special portable instrument or grab sample methods used to check the fixed system. Indicate the manner in which data will be recorded.12.2.5 Operating Procedures Provide a description of plant operating procedures to assure that onsite inhalation exposures will be kept as low as practicable during plant operation and maintenance.
Cite relevant previous experience on the effec-tiveness of such procedures.
12-3
12.2.6 Estimates of Inhalation Doses The expected annual inhalation doses to plant personnel and peak air concentrations should be estimated for each building in the reactor facili'y.The estimates should be compared with experience from relevant operating plants. Describe the methods used and list and justify all assumptions.
12.3 Health Physics Program 12.3.1 Program Objectives Describe the health physics program organization and objectives.
12.3.2 Facilities and Equipment Pescribe the available health physics facilities and equipment, including handling methods and special shielding for external protection;
respiratory equipment and protective clothing;
and portable and laboratory equipment (operational characteristics, sensitivities, calibration and maintenance procedures, and their locations).
12.3.3 Personnel Dosimetry Describe the methods and procedures for external and internal dosimetry of plant personnel, including sensitivity, calibration, processing and recording.
12-4
13.0 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information relating to the framework within which operation of the facility will be conducted.
The operation of the facility entails a myriad of instructions and pro-cedures of varying detail for the operating staff. The dvtails of such procedureb should not be included in the Safety Analysis Report, but information should be provided to indic~ate genurally how the applicant intends to conduct operations, and to assure that the licensee will maintain a technically competent and safety-oriented staff.The following sections indicate the kinds of information needed.13.1 Organizational Structure of Applicant 13.1.1 Corporate Organization This sectien should describe the structure and qualifications of the applicant's and his contractors'
corporate organizations.
The following specitzic inrormation snouid oe included: (1) Corporate functions, responsibilities and authorities with respect to nuclear plant design, construction, quality assu- ice, testing and other applicable activities should be described.
(2) A description should be provided of the applicant's corporate management and technical support staffing and in-house crganizational relationships established for the design and construction review and quality assurance functions, and of the responsibilities and authorities of personnel and organizations described in (1) above.(3) The working interrelationships and organizational interfaces among the applicant, the nuclear steam supply system manufacturer, the architect-engineer, and other suppliers and contractors should be described.
(4) A description should be included of the applicant's corporate (home office) technical staff specifically supporting the operation of the nuclear plant, including a description of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the "Engineer in Charge" and the assigned engineering technical staff; numbers of personnel, qualifications, educational back-grounds (disciplines)
and technical experience.
Technical support to the 13-1 To corporate technical staff may be provided by the use of outside consultants.
If such arrangements are to be used, the specific areas of responsibility and functional working arrangements of these support groups should be provided.13.1.2 Operating Organization This section should describe the structure, functions and responsibilities of the operating organization.
The following specific information should be included: (1) Provide a comprehensive description of the facility organizational arrangement (organization chart) to show the title of each position in the operations, technical and maintenance groupings, the number of persons assigned to common or duplicate positions (technicians, shift operators, repairmen)
and the positions requiring licenses in accordance with 10 CFR Part 55. Additional guidance is provided in an AEC report, 1.ASH-II30"Utility Staffing for Nuclear Power." (2) The functions, responsibilities and authorities of all person-nel positions should be described, including a specific succession to responsibility for overall operation of the facility in the event of ahgPncP, , inre -p it -r inno -F s n e r ¢ h r ~ g ~ i = (3) Describe the proposed shift crew composition including position titles, license qualifications and number of personnel on each shift (the number of reactors and generating units, and the facility and control room layout bear a relationship to shift crew composition).
13.1.3 Qualification Requirements for Nuclear Facility Personnel This subsection should describe the proposed minimum qualification requirements for onsite plant personnel.
It is expected that these qualification requirements will meet or exceed the minimum qualification requirements set forth in the current ANSI N-18.1 document, "Standard for Selection and Training of Personnel for Nuclear Po,.,er Plants." If this is not the case, justification shculd be provided.The following specific information should be included: (I) The minimum qualification requirements should be stated for all plant operating, technical and maintenance support personnel (Plant Superintendent/Plant Manager or equivalent down through licensed and non-licensed plant operators, technicians and repairmen).
13-2
(2) The qualifications of the initial appointees to (or incumbents of) these positions should be presented in resume format for all plant managerial and supervisory technical personnel (operating, technical and maintenance).
The resumes should identify individuals by name and, as a minimum, should describe the formal education, the training, and the experience (including prior AEC licensing)
of the individuals.
13.2 Training Program 13.2.1 Program Description A description of the proposed nuclear training program should be provided in the PSAR. The FSAR should provide a description of the training pro-gram as it was actually carried out, noting any changes from that described in the PSAR. Guidmnce on the required training is available in LNSI N-18.1 and the AEC Licensing Guide, "Operating Licenses, Division of Reactor Licensing, November 1965." The following specific information should be included: (1) The program description should include the proposed subject matter content of the forma) nuclear training program (related technical training)
for Licensed Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) and Licensed Reactor Operator (RO) candidates;
and the length of time to be devoted to each aspect of the training proz*id'.(2) A chart should be nrovided to show the schedule of each part of the training program for each employee in relation to schedule for preoperational testing and fuel loading.(3) Practical (on-the-job)
reactor plant operation to be included as a part of the nuclear training program for RO and SRO candidates should be described, with the length of time to be devoted to this aspect of the training program.(4) Reactor plant simulator training to be included as a part of the nuclear training program for RO and SRO candidates (if applicable)
should be described with the length of time devoted to such training.(5) Any previous nuclear training allowable to RO and SRO candidates, such as U. S. Navy Nuclear Power Training Program or other experience that may establish eligibility for RO or SRO license examination, should be described.
13-3
(6) Other formal (on-the-job)
training programs to be provided for RO and SRO candidates (e. g., preoperational testing, startup,)
should be described.
(7) Training programs to be provided for personnel not requiring licenses (certain managers, supervisors, professionals, operators, technicians and repairmen)
should be described.
(8) General employee training to he provided to all persons regularly employed in the nuclear power plant should be described.
(9) State the position title of the individual responsible for conduct and administration of the nuclear power plant training program.13.2.2 Retraining Program A description of the retraining program should be provided in the FSAR, and should include the applicable items in 13.2.1 and the frequency with which retraining is accomplished.
13.2.3 Replacement Training A -:f the rcr!7jzln:
- r'2t : vZ d in the FSAR and should include the items in 13.2.1 above.13.2.4 Records Both the PSAR and the FSAR should describe provisions for maintaining records of qualifications, experience, training and retraining for each member of the plant organization.
The documents should also describe the methods to be used for evaluating training program effectiveness.
13.3 Emergency Planning This section of the SAR should describe the applicant's plans for coping with emer ancies. The information to be included in th.- PSAR i-described in Section 50.34 (a)(10) of 10 CFR Part 50. The minimum items to be discussed in the preliminar, plans are set forth in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E -Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities
-Section II.The information to be included in the FSAR is described in Section 50.34 (b)(6)(v)
of 10 CFR Part 50. The minimum items to be discussed in the FSAR, which should include the final Emergency Plan, are set forth in 13-4
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E, Section IV. Guidance on emergency planning is available in "Guide to the Preparation of Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities;" December 1970, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission.
13.4 Review and Audit This section should describe the applicant's means for performing independent review and audit of nuclear facility operations in order to determine if the facility is being operated safely and within the terms of the license. This is usually performed by the committee method.Many applicants have an additional "plant operating review committee" made up of members of the operating staff. This should not be confused with the independent review and audit committee.
Guidance on the essential elements of a satisfactorily comprehensive review and audit program is available in the proposed Standard A;NS-3.2 "Standard for Administrative Controls for Nuclear Power Plants," Draft No. 6,
197i.13.4.1 Review and Audit -Construction Many applicants propose to use the review and audit committee during the design and construction of the facility as part of the quality assurancu prcgra-,.
in such a case, the applicanr's PSAR should include a written charter for the review and audit group describing the group's responsibilities and administrative procedures.
The charter should include the subjects within the purview of the group, and the mechanism for convening meetings (if not always periodic).
The charter should indicate the provisions for the use of subgroups and consultants.
The responsibility for appointment of members of the group should be indicated and the time (in relation to scheduled fuel loading)that the group will be appointed and functional should be stated.Describe the respcnsibility and authority of the group and the require-ments for recording, reporting, approval and dissemination of meeting minutes and other reports of its activities.
13.4.2 Review and Audit -Test and ODeration In the FSAR, the information indicated in 13.4.1 should be provided and the following additional information added: 13-5
(1) The composition of the group (numbers and qualifications)
established to audit and evaluate both personnel and equipment should be stated. The measures to prevent degradation of the qualifications of the review and audit groups should be described, including alternate members who may serve in lieu of regular members (usually in the form of minimum qualifications requirements for various tuchnical specialties or disciplines associated with nuclear power facilities).
1here outside consultants are used on the review and audiL group, qualifications and active participation, including voting rights, should be delineated.
(2) The meeting frequency should be stated.(3) The quorum required to conduct business and designation of non-voting members, if any, should be stated.13.5 Plant Procedures This section of the SAR should include a commitment to conduct safety-related operations by detailed written procedures.
The FSAR should include a list of titles of procedures (that indicate clearly their purpose and applicability), and a description of the review, change and approval procedures for all plant operating, maintenance, and testing procedures.
Plant procedures should be in accordance with guidance contained in Proposed Standard ANS 3.2.13.6 Plant Records This section of the SAR should include a commitment to keep a recorded history of the facility, in accordance with 10 CFR Pirt 50, Appendix B,Section XVII, Quality Assurance Records. Further guidance regarding maintenance of plant records is provided in the proposed standard ANS 3.2.The FSAR should describe provisions for maintaining operating records such as power levels, of principal maintenance activities and of abnormal occurrences for specified peri'-Os of rime (NiualIv Z, to 6 Years).Provisions should be described in the FSAR for baintaining records of occurrences such as radioactive releases and environmental surveys, which are generally kept for the service life of the facility.13-6
13.7 Industri3l Security This section should describe the applicant's plans for protection against industrial sabotage, In accordance with guidance contained in AEC Safety Guide 17, "Protection Against Industrial Sabotage." Further guidance is available in proposed Standard VNS 3.2. Detailed security measures for the physical protection of the facility against: industrial sabotage may be withheld from public disclosure as providod in Section 2.790 of 10 CFR Part 2.13.7.1 Personnel and Plant Design This subsection should describe the organization, adnministration, and conduct of the industrial security program. Describe those features of the plant design and arrangemcnt that enhance industrial security and reduce the vulnerability of the plant to d'liberate acts which may adversely affect the plant and public safety.Describe personnel selection policies, employee performance and evalua-tion procedures, and the industrial security troining program used to assure that reliable and emotionally stable personnel are selected, maintained, and assigned to the plant staff.13.7.2 Security Plan The FSAR should include the following additional information:
(1) Means for control of access should be described, including administrative and physical personnel and material controls, such as: security measures to be employed at the exclusion area radius or site boundary, entrances to the reactor control room, building, containments, vital equipment areas and rooms where intentional or unintentional manipulations of controls or other actions would seriously affect plant operations and safety; alarm and electrical/electronic protection and surveillance systems or devices; provisions for the manning and opera-tion of access control points.(2) Measures should be described for the control of personnel by categories;
general visitors, utility employees not members of the regular plant staff, contractor and vendor personnel, and plant staff, including personnel monitoring and accountability controls.13-7 S.(3) Describe the general methods of controlling access in emergencies such as fires and industrial accidents
(:i.e., compatibility of industrial security plan with emergency plans and procedures.
(4) Describe the program for surveillance and monitoring of vital equipment, components and sensitive materials such as nuclear fuel and radioactive sources. The description sho-ild include the methods established for detecting physical changes in the status of equipment, components or materials on a periodic basis, such as the operational availability of engineered safeguards, valve positions and inspection of nuclear fuel upon receipt.(5) Discuss measures for dealing with potential security threats and the liaison developed with Federal, state and local law enforcement agencies.
This F should include a statement that incidents involving attempted or actual breach of industrial security controls or attempted acts of sabotage, will be reported to the Commission within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.(6) Describe administrative procedures developed for investigation of security incidents, reports and audits of the industrial security program.D 13-8
(3) Describe the test objectives and the general methods for accomplish- ing these objectives, the acceptance criteria that will be used to evaluate the test results, the general prerequisites for performing the tests, including special conditions to simulate normal and abnormal operating condi-tions of the tests listed.(4) Discuss the procedures that will guide fuel loading, attainment of initial criticality, and ascension to power, including safety and precautionary measures to be used to assure safe operation of the plant.(5) Describe the applicant's system for checking out normal and emergency operating procedures
14.2 Auzmentation of Anplicant's Staff for Initial Tests and Operation This section of the. FSAR should describe the applicant's plans for the assign-ment of additional personnel to supplement his staff during startup and power testing. Guidance or; the required staff expansion is contained in "Guide to the P'anning of Preoperational Testing Programs, USAEC, December 1970" and in"Guide for the Planning of Initial Starcup Programs, USAEC, December 1970." The follow¢ing specific information should be provided.(I) -p*n-ibilizics and authorities of the various organizations established as augmenting organizations to the applicant's normal operating organization during initial tests and operations should be described.
The central authority of the applicant over initial tests and operations should be clearly indicated.
(2) The working interrelationships and organizational interfaces of all augmenting groups during the initial tests and operations should be specified.
(3) The functions, responsibilities and authorities of key augmenting personnel positions should be described.
(4) The qualifications of the to the positions above shculd be presented, preferably in the form of resumes.14-2
14.0 INITIAL TESTS AND OPEP.ATION
This chapter of the Safety Analysis Report should provide information relating to the period of initial operation, with particular emphasis on tests planned to demonstrate the degree to which the facility does, in fact, meet the design criteria.
Explanations for any special limits, conditions, surveillance requirements, and procedures to be in force during the initial period of operation and until such time as acceptable design performance is demonstrated should be included.Throughout other parts of the SAR, limits, conditions, surveillance requirements, and procedures for facility operation may have been established.
For some facilities, however, these may be made more restrictive during the period of initial operation and relaxed to their final condition only as actual operation demonstrates their acceptance from a safety viewpoint.
Such matters should be discussed in this chapter.14.1 Test Program This section of the PSAR should include a discussion of the preoperational testing program including its objectives, a list of test titles, and a schedule of test sequence, in accordance with the guidance contained in"vuide for Lm, r1flalilIg uf Fr~eperaLionai iesting erograms, USAEC, Lccember 7, 1970." The section should also include a discussion of initial fuel loading and the startup and power ascension program including a list of tests and a schedule of test sequence, in accordance with guidance contained in "Guide for the Planning of Initial Startup Programs, USAEC December 7, 1970 (revised)." Further guidance on testing is contained in proposed Standard ANS 3.2, and in 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, Criterion XI; Subject: Test Control.In the FSAR, the following specific information should also be included: (i) Describe the system used for preparing, reviewing, approving and executing all testing procedures and for evaluating, documenting and approving the test results, including the organizational responsibilities and personnel qualifications for the applicant and his contractors.
(2) The administrative procedures should be described for incorporating any needed system modifications or procedure changes, based on the results of the tests (e.g., test procedure inadequacies or test results contrary to expected test results).14-1 actions by the reactor protection system or control systems), and (4) do not lead to significant radiation exposures off site. By definition, Class I events do not propagate to cause a more serious event (i.e., a Class 2 or 3 event)Class 2 events are categorized as those which result from off-design operational transients or accidents and which (1) may induce fuel failures in excess of those expected in routine operation (i.e., from fuel cladding defects), (2) may lead to a breach of barriers to fission product release or of primary system boundary, (3) may require operation of engineered safety features (including containment)
and (4) may result in offsite radiation exposures in excess of the limits permitted in normal operation;
but the consequences of Class 2 events should not be of such severity as to require interruption or restriction of public use of areas beyond the plant exclusion radius. It should be shown that Class 2 events would not in themselves lead to the occurrence of a Class 3 event.Class 3 events are accidents of very low probability, postulated In evaluating th'v design and performance of the plant and the acceptability of the site. In such evaluations the course and consequences of the events are analyzed using very conservative assumptions, and the combination of these unlikely events and the conservative methods of evaluation is Lharacterized by the term "design basis accidents." These postulated the conservatively calculated potential offsite doses resulting from design basis accidents will be significant, but must be shown to be less than the guideline values given in 10 CFR Part 100.Table 15-i lists types of off-design events and accidents that are repre-sentative of those that should be evaluated by the applicant in this chapter of the Safety Analysis Report. The applicant should list the off-design events and accidents that have been considered, assign each to the appropriate Class (1, 2, or 3) and justify the Class-assignment by providing the information indicated in the following sections.15.1 General This section should provide a brief discussion of the principles and general philosophy upon which the accident analyses are based, and an explanation of any significant differences in approach or scope from that presented in this guide.15-2
15.0 ACCIDENT ANALYSES The evaluation of the safety of a reactor plant is accomplished, in part, by studies made of the response of the plant to disturbances in process variables and to postulated malfunctions or failures of equip-ment. Such analyses provide a significant contribution in the selectiun of the design specifications for components and systems and subsequently serve importantly in showing that a design consistent with public safety has been achieved.
These analyses are a focal point of the Com.mission's construction permit and operating license reviews of reactor facilities.
In previous chapters of the StR, the individuai system and component desiUns should have been evaluated for effects of anticipated process disturbances and for susceptibility to component malfunction or failures.
In this chapter, it is expected that the consequences of thosu failures or abnormal situations will be examined to evaluate the capability built into the plant to control or accommodate such situations (or to identify the limitations of expected performance).
It is recognized that situations analyzed may range from a fairly common disturbance (such as a loss of electrical load resulting from a line fault)to highly unlikely failures (such as the sudden loss of integrity of a 4r r at'g'ri~i-g
- ...........
cf e :ati:s, far urpczCa of analysis and presentation in the SAR, the spectrum of abnormal situations, or accidents, generally ranging in severity from minor to very serious, is divided into classes according to radiological consequences as follows: Class 1 -Events Leading to No Radioactive Release at Exclusion Radius Class 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactive Release at Exclusion Radius Class 3 -Design Basis Accidents Class I events are categorized as those which result from any abnormal operational transient and which (i) do not induce fuel failures in excess of those expected during routine operation (i.e., from fuel cladding defects), (2) do not lead to a breach of a barrier to fission product release, or of a primary system boundary, (3) do not require operation of any engineered safety features (although they may require appropriate
15-1 TABLE 15-1 REPRESENTATIVE
TYPES OF OFF-DESIGN
OPERATIONAL
TRANSIENTS
AND ACCIDENTS TO BE tANALYZED
IN' CHAPTER 15.0 OF TIHE SAR (1) Uncontr,,1led control rod assembly withdrawal from a sub-critical condition, including control rod or temporary control device removal error during refueling.
(2) Uncontrolled control rod assembly withdrawal at power.(3) Control rod misalignment.
(4) Chemical and valume control system malfunction.
(5) Partial loss of forced reactor coolant flow.(6) Start-up of an inactive reactor coolant loop or recirculating loop.(-} L1 u* e:Lernal electrical load and/or turbine, including (ror BWRs) closure of main steam isolation valve.(8) Loss of normal feedwater.
(9) Loss of all AC power to the station auxiliaries (station blackout).
(10) Excessive heat removal due to feedwater system malfunctions.
(11) Excessive load increase, including that resulting from a pres-sure regulator failure, or inadvertent opening of a relief valve or safety valve.(12) Anticipated variations in the reactivity load of the reactor, to be compensated by means of action such as buildup and burnout of xenon poisoning, fuel burnup, on-line refueling, fuel followers, temperature, moderator and void coefficients.
15-3 TABLE 15-1 (cont'd)(13) Failure of the regulating instrumentation, causing for example, a power-coolant mismatch.
Include reactor coolant flow controller failure resulting in increasing flow.(14) Possibilities for equipment failures involving loss of component integrity which shifts safety action of instrumentation irom one of pre-vention to one of initiating protective safeguards against the release and dispersal of radioactivity.
(15) External causes such as storms or earthquakes.
(16) Loss of reactor coolant, from small ruptured pipes or from cracks in large pipes, which actuates emergency core cooling.(17) Minor secondary system pipe break.(18) Inadvertent loading of a fuel assembly into an improper position.(19) Complete loss of forced reactor coolant flow.(20) "!z:c ;... ýCcay :-n! r (21) Steam generator tube rupture.(22) Rod ejection accident (PWR).(23) Rod drop aceident (BWR).(24) Steamline breaks (BWR).(25) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside containment).
(26) Break in instrument line or lines from primary system that penetrate containment.
(27) Major rupture of pipes containing reactor coolant up to and including double-ended rupture of the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system (Loss-of-Coolant Accident).
(28) Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor.(29) Fuel handling accident.15-4
15.2 Class 1 -Events Leading too No Radioactive Release at Exclusion R'adius The evaluation of each Class 1 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.2.1 through 15.2.X) containing at least the following information:
15.2.X.1 Identification of Causes -For each situation evaluated there should be included a description of the events that Must occur, the order of occurrence and analysis of effects and consequenccs and the basis upcn which credibility or probability of occurrence is determined.
The discussion should show the extent to which reactor protective systems must function, the effect of failure of protective lunctions, the credit taken for designed-in safety features, reactor protective characteristics, and the performance of backu? protective systems, during the entire course of the situaticn analyzed.To perit an independent evaluation of the adequacy of the protection instrumentation system as related to safety analyses (e.g., which functions, systems, interlocks, and ccntrols are safety related and what readouts are required by tile operator under accident and off-design operational transients)
the fn]rlwinc, shoolid '- .rrvideA: (I) Starting conditions and assumptions.
(2) A step-by-step sequence of the course of each accident identify-ing all protection systems required to function at each step.(3) Identification of any operator actions necessary.
15.2.X.2 Analysis of Effects and Consequences
-- The analysis of effects and the attendant consequences should be supported by sufficient information, including, for example: (1) The methods, assumptions, and conditions, employed in estimating the course of events and the consequences, (2) The mathematical or physical model employed denoting any simplification or approximations introduced to perform the analyses.15-5 I -_.
...(3) Identification of any digital computer program or analog simulation used in the analysis with principal emphasis upon the input data and the extent or range of variables investigated.
(4) The results and consequences derived from each analysis and the margin of prntection provided by either a backup or protective system which is depended upon to limit the extent or magnitude of the consequences.
(5) The considerations of uncertainties in calculational methods, in equipment performance, in instrumentation response characteristics, or other indeterminate effects taken into account in the evaluation of the results.15.3 C]ass 2 -Events Leading to Small to Moderate Radioactive Releases at Exclusion Radius The evaluation of each Class 2 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.3.1 through 15.3.X) containing at least the following information:
15.3.X. I -dentifi(r-nor ro* rn,,cr-c;
-The c-y, ry-n r nn dcgre: r-.IJiULULiaLiunl.
oti+/-+/-fnl- -in aection .aoove snould"be provided for each Class 2 event. -15.3.X.2 Analysis of Effects and Consecuences
-The same type and degree of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.2 above should be provided for each Class 2 event, where applicable.
In addition, for Class 2 events that may result in an offsite dose, the same type ind degree of information outlined in Section 15.4.X.2 should be provided.15,4 Class 3 -Design Basis Accidents The evaluation of each Class 3 event or type of event should be presented in a separate sequentially numbered subsection (i.e., 15.4.1 through 15.4.X) containing at least the following iniormacion:
15.4.X.1 Identification of Causes -The same type and degree of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.1 should be provided for each of the Class 3 events (design basis accidents)
evaluated.
15-6
15.4.X.2 Accident Analysis -In addition to the type of information outlined in Section 15.2.X.2 above, the following additional information should be provided: (1) Explain the conditions and assumptions associated with the accidents analyzed, including any reference to published data or research and development investigations in substantiation of the assumed or calculatud conditions.
(2) Identify the time-dependent characteristics, activity, and release rate of the fission products, or other transmissible radioactive materials within the containment system that could escape to the environ-ment via leakages in the contai:n.M-,nt boundaries and leakage through lines that C.ould exhaust to the environmungt.
(3) Discuss the extent of svstemns interdependency (containment system and other engineered safety features)
contributing directly or indirectly to controlling or limiting leakages from the containment system, or other sources (e.g., from spent fuel handling areas), such as the contribution of: (a) containment water spray svsten-S, (b)containment air coolin. sy':;tems, (c) air purification and cleanup systems, heat removal systems.(4) Describe the physical or mathematical models used in the analyses and the bases for their use with specific reference to: (a) the distribution and fractions of fission product inventory assumed to be released from the fuel;(b) the concentrations of radioactive or fission product inventory airborne in the containment atmosphere and buildup on filters during the post-accident time intervals analyzed.Wc) the conditions of meteorology, topography or other circumstances, and combinations of adverse conditions, considered in the analyses.(5) Discuss and present the results of calculations of potential integrated whole body and thyroid doses from exposure to radiation as a function of distance and time after the accident.
Include specific 15-7 results for the two-hour dose at the exclusion boundary and the dose for the course of the accident at the outer boundary of the low population zone for whole body doses from direct radiation, and thyroid doses from inhalation.
(6) Discuss and present the results of calculations of whole body and inhalation doses to personnel in the control room, including the contribution to the doses from personnel ingress and egress to the control room during the course of the accident analyzed.
Include the assumptions made with respect to air cleanup systems.For calculations of loss-of-coolant accidents, use the assumptions given in AEC Safety Guide 3 for Boiling Water Reactors, and Safety Guide 4 for Pressurized Water Reactors.
For calculations of steam line break accidents for boiling water reaztors, use the assumptions given in Safety Cuide 5.For calculations of other design basis accidents use comparably conservative assumptions.
15-8
16.0 TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
In accordance with the Atomic Energy Act and Section 50.36 of 10 CFR Part 50, each operating license issued by the Atomic Energy Commission must contain Technical Specifications that include those technical operating limits, conditions, and requirements imposed upon facility operation in the interest of the health and safety of the public. The applicant for an operating license proposes Technical Specifications and bases for his facility which are reviewed by the AEC regulatory staff and modified as necessary before becoming a part of the operating license.Section 50.36 of 10 CFR Part 50 sets forth definitions and requirements relating to the five categories of Technical Specifications for nuclear.reactors, (I) Safety Limits and Limiting Safety System Settings, (2) Limiting Conditions for Operation, (3) Surveillance Requirements, (4) Design Features and (5) Administrative Controls.
This section of the regulations also requires that a summary statement ot the bases or reasons for such speci-fications, other than those covering design features and administrative controls, shall be included with each specification, but shall not become part of the Technical Specifications.
Threugheu -r--: _: .Cz = 'g- ...... .cs y r.... r c i: .. ... ..th ........ , lie £ esbILY for identification of safety limits, limiting conditions and surveillance requirements has been indicated.
It is from such information that the Technical Specifications and supporting analyses are developed.
For PSARs In accordance with Section 50.34 of 10 CFR Part 50, an application for a construction permit is required to include preliminary Technical Specifi-cations. The regulations require an identification and justification for the selection of those variables, conditions, or other items which are determined as a result of the preliminary safety analysis and evaluation to be probable subjects of Technical Specifications for the facility, with special attention given for those items which may significantly influence the final design. The objective of providing preliminary Technical Specifications in the PSAR is to identify those items that would require special attention at the construction permit stage, to preclude the necessity for any significant change in design to support the final Technical Specifications, e.g., particularly those specifications that affect the type, 16-1 capacity, or number of components in safety-significant systems. Such components and systems cannot be easily modified after aIe plant is built and the Final Safety Analysis Report is submitted for approval by the AEC.The preliminary Technical Specifications and bases proposed by an applicant for his facility should be included in Chapter 16.0 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report. The preliminary Technical Specifications should be structured in the same manner as for the proposed Technical Specifications to be provided in the Final Safety Analysis Report, The preliminary Technical Specifications should be complete, i.e., to the fullest extent possible, numerical values and other-pertinent data si.ould be provided.For each specification the applicable sections of the ISAR thac dcvelop, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases for the specification should be referenced.
As an alternate to providing complete preliminary Tec!,nical Specifications, the applicant may state that his final Technical Spec:.ficatiens will be essentially the same as those for a reference plant uo similar design, except for the following two categories of exception:
Category I -Those specifications that do not conform to the applicant's operating practices or his plans for Category II -Those specifications that are expected to change as a result of differences between the design of the applicant's plant and that of the reference plant.If this procedure is followed, for each of the two categories of exceptions defined above, an applicant should provide a list of the specifications for the reference plant that are expected to be different from his plant, and provide alternate specifications arnropriate to his plant. Also, for each specification of the reference plant and for each alternate specification for his plant, an applicant should reference the section of his PSAR that develops, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases f-.- L!, Technical Specifications.
For FSARs The Technical Specifications and bases proposed by an applicant for his facility should be included as Chapter 16 of the Final Safety Analysis Report. Except for the specifications covering design features and 16-2
&administrative controls, each specification selected should be provided with bases in the form of a summary statement of the technical and operational considerations which justify the selection.
For each specification the applicable sections of the FSAR which fully develop, through analysis and evaluation, the details and bases for the specification should be referenced.
Additional guidance on the contents of the Technical Specifications, is provided in a document entitled "Guide to Content of Technical Specifications for Nuclear Reactors" prepared by the AEC and available from the Director of Regulation.
16-3
17.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE In order to provide assurance that the design, construction, and operation of the proposed nuclear power plant are in conformance with applicable regulatory requirements and with the design bases specified in the license application, it is necessary that a Quality Assurance Program (QAP) be established by the applicant.
In this chapter of the PSAR, the applicant should provide a description of the QAP to be established and executed during the design and consrruction of the nuclear power plant. In addition, the FSAR should describe the QAP to be established and executed during operation-of the nuclear power plant. The Q',P must be established at the earliest practical time consistent with the schedule for accom-plishing the activity.
Vnere some portions of the QAP have not yet been established at the time the Safety Analysis Report is prepared because the activity will be performed in the future, the description should also provide a schedule for implementation.
The program must meet the require-ments of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 50. In order to facilitate the presentation of the information, it is suggested that the QAP for each of the major organizations involved in executing the QAP be described in accordance with the following outline. It is not intended to dictate the format of any QAP Manual; that is left to the descretion of the applicant.
It is required, however, rhat the dPccr;ption nddrcss at a _inimum each of the criteria in Appendix B in sufficient detail to determine whether all the requirements of the Appendix will be satisfied.
17.1 Quality Assurance During Design and Construction
17.1.1 Organization Organization charts for the project should be provided that denote the lines and areas of responsibility, authority, and communication within each of the major organizations involved, including those of the applicant, the architect-engineer, the constructor, and construction manager (if different from the constructor).
In addition, a single overall organiza-tion chart should be included denoting how these companies interrelate for the specific project. These charts and attendent discussions should clearly indicate the organizational location of, organizational freedom of, and authority of the individual or groups assigned the responsibility for checking, auditing, inspecting, or otherwise verifying that an activity has been correctly performed.
The charts and discussions should indicate the involvement on the part of the applicant to verify the adequacy of 17-1 implementation of the QA programs implemented by the applicant's contractore and suppliers, even for those cases where the applicant has delegated to other organizations
- -e work of establishing and implementing tbe quality assurance program, or any part thereof.17.1.2 Quality Assur-nce Program The structures, systems, and components to be covered by the QAP should be identified along with the major organizations participating in the program and the designated functions of these organizarions.
The written policies, procedures, or instructions which implement or will implement the QAP shculd be described.
Nhere these written policies, procedures, or instiuctions are not yet effective, a schedule for their implementation should be provided.
Sufficient information concerning these written policies, pro-.cedures, or instructions should be provided in either this or the following subsections to allow a determination of whether the requirements of Appendix B will be satisfied.
17.1.3 Design Control A description of the design control measures should be provided, Included should be ccz~sures t-... :urc that _ppropriatc quality stan,14rcz.
aru specified
'ity-design dotuffefits ant! that deviations from such standards are controlled;
measures for the selection and review of suitability of application of materials, parts, equipment and processes;
measures for the identification and control of design interfaces and for coordination among participating organizations;
measures for verifying or checking adequacy such as by design reviews, alternate or simplified calculational methods or suitable testing programs;
and measures to assure that design changes, including field changes, will be subject to design control measures commensurate with those applied to the original design.17.1.4 Procurement Document Control A description of the procurement document control measures should be pro-vided. Included should be measures to assure that applicable regulatory requ.cements, design bases, and other requirements such as QAP require-ments which are necessary to obtain adequate quality are included or referenced in procurement documents.
17-2
17.1.5 Instructions, Procedures, and Drawin&s A description should be provided of the measures to assure that activities affecting quality will be prescribed by documented instructions, procedures, or drawings and will be accomplished in accordance with these instructions, procedures, or drawings.17.1.6 Document Control A description of document control measures should be provided.
Included should be measures to assure that documents, including changes, are reviewed for adequacy and approved for release by authorized personnel and are distributed to and used at the location where the prescribed activity is performed.
17.1.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, and Services A description of the measures used for the control of purchased imnterial, equipment, and services should be provided.
Included should be measures for source evaluation and selection;
for assessing the adequacy by means of objective evidence of quality furnished by the contractor;
for inspec-tion at the contractor source; and for examination of products upon delivery.
A description should also be provided of the measures taken to assure that documentary evidence that the material and equipment conform to the procurement requirements is available at the ouclear power plant site prior to installation or use of such material or equipment.
17.1.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components A description of the measures used for the identification and control of materials, parts, and components should be provided to assure that incorrect or defective items will not be used.17.1.9 Control of Special Processes A description of the measures employed for the control of special processes should be provided.
Included should be a listing of the special processes and the measures to assure that such special processes are controlled and accomplished by qualified personnel using qualified procedures.
17-3
' 0i]17.1.10 Inspection A description of the program for the inspection of activities affecting quality should be provided.
Included should be an organizational des-cription of the individuals or groups performing inspections, indicating the independence of the inspection group from the group performing the activity being inspected, and a description of how the inspection program for the involved organizations has been or will be established.
17.1.11 Test Control A description of the test program to assure that all testing required to demonstrate that structures, systems, and components will perform satis-factorily in service should be provided.
Included should be an outline of the test program; procedures to be developed;
means for documenting and evaluating test results of the item tested; and designation of the responsibility for performing the various phases of the program.17.1.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment A description of the measures used to assure that tools, gages, instru-ments, and other melsirinm and testing-devices are properly controlled, calioracea and aajustea at specitled periods to maintain accuracy within necessary limits should be provided.17.1.13 Handling, Storage, and Shipping A description of the measures employed to control handling, storage, shipping, cleaning and preservation of items in accordanc&y with work and inspection instructions to prevent damage or deterioration should be provided.17.1.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status A description of the measures to indicate the inspection and test status of items to preclude inadvertent bypassing of such inspections and tests should be provided.
A description should also be provided of the measures for indicating the operating status of structures, systems, and components of the nuclear power plant to prevent inadvertent operation.
17-4
17.1.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components A description of the measures to control nonconforming materials, parts, or components to prevent their inadvertent use or installation should be provided.
Included should be the means for identification, documentation, segregation, and disposition of nonconforming material and notification to affected organizations.
17.1.16 Corrective Action A description of the corrective action measures should be provided to assure that conditions adverse to quality are identified and corrected and that the cause of significant conditions adverse to quality is deter-mined and corrective action taken to preclude repetition.
17.1.17 Quality Assurance Records A description of the program for the maintenance of records to furnish evidence of activities affecting quality should be provided.
Included should be means for identifying the records, retention requirements for the records including duration, location and assigned responsibility, and r-a- F-r t'gh rcccr..: wihcn needcd.17.1.18 Audits A description of the system of audits to verify cotnpliance with all aspects of the QAP and to determine the effectiveness of the QAP should be provided.Included should be means for documenting responsibilities and procedures for auditing;
required frequency of audits; audit results; and designating management levels to which audit results are reported.17.2 Quality Assurance Program For Station Operation In the FSAR the applicant should provide a description of the proposed QAP that will govern the quality of all safety related items during operating phase activities.
These activities include operating, maintaining, repairing, refueling, and modifying subsequent to the pre-operational phase. The description of the proposed QAP should include each of the QA criteria (Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 50), as outlined in Section 17.1 above.17-5